IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

1.1

11.25

1^^12.8 12.5
lu 122 12.2

^ tiS,

2.0

WMt*

U IIIIII.6

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. MSSO

(716) 872-4503

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHIVJ/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notet techniques et bibliographiques

The
to til

The Institute has attempted to obtain the best
original copy available for filming. Features of this
copy which may be bibllographically unique,
which may alter any of the images in the
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usual method of filming, are checlced below.

Coloured covers/
Couverture de couleur

I j Covers damaged/

Couverture endommagAe

Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restaurAe et/ou peiiiculAe

Cover title missing/

Le titre de couverture manque

Coloured maps/

Cartes gAographiques en couleur

Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encre de couleur (i.0. autre que bieue ou noire)

r~~1 Coloured plates and/or illustrations/

Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur

Bound with other material/
ReliA avec d'autres documents

/ I Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion
^ ' along interior margin/

La reliure serrAe peut causer de I'ombre ou de la
distortion le long de la marge intirieure

Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouttes
lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte,
mais. lorsque cela Atait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas At* filmies.

Additional comments:/
Commentaires supplAmentaires;

L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exempiaire
qu'il lul a AtA possible de se procurer. Les details
de cet exempiaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du
point de vue bibllographlque, qui peuvent modifier
une image reprodulte, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans Ja mtthode normale de filmage
sont indiqjAs ci-dessous.

r~~| Coloured pages/

Pages de couleur

Pages damaged/
Pages endommagAes

Pages restored and/01

Pages restaurtes et/ou pelliculAes

Pages discoloured, stained or foxei
Pages dAcoiorAes, tacheties ou piquAes

Pages detached/
Pages d^tachtes

Showthroughy
Transparence

Quality of prir

Qualit^ inAgale de I'impression

Includes supplementary materii
Comprend du materiel supplAmentaire

Only edition available/
Seuie Edition disponible

r—\ Pages damaged/

I — I Pages restored and/or laminated/

ry\ Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/

I I Pages detached/

I I Showthrough/

r~~] Quality of print varies/

I I Includes supplementary material/

I — I Only edition available/

The
posi
ofti
film!

Orig
begl
the I
sion
oth«
first
sion
or ill

The
shal
TINI
whk

Man

diff4
entii
begi
righ<
requ
metl

Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totilement ou partiellement
obscurcies par un feuiliet d'errata, une pelure,
etc.. ont At* filmtes A nouveau de fagon A
obtanir la meilleure image possible.

This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/

Ce document est film* au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous.

10X 14X 18X 22X

26X

30X

12X

16X

20X

24X

28h

32X

Th« copy filmad hor* hM b—n raproducad thanks
to tha ganarosity of:

Uni varsity of British Columbia Library

L'axamplaira fiimA fut raproduit grica A la
ginAroait* da:

Univartity of British Columbia Library

Tha imagas apir^aring hara ara tha bast quality
poaaibia conaidaring tha corditlon and lagibllity
of tha original copy and in kaapfig with tha
filming contract spacif icationa.

Las imagas suivantas ont At* raproduitas avac la
plus grand soin. compta tanu da la condition at
da la nattati da Taxampiaira fiimA, at 9n
conformity avac Sos conditions du contrat c^a
filmaga.

Original copiaa in printad papar covars ara filmad
baginning with tha front covar and anding on
tha laat paga with a printad or illustratad impras-
sion. or tha back covar whan appropriata. All
othar original copiaa ara filmad baginning on tha
first paga wKh a printad or illustratad impras-
sion. and anding on tha last paga with a printad
or iiluatratad imprassion.

Las axamplairas originaux dont la couvartura an
papiar ast imprimis sont filmte an comman9ant
par la pramiar plat at an tarminant soit par la
darniira paga qui comporta una amprainta
d'imprassion ou d'illustration, soit par la sacond
plat, salon la cas. Tous las autras axamplairas
originaux sont fiimis an commandant par la
pramiAra paga qui comporta una amprainta
d'imprassion ou d'iliustration at an tarminant par
la darnidra paga qui comporta una talis
amprainta.

Tha laat racordad frama on aach microficha
shall contain tha symbol — ^> (moaning "CON-
TINUED"), or tha symbol Y (moaning "END"),
whichavar applias.

Un das symboias suivants apparattra sur )a
darnlAra imaga da chaqua microficha, salon la
cas: la symbols ^^ signifia "A SUIVRE". la
symbols y signifia "FIN".

Maps, platas. charts, ate. may ba filmad at
diffarant raduction ratios. Thosa too larga to ba
antiraly includad in ona axposura ara filmad
baginning in tha uppar laft hand cornar. iaft to
right and top to kottom. as many framas as
raquirad. Tha following diagrams iilustrata tha
mathod:

Las cartas, planchas. tablaaux, ate. pauvant Atra
fiimAs A das taux da rMuction diffArants.
Lorsqua la documant ast trop grand pour Atra
raproduit an un saul ciichA. il sst film* A partir
da I'angia supAriaur gaucha. da gaucha A droita.
at da haut an bas. an pranant la nombra
d'imagas nAcsssaira. lias diagrammas suivants
iilustrant la mAthoda.

^nannp

■■i

UNITED STATES

COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY

J. E. niLGARD

BDPBRINnNOBMT

/ -Awm g*„

#«<J ft^.

PACIFIC COAST PILOT

>m-

ALASKA

PART, I

PRICE $2.00

WASHINGTON

aoVBRNMSNT PBIHTINO OFFICS

1883

MR.

*%■.

ALASKA COAST PILOT.

PART I.

COAST FROM DIXON ENTRANCE TO YAKUTAT BAY
WITH THE INLAND PAiSSAGE.

INTRODUCTORY.

TmMnry D«>iMiiinont,

Document No. 449

Coulftnd Owdello Surrey.

U. 8. COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY OFFFCE,

\Va81iinot()N, D. C, July ,?^, lStl3.

This volume of the Pacific Coast Pilot embraces the (-oast and islands from J)ixon Entranoe to
Yakutat Bay, together with The Inland Passage by which the mail steamers of the United States and
other Bteain-veasels are accustomed to reacii the waters of southeastern Alaska.

The plan adopted in this work inrludcfl —

I. A general description of the coast line and of the shores of the several harbors and thorough-
fares in geographical sequence from South to North.

II. A description of those dangers and obstructions to navigation known to exist on the <-oast and
'n the harbors, with directions for avoiding them.

III. Sailing directions for approaching and entering the harbors.

IV. Latitudes and Longitudes of important landmarks, headlands and s|K!cial localities.

V. Practical information in regard to tides, tidal currents, ice, variation of the comimss, and other
matters of use to navigators on an unfamiliar coast.

VI. Views of the coast and of the entrances to the more important harbors.

VII. Charts of the coast on a uniform scale.

VIII. Useful information, including a catalogue of the charts useful in navigating Alaskan
waters; astronomically determined positions of Alaskan (lorts, prominent headlands, etc., with the
compass variations observed at these localities ; a table of distances between points in Alaska and the
adjacent region by the usual routes; a list of the steamer routes in Abffkan waters with references to
the pages of the text where their different portions are described, in crdei to save frequent reference to
the index; and, finally, tables showing the average temperature, wind, itmospheric pressure, etc., at
various Alaskan stations, for each month and for the year.

A chart reduced to the epoch of 1885, showing the lines of equal variation of the tompass over
the territory, is included.

litis was prepared by Assistant C. A. Schott and first appeared, with a discussion of the data, in
Appendix No. 13 to the Report of the Superintendent of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey for
the year 1882.

'Soon after the acquisition of Alaska, in response to the demand for some guide to the navigation
of its waters, a comprehensive report upon the coast features and resources of that territory was mode
by Assistant George Davidson.

This report, which embodied the most trustworthy information on the subject, was publbhed as
Appendix Nc. 18 to the Coast Survey Report for 18S7.

The same officer had previously prepared the Coast Pilot of California, On^n and Washington
Territory, two editions of which were published by the Coast Survey.

The materials for Assistant Davidson's report on Alaska were largely derived from a geographical
reconnaissance conducted under his direction during the summer and autumn of 1 867, and from the
work of previous explorers, such as Vancouver and others. Subx-queutly, in 1869, when ordered to
Alaska to observe the solar eclipse of that year, Mr. Davidson availed himself of the opportunity to
verify and extend his former examinations. This work led to the publication in 1869 of a revised and
much enlarged edition of his first report, in the form of an octavo volume of two hundred and fifty
pages, under the title "Coast Pilot of Alaska, First Part, from southern boundary ^o Cook's Inlet."

INTBODUCTOBY.

AwiHtani Dnvitkin Imving iK-eii cliargwl with other imi)ortant diitiw, incliKlinR the direction of a
jwrty to (.liwTve in .lajwii tiio tninsit of Venus, the coiiipilufion of a new worl<, exhaustive of all
known wounw of infoinmtion, wiw \Awvi\ hy Sii|)crint«in(lcnt PattcrHon in the liandH of William
Haiiey Dall, AK-^JHlant Coant and Gco<h'tic Survey, hy wlmm the [trestjnt vohime, tm well as Appendix
No. 1 on the Met^-orolofjy and HiblioKraphy of Ahv^ka, wpamU^ly |)id»li8lie<l, has been compiled.

ThJM volume inehuhf the ref<ult.« of a eoi^rtli nation and digestion of tlie following mattirial:

I. The eharts and puhlications relating to Alaska, critnlogued in Appendix No. 1,b« for aw tliey
wore iteeessihle.

II. Mr. DallV own olieervations and notes collected by him during the explorations of the
Seientific Cor|iH of the Wentcrn Union Telegraphic Kx|»e<lition in 1865, 1866, 1867 and 1868.

III. The reconls of the U. .S. foaKt and fie<Kletie Survey Office, including the results of rooon-
naisHiuicc survey*- hy ^Vmistant W. II. Dall and party during the w^asons of 1871, 1872, 1873, 1874
an<l 1880; those of Lieut, ("om. H. E. Nichols, II. S. N., Assistant Coast and Geodetic Survey, in
Alaskan waters during the seasons of 1881 and 18S2, as well as those of Assistant Davidson in 1867
and 1K69, Ix-fore mentioned.

IV. Various notes, sketches and oliservations conmiunicatcd hy navigators and otlicre familiar
with the coast, for whose assistance foot-notes throughout this volume contain the acknowledgments.

The views of the coast and approaches t4* the harbors were drawn by the officers of the Survey
or extracted from the works of previous navigators.

The compiler, who has U-en ably assistcti by Mr. Marcus llaker, has exercised his l)e8t van to
avoid errors. Absolute accuracy in a work of this kind even when leased u|h)ii ac«'uratc charts and
rattdcrn surveys being generally admitte<l to Ik! unattainable, the compiler desires to have attention
directcil, first, to the fact that the compilation, while repres(;nting as nearly as pi-acticablc the present
knowledge of the subjett, is in a large part necessarily Imsed upon ancient and often conHictiug records
of navigators not 8i>ecially eiludited for hydrographic surveys and must be more or less im]ierfectt in
details; and, sec«)nd, to the «lesind)ility of improving our inii^rfiHt knowledge, as here presented, by
such corrections, additions and new information as almost every navigator in tho Alaskan region will
find it in his |M>wer to su|>ply.

Such information should 1* luldrcssetl to the Su|)erintendent of the Coast and Gi-oiletic Survey,
Washington, D. ('., and will in future publications l)C creilited to the jHirsons furnishing it.

J. E. HILCrARD,

SHpertnUndmt.

of a
>f all
lliam
mhI>x

tlioy
the

XXMl-

1874
ill

IN67

iliar

rvey

« to

uiid

tion

scut

hxIh

t in

,by

will

rey,

TABLE OP CONTENTS.

•. Pa«u

Introductory » iil-iv

Tahi.eok (-'ontenth v-viii

Note... ix

Inland waters of the Columbian Arcliipcliigo 1

Gulf of Georgia to Dixon Entrance 1-47

Discovery Passage . «■ . _* 1-8

Seymour Narrows . 4

Johnston Strait _«..,— 6-9

Broughton Strait _ 9-11

Queen Charlotte Sound _ _ 11-13

Goletas Channel _ _ i;i-17

Hecate Strait _ 18

Dangers in Queen Charlotte Sound . 19

Sibling Directions « 20

Fitzhugh Sound __ _ 21-24

Lama Passage -. 24-2«

Seaforth Channel and Milbank'Sound _ 26-29

Finlayson Channel _ 29-33

Tolmie Channel 31

Graham Reach 32

Fraserand McKay Reach 33

Wright Sound _ __ _ 33-34

Grenville Channel- _ _ 34-37

Chatham Sound— -— __ 4()-45

Port Simpson 45-47

Coast of Alaska; Alexander Archipelago 49

Dixon £ntrant« to Cross Sound 49-200

Dixon Entrance 51

South shore, Cape Knox to Rose Spit 51-56

Dundas Islands 56-67

Portland Canal 57-61

Dixon Entrance:

Easteni shores 61-64

Northern shores 64-66

Kaigahnee Strait _. _ _ 66-70

Revillag^gedo and associated islands 70-82

Behm Canal— _. 72-75

Revillagigedo Channel _. ... 75-82

Etolin, Zaremoo, and associated islands 82-84

Clarence Strait, eastern shore, Dixon Entrance to Point Vallenar 83-84

Prince of Wales and associated islands 84-90

Clarence Strait, arestem shore, Dixon Entrance to Sumner Strait, and eastern shore

from Point Vallenar to Sumner Strait 84-90

Passages among the York Islands 90-94

Ernest Sound _._ 90-91

Zimovia and Stikine Straits , <)l-94

Prince of Wales and associated islands 94-109

Ocean coast. Cape Muzon to Sumner Strait 94-99

Sumner Strait from Cape Decision to Stikine flats 100-109

Stikine River .109-112

Mitkoff and associated islands 112-117

Dry Strait , _ 112

Wraugell Strait _._112-117

(V)

TAIII.K <»F fONTKNTH.

KunnniKilV ami iiHcociatiil ii«li»ndii -— — — I!Z~!!o

Kckii Himil .-.. - - JII "lis

(imllmin Simit IIqioo

("liiitliiiiii Stniit, Iroin ('ii|k' Dccwiini to l'<»int Kingsinill.— 119-122

Kii|iniiMiill' uikI .iNHiM'iiilcd iHlamlH 122-128

^^(•(icrirk l-^oiiml, soiitlicni iiml ciwtcm Hhoit*! 122-128

Ailminiltv •iml iii^K-iutv-d iMlaiids 128-131

KiH'ilciick SiiuikI, nortlu'rii and wcdttrii HlionM 128-131

naraiiiilV ami iiA'*iK!iat<'4 inlands -— 132-167

<)c<an cunst, ('i\\)o Oninianov to IV-ril Strait** . — 132-160

Sitka Sonml 1- 137-152

I'lwsancM l)t>t\v««'h Sitka and Salislniiy Sounds 162-157

OiitirnMLMt --.. -' - 157-168

Sid i.-biiiy Sound 169-160

Peril SiniitM - --- .. — 160-167

Adniirallv and (iKM(Hiat<Hl islaudu 167-174

Stt'plionM I'aHsiijrc 167-174

Clialhani Stwit from Point (ta ;ln«T to Point Mursdcn 174-182

Ciiicliai^oir and awwK'jat' d iniandH 182-193

(Vriui ('oa.«; from ^idinbiiry to Cross Sound ^ 182-]'''^

Cross Sound and hy Strait 186-ltta

liynn Canal and triliutarii's 193-200

Const of Alaska The mainland nortiiwanl from the AlfxandiT Arcliiimlago 201

Ca|K! SiKmrr to Yakutat Hay :__201-212

Pamplona Hank _ 212-214

IJst of cliarls usi'fui for navipuion in the n'^ion covered hy Part I of the Alaska C<MWt Pilot.. 216

1. List of usL'ful cliarts arranjrcd in tlic alplialK'tical onlcr lA' the l(X"alities 217

2. Charts issuwl hy the U. S. Cosist and (ieodetic Survey in the ortler of their nunilwni. 236

3. List of charts issuiil hy the Hydroj^raphie Ollict; of the U. 8. Navy De|>artment 242

4. List of cliarts is,sue<l hy the Hritish Admiralty Oftiw 242

5. List of charts issuetl hy the Russian Hydro^raphic Dcimrtracnt 246

6. List of charts issued hy Tehienkotl" 246

7. List of charts issued l>y other authorities 246

liist of astronomi««l ]M>sitions, and variations of the comiMi&s for Alaskan stations, arranged
alphalj«!ticaliy by localities

Table of approximate sailing distances for the Alaskan region

Kcference tabic for taking steamer routes exj)editiously from the text

Note on pronunciation of names

Meleorologiciil tables tor stations in the Alaskan region

A. Atmospheric pressure

B. 'rcmiKjmture of tlu' air

C. Tem|)craturc of the sefi water

1). Precipitatiim 1

K. Dir<«tion of winds

Notes on the tai)les

Addenda and errata

Index to names used in the text, Sailing Directions, Dangers, etc 279

Index to authorities cited :

IJeeehey .._. gu

J '"""gs 312

Cook __

247
262
263
266

267
268
269
270
271
272
273
277

Dixon.

313
316

limigsdorrt" ^ __ gjg

J-a Perousc _ 017

Lisiaimki
LiUkC>.__

317
319
320

Meaivs and DougliLs ^ ~_ 304

Portlm^k -------"--'"II11I1I1"I""""II1IIII 326

Van«)uvcr _ oan

Voyage of the Sutil and Mcxi(ana IIIIIIIIIII I 33I

LIST OF ILLUSTKATIONS.

CUAUTM.

A.— THE INLAND I'ASHAGE.

C'Imrt 1, (I5<J5.) Cu|k) MikI^^u to LV'H! ComiiK-rell; opixwitc p. ?

Chart 2, {Uibl.) Seyimmr Nji' • >••« and vicinity; p. -1.

Chart 3, (156(5.) Caito ComnifrLi IVmt \Vull<or; \k IS.

Chart 4, (15ti7.) Point Wnikci U. S .iiimoii liny; p. 21.

Chart 6, (1568.) SwatiHon Iky I > t'lmtiiani tjoiind; p. 32,

B.— ALASKAN WATERS.

Chart 6, (15«».) Dixon Knirunut!; •). 48.

Cimrt 7, (1570.) Portland Caiml nivl tjlwermtory Inlut; p. 56.

Chart 8, J 571.) Behm Cumil ■ id ' iiuen-e Strait; p. 72.

Chart 9, (1672.) Coast Irom VVoU' U(H-k to Crt|)o Dtrimon; p. 'J4.

Chart 10, (157.'J.) Sumner Stniitj p. UK).

Chart 11, (1574.) Frt-dericU Sountl ui.d StephiMm Piwuajfe; p. 122.

Chart 12, (1575.) (.'oitst tVoiu Sjuuly Hay to Ca));- Edward, with Peril Strait.s; p. 1.12.

Chart l;J, (1576.) Coast fniin Ca|M3 Edwanl to Litnya I!,iy, with CrosH Sound and ley Strait;

p. 1«2.
Chart 14, (1819.) Lynn Canal; p. 194.

Chart 15, (1578.) Coast from Litnya Buy to YakuUit Bay; p. 204.
Chart 16. Isogonio lines of Alaska lor the eixxili 1885; p. 240.

VIEWS.

Sheet I. Op|MiHitc i>age 16.

View 1. Leading marks over Nahwitti Bar, (text, p. 17.)
View 2. Western entrance to Goletas Cluinuel, (text, p. 1 7.)

Siieot 2. Opjiosite page 20.

View 1, False Egg Island, (text, p. 19.)

View 2. Soutlj end Table Island, (text, p. 20.)

\Mew 3. Cape Calvert, B. C, (text, p. 20.)

View :. Entrance to Welcome Harbor, Fitzluigh Sound, B. C, (text, p. 23.)

Sheet 3, Opposite page 28.

Vic.v 1. Entrance to Coghlan Anchorage, (text, p. 34.)

View 2. Finlaysou Channel, B. C, looking south from Carter Iky, (text, p. 28.)

View 3. Entrance to Metlakatia Bay, (text, -p. 40.)

Sheet 4. Opposite page 50.

View 1. New Eddystone R 'k, Behm Canal, (text, p. 72.)
View 2. Entrance to Cloak Bay, (text, p. 52.)
View 3. Entrance to Cox Strait, (text, p. 53.)

Sheet 5, Opposite jjage 58.

View 1. Anchorage Naas Bay, (text, p. 59.)

View 2. Salmon Cove, Observatory Inlet, B. C, (text, i>. 59.)

Sheet 6. Opposite page 64.

View 1. Invisible Point, (text, p. 55.)

View 2. North Island, Dixon Entrance, (text, p. 52.)

View 3. Cape Mnzon, Alaska, (text, p.65.)

View 4. Forrester Islaud, (text, p. 95.)

(Vll)

VIII

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Sheet i, OpjKwite page 136.

View i. Sitka or Norfolk Sound, (toxt. p. 136.)

View 2. Sitka from the western anchorage, 1867, (text, p. 150.)

View 3. Sitka from the eastward, 1880, (te.\t,p. 150.)

Sheet 8. Opposite page l'i6.

View 1. Kasa-an Bay, (text, p. 85.) ■'. - . ^

View 2. Kootznahoo Inlet, (text, p. 177.) •

View 3. Point Craven, Peril Strait, (text, j). 166.)

Sluiet 9. Op|)oaitc page 168. .:

View 1. Point Windham, (text, p. 129.)

^'^iew 2. Taku Mountain an<l vicinity, (text, p. 169.) /

View 3. Point Augusta, Chatham Strait, (text, p. 181.)

View 4. Midway Islaiuls, Stephens I^assage, (text, p. 168.)

Sheet 10. OpjKwite page 184.

View 1. Cape Fairweather from oft" Lituya Head.x ; (text, p. 204.)
View 2. Cajic Cross IlcM-ks from southward; (text, p. 185.)
View 3. Cape Cross R(K'ks from northward; (text, p. 185.)
View 4. Southwest entrance Lisianski Strait; (text, p. 184.)

Sheet II. Opimsite page 186.

View 1. North entrance Lisianski Strait from Cross Sound; (text, j). 187.)
View 2. Entrance to Port Althorp from Cross Sound; (text, p. 187.)

Sheet 12. Oppo,Hite page 202. ! > :. '

View 1. Entrance to Lituya Bay; (text, p. 203.) ' : .' ' ' . '

View 2. Mount Fairweather; (text, p. 205). , s "

Sheet 13. Opposite page 212.

View of Mount St. Elias as seen through a fiehl-glass at a distance of forty-three miles ; (text. n.
212.) ' V ,1

mOTE.

All bearings and courses nrc magnetic.
All distances are in nautical miles.

All depths are at, mean low water, wlieu known, unless otherwise 8tate<l.
A cable length is one-tenVt, of a nautical mile.
All longitudes are went from Gi-eenwich.

Bussian fathoms Wing seven feet long, are here reduced to six-foot futhoius.
The spelling of Rui^sian and native names is as nearly phonetic as jKesible, consistent with mm-
plie'dy. See page 266.

AOKNCieS ON THE PACIFIC COAST FOB THE 8AI.E OF THE CHARTS, COAST P11.0TS, AND TIDE TABLES
OF THE VNITKO STATES COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY.

Los A.NOK1.K8, CaMKOKKSA.

9•rO^A, & TllAYKR, 3 South Spring elrfet.

Santa Bakkaka, Cai.ikohnja.
H. A. C. McPHAIL,.

San FRANrisco, Califohnia.
biLMNGS, IIAKBOirKNK & CO., No. 3 Monlgoinery rt.

S. S. ARNHEIM, No. 4 Stuart strwit.

POKTI.A.ND, ORKOON.

J. K. (JILL & CO., KoB. 88 and 30 First etreet.

PoiiT ToWNSitNu, Wasiiinotox Tkukitouv,
D. C. H. KOTHt;CHILD.

Skattlk, Wa»iiin<it«>n TKHHnX»«Y.
W. U. rUMPHKKY, Mill street.

Sitka, Alaska.

(IX)

PACIFIC COAST PILOT.

THE INLxVND WATERS OF THE COLUMBIAN ARCHIPELAGO.

THE GULF OF GEORGIA TO DIXON ENTRANCE.

In making the passage from tlie entrance of the Strait of Fuca to the waters of Alaska or to
Sitka Harbor, it will for most purposes Ix; sufficient to refer to otiier guides for the navigation of the
intricate channels of the Strait, and of the Gulf of Greorgia.* From tlie head of that gulf a brief
description of the usual route, is here presentwl. This description comprises nearly all that is definitely
neede<l by navigators bound northward.

From a jwint in mid-channel between tlie northwestcrnmost territory of the United States at
Roberts Point and Saturna Island with Boundary Bluff, 180 feet high, bearing north five and one
half miles, a course WNW. twenty-five miles may be laicl to pass Oabriola lieefo licaring SSW., at a
distance of three and two-thirds miles. Thenc« W. I N. fcrty miles carries to a p<iint from which
TIw Sisters rocks, ten feet high, bear NB. by E. one and three-quarter miles. Tl>i8 is well toward
mid-channel, between Lasqueti and Hornby islands. Thence a course NW. by W. J W. forty miles,
will bring the navigator to the entrance of Discovery Passage, and passtis not nearer than one mile to
any serious dangers.

It is hardly net«ssary to jmint out that the strong tides and eddies (characteristic of this region
render sailing direiitions based on long-distance courses of little value here, since the same cannot in
many cases be made good ex(«pt in fair weather and by a steam-vessel. But in practice only steam
navigation is employed in tliese passages, and in nuxst cas*s, by their pilots, courses and distances are
alone made use of.

l>ISC;OVEKY FASSAOK

is the only known navigiible outlet from the northwestern part of the (Julf of Georgia to the NW.,
and lies between the western side of Valdesf Island and the northeastern shore of V^ancouver Island.
This passage averages a little more than a mile in breadth, contracting at Seymour Narrows to less than
half a mile. Its shores south wartl from these narrows are nuMlerately high and apparently fertile, but
northward from tliem steep, rugged and mountainous. This j)assiige was first entered by the United
States sloop Washington, of Boston, C'aptain John Kendiic^k, in I7k9. Its lenj !i in a NW. and BE.
direction from Cape Mudge to Chatham Point is twenty-three and a half miles. The southern
entrance to this passage is formed by Willow Point, a small Uiul insignificant low rm'ky |)oint covere<l
with willows, with a ledge extending NE. from it three cables, wiiich renders it inad-
visable to apjtroach the [Kiint within half a mile, and by Cane Mudge, which is the Cape Mudge.
landmark for the entrance of the passage. Tiiis cape is a peculiar headland about two
hundred and fifty feet high. Hat and wootled on its summit, forming a rather abrupt yellow clay cliff,

'(iDiisult VanoouT0T Island Pilot, itwiiuil by the Hyilniiiruiiliic OHici'. Ailiiiinilt.v, Lcmilon; iiiiil Paclflo Oout Pilot; Oncon
(iiiil Waahlngton Territory, l>y tlif l^ S. C'ciimt. mid Ocmli'tii: Siirvoy.

tNuiniKl fur Don CayBTANO Va.'.i>£s, wIki viiiitiil thrac wiitiTx in IT*.l*i, in llii' S|iiiniHli gitliul Afexiramt. lOrriiiiRoiialy
■pelled yaldet on DritiHli Adniirnlty Clinri No. 538.

2 KWATHIASKI COVB.

more or less coveml witli vegetation. It falls to liic westward to^^l.r(^ Discovenr Passage, forming
a low boulder ,K)iiit; frcin the SB. the high lan.j of Vi.ldes island apix-'ars l)chind it. It is situated
(according to British Admiralty Ciiart No. 680) in

Latitude »0°«>; »•

Longitude-. 125 12 .6 W.

DANCERS.

From the low i)oint 'referral to, a boulder ln'acli ixtends to the eastward, following the general
dire<!tion of the shore, and ofl" this shore eastward from tli.; low point, for two miles, the depth is not
over five fathoms. This shoal is markc<l by kcip dnriiif; the summer and (generally by a tidal line or
heavy ripplings, which shoulil \>c avoided.

From CajMj Mudge Willow Point liears 8., a mile and two-thirds.

TIIII'X.

At the entrance, according to Uritisli authorities. '\ is H. W. P. and C. at 6* 30", with a range of
eleven feet. The current runs from four »o >■•:•• knots, turnimr at high and low water. In heavy
weather the tide-rii)s at AwkI in the entrance are sufficiently heavy to l)e dangerous to small craft. The
flood tide proceeds from the northwestward.

SAILING 1)1 RIX'T IONS

FOU E.NTERIXO DtSt'OVEUY PASSAGE.

The western low part of Cape Mudge should not be brought to In-Jir to the westward of W HW
in entering or leaving this passage. The chamiel is free from dangers and jiresents no difficulties for
steamers. Sailing vessels are recommended to enter it only in dear weather with a fair wind, and athet
the first rush of the flood is over. The course is NW. from a point in mid-channel 8 SB. from Cape
Mudge about one mile. The soundings in the vicinity vary from twenty to forty fathoms, rocky bottom.

NW. by W. from Cape Mudge one mile is a shwil jitttch on which eight fathoms may be had,
and over which the current forms stroi tide-rips. N NW. from Caiw Mudge less than two miles is
a level piece of shore between the hills and the sea, where an Indian village is' situated, oiT which fifteen
fathoms may be had close in-shore, an<l immeiliately northward of this is a patch extending from the
shore and carrying nine fathoms. The western shore of the passage is here mcxlerately low. From
the Yakulta village * westerly the shore of Valdee Isliuid is about one hundred feet high, extending ia
a WNW. direction one mile to n rounded i)luff'|)oii)t willi a small rock close to it.

Directly behind this point to the northward is KwatliiasId Cove,t a small indentation bordei«d

by a sandy beach. This cove is only tit for steamers or small craft, affording room

KwathlaskI Cove, for one vessel to moor in its northern ])art and for another in the southeai ' part.

The extreme ]• igth of the cove is two-thirds of a mile in a NW. and BE. diiy.otioa,nnd

its greatest width less than half a mile.

In the center of the cove is Grouse Island, small and moderately high with o ghoal extending
four hundred feet SB', from its SB. jwint, which should be guardwl against in entering. * The tide in
the cove is slight but the stream runs strongly past the entrance, necessitating care iti entering.

riRECTIONS FOR THE USE OK KWATHIASKI a)VE.

If intending to anchor in the cove it should be ciitcred to the southward of Grom^ Island, keeping
an eye upon the tide, and the navigator should keep well over to the southern shore until inside, where
the souUitMstern mooring ground is recommended, one or two cables SB. from Grouse Island, in ten
fathoms, well sheltered from all winds, about midway betw»«n tl'f! SB. point of the island and ^e
opposite shore. If necessary, a vessel may prixrid to the iiortKeru jiart of the cove inside Grouse
Island and anchor in seven to nine fathoins, but the southeastern mooring ground is recommended.
A 8hoal patch exists in the middle of the northern entiiuice with three.feet upon it. ,

A plan of this cove has l)een published by the British Admiralty Office in connection with that
of Gowfland Harbor, No. 2067.

From Willow Point the Vancouver shore is low and Ixudered by a sandv beach. Five and a
half miles NW. from Willow Point is the entranc-e of Campbell River, a largt'stream, navigable for
some distance by boats or canoes. In this part of Discovery Passagyhe current turns near ttie shore

•Hppll.Ml Tacult* liv Hritit.|i nuthoiilii*.

tTliv name it hihJUmI QtikVuMM nnd Quathlaiky by UritUh authorities.

,,./

»*

■ ■ " """■^wi'^iipppppi

mmm

. _a.Alt !Isi5»4_ _

Lghtfn

-'ft^mifiiftPMWiayi I,. J L-Mmm

9 I

GOWLLAXD HARBOR. 3

with the tides, running from the northwestward with tlie flood. One and a half mik's KW. from this

river is Orange Point, bare and round, of a reddish color, fornung the eiwtern extreme of Duncan Bay,

an in<leututioti in the uhore alnrnt two cables in extent N NW. and S SE. and five or

six cables W SW. and E NE.; easy of nccesn, well out of the tide, sheltereil from all Dunou Bay.

wind.s exc«pt those from W NW. round by N. to E SE. and atlbrding gotnl anchorage

in seven to fourteen fathoms, sand, al)out five cables W. J S. from Orange Point. This is the best

anchorage l)etween 8eymour Narrows and Cape Mudge. A stream of water enters at its head, where

(here is a broad sandy l)cach. A bouhlei spit of triangular siia]K> extends a cable and a half NW. by

N. from Orange Point, its onier limits marked by kelp in four fathoms. This bay is shown on the

British Admiralty Charts 538 and 2067, in connection resiMSctively with Seymour Narrows and Gowl-

land Harbor.

Gqwlland Harbor is the next shelter on the soutiiwestern shore of Valdes Island, NW. from
Kwathiaski Cove. From the northern entrance of the latter the shore is bold-to and very irregular,
extending in a general NW. direction two miles to the northern end of Steep Island, which forms tlie
southern head of the entrance to Gowlland Harbor. This island is less than half a
mile long, very narrow, with a blutf slion; on the western side, and al>ont one hundred flowlluiil Harbor.
i'eet high. Its northwestern end is directly abre^ist of Orange Point and bears from
it NE. J N., distant one mile. Bctwwn it and Gowlland Island, forming the. southern protection of
the liarbor, is a narrow rocky channel. The last-named island is alwut a mile long and a third of a
two summits, of which the southeastern one is about four hundred feet high. A rock connected by a
mile wide, with rocky tongue with the northwestern end of Gowlland Island is known as Vigilant
Point, and is stated to be in

Latitude- "_ 80° 8' 02" N.

Longitude _ 128° 16' 06" W.*

The variation of the compass in this vicinity was 23°
increase of 2'.

as' E. in 1866, with a presumed annual

The harbor Iving within this point is two and a half miles in a NW. and SE. direction, and from
a quarter to two-thirds of u mile in width. There are several rocks and islets within u, and the shores
are mostly woodetl, rugge<l and irregular. From Vigilant Point to some islets near shore, forming the
northwestern head of the entrance, is a little k>ss than half a mile W NW. Across the inner portion
of the entrance, extending to within a tMible's length of the islets Ijeforc mentioned and
of Vigilant Point, lies the Enfraiwe Bank, composed of sand, partly dry at low water, Enfranea Bank.
and being at)out four cables long in a W NW. and E SE. direction, and one and a half
cables wide. There is a clear passage on each side of it with not less than four fathoms; its southern
end, with three fathoms on it, lies a cable N. by W. from Vigilant Point.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR ENTERING GOWLLAND HARBOR.

I. J!Vom the SoHf Airorif. — Steep Island should be rounded at about a cable's distance, when the
course is NE. by E. for the piissige north of Vigilant Point, which is nearly steep-to and should be
rounded at half a cable's length, or less, to avoid Entrance Bank. When Vigilant Point bears W.
by S. a quarter of a mile, anchorage may l)c had in seven fathoms, muddy bottom. More extended
anchorage may be found with deeper water at the southeastern head of the harbor, but the passage
between the southeastern end of Gowlland Island and Valdes Island is obstructed by rocks and shoals.
A contracted anchorage is also at the northwestern end of the harbor, N NW. of the Entrance Bank,
in four fathoms. The first-mentioned anchorage is recommended for navigators intending only a
short stay.

II. Fram the Xorthicard. — If coming from the northward, the course is E. for Vigilant Point,
passing as before dirccteil.

A plan of this hai-bor is. issued by the British Admiralty OfliTe, No. 2067.

TIDES.

It is H. W. F. and C. at S"" 30"° p. m. Spring tides rise elc-en feet.

The coast from Gowlland Harbor, in a W NW. dircctioij, is bold-to, high and ruggetl for four
miles. On the Vancouver side, from Duncan Bay, the bluffs are lower, and the shore trends about
NW. for nearly three miles, with a narrow beach to Eace Point, a high bluff promontory, bold-to ;
past which the tide runs with a four to six-knot current, the Hood forming rips very dangerous for
boats.

*AU longitudei given in this work are Witt from Qreenwieh,

^''

4 MENZirai BAT.

From ihiH point tlio land trendt) W 8W. two miles to the mouth of McnrJoH Bay, an in<lcntation
in the Vanenuvcr nliorc of conHlderable oxt4>nt, U'ing a inilo and n liajf loii)r in a ICW. and 8X.

<lircction, and three-«|iiartorH of a mile wide. The head of the Imy iH ftomcwhat shoul,
Maiiln Bay. with u hroiul Imnk at low watiT, and the middle of the bav jiut within the entrance

iH obstructed by a lur)^ triangular Hand bunk, [tartly dry i low water, with a elear
passage on eocrh aide of it about a cable and a half in width.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR KNTERINU MENZIE8 BAY.

To reach the anchorage the navigator Hhould keep within a cable's length of the eastern Hhore for
half a mile, when the vessel may be kept off for the center of the bay, where anchorage may be had
in six fatlumiH, muddy l)ottom, half a mile from the head of the bay, and two cables S SW. from the
eastern shore. The latter is high and rugged, the western shore low; both are steep, and an extensive
valley runs nortlnvcHtwanl from the head of the bay. A less direct and narrower passage exists along
the southwestern shore which may also be used, as above, and is by some preferred on account of strong
eddies whicli exist oiV the eastern headland of the bay and especially if coming from southward.

With ii southward running tide a strong eddy sweeps into Menzies Bay north from Race Point,*
but the head of the bay is still. At the anchorage, Wilfred Point f bearing B. by S. } S., the north end
of the lieach l)ears NW. J W. and the south end W. by 8. j S.

Wilfred Point, the etiftern headland of Menzies Lay, is over three hundred feet high, bluff and
rocky. E NE. from it half a mile is Maud Island.l three hundre«l feet high, less than half a mile in
diameter, rounded, with a Ixmt |>assuge between it and Valdcs Island to the northwani. A small islet
called Yellow Islet lies three cables E NB. from ^^"ud Island. Between the latter and Wilfred Point
is v.ie southern entrance to

SEYMOUR NARROWS,

which extend N NW. from the entrance two miles, being less than four cables in width at their nar-
rowest jtart. The shores on both sides are rugged, high and Iwld-to. The summits on the Yaldes
shore rise to the height of seven hundred feet and those on the Vancouver side have the aj>pearance of
being decidedly higher. The depth of water in some parts of the Narrows exceeds sixty-five fathoms.

TIDES.

Owing to the narrowness of this gorge the tides rush through with great velocity, attaining fully
nine knots at sprinp tides. It is stated tiiat the flood and ebb streams run for nearly equal inlervals of

six iiours, — ii veiy short period of slack witer intervening between them. It should
D»e%ptin be note<l that the flood stream runs in on the surface some time liefore the water com-

Hood-fida. mences to rise, so that with an hour's apparent flootl the depth of water in the passage

may not l)e appreciably greater than at low water. According to English authorities
it is H. W. F. and C. at l*" 0°", the stream running one and a half hours after high and low water, with
ft spring rise of thirteen feet.

i
DANOEB8. ;

According to the British Admiralty Charts, on a line connecting the summits of Maud Island and
Wilfred Point lies Hippie Hock, a submerged channel rock having three fathoms on it :;t lowest water.
■ ''' This rock is situated rather less than two cables from the Vancouver shorti^'and nearly

Ripple Rock, tliree t-aliles from the western shore of Maud Island. It is in one with the outer edge
of Race Point bearing E. by 8. J 8.; with the southern edge of Maud Island- bearing
■.; with the southeast edge of Wilfi-ed Point bearing 8W. by 8. i 8.; and with the western end pf
Separation Head bearing N NW. The U. S. S. Saranao was lost on this rock in June, 1875. W. one
cable from this rock is another smaU patch with four fathoms on it. Around these rocks the crater
varies from twelve to forty fathoms in depth.

When the tide is running strong Ripple Rock is plainly marked by the wh'rl of water wme it.
Between the eastern end of Maud Island and the adjacent shore is an appearance of ft passage titdugh
none exists; the place is oftei> c alled False Passage. Race Point is rooky, flattish and bare of trees;

!£"I^ ^'^* "^ '^™''''' ^- ^- "yJf'g^pl'ic Office Hydrographio NoUoe No. 13, 1860.
f Wilford Point of Moade.

t Erroneoiiriy spelled Maude on Britiah Admiralty Chart No. 580. Kande UUnd i» near NanooM Hwbor.

Lnd and
water,
nearly
eredge
mug
end of
H. one
^ater

lovor it.

Uiougb
tf ti«eB;

./fi^iSLi

'jsatau^dmA

<il

I>LATN>Jq Ikt"

Ail

:io

Sejiaratioii 11'.'

•" :.8

ai IB

.%.

£&

PLUMI'KH

-ift

.—

,il'-^''

iSK

r, ^

1'.

•1

mmmmm

pi.ATm4«i»«f

SKYMOliU NAliUOWS

AND VICINITY

Vi'tmi tiw I'I-WihIi AduiirnlU" rlim-l

HR ^

lH(i7

lOUNOINOt IN FATHOM*

WOTK

/.iitiUttlf of S./Hiitition //fiiif Tit)* 11 't".

I,4in;jinit1f iif ilo H'r.if fifini fiiivnwirh in nif l'jr> J'J 7*)

/,iinifitti€ff iif titi i/o.

Viiriiitittii III' t/ir .Vofinctif XrrtUe in IfiHti

in tinir H'' •JI"':U'! .\

•.>:<■ ;tr.', K .

V A L D E S

^^Tirr'^-"-^

f+y

V A ISI C () U Y E R

TIPKS
Time of Hi;[Sli Wutm- iit Full iind Chnnjjp 3^ ll'"
Mpiin Itisi! inirl KtiU of Sju-iuji Ttibja l.'MI .0

SIhi'Ii vriiiei' LfiHl* al>aiit 10 luuiuteti. The flooil oitm,-
ln.enct?n iiiifuit 10*' A.M.

CIJUHKNTI,

'/7//' ■:<i. 'iif-r riiiivn/ /iti.s /«wt fhiimj to run /!'3U"'
lUh'r trill- ,..' s/,/,X- »,t/r/in .v/«»/y . 't'hr I'loiul prorccilji
liiifn t/i<- \r-t/tWiirii iirnt mn.i nine ktwLs at. S/iruiys

AIIIMIF.VIATKINS
■ f M for Mini j .\h.Htr .S/i,-IU
•V . .V/wi// I i-ky. .. iiirhy
<!. . (J/viiW /• . /;•/./,/,..■<

V f'\ tirttvy tujtt n/i h
^^' ^s^-ve. ■^uinf/'ruiif /it

»..-.j#/ ., ,„

ir.

7 r<

■''oom.l.^M) fr'

f;..

«&

:<!

^♦•.*

In J**

vcKsel lias
passing Ca
bol<l-to an
attempt to

In iiti
favorable
clear acres-
the nMBt fa
a cable to
tlian thirtet

To the-
in mi(l-cha

At th
immediate!
rianily Ixac
Plumpei; 1(
wide and )
tlie NW. 1)
access, and
within tw(!
and cause i
ashorttimt
Separf
ipilc long u
Discovery
At this poi
eastern sho
Tiiese bays
Betwet^n th
toward the
having on!
nearly stnii
i -t Otter P<
the sliorc fi
anchorage,
Three-(ju<^.
shore '.tea
fr- .1 this '
mountains
WW.,
western sit
anchorage,
hundre<r ft
this islet 11

Inten
stoi.e Islai
lK»ttom is
is a narro
must moo

Apli

Dir«
forming t
fringc<l w

■^i

""— — -aimiii

SEYMOUR NABROWS.

CENKRAL DIKECTIONS

FOR lUSCOVERY I'ASSACiE AND HEYMOUU NAUUOWS,
in pro€.-^eahtu throuuh Ulneorfrv faHntiaf from the Soiitliiraril, if tlie tide be favoiuhle, a

vefjsel lias on. ^ to keep in mid-cliannel until up with tlie Narrown. If the tide Ik; unfavorable, after
paesing Ca|)e -rludge it is desirable to ietj) two or three cables oft' the Yalth'.s Island shore, wlii<'h is
bohl-to and where the tide does not run so stroi /ly. Sailing vessels, ex<-epx small eraft, bhould not
attempt to heat through southward of the Narrows.

Mn attetnpttug to pa»n the. XayrowH '<t it-: i('couiniende<l to ehoose the earlier or hitter part, if a
favorable tide, as during the time of greatest strengi); a iioiling race, with whirls and overfalls, extends
clear across, rendering steerage-way very difficult fa) oMiain. The latter part of a head tide is ])erliaps
the most favorable time. In passing through when abreast of Maud Island the navigiitor should keep
a cable to the eastward of mid-channel to avoid the rocks; over which, however, vessels drawing less
than thirteen feet may pass freely.

To the i.orthward of the Narrows, the tides being ciomparatively weak, a ve.ssel may proceetl either
in mid-chanp"! or close inshore (except oft" Chatham Point) iu siifety.

At the northern enti-.mce of the Narrows the passage is three i|uarters of a mile i)ioad, i>ut
immediately expands^ nearly twice that width, forming on the Vancouver side a small bight with a
sandy beach, and on the opposite shore Fiumper Biy, named after H. B. M steamer
Plumpei', long engaged in surveying in this region. This bay is about half a mile Plumper Bay.
wide and less than a mile long iu a N NW. and S SE. direction, and is sheltered to
the NW. by Separation Head, an ova'. Iiigh pci:'"«ula putting out from N'aldes i.dand. Ft is easy of
access, and well sheltered. In its so'itlieastern ])art anchorage Uiay be had in seven N) twelve fathoms
within two odbl''.-5' length of the shoi-e. The eddies and tides in this bay ai'c said to be very strong
and cause a vessel to surge heavily on her chains. For this . uson i' is chiefly useful to renuiin in for
a short time while awaiting a favoiabU tide at the Narrows. Nu directtions are necft^sary for "nteririg it.

Se|)arated from Plumper Bay by the peninsula of *''!>?.ration Head is Deep Water Bay , about a
ipile long anil over half a mile wide, but too deep for c.nivtnient anchoragi!. From Separatioi. Head
Discovery Pa.ssage trends NW. for five miles, the shores bec( niing more high and rugged than before.
At this point a dee|) bay, with a number of islets i:-: it but no anchorage, is reported, indenting il<e
eastern shore, and a mile to liie northward is another smalle/ and narrower, not yet fully exj)lored.
These bays .-re reported to exten<l much farther than the most recent charts indicate.
Between these is Granite Point, nither low, wo<Kled on top, i)are at the end, highest Submerged

iowanJ the northern inlet, from which NW. at two (sables dis^ince is a mbmcr(/ed rook Hack.

having only nine feet of water on it. The western shore NW. from the Narrows is
nearly stniight, and at six miles NW. from Separation Head forms a rather low sloping point, known
i.-f Otter Point, having a gravel beach off it with a fringe of kolp about it. Westward from this point
the shore forms a slight indentation three-quartersof a mile deep, called Elk Bay, attend ing indill'erent
anchorage, ex'-,.-.ed to northerly winds, iu fourteen fathoms about a third of a mile from its head.
Three-qu'-.ters of a mile NW. of the northern headland of th's bay, in a slight indcntaticm of the
shore lies « rock, covered at half-tide, at a distiuic* of a cable and a half from the beach Northward
fr ,ii this Imv the shores are high and nigged, with numerous inshore rocks marked hy kelp. The
mountains on the VaKies Island side rise to the height of 2,200 feet.

NW., tlirw aii<l a half miles from Ott:'r Point, lies Otter Cove, about four ci'Sles in extent, on the
western side of the passage and Just south of Chatham Point. It is a small l-iit snug
anchorage, sheltered from most wiu Is by liif ,j, tone or Lewis Island, a small islet oiu' Otter Cove.

hundre<r ft-et high, nearly in the middle of the eiitraiicf.'. Abodt a cable ij NE. I'rom
this islet lies Snmj Rock, with two feet of water upon it. ***

DIHECTIDNS FOR THE liSE OF OTTER COVE.

Intending to anchor in this a)ve, a vessel should pa.ss in mid-i^hannel on the northern side of Fiime-
stoi.e Island and anchor midway l)etween it and the head of the cove in six to ten fathoms, sanil. The
bottom is chiefly rocky in the entrance, but with not less than sixtt^n fathoms in the channel. There
is a narrow four-f 'thorn passage Iwrdered by 8ii<)al8 on thcsout.iern tilde of the islet. Large vessels
mnst moor.

A pk" of Otter Cove is added to the last edition of British Admiralty Chart No. 580.

Directly north of this cove is Chatham Point, nearly twenty-four miles from Cape Mudge, and
forming the northwestern headland of Di.scovery Passage. It is a low nnky |K)int,
fringe<l with rot^ks which extend to tlie eastward and northward a quarter of a mile. Chath«iii Point.

Q KNOX BAY.

Two (-ablos NE. from its northern extreme is Heaver Rock, awash at low water, from which rocks
extend in a scattf red wav three caliles farther NE. In rounding (Jhatiiam Point it should not be
approached witiiin tlireo-qiiarters of a mile. Tiie entrance to Discovery Passage is here a mile and a
quarter wide. An islet lies west of and <'lo.se to its eastern headland.

The point on Valdes Island ojjposite Chatham Point lia- a nearly bare steep rocky face not much
higher than Chatham Point. The north shore here is more or less r(x;ky for some distiince inland from
the beach.

TinKS.

The tides in this vicinitv run from two to live knots, and ojjjwsite Chatham Point, between it -.nd
the entrance to Noda'..'^ Channel, are several strong tide-rips.

Pilol all iiineur that the tides here are very irregular, and that the data on the A.dmira!ty Charts
arc insufHeient to compute the time or intervals of high water.

NODALES CHANNEL
and Johnstone Strait intersect Disrovery Passage at right angles. Four mile- to the eastward, in the
channel, is an indentiitior. of the Valdes Island shore, forming aa auehorag ; ! b;rwn ivs Camel'^on

Harbor.

JOHNSTCNE STKAIT,

which sejiarates the northern side of Vancouver Island from the Thurlow and ■ iher islands and the
mainland, is comprised l»tween Chatham Point and Ella Point, Vancouver Island, — being about fifty-
five miles in length in a W. by S. and E. by N. directiiii, ;r>d having a width of from one to two
miles. The shore on both sides is high and rugged, especially to the southward, where an almost con-
tinuous range of mountains rises abruptly from the sea witli summits 2,000 to 5,000 feet in height,
some of V ' ear sn(iw throughout the year. The shores of the strait, except in a few places to be

hereafter ret.....^.. to, are bold-to, and there are no anchorages whatever along the southern shore.

This strait is rei)r(!sented on British Admiralty Charts Nas. 680, corrected to September, 1880,
and 581, corrected to August, 1872.

TIDES.

The tides attain a strength of six knots in a few places, but on an average do not exceed three
knots. It is stated by English authorities that everywhere in Johnstone Strait it is H. W. F. and C.
at O"" as™, and the rise and fall of tide is about sixteen feet. The streams run by the shore from two
to two and a half hours after higli and low water, and, except near Helracken Island and to th? east-
ward of Knox Pay, they seldom exceed one to three knots per hour. >

The magnetic variation in 1862 was 23° 40' E., with a presumed annual inerea.se'of 3'.

From Chatham Point to tlie west end of Tliurlow Islands the soinidings in mid-channe' .»i ; •■' >■•.'
deep, — in several places no bottom being found with 150 fathoms of line. Hence to Hard"' ii. « Vv.i'^
the Imttom is irregular, and beyond it again (Wpens. There UTehcavi/ tide-rips near He!i'.- 'tti: fl^i''■'■iiJ
and just west of tJliathani Point is an ocer/Vi// wdiicli at times protiuc?': a '. -<?■ .ttXie
Thurlow Islands, swell. Xorth from Chatham Point the northern shore of the strait is formed i^; 'ha
Tliurlow Islands, extending westward from Xmlales Channel, and formerlv supp- <».
to consist of hut one islaiiil. Though still not entirely surveyed, there are rea.sons for b( vinj, t ,t
the land is divided into at least two islands by narrow passages yet unexplored. 'Ihe Vancouver si^ ..'e
bordering on .lohnstoiie Strait is rocky an'l irregular, and extends some fourteen miles in a westerly
direction from the entrance of the strait.

W. by N. three ami a lialf mii(s from Chatham Point lie the Fender Islands, ruggetl and Im--
ren, one hundred and lilty feet in height, through the passages between wiiicli the tide sets stmr " j.
Foul f/roiuKl exists to the east and west ofthcni for nearly half a mile, and their .south side should «■ *■
be approached within two cables length.

AloiMit Eidon. N NE. from the Pender Islands, is a ptruliar wotKled, square-top{)o»? , H, .abrupt
to the NW. and (piite isolated. On this part of .lohnstone Strait the Vanrauver shore . ;; e steeper,
'\ her, and more densely wooded of the two. Six miles to the westward from Chatham t^..;:' , . fh-^

)

,ld-to,

lumuver shore, is Ripple Point, oil' which -.uv heart/ tide-rips in blowing weatliei".
and dire<'tly abreast of it is an unexplored opening in the Thurlow shi re.

On the northern shore of the strait, seven miles W. ] N. from Chatham Point, is Knox Bay, two-
thirds of a mile deep in a northwesterly dirccM /,.' •" d having about tlie same width.
Knox Bay. It affords unclw nige in fifteen to ,s( -ntc*'! iithoma i.yo cables from its head, on the

edge of a baidi which is steep-to. This mchoragc j. i , :i to southerly though pro-
tected from other winds. The blullE NE. from it is ne.- .ly bald on iid SE. .slopi.

■ DIHKrriONS FOU U8INO KNOX HAY.

If intending to anchor in the bay the hea<l of the bay 'iliould be steered for and the lead kept
going; directly sixteen fathoms arc had the anchor slioidd be let go. It is recommended that this bay
l)e us(>d ordy as a temporary imehorage, as .should a southerly wind spring up the vessel would ground
from the .steepness of the bank.

Off
the course!
extending!
bay exists!
To til
ing the soj
On tl
lies a rock
tain Ctard
Westl
obstructedl
and three-l
with a rocl
length fro[
around thJ
The I
Thurlows r
from Earll
lies Helmf
and W. dil
it rises to
shore. O
of vessels
tide, Mid

Thei
BaoePasi
it.

^...wi»icii^M'.>

PORT NEVrLLB.

Off the SW. point of the hay foul (/round extends for a cable length from the shore and follows
the course of the point for half a mile! Beyond Knox Bay the Thurlow shore is almost straigiit,
extending in a WSW. direction for nearly six miles, when it tnrns to the northwest, where a small
bay exists too deep to afford anchorage ex(«pt for small craft at its head, and open to the westward.

To the north from it is Eden Point, the northwestern extreme of U'hurlow, bold and cliffv, form-
ing the southern headland of the entrance to Chancellor Channel.

On the line from Eden Point, Thurlow Island, to Camp Po'iit peak, close to the Vancouver shore,
lies a rock covered at high water, (not on the Britisli Admiralty charts,) which was iliscovered by Cap-
tain Carroll of the steamer California in May, 1880.

Westward from Eden Point Johnstone Strait becomes wider, and so coiitinues except where
obstructed by islands. Its width at this point is nearly two miles. On the \'ancouver shore, nine
and three-quarter miles W. by 8. \ 8. from Ripple Point, is Camp Point, sloping gradually to the sea,
with a rocky l)each off it; f'.iv}. ^'-^"^ *^he point NE. half a mile lies Ripple 8!toa(, about half a mile in
length from E. to W., marked by kelp and having six to nine fathonts upon it, with deep water all
around the shoal.

The north side of the strait in this vicinity is formed by Hardwicke Island, separated from the
Thurlows by Chancellor Channel, and having its southern shore nearly straight for seven miles. East
from Earl Ledge the shore is steep-to. W SW. from Eden Point two and a half miles
lies Helracken Island, in the middle of the strait, a mile and a half long in an E. Helmcken Island,
and "TT. direction, and about half a mile wide, with a rugged and irregular (joast line.
it rises to the height of nearly two hundred feet, and has sevei-al small islets clo- to on its northciist
shore. On each side of the island is a dear passage half a mile wide. In the track
of vessels using the northern passage lies Speaker Rock, which covers at less than half Speaker Rock.
tide, and is situated two and a half cables NE. from the eastern point of the island. > .

The northern channel is kuown as Current Passage, and has deep water with about ...^ .^ime tide as
Race Passage, wliicli is more generally usetl, deep and tear of danger. The tide runs strongly through
it, as much as seven knots at spring tides, and there ..re some hcat-y tide-ripH in the eastern })art.

Westward from Camp Point the Vancouver shore is almost straight for nearly four and a half miles.
It then forms a slight indentition known as Salmon Bay, with extensive flats at its head, giving it
an appearance of considerable extent at high watc^r; but there is no aiichmuje, — the bank at its head
being bold-to. A large river, said ttr be navigable for several miles by canoes, empties into the bay
from an extensive valley which stretches away to the southeast, in the centre of which appears Valley
Cone, a remarkable bare peak about eight hundred feet high. This valley forms the only break in the
I'lountain range of the Vancouvei shore.

On tl'o shoi-e of Hardwicke Island, one mile west of the western point of Earl Ledge.
Helmckei'. Island, is a small rocky point, directly to the eastward of which the Earl
Led'je extends at right angles to the shore for about three cables, only uncovering at low water.

Hence to the western end of Hurflwicke Island both shores of the strait are rugged, broken and
nearly straight, and its width is slightly contracted. Off the western end of Hardwicke ai'c York
Island, high, round, and half a mil^n diameter, and another low islet half a mile farther west.
Off these, W NW. from the outer islet a < uarter of a mile, lies the Fainiy Re(f, awash at high water.

The entrant* of Sunderland Channel between the reef and the north shore of the strait is subject
to heavy tide-rips. The north shore is no^f constituted by the mainland of British Columbia and m\w\\
indented by bays and iidrlc Somewhat less than two niihs NW. from York Island is Tuna Point,
the southeast headland of BlinL-msop Bey, over a mile deep and half a mile wide, with ext<-'nsive tidal
flats at its head. The shores are ingh and the bay affords good anchorage, well sheltered and ea.sy
of access, in ten to twelve fathoms about one-third of a mile NE. from its southv, \st point. The bank
on which anchorage may be had is rather steep, and the only direction ncces.siiry is to anchor in mid-
chumel as soon as twelve fathoms are obtained. Haifa mile SW. from the bay is Jesse Island, lying
about two cables offshore, small and steep-to.

About two miles W. of this island is the entrana; to Port Neville,* an iidel scmie Port Neville,

seven miles in length, Iiaving a generally NE. direction, and being from a mile to a
quarter of a mile in width. Its shores are high except near the eastern part of the entrance and at its
head. It affords spacious and secure anchorage when once inside; but the entrance,
whei'e less than four cables wide, is obstructed by VhanucI Rofk, a little over a mile Channel Rock.
from the entrant*, of small extent and very dangerous, having only four feet of water
over it, with twelve feet in the channel to the eastward of it and seventeen feet to the w<'stward.

A detailed description of this port is unnecessary. Port Harvey and Blinkinsop Bay, both secure
and easy of access, are adjacent *j it, ?'hI the danger in entering Port Neville is so great that it renders
it ina<lvi8able to seek shelter tiiere in preference. If necessary, a vessel may anciior in the entrance
half a mile north of MiUy Island, in four cr five fathoms. This island is (|uite small and se[)arated
by a very narrow channel from the western l eadhuul of Port Neville entrance. A plan of this port
apjiears on British Admiralty Chart No. (530.

•Named by VaLTOUTer iu July, 1798.

POUT HAllVEY.

The (roast of the. niaiiiliiiul hence W. by S. is irregularly formed with small indentations to the
Broken Islands. W. hy S. | S. four miles from the entrance to Port Neville is the Slimpson Beef,
a ledge of rocks a tpiarter of a mile off shore, (.'overing at hall-tide and marke<l by
Slimpson Reef, kcl]) in sniiiiner. SW. by S. three nn'les from this reef is Adams lliver, on the Van-
couver shore, a sumll stream with extensive^ flats fdling a small indentation in the coast,
behind which rise high mountains, one jjcak attaiiiMig the height of five thons.,-'d feet. Nearly abreast
of this indentation, on the northern shore, are the Broken Islands, lying off a point of the mainland,
with a boat |>assage between tluim and the shore, at the entrance to Port llarv y and Havannah
Channel. They are small, rugged and low, and may be approached within a quarter of a mile to the
south and southwest, but to the northward rocks, ledges and kelp, indicating shoals, extend three-
quarters of :\ mile.

One and a third miles to the northward of these islands is the entrance to Havannah Channol^
which runs in a northeasterly direction for four miles, connecting the eastern part of
Havannah ''" en^ranee to Port Harvey with Call Creek Inlet, y^dm Domville Point, the south

Channel. d of the channel, N NW. about one mile, lies tin- inner entrance to Port

, which is here about half a mile wide and extends for two miles to the north-
ward. 'I'here ares, al islets within it ; the shores are rugged ; from its head swampy ground extends
northeastward, and a narrow gorge to the northwest |)artly (ills at iiigh water and joins Knight Inlet
The soundings at the entrance vary from sixty to eighty fathoms, sliouling rapidly toward the head.
Taking in the outer entrance the port Ls about four miles long, varying from a quarter to three-
quarters of a mile in width, and affords good and well-shclteretl anchorage half a mile from its head
in seven to nine fathoms, muddy bottom.

It is H. W. P. and C. at Port Harvey at O'' 30"", and the tide ranges about ten feet.

The small islets in Port Harvey are known as the Mist Islands.

SAILING niRECTIONS

FOR ENTElUNfJ PORT UAUVKV.

If intending to anchor in Port Harvey, the navigator should keep in mid-ehannel till within the
Mist Islands, when the anchorage opens out, and a berth may be had in .seven fathoms about half a
mile from the head of the port.

Sailing vessels of considerable size may beat in as far as the ^li.st Islands, standing in tc a aible
length from the western sho , but on the other tack should avoid standing to the eastward of the line
of the Hroken Islands or into the bight between the inner eastern headland (Transit Point) and the
Mist Islands.

A plan of this port appears on British Admiralty Chart No. 634.

DANliEKH.

Two miles W SW. from the Broken Islands lies the Emipe Reef, half a mile off the north coast
of .Johnstone Strait, with deep water between it an.l the shore. It is about a cable in extent, with
least water four feet, and in sunnner is marked by kelp. It has <leep water about it, and is a danger
in the track of vessels bound into Port Harvey from the westward and into Forward Bay from the
eastward. To avoid it in the fii-st ease the navigator sliould keep a mile off shore until the entrance of
Port Harvey beai-s N. by E., when that course carries clear of all dangei-s.

"'^)ur miles W SW. of tlie Hroken Islands lies Forward Hav, a mile and a quarter broad and
three ,uarters of a nnle deep, with Bush Islet, a sn)all islet thirty feet high, off its southwestern point,
winch IS surrounded by a bank, and at its bend are flats nearly three cal)les wide. This bay affonls
good anchorage, well sheltered from all winds except southcastei^, and even these are said to send in no
swell; It IS easy of access for vessels, of any da.ss, and may be rcconnnende<l as a good stopping pla»-.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

I'OR ENTERlN(i I'ORWARI) BAY.

I. »v»i.i ti,r K„Mt,,»,-,i.—\eisseh should k((p in mid-channel to avoiil the Eseape Reej until
Gieen Islet, on the easfrn side of the bay, Ix'ais NW., when the course is W Nw! for the middle of the
bay, anchoring oil' the bank at its head in t(!n to fourteen fiithoms, two-thirds of a mile NE. from the
SW. point of the bay.

II. tvom the iivMf „.„,.„._ Wsels shotdd not approach the northern shore within half a mile
until the head of the bay opens out past Bush Islet, off the southwestern headland; when a course may
Ik! laid for the anchorage.

JOHNSTONE STRAIT.

From this bay westward tlio northern shore of tlie stiiiit — liere formed by the southern shore
of Cracroft Island, according to the hiter charts — Iteconies comparatively low, trending W. by S. for
fifteen miles to the termination of the strait.

Boat Harbor, a small cove, affording shelter for boats, is six miles W SW. fmm Forward Bay, —
tlic shore between them being bold-to for the most part, and may be approached to a quarter of a mile.
Two and a half miles 8. from Boat Harbor is an indentation of the Vancouver shore called Rolwoii
Bight, lieyond Boat Harbor, about three miles to the westwani, are the Sophia Islands, of small
extent, a quarter of a mile from the shore.

C'racroft Island extends f • -m Chatham Channel, east .of Port Harvey, westward to Blackney
Passage, some nineteen miles in a NE. by E. I E. and SW. by W. J W. direction;
though previously the name was applietl to a much more contracted portion of this land. Cracroft Island.
It is sc" ' lued by Blackney Passage, a strait a mile wide, from Hanson Island, about
one hundred feet high, with rijcky shores, extending hence to the westward three miles. Off the west-
ern end of Hanson Island are a large number of islets and rocks extending off its southwestern point
nearly half a mile. Abreast of this point are .some tide-ri/iit, and on the A'ancouver shore is a small
low islet called Bliidvhorn Island, on which the timber has i)een prostiatwl by a violent wind squall.

A mile and a quarrer west from this is Ella Point, the southwestern hea<l)and of Johnstone Strait,
with some rocks extending a quarter of a mile northward fpirn it. There is a slight indentation,
known as Bauza Cove, to the eastward of the point, with water too deep to afford anchorage.

At its western termination Johnstone Strait is a mile and a half wide, clear of obstractious, and
hereabouts the tide runs from three to tive knots.

.lOUHNAl- DIRECTIONS FOR THE NAVIflATION OV JOHNSTONE STRAIT.

For a steamer, or a sailing vessel with a fair wiiul, the navigatiim of the strait presents few dilB-
culties. It is only requisite to keep in mid-channel with the following cxwptions: When past Thar,
low Islands, going to the westward, vessels nearing Helmcken Island should keep within three cables'
length >f the southern shore until past the Ripple Shoal. The tides arc strong umr Helmcken Island,
but not so much so as to interfere with the progress of a steam- vessel of moderate power; to the westward
they have no great strength. In beating through the strait from the eastward the shores to the east-
wiml of Helmcken Island may l>e !■ 'proached to one cabU- length, except for half a mile on either side
of the Pender Islands, the southerr. shore of which slioidd not be approached within two cables, as tne
tide runs strong in their vicinitj . Betweer Thurlow Islands and the western end of Hardwicke Island
it is not advisable to beat, as there are several dangers, previously s[)cci'''Hl, and the tide runs strongly
and irregularly. From Hardwicke Island to the western en<l of the strait the southern shore may
be approached to one aible, and the northern, except near the Slimpson and Esoa|)e Reefs, to two or
three cables.

BKOUGHTON STHAIT,

mnnecting Johnstone Strait and (|ueen Charlotte Sound, is about fifteen miles in length east and west,
the breadth varying from four miles near the eastern entrance to one mile near the western entrance.
Its southern shore is formetl by Vancouver Island and its northern shore by Malcolm Island — both,
except near Beaver Cove, being moderately low. The eastern part is somewhat olistructed by islands,
rocks and shoals, but a clear navigable channel exists, half a mile wide at its narrowest part, along the
southern shore. At the esistern entrance of the strait the depths vary from sixty to one hundred fathonis,
decreasing rapidly to the westward ; abreast the Nimpkisli River nineteen to twenty fathoms may be had ;
but the l)ottom westward fr(mi this becomes irregular with soundings in from fifteen to forty fathoms.

TII>KS.

In Bronghton Strait it is H. W. P. and C. at O'' 30"', — the tide nuiging fourtticn to fifteen feet.
In the navigable channel the streams run from one to four knots, in the Race and Weynton passages
from three to six knots, turning everywhere about two hours after high and low water by the shore.

Beaver Cove, at the entrance of Bronghton Strait, on the N'aneouver shore, is a two-headed
indentation of the coast, extending inland southward and westwar<l over a mile, and half a mile in width.
Its shores are high and l)old-to except near the southern ami western (extremes. The water is too deep
for convenient anchorage except withiu two cables length of the western head, where anchorage may
l)e had in from ten to fifteen fathoms, well sheltered from all winds, unless it be squalls from the high
land. Spring tides here rise fifteen fett. The northwestern lu^dlai'' of the («ve W high and bold-to.
It is known as Lewis Point, and is statetl to b(\ in

Latitude 50' .32' 47" N.

Longiturte 126° 52' 12" W.

A plan of this cove b to be found on British Admiralty Chart No. 2067.

P. c. p.— 2

BROUGHTON STRAIT.

Three miles to the Houthwust froiu tlie eove, Mount Holdsworth, a remarkable conical peak, rises
to the height of tlirce thousand feet. For nearly seven miles to westward from the western po.nt of
Hanson Island tlic navi-ahle part of the strait is sheiter«l to the north war. l.y the Pearse IslandB by
other islets, and i)y Cormorant Island. The latter rises to the hei^rht of three hm.<lre(l and fifty feet,
IB two and a half miles lonj; east an.l west, tliree-quarters of a mile wide, and borclered by a sandy
beach. Two and a half miles W. by N. from Beiivcr ( 'ove is its eastern extreme, known as Cordon
Point. ' , ,

Betw<«n Hanson, Pearse and Cormorant islands lie the narrow and danj^erous Weynton and
Baoe imsages, tliroiifrh which the tides rush with jrreat velocity. Abreast of Heaver Cove are some
tidc-nps in the middle of the pa.ssiip;e. Alnmst Cormonmt Island and hve mdes W.
NIfflpklsh River, by S. of Lewis Point, on the Vancouver shore, is tlu^ month of the Xlinpkish River,
which flows into a shallow bav off whicii are tidal flats extending nearly a mile. A
narrow winding ehiiniiel, ctirrying about five feet of water, extends into the river, which Is only
navigable for anv distjincc by canoes. i

At the month it is H. W. P. and C. at O'' 30™, with a spring rise of fourteen feet.

Some six miles up the river, which pa.sscs throngh a i>road valley iM)undtHl by mountains fifteen
hundred to three thousiuid feet in height, is Lake Karmutsen, a large sheet of water, into whitih .several
large streams fall, and to the south of which the moinitaiiis ri.se over five thousand feet. On the
northern bank of the river, at its entrance, is the niincil native village of Clicslakee.*

About a mile NE. J N. from the entranct? of the river is Oreen Islet, stated to bo four feet above
high water, small and bare, and situated in

Latitude 60° 34' 12" N.

I Longitude 126° 58' 37" W.

In navigating the strait Green Islet should not be approached wi'Jiin three .able.s. Haifa mile
west of it, on the bank, is a rock which uncovers at low water. Tliis rock is not shown on the plan
of Nimpkish River on British Admiralty Chart No. 2067.

The magnetic variation in this vicinity was 23° 55' E. in 1862.

In this part of Broughton Strait a current of one to three knots is reported running for two hours
after high and low .,ater by the shore, flnnding to the eastward.
^. Directly abreast of Green Islet is Alert Bay, on the southern shore of Cormorant Island. Yel-
low Bluff, forming the southwestern headland of the buy, is recognized by a noticeable
Alert Bay. yellow diif at the extreme of the point. The bay is half a mile deep N. and S. and

nearly a mile wide, easy of access, and attording goinl and well-sheltered anchorage in
five to nine fathoms, muddy bottom, the shores Iwing everywhere free of dangers. No directions are
necessary for entering it. A plan of this bay may Ik- found on British Admiralty Chart No. 2067.
Wood and water are abundant here. There is a larg(! salmon cannery, and a wharf at which vessels
can lay at any time of tide. There is a mission establishiMl here, and quite a large Indian village, com-
prising most of the former inhabitants of Cheslakee. The house marked on British Admiralty Chart
No. 2067 is a small one-story house with three windows towanl the water. Near it is a very small
chapel.

The northwestern angle of Cormorant Island is known as Leonard Point, from which W. by S. a
mile and a quarter is a kelp patch in four fatiioms. Two and a half miles nearly W SW. is Hadding-
ton Island, small and steep-to, except on its northern side, where a bar extends toward Malcolm Island
across the strait with as little as six feet on it in some places. Between this island and the ledge run-
ning eastward from the lun-thern headland of Port McNeill is a clear passage, three-quarters of a mile
wide, carrying seven fathoms in inid-<'haimel. W SW., two miles from the western
]H)int of this island, lies Ledge Point, from which a narrow M<je, covered by three to
five fathoms water and marketl by kelp in summer, extends to the E NB. for a mile
The point is moderately high and sloj)es gently toward the water. This point is the
northern headland of Port McNeill, which enters the Vancouver shore in a W SW.
direction for two miles — lieing about three-quartei-s of a mile wide. It is bordered by
a sandy beach, wliich forms a tidal flat three-tpiartei-s of a mile wide at the head of the
port. Nearly a mile S SW. from I^edge Point, and alMiut two «ibles off the southern shore, lies the
Ikl Reef, whicli covers at three-quarters flood.

Sunken Ledge.
and a quarter
Port McNeill.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR ENTERINO I'ORT MiNEII,!,.

If inteiidiiig to enter Port McNeill, vessels .should not approach the southern shore within half a
mile until Letlgo Point bears NE. half a mile, when good and well-sheltei-ed anchorage may be had

"I'rintod Obeslakee in tlio Vancouver Wiinil Pilot unci on llrllish Adniiriilty Cl)art Ni). Wl.

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

ill five or six fathotrw, sanilv iKittom. In le^iviiig tlu; port hound to the westward, vessels sbould
stand to the eawtwaitl untii witliiii iialf a mil(! of Haddington FslaiKl In-fore attempting to rer.ch to
the nortliward of Ije<lge Point.

Tlie northern shore of liroughton Strait to the nortliward of Lodge Point and Cormorant Island
is formed by the southern shore of Maleolm Island^ This island extends E NE. and
W SW. for thirteen and a half miles, with an avenige breadth of over two miles. The Malcolm Island.
shores are mostly low, with a saii.'" beach which ext<'n(ls off a short distjiiice. The
eastern extremity of the island is Donegal Head, high, ciitty, and bordered by a beach with strong
tides in its vieinity. S«'ven miles westward from Donegjil Head is Dickenson Point, conneeted by a
bar with Haddington Island. On some parts of this bar only six feet are rejwrted. Immediately
to the westward of Dickenson Point is Rough Ray, a small indentation in which vessels may anchor
in eight fathoms.

Five miles W SW. of this bay is Pulteney Point, the simthwestern extreme of the island.
From this point t<) the northward J'onI r/rounti, marked by kelp, extends a quarter of a mile off the
western shore of Malcolm Island, and W., alx)ut one mile from the \x>'u\t, is n shonl patch of four and
a half fathoms, extending theiMH! half a mile in a westerly direction, and also marked by kelp.
Abreast of the p<iint, on the Vancouver shore, are several peaks exweding a thousand feet in height.

GENERAL DIRECTIONS

FOR THE NA.VIOATION OP UROUGHTON STRAIT.

In navigating the strait from the eastward, when abreast Beaver Cove, in mid-ehaunel, a W J S.
course, passing not more than two cables south of Cormorant Island, until the western point of the
latter bears N. by E., clears the Nimpkish bank; the southwestern shore of Haddington Island should
be rounded within half a ;iile to avoid the reef off' I^edge Point.

When the northern shore of Haddington is in one with Yellow Blu.f of Cormorant Island, bear-
ing E., a vessel may stand out of the strait by mid-tihannel, clejir of all obstructions. Only small
craft should go to the northward of Haddington Island, and vessels of large size are recommended not
to attempt to Ijeat through Broughton Strait.

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

This extensive arm of the sea named by Wedgborough in August, 1786, connects the inner chan-
nels north of Vancouver Island with the Pacific Ocean. Under this name are generally included the
waters between Vancouver island on the south, Malcolm and Numas islands on the east, the mainland
to Cape Caution on the northeast and north, and westward l)etween Vancouver Island and the parallel
of C&fe Caution to the meridian of 128° 30' W. These boundaries would give the sound a maximum
length east and west of over fifty miles, antl a width varying from ten to twenty-five miles. The
northern and northeastern shores are little known, and are bordered by innumernble rocks and
islands; but along the southern shore are two broad and navigable channels to the Pacific.

This sound and its approaches are delineate<l on British Admiralty Charts Nos. 565, 581, 582,
1917 and 2448. It was named Pintard's Sound by (jray in 1789, after J. M. Pintard of Boston, one
of his ownere. The western part iK'twcen Vancouver and Queen C'harlotte islands woo called Lane's
Bay by Hanna in 1 786.

Broughton Strait enters the sound at its southeastern part. Hence to Thomas Point the Van-
couver shore extends nine miles in a W. by N. direction; it is \^ r, without notable indentations, with
a continuous sand or shingle beach, and with foul ground extending off" shore for nearly a mile in
some places, and markiul by kelp.

W SW. three miles from I^ultency Point lies Su-quash Anchorage, on the bank which here
fringes the Vancouver shore. This anchorage is somewhat protected from westerly*
winds by Single Tree Point, a' small projection of the shore, and derives its only Su-quaih

importance from the fact ihat a coal mine wiis worked in the immediate vicinity. The Anchorage.

anchorag« is within the three-fathom line with the oi.ter edge of Single Tree Point,
bearing W. J S., alx)ut four cables distant. Details in regard to this unimimrtant locality can be
obtained from British Admiralty Chart No. 581, (corrected to August, 1872,) on which a plan of it is
given; from which it api)ears that the a|)proximate position of the anchorage is

Latitude 60" 38'.6 N.

Longitude 127° 14'.7 W.

It is U. W. P. and C. at O"" 30°", with a spring rise of sixteen feet.

BKAVEB HAllHOB.

Nine miles W. by N. from tlie western tenniniitioii of llroiigiiton Strait is situated Beaver Harbor,
on the Vancouver shore, with an entraiur tliree niih^s a.ross, in.luding tlie islands, and rcaehiuK a depth
(if two miles The harbor is formed bv a group ot four or hve islets and nuinei-ous
B«av.r Harbor ro<-ks exti'iiding aeiws and within the eiitrance, wiiieh lies betwwn Thomas I'oint on
■ tiie southeast aial Dillon I'oint to the n-rlliwest. The shores of the harbor are low,
witli a Kcntly shelviiiL' tidal flat extending nearly half a mile out from the l)eaeh of the southern bight
of the harlmr. The southw<'stern shore is Hanked by a range of seven lulls rising fnmi lour to six
hundrcti feet above the sea. There is giMwl anchorage in the southwestern part ot the harlwr, but
northeasterly winds semi in a heavy sea, preventing a landing on the southern shore for days together.
On the southern shore is a large Indian village ami Fort Rupert, a post established by the Hudson
Bay Company. Near the post a jiortion of land has been cleared and a garden established, where it
is stated that the fruit and vegetables suited to the climate are priKlneed in great abundance.

The astronomical station on Shell Islet is stated to lie in

Latitude , 80° 42' 36" N.

Longitude 127° 25' 07" W.,

by the more recent authorities.

TU>KS.

It is H. W. P. and C. at O'' 30'" a. m., aeeording to observations made in May 1860, and the rise
about sixteen feet.

The variation of the compass in 18(>2 was 24° 10' E.

Thomas Point, the southeastern headland of the harbor, is low and rocky, with some rocks lying
a quarter of a mile to the westward from it. Three-fifths of a mile NNW. from the point is Deer
Island, two hundred and forty feet high, wooded, half a mile in diameter, and of a rounded shape.
SE. from it lie some islets, bold-to. The channel lietwi-en this island and Thomas
Foul ground. Point is elejir of dangein and somewhat less than half a mile wide. From the north-
western shore of the island a broad reei' t-Atends to the NW., having from one to ten
feet on it, and marked by kelp. To the northward of this reef, and separated from it by a boat
passage, an; some is'ets surrounded with /ok/ (/coKTif ^, except on their northwestern side.

Four cjibles N. by E. from Deer Island is Round Island, small, nearly bare of trees, but high, con-
spicuous from the eastwani, and bo!d-to except for a short distance on its S SW. extreme. W SW.
half a mile from the western edge oi' Deer Island are the Cattle Islands, one hundred and eighty feet
high, small and wootkd, eoimected at low wati'r by bars and foul ground; the southernmost, known as
Shell Islet, is the astronomical station, from whicli a reef extends southward a cable and a half, awash
at high water. Westward from the entire group a bank with less than three fathoms on it extends
nearly a cable. A quarter of a mile westward i'roiu Shell Islet is a shoal patch with three and a
quarter fathoms, and WSW. about two. cables from the patch is Cormorant Hock, covered at high
water, with a small shoal about it. The passages between thest^ shoals, the Cattle Islands and the shore
are clear and carry about six fathoms.

Peel Island, in the northern part of the harbor, is three-quartere of a mile long NE. and SW.,

and a third of a mile wide. It is about two hundred feet high and wooded; two cables northwartl

from it lie the two small bare rocks called the Charlie Islets. The passage to the

Dadalus Passage, westward of Peel Island is known as the Diwlalus Passage, is two cables wide in its

narrowest part, and carries seventeen fathoms. There are several shoaler patches in it,

but none with less than four fathoms. The southeastern shore of Peel Island is steep-to, and there is

a good passage two (flblcs wide lietwcen it and the reefs and rocks north westwaixJ from Deer Island.

Dillon Point, the northwestern headland of the harbor, is much broken, wooded and rocky, with

rocky shores and some small islets lying close inshore.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

• FOR APPUOACIIING BEAVER HARHOR.

Navigators intending to enter Beaver Harbor from the eastward should not ajiproach the Van-
couver shore within a mile until up with Thomas Point bearing nothing to the northward of W. by S.,
and, if l>eating to windwar', great (aution should be observed in standing t<i the northward, — the depth
of water and existing dangers in this j)art of the sound lieing but little known.

FOR ENTERING THE HARHOR.

The harbor is easy of access for sailing vessels or steamers, i'lere are throe passages into it, but
the southeastern one is generally used, is wide enough for a vessel to l)eat through, and the only direc-
tion needed in entering it is that Thomas Point should not be approached nearer than two cables.

OOLETAS CHANNEL.

When the point bears SK. Iialf a mile, the courao i.s SW. h W. until Shell Wet Imuii-h NW. J W. iinti
Thomas Point E. or E. by N., when anclioragn may lie had in ten or twelve fathoms. (roo<l ancimr-
age, better sheltered from northwesterly winds, may be had in six to nine fathoms westward of the
Cattle Islands, but in rounding Shell Islet it should not In> approached from the southward nearer than
two cables to avoid the reef before mentioned. Sailing vessels cannot easily work through this passagi-,
but with a fair wind or for a steamer the only din«tion required is to keep in mid-channel.

A plan of this harl)or is given on British Admiralty Chart No. 2067, correete<l to 1867, from
which minor details may be had.

North west wani from Dillon Point three-(|uarter8 of a mile lie the Masterman Islands, a group
of several moderately high wcnxled islets and rocks, small and with foul ground l)etween them and the
shore. Immediately to the southward of these islands lies Hardy Bay, separated by Dillon Point
from Beaver Harlwr. From Dillon Point westward to Duval Point the width of the entnuKie is
tliree miles, — the bay having about the same length in a N. by W. and S. by E. direction. It narrows
toward the head, where, for a mile or more, it IxKiomes exceedingly contracted, and in this jwrtion arc
some outlying rocks. A wide sand-flat abuts on ijjfe termination of the bay. The shores are rugged
and the depth of water too great for anchorage, exesept in the contracted imrtion, which should not Iw
entered without liood local knowledge. Duval Point, the western headland of the bay, is on an islanti
separated from the Vancouver shore by a narrow passage. This island forms the southern headland
of the eastern entrance to the southern or Goletas Channel between the inner and the outer iKtrtions
of Queen Charlotte Sound.

For vessels not desiring to enter Beaver Harbor, the coui'se from the western entrance of Brough-
ton Strait to the eastern entrance of (loletas Channel is W. by N. f N., twelve and a half miles; and
to the entrance of New Channel, NW. by W. j W., fourtwn miles.

GOLETAM CHANNEL

extends from Duval Point to Ca})e Commerell, along the northern shore of Vancouver Island, in the
direction of W. J S. and E. ^ N. for twenty-two miles, with a variable breadth of one to two and a
half miles. The nitrlheru shores are formed by a group of islands through which there are several
navigable passages. The shores are high, rugged a id mostly steep-to except in the western part, and
may generally be approached to a quarter of a mile. The soundings throughout the passage to its
western entrance are very deep, varying from eighty to one hundred and ninety fathoms; but at the
western extremity the Irottom suddenly rises from forty to seven, and in one place to l(»s than three
fathoms, forming a bar which stretches completely across the channel and prevents, in a great meiusure,
the rising of any heavy sea inside the channel during westerly gales.

TIDKS.

It is H. W. P. and C. at O'' 30'" throughout Golcias Channel, and the range of the tide averages
thirteen feet. The currents in the eastern jwrt of the channel run from one to three knots, but near
the western entrance, in the vicinity of the bar, they are much stronger, reaching two to five knots,
and turning by the sliore shortly after high and low water.

The variation of the conqmss in. this vicinity in 1862 was 24° IS' E.

This channel, with New Channel and Shadwell Passage, is delineated on British Admiralty Charts
Nos. 656 and 582. Bull Harbor and Shushartie Bay are given in larger proportions on No. 2067.

At the eastern entrance Goletas Channel is separated from New Channel to the northward by the
Gordon Group of numerous small islands running in an easterly and westerly direction
for five miles. They are high, rugged and steep-to. A remarkable peak, called Miles The Gordons.
Cone, three hundred and eighty feet high, appears on the eastern or Doyle Island,
which is slightly more than two miles northward from Duval Point. About one mile south from the
Gordons, and three miles NW. by W. | W. from Duval Point, is Duncan Island, half a mile in
diameter and three hundred feet high.

A little over a mile to the westward from Duncan Island are the Noble Islets, Dangars.

thirty feet high, between which and the Gordons some dangers are supposed to exist.
NW. about a nule from the islets, between Hurst Island of the Gordon group and Balaklava Island,
is the Christie Passage, half a mile wide, running in a N NW. direction, and connect-
ing Goletas and New channels. The shores arc free from dangers, except two shoals Shoals in
extending about two cables eastward from George Islet, of small extent, on the Balak- ChrisiiePasange.
lava shore ; which shoals are marked by kelp, with nine fathoms close to them ; and
have upoti them one and three fathoms water respectively. The depth in mid-channel varies from
thirty-five to forty-five fathoms. The tides run through it with a strength of one to three knots,
flooding to ihe southward. Vessels intending to go through the channel may pass on either side of
the Noble Idlets, though the best passage is westwanl from them.

SHUSIfAKTIK nAY.

To tlie wi'stwunl of tlic^ |tii.ssii;,'o lien Balaklavo Ifiland. Tliis i.sliiiid is two miles and a half long
in a NW. In- N. and SB. liy S. dinrtion, and avcnifrcH llir(!c-(|iiarti'rs of a niilr in width. It is

nin);wland iricgiilar, with thrt-c peaks, and Cornis the nortlii-astt-rn shore of Browning
Browning Pasiage. J'a^isajic, which .separates it from (iaiiano Island and coMnccts N(!W and Colctos dian-

nt'ls. Tiiis passa^'c is ahout three' miles lonj;, trendinjt NW. and SB., and is two
<!al)lfs wide in the narrowi'st part. Tliere are some small rocks ind islets alonj; its shore« and oti' its NB.
and SB. headlands, hnl it is deep, and a mid-channel course Uirou{,di it Cree from danger. The tide in
this p»Hsaj;(! is very wi'ak.

At the southern entraiK^e Boxer Point, the southwestern headland of the pa-ssage, is also the

southern <'.\treme of I'ort Alexander, a lonj; and narrow indentation of Galiano Island.
Port Alexander. 'J'his port is a mile and two-thirds in length in a NW. and SB. direction, and less than

half a mile wide. There is a small islet in the mi(hlle of it NW. } N. nearly a mile
from Boxer I'oint, and another close to the [xiint.

This port is easy of acc(«s to steamers and sailing %'essels with a fair wind, reijuiring no directions

for entering, and atlording good anchorage in twelve to thirteen fathoms half u mile
fialiano Inland. SB. from its head, well sheltered from all hut southeii.st<'rly winds. The shores are

hold and r<H'ky, and it is proteeteil to the northeastward hy a high and narrow penin-
sula of Galiano island.

This, the largest of the islands which contrihute to form the northern shore of Goletaa Channel, is
of snh-triangular shape, ahout eight miles long in an E. and W. direction and over three miles broad, —
its longest side fronting to the southward. Its northern and eastern shores are very muoh broken, the
southern and northwestern shores nearly straight and w'ith few indentations.

Alnrnt four miles westward from Boxer Point is a small eoyc, where shelter might be found by
small craft in westerlv \\inds. A mile and a third to the westward from the head of the cove, and
somewhat more than half a mile inland from the southern shore of the island, lies Mount Lemon, a
remarkahlc conicid peak twelve hundi-ed feet high. Within a mile of the western extreme of tlie
island are two peaks between seven and eight hundred feet high, a third of a mile apart N. an<l S.,
the southern peak close to the shore of the channel. These form the so-called Maginn Saddle, used
as a landmark in the navigation of Shad well Passage.

The southern shore of Goleias Channel, high, very rugge<l, rocky, steep-to and without important
indentations, exteials in a westerly direction from Duval Point fourteen and a half miles to Shushartie

Bay, a small indentation of the Vancouver shore, ahout half a mile in extent either
Shushartle Bay. w«y "nd open to the north wa-d. Jts shores are high except at its southern extremity,

where there is a tidal flat a fifth of a mile in width, behind which is a little low land.
Close to its eastern headland is a small rocky islet which is stated to be in

Latitude 60° 51' 22" N.

Longitude 127° 51' 20" W.

This islet is known as ITalstead Tslet and the point behind it is referred to as Halstead Point, but is
not named on the charts, which also ditl'er in the spelling of the name of the bay, which is in some
cases denominated Shucartie in.stead of Shushartie.*

TIDKS.

The rise and fall of tides in this bay is stated to be twelve feet.

There is a limited but tolerable anchorage just inside Halstead Point in about thirteen fathoms, a
cable W. from t!«e eastern shore; however, on acTOunt of the steepness of the bank it cannot be highly
commended.

A («ble and a half W. from the northern edge of Halstead Islet lies Dillon Rock, covered at one-
quarter tlotnl and having about nine feet over it at high water. This constitutes a danger for vessels
entering the bay from the eastward. It appeai-s on Hauna's chart of 1788, but was subsetjuently lost
sight of.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOU ENTEIIING 8HCSHARTIE BAY.

I. From the Eautirai'it. — If Dillon Rock be covered, an attempt to enter should not be made
until the eastern peak of Shushartie Saddle (a remarkable double-topj)wl mountain 1900 feet high,
Bitua'.«i southward from the bay) bears S. J E. in one with an Indian village at the head of the bay,

•Cnlled Bhncartle Bay on the original edition of the present form of Britieli Admiralty Chart No. 2067. It was surreTad
by Mr. W. W. Dn.LON, Master H. M. S, n,rdah,B. IS.'JO, and calleci by him Port BhuoartU. The later oharU all adupt the
•pelllng Shushartie. It was dimoverod by Captain Robert Fiinter in 1788 and named Raft OoTe l>y him. He prepared a ohart
of it which was published in Jteares' voyage, and, 9ei>arately, by A. Dalrymple in 1791.

8HAI>WKIili l>A8NAOR.

when the course in lies on that hnirin^ until Halrttoad Point lM>ar8 E. I)y N., when tlie vt'sxcl may Ix*
headed for the eastern wliore, anchoring direetiy fourteen fathoms arc ohtaiiifd, ai)()iit (Hic iMv diHttiiit
from the banlc, with the lieadlanda of tlie bay liearing rcHiKMlivciy NB. and NW. i)y W,

II. J<v«»» the Wmttrnrd. — In entering from tlie westward the western hIuuc HJiould he itopt
aboard until Halstead Point I>ear8 E. i>y N., when tiu> course will Ih> iim above HtatiKl.

A plan of this bay is to l)e found on Britinli Admiralty Chart No. 20G7, with corretJtions to
September, 1867.

Ikyond Shushartie Bay tlie (»a><t rounds out to the northward without indentations. Two miles
to the westward from Dillon Rock lies Shinglo Point, low and with a beach running off" a hliort dis-
tance. This jwint is one of the landmarks for crossing the bar at the western entrance of Goletos
Channel, and to the westward of it a landing on the Vancouver shore is difficult to make except in
fair weather.

W SW. from this point five and a half miles is Cape Commcreil, the northernmost (true) part of
Vancouver Island and the southern extreme of the western entrance of Goletas Chnnnel. The cape
is low and fringe<l about with rocks which extend, in some places, two <!ubles off sliore.
There is an Indian village on the eastern side of the catH*. To the eastward from Capo Commertll.
Cai)e C'ommerell the Vancouver shore forms a large bay thr«> miles wide in a W SW.
and ENE. dirwtion and penetrating the shore about one mile, with two ami n half to six fathoms
water over a rocky bott<mi, unsuitable for anchorage. The shoaler jKitcOies in this bay are marked by
kelp and extend to the southeastward from a point N£. by E., two miles from Cape ('ommerell.
They are known as J'ntnall Reefs. In the western thinl of the bay there is also a small islet called
Weser Islet, eight feet high and a quarter of a mile off shore.

Inmiediately abreast of Shushartie Bay, and one and three-quarter miles N NW. from Halstead
Point, is the entrance to Shad well Passage, which separates Galiano Island from Hope Island, connect-
ing Goletffls Channel with the open waters of Queen Charlotte Sound. The northern
portion of Shad well Passage is divided into two parts by Vansittart Island, and the Stiadwell Passage.
NE. iwrtion is known as Bate Passage. The main passage is three and a half miles
long in a north and south direction, and varies in breadth from half a mile to a mik; and a half. The
eastern shore, formed by Galiano Island, is nearly straight, but the western is irregular and broken,
with some rocks and islets off the indentations of the southwestern part, and foul groimd extending
nearly half a mile from shore Iwtween Turn Point and Cajie James.

At the southern entrance is Willes Island, a quarter of a mile in diamt'ter, two : wl feet high,
steep-to, and close to the western extreme of Galiano Island. SE. by S. from it, alw (luarter of a

mile, is Slave Islet, low and of small extent. The western headland, bold, two hi.idrett fi-et high,
rocky, fringed with kelp and presenting a clifi'y appearance, is known as Heath Point. Two miles
northeastwanl is Turn Point, aboc* midway through the pa.ssai»c, backed by u summit tiiree hundred
fe;!t high and of a similar ciharacter. Between these are irregular indentations with some ro<'ks and
islets. From Turn Point, NW. by N. J N. about two miles, is Cape James, a rocky bluff ninety feet
in height, the northwestern headland of the passage, with foul ground uecupying the bight l)etwecn it
and Turn Point.

Center Island, a third of a mile N. by E. ^- E. fr -:" Turn Point, is small, with a rm'k immedi-
ately to the southward of it, and another, Snwanee /■ • ' , four feet above low water, in mid-chunnel,
W. by S. J S., a cable distant. About these and the ..iijals on the Hope Island shore kelp extends
some distance. There is a clear passage only on the side eastward from Center Island, and this is not
recommended.

Vansittart Island, in the middle of the northern part of the passage, is nearly a mile long, two
hundred and sixty feet high, and three-quarters of a mile wifle. To the westward from it rocks, islets
and foul ground extend for more than half a mile north of One-Tree Islet, and from the northern
jwint of vansittart the Nicolas Islands, two woode<l islets seventy feet high, stand off to about one-
third of a mile. ^

One-Tree Islet, somewhat more than half u mile N. from Center Island, is very small, al)out
forty feet high, bearing one tree on its summit, wliidi is very conspicuous when se«'n from the north-
ward and affords a good mark to identify the passiige. The islet, except for an adjacent small dry
rock, is 8te<>p-to on its western side, but between it and V'aii.?!ttart is foul ground, 'the soundings in
the southwestern part of the passage are from forty t(j a hundred fathoms, decreasing ra])idly to the
northward, reaching as little as seven fathoms near One-Tree Islet,

TIDES.

The flood tide runs southward through the pjissage with a strength of about four and a half
knots; while the ebb reaches about two knots in a contr.iry direction ; or, SE. from Center Island,
runs as strong as the flood. Between Vansittart and Center Islands are sundry tide whirls or ripples
whi!" tlie tide is running.

* U. B. S. Suwanee was lost on this rock in July, 18C!).

BUIiL HARBOK.

I t

This piiHHiiL'o n.Mv l.c us.mI by st.am.T8 or willing v.*h.'1s with a fair witi.l. It w.)ul.l W inadviBahlc
to nttfiupt to Ix'ut thV.,.i^'l> it, a; tli.iv is n.-iifrally a strong ti.lo an.l h.^avy »aw.-II in its northnxn part.
It is th.' paKsa.r,. tr..M..nillv tak.Mi i.v lli.' Mii.ison M:.v Cmnpany's v.ss.'ls wlu- 1h)UiuI north from the
inner wat.i-s north ..f Viim.mv.T fsian.l. vet it is not nM-onim-nd.'.! hy th.' Admiralty survcyorB.

To the fastwanl of Vaiisitiart, Hate' l'a<satr.> is .hrpcr and nearly strai<:ht. It appears enmer to
navlL'ute, arxl is in nunt irspivts prcCcrahh' to th.> wrMt-ru passai;.', and the tid.'s form no strong ripples.

Th.- Shadwrll and IJatf passages ar.' .I.'liiieatcd mi Ih-itish Admiralty Chart N.). f)S2, and on mi

enlargp.1 seal No. .^f).-), (corrected to Novemli.'r, 1S81.) The latt.T .■.iitioii dillers quite matenully

from the .)riginal edition of .'>.')."), issued in Xovemlier, IMtiit.

HA 1 KING 1)1 RKCT IONS

I'-OI! Tlin rsK OK SIIADWKl.l. I'AHSAOE.

r. fVoii. tiif s»uthuHr,i.—h\ rounding the sdiitlieiistern point Willes Island shoul.l l)e kept
alM)aril. In passing .'Mstward of Center Island it may he approached to aliont a cahl.! length, and the
western edge of On.'-Trce Islet to ahoni two cahles, after which the .■otirse is N NW., leading out clear
of all dangers.

If the eastern or Hate I'assage is preferred, the navigator has merely to keep in niid-ehann.^l.

The l)C8t anchorage in Shadwell I'assage, ae.;ording to the Vanc.aiver Island Pilot, is near the
middle of the passage, in nine fathoms, with One-Tree Islet hearing hy N., Center IslamI SB.,

an.i Turn Point S.; hut tlii»' hvurimiH do not plot in a Halkfuvlorij vul any chart.

II. j^-»iii tin- \orthtrnrii. — In entering the passage the course m -aE. for the eastern edge of
Center Island in one with the southern pesik of Maginn Sa.Idle, parsing it and the other islands as
hefore mentioned in nine to seventeen fathoms water.

The western shore of Shadwell Passage is formed hy Mope Island, the westernmost of the group
which forms the northern shores of (iolctas ( 'liannel. It is moderately high, with very irregular shores,
six miles in greatest Jength and three and three-fonith inil.'s in greatest breadth, with a
Hope Island. general trend of uW. hy W. and NE. hy E. The sonlhern shore is steep and may
he ap[)roached to within a (|uartcr of a mile; hut near its western extremity ./'ou/flrrounfi
runs off thr.M! cahles. The sea hreaks heavily along its northern and western shores, off whii'h are
H«!veral inlets and rocks, — the ten-fathom curve reaching two miles from tlii; shore in some plnotis.

Two miles to the westwav.1 from Heath Point is Gallows Point, the sontheasti-rn headland of Bull
llarl'or, on the .southern sid.' of Mope Island, a eoutracted hut perfectly land-locked anchorage. It
runs in a northerly direction for a mile and a half acro.ss Hope Island, its head being
Bull Harbor. only .separated from the northern shore of Hope l.sland hy a strip of lowland four

hundred feet wide. The hreadth of the eutranci; is half a mile, hut at half the distance
to the head it contracts to a cable, after which it again increases in width to two cables. A cable bul
a half to the northward of the narrowest ])ortioii lies Indian Island, which, though small, completely
shuts in the anchorage on the southward, leaving a passage to it on the ..'astern side a cable in width.
Between the isli-;id anil the western shore are only eleven feet oi' water. The anchorage is to the
northward of the island, in I'our or five fathoms, muddy liottom,hut then- is room only for one or two
vessels of mcnlerat.' si/e to lie moored. < )nly small sailing vessels or steamers should use this anchorage,
as it is difficult of access to long vessels from the narrow and tortuous entrance.

' !

DIKKlTIONS FOR ICNTEKIN.i lil'I.I, HAItnOR.

The only directions neccssiuy for entering are to pass to the ettstward of Indian Island and moor
as soon as the vcKsel is north .)f' it, anchors north and south.
The NW. point of Indian Island is stated to be in

Latitude 50° 54' 47" N.

Longitude 127° 56' 03" W.

The variation of the compass in 1862 Wiis 24° 20' E.; H. W. F. and C. at O'' 30"' A. M., — the
spring titles rising iv.'elve and a half feet. W.mkI and fresh water can be <.btained here with case.

The harbor is .shown on a large scale on British Admiralty Chart No. 2067, corrected to Sep-
tember, 1867.

T.itlie westward from this harbor the shore of Hope Island is r.)cky anil fringed witli kelp.

Two and two-third miles to the westward of Gallows Point the western extreme .)f Hope Island
is formed by Mexicana Point, oft' which a reef exten.ls to the southwest a quarter of a mile. To the
southward, across tlie western entrance to Goletas Channel, between this point and Cape Commerell,

^.'. -.,

$m"

Iji*»iEuif^ Mnrlai irvi'i- N iliwitu Mnv.

^z^"

f ''■■■.

Hopel

HV»ttT^ KnlrtiQi**' tnlrtiletnn Cfainnnel

Tnpu rcwiiiin-oU

Thif
to atlem]
It is the
innor wai

To I
navigate,

The
enl.irgi^d
from the

•(

r. J

abojinl.
western «
of all da
If t
Tlie
middle o
and Tun

IX.

Center I
before m

The

which fo!

Hope Islai

runs iiif'
several ii
Twi
Harbor,

Bull Harbi

•:^

■ l-tv.tiU

v. v.'iS". -i

to the he
a half to
shuts iu
Between
northwai
vessels o;
as it it; d

The

as Hoon a

Th€

Thi

spring ti
TIk
tember,

Tw.

is fonncf
southwai

NEW CHANNEL.

extends the Nahwitti Bar,* or ledge, narrowest somewhat to the northward of mid-ohnnnel and

expanding toward either shore, especially to the southward, where it includes the

Tatnall Reefs. This bar is of sandstone formation, rising suddenly from forty to nine Nahwitti Bar.

fathoms on the eastward, but diminishing very gradually in depth from the westward.

The narrowest portion of this bar between the ten-fathom curves is about a mile in width. Northward

of the Tatnall Reefs the depth varies from six to nino fathoms.

In heavy westerly gales the sea br(s»l<s «.n this bar from shore to shore. On the western edge of
the bar the tides run from two to five knots. This pa.ssage is at present but seldom used.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR PARSING THE NAHWITTI BAR.

I. v^oin the sktattvara, — Vease's bound to the westward, after passing Bull Ilariior, should keep
Boxer Point, Galiano Island, open to the northward of Shingle Point until Mexioana Point bears
NNE., when the vessel will be to the westward of the bar. In beating out of Goletas Channel the
shores of Hoi)e Island may be approached to within a quarter of a mile until nearing Mexicana Point,
which should not be approached nearer than half a mile to avoid the heavy swell a d uneven ground.
In standing to the southward the vessel should tack when Shingle and Lemon points are in one, about
E. by N., to avoid the Tatnall Reefs.

II. From the weatwartt. — For vessels bound to the eastward, a course E. by N., with Lemon
Point oj)en to the northward t)f Shingle Point, Vancouver Island, leads over the bar in the deepest
water, seven to nino fathoms, well to the northward of the Tatnall Reefs. Another course is to keep
Boxer Point, Galiano Island, o[)en, with Shingle Point E. J N., which leads in on nearly the same
line. In making for the entrance the Van nuver shore should not be approached within the ten-
fathom curve until Caj)e Commerell boars SE. liy E. or to the southward of that liearing.

If the weather be ch'ar, in crf>ssing the bar in the deepest water, Mount Ijcmon, a high conical
peak-, should iippear nearly midwn ""■" Shingle Point and Heath Point on the opposite shore, or

nothing to the southward of iuid\>a\ them.

NEW r» VNNEIi.

To tlie northward of the Goletas Channel, and >• panited from t b^ the islands which form the
northern shore of that passage, New Channel, about iwchr and a li ilf miles long and varying from
one and a half to four miles in breadth, is an extensive clear ])asKi}.'i' to fhe open waters of 'iiicen
Ciiarlotte Sound. Its northern limit is formed by the Walkrr <irou|i t' lie eastward and by ;i low
low rocks and islets to the northwestward. Its leust depth in Oie .shoaloM pait is foiiy-fivc fathoms
near the eastern end, and its shores, except in the vicinity of th' • mrdons, may be approached to nearly
half a mile. Genenilly a heavy swell sets through New Ch nol from the westward, and, with the
exception that there is more room for a large vessel to work in tu- out than in Goletas Channel, there
is no reason for using it in preference to the latter unless, when running in before a heavy westerly
gale, the sea were breaking on the Nahwitti Bar, aera^s the western ' '•■■uice of the Goletas Channel.

This being the case, after giving general directions for it seems uimetiessary for present

purposes to ilescribe the rocks and islets about this chaiuiel in u

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR irSINO NEW CHANNEL.

I. Ff-om the EaHtwara. — If the wind be fair, a mid-channel course about W. by N. will carry a
vessel clear. If working through, when between the Walker and Ciordon groups the navigator should
avoid ap])roaching the southern shores of the former within half a mile, and should keep the southern
part of the Crane Islets closed on the Gordons E. by S. | S., or nothing to the eastwanl of that bearing,
until the eastern e<]ge of Redfern Island In-ai-s NW. by N. i N., to avoid the Qrcy Hock, which covers
at a quarter flood.

Id the vicinity of Galiano and Hope islands the navigator should tack when alwuit half a mile off
shore, avoid entering Shav!-,»ell Pa.s8age and Roller Bay, and, until two miles west from Pine Island,
should not bring it to l)ear to the eastward of E. by N.

II. J>vom the weHttvar*. — The above directions also apply. When Boyle Islet bears S., the
vessel will be to the eastwai-d, tilear from Grey Rock.

' SoiuutimeB written NabwUttl.

p. c, ?, — 3

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

HECATE STRAIT.

From the western entrances of Golelas and Now channels two courses are o|)en to tlie navigator
bound for Dixon P^ntrance or the north. One of tiiese, Hecate Strait,* is a broad sheet of water
extendinf^ between the (^leen Charlotte Islands <..i tlie west and tiie insliore portion of the Columbian
arcliii)eiiig() on the east. Its length from tiie Scott Islands to its northern entrance ablest of the But-
terwortli K(Kks is about two hundreil and twenty miles; it gradually diminishes in width from ninety
miles, at Cajx! St. James, to twenty at the northern entrance. It has been but slightly explored, and the
few soundings which are on record, principally from II. M. S. Hecate, in 18fi'2, show that the bottom
is very uneven, and lead to the suspicion that thorough investigation might reveal serious dangers.

In the unpidilisluHl chart of Iiigraham, Master of the b: ig Hope in 1791-2, a large number of
soundings are given, showing a bunk with five to twenty (iithoms water extending from the north-
ejistcrn and northern shorts of (iueen ( 'harlott IsLnuls, in the sjmie general trend as Invisible Point,
toward Zayas Island. Tins bank extends more than half way across Ho^'st" St'.i'i, and was name<l
Dof/fnh Bank by Ingraham. It has some shoal spot.s cm it, among others one in . " ~".t latitude 63°
60', on which the ship Margaret, Cajjt^iin Magee, struck in 17!H^ drawing thirteen feet of water,
This was («lled Margaret Rock by ingraham and docs not appear on nuKlern chniia. It is evident.
therefore, that the navigiition oi Hecate Strait, if attempted at all, should involve great caution until
better surveys have b(«n made.

Between the entrance to Skidegate Inlet of the Qu^en Charlotte Group and Bonilla Island
are some channel rocks who.se position appears to be doiiotful. Little is k^own of the shore of the
archi|)elago fronting the strait from the eastward, but several harbors and channels have l»een examined
by the Royal Navy in Queen Charlotte Islands. Awording to Pilot W. K. George there is a current
in Hecate Strait ruiming one or two knots in a norlheasterly diretition. All that is known in regard
to this .strait may be found on British Admiralty Charts Nos. l'J23 and 1923 A, covering ilie region
from Cape Caution U) Port Simpson, and Dawson's geologic;'' map of the (iueen Charlotte Islands'.
The .southern half of this region is shown on 1923 and the northern on 1923 A. It does not seem
necessary to enter into details in regard to a passage at present so little known and the use of which
presents no particular advantages.

The other course, and that which is usually adopted by steainci-s and others desiring to make the
island pa&sage from Queen Charlotte Sound to Dixon I'^.ntrancc, is by way of Fitzhugh Sound, Lama
PaAsage, Seaforth Channel, Milbank Sound, Finlaysoti and Grenville channels, and Chatham Sound
to Dixon Entrance.

The Queen Charlotte Islands, which l)ound Hecate Strait to the westward, forir an archipelago,

which is still but partially explored. Of the western coast of these islands hardly anything is known.

They were named in August, 1787, by Dixon, after his vessel. " In tlie previous year

Queen Charlotte Captain Lowrie, of the British Navy, who commaiidwl the snow Captain Cook, of

Islands. Bombay, named them Prince Edward's Islands. James Hanna, commanding

another trading m s.scl on i i.c northwest coii.st in 1 78(5, call(>d them Nova Hibemia. lu

1789 Robert Gray nametl them the Washington Islands, and Mearcs, in igiioram-e of the subdivision

of the group by water, calhil it the Great Island. Perez, in 1774, placed it on his chart as Isla ix,

Florida Blanca, in honor of the then viceroy of Mexico.

The group is about two and a quarter degrees of latitude in extent, NW. and SE. It is of triangular
form \Vith the apex to the SE., and extends through about two degrees of longitude. The northeastern
part is level and attractive; the rest more or less broken and mountainous; the whole is densely wooded.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR THE NAVIGATION OF QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

I. From the southtravt.— After clearing the Nahv !i Bar at the entrsuce of Goletas Channel,
as previously directed, when N.from CajjeCommerell on. and a half miles, the "ourse across the eastern
part of Queen Charlotte Sound for Cape Caution is N. , E., eighteen and a quarter miles.

From a position at the northern entrance of tin' .Sliadwell Pa.ssage, E. half a mile from Gifje
James, the course for Cape Caution is N. by W. J W , thirtcMi and two-thirds miles.

From a position near the entrance of New Channel j,n/i Bate Passage, NW. by W. from Greeting
Point two and a half miles, with the western edge of Vansittart Island bearing's, by W. J W„ the
course for Cape Caution is NW. by N .\ N., twelve and tw ntliiiils miles.

From a position half a mile NNW. from the eastern h 'ad of the north entrance of Chrisde Pas-
sage to the above-mentionetl jwint of departure at the entrai.cc of New Channel the course is W. by
W. I N., eight and one-third miles. Either course is clear of n] i dangers. In a heavy southwest gale
the transit of Queen Charlotte Sound were letter not attcmptwl.

' VanoouTMT 8tr»it of BeiglmuB wid other Owman gcogmplioni.

"St— tj?fr •

HiMtt

lii

THE fSLAND PASSA(;E
Capo Cnmmerrll to Point Walker
(British Authori*.,eil )
1B80 *

tOUNOmatIN rATHOHl

>(ii«««Hfc'

not:

■#

! !

fVuW

tiji

:tm

> '1.

■V^^-'y:<.'fr'U '■'■.4 .

i ;

SOUTH PASSAGE.

Cupe Caution, tlie most westerly projwiting part of the continent in liiis neighborhood, except
Neck Point, terniiniites in nigged, r(K;l<y, low hummocks. The to|)s of tlic trees arc
about two hundred feet nltove the sea. The shore is of a white gninito, rising grad- Cape CaHtion.
ually inland. At a distance of a niik! SW. from tlie cape, tliore is sixteen fathoms
water. The sliorcs of the mainland, taking a northerly and oitsterly direction, make it a conspicuous
ciiiH!, which receivc<l its name from N'aiicouver on awount of the dangerous navigation in it« vicinity.
It is covered with dwarf-pine and otiier small trees. It is phced by English authorities two miles and
a half south of Vancouver's position for it, in

Latitude 61° 9' 36" N.

Longitude 127° 48' 12" W.

From Neck Point, which is situated f.bout two and a half miles north from Cape Caution, hia
bearings for the outer reefs would agree wi'h later authorities, which they do not do if plattetl from
Cape Caution of the chart.«. It is probabie that some cwnfusion of Vancouver's real fiosition with
another of the numerous points in this neigh borhoml led to the erroneous bearing, if the English charts
are accuinte in this resjiect.

This vicinity is represented on a large scale by ilritish Admiralty Chart No. 2418.

Blunden Bay, the o|x;ii indentation between Cape Caution and Neck Point, has in its northern
part Indian Cove, where the Indians rendezvous on their canoe journeys between (iueen Charlotte and
Fitzhugh sounds. It affords good shelter fo/ boats, and is probably tlie cove mentioned by Vancouver.

U-VNGERS

BETWEEN CAPE CAUTION AND THE ENTRANCE TO FITZIIUGH SOUND.

A line drawn from Cape Caution in the direction of NW. | W. passes outside of all dangers south
of Egg Island.

Egg Island, a )>inall, nx^ky, round island, two hundred ind eighty feet higli, and fie chief land-
mark between Goletas Channe' and Fitzhugh Sound, lies NW. J N., five and a quarter
miles from Cape Caution. On the same lino lie the Iron i?ocA», about four miles from Iron Rocks.
the cape. The South Iron is marked by kelp an<l seidoin breaks; the North Iron dries
seven feet above low water. Eastward from the Soxdh Iron, nearly a mile, is a roeki^ ^atch, marked
by kelp and known as Hoop Reef.

8. from Egg Island, six cables, lies a sunken rock, known as the Benny Rock, which seldom
breaks ; and to the NE. from it and S SB. from Egg Island lie three islets, thirty feet
high, calle<l Ee,g Recks. W. \ N., eight miles from Cape Caution, is the southern Rocks and

edge of tlie pateh known a^ the Ilanna Rocks.* TIr.^c rocks are awash at high water breakers.

and constitute a serious danger, but are usually marked by breakers. They form an
oblong pateh about half a mile in diameter in a N. and, S. direction.

Two miles and a half N. from this patch lies the C viihp/ Reef, of similar character, except that
it Ruely breaks, and has six feet upon it at low water.

N NE. from Egg Island about a mile is Table Island, about one huf^dr"'' feet high, with foul
ground extending from it half a mile west, and numerous rocks and islets to the westwartl and north-
ward of its western shore, prolonged to the northward acras.s the entrance of Smith
Inlet for two miles. NW. ? N. from Table Island about two miles are the White James Reef.
Rocks, two islets thirty-five feet high aiul close together; two-fifths of a mile NNW.
from the southern one of these is tlie John Ri'cf, p ro<'k three feet out at low water ; and al)out 7". by W.
from the White Rwks a mile and a quarter is the .lames Reef, a sunken rock which breaks at low
water and of which the position is a littl'; iir.cortain.

Five and a quarter miles NW. :J^ W. from Channel Reef lies a breaker. From this, curving to
the northward and wostwartl for neirly two milt', lie the Pearl Books,! fifteen feet high. Nearly a
mile NNE. from these and S SW from the land i»L jiit Cape Calvert lies the Devil Rook, on which the
sea seldom breaks. It is a sun'.en rock forming a serious danger.

* Named for Captain James Hmiim, wlio explure<l mi this const in 1786, but erroneously caMed the Hannah Bocka on th*
charts. On British Admiralty Chnrt No. 344!j it is c.illed Itnnnuli Kock.

t Named and dixcnren-d liy (.'nptain .Taiiii's Ihiiinn in 17H<i. Outnide of tlicsu lie tlif Virtin Rockl, ulso discovered and
named by Hani:-..

SOUTH PASSAGK.

i..

1
'I

Oif Cranstown Point, the southeastern hciullan.l of Kit/.hiigh Sound, the Canoe Bocks, in part
ak.ve water, extend WSW. a mile and a (luarter from tlie point, and between them
Kockt and and tiie mainland to the eastward extends rocky and foul ground for a mile and a

breakert. half,— the rocks mostly vi.Hii)le. Behind Cranstown Point is Open Bay, of small

extent and disturbed by the oceanic swell, but in which anchorage may l)e had in seven
to twelve fathoms. There are also a few rocks close in under Cape Calvert, the- southwestern headland
of the sound.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

PUOM CAPE CAITION TO FITZHl OH SOUND.

Having followed the previously given directions for a|)pr <aching CajKi Caution from any one of
tlie points of exit from the interior channels north of Vancouver Island, on «!oming up with the t»pe
the navigator should avoid approaching it within half a mile. Allowance should be made for tidal
currents, whose irregularity necessitates great caution.

From a position three miles W SW. from the cai>e a direct coui-se may be laid for the entrance to
Fitzhugh Sound. This course is N. by W. { W., thirteen and three-quarters miles, when the Sorrow
Islands south of Cai)e Calvert will benr W., three and a (juarter miles, and the vessel will be somewhat
to the eastward of mid-channel. This course carries clear of all dangers.

In foggy weather, if the existence of current Ix) suspected, after making Cape Caution a course
may l)e laid to [miss about a mile to the westward of Egg Island, which from its height is readily
recognized. From a iwsition one mile W SW. from the ca|)e a NW. course for six miles carries clear
of all dangers, jMSsing at nearest about a mile and a quarter W. J S. from the island and three-quarters
of a mile westward from the reefs to the southward of Egg Island.

When Egg Island k^ai-s E. J S. from ttie vessel a NW. by N. ^ N. course for eight and three-
quarter miles will bring the navigator up with the Sorrow Islands oft" Cape Calvert, — these bearing
W. one mile. This course lies nearly in mid-channel. In beating in toward Fitzhugh Sound, until
within four miles of Egg Island, vessels should not stand to the westward after the southern edges of
Egg and Table islands are in one bearing NE. J N., (according to British Admiralty Chart No. 2448,)
to avoid the dangerous ground to the westward. When Egg Island bears NE. | N. four miles, in
tacking to the westward the navigator should keep witliin three and a half miles of the island until it
bears ESE., after which it will be advisable not to bring it to bear to the southward of SSB. nor to
the eastward of E SE. until up with the Sorrow Islands bearing W., to avoid the reefs and foul ground
on either hand. The flood is stated to set to the eastward with a rate of two knots in Queen Charlotte
Sound.

TIDES.

There are no accessible data as to the currents of this locality. The floofl is stated to set to
the eastward with a rate of two knots in Queen Charlotte Sound. The soundings vary from forty
to eighty fathoms. The establishment near the entrance of Smith Inlet* is said to be l"" O", with a rise
for springs of fourteen feet and for neaps of eleven feet. The locality is shown on Britis'' Admiralty
Charts Nos. 1917 and 1923 (editions of 1879) and on an enlarged scale on No. 2448, April, 187».

The extreme southwestern headland of Fitzhugh Sound is formed by Mosraan Island, the south- l
nost of the Sorrow Islands, a small, rather low islet, two-thirds of a mile to the southward of the f
southern point of Calvert Island. It is wood»d, and the group extending between it ;
and Calvert Island comprises numerous rocks and islets, one being of considerable
extent. The o|)ening which separates them from Calvert Island bears the name of
Grief Bay (Telakwas) on the English charts.

From seaward these islands are hardly to be distinguished from Calvert Island.f The southern-
most islet is situated, according to English authorities, in

em most i

Sorrow Islands.

Latitude 51° 24'

Longitude 127° 55'

30" N.
58" W.

Two-thirds of a mile NNE. from it is Cape Calvert of the Admiralty Charts of 1867,^ being
the southern extreme of Calvert Island. It presents a broad face of rocky shore line, NE. and SW.

" Discovered mid iiiuned by Cujituin .laiiiex I Inniia in 1780.
♦ Diwovered tttid iiiiined l>y Ciiptaiu Cliurli's Duncan in 1787.
t Sulsequently nuuie<l Cape Moiman by tlie U. S. Couet Survey.

mmm

r:M

JUi

ihrwibui"!

i-n iiesdiH'

..sfjift'it'. nimv-

^^n^^.

-'^M

3si^'-^*»«fc>'

||£<KflEKMllh«i.

"fii4i-

'.5( -^'-i):^; ■wt,-'

. t'H "nuff

.■*i,

nugk'jiii HI tti -,^M

"me T«wr I

il'rvm »nll»h Atlm.ltUMrt yo.'JltUl,Vrt'4)

South .-n.l T.ihi- Ii<l..i.,l X K y.N.

(J^vm JtrUiiih Atbn. Chart So. '2ft'ttk,WTSl

Cap- r.iJ\T?i-l j3.r.,N 'tMUfsl

(Ftvni 1/ Sheti^ hv t!t\i. Havitltun.AM.rijrt .f/.X.i^

■■^.-*

niiiiri'i ■ sit(;nrifi^'inii
BnU'aiioe to WeK'omi? Hni-bor, Fitgihu^h SounH.LJ

(nwn llr-itish AM/m . I Vuirt A'u. lUfTM

Tnblf I.

S..uth .ml Table ImIuii.I X K -i \.

"\-.

PltHllU^I Sulllttl

Cup • rtUveit 3.C„S /* Miles.

SArf,* fry f!t-*t. /tavitlrvn,AMHjre.ir.S.r..t tf..v.7Sff7}

l.eadiogl'k LeailiiL)! I. Sim

omi? Hm'l>i»r, FitKliu^h Smind ,Lt>culing Wtovwr ittufi' It .

\yM^,

i^iMiliiMMMiiiii

■iiia

SBSMtOt^l^^t^^aSiii,^'

■ Oil

MVt\

1h!

t^^^:

43i?^'%e^-.

^SSf'-l.,

!>^ .v.< ■;.*» rf,;'

,i.'l .... - 1

i', .mi&rl

L>/I'l Suit..

j^,«Sf-HftW<Si**5^

PCHOONER RKTKBAT AND FKIOATK l»AY.

about three hundnMl iuhI fifty f'lict high, cHVtTeil witli » thick irniwth ofHpruct', hoiiiliN'k itiul |iiiirtrc(>H,
hut l>a(!k«l by mountainN from two U> niurlv three tlioiLHiiiul ftrl hi>rl> on Calvert Inhind. A view ia
given of thin oa|)e in the U. 8. <'. H. Coant I'iiot of Aliinkii, I'iirt I, !8()i>.

E. I 8. five mihw from lli' «U)e lieH Cranstown Point, a nn-kv peninsula with an <)|Kfi hay to
the eaHtward of it, and guarded to tlic 8W. by nn-kH and foul grouiul. TliiH jMiint and CajH' Calvert
form the southern headlandH of Fit/.hugh Sound.

FITZHUOII HOUND.

This pnE.'age, named by Captain James llannain 178(i, Ih formed by Calvert and other ielandfl to
the westward and the mainland to the ojistwartl, and extends in a MW. by N. dirtrtion for about forty
miles, with an average width of more than three miles. The soundings iniliuite very ileep water,
apparently inereasing in depth toward the northern {mrtion of the soiuid. The shores ap|M.'ur in genentl
bold and rocky, the western ones free from outlying roeks; the sloi)cs are wooded and steep, and the
clevaticms of the peaks vary from one thousand to thirty-tive hundred feet. A numl)er of passagfis,
some still unexplored, lead to the eastward an<l westwani from the sound. The tide is atuUn] U) Hood
to the northward.

About NE. i N. from Mosman IslamI, seven miles, is Karslake Point, situated on an island aiul
forming the southern headland of the entrance to iSehooner Retreat, an indentation of
Penrose Island, protected to the westward and soiitliward by numerous nniks and Schooner Retreat,
islands. According to Staff Commander 1). Pender, R. N.,* this harl)or oilers a secure
resting place, and with care may Ik; entere<l safely by steam vessels. The Indian nanu? of it is Kanilish.

The entrance to the anchorage trends in a N NE. diretition from the vicinity of Karslake I'oint,
where it is about half a mile wide, diminishing to almut two hundred yards Ixttween Sea Bluff and the
Orey Islets, six and a half (wbles to the northeastward from Karslake Point. The protection of the
entrance to the N NW. is principally formed by Ironside Island. The latter is of irregular sha|)e
and rises to the height of two hundred feet. Inside the narrows Frigate Ray expandn, six cables long
NE. and SW. and about two cables wide, with soundings in from five to twenty fathoms. N. by E.
from Karslake Point, a mile and three-quarters, Ciuoin llill, on Penrose Island, rises nearly nine hun-
dred feet alwve the sea.

IK. by E. ^ E. from Kai-slake Point alH>ut one mile, in Frigate Bay, is an islet known as Center
Islet, of small extent, and having a shoal with two fathoms on it extending from its eastern end over a
cable NE. by N. toward the shore of Penrose Island. There are several islets and rocks in the east -rn
part of the bay, from which a boat passage extends to the SE., joining the entrance of llivcrs Inlet.

A sketch of this vicinity is given on British Admiralty Chart No. 1901, corrected to ()ctol)er,
1879, by which it appears that Center Islet is situated in

Latitude 51° 28' 10" N.

Longitude 127" 44' 38" W.

It is H. W. F. and C. at O"" 30"', — springs rising fourteen and neaps eleven feet.
The variation of the compass was 25° E. in 1808.

To the northward of Ironside Island are several protectetl sheets of water, but with exceedingly
narrow and difficult entrances, which render it inadvisable to seek shelter in them.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOU ENTEKING FRIGATE BAV.

From a position two cables NW. from Karslake Point, Quoin Hill bearing N. by E. J E., the
< ourse is NE. J N. for the narrows, which should Ije paascd in raid-chamiel — least water eight fathoms
— or, keeping the eastern shore, which is bluff and bold-to, well aboard until the blufls are passcil, to
avoid the foul ground on the western shore. A course N. by E. J E., Karslake Point in mid-t-hannel
line, clears all dangers, and when the northern edge of Ironside Island l)cars W. by S. J S. anchorage
may be had in twelve to twenty fathoms.

According to Pender the best anchorage will be found just within Safe Entrance off a clean sandy
beach in thirteen fathoms, with the northeast extreme of Ironside Island l)earing W. i 8. and the north-
west extreme of Sea Bluff 8. J W. It is necessary to moor in tliis bay. During SE. and SW. gales
the gusts are furious. With Safety Cove so nesir at hanil it does not seem that it is necessary or
desirable to use the contracted and difficult ramifications of Schooner Retreat, and they are not reeom-
mende(^.

•Sec U. S. N. llyilrograpliic Notice No. Wi, 1877, p. 10.

HAPKTY COVK AND Gt>LDSTK»;AM HARBOK.

It'

li:

1 ,

Penrose Island, wliifh loviiis (lu; northnrly pri)te('ti..ii ot' Si-liooiier Retreat, lies in the mouth of
Rlv«i-s Ciiiial or Iiilet, u hraiich of tho inlet ]).u<8i!it; on citlier side of ir. i'oiiit Addcnbnwk * forms
the soiitli'M'ii extroine of the kIiopc' on the we-tern side of the iiortharn cntniiiee to the inlet. From
Kiir.slMke I'oiiit this p (inl beirs "51 W., distint iiwirly four mihs. NW. } N. from Point Addenbrook,
four n/ile-!, i.s Point Hanbury, on lUc .so',;tliuriim!)st of a j;rou[) of s.!venl islands, the eastern part of
which, wiili nil oi);:!iiiig hohiiid th(^m, is unexplored. One of t'.^, islands is known as Addenbrook
Island and ( xt"iids to tln' westward into the sound, niirrownig the pau.si'ge between it and Calvert
Island to less than two miles.

W. by S. I S. iVoni Point Addenbrook, four and a half miles, is th'j entrance to Safety Cove,
(Indian name (iht-so-al's ) named iiy Dunean, in 1788, Port Safety; and consistinjj of an indentation
of the shore of Calvert Islajiil ainmt a mile lon^r W SW, and E NE., and three or four
Safety Cove. >i,.)les in width. At its lieaii is a muddy tiilal flat, over which a stream, affording
salmon in the steason, empties into the cove, fhe shores are hitrli, rising nearly a
thoii land feet, wooded, rooky and stee])-to, extept at the head. It is open to the E NE., but aifbnls
good lioldioir-irround in lit'teeii to twenty-five iiitlioms, sof't mu<l At the anehorage, in sixteen fath-
oms, the nortli point of entrance bears NE. j; E. and the south poin'^ E. | S- A conicml peak at the
head of tlu; cove bears I'rom the middle of the enlranci' W. .\ S.

There are outside, close inshore, near the northern headland, two small islets, which are useful in
idcntifyinij the entrance, <>spe(!ially when coming from the northward in thi<;k weather. In southerly
gales it woollies severely tVoni the valley at the licad of the cove, but it is a perfe<!t!y safe anchorage.
It alfords a conveniiMit refuge for ves,sels waiting foi' good weati.er to cross Queen Charlotte Sound,
and recjnires no directions for ( iilering.

A sketch of this com/ apj)cars on British Admiralty Chart No. 1901, corrected to Oetoljer, 1879,
on which it is stated tiiat the astronomicial station at the NV, . imgle of the cove is in

r Latitude 61" 31' 49" N.

|, Longitude 127" 56' 23" W.f

^'- It is H. W. F. \uv 0. at l'' 0'", — springs rising fourteen and neaps eleven feet.

Kwakshua NW. 1 N. from the entrance to Safety Cove, alxait seven and a half miles, i.s another

Opening. indciitation of the shore, known by the native name of Kwakshua,]; Avhich at^ording

to the latest autiiorities is prolonged to Hecate Strait.
Vaneouver -tales tiial the openiuj;' presented the appearance of a very tine harbor, and in liis chart
it is indicated as divided into two arms. A small islet or mck exists off the northern headland, and
on<' Imndred and eighty -three fathoms, muddy bottom, are i Tted off the entrance, whi(!h is indicattd
to W\ threi -ijuarters ot' a mile wide. The interior of tiiis opening has not been explored.

The mass of land >eparated fn-in Calvert island by this passage li.ts been named Hecate Is!and.j|
About NW. .', N., five miles from Kwakshua cMitrance, lies the entrance to Goldstream Harbor,

Gotdstream
Harbor.

at the northern extremity of Hecate Island, and protected by an island less than half
a mile in extent, which lies off it to the N NW. This harbor is of verv small extent
and is entered by a very narrow .uui sommvhat wiii'ling cliannel. The shores are roeky
and frinp'd with keip; the entrance is init'sted with roeks and islst.s, most of which,
however, are vi-iil)le. The total length of the harbor and entrance is al)out ludf a mile. The entrauce
to this harbor (Voia l''it/.liu<j;h Sound i^ by an intriiMte parage little more than lift? yards wide.

Kvenhuj Rod-, wliicli dries three b'et at losv-water spri:igs, lies iieai' the middle of the pa'-sage,
about two cables within the entrance. In the ch^mnel tlv-re is a generid depth of about six fathomt.
The harbor is about tW(» edibles in extent am! ali'ords room for but onevesscd in seven to fifteen fathoms,
mud and sand. This i)lace is roconmiended for small ves.sels liy some authorities, but others do not
speak highly of it. Tiie navigator may draw his own e()nclusi(ms from this de.scrii)tion and the chart.
Tlie least water in the pa-->(''e appears to !»e about live fathoms. At the NW. corner of the
ancliorauc there open- to 1 lakai .''Mrait a passage whieh appear.-, not to be navi^^abl". From Kelp Point,
the UiM-thwestern heaciland of the eiiira.i. e, foul _round, covered with kelp in two and a half fathoms,
extends a cable to the northward 'i"he geographical position of Hawaor Point is reported to be

Latitude St° 43' la" jj.

Longitude ■ 128" 00' 34" W.

H. W. F. and C. .hcurs at l' 0'",— springs rising fifteen feet and I'.caps twelve feet.
The variation of ihe compass in IStiS was 25° 16' E.

■ hi^ Vi.

Ml I.|..

n-^. 1

lii." iiiiuK ii ii< xpfllwl Addenbrooke, n iipelliiig fol-

'Nmnc'l l.v Villi-., iiVKi- ill ViiH. Si>
lowed (111 iliu lilili^ll Viliiiiriiltv I'liiti'ti^.

Il)c|iiii(liii(jr ii|iiiii Shcli li'Iiiml. licnviT lliirlMir, \n-'mit in Liiiifjiliulv W7<-' 2ri' 07'' W. IViidiT. I.e.

tfailiiii.' V|.s,.,■l^ hiivr ii;iT....I ilii-mi^'li Iht,.. 'I'liis was «iip|Kiwa l,v Viin„,u tr ,<, hv t,i,. ?ort 3afety of Dinican in i:
but (itlu'in imiri' cnirii-llv iili'niilicil \iuuiinvi'r'« Safety Cove with Duncan'a I'mt

II By IVndtT, I. c, !>. 12, lb76.

*^""^"^^"^^'

NAMU HAKBOIt.

From the existing dangers it ciinnot l>e rct«minoiMlc(l that vcssol,« should enter tliis hnrhor px(v]it
in charge of a j)iiot or with good local knowledge. Tt is reprcsentetl on IJritisli Admiralty C'lart Nn.
1901. corrwtwi t-) October, 1879.

Inime<liatoly to the northward of the small island north of Gol(istrean\ Harbor, a strait, over a
mile wide at its NE. termination, trending thence SW. by S. about seven miles, wi<leii-
ing to near'y four miles at its SW. end, and called by the natives llakai, extends from Hakai Strait.
T^'itzlnifli Sound to Hecate Strait. It is obstructed by numerous rocks and islets,
a<f<)r(iing to British AdmiraUv (Jhart No. ]!)'^3, (corrected to December, IS?}),) but a clear passage exists
a little SE. from niid-channel, nearly a mile wide, and with over forty lii'homs water, through which
Vancouver reached the sea in 1 792.

The ol)stru(!tions on the SE. shore of this strait are called the Starfish Islets, and among them is
situated Welcome Harbor, of small extent, shown by a plan on Hritisli Admiralty Chart No. 14'i'2.
In its vicinity are numerous dangers.

F. W. P. and C. at O'' 0'"; springs rise fifteen or sixteen leet and neap tides twelve or thirteen feet.

The variation of the compass here wa.s 24° 45' E. in 1872.

The northern shore of this strait Ia chiefiy formed by D'Agelet Island,* about four and a half
jniies- long N. by E. i E. and S. '■" W l W., three miles wide and six huixired ami titty feet high.
It is separated from Hunter Island, of the Calvert group, by another strait called \alau, which appear
to !)e ehoke<l up with rocks and islets, but has not been completely surveyed.

The eastern shore of Fitzhugh Sound, from Addenlirook Island, tifteen and a half miles NW.
by N. i N., U> Kiwash Island, is abrupt, bohl-to, and with but few and inconsiderable indentations,
none of which apjiwir to afford anchorage.

Kiwash Island, of smaP 'jxtent, two hundred feet high and wotnled, lies inime<]iately abreast of
Xainn Harbor. This harbo?- or anchorage is included between Clitf and Kiwa.-ih islands
to the westward. Plover Island, one hundred and fifty feet high, and the mainland to Namu Harbor,
the south, eixst and north. From the centra! portion of this sln^et of water there is an
extent of three and a (|uarter (ables in every direction, free of (!a)i;iers, and averaging twenty-two
fathoms in depth. To the northward two contracted inhts extend a mile into the mainland. Harlequin
Basiu is the terminal expansion of the more northern iidei ; the other, iidi'sted vtitli rocks and extremely
narrow, is called Kock Creek. The entranc(; to the latter, whlcii i.s somewhat cxj)anded, is marked by
wo islet.s — Sunday Islet to the northward and Clam Islet to the southward, N. J W. and S. j E., at
<iuarter of a mile from one another.

The eiitranet; between them is known as Whirlwind Bay, and hen; more protected, but very
<^)ntraeted, anchorage may be had in nine to fourteen fathoms. I'^ast of the opening
itetween Sunday Islet and Ol nervation Point, and SE. by S. \ S. one cable from (ircen Loo Hock.

Islet, in the mouth of Rock Creek, is n sunkr, rock with three feet of water on it and
dwp water all around it, known as Loo Rock.

This vicinity is reprcsent-d on British Adnuralty Chart No. 1901, which gives as the position of
tlie astronomical station, Observation Point,

Latitude 51^ 51' 44" N.

Longitude 127° 52' 23" W.

It is H. W. P. anc C. at l'' 0"', — springs rising fifteen and neaps twelve and a half fei't.

Two or three miles to the eastward of the harbor a chain of mountains, varying from twenty-six
hundn-d to thirty-three hundred and eighty feet in height, stretches in a N NE. and S SW. dinn'tion
for six or seven miles.

SATT.INft DI RECTI ONS

FOlf TIIK USE or NAMr HAKliOK AM> VICl.MTY.

There is a clear ])assiige either side of Kiwash Island three or foin' cables wide. No directions
are necessary for entering. Anchorage may be had in twenty-one t'atlioms half a mile E NE. of
Kiwa.sh Island. \ ipiarter of a mile farther, in the same direction, a more protected |)osition n ly Iw.
taken up, in teri or twelve fathoms, midway between Sunday Islet, bearitig NW., and the point i ppo-
.site in Whirlwind Bay. S(pialls from the higii land and the vicinity of the Aoo li'ork, in addi'iou to
the .still more contraeteil space, render it inadvisable to bring Siuiday Islet to bear to the westward of
W NW. in entering this hny.

About two miles N. by W. from Kiwash Island lies (with siimc islets near ii) Point Edmund of
the Admiralty charts, the .Hxilliern headland of Ihn-kc Canal, which extends hence to the north ward. +

* II ■«( iiBiiitHi tVo- l,i'|i:iiiti' D'Ajri'lct, tlif asfriimiri ■ •• Im iiiciiiii|iiiriii'il i ;i I'lTniiw in lii» cxiilipiiiliiins "i\ lliis imiiihI In I7S4).
f Tli'iK i," iii'l llic Point Edmund nl' VimcdiiviT. wliirli. iic iliMihUiHlriili'il \iy his lii'iiiiii!.'». whk fiit-llici' In llii' inirlli und mut in
ttie canal.

:V«a;

LAMA PASSAGE.

f i

A.Tdss tlie entrunc*!, two milcH NW. by W., lies Point Walker, llic lu.rtlioin headland, Hituated on
a small island. This island is sfwp-to, bat at a distanc* of two cal)le« there is only twenty-Hix fathoms,
muddy bottom, dw^pcning qiiickly a short distance farther out. This [wsiticn might Iw us«l as a tcnipo-
rarv anchoratrc in a foj;. Then.? are rmmcrom rerfH north of tiie island. From Point Walker NW. \
N 'thiee niilcH are the Fog Rwks, apiK-ariug from the south to be nearly in the middle of the sound,
and indiaited as visible at all times. They appear to be three in number, (Pender notes six above
water.) rising alwut ten feet above high-water mark, flat and of a whitish color. The
Fog Rocks. westernmost appears to be the largest, is twenty-five feet high, and has a clump of small

trees on iti* northern end. Close to the southernmost Fog Rock several small black
rocks luiepver at low water. There is probably foul ground all around them. A passage Ixjtwecn
them and the eastern shore has i)ne hundnxi and three fathoms, muddy bottom, but the best and usual
pa'»aj|e lies westward from the rocks, which should not be closely approached. The passage Iretween
them 'and the shore of Hunter Island is about a mile wide. To the eastward of these rocks, and
stret<^hing along the shore of King Island as far as i'oinl Walker, are a number of rocks and islets,
behind which is an indent<ition in the shore-line looking as if it might aftbrd anchorage, but of wliich
no information is on record. From the Fog Rcx-ks to the northern termination of Fitsjhugh Sound as
here understowl, tlie general direction of the eastern shore is N NW. and the distance alxmt six miles.
The shore of Hunter Island from the siniii (called by the natives Nalau) whi<-h separates it from
D'Agelet Island extends in a general direction of N. by W. J W. for twelve miles, with only two
small openings, neither of which appear to have been surveyed.

The northern one of those, callwl Kiltik Creek, is less than two cables wide, and eiftends nearly a
mile in a westerly direction. It is shoal for one-third of a mile from its head, but the remainder has
an avei-age depth of twenty fathoms in die centre. It is sujuwsed to he available for small vessels, but
has not been examined in detail.

The shore of Hunter Island hereabouts is backed by mountains which at one point attain a height
of nearly three thou.sand feet.

About midway between Fog Rocks and the entrance to Lama Passage the flood tides from the
northward and southward meet, according to Pilot W. E. George.

Thirteen miles from the southea.stern point of the island a small islet lies oft' an indentation of the
shore, forming what has been termed by the U. S. Coast iSurvey The Trap. On the British Admi-
ralty Clinrt No. 2430, of 1856, with corrections to ISO'", an opening is indicated iu
The Trap. this vicinity, and navigators not {wsse-ssing the later j" . much improved charts (cor-

rections to' 1881) miglit l)e tempted by the appearance of an opening, especially at
night, to enter this cove. It is, however, extremely contractetl, not affording room for a steamer to
turn, and dargers are supposed to exist in the passage around the islet, for which reasons it should be
avoided,

A mile and three-ipmrtei's fiirther to the northward is a very small islet, one hundred and thirty
feet high to the top of the trees, known as Pointer Islet, forming a landmark for the entrance of the
I^rfima Passage and the northwestern headland of Fit/hugh So\iiid. The sound really is cwitimious
for eight miles farther to the northward, but to this part of it is applied the name of Fisher Channel,*
whicii afterward divides into two or more arms.

In latitude 52° 04' N., between Hunter Island on the south and Deimy Island on the north,
marked by a conical mountain one thousand feet high, on the northeastern part of Hunter Island,
aiid at its south point of entrance by Pointer Island, Lama Passage oijens from Fitz-
Lama Passage. hugh Sound to the westward, extending to the Heafofth Channel and describing
' nearly a right angle in its course. From the entrance at the sound it takes a generally

W SW. direction for seven miles, then, betwi^n Campbell Island on the west and Denny Island on
the east, NW. by N. 1 N. for five miles, when it again turns to the N. by E. j^ E. for two miles and
enters S<'aforlh Channel. At the first angle Plumper Channel, a much obstructed passage, extends
toward He<site Strait, l)etween Hunter and Camplwll islands.

The Lama Passage is rather narrow near its eastern entrance, l)eing only half a mile wide, but
increjises in width to the westward to over a mile. The northern shore api)ears to be bold-to and but
slightly indented ; the southern, on the contrary, after the first three miles is {lenetratcd by a large
number of narrow indentations, some of which afford shelter. HerealKiuts are numerous rocks and
islets, though no concealed dangera are indicatwl.

Cooper Inlet, a name which is tixkon to cover most of these indentations l)etween Harbormaster

Point and Westminster Point as its eastern and western extremes respectively, about five miles Vest-

ivard from the entrance to Lama Passage, is deep and cx)ntains several cioves and 'ocka.

Cooper Inlet. In fine weather anchor.igc may Iks obtainwl in fourteen fathoms under Westn inster

Pf»int bearing WNW., with Harlxirmaster- Point just ojwn of the rceft off ( harles

Point NE. by E. J E.

•U tqtiy Im (ilwervpil that llit name of ¥\»Uvr Clmnne) uii iliH'Bmit eharla ib vmy diflVrently uxtciidMl, and mlg! prsfltnbly
lie nwlrlptPil Bolcly to Ilic norlliwi Ht<<rn aviii, tli.' iimilioantern Imving bwii naniud Dsan Canal by Vaiicoiirer and the remainder
. lieing praetipaUy idvutical with Kitzhngh ^4ullud.

ted on

thoiitt),

cniiH)-

srw. J

sound,

above

The

small

black

etwecn

usual

etween

s, and

isletfl,

which

und OS

railes.

; from

y two

itz-

>p^ ., •

iiATay«.m >'

,,;' S.WutrlitT

jio' uion.

aiflpL

TIIK INLAND PASSAG K
POINT WALKER TO SWANSON BAY

(British Autlioiilies )
1880

SOUNDINGS IN rATHOMS

(mMIS(

_A,..„_

rji5ptf_

-■^Sr-

iTautiuni Miles

ri.ATKiro. 1567

<■ „ur^ Pr -Jl. '^'non IVnlu X/;

^/^

am IL

K^ Af^J^Ki''^ !•

*^'"''^ °. *

-^c.„

r -^^ Iff* i f,

VauUcal Uila*

2^!

a'
in
ro
H

w
tJ

J?
tt

b
h:
t

ft)
h

■I
■ t

I ^

».
j

i
1
i

BET.LA BELLA.

Jane Creek, in the enstern curlier of Cooper Inlet, is protected to the northward hy Charles
Point, off which, in n wost-nortliwesterly dirootinn to a distunte of a cable and a half, extend two
reefn, the outermost of which dries nine feet. From Charles Point, George Point, the opjwsite head-
land of the creek, bears south three cables. Larjre vessels may anchor in eighteen fathoms Iwtween
the two points, but the bottom is generally nx-ky. .Small vessels may find better anchorage in nine
fathoms, with Charles Point in line with the east point of Canoe Bight on the op|K>sitc side of the
paa«age bearing WW. \ W., and George Point 8W. bv W. This locality is represented on British
Admiralty Chart No. 2449 (to OetolnT, 1872.)

The shores of Camplx'U and Denny islands, bordering on the northern part of the passage, are
irregular, with a number of small coves. The passage contracts off the western extreme of Denny
Island to less than a quarter of a mile, but widens to the north and south.

From Start Point, at the eastern entrance, the passage is (^lear, with very deep water, shoaling to
twenty-five fathoms. About two miles from the point, cio?e in on the southern shore, are some rocks
or islets above water with shoali in front of them extending off a cal)le length. Hence to the north-
western extreme of FIunt}r Island a clear passage along the northern shore exists from half a mile to
a mile wide. Ship Point, the southeastern extreme of Campbell Island, is backed by a hill three hun-
dred and eighty feet higli, abreast of which, extending from Cump Island,* on the Dctmy shore, are
same rocks above water, and one only two feet above low water of spring tides. This part of Denny
Island should not be approached to nearer than half a mile.

Hence the clear channel hugs the Campbell Island shore N NW. about three miles to McLaughlin
Bay, a small cove indenting Campbell Island a couple of cables, and throe and a half cables in extent
N NW. and S SB. The shores are rocky except at the southwestern corner of the
bay, where a small stream comes in. TliHre is a hire hill two hundrcil feet high to MoLauijhIiii Bay.
the westward of the anchorage. The soundings in the pas-sage off the bar vary from
twenty to thirty fathoms. Within the bay they are sonnwhat irregular, varying fr)ra seven to sixteen
fathoms. A email rocky platform in the northern p')rtion of the bay, separated fro;n the shore at
high water, was the British astronomical station, and is stated to be in

Latitude . 52° 08' 37" N.

Longitude 128° 10' 18" W.

It is H. W. P. and C. at l"" 0'"; springs rise fourteen and neaps ten feet.

The best place for anchoring appears to l)e SE. two cables from the Observation rock, in ten or
twelve fathoms, sandy mud. British authorities recommend a spot off the middle of the l)ea(!h about
a cable from the shore, with Grave Point oyten east of the southwest point of Narrows Island bearing
N. \ W., and Archibald Point open east of Napier Point SE. by E.

This bay in former times was the site of a Hudson Bay Company's post, which was re-establislied
here in 1868, when the Bella Bella Indians migrated from the Bella Bella Islands to this locality, which
is now the only winter residence of Indians within a coiisidcRdde area adjacent.

This once formidable tribe now numbers scarcely fifty individuals. From their residence here
the place is generally known to traders and coastei-s as J^ella Bella. The village contains about twenty
Indian houses, a mission residence and church. The hills around tiie bay have l)een partially cleared
and are now pasture for tattle. The Indian name of the |)lace is Wau-ko-has.

W NW. from McLaughlin Bay are several peaks over a thousand feet in height, one of them, Mt.
Hand, according to British authoriti(s, benig four thousand one hundred and sixty-four feet high.
The bay is represented on British Admiralty Chart No. li)()l.

A rock has l)een reported on Indian authority to exist in Ijiinia Passage opposite McLaughlin
Bay, and about half a cable from the eastern shore, with !^apier Point iKaring SSE.
six cables distant. This, if corra-tly locatetl, could be avoide<l by keeping in mid- Rock.

channel or a little to westward of mid-channel. Tiater reports indicate that its location
here is due to a misunderstanding, the Indians now saying that no rock exists there, i)Ut that the one
intended is four miles farther north. It has been searched for by H. M. S. liockcl, the U. S. C. S. S,
Hasdn; and the Hudson Bay Company's agent and only deep water found in its sup]»oseil Im-ation.

Six cables north of the anchorage at McLaughlin Bay lies Gnixe Point on Denny Island, marked
by some old Indian graves. Here Lama Passage is only two cables wide but fi-ee of dangers. A mile
northward from Grave Point, near tiie northwest extreme of Denny Island and on the east side of the
passage, are the Bella Bella Islands, bare and about fifteen I'eet high, formerly inhabited in summer
by the Indians of that name, who also had a winter residence on a green bushy fiat on the Denny Island
shore, east from Bella Bella Island, off which tenijiorary anchorage may be had.

Klik-tso-at-li HarlK)r,a mile and a half to the ea.stward of Bella Bella Islands, on the north side of
Den!iy Island, is about half a mile in extent with depth of from nine to thirteen fathoms, and affords
excellent shelter for vessels of any size. Harbor Island, off its northwest headland, has n reef extend-
ing a cable from its eastern end.' The passage southwest from Harbor Island has a width of a cable

' Called Camp Point hy Pender, /. c, p. 14.

P. c, P. — 4

SEA FORTH CHANNEL.

lil

\ '

and a ilcptli of seven fathoms. The west extreme of fVprc-is Island in line with the east extreme of
Meadow Islimd heiirinjj NW. by N. \ N. leads through Wlieclm^k Pass (.ast from Harbor Island, which
is recom mended fo;' large vessels, which niav anchor in twelve fathoms when Harbor Island bears west.

Large vessels not wishing lo enter may anchor safely in fifteen fathoms, with Harbor Island bear-
ing SE. by S. j S. three cables distant. This bay is reprcsent(Hl on JJritish Admiralty Chart No. 1901.

At the northern termination of Lama P.^«snge, where it meets S<af()rth Channel, it l)ecomes con-
siderably widene<l and obstructwl by islands and rocks. The main pasi-agc for vessels passes to the
westward of all these. The northern shore of Denny Island is penetrated by several indentations,
some of which afford shelter. To the eastward Qunboat Passage, a narrow, crooked and obstructed
channel, about seven miles long, connects the head of Seaforth Channel with Fisher Channel. It should
not be attempted unless in small handy steam coasting vessels with good local knowledge.

8EAFOIITH CHANNEL.

Seaforth Channel extends in a westerly direction from Denny Island to Milbank Sound, between
Denny, Cam|)l)cll and the Wright group of islands on the south, and on the north Hearea,* Sunday
and Salmon islands, and a prolongation of the mainland on the Admiralty charts callo<l Don Island,

though not insulatetl. The channel has an average width of somew'.ut over a mile,
Caution. and is a mile in width at its narrowest j)art. Its shores are very irregular. Deer

Pas-sage, Return and Spiller channels extend from it toward the north, and Hecate
Channel, between Campbell Island and Hergest Island, of the Wright group, to the south, of which
channels only the last has been fully cxploral. The depth of water in Seaforth Channel in general
exceeds thirty-nine fathoms, but the shores appear to bri.stle with rocks and islets and should not be
closely approached without great caution. In latitude 82° 12', on the northern end of Campbell
Island among numerous indentations two are indiciited as harbors.

Ormidale Harbor is triangular in shape, widest at the mouth, which is sheltered by Nevay and
Thorburne islands, westward from the firet of which is a narrow but navigable channel. Thorburne

Island, the easternmost of the two, is separated from Campliell and Nevay islands by
Ormidale Harbor, narrow and shoal passages. The imvigable entrance lies SW. J S. nearly a mile from

Grassy Island, twenty feet high, 1" 'ng in the middle of SeafortJi Channel and forming
a fair landmark. The entrance is a cable and a ' ..f in width, with not less than thirteen fathoms; a
strictly mid-channel course in appears free from dangers. Once within, anchorage may lie had two
cables S SE. from N'evay Island in about seventeen fathoms, .sandy nnid. The ])assage in is longer,
but the berth more commo<lious than in Kynunipt Harbor, directly '"•&«! of this one.

?
SAILING DIRECTIONS

Foa AVOIDINO PALL PATCH SHOAL.

In leaving Ormidale Harbor, bound north, the navigator .should keep within twocables of Defeat
Point until Angle Point, on the northern shore of Seaforth Channel, bears nothing to the westward of
NW. I W. to clear the Dull Patch Shoal, or a NW. by N. J N. course may be kept until Grassy
Island bears E. when a W. course clears all dangers.

To pass to northward of the patch Grassy Islet in line with .south extreme of Handyside Island
bearing E. I N. lends nearly midway Iwtween Dull Patch and Regatta Rocks.

This vicinity is well shown on British Admiralty Chart No. 2449,t dated Oetolwr, 1872.
Immediately to t'le westward of this harbor lies Kynnm|)t Harbor. This harbor penetrates
Cami)bell Island to the extent of half a mile in a S SB. direction from the entrance,
Kynumpt Harbor, which is a quarter of a mile wide, but the harbor narrows to a cable length at its head.
The western headland is marked by White-^tone Rock, a conspicuous bare rock two
cables off and twelve feet above high water, and is called Shelf Point, from which the land rises to two
hundred feet. The opposite headland, two hundred feet high, is known as Defeat
Da// Patc/i. Point. A quarter of a mile N. J E. from Defeat Point and NE. by B. from White-

stone, nearly in mid-channel, lies the centre of Lall Patch, a nix foot shoal with o
mnken rock at either end, with a three fathom shoal extending a cable and a quarter westward from
it, and in all about a ciible and a half in length in an E. and W. direction.

At the southern angle of Defeat Point, Low Island, a rocky islet, is connected by a reef with the
shore, and S., about a cable from it, is Berry Point, two hundred feet high, — the astronomical station
being at its SW. angle. The f:ove l)etween them has shoal water on its southern shore,— a three fathom
bank extending about eighty yards N. l)y W. from Berrv Point. There are shoals near the head of
the harbor, and the five fathom line from the western shore extends nearly half-way towaid Berry

• Her* riuiiieil die .liiliu Mtares, wlio vUitwl tliin mml (iii A tru(tiii(i viiviige in 17HH. iiiid piililisliwl m»|>8 and an account of
the rorago.

t Kor tides hereubuiitB see Kynumpt Hiirlior,

i4KAFORTH CHANNEL.

Point. Gootl amthorage may l)e ubtniiieil here in niitl-ehiinnel, Berry Point lK<arinif B., in a mutldy
bottom and eight fathoms water, hut with only two hundred yards l)etwecD tlie vessel and the shore on
either hand.

Thi harbor is representwl on British Admiralty Charts Nos. 2449 and 1901. On the latter
Berry Point is stated to be in

Latitude , b2° 12' 20" N.

Longitude 128° 11' 37" W.*

It is H. W. P. aud C. at O"" 30°", — springs rising fourteen and neaps eleven feet.

No directions are necossary for entering it except to avoid Ball Patch Shoal, which is marked by
kelp and lies four cables NIj. by N. from the niiddlc cf the entrance.

I7E. I N. about a mile from the entraiuse lie liegnita Hooka, awash at high water. Oraasy
Island, twenty feet high, with two fir trees oji its westt;rn en<l, holds a similar relation to the entrance of
Ormidale Harbor. This islet may serve as a guide to the entrances of these harbors. It bears NE.
by E. \ E. from the midtilc of Kynnmpt entrance.

Kynumpt Harlwr is separated from VV(kx1 Bay to the southwest of it by a |>eninsulu with a nar-
row neck less than a cable wide. The Imy has from twenly-five to fifty fathoms in it.

Immetliately to the westward of CamplHill Island, and separating it from Hergcstt Island of the
Wright group, which is uuexplore<l to the south and west, is Heoate Channel, a pasMge about a mile
wide and eleven miles long N. and S., leading toward Queen Sound, and consitlenibly obstructed at
the southern end by islets and ro<;k8. The NE. point of Hergest Island is known as Point Oeorge,
l)old-to, with land behind it rising a thousand feet. W. } S. from Point George, two miles, is the
entrance to Dundivan Inlet, an irregularly-shaped bay with a number of arms, affording anchorage.
The inlet (X)ntuins a number of islet/>, and has over thirty-eight fathoms in the entrants and twelve to
thirty inside. Beyond this inlet, and three miles to the westward of Point George, is Idol Point,
bold-to, with high land behind it. 8W. by W. j W. from this point the shore of Hergest Island
extends about three miles and a half to the obstructed entrance of Gale Creek, which is supposed to
extend in a southerly direction, meeting Boddy Creek from the SE., and thus to separate Hergest
'Island from the rest of the Wright group. The shore extends in the same direction from the entrance
of Gale Creek, SW. by W. J W., two and a half miles, to Sound Point, Milbank Sound, mostly compact
and fringed with rwks, and should it be approached within half a mile anywhere westward from
Idol Point.

According to Pender, from Gale Creek west for a mile and a half reefo with nine fathoms close-
to extend about three cables from the shore, and with careful use of the lead temporary anchorage may
be obttiined on this bank in foggy weather. It is obvious, however, that such proceedings cannoi he
recommended except in an unusual emergency. Gale Creek, which is an unnavigable, inconsiderable
inlet, is the only marked indentation of tliis strip of shore line.

The northern shores of SeaCorth Channel are much more irregular in outline. Seijarating Sunday
an<l Meares islands, directly NW. from Point DumnSjis the entrance of Deer Passage, a mrge and
unexplored opening with several islands in it ; and to the westward there are several islets along the
shores. The western extreme of Sunday Island is Angle Point, a narrow, high promontory, nearly
four miles W. J N. from Point Dumai. Three-quarters of a mile west of this promontory are the
Jumble and Dearth islands, sc))anited from Salmon Island north of them by a strait about a mile
wide. From this expansion of Seaforth Channel, Beturn and Spiller channels, two large arms, extend
to the nortluvard, encircling Salmon Island on the ea.st and west rcspec-tively, and
connected with a multitufle of unexplored channel.-*. North from Idol Point nearly Sunken Rooki.
two miles, between the western point of Dearth Island and the southern angle of the
mainland to the westward of it, are numerous sunken rocks known as the Hyndnutn Reefs, The
mainland, (under the name of Don Island,) forming the northern shore of Seaforth Chaimel, from this
vicinity to Milbank Sound is surprisingly irregular, fringed with islets and rocks, most of which are
visible, and should not be approached within half a mile.

The waters of the channel offer no unseen ol)stacles to navigation except Doll Patch, Regatta
Rocks, and those in the vicinity of the shores. There is a clear j)assage on either side of the mid-
channel islets in the eastern part. The shores arc wooded and mostly low, and the high land does not
attain such an altitude as near the mo.-e interior passages. There arc numerous Indians resident in
this vicinity.

Sound Point, the northwestern extreme of the Wright group, is indicated as in

Latitude 62° 14' 20" N.

Longitude 128° 27' 48" W.

•Taking Shell Islund, Beaver Harbor, Ki lie in longitude 127" '25' 07" W.

tHere named fur Lieutenant Hergeet, coniniander of Vancouver's supply ship Dadalui, who was murdere<i in the Sandwich
iHlandn in 1792.

MPn

i !

! i, I

i I

t !i

MATHIEHOX CHANNEL AND MILBANK SOUND.

It iH low mill iimikwi by an ialrt. Three mid Iwo-fifths miles N. 8 W. from this point lies Point
Rankin, the iKirtliwcisterii extreme of Scafortli Chunnel, separating the latter from the entrance to

Matliiesoii Clituiiu'l.

MATHIKSON CHANNEL

senarntcH Lady and Dowajjer iHlaiids from the niaiiiland, (Don Island.) The channel is some thirteen
mdes long in' a northerly and southerly direction anil averages over a mile in width. About three

miles northward and ea-xtward from Point llankin is the entraiK* to Port Blakeney, a
Port Blak»n«y. riitlu;r <i)iitrai't<il anchorage between Mary Island, on which Point Rankin is situated,

and tiiiit part of the miiiiiland <!idle<l Dun " Island." This and its approaches is exhib-
ited In- a plan on Briti'li Adniiialty Chart No. 14«2, of Decemter, 1H72, on whicli it is stated that
the observation spot, Port Blakeney, is in

Latitude __- 52° 18' 47" N.

LonKltude 128° 22' 43" W.

H. W. F. and C. is reported at O'' O", with a spring rise of thirteen and a neap rise of eight feet.
The range of the iicajts is from two to four Ccet.

Abiiut four miles northward from I t Rankin and westward from Lake Island, in Mathieson
Channel, is the entrance of Moss Passage, extending thence in a west-southwesterly direction about
four miles, to Milbank Sound. The eiustern jiart of this passage is very contracted and cannot be
ncoiiimended. The western part will average half a mile in width, and contains, on
Morris Bay. its SE. shore, Morris Bay, a small indentation of Lady Island, affording anchorage

except ill westerly winds. It is of small extent, with stony Iwttom and ♦en to sixteen
fathoms. It is represeiitetl on the same plan with Port Blakeney, British Admiralty Chart No. 1462,
and the tidal memonmda are the same.

The variiitioii of the compass was 26° 20' E. in 1872, and the position of the anchorage is given as

Latitude 62° 21' 00" V.

Longitude 128° 28' 30" W.

DANGER.

S. J E. from Point Rankin nearly one mile, and W. by S. J S. from Ivory Island, a quarter of a
mile off Hat Rink, lies Moime Rock; showing a breaker, which should be avoided in entering the Sea-
forth Channel from the northwest. On this aixwunt vessels wishing to enter the channel should not
approach Ivory Island within one mile until its southern edge bears to the northwerd of E NE.

The western entrance of Seaforth Channel opens on

MILBANK SOUND, ■

(named by Duncan in 1 788,) a sheet of water comprehended l)etween the Wright group and the main

land to tli(^ ejLslward, Lady and Dowager islands to the northward, and Price and Swindle islands to
the northwest and west. It is over eight miles wide E. and W., opening into Seaforth,

Cape Swaine. Mathieson and Finlaysou channels to the eastward and northwartl, and fronting on
Ilecjite Strait to the south by an opening nearly eight miles wide. The southeastern

headland, forme<l by islets on the extreme of the Wright group, is Cape Swaine, of Vancouver,* from

which Point Day, the northweistern headland, bears NW. by W. J W. about nine miles. SSW. from
Point Day rocks and islets extend for two miles. SW. by W. ^ W.,a little over three

White Rooks. miles from Point Rankin, is a mnken rook, which breaks in bad weather, and immedi-
ately westward from it are the White Rocks, two islets, of which the northern one is

six feet high and cailed Bare Roek, while S. by W., about half a mile from it, is the larger White Rock,

some fifty feet in height.

NW. by W. \ W. from Point Rankin about two miles is Point Cross, on Lady Island, the

western headland of the entrance to Mathieson Channel, off which rocks extend SSW. about a mile.

Three miles from Point Cross, and about NNW. four miles from the dry White Rock, lies Vancouver

Rock, awash.

5 UANOEBS.

Eastward from this line the SW. shores of Lady and Dowager islands are infested by a multitude
of rocks and islets. These shores should not be approached within a mile and a half in foggy weather.

* Incorrectly spelled Swain on the Admiralty chartH.

I I

H'*
H

:!t^g«iiiiiii^««;^'^******"'^-

^ lUgMlll

■i

wmmmmm

:f^*'^^:»^jm>^^^'':

Knitiuii'f ♦»! 4'o|4hlim Aiiilu.iiikj.', Thuin I't . S K '1 K,

(f-iyttft Hriti^ih .X./m.tVfirt .y„. ^/Vt)

lu^ni.

Ut.tfo.NeiU

Dcvustntioiil.

Shrubl. IHknl.

V<Uvt«r*r>MaUn^ Hii ■

i^rid^.1.

Knli-fui.-o t.> Metlaktala nay, Kfri^t I.N.N.E.iK.

m •"viv.^mvf.iufwmmmmmmvm

ipa

1 ,-yt.

■' ' r

■^■Jfpr^■V•»•■^ it-nK.i~

l.l-jl- t iK-.Ur.^

■v.t. Vj.jrtr.f'a

«^r "t

>'tt . i«M>

ii'i-»u;

>..t ih^

(l:^^ Oil

,-.

■ rTii^f

.■.li-tT

»i i

K*^*

.ivV

' ' 'J «

«-i*:«!.

ill

^(^li^

-'*c'-

n^mtH

in .

.«;fcir

',» am ilt

- OB

•rn

'■«>«},

'htm

: sm^mirif*.

PINLAYSON CHAWKL.

2!)

In clear weather local pilots use tiic Alexandra Passa-io luitween the "titer rocks and the shore
east from them. It is stated that there is a j';().k1 clear passnjie and no kno vn dangers not shown on
the latest charts. It shouUl not be attempted without local knowledije or a ,)ilot.

SA I LI N(; DIRECTIONS

KOI! Mil, HANK H{)nNn.

I. I'VoiH the r. tiraiti. — On leaving Seat'orth Channel the navigator should keep in inid-ehannci
f.ntil Sonnd Point >.• urs SE. by S. I S., to avoid the rocks near Ivory Island. A elcin- p;is.s;ige exists
.,n (itiu" sideof the White Rocks, hnt the one nsnally taken is that to the northward, — wA api)roaching
them within a mile. From a po.sition in mid-channel, between Iviny Island and Sound Point, the
course i.^ WWW. seven miles, when a due north com-se will carry clear of all dangers into Finlayson
Channel, in mid-channel. This course leads about a niilc! to the northward and eastward of the White
Rocks. The southwestern shores of the Wright grou|)are almost unknown and should not be approached
within a mile. No information is at hand in regard to the currents of this vicinity, against the etltrt
of which the navigator .should be on his guard, especially in foggy weather.

The v;'.riation of the conipass is stated to have been 26° 10' E. in IHtiS.

II. Front the. Xofthteard. — From a position in mid-channel, with North Islet bearing E NE. two
and a quarter miles, the course is SE. by E. \ E., eight miles, for the entrance of St>aforth Channel,
passing a mile t« the northward of tin.' reef near the 'A'hite Rocks.

An obstructed channel, called Schooner Fassat^j, leads to the WNW. from the northern part of
Milbank Sound, cutting oft" Price from Swindle Island, and directly to the eastward from this entrance
lies Point Jorkins, the northwestern headland f)f the entram to Finlay.son CliMnnel.

The land upon which Point Jorkins is situated is known as Swindle Island, (though several
islands may be included in it,) and forms a portion of the western shores of Finlayson ( 'hannel.

FINLAYSON CHANNEL

extends between Dowager and Rotlerick islands on the east and I'rince.ss J'oyal Islands on the west,
twenty-four miles, in a generally NNW. direction from its entrance to Carter Hay. Tlu^ name might,
without detriment, be held to cover that portion of the same chaimel extending from the vicinity of
Carter Bay to Point Kingconie, a distance of .some thirty miles more, after which it takes a sharp i)end
to the W SW.

The first portion of the channel averages two miles in width, with more than one hundred fathoms
of water. The shores are hold-to, clear of dangers, and only in two localities are there any rocks or
islets in the channel, and these are insignifiiant. The shores are densely wooiletl, tlu? timber cxleiiditig
to the height of fifteen hundred feet on the mountain glides, while the peaks, chwcly approaching the
shores of the channel, rise in a precipitous manner to the height of nearly three thoii.sand feet on cither
hand, with higher mountains beyond them.

Pat<'hes of snow in the ravines are reported in August, and probably exist throughout the ycir.
From these and from various lakes at a high altitude ca.scades of remarkable height and beauty f'dl
down the abrupt mountain Hanks, and in some (■ases swarm with salmon in tlii;ir sea.-on, atliirding a
bountiful supply of food t<, the Indians of this region. Tiie tides in this part of the chamutl arc little
known, but the flood runs to the north waid with a force at times of several knots. The lea.-;t water
reporte<l in this part of the channel is foity latlionis, rocky bottom, and in many jjlaccs the depth is
over a hinidred fiithoms.

From the southern entrance of the channel Stripe Mountain is visible on the north we.-teru angle
of Dowager Island — high, pyr-.i-nidal, and marked thiwii its soulherii think by a gnat white streak
destitute of tind)er and soil.* It isotheVwi.se wo<ide(l to the summit, and this streak forms a very

plateau, probably dm' to glacial
forests for its absenc^e of 'imlH'i.
higher peaks to the soinli ward.

prominent and distinctive mark. At its base is a c >m|)aratively level
action, sparsely covered with herbage, an<l remarkal)le in this region of
The mountain is about two thousand and twenty !cet high, with still
Its position, a(vording to Knglish amhoritics, is

Latitude 82° 26' 40" N.

Longitude 128' 26' 00" W.

Its peak is less than a mile from the water, and northward from it Oscar Passofeo leads from
Finlay.son to the northern entrance of Mathieson Chamiel. In the bight called Open Bay, between
the point WSW. from the {leak of this mountain and Low Point, t'.e eiistern heailland of the entrance

* It wan fiilli'il Quartz Mountain li.v iIjb If. 8. Count Survey in Isli'.l.

m&¥?^

KI^EMTOO PASKACiE.

i \

'If ^'

I i

I ;

■i!'

to Fiiilayson Channel, are s'.iue riKjks and islete extending two-thirds of a mile off shore, with deep

water near tlieni. Oscar Passage, above mentioned, separates Dowager Island from
Roderick Island. lioderii-k Island, — a mass of land which may prove to consist of several islands, srpa-

rated from the main liy I'orthM-k* Channel. Over three miles NW. | N. from Purker
Point, the southern |»()int of Roderick Island, in Fiulay.son Channel, are two islets called The Sisters,
ninety feet high, cinMieeicd hy rooks.

N'orth(!astwar(l from tiieai al3"at two and a half cabl&s Is Indian Island, of irregular form, nearly
a mile in kiigtli W NW. and E SE., and sheltering the entrance to Nowish Cove, an indentation of

Susan Island forming part of the Itotlerick group. Tliis is a snug but contracted
Nowish Cove. cove about a cable and a half in e.\tent, with anchorage in fourteen fathoms. It is

entered by a piissagi' Iwtween Indian and Su.-san islands, about four I'ablcs long E. by
S. }, S. and W. by N. !. N., diminishing from two and a half cables at its mouth to less than one cable
just before reaching Fell Point, the west<;rn point of entrance of the cove. The depth of wat'T in the
entrance varies from tivc to forty or more fathoms. It is clear of obstructions. Thert are no con-
cealed dangers, and no directions seem neces.sary for entering it. Half a mile northward from the
cove il |)eiik riste-i to about fourteen hundred and twenty-five fi-et. Fell Point is .stated to he ap]>rox!-
mately in

Latitude 52° 31' ?f" N.

Longitude__ 128° 27' .6 W.

It is H. W. F. Mild C. at O'' 0'", and spring tides rise twelve feet.

This cove is ri'prescnted by a plan on British Admiralty Chart No. 1-J6'2, dated to December, 1S72.

Hence northward the shore has been only sufMirficially examined for fifteen miles, and in this

stretch are the entrances to several unexplored bays, inlets, or jjassages. In about

Mary Cove. latitude 52° 37' N., on the eastern side of the channel, is th(! entrance to Mary

Cove, of small extent, with nine fathoms water and good protection except from the

.southward.

The western shore of Finlayson Channel northward from Point Jorkins is compact and bold-to,
rising to nearly two tliou.sand feet within a short distance of the jjassage. About seven miles north-
ward from the point is a narrow entrance between the shore of Swindle Island and
Cone Island. the southern termination of Cone Island, which forms a narrow conspicuous promon-

tory. The island derives its name from Bell Peak, a peculiar w '"ill mountain, which
is situated on the island in latitude 52° 34' ^ N., alx)ut a mile northward from the point, and which
attains a height of twelve hundred and eighty feet.f

Cone Island extends somewhat more than three and a half miles in a NW. and SE. dirc-ction
with a width of alM)ut half a mile, and between it and Swindle Island is an exceedingly narrow*pa8.sage,
having eight to thirty fathoms water, and known as Klemtoo Pa'^sage. This |)as.«age
Klemtoo Passage. pos.ses,ses the advantage of affording anchorage almost anywhere, and in it the strength
of the tide does not appear to exceed a knot an hour at any time. KlemtcKj Piissage
extends parallel with Cone Island for three and a half miles in a NW. and SE. direction. The shores
of Coiie Island appear bold-to. Within a reasonable distance no dangers are indicated. Theopjwsite
shores of Swindle Island are, on the contrary, considerably indented with coves oi" small extent and
i)ordcrcd for sonu! disttnce by islets. Navigators will do well to keep within threc-(juarters of a cable
of the Cone IshiP.^I shore, nidess intending to anchor on the western side.

The clear pa.«sagc .scms to be almost exactly one cable iti least widtli, and the average width is
about a cable and a half. The soiitliern points of entrance to rhe pjissage are Bare Point, the .south-
ciistern extreme of Cone Island, having a r(K-k at its ba.'^c and n^pri'sented a.« bold-t". and Islet Point,
W. by S. about four cables from the former. This consi.sts of some small rocky islets connected bv
reel's with a small promontory, high, ])arallel with Swindle Island, with which it is connected bv low
land, and having a cove with a sandy Ix-ach SW. from its northwestern and another W. from its south-
eastern extreme.

In line with and NW. from the ridge forming this promontory, and between it and Base Point,
of the Swindle Island shore, a distance of a mile, is a line ( f idcln <ind reefs. In the openings tx'tween
them ari' several anchorages. The southernmost islet is Pish Island, about two i«bles
Fish Island. long !■. W. and SE., somewhat over half a cable wide, and having a two aiui a hdf

fathom shml exten<liMg nearly half a ("able NW. from it< northwestern extreme.
WNW. from tlx hitter, just outside of the shoal, boat ancht; age p:ay Ix- had in .'(even to nine fathoms,
sand and shells. The jiiace is, however, very contraetwl, with hardly room to swing.

• Herr named fi.i- 1 ;i|iluiii Niiflmniel Pmtliifk. wIki vimtfd tliiB c-oMit on a trnilln); voynge in I'HV anil pill)ti»liwt iiiiipK iiiid
an acotmnt of liin vnyiii/**.

t It icroneP"lntcf tli«rariieiAdiniiiilty<'liiirti'. and prohnV.l.v th<' "Cocked Hat" of llii' V. S. Coiml Siiivhv paiiy .4" 1867.
Tlif inliind W wiiii.liinf;' . uIIimI BsUcono Island. ( l/i la'ct- ■ ti.iru' a Con« Moiintala .ippcars iv.wi of Tolirii- CliamiHl. wliii h in i\
(ilir.'ivnt peuk.

',:^:.

TOLMIK OIIANNKL.

.'U

\ deep
from

Sf;pa-

*urker

i'sters,

nearly

iou of

ranted

It is

E. by

cable

ill the

con-

Hn the

i)roxs-

, 1872.

in this
about
Mary

)ni the

A cable and a half NW. Inini the NW. end of Fish Island is Noedle Rock, k-vond which is
Stockade Islet, with other islets or nwks fori' 'nj; a chain which terminates with the nortliwcstcrii end
of Star Island, six rabies from the NW. end of Fish Island. This is frinf;ed for half a cabh' with
kelp, in which are some rucks.

At the northern extreme of Star Island, and connected by rotiks with it at low water, i» Observa-
tion Islet, an insignifieuat rtwk, situatetl in ■

Latitude 52° 34' 22" N.

Loagitude 128° 32' 09" W.

TIDES.

Here it is H. W. P. and C. at O'' 0"'; sprin^r tides rise thirteen and neap tides eij,dit feet, lint the
ran<;e of neap tides is stated to be only about three and a half feet.

NW. from this islet a cable and a half is Clothes Bay, a cove atliirdinj;; boat anchorajje in five
fathoms. In the channel abreast of this bay ve.ssels may anchor in twelve to fifteen
fathoms, shelly bottom. A run of fresh water is found on the Cone Island shore Clothes Bay.
conveniently near this anchorajie.

A mile NW. by N. from l^a.',e Point is Berry Point, the rather hiijili, rocky, soullicaslern headland
to the entrance of Trout Bay, a cove of motlerate extent, sandy or muddv shores, and affordinfj six to
eleven fathoms near the entrance. Two streams fall into this cove. Six cables N NW.
from Berry Point lies Legse Point, on the Cone Island side, wIkmkt to Wedge Poini, Trout Bay,

the northwestern extreme of Cone Island, is about six cables in a NNW. <lirection.
On the northern side of Wedge Point, close in, is a rocky islet, and the shore about the point i.s frinj;e<l
with kelp, extending off less than half a cable.

The northern entrance of Klemtoo Passage at this point is about two cables wide. Half a mile
NNW, from Wedge Point lies Jane Island, a nn'le long NW. and SE. and less than half a mile wide.
It is separated from C(>ne Island by a passage having eleven to forty f ithoms water and half a mile
wide called South Passage. Between .lane Island and the lanil westw^ard from it the furrow of Klem-
too Passage is continuetl, widened to a third of a mile and deepened to over forty fathoms.

At the southern extreme of the island, just within the Soiitii Passage, is n kelp patch, extending
a cable from shore, and marking a xanken. rock. Berry Poiui, o|)en from Legge Point, and l)earing
SE. by S. J 8., leads clear of this obstruction if South Passage be entered only within
three and a half ctddes of Wedge Point. In North Passage, at the northern end of Sunken Hock.
Jane Island, a similar danger exists, marked by kelj), and within a cable and a half of
tl'.e Jane Island shore. This passage is half a mile wide, with deep water, in which whirls are some-
times caused by the tide. It is boundal on the north by the southern end of Saudi Island, which
extends some fifteen miles to the N NW., with a greatest width of two and a half miles, rising in peaks
from fifteen hundred to two thousand feet in height.

TOLMIE CHANNEL.

Between Sarah Island and the shore to the westward, parallel with the island, is the comnuNlious
tiiongh narrow Tol Ml ie Channel, which reunites with tin; northern extension of Finlayson Channel
somewhat inrire than a mile beyoi'd the point where the latter is obstructed by the dangerous IfrwitI
Rock. Tolmie Chaiinel averages about a mile in width, with very deep wa r, forming a virtual
continuation of the dtp/iession kno„''i as Klemtoo Passage, without serious obstru ■ ins, and apparently
preferable for navigation to the northern part of Finlayson I'haiiiiel. Three ( ir miles northward
from its south.cni entrance are unsurveycd o|)enings on its western side, apparv,: ly leading toward
Laredo Channel.

TIDES.

Hereabouts the establishment isO''0°', ti'e flcwd to the northward, the ebb running out au hour and
a half after slack wa*8r in Finlayson Channel.

Less than half a mile southward from the northern extreme of Sarah Island, ch se in under the
ea.stern shore in Tolmie Channel, AHunkeii rock is marked on Biitish Admiralty Chart No. 192.'i, which
is really a small wooded islet standing well out from the shore and no sunken rock is known in this
passage.

From Mary Cove northward for twelve miles t'< d" entrance of the narrow part of Finl.iyson
Channel, the eastern shore has been but partly e.v iac". There is one large opening, |irovi,-ionally
<aille<i Watson Bay, and several streams fall in froi,. i.,e sides of the mountains. Al the iior(liNv.'.stern
corner of Roderick Island are a couple of small indentations. The soutliern of these is Goat Cove, a
'piarter of a . . • in extent, with twenty-three falhomi; water and a lagoon at its iieail; high land north
and south of it. Tiie iiortliern indentation is Kid Bay, three cables in ixtent, with tweiity-tjirec ui.d

HKWITT HOrK.

i ■ r,>

I 1

twenty-five fathoms water, .Kurr(iiiii<lp(l by liigli land, witli a stream falling in at its head. Around
Fawn I'ldiit, the nortliorn headland of tiiis cove, is Sheep Passage, separating Rod-
Sheep Passage, crick Ishind from the mainland and joinin<; I'ortlock Channel ut the entrance of Mussel
Inlet, eight miles to the northward.
A mile from Fawn Point NW. is situated the entrance of Carter Bay,* on the shore of the main-
land. Tin's hay o])ens to the southward and trends in a general N. and S. direction
Carter Bay. for seven cahies with an average width of three and a half ciihles. The shores are

l)old-to and free from dangers; a stream flowing l)y a ca.scade from a lake to the
northward and e^istward, forms a small l)ank at the head of the bay. The eastern shore is straight,
trending N. l)y W. J W., and conversely. The western shore is ]e.ss regular, and the
Astronomical astrot;<)mical station of the English observers w.s situated on a small ])oint near the
Station. northwestern angle of the bay. The mount::'-, s rise I.) more than two thousand feet

on either hand. The soundings otV thec^nt-nnce are deep, exceeding thirty-eight fath-
oms; the water in general is deeper toward the western shore. About four cables from tlie head the
Ixittoin begins ti rise with some rapidity from thirty to eighteen and then to thirteen fathoms. The
best anchorage is had in the middle of the bay, about two cables from either shore, in fifteen fathoms,
muddy bottom. The edge of laud to wastwurd will then bear SW. by S. )j 8. and to eastward SE.
5 S. Three fatiioms can be carried to tlie edge of the Hat, and ten fathoms close to the shore on either
hand. There are no dangers of any kind; no dirwitions are necp.«sary for entering, and it forms one
of tne most convenient anchoring places in tlie whole Inland Piussagc. The stream abounds with
trout; clams are found on the flat at low water; wood and fresh water arc easily obtainetl.

This bay is represented on British Admiralty Chart Xo. 1901, from which it appears that the
astronomical station is in

Fr i i

■'''■ n\

fK l\i\

it?

;? U

i ': I

Latitude 52° 49' 41" N.

Longitude 128° 24' 34" W.

The viiriatioM of ihe compass in 1868 was 26° 20' E.

The pas,>iage leading to the northwest, westward from Carter Bay, for about twenty miles, is denom-

inat(d by English authorities Graham Reach and Hiehish Narrows.t The width here diminishes to

less than a mile, with very precipitous shores! The narrows connect Finlayson

Channel with the Reach, and are about five and a half miles long NW. I>y W. and

SE. by E., and lialf a mile wide. Some incongruities appear in the diiferent accounts

of tiiis passag(>, as will be seen.

Vancouver states that at a distance of four miles trom the entrance, N. 55° W. (true), the channel
having narrowed to a fourtli of a mile, the Chatham suddenly found only six fathoms
wat;r on n shoal stretching from the mtinentjd ~;hore into mid-channel, which he
pa-^iion thewer*lern side in eighteen v, i twenty fathoms water. This, the narrowest
t>i)rt of thi' chuiniel, wiis made .so li\ a high, round, projecting part of the south-
appearing !'kc an island. An islaiu! is indi«»ted at this p.)int on his chart.
By British .Vdmiralty (^hart No. 1923, corr»rted to December, 1,S74, it appears that five miles
N. 61° W. I'roni the iiitfjuice, a slight d'stsuHv from iiiid-channel, toward the western shore, is the
Jhwiti Korl;, with eight feet <«« )t at \i-% water, to the westward of which, close to the
shore -r Sarah Island, is an island. 'rv> direction given by the chart for this locality is
to Irn -he norfkcrn shore 'thoard. A; \h\< point, according to tlie re[)ort of Assistant
George Davidson. I . r. Coast Survey, "tlie pf,vv»»r» i ■ cntr.icted and the depth of water shoals to a
few liitlKinis." The A.amiralty Charf , howev -i . - v ,-v thirty-one and t-rty-five fathoms close to the
ro<^k. The r. S. Coasi Survey Steamer Hnmor, m 1^ >i, soundwi in t' is vicinity, and Lieut. Com. H.-
E. Nichols, U. S. N., comnumding, rep >rss thuv w^cii the landslide on the east shore was abeam, at
high\vater cC spring tide, (Aug. ,1. 1 I.Sh ■> m.,, eleven aud three-ipiarter fathoms, rocky bottom, was
obtained, (■( I ual to abou', niue iathon^ u low water. No bottom :ti fifteen fathoms was obtained
imine<liately i>ef(m' and after this cbjU.. StpajT tide-rips and eddies were obscrvwl in this vicinity.
Vancouver's "nx-k" was prolubly this same ridp' of which Hen-ili Ro-;!,- is the highest known i>eak,
and lies o:i .i line joining the landslide ami the southern end ol the small isinin'.

A mill W NW. from Hewitt lloi K is th( northern eiitrnnceof Tol-ti*- (.''hannel.
from the Tiorthern point of Sarah Island, on the cniincntal shore ■- ar unsurvevcf
inated Gn-en Inlet. In the vicinity of latitude 5.S N. the width ol ilie jtttssiige is a little k*s Than two,
fifths 'if a mile. About two miles to the s.>utliwar<' of Um^ entrainv h) Swanson Bay thirty-eight
fathoms are reported, .-.ix and a half miles to the northward tixmi Howitt Rock.

A mile northward from thif. clos«> on the western sk>.>', is Carpoll l>Vt, a small low islet. not on
the chart, and disi-overed by Captain Carroll of the ste«M^r Chliinniia in Mav, 18W.

•Nannid by Viiti.'ouver f..r .me of Urn crev , wV.o dinl «K>in wttinK i>...-«».i»f iiiiiKecli., ami -.vw tHiricU h»r» JfjM It. MB
tMiMprllwl BlekUa en Untioli Aduiimlt;, i.htli Sf. ISW3, ' ^f'

Graham Reach.

/lock reported
by Vancouver.

western .«ho.e,

HemUt Rock.

NNW two miles
oiwning denora-

;il

1*3,

■*•»«

IH H.OVAL. f|;

!
I t

i I:-

i i

^- } f'hafh ti tti K Sft ti n ft iBE . . , V,\ /''^ .j «

• THE INLANL

SWANS ON BAY TO (

(British /uit

SOUNDINGS IN

p!.A'i';;iro.T^c:.

k'i

f^i.

IIOI.MKH HAV.

:I3

On (lie citiitiiicntiil aliort', in l:ititu<lc 53" 01' N., is sitiiiitcd ;is insi^riiillcant cwv, iinin<d Swanaon
Bay, witii forh-four fiitlionis in the entrance and anclidiauc fn the iiortlitii, eoruer in nineteen fatli<iMis.
HerenlMMit the pivs-xiifjc is walled in l)y lofty niounlaiiis ranfjinj; from two to lonr thonsand feet in
height, with hold rocky shores, and carries, in most cix-, over one hundred fathoms of water.

Six miles NW. from Swanson Hay is an openini,', called South iidel, still nnexplorcd, on the <'on-
iinental shore, and separated fiotii another to the northward, called North Inlet, liv a
peninsula alKHit two miles wide, risiiifr to tiie hci;r|,t of two thonsand feet, lioth these North and South
tire supposed to atl'ord anclioraii;e.* Olf the second opciiiiij; sonndinj;s in one hundred Inlets,

and thirteen fathoms, ,«and and j^ravel, are reported, and a note on llritish Admiralty
^ Chart No. 192;5A, corrected to Decemhcr, 187 J, stales that here tlie "tiileM med" — the HimmI from the
southward meeting that from the reffion of Wright Sound.

Northward ten miles from Swanson liay, on the shore of l'rinc(>s,s Royal Island, here forming
the western houndary of tlu^ passage, is Bed ClitT Point, olf which the soundings shoal to forty-live
fathoms, siuid, and the pas.sag(>, three-tifths of a mile wide, suddenly expands to a mile atid a half, with
mountains rising three thor :ind I'eet on either hanil. A lake sends a large stream into the southern
hight of this expansion, whire there is a salmon fishery and Indian summer village, and an unexplore<l
Imy puts in on the northern side, apparently of eonsiderablo extent. It is reported to aHor<l unciiorHgc
and to have the native name of Klekanc.

In the middle of this broad part of the pa.s.«age lies Warke Island, a i;>ile and a iialf long ciwt
and west, very narrow, high, and with deep water on either side. About W. by N. J N. from the
western end of Warke Islan<l the passage, under the name of Fraser Reach, extends ten miles, with a
width varying from half a mih; to more than one mile, and with very even shores,
with several streams fed by lakes on the south western shore — one, southeastward from Fraser Reach
Point King<'ome, not indicated on the charts. At Point Kingcome it divides and
becomes nuieh wider. One arm, under the name of Ursula Channel, stretches sonu; eight miles to tlie
northward, when it divides and takes an irregular course. Three miles N NW. from Point Kiug-
eome, at the moutii of Fisherman Cove or Ribaehi Creek, is an anchoiage indicated by TelK-nkoff. The
noteh is deej)er than is indicated on the Admiralty Chart, and the .small wiMxlcd i.->let is connected with
the mainsliorebyasand beach. There is imly room for a small boat; according to Pilot W. E.George,
a seventy-ton seliooner anchored in twenty fathoms tails on to tlu^ beach. There is a deep gorge just
north of the cove.

The other arm, known as McKay lieacli, takes a generally W SW. direction seven miles to
Wright Sotind. Tie Reach averages a mile and a half wide, bold-to, with riK-ky shores
and liigh land on either shore. The northwestern extreme of Prina'.ss Royal Island, McKay Reach,
seven miles SW J W. from Point Kingcome, is («lled Nelly Point. The opp{)site
headland, the southern [)oint of (Jribbell Island, about two and a half miles distant in a NW. by W.
J W. direction, beai-s the name of Point Cumming.

Directly SE. from Nelly Point lies Holmes Bay.f This bay or (Mive opens to the we,st, unJ
indents the shore of Princess Royal Island to the extent of half a mile with a width of about four
cables. The shores iire bold anil tin; water deep, except at tlu; head and along the southern shore, where
there is a tidal flat formed by the detritus from several streams. Anchorage may be had ort'this Hut, a
distance not much over two hundred yanls, in fourteen to twenty fathoms.

On a small rocky point on the southern shore is the Kuglish astronomical station, which is .stated
to he in

Latitude 63° 16' 25" N.

Longitude 129° 05' 19" W.

It is H. W. F. and C. at l' 0", — springs rising thirteen and neaps ten feet.

The variation of the compiuss in 186.S was 26" 40' E.

The anchorage is represented on British Admiralty Chart No. 1901. No directions are necessary
for entering it.

The irregular sheet of water whi"h intervenes between McKay Reach and the entrance to Gren-
ville Channel is known as Wright Sound, from which, besides the foregoiiig, Verney
Passage and Douglas Channel extend northward, and Whale Chamiel, Lewis and Wright Sound.
Cridge jjassages to the .southward. Whale and Squally channels, with Lewis Passage
and Wright Sound, surround Oil Island, nanu'd by Caamano in 17!)2, according to Vancouver. It is
fifteen miles long N NW. and S SB., nearly six miles in width, and rises near its northern end in a
])eak, cjdled Mount Gil,| to the height of three thousand feet.

*Kllutze ami Aaltanbasb are tlie |ire»iiinc(l Iiiiliiin iiaineK iit'tlu'sc liilHtK, wliicli apiiiiii- to liu fXleiiHivf.
tTliin is the naini' wliich aii|ii'ai's iipmi tin- I'laii "ii liritisli Adniiinliv Cliail tin. I'.iOI. Imlli liie nlil ami new e<lillom<. (»ii
tliu iild eilition (if 1>J23 it i» alwi called Holmes Bay, Iml mi the latent editiun Homes Bay, imilialilv li^- accident. <.>ii llie eery
I impeifect nriliHli Admiralty Cliait Xn. 'M'M> it in called Horne Bay,
', The name in usually ininKp.?lled OUl.

P. c. P. — 5

-n;

COCaiLAN AN( HORAtn:.

r.i »

1 ■
m

i i

Tlio Farrant Islnnd shores of Wright Sound niid (irenville Chaniiul show, for tliis region, an
uniiHiml aniounl of low and h.'vcl land,

Tiu' tides hcrcalioiitH are stated to Jfooil to tlw northmml, and the depth of water it* very great.

Vancouver found anchorage on the nortlieasfern si(K' of (Jil Ishind two nuhfi from its northern

extremity, in forty fathoms, stones, shells and sand, HlM>ut a enhle from the sliore;

ARohortoe, fill ""•! "''*"' '" tliirty-three and forty-three fathoms, siind and mud, soutliwesterly from

Itlind. 'J'lirtle I'oint, the NW. extreme of (eil Island, — the adjacent shores hearing from S. hy

E. round liy E. to NE. hy E., the opjiosite sliore ahout half a league distant. The

extremity of Turtle Point has no very niarked hill on it, tiioiigh something of the kind appears on

the chart.

Ahoiit N. ^ W., two anil a (piartcr mili's from Tnrtle I'oint, is Cape Farewell, ratlicr low, densely
wocided, and the southern extreme of Promiso Island. This island is ahout two miles long N NW.
and 8 SE. and over a mile wide, (according to the i>!an,) rising to seventeen hundnMl
Rocks off Thorn feet, and separated from the mainland at the SW. extreme of i)()uglas Channel hy a
Point narrow passage known as Coghlan Anchorage. 'I he SW. extreme of I'romi.se Island,

forming the eastern headland of this passage, is calle<l Thorn Point, and must not he
too closely «pi)roached, rocks extending ofi' nearly half a cjihle S SW. from it. Hence to the opposite
headland, Camjt Point of British Admiralty Charts (hut not to he confounded with Camp Point at
Klewnuggit Inlet), SW. hy S. one and ahalf cahles, the water is dee[), the rocks appearing to he steep-
to. From Thorn Point Observation Point lies W NW. half a mile, and according to British Admi-
ralty Chart No. 2189 (Decemher, 1881) is situated in

Latitude _.- 83° 22' 44" N.

Longitude 129° 16' 15" W.

Thence N NW. lies Harbor Hock, directly in mid-channel, drying six fet!t at low water, and
having twelve feet of water over it in sjjrings and eight feet in neap tides at high
Harbor Rock. water. Then^ is a clear passage on either side of it about a cable in width with eight
to seventeen fathoms water.

From Observation Point the anchorage bears nearly NW. hy N. \ N. six cables. The lower part
of the passage has bold shores, ten to more than thirty fathoms water, and average.s about a (juarter of
a mile in width; just beyond the anchorage it makes a rather short turn to the NE. and narrows to
less than a cable with a depth of nine to fifteen fatlxmis. In this narrow part the tidv« meet; the shores
are rocky and mostly steep-to. This portion is termed Stewart Narrows.

At the anchorage the shores slope a little more gradually, and a ve8.sel will have a swing of barely
a cabh in every direction while anchored in seven fathoms, sand. At this point it is H. W. P. and
C. at O'' 30'", springs rising eighteen and neaps fourteen feet. There seem to be no concealed dangers
except TIarhnr Hock. From the distance betweoi the entrance and the anchorage this is not a very
convenient resort. It would not .seem advisable to attempt an entrance from the NE. except with
a steamer.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOn ENTERINO COGHLAN ANCHOIIAGE KKOM THE SOUTHEAST.

After paasing Thorn Point in mid-channel keep the eastern shore aboard until Mount Gil, on
Gil Island, is in one with Thorn Point astern, bearing SE. \ E. A NW. ^ W. course then leads
directly to the anchorage clear of all dangers.

In ((uitting the anchorage, Thorn Point under the peak of Mount Gil SE. | E. until Observation
Point bears S., thence in mid-channel, leads out clear of all dangers.

About half a mile westward from Camp Point, near the shore, is a small island, westward from
which is a cove which penetrates farther than is shown by the Admiralty charts, and appears to be so
continued, parallel with the shore, as to cut off a narrow section nearly a mile in length.

About seven miles W. J S. from Point Cumming is Yolk Point, on Farrant Island, low and
wooded, forming the southern headland of

GRENVILLE CHANNEL,

which extends W NW. foity-live miles, without any bend or curvature of importance. Its width
varies from a mile and two-thirds, near the western entrance, to a quarter of a uiile in about latitude
63° 31' N., the depth of water varying from fifty to one hundred fathoms or mor.' in the main chan-
nel. The southern shore is formcil by Pitt Island for the greater portion of the vay and presents no
conspicuous indentations. The northern or continental shore is penetrated by four partly unexplored
inlets at nearly regular intervals from one another.

LOWi: INLKT.

:16

Fiirrant Island, on whicli Yolk Point Ih sitimted, for Homewliiit ovor four mil** is unusually low,
forniH the southern shore of tiir elmnnr'I, and is Hej).iiiil<'<l from I'itt Island hy a very narrow unex-
plored gor^e railed Union Paasago, The nupuntiiin.H on either side of (Jrenville Channel rise to a
heifrht varying from Hff«"en to thirty-five hundred fW't, and their proximity to the shore and general
ahruptness give an apiwarance to the (channel of heing <!veii narrower than it really is. At a distanw
viuving with ennditions of wind, weHther and tide of from ten to twenty-five inilas W NW. from
Y.plk Point the tides, wiiieli have hitherto fiorHlnd to the north and west and ehhed to the south and
east, are met by tides flowing in an opposite dirixtion, from th • north and west. The shores arc
everywhere wocMlcd, the mountjiin aider seamed with snow jitid huid-slides, which have carried away
the tiinlnir in their paths. NuuK^rous uiscudes and streams are visible, fed liy mountjiiu lakes or the
snow in the higher ravines, which is not entirely melte<l late in the summer, and probably exists
throughout the year in greaU-r or less ((uantity.

About fourteen miles from Yolk Point is the entrance to Lowe Inlet, on the northern shore ;
three-quarters of a mile within this entrance Imttom is found in twenty fathoms, where
anchorage may U; had. The n|)proach to this inlet from the eiustward is indicated by Lowe Inlet.

Bare Hill, four hundred feet high, (the basid spur of a higher wwkIwI peak W. from
it,) on the southern ijhore, from which NW. j N. two miles the entrance lies fronting to the 8outh.

The entrance, two and a half cables wide WNW. and E8E., lies between Hepburn Point on the
eiist and James Point on the west. At certain stJiges of the tide whirls are forme<l in this vicinity.
On the Whitiny Bank, in mid-channel, two cables from the entrance, anchorage may be had in eight
or ten fathoms, sand and shells.

The inlet extends to the northward ovor a mile and a half, widtjuing to four cables, and afterward
contracted to one cable by David Point, beyond whicli it forms a rounded harbor, callwl Nettle Basin,
into which enters a waterfall from lakes to the NE, Anchorage may Ik' had in the
widest ])art of the lower inlet in twenty fathoms, and in sixteen fathoms in the basin. Rockt awash.
Four cables N NW. from the entranct! and a cable and a half W. from Don Point, on
the eastern sliore, are two rockn iiiraxh at high water.

This harbor is represental on British Admiralty Chart No. 2189, (December, 1H81,) from whiuh
it is found that James i*oint is in -

Latitude 63° 32' 30" N.

Longitude 120° 35' 48" W.

It is H. W. F. and C. in Lowe Inlet at O*" 30", spring tides rising seventeen and neaps fifteen feet,
and .'unning one to four knots.

The variation of the compass in 1872 was 26° E. The land on either side of the inlet rises to
two thousand feet, mountainous and wooded. No directions are necessary for entering.

About sixteen cables from Lowe Inlet, on the Pitt Island sliore of Grenville Channel, is a cove or
opening which has not been examined and does not appear on the Admiralty Charts.

Eight miles nearly W NW. from Tom Islet at James Point, on the northern shore, is Evening
Point, abreast of which the flood-tides from NW. and SE. are reportetl to meet, and from whit^h a
'I'MnVrof rocks and islets extend in a NW. by W. direction. Between James and Evening points
111 diiti. of water in Grenville Channel averages from fifty to seventy fathoms. Behind Evening
Poiiii, n an ENE. direction, the land rises to nearly nine hundred feet. This point forms the SE.
C'xrn .'!■ point of Nabannah Bay, about three cables in extent, indented at right angles to Grenville
ri!;i;;ie ■' in a northeasterly direction, and practidilly closed to navigation by a chain of L^let-i, nxiks
f',.i' i\ui ground, which extend in a NW. by W. direction across the entrance, forming a barrier, l)ehind
V'hieh the bay affords one to fourteen fathoms water over sandy bottom. South from Nabannah Bay
a line waterfall is conspiciions on the Pitt Island shore.

Nearly half a mile NW. by N. from Evening Point is the outer extremity of Morning Point,
which forms the northwestern headland of the bay, and consists of a nuMlerately
elevated, rounded promontory, fronting to the SW., and before which extends a large Large area of
area of foul ground, marked by kelp and several rocks, <'onstituting the Mrrnhuj lieifg. Foul Ground.
the SW. limit of which has a continuous trend with the northern shore of the chanuel
NW. by W. about eight cables from Evening Point.

In this vicinity the navigator should keep the west shore of Grenville Channel well aboard until
Leading Island opens clear of Camp Point, to avoid the reefs. The clear passage SW. from it is of
the same width iis the portion of (rrenville Chai'i.ei SW. from Evening Point, and here the tides run
four knots at springs.

The landmarks for passing northward (^lear of this foul ground are Bare Islet (in Klewnuggit
Inlet) open from Camp Point NE. J E., actording to British Admiralty Chart No. 2 1 Sit, (Decemlier,
1881,) from which it is found that the geographical position of the observation spot on Morning Keef,
close to Morning Point, is

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

11.25

u&|28 mis
itt lii |22

IS 1^ |20

•- u

U III1IL6

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STRUT

WMSTM.N.Y. 145«0

(716) •72-4503

j, I

I !

htl'AUT ANC'UORAOK.

Latitude *3|

Longitude ^29

30' 24" N.
44' 61" W.

The ebl) tides ST. and

It is H. W. F. and C. ut 0* SO", and the sprinjr tidit* rise w'ventirn fe«'t
8. Heparate near the NW. extreme of these re<fk.

The variation of the eonijuu*!* lierealMHits W idMtiit 26" E.

Half n mile V. from Morning Point is Camp Point, a small lumpy nn-k eonneeted by a beach
with the mnin shore, and forming one of the landmarks (or parsing the reefs. WSW. from it alwut
fiftv fathoms is a small nubmirged roi-L This |M)int I'orms the s,>uthern headland of
Camp Point. Klewnuggit Inlet, an irregular indentation of the main .shore, dividing into several

arms, .some of wliicii have not yet iieen fully e-xaniini-d. The prineijial of these have
a generally WW. ami SB. direi-tion, transverse to the entranir- and parallel with Urenville Channel. In
that arm whieh extends to the NW. protected anchonige is af!orde<l. The other, extending 85., called
Exposed Arm, is ol>struete«l by nx-ks and islets.

The entrauce to Klewnuggit Inht is al)out six ad)les wide N NW. and S SE. The .shore op|H)site
Camp Point rounds gradually to the <'a8twarfl ami westward without forming aiiy noteworthy point or
angle, and rises rapidly to the height of more ihan twelve hundred feet. »

Six cables NB. J E. from Camjt Point lies Bare Islet, of small extent, counei't*-*! with tlie shore
by a rock platform, and forming one of the landmarks for clearing Morning Reef. It is ri?ally a |>art
of Leading Island, about one hundred and twenty feet high, of triangular outline,
Bar* Ulet. which extends from liare Islet about half a mile in a NW. by N. J N. direction to

its northern angle, and is sepurate<l by a narmw and (innavigable passage from the
mainland. Behind this island is a passage two and a half cables wide, se|)aratiiig it from the main-
land NE. from the island. This passage is prolonged to the NW., l)ecoming somewhat narrower, and
terminating at a broa<l Hdaljiat over which stn-anis flow into the harbor.

The anchorage is in nii(l-<'liannel NE. from the middle of l^wling Island, in twenty to twenty-five
fathoms, muddy liottom, — the SE. .short' of the island l)earing S.^ E. The shores are
The Anoh*r«ge. everywhere Inild-to. There appear to be no concetded tiangers, and no directions seem
necessary for entering.

It is H. W. F. and C. at O'' 30"", and spring tides rise .seventeen feet. '

This aiichornge is shown by a plan on British .Admiralty (.'hart No. 2189, (Peceml)er, 1881.)

From the vicinity of Camp Point to the vicinity of the (iibsons the northern shore of Grenville
Channel extends alwut twenty-one miles in a generally W NW. direction, and appears less elevated
than it does to the southward. It it mostly («inpaet and steep-to, with thi'ee unsurveye<l openings on
the eastern shore and one on the western side.

The first of these* is known to the pilots as East Inlet, and looks as if it would afford anchorage.
It is about five and a half miles W NW. from Morning Point, and has a small islet at i^s western

Snint of entrance. The entrance of the second. Baker Inlet, is alK)ut six miles farther in the same
irection, with a narrow entrance but apparently (piite extensive within and in an easterly direction.
There is also here a small islet or rock in the entrant. From this in a west and southwesterly
direction nearly thre** mik>s is a narrow but deep opening, which fnmi Grenville Channel apfiears to
cut Pitt Island in two, and may join the eastern arm of Petn-I ('lumnel. NW. by N. J N. across the
channel from this entraiu* is Weat Inlet of the pilots.! It has a narrow entrance, just within which
it turns sharply, and is stattjd to affonl gotnl p.'otcction and anchoruge for small craft. It has not been
surveyed.

In this portion of Grenville Channel the tides are moderate, averaging a knot an hour, and flood

from the northwestx.ard.

Staart Anohera|«. Twenty-six miles from the eniraiiee of Ix>we Inlet, on the Pitt Island shore, lies

Stuart or Stewart Anchorage.

Before reaching this j)oint two small indentation^ occur which might l)e mistaken for the ancho.--

age, which, in cjining from the eastward, may lif> known by being situated tv'o and a

Mark*. half miles to the \v(«t\vaid from the entrance of West Inlet on the northern shore,

the misleading indentati(nis being one on either side of a point imm.-Mliat«ly abreast of
the above-mentioned entrance.

The anchorage is shelt«re<l t4) the SB. by Bonwiok Point, nwky and of small extent, with an

islet near it; to tlie sonthwanl by Pitt Island, and to the northward by a /our-/aMom s/ioo/ putting

off from SUitf Rock for three cables, parallel with the shore and market! bv kelp. 'This

Hoekt H.'4 rock lies four and a quarter cables W NW. from Bonwick Point and af)out the same

thoalt. distance N. by W. \ W. from the mouth of a stream on the Pitt Island shore. The

rock dries to the extent of thirtet!!) feet, imd a cable south of it, marke<l by kelp, is

anotiur rod; dry at low water. Stag Rock is above water an hour nnd a half after high water.

• It ii indic»tml hv th<< iiaiiit Kza-(tal mi Briliuli Aamirftlly Cliart N.i. lltiKt A. but tliiH l<M>kK lik« an ernir of Miaravliiif
t Enm-M-lOB of Brit'iHli Adinintlly ClinH No. \Vt.\ A.

- ;|

. h

BMA

OODEN CHANNEL.

8W. by w. i W. half a mile from Stag Rock a the English astronomical station, Hituatcd
according to British Atimiralty Chart No. 1901,* on the Pitt Island 'shore, in

Latitude 63° 82' 06" H.

Longitude _ 180° 06' U" W.

The variation of tlie cnmpass was 37° 36' E. in 1868.

In this vicinity it is H. W. F. and O. at noon to l** p. m., springs rising twenty feet.

Between the rock and Bonwick Point there is fifteen to twenty-seven fathoms, iK'tween it and
the mouth of the stream before mentioned there is six to twelve fathoms, while between the shoal and
the Pitt Island shore the depth varies i'rom seven to twenty-four fathoms. In entering
from the eastward the only direction necessary is to keep about a quarter of a mile Dinetioa for
from Bonwick Point and the shore south of the anchorage until tlie mouth «.f the »ni»ring.
stream bears SB. half a mile, when anchorage may be had \n from ten to fifteen fath-
oms. This anchorage is delineated on British Admiralty Chart No. 1901, (Octolwr, 1879.)

Just behind the peninsula which protects the anchorage is Shrimp Cove, said to have six or seven
fathoms water and to be snug for small coasters. It is not shown on the charts.

Five miles west of Htuart Anchorage, at the NW. extreme of Pitt Island, is Hill Point, a some-
what low, symmetrical, wou<.1ed point, seimrating the entrances of Grenville and Ogden channels and
l»ickcd by slowly rising hills to the soulhwarrl, which reach nearly twenty-eight hundred feet in height.
Grenville Channel here attains a width uf four mile», with a group ' comparatively low wooded
islands in the middle of the passage, called the Oiboon lalanda.

The passage northeast from Hic Gibsons has not more than six fathoms in it, and is infested with
geceral ahoatti, from which reasons the passage to the soutli of the Gibeons, which is clearer, with plenty
of water, has come to be generally used. Here the watAr rapidly deepens from forty to eighty fathoms
toward the westward. In going through at night keep not less tlian five cables 8W. from tfie Gibsons
to avoid Watnon Rook, which (K>ver8 two or three feet at high-water springs. Thence to Arthur pas-
sage is clear.

From the sheet of water at the termination of Grenville Channel three other passages ojieu, — two
to the north and west, l)etween Porcher Island on the SW. and the mainland on the NE., with Ken-
nedy Island and the Gibsons dividing the included waters into two possages; the third,

OOJ>EN CHANNEL,

between Porcher and Pitt islands, leads to the Hecate Strait in a southerly diret^tion. The o{)ening
where it joins the strait, now known as Browning Entrance, was called Syax Harbor by Ingraham
in 1791. It varies from less than half a mile to more than two miles in width, and is about fifteen
miles long. Its southerly extreme has lately received separate names. A passage has been sounded
through it, but the shores are yet imperfectly known, and there arc numerous dangers and obdrutHiont,
most of which, however, are visible.f

S. by "W. J W. from Hill Point four and a half miles is Alpha Bay, on the Alpha Bay.

eastern shore of Ogden Channel and on the Pitt Island shore. It !s situated at the
mouth of a stream proceeding from a deep valley, and the anchorage is off tlie edge of a bank at the

* F«hruM7, 1868, but uot un later editiunt.

("0((<lco Channel I found tu he good and with very liKle current, only one knot per hour, a* the main current runi thraugb
Arthur and Malacca paeaagra. The Houlheni entrance to Ogden Channel ia diTJded into two ohannela by Spioer laland, which
are niJoed reapectively BMT*r and SeheoiiMr paiuagee, the former of which ia the beat. It ia about one mile wide and free from
rucka and ahoala. With a light on White Roeki (northern ^:An\. uf Banka lalaud) and a beacon light on TrM UUad, ahipa
could enter the channel in all weathers.

"lehoOMr PMtsct ia alao very good; it ia narrow, with a cluater of amall ialande, all above water, at ita entrance. I con.
aider that there ia not a belter Iceality for ehliia t<i make the land on the whole coaat than here. There ia a amall iaiand named
BOBlla, which ia a remarkably cunapicuoua objeut, being dome peaked and unl!ke any other on ihia coaat. and may be aeen for
twenty or thirty mile* at aea.

" There are other reaaona for recommending ehip maaters coming from the aouth to make thin point, Tin : there being no inleta
for Hfty milet., ilie tide aet* regularly along the coaat; there iideep water of from aizty to aerenty fathoma, and aa aoon aa ahreaat
of Bunila laland about thirty-five fathoma ; off Wliite Rocka aevenly fkthonia, and a few niilea farther forty fathoma. Tliia ia named
Browning Kntrance on Pender'a Chart.

"Shipa could aail in or out of Port Flfming with a good commanding lireeae, die dialance being only eighteen to twenty
milea. The temperature of the climate waa found to be very even during a Hiteen daya (latter part uf July) aojourn in tbia
locality, the daily meah of the thei-mometer from 54° to M" F." —Capt. J. C. Rrundigt, K. Y., Report to the Enginten of the
Omadian Paeife Rmlway, Ottawa 1880.

[The above note by Capt. Brundige givee a much more favoralile idea of the navigability of theee pnoaagi-a than would lie
gathered by • navigator ttom an examination of the Admiralty Chart No. 19B3 A.] .

PORT ESSIKOTON.

' ■■ 1%'

mouth of the stream, in ten or twelve fathoms, about two Imndred yards from low-water mark. It
preaente no advantages as an anchorage, and better ground for that purpose may !« had within a few
miles. North Point, four cables N NW. Crom the anchoring ground, is stated to be in

Latitude 63° »a' 01" N.

Longitude 130° 17' 84" W.

The variation of the compass was 27° 26' B. in 1868.

It is H. W. T. and C. between 12" noon and l" p. m., springs rising twenty feet.

It « representetl, and also Ogden Channel, on a large scale on British Admiralty Chart No. 1901,
(October, 1879.)

Two and a half miles W SW. from the larger Gibson Island is Peninsula Point, a small, low,

woodwl point making out half a mile, with deep water on its southern side, but anchorage in eight or

ten fathoms near the mouth of tl;2 Oona River on its northern side. The point is

Aiehorage at composed of raetamorphic rocks, sandstones and shales. In this vicinity the surfaoe-

Oona River. water changes to a dirty white, apparently coming from the river Skecna (on old maps

, called river Skip) through Port Essingtou, and probably derivefl from glaciers at its

head waters.

Of the two northern passages Telegraph Passage is^^continuous with the shallow itassage NE.
from the Gilnons, and has been but partially examined. It is about a mile and a half wide, and joins
at its northern termination the entrance to Port Essington. It is sheltered on the west by the Gibson,
Bedford, Marrack and Kennedy islands.

The southeastern portion of the passage affords anchorage nearly everywhere, apparently with
good protection, and has l)een named Port Fleming.*

The part of Telegraph Passage east wan! from Kennedy Island does not seem sufficiently well sur-
veyed to be advisable for vcs»iclH without local knowledge or a pilot. There is a passage with two and
a half fathoms least water, called the North Skeena Passage, which passes northward of Smith laland
and De Horsey Island, by which it would seem a passage might Ix; had into Skecna Inlet or Biver.f

* " Betwiwu Kennedy Inlatid and Orenville Channel, distance liz miles, there are three ialanda, Marrack, Bedford and Gibson,
and between theae ielnnde and Ibe mainland there ie a good harbor of even aouudinge from three to aeven fathoma, with muddy
Imttoni and very little current, at the tides meet hei'e and form etill water. This huaiu I have named Port Flanilac. It ii sheltered
flrom all winda except the north, which could not create any aea owing to the tide setting out through the different channels.
Port Fleming would accommodate a large number of ships in safety, and there would be no diffioulty in building wharves, aa the
water close to the shore is from three to four fathoms deep. On asking masters of steamers the reason they did not anchor in
this place, their reply was that they always thought the water shoal and that it was out of the track for resaels bound north, aa
they came through Orenville Channel and kept Oibeon Island on tiieir starboard hand.

" Captain Madden, an old trader and pilot, stated tiiat be had always found this harbor good, well sheltered from winda and
free from currents anil sea, and considered it the best between Port Hinipson and Vancouver Island for large or smitll ships.

"This is the only place thai I could recommend for a terminus of the Cauadian PnciKc Railway nearer the mouth of the
Skeena River than Port Simpson. I eouaider there wotild be nu ilifliculty in bringing the railway down past Essington. 'i'he
land presents a giiod silo fur a town aa it rises grndunlly back for some distance.

"The approach to Port Kleiiin.g from the north is by Arthur Passage, which opens into Chatham Hound. It is about two
miles wide with a cuiTent of two kii'its per hour. Oood anchorage was found on west side of Smith Island, opposite Mount
McQralh."— (Report nfCapt.J. ('. Iir»ndige, R. X., 1660, fo Canadian Pac\jic Railway Enyinttrt.)

t "The entrance In the Sk.'eua River is divided into three channels by Smith and Kennedy islands. They are designated
MorVb, Mlddl* and Talsfraph channels or passages. North Ctaaimtl is suitable <mlv for small crafl. It is about three cables wide,
with several sunken riK-ks and only two and a half fathoma water. The current is very swift. Middle OhMUIOl is obstructed by
shifting sand banks, has irregular soundings in fi'nm three lo eight fathoms, and is in snnie places very narrow. Steamers coming
from the uoHli often lake ibis cliHiinel in order to touch at Port Essington. It is dangerous for sailing vessels or without apilot.
TaUfrapb Olisiiiiol is the main passage, with not less than six fathoms water, (in the channel,) with a two or three knot cur-
rent." — (Rrpyrtnf Captain Brundige. R. iV.)

Port Essington lies outs' le of the limits of this description and la not therefore referred to in the text; but as this pilot
may be uasd by navigators w ■<, wish to visit P<u-t Esfiington, the remarks of Captain Brundige in regard to it are here reprinted.
(See also Meleorulogy in Appendix). "Port Essington is situated on the (inlet Ibrming the embouchure of the) river Skeena about
eleven miles from the moiilh. Here Is a large basin about four miles long and two wide, from four tr seven fathoms water with
muddy Imttoni. The ebb tide runs out fiijni fonr to six knots per hour and the Hood tide runs in at a rate of ihreeor four knots.
The spring tides rise and fall twenty feet and Ihe neap tides fifteen feet. A heavy cross sea is caused by strong winds from WW.
to n., and vessels riding at anchor in the current here during a gale of wind would be likely lo foul and trip their anchors. It
la slated that in Ihe months of December, January, February and even into April, heavy maases of Ice and driftwood drift up and
down with the tide, forming a serious dsiiger to vessels or wharves in winter. Potatoes grow here well, but the soil suitable for
oultivatiun is limited. Good timber is plentiful and of large size, especially spruce and yellow Alaska ..'edar." The geogrmhical
posllion of Port Essington, according to the map of British Columbia issued by the Geological Survey of Canada, 18(11, Ii

I*ttt«d» M°M H.

Longltadt 1M° y W.

The village of Port Essington (or Spttk-sOt of the natives) is situated on the north side of Skeena Inlet, on the wee- side of
a iMiint fomiing the angle Mween Skeena and Ecstall inleU. Bosttl Inlet is a long channel extending in a southeasterly direo-

CHALMEU8 ANCIIOUAOB.

There is quite u cnnsidcrablc miDitig camp near the cntranra of the North Hkecna PasHiigc aille<l
WiUacIagh. There is an iinexpionHl pa'jsagc leading to Venn Creek, Motla-katia Bay.

On the wehtern side of K«nnu<ly Island is the Arthur Foaaage, clear along the shore of Kennedy
shore of Kennedy Island, but otwtructe*! on the wi«t by numerous islands parallel witli the shore of Por-
cher Island, between which and them is the narrow and contracted Chismore Passage.
This is obstructed hy foul (/round at the southeastern end, is less than half a mile wide, ChlsiaorePaMage.
six and a half miles long NW. by W. ^ W., and affords anchorage in five to twelve
fathoms. It is only accessible at its narrow northwestern entran'3e and by the short and narrow Bloxam
Passage leading into it from Ar(hur Passage.

Arthur Passage is about five miles long, with a clear passage in deep water not over half a mile wide
along the shore of Kennedy Island. This island rises to the height of nearly three tliousand feet, is
of oval shape, five and two-thirds miles long in a NW. and SE. direction, ami al>out three miU* wide.
At its southeastern end, miscalled Cardena Bay, (for there is no bay, but a mere open roadstead,) go«Ml
holding-ground may l)c liad in four to nine fathoms.* There was at one time a cimnery here.

At the NW. entrance to Arthur Passage White Cliff Island, of small extent, lies in the middle
of the passage, Iwld-to exce])t at its rockv 8 BE. end, two hundred and sixty feet high, ond with a
clear channel on either side. Marble has been quarried here.

SW. by 8. i 8. ''rom the southern {mrt of this island about a mile lies Chalmers Anchorage olf a
bight at the NW. end of Elliott Island, open to the NW., with anchorage in fourteen fathoms. NW. j
W. from the anchorage about a mile and a half is the northeastern edge of tome reefs
which lie immediately eastward tliree cables from Bamfleld islets, which are also Chalissrt

surrounded by rocky shelving shores. The islets lie about a quarter of a mile from the Anohorags.

northern shore of Elizabeth Island. Deep but narrow passages exist Ixitween this, the
islets and the reef. From tfic reefs to OeoU Patch the passage is six rabies wide with plenty of water.

In leaving the Arthur Passaec to the westward of White Cliif Island for Chatham Sound through
Malacca Passage, the middle ))eaK of Wliite Cliff Island should be brought to bear E. } 8. and kept
so until the northwestern Lawyer Islet bears NE. This carries out in nnd-chaimel.

Cecil Patch, markc^l by kelp and having four fathoms on it, lies one mile W. by 8. from the
main peak of White Cliff Island. It is in one with the eastern edge of Elliott Island licaring 8E. j^ E.
There is deep water between it and Elizabeth Island.

DIE'XTIONB FOB CLEARING OANaERS.

A due W. course from the northern edge of White Cliff Island five miles will carry clear of all
dangers. The latter, as far as known, are mostly visiblej but great caution should l)e observed,
especially in foggy weather.

Malacca Passage liegins at White Cliif Island, and extends west for about six milex with an aver-
age clear width of a mile and a quarter. Its northern limits are formed hy foul r/round stretching to
the westward for more than two miles from the northwestern end of Kennedy Island, and the Genu

tlon from iti Junclloii witli the Skcena. From thii channa!, auoordtng to llr. H. J. Ctmbtc, come th« greuter part of tlie ice-
flwa wliiub encumber Skeeiia Inlet in tlie cold eeaion. Behind the flat on which the Tillage ttanda ia a ridge which riara in one
place to a rather remarkable conical mount<tiu.

Skaana Inlat, the eatuary of the Bkee'ia Rirer, waa firat explored by Vancouvar'a boata under Whidbe.r ip Jul/, 1783. The
name of Port Eaaington waa originallj applied bv VaneouTer to the whole Htuary. (Hup. Geol. Survey Canada, 1879-80, pp. 9 B-
10 B.)

Captain Brunilige aluo aaya: "I riiited thi Skeana again in the latter part of December and found large 'iea of ice

drifting up and dnwn the river. Ships could not remain at Port Usaingtou during the montba of D<^< ber, J nbruary

and Maroh, and well into April. Tlie north channel of tha Skeena ia blocked full of ice nearly all w;....r, but It • reachaa

down as far n» Kennedy leland. Port Fleming ia free from ice.

"I alao viaited Eaaington during the month of February and found iaige <|uantitiea of ice in and aroun(f .., anow-fkll

here baa been about eix feet on the level. I meaaured the anow at eeveral placea and found three feet at Port Fleming and one and
K half feet at Invenieea, ( the atatiim at Cardena Bay.)

"The head of tide water in Skeena Inlet, and where the river proper appeara to commence ia about eighteen miles above Port
Eeaington. The river ia navigable with difficulty for amall stamwheelsra about thirty-eight milaa above tide water to XlUna-
lallwn, where there ia a trail up tha valley of the Iltatuilf allnai BlTtr. to the headwaters of Naaa Hiver.

" It is about one hundred milea from tide water, with a rise of seven hvmdred and twenty-flve feet to Skeena Forka or Haileton,
a eeitlement not fkr from the abandoned Fort Stager, erected in 1866 by the Weatem Union Telegraph Company'a expedition
near Kispaloka village."

• Thia ancdorage ia recomniendeu by Pilot W. E. George, who atatea that in heavy galea the wind holds a veaael broadaide to
the current— the only objection to the locality. It ia also recommended by Lieut. Com. H. E. Niohole, II. 8. N., as a Irmporary
stopping place, and l>y Captain Brundige who anys it ia only expoeed to S. and iW. winda. There were three housea, a wharf
iind clearing, Indian ounimer village, and wood for aale to eteamers, in May 1880, at tbia pl.»ee, which ia called Inverness or Aber-
deen fishery. Chalnmra Anchorage ie also reported to lie a good temporary stopping place in eaae of fog or darkneas on reaching
Chatham Sound.

]

^i :r!i
ii.li

'■!

(■

EI»YE AND BKOWN PASHAtJUM.

1 Ixiwver wlfte fxton<linK with the same treDd threi! miles and a half farther. The southern limit
of Malacm Passajjc is formed l>v th«' shore of Elizalwth and Porchcr islands, extending
Malaeoa PUMM. »« the westward nix miles from" the entrumv of Arthur Fa&<age t<i Point Hunt, (QuiU
mass,) whi«'h has m islet oft" it (•alle<l Gm<f Islet.
There is an abumlance of water in the channel, which is nowhere shoaler than forty fathoms; the
danRcrs previously enumeratc<l are near the «hoi-,«, mostly visihle and (sasily avoided, lo the north-
ward of the Uwyers the watew have not l)een sounded out. The shores to the northward are those
of the Chim-ay-an* Peninsula, bounde«l to the eastwanl prii. -iiMlly by Skcena Inlet and Wark (or
Work) Channel. The north Skeena pasnage and the shorw WW. from it are very imperfectly repre-
sented on the latent charts. Some corrections are indicated very roughly on Dawson m map of Nortli-
ern British Columbia, Western Sheet, issue*! by the Dominion Geologi.nl Survey in IHSI.f

Airconling to this authority a narrow passage extends from near Woodoook Landing (of British
Admiralty Chart 1 923 A , 1 88 1 ) to the westward and northward, cutting oft" Tree Point from the main-
land, sending a bran.ih to join the sea near Coast Islet,— the passage itself wntinuinij northwisterly
joins the large iMisin in which Oldfleld Island (containing Mount OldfieUI, 2,300 feet high) is situated.
This basin enters Malawa Passage l)etwecn Lima Point and Coast Islet and coimects with Metla-katla
Bav through Venn Creek at its NW. angle. The large mass of land west of Oldfleld Basin, E SB.
from Metla-katla Bay, and of which Lima Point appears to l)e the BE. extreme, has been named on
British charts Digby Island.

CHATHAM SOUND.

This great sheet of water extends in a WW. by N. and SE. by S. direction for thirty-five miles,
with an average width of seven or eight miles. To the eastward the Chim-sy-an Peninsula; to ^'\e
southward Porcher and Stephens islands; to the westward the Dundas Islands; and to tV<^ northwan.

the mainland and adjacent islets and islands form the limits of the sound. The prin-
Edye PMUft. cipal passages extend northward. One is the Edye Passage, with numerous islets in it,

from the southern extreme of the sound to H(!cate Strait, l)etween Porcher and
Stephens islands. Another is calletl the Brown Passage, eight miles wide and in pjirt clear, between

Stephens Island and the Dundas group, near the entrance of Hecate Strait.J Lastly
Brows Passaie. may l)e mentioned the broad opening at the NW. extreme of the sound, where ite

watara meet and mingle with those of Dixon Entrance. In the southern half of the
Boiuid are a numlwr of islets and islands, the princi|)al of which are the Luoy, Baohael and Kinnahan
islands, each group containing several islets, which are high, averaging two hundred feet. Only a
small part of the sound has l>een examined, and there the depth is quite irregular, varying from eleven
to more than one hundred fathoms. The shores of the sound have been but slightly examined,
espe<-ially on the NE,, between the Telegraph Passage and Lima Point, and all statements iu regard to
its navigation are necessarily based upon scant material, which will doul>tlcss in the future require
revision. No serious (^mcealed dangers are indicated on the lastcst charts (1879) in the northeastern
*part of the sound between the Lawyer and the Lucy islands. In the northern ])iirt of the sound
several sun^ rocks are iudicate<1, but of which the positions are somewhat doubtful.

A danger has recently I>een reported in Brown Passage which is not on some n%ent charts, and

therefore v.'orthy of mention here, though the passage itself v'll not be dcsiTibed. This

Stanhoute is Stenhoime Shwil, reported by Capt. George Brown, U. S. N.,§ as lieing five miles west

Shoal. by south a quarter south from Hanmer llocks and four miles southward from the

western Connel Islet. This is three-fourths of a mile N NW. fnmi the fioeition

indicated by local pilots, but neither position is claimed t.) be more than an approximation. Captain

Brown considered tlie shoal to he two or three cables in extent and to have about eight feet of water on it.

Thirteen and a quarter miles NW. } N. from the western extreme of Point Hunt is the sorthern

point of Tugwel! Island, so-ciilled, though united at half-tide by a mnd-bar, a mile
Tb|w«II Island, and a quarter long, with the Chim-sy-an Peninsula. This island is about two hundred

feet high, wooded, with blnfi" shores to.the licach, whence, except to the eastward, /ou/
ground, sand-bars and kelp extend seaward from half to three-quarters of a mile. The southern end

is called Point Dawes, and the northwestern Point Chopman. The island is about a
Sand-bar. mile and a quarter long, and at its widest |inrt half a mile broad. From the northern

shore a sand-bar, covered at half-flood, extends NE. by E. } E. a mile and a quarter
to the mainland, which it joins at Observation Point.

* Varioaiijr ipallad Ohlm-Mta, TilmpMUi, fte.; property accMitad on the lut Ryllable,

tin eoniiTCtion with ihc uinuKl nport of th« Survey fur 187!>-'riU, 8to, Montreal, Dawaon Bm«, 1881.

tBotb of these are repreaented in detail on Brit!-h Admiralty Cliart No. 84^3, (October, 1W9,) with plana of anchoragea
Id them. It liea outtide the aoopa of thlt work to entei Into deacriplion of theie paaiingea, wl.iuh for the Inland Pamage are onlr
of lubordinate importance. Brown Paaiagu ie the Derby Sound of InKraham in 1791.

$ U. 8. Navy Department, Hydrographic Office, Hydrographic Notice No. '■/}, 1379.

im^^H'

MRTLA-KATI.A BAT.

SW., about four miles from Point DaweB, is the Lucy group of islets, small, bold-to, and two
hundred feet high. According to British Admiralty Chart No. 1923A, (December, 1881,) 8. by B.,
somewhat more thaii five miles from Point Dawes, is the Alexandra Patch, a mile in
extent, with eleven to seventeen fathoms, sand and mud, surrounded by deep water. AltMandm

To the eastward from Tugwcll Island and the bar lies Metla-katia Bay,* wlu^re is Paieh.

situated the well-known village and mission of Metla-katla. The liay is alnrnt three
miles in extent N. and S. and a mile and a half wide, — the <-ontraote«l upiier |iortion of it near the
mission taking the name of Venn Creek. It is protected by the mainland, Tugwell
Bar and Island on all sides, except the south. In the inner {wrt of the bay ci>mi>letely Metla-katla Bay.
sheltered anchorage may be had m Venn Creek, requiring, however, good local knowf-
(!dge or a pilot to pass safely between the reefs, rocks and islets by which the Imy is infested. The
shores throughout are bordered by thoah or foul ground. At the eastern part of the entrance lie the
three Cridge Islets, of small extent, ree|>ectively two feet, one hundred and one hun'ired and fifty feet
high. North vard from them for nearly a mile to Straith Point are rocks, reefs an'
foul ground. Nearly midway between these islets and the kelp ground almiit Point MIfonI Httft.
Duwee are the Al/ord Keefo in the middle of the entran(« with dnnijerou^i »unken
rochi, usually marked by kelp, with a small dry patch at lowest water. Inside the reef is a dear
ground of alxmt a mile in extent, where anchorage may be hod on rather uneven bottom in seven to
twenty fathoms. To the northward of this numerous reefs and islets occur. The more important of
these are as follows: Devastation Island, one hundred and fifty feet high, wooded and less than a

Siuarter of a mile in extent, nearly a mile VJt. by E. from Point Dawes; three-quarters of a mile
arther, on the same bearing, lies Pike Island, also woode<l and one hundred feet high, against the
eastern shore of the bay, with Shrub Islet, a small wooded islet, HW. a cable and a halt from it.
Between Pike and Devastation islands, about midway, and a little to the 8 8E. of a line joining their
extremities, lies Knight Islet, a small bare rock, bold-to and ten feet high. Half a mile north of
Devastation Island is Carr Islet, sixty feet high, wooded and of very small extent. The buildings
are situated on Mission Point, three-quarters of s mile northward from Pike Island. All the adjacent
land is wooded.

This bay, with Duncan Bay, is represented on British Admiralty Chart No. 364, (with very important
corrections from earlier editions to April, 1872,) from which it is learned that H. W. F. and C. m-^urs at
noon, — spring tides rising twenty-one feet. The variation of the compass in 1866 was 27° 40' E.

Duntze Head, Esquimalt Harbor, being taken as in longitude 133° 26' 46" W., the position of
the astronomical station on Observation Point was fixed by the English observers in

Latitude — - 64° 20' 10" N.

Longitude - 180° 27' 80" W.

According to Captain Brundige, Metla-katla is only fit for small vessels, being too contracted
inside. He states that steamers of any sixe are obliged to remain some distance outside. Venn Creek
at its head connects with the unsurveyed Old" eld Basin, east from Digby Island, which extends
soutliward and eastward, connecting with Malacca and North Skeena passages.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOB ENTERING METI.A-KATI>A BAY.

I. ire«<«rar« ft-tn Atf*r* BBtfm. — A course bringing Knight Island midway between Shrub
and Pike islands NNE. \ E. leads clear of the reefs. When the vessel is in one with Dawes Point
bearing W NW. and the largest Cridge Island bearing E SE., a W. by W. course about one mile leads
to the anchorage in ten to fifteen fathoms, mud, NW. from Devastation Inland.

The channel to the inner or Venn Creek anchorage is buoyed, but should not be attempted with-
out a pilot. Three and a quarter fathoms can be carried into it over the bar at low water, but within
the bar there is anchorage in ten or twelve fathoms, sand and shell, with a swing of one cable in every
direction.

II. Bmmt^Kmr* fr*m AV*r* lUmf*. — A course bringing the Mission flag-staff in one with the west
point of Pike Island W. by E. leads clear of the reefs. When within the line joining Dawes Point
and the larger Cridge Islet, anchorage may be had in seven *o twenty fathoms midway between Straith

and Dawes points.

Dunoan Bay lies northward from Tugwell Island and its associated shoals, affording a much
better and less obstructed anchorage than Metla-katla, but open to westerly winds. The shores, as in
Metla-katla Bay, are everywhere foul or bordered by shoal water. The/ou/flrownd extends off the
northern shore of Tugwell Island, and the shore of the mainland, in some places, over six cables length.

'Spelled MUalt-asHall on Britkh Admiimlty Cbarta.

P. o. P. — 6

DUNOAN AND BIO DAYS.

,f«

The i/orfoaon Reeh, a Berios of dnngcrcufl rock« and shoals, are HoparatecJ from the shoals of the

mainhind by a narrow and inadvisable passape. 'f h« southern extreme of these reefs

Tht is situated somewhat over a mile and a lialf W. by 8. from Point Kyan, whence they

Hodgion Rteft. ext«nd in a N. by W. direction marly two milts with an average width of more than

half a mile. A large iwitcli in the southern portion is unoovere*! alter halt-ebb. Ihey

do not seem to liave lieen very thonmghly examined. ■ ^s

The entrance to Duncan Bay, however, is clear and free from dangers, and there are no impeding
islets or rocks in the more convenient (K.rtion of the anchorage. This bay and vicinity are represented
with Metla-katla on British Admiralty Chart No. 8«}, April, 1872, with jmiwrtant correctiOEj of the
older editions.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR THE USE OF DUNCAN HAY.

Fn)m a position at the entrance. Point Chopman, Tiigwell Islaiwl, liearing SE. nearly a mile, and
Point Ryan NB. by N. a little more than a mile, the course is E. a mile and a half to the anchorage.
At the position mentioned, nearly in mid-channel, the entran<-e, clear of foul ground, is about a mile
wide, and eight fathoms is the least water to be found on the com-se given. At the anchorage seven
or eight fathoms, sandy and muddy bottom, may 1x3 had— the three-fathom curve over a cable distant
to the north or south. About two cables farther in on the same course lieu Heoale Rock, in ten and a
half feet, with Point Chopman bearing SW. by W. i W. and Carr Islet 8. by J3. To avoid this danger
navigators should anchor before Point Ryan bears to the westward of NW, i W. In leaving the bay,
bound to the northward, the course from the anchorage is W. until Point Ryan bears S NH., or nothing
to the northward of W. by N. until two and a quarter miles to the westward from Point Ryan.

From Duncan liay northward toward the eastern part of Dixon Entrance Chatham Sound is
protected by the Duiidas Islands, and at its northern entrance is licset with numerous little-known
rocks, reefs and islets.

For six or seven miles N NW. from Tugwell Island the shore of the mainland is fringed with
foul ground and should not be approached within two miles without extreme caution. In the vicinity
of Tree Blu£f these westerly extending reefs project to a mile and a half. The bluff is marked by
some cultivated ground and rises inland to two hundred and fifty feet.

Immediately northeastward from the bluff the shore is indented, forming Big Bay, about two and
a third miles wide at the entrance, N NW. and 8 SE., and extending some three miles in an easterly
direction. Its native name is reported to be Lak-hou.* The northern headland is
Big Bay. formed by South Island, about a cable and a half in extent, one hundred and fifty feet

high, wooded and connected with the mainland by a nheet of foul ground, drj at low
water and a mile in width. 8. bv W. from this island, /ou/ ground, marked by kelp, extends three
and a half cables. The western snores are also foul and should not be approached within two cables.
According to Brundige, Big Bay has good anchorage at its head, in four to ten fathoms, fairly sheltered.
The entrance, however, is diificult and shotild not be atternpied teithout good local knowledge.

The southern headland of Big Bay is Point Trenham, the northern angle of Tree Bluff off
which, about W. by N. | N., the three-fathom line is only reached at the distance of a mile. The
shores of the bay are all foul, and in its entrance, aboiit mid-channel, is the Hippie
Re»fi and bankt. Bank, 8. by W. | W., nearly a mile from South Island, including a patch with only
two fathoms on it ; and the Egcape Reejs, two patches, marked by kelp, about two
cables each in extent, and somewhat within the Ripple Bank. These reefs bear from South Island
respectively 8. by W. and 8. by B. about a mile,— bath having small lumps dry at low water.

Besides tliese, other dangers exist within the bey, which, it will readily he seen, is not to be recom-
mended. In its eastern portion, near the northern shore, Swallow Islet, of small extent, rounded and
rather high, is used as a landmark in entering Big Bay.

About two and a half cables N. from the northern part of South Island, and connected with it
by foul ground at low water, is Burnt-Cliff Island, half a mile long N NW. and 8 8B., averaging
two cables wide, and rising, at its northern summit, one hundred and fifty or two hundred feet.

Within the bay 't is H. W. F. and C. at l' SO", —springs rising seventeen to twentv-two feet and
neap tides fourteen to seventeen feet, according to British Admiralty Chart No. 2426, (March, 1872,)
upon which this vicinity is delineated in detail.

The geographical position of the 8. end of South Island appears to be, according to British
authorities.

Latitude 64° 29'.1 N.

Longitude 180° 28'.4 W.

* On BritUh Admlnltjr Chart Mo. 3430 tbii bay is called Pnllty Ovlf.

PEARL HARBOR. 48

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR EMTERINO BIO BAY.

According to British authority, by l<ccping the 8. edge of Swallow Islet in one with a sharp peak
which may bo distinguished inland B. by N., the navigator may enter Dig Bay dear of all dangers, and
witit not less than six fathoms water, anchoring in eleven or twelve fathoms, mud, when South IsUnd
bears W NW. and the outer edge of Point Trenhom 8. by W. | W.

FOB CLEARINO THE DANGERS AT THE ENTRANCE OF BTO BAY.

Navigators bound N. toward Cunningham Passage Will dear Hippie Bank by keeping the north-
ern end of Bumt-CIifT Island in one with Mount Oriffln, N. by E. | E., until South Island bears
NB., when a due northerly course two and a quarter miles, according to the charts, will carry in clear
of all dangers.

From Burnt-Cliff Island, NW. nearly four cables, lies One-Tree Island, of small extent and a
hundred and fifty feet high, wi''. rocks extending from it a quarter of a mile JX. by W. ^ W., and only
separated on its southeastern side by a narrow Ixuit-passage from the foul ground northward from
Bumt-ClifT Island.

One-Tree Island forms the southern point of entrance to Cunningham Passage and the western
shelter of Pearl Harbor, which opens by two channels toward the passage, one on either side of a
patch of rooka and islets known as the Flat-Top lalets, tiiree in number, of very small
extent, the northeastcromoet being called Green Mound Islet, and the wliole connected Psarl Harbor,
into one mass by a congeries of rooks forming a Irank four cables long NE. by N. ^
N. and BW. by S. ^ 8. and two and u half cables wide. S SB. from these islets lies the harbor, pro-
< 2ted to the southward and eostwanl by the nicky platforms extending from the main shore to and
around Burnt-Cliff Island. The shores ore everywhere foul, but in the basin thus formed, and which
has an extent of abi.ut half a mile, good holding-ground may be had in ten fathoms. Green Mound
Islet bearing V. by W. ^ W. and One-Tree Island 8W. by W., with a free swing of about two cables
in any direction.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR EMTERINO PEARL HARBOR.

The only advisable channel is that between One-Tree Island and the Flat-Tops. Having followed
the preceding directions for clearing Ripple Bank by keeping the due north course thenby indicated
until the western Flat-Top Islet bears E. by N., a SB. by E. course will carry in dear of all dangers
with a least water of ten fatlioms.

At the northern termination of the passage between the Flat-Tops and the mainland is an inden-
tation of the main shore, known as Otter Anchorage, o^n to the W. and N NW., and affording a
contracted andiorage near a beach on the shore of the mainland, where wood is cut for the use of the
steamers, &c.

Three cables NW. } N. from Green Mound Islet, in Cunningham Passage, anchorage may also
be had In twenty-five fathoms, hard bottom. From One-Tree Island N. by W. f W. nearly a mile is
Fortune Point, forming the northern extreme of the southern entrance of Cunningham Passage, low
and wooded. The point is surrounded by rocky ffround extending off shore and drying at low water
from one to more than two cables in width. Due south from the point two cables is
Dodd Rock, rarely aiven-d by water, and which forms the southern buttress of the OoM Rook.
rocks about Fortune Point, an the latter extend but a very short distance l)eyond it,
when they drop suddenlv to five futlii tns. Between this and the northern extreme of the rocks about
One-Tree Island a passage exists four and a half cables wide NW. by N. \ N. and SB. by S. \ 8.

Nearly in-raid-chnnnel, however, somewhat westward from a line joining Dwid Rock and One-
Tree Island, liee Spnrrowhawk Rock* a serious danger, hold-to and surrounded by
kelp, in ten and twdve fathoms. It lies 8W. by W. j W. from Green Mound Islet Sparromkami
and NW. f W. from One-Tree Island, and has twelve feet of water over it at low /took.

water with a rise and fall of tide amounting to twenty-two feet.

N NB. from it is the southern entrance of Cunningham Passage, which separates Finlayson Island
from the mainland. This passi'ge is nearly four miles long in a generally N NW. and 8 8E. direction,
two and a half cables wide in the clear at its narrowest part, and widens toward the northern entrance

• Named from • Britiih gunooat which struck upon it. There ie no etatemeiit of !u depth below the eurface on any
chart at hand. The figure* given above are en the autliority of Pilot W. E. George, of the eteamer Califonia in 1B80.

CUNNINGHAM PASSAGE.

to nearly a mile. Tlie depth of water varies i'n-.m ten {« over thirty fatlionw, averaging over twenty.
The shores are everywhere foul for a wliort ilislnnce off, hut ii tnid-rhannel eourse through the pawam,

except for the Spnrrmehawk Hock at thf w)Utlierii entrance,' is free from dangers. The

CuRRlnaham iminediatc whores are conipuct, womh'd and l)Ut iiiodenitcly ck-vntcd, hut on the main-

Pauaie. laud, toward the interior, eiwtward, the Innd Hmcs into higli peaks, among which is

Mount OrifBn, a mile luid three-quarters NE. \ E. from Fortune Point and over
fourteen hundre<l feet high. Leading Peak is E. } N. from Fortune Point three miles, and twenty-
two hundred feet high, while Basil Lump is nearly three tliousimd fw-t high and a mile and a half
B. from the last.

The western shore of the passage is fornu-d hy Fiiilaywui Island, not fully surveyed, but of ovate

sha|)e, al)out three miles long NW. and SE. and a mile wide. It rises nimut two
Finlayion Uland. hinulred feet alMjve the sea, densely \V(«Kled and of nither even contour, with rocky

shores. Its nr)rtheaflteru extr(!me in Sarah Point, a mile and a third N. by W. \ W.
from Fortune Point, low, hluHy, and from which rm-lo extend about a cable N NE. from the shore.
The northern extreme of Fiidavson Island is Point Gordon, in about latitude 64° 34', oif which
rocks and reefn, marked by kelp, nuliate to a distance of nearly twci cables,

SAILING DIRKCTIONS

FOR ENTEtllNO OB LEAVING CUNNINOHAM PASSAGE AT ITS SOUTHERN ENTRANCE.

A due N. or 8. course laid to carry E. from the Spnrrowhnv'k Hock, a little over a cable distant,
will carry in or out clear of all dangers. In entering the more frequented passage northward from
the Sparrowhawk, when Fortune Point, Finlayson Island, is in one with Red Cliff Point on the main
shore l)earing NE., this ecurse should be maintained until licading Peak, in one with the northern side
of (ireen Mound Islet, bears E. by N. J N., which course carries into the entrant clear of dangers.
This may \k maintained until >Stu'ah Point just comes out l)ehind the northeastern angle of Fortune
Point N. by W. J W., when a northerly mid-chaniiel («ursc may be safely steered through Cunning-
ham passage.

In leaving the passage by the same channel a mid-channel course between the Flat-Top Islets
and Fortune Point may be safely maintained until licading Peak is in one with the northern side of
Green Mound Islet, astern, when a W. l>y S. J S. course carries out all clear.

On account of the more thorough survey which has been made of Cunningham Passage, which
is represented in detail on British Admiralty Chart No. 2426, (March, 1872,) most navigators adopt it
in preference to passing westward from Finlayson Island.

N. J W. a mile and a half from Point Gordon, the northern end of Finlayson island,
BIrnie Uland. ig the southern end of Birnie Island, seven or eight cables long N. and S., nearly
three cables wide, and rising to a height of more than three hundred feet.
A mile and a third E. by N. J N. from Point Gordon lies the northeastern extreme of Cunning-
ham Passage, known as Village Island, se|)arate(l from the mainland only at high water, which covers
a low rocky isthmus and for the time converts the (Hiint into an island. It is alwut three cables long
NW. and SE. and one cable wide, rising to fifty feet, and having along its shores numbers of Indian
houses of the T'linkit pattern. On its northern point is the observation spot fn)m which most of the
positions given on the British Admiralty Chart«* for this vicinity are computed, and which, according
to British Admiralty Chart No. 2426, is situated in

Latitude 64° 33' 61" N.

Longitude 130° 26' 3e"W.

From the western extreme of Village Island, SW. J W. about two cables, lie the Hankin Reefs,

marked by kelp, and of which the westernmost patch has five fathoms close to it and
Hankin Heeft. dries six feet at low water. These reefs are about two cables in extent, with a very

narrow six-fathom passage between their eastern boundary and the western edge of tlie
rocks off Village Island. Fortune Point shut in S. by E. J E. by the eastern edge of Sarah Point
leads westward of Hankin Reefs in passing through Dodd Passage.

Dodd Passage, between Cunningham Passage and Port Simjwon, is bounded by Village Island

and Hankin Reefs on the E. and SB. and Harbor Reefs on the NW. and W. It is
Dodd PMsage. about a cable and a half in width and half a mile long NE. and SW., carrying six or

eight fathoms, and is used by the Hudson Bay Company's steamers. The western
limits of Dodd Passage are constituted by the Harbor Reefs, an extensive patch of rocks and foul
« » - ., ?T""/ "j't^^?, ^y i'fP' «nd lying «lraost centrally between Gordon Point, Birnie
Harbor Rff: Island, and Vdlage Island, but somewhat nearer the last mentioned. A patch of rock

just W NW. from Dodd Passage is only occasionally covered ; others farther westward
are dry at low water. SW. from these reefs, between their outer limit and Point Gordon lies the

40 PORT 8IMP80V.

From Point Gordon three miles W WW. lie Tht Pointert* three rocka. of which the southwestern

one riBes about three feet above high woter and the rest iirc marked by kelp and breakers There i«

ten or twelve fathoms quite close to the kelp over a rocky bottom. Theee rocks

Tht PoinUn. were visited by iJrundige in 1»7{> with a small Imat. He reitorts them thirty feet in

height (this, if at low wat/-i of Horinj,' ti<l», would make them eight feet out at high

waler,) with no foul ^numd and sixty fathoms the liiint waU-r around them.

Brundige says "Chatham 8oun<f has very little current as far as The PointerH t<j the north of
Port Sim|)8on, not more than one knot, and ships will not require towoge to Port Simpson, and not
even a pilot if they have a goixl chart.

"A strong current sets out of Naas and Wark Cliannels in Chatham Sound and sweeps past The
Pointers and then flows out through Dixon Entrance between Dundas Island and Alaska. The cur-
rent is aliout two and a half knots iwr hour." These rocks constitute a serious danger, but when reoog-
nize<l form a landmark for Port Simiison— the entrance of the main or Inskip Possjige Ijcaring from
The Pointers B. \ N. three miles.

Five miles W SW. from Point Gordon is the Oonnis Book, rising fifteen feet above high water
and apparently bold-t». Between this and The Pointers is the Main Fassag'c' fium the northwestward
into Chatham Sound. It is about three and a quarter miles in width and i" of cunsi<lerable depth, no

bottom being reported 'i one plat« ai one hundretl and twenty-eij^ht fathoms.
OrHlanna 'J^'x-' P-ssage westward from Connis Rock is known as the Oriflamme Passage, and

Pauige. befvcen the r(x-k and certain islets eostwanl from Dundas Island has n width of about

two miles and a considerable depth of water.

The commodious jtassHge between The Pointers ami Parkin and Birnie Islands, though u^...ly
three miles wi-'.e and with plenty of water, has received no s|)e(!ial designation.

Having n-ferred to the paifxages of appMach and entrance to Port Simpson, it remains to describe
more particularly the anchorage and establishment here situated.

The settlement is situated upon Fort Simpson Cove, a small indentation within
Fort Simpson. the low, snndy and rocky Fort Point. It consists of Fort Simpson itself, and of about
one hundred houHes of tlieChim-sy-an Indians, of whom almut n thousand reside hore.
This is the most inqmrtant trading post in this region. It consists of a quadrangular stiivkade 200 by
] 60 feet, with bastions at its soutlieast and northwest angles, within which arc situated the dwellings,
warehouses and |>ost buildings; and a large garden, fenced in, outside of the stockade, where root crops
are suocessfully cultivated.

The land in the immediate vicinity of the fort is comparatively low, and so are the adjacent
islands, but high land exists to the northward. The rocks are regularly stratified, mica schists passing
into gneiss and granite, containing garnets, pyrite and quartz vems. Gold is reported to exist in the
vicinity, but the statement requires confirmation. Except where cleared, the land is covered with a
deuFC growth of timl)er and the soil is mossy and wet.

The beach to the eastward of the jetty affords, in consequence of the great range of the tides,
good fa(^ilities for laying large vessels out for purposes of cleaning or repairs.

The cove, port and immediate approaches are shown on British Admirality Chart No. 2426, (cor-
rected to March, 1872,) from earlier editions of which it api)ear8 that the stockade has been located by
English obscrverat in

Latitude ,._ 64° 33' 80" N.

Longitude 130° 26' U" W.

According to British authorities it is H. W, F. and C. at l'" 30", springs rising 17 to 22 feet and
neaps 14 to 17 feet.

The magnetic variation was reported at 27° 60' E. in 1866, in the edition of 1872 it is indicated
as 27° 10' E., in 1881 the U. S. Coast Survey found it to be 27° 64.'l j2.

The anchorage is situated NW. by N. \ N. from the entrant* of the stockade, somewhat over a
quarter of a mile, and about a cable length from the three-fathom curve in any dilution.

•Meade, llydi ograplilc Office, II. 8. N., Hjrdrograjihio Notice No. i:», lb«9, calls them PlTe Flllfon.

♦ Obaervatione by the U 8. Coart Survey in 1881. with a latitude of 84° 83' 28' H., reaulted in placing the longitude of the
••tronotnical italion at 180° 98' 10".6 W. of Greenwich. The slatiun was on the weat aide of the principal gate between the
outer fence and the atoolcade.

Tlie U. 8. Coaat Survey magnetic italion of 1881, occupie.1 by Lieut. Com. H. E. Niehola, II. 8. N., wm almoat direotlj in
troni of and about two hundred feet from the new house erected for tlie bishop of the diocese. By compass the

S. esdof Blmlclilandbora _ J(. B0° W.

W. and of PlnUyioii Iil«nd bora ."""./." s! 7»o w'

Otmreli aplre bora. _" V.Ilimillll"" "b! 16° w".

The sUtion it about three hnndiwl yards from the main gate ..f the stockade. It was marked by a 10 X 10-inoh stick of pine
timber painted white and standing about three feet above the surfiice. "Hie lepeiid "U. 8. Coast Survey, 1881," was cut on iU
•Mward hoe.

'^■^

PORT HIMPMOM.

The bottom Li undy and the depth eight or nine fathomit. The situation is well pn>(c«'t«4l from
moet winda. Thia ii* the moat northern aeabnord port and an<!horage on the DritiMh Oilunibian cuoat
and the aeat of oonaideroble barter and trade.

"Itembraoes over four aquare milee of water from four to twenty fathoms deep, with muddv bot-
tom, good holding-ground and free from rocka and ahoala. It ia easy of avoeiw from the sea, havmg no
strong tidal currenta, and well nht-ltered from all winds ext^ept the west, whi(;h here seldom hU»ws. The
prevailing winds are southwest and northwest, from which the harUir is ])crfe<-tly protcc-ted. During
seven months, including the winter of 1H70-HO, the highest sea in the harUir was nine inches, measured
on the tide staff in the most PX|>osed part of the harbor. From three months observations the rise and
fall (>r tide waa found to be twenty-three feet at springs and fifteen to sixteen at neaps, scarcely
influenced by winds."*

. ^ ■ — — — — — ^-^^— ^— ^^-^^— — — — ^_^^.^_™^^^^____««^^,^^_

*R«port of Csplsin BrundlR*, 1880, p. IG&. Po" lOto sppmidls hwvwitk fi>r mttronAogf. H* tliHi rtmarkc, in nganl lo
ih* olliaatf , " I WM ralikbly informed at Port BltnpMtn i th« mnnllM of Junt, Jul/ Mid Augiwt «r« tli* flnvtl ; that In fl«pt«m-
b«r, Ootobar and MoTMFb«-r thrr* la a eunaidara' U an. l nf rain, eloudjr wralhrr and atroiig winda, but with rar/ llltia fng,
•Imllar to Iha northwaat eoaat of Iraiand. During DaoaiilMir, January and Fabruary alrong Ralw, colli and fniat, rain and anow,
the latter falling aumellmM to a depth of two feet, bm Joea not remain lung on the ground. It ia unuanal for the tliermometer (o
fall below aero. March, April and May eomp 'i the prii -'pai rain.T aeaoi u at Piirt SImpaon, tut, ainuiga to aajr, tiie slimata of
the region hereabouta rariea Terjr much, fur i. ..i flfteen milea off It ia quite diflerent."

NoTB.— On aonie recently onrreoted Engliah Admiralty charta there art > umti arhilrary chanKn uf name* which tiare conin
t<i hand too late to be incorporated in the text. They will b« found in the index. Mu«t of them are uf little importance and
refer to iaianda in the vicinity of tlie Inland I'aaaage in Britith CoUmbian watera. 8eu aUo Addenda, at end uf tuxt, for
material received during the printing of the text.

,. /f

mfimm

"fFfiPlI

li-

f k

-,#

^IgW^gggglL^

iJ^^mmM^mitatmlti

mtti^

II rimiiiiirifM i ii'iiii

wmmmmtm

*«qiMlliiPiin«imni'<

'!'"'.""'' ■^■•■■•■■l

1 r

C . If orthnmljOTlBni!

\a JBrtUah Cohunh

Mc.CuUouffliHli

'/.

/ .

>2^

c^c,;i_

IV. "j..

Imnrli'il IdB. , IH'J <

whitnuu:. , "t' „,^

-'""' ; z'^- — ^.wiiiiivPi.

,' / /7 \ • I'-iriii'-ii'

/ n,.^,*!s>_ T I ^" '* Omnmllli '"• ';'" :,

. • I '*°°,.J'. A 4 •:« SpHijuwlrnvrh Hk , , [

V .-" ■■ v., M Z I, ~t .^ li£L . _ ■■

IV.io.' Ml

ci«,.Mj,.o;

I li£L

l^\' '^ ta; ^■"

; ^ i MdfTut Irtn . V

•*.!■„ 22 ,w > ,1, >• r.c. in »

NuMlt-iiwltiiwU Kit .• . ^. |.<"

UL _ .Lmi-... -waa. ■

llunil llifTlJJ- 1 l\

*, '- r\ffi!fJ>. A.
i:i ' ^-j ',

^ «,.,».un'^,^.„ ,

(y-nmii^N

-^^ .-. ill

«. O

\ * " '-' ^^\ .• ..jjllll luiol

,/ ''

f^nltM...

»»

^-k

1^1^

Bmmm

■ u

■

THE COAST OF ALASKA,

THE COAST AND INLAND WATERS OF THE ALEXANDER

ARCHIPELAGO.

I. DIXON ENTRANCE TO CROSS SOUND.

In the present state of knowledge it is impracticable to attempt to do more than give a verj brief
outline of the hydrographical characteristics of that congeries of straits, inlets, islands, rocks and pas-
sages composing the

ALEXAXDEB ARCHIPELAGO,

which extends northward from latitude 84° 30' N. through nearly five degrees of latitude and seven of
longitude. The inforiaation on record is, in nearly all cases, of the most general character. The
incomparable Vancouver is still the chief and most trustworthy authority, and for the rest it is nec-
essarv to glean from the atlas and memoranda of TebieukoiT and a great number of scattered authorities
details in regard to special localitirs ; which details — oAen recorded by persons not specially qualified
for, or interested in, exploration, except so far as it related to their own commercial enterprises — must
usually be taken as approximations only.

Conflicting statements, confusion of name««, discrepancies between charts and verbal descriptions
are so abundant and so perplexing as tn render the attempt to harmonize tliem both difficult and unsat-
isfying. Hence it is premised that, in all cases where a definite authority is not cited, the information
here given is the resultant of an examination of the various authorities whose names will be found in
Appendix 1, and for the accuracy of which it is impossible to vouch. It it believed, however, that
reference has been made to almost every authority on the subject whose observations are entitled to
consideration, and that, however imperfect the result of this inquiry* may be, it nevertheless represedts
fairly the present state of the knowledge of this region.

Another difficulty has arise i which it is not believed could find a solution which would prove
universally acceptable. The irregularity of the channels passing through the archipelago is such as to
render the order in which they should be taken iip difficult to decide. For some reasons it seemed
advisable to follow the main lines of commerce from I'ixon Entrance to Sitka and Wrangell, and make
the rest subsidiary, at the cost of losing all geographical continuity in the description.

It has been decided, however, not to adopt this course, but, while summarizing the commercial
routes, to take the various portions of the archipehigo in geographic^' sequence from the south north-
ward, by groups naturally distinguished among the islands, and from the shore of the mainland seaward,
or from the east to the west.

The archipelago, as a whole, extends in a generally ITW. and SE. direction more than two hundred
and fiflty miles ; the inland waters which may be said to lielong to its system extend at least a hundred
miles 'farther. The greatest breadth from the mainland to the ocean, SW. and NS., is about eighty
miles. The number of islands included in it is very great ; an approximate estimate of those definitelr
placed on the charts put&it at eleven hundred, which, were all existing rocks and Lalets enumerated,
voqld doubtless be a very inadequate estimate.

P.O. P.— 7 (49)

.,'»*<!

ALEXANDER ARCHIPELAGO.

These islandB are situaJfed in a series of natural groups formed by tiie intersecting channels.
Theee groups are again separated into two great groups by the sheet of w iter extending from the
Hasy Ulands to the mouth of the Stikine River, a strait which has received the name of Sumner
atrsit.'* This passage having but one im]M>rtaiit curve is tlie only direct northeasterly channel from
tlie Pacific to the mafnland, included in the region between Cross Sound and Dixon Entrance. This
regfion it divides into su1>equal portions. _ . ^

The groups of islands indudetl in the southern portion, enumerated iu the onler in which they
will be takea up, are as follows:

Islands at the eastern end of Dixon Entrance.
BaTillagtgedo and associated islands.
Ktolin, Zarembo and associated islands.
Prince of Wales and associated inlands.

Those groups to the northward of Sumner Strait are —

Mitkoff and associated islands.
Kupresnoff and associated islands.
Zulu and associated islands.
Baranoff and associated islands.
Admiralty and associated islands.
Ohlcbagoff and associated islands.

The islands to the northward of Sumner Strait have a general trend of NW. and 8S., while
those to the southward of the strait trend more nearly NW. by W. and BE. by E.

The topographical features of the archipelago are similar to those oi the mainland to the eastward,
but less elevated; and its hydrographic characteristics are such as woulii be developed by a submer-
gence of the lateral ridges of a sharply broken and much elevated system of coast ranges, such as
exists from Puget Sound to the Aliaska Peninsula, without important topographical modificetions of
any kind. Most of the islands are high, the peaks and ridges showing a remarkable uniformity in
general altitude. A few peaks rise conspicuously above the rest, but these are mork^ exceptions.
The country is exceedingly rough and broken, — the sharper inclinations, on the whole, facing toward
the mainland. The higher summits are sharp, notched, irregular, and showing little if any modi-
fication by erosion. The lower summits are more frequently somewhat rounded, but, together with
Uie flanks of the former, are so masked in a dense growth of timber as to conceal most of their charac-
teristic features. Deep and narrow gorges; precipitous clifls; steep mountain sides, scored by ava-
lanches and land-slips; small level plateaus of accumulated washings from the highlands; occasional
districts of moderately low but rolling country, — these are prominent features in the topography.

The snow-line in mid-summer reaches an altitude varying, according to local conditions, from
two tliousand to five thousand feet. Glaciers are formed in favorable localities, such as are abundantly
afforded by narrow gorges of the const ranges whose walls perennially ward oif the sun. Toward the
northern part of the archipelago, on the contint^ntal shore, where lofty ridges above the snow-line
supply the necessary feeders, these ice rivers often attain great size and even reach the water side. In
most cases, for several thousand feet of elevation, they force their way between densely wooded hill-
sides. Others fail at a considerable altitude and manifest themselves in glacial torrents, frequently
forming casciKles of great beauty. The proximity of such streams is invariably indicated by die milky
stratum which covers the denser sea-water, sometimes for miles from the embouchure. This condition
of a stream of fresh water may be taken as unfailing evidence that it somewhere receives the discbarge
from a glacier.

In the islands of the archipelago, however, the land does not usually reach % suflSoient altitude to
retain snow throughout the year, and, except on the higher peaks, the entire absence of snow forms a
remarkable feature of the summer landscape. From the great amount of rain-fall at certain seasons fresh
water is readily obtainable in nil parts of the archipelago, and nowhere does there seem to be any diffi-
culty in procuring wood for fuel, timl)er suitable for spars or for most purposes of construction or repairs.

The hydrographical characteristics form a parallel to the topographical features above mentioned.
The continuation of the steep inclines and narrow gorges below the sea level has resulted in that
unrivaled sjrstem of narrow straits with deep soundings which characterises the nordtwest const of
America from Puget Sound to Cape Spencer. To n)any of these contracted passages the term "conul,"
employed by Vancouver, is eminently applicable. Again, the rugged nature of the ridges and peaks,
and the singular absence of plains or extensive plateaus, is paralleled by the numerous rocks and
reds surrounded by deep water, and the general absence of extensive shoals except at the mouths of
streams or rivers fed by glaciers.

* In honor of t)if lMn*.!t«d ■tktMman, to whoM endcaTon !■ chiefly due (he Mquiiition of (hit Twritory by tho United StktM.

gn^

^,-,-*Hfe/>-,..^

,s/«-, --■,.*Avi

'I'i'-?-.

I.i>?U.

■»!

Ni'w KililyHtdiie HiM'k.HifhiiiriimU.

I.4UTM

Nu«lhI(L Tlinimli ''n|i

KuU'OiUTf tit (loak Hmv rapi' Kiinx NK.IivK.iK

\Mmy\A

Entrunectn Cox SU'mt,Lui«;v-I.SK.byK.vK.4MUi*».

(y*n

••hil.

H ^r.

'- V'

i lii

'■*C.'.i!»B<«BL..,

iiuBpgiiiiipyili

'•\ *-."j )«M.A<' .-.'t^ ..•.

'^t^4if^'

sH^PF^'

^mm^^

h as

•I !)(

V in

.1-
»»va-

'(.«!

• Iv

iiilf
[n

f.ili'-

• h

.viU

■r
in

thiM

«kil.

• V

•If

' II

'i-
:y

i. V

n
io

-i.
... , „f

QVKEN CHiUllXyrTK ISLANDS.
DIXON ENT|{AN(?E.

Tiw Alexander and Columbian archipeliKM are M-pttrntttd from each other by the broad thaet
of water known m Dixon Kntraniv, a name wlii<-h hiM now obtaiiie<l alm<k<t niiiveraal aoraptaooe.
The name Dixon'i Straits waa applied t4i Dixon £ntrant« and Hecate Btrait, cillectively, by Dixon
hinuelf in 1787, and about the same time, to the iume iMxIiea of water, Mearea ^ave the name of
Douglas Entrance, and to the northeaMtern |N)rtioii the title of Bii(«leuk!i Sound.*

Dixon Entrance lien Iwtween iutitiide 64*^ 0' and 64° 48' N. and longitude 190° SO' and 1SS° 0'
W.,— its Iimil8 l>eing on the one hand the northern terminations of Queen Charlotte laiands and the
Dundas Oroup, and (m the other the Houthern exlr«-mitieH and Mhores of the Alexander Archipelago
and a small portion of the mainland, its wetttern extremcM may be said to be ( 'a|ie Knox on the soutn
and, on the north, the headland projecting HoutheoMtwanl from Port Bazau.

From the northern part of the entrance lead several Imvs, Htraits and Hounds, while from the
eastern portion extend Hecate Utrait, ( 'hntham Hound and the Portland Canal.

The waters of tiie entrance are for the mont part clear and free from dangers, but some rot'ks of
doubtful position have been rc|N)rte<i in its i orthern part. A brief detx-ription of the southern {mrtion
is in plaoe here.

The HW. extreme of Graham Island of the C^ueen Charlotte gnmp is Ca|)e Knox,t which on
later charts is represented as a somewhat prominent cape extending to the westward of a line drawn
from Point North to I'oint Fr«leri"k, (S. 14' W., ac^-ording to V'ancjuver,) but accord-
ing to the charts of Dixon, Vanv iver, Marclmnd and Dawson, the extremity of the Caps Ksex.
ca|>e would fall within this line, riu cape in low, with a \hM ro<;ky (>oast and a small
islet or dry rock W. two and a half miles from it. ik>tween thin rix'k and the cape a eonlinuoiu rttf
or bar. of foul ground is indicated by English authorities, and extends in the same direction about half
a mile lieyond the islet. On British Admindty (,'hart No. 21(18 a sketch of the adjacent waters
(under the name of Parry Passage) is given, on which the geographical |M)sition of Cape Knox ia
stated to be

Latitude..-^. 84°I6' N.

Loncitude 188° 03' W.

Upon advance proof sheets of Dr. George M. Dawson's new chart of the Queen Charlotte IsUnds,
published by the Geological Survey of the Dominionof Canada in their Report of Progress tor 1878-79,
a different representation of Cape Knox is given, though upon a verv small scale. It is there
represented as a bold, somewhat elevated, narrow and sinuous point extending about a mile and three-
quarters from a bit of low ground at the WW. extreme of Graham Island, ana in a nearly 8W. by
W. I W. direction. From its extremity in a generally 8W. direction four miles extend three dry
rooks or pillars. No shoal is represented about or between them, and they are indicated about a mile
and a third fmm each other, as is the nearest one from the point of the cape. The extremity of the
cape is placeil in about

Latitude 84°10'.8 H.

Longitude 188° 58'. W.

The cape, from the topography thus indicated, must appear from some points of view like an
island. The l-ight to the southwnnl of it appears to have rocky shores, and has been named on Dr.
Dawson's map Lepas Bay.

Beyond the bay to the south ond west is Point Frederick of Vancouver, who supposed it to be
Prederiok Island of Ingraham. It is also called by the latter name by Dawson, beinj the western
extreme of an island. The west coast of Queen Charlotte Islandw being practically unkjown except at
the westbrn ends of Skid^te and Houston Stewart channels, it cannot be said with certainty whether
this i land is that of lugrahamor not until its jMisition is determined. He states, however, under date
oi" Ju 9, 1791, that, being in latitude 63° 47' N., the extremes of the land bore W.,
by W i W. and 8B. by E., respectively, and Frederick Island bore E SB. five leagues P»rt Isirakaa.
distr I,. Behind this island, named for his son, he di8Cf)vere<l a fine commodious inlet,
which his officers named Port Ingrabam, which he places in latitude 63° 47' N., and which to this day
is not indicated on any published chart.t

* Bpellad Bneelnch on hia obart*. The fumiRr had, however, been named previoual; br Bodega, nho, in 1775, called it
Parei Inlat after Juan Perez, the original diacoverer. It liaa aleo been termwl Dixon loiiad. On aoma Kuaaian obarta It baa
raceived the name of OruUtia (Boundary) Strait, and it ia called Ky-fab-nl Strait hy Tebenkuff.

t Bops Point of Ingraham in 1791.

tlngraham givea many detaila in an approximate way for the weat coaat nf theae iaiauda. Hia latitudea in general ara quit*
accurate where we have the meana of checking them by other aurveya, and may be auppoaed to be ao elaewhere, aa in tbia Iveallt/.
The following namerliava been applied by him to geographical fcatur^a on the weateni ahore of Queen Charlotte lalandc; tbair
latitadaa tnm hia general chart of 1793 follow the identllicationa :

Hops Point, (Cape Knox) La«- M" U' ».

Ounnoyah's itrsit, (Cox Strait) " »* " "

PORT kNORAHAM.

i' »i''i

li i r

The northern entrance of Port Ingraham is formed by two high bluff points with some small islets
between them. Ingraham obtained seventeen fathoms here. Northwarf from the entrance on the
coast is a large reef of rocks, and westward and southward from the southern point of entrance along
the shore of Frederick Island are a large number of sunken rocks. The port extends about six milep
from the entrance in an easterly direction, is about two miles wide, with four small islets near the head.
In the vicinity of the islets is some kelp. At the head is a beach and nine or ten fathoms water.
Toward the head the port cu -ves more to the eastward. Half-way toward the head Ingraham got
sixty-four fathoms. The passage eastward of Frederick Island has several islets in it and six fathoms
water. Some help is noted in the channel. Ingraham placed this south entrance in about 188° 05'

W. of London.
Polat North. Aoook diner to Dawson's sketch, N. by W. | W., four and a half miles from Cape

Knox, lies Point North, named by Vancouver,* practically the southern headland of
Dixon Entrance. Its geographical position is

Latitude — 64° 16',0 W.

Longitude.... - l82°8e'.6W.,

according to Dawson, while Tebienkoff places it 12' farther to the westward. There are some rockB

and H small islet close to it, but apparently no outlying dangers. It is moderately low

Ntrth lilaml. f^o^ forms the northwestern extreme of North Island, namra by Dixon.f It is about

five miles long W NW. and E SE. and nearly two and a half miles broad. The land

is moderately low and covered with a somewhat scattering growth of trees.

A small, h.gh, round island rather close to North Island, I7E. ^ N. from Cape Knox, a prominent
object in approaching, was named Thrumb Cap by Ingraham.

About half-way between Point North and the entrance to Virago Sound, on a line conudoting the
two. Captain Brundige obtained soundings in sixty-fivt fathoms about four miles from shore and thirty
fathoms close in to the shore at Point JNorth. The shores of the island are bold to.

Between the southern shore of this island and the northern shore of Graham Island lie Cloak

Bay and Cox Strait.:( In 1791 this was entered by Marchand in the Bolide, and

Cloak Bay and Captain Chanal of this party prepared a sketch of the passage which, though diflfering

^ Cox Strait. in many details from Dawson s chart, appears to have better claims to consideration

than the plan given on British Admiralty Chart No. 2168, under the name of Parry

Passage, which is evidently a mere rough sketch.

Itland not naiDwl,^ Frederick Point of Vancouver) Lat. M° 00' V.

v',* Frfd«Tlok bland at entrance of Port Ingraham " ss 41 "

';'■'.' Port Infrklutm, (iolerior) " s> 4T "

.' Ulandnot named, (Hippa Island, of Dawaont) " SS M "

RenneU Sonnd, (large iaiaud In entrance) " ss |0 "

Point not named, (Point Buck of Vancouver) " 08 10 "

Oroat Sound, (weetenlntncei of Skidegate) " g| 05 "

Fort Tork, (Port Kuper) " 51 bS "

Bntraneo not named, (Tatoo Harbort) " SS 4S "

Port MontcouMrr, (unnamed entrance Vancouver) " u M "

Port FerUni at entrance " BS SO "

Macoo Sonnd at entrance " n %t ••

Kojrah'a Strait, (Houaton Stewart Channel) " sf Ot "

Oapo St. Jamoo " tl so "

It ii lo oe obaerved that the figure* and sketches given in lugraham's Journal of 1791 are much reformed, 09rre)l«d and

improved in his general chart of 179S. He compared notes with Vancouver, whom he met at Friendlj Cove, Nootka Soand, a

Iket which explains the attempt to retain his unpublished name for Point Frederick. On the easterr. »u^. . of the Quseo Char-
lotte Islands the following name* of Ingraham may be noted :
Point Rom or Sandf Point.
SkltUto, (Skidegate Inbt.)
Onmmailiawaa'i Harbor. (Cumshewa Inlet.)

Oonunaihawaa'i Bay, (between Point Vertical and Atli Island of Dawson. )
Klolw'i Point, (point east of Atli Inlet, latitude n° 44'.)
Kaukttnl'a Sound orSmok* B«,r, (Juan Peres Inlet.)
XantkMal'i Point, (Beudder Point.)
Port Uoah, (SkiDouttl* Inlet)
Port Sturgla, (Carpenter Ba^.)

*The Brtakoro' PoUit of La I rouas, ak.d Oabo do St. Margarlt^uf Perei in 1774.
t Afterward, bjr Caamano and Vancouver, called Laacara bland, a name retained on many charts.

t This bay waa discovered and named by Dixon in 1787, and the passage conneoliog it with Diron Entrance to the eMtward
was discovsred and named Ooz'i Ohannol by Douglas two years afterwards. It was called by Ingraham Ounnorab's Strait, for an
Indian chief with whim he traded in 1791, and who lived on -.u* south shore. If any yean later the whole waa named Pairr
PassafO by some English navigator*.

CLOAK BAY AJJD COX STRAIT. 59

Cloak Bay is about three miles long B. and W. and two and a half miles wide. It is protected
from all except westerly winds. Cape Knox forms the soutiiern hoadland of the entrance, from which
Laoy Irtet, the northern headland according to Dawson, Insars iibout NW. by N. J N. three milee.
There are from thirty to seventeen fathoms in the middle of the bay over a bottom of sand, gravel and
shells. In the NB. angle of the bay is a small island, tehind which a cove with a gravel beach exists,
convenient for a boat harbor. Some rocks are indicated near the northern shore df t';.e bay.

At the SB. angle is the entrance to Cox Strait,* three-quarters of a mile wide, but c()utractetl to
less than three cables by a reef or bank which makes off' to the NNW. from a point on the southern
side of the entrance. In the narrowest part, however, the soundings range from thirty-two to forty
fathoms over a bot.oni of hard sand and shells. The northern shore of the passage is bold-to. The
strait is less than two miles in length B. and W., and varies from one mile to half a mile in breadth.

It is separated into two arms by Liioy Island, somewhat less than two-thirds of a mile long and
one-third of a mile broad. The northern arm is not much over a cjible wide ; the southern or main
channel is mort than half a mile wide. The soundings in the main passage arc thirty fathoms, with a
rocky bottom. The shores, except in the narrow western entmnce, seem to be clear of dangers. The
northern arm, while extremely narrow, is still further obstructed hy foul ground making off to the north-
ward and eastward from the eastern shore of Lucy Island less than half a mile, and a similar bank
from the opposite shore of North Island. There is, however, a narrow channel, having four to six
fathoms, over hard bottom, at the eastern end, and this increases to fifteen fathoms in the western part
of the arm.

A small islet lies about a mile to the eastward from the eastern entrance of this arm, and a rock
awash is reported NB. two miles and a quarter from tiie same locality, and about a mile and a quarter
from the southern shore of North Islar.d.

About S SB. from tli' SB. end of Lucy Island a cove, possibly Puerto Florida Blanca of Spanish
authorSjt is indicated on cue Graham Island shore under tiie name of Bruin Bay, with anchorage in
ten or twelve fathoms a third of a mile from the shore. To the W. and W. of the NW. end of Lucy
Island, half a mile, is a cove, J which is probably the Beal Harbor of Douglas, where he reports having
anchored in nineteen fathoms half a cable from the shore, and completely land-lm^kcd. A stream falls
into this cove.

Douglas found no bottom with eighty fathoms, of line in mid-chanr.e! at the eastern entrance of
the main passage, but near the shore of Lucy Island he found twenty and thirty fathoms.

T101S8.

The tide runs very strongly through the strait.

According to Douglas and Marchand it is H. W. P. and C. about 12'" aO" a. m., — spring tides
rising sixteen feet, neaps ten feet. The currents follow the direction of the shores, — the flood coming
from the westward and the streams running about six hours. Douglas reports the night tides as
•ising two feet higher than those of the day. *^

The best locality for anchoring is the middle of Cloak Bay, in seventeen fathoms. Should a
westerly Kile arise, a lee may be found in Cox Strait; but the bay is fully protcttol from all other
winds. The chief objection to the anchorage seems to be the absence of any very good holding-ground
aud the excessive depth of water.

Tebienkoff gives the longitude of the entranw; to Cloak Bay as 133° 9' W. A comparison of
other authorities would place the entrance in

Latitude 64° 16' N.

Longitude -133° 02' W.

or, according to Dawson, in

Latitude- 64° 12' N.

Longitude 132° 68' W.

There is considerable population in this vicinity, and several authors speak of remarkable wooden
carvings of great size on the North Island shore, or attached to the winter dwellings of the natives.
Birds, whales, salmon and other fish and shell-fish an. reportc<l as very abundant.

• Named Ooz't Ohaiut*! by Douglas iii 1789, and Oftn»l de Florida BUnca hy llie SpaiiianlB in ITi'i.

tThe identlfloallon of namea applied by the Spaniprda in this region ia very difficult since the niap», reaulting from the
somewhat detailed surveys of Galiauo and Valdes iu 17£1 and 1792, were never publiahed. Only a general sketch of the coast-
line was issued b' the Bpacisb Government.

t Douglas Cove of Ingraham in 1791, and called HsMlunj Core by Dawson. It \» Hlated to be a good anchorage in Imray's

North PaoiHo Pilot, Vol. I, Part I, p. 381.

K^jMHaH

^g^^^<i>si!m^^mmmmmm>.mmmmmm

iiii'

■ i

VIRAGO SOUND.

From the eastern entrance to Cox Strait the trend of the shore is about E. two miles and a half
to a small point, west from which is a rocky cohinui ninety-five feet high, callal The Pillar; in its
vicinity are other visible nxiks near the shore, antl the space between the visible rocks at the eastern
extreme of Bruiu Bay and The Pillar is called Pillar Bay, though the indentation of the shore is slight.
On the east side of the eastern heailland of Pillar Bay is a good boat harbor.

EJast from The Pillar, three and a half miles, is the mouth of Jalun Biver, with some visible
nxiks close to the shore on each side of it. Its mouth at high water forms an excellent boat harbor.
Thence the trend is alwnt NB. by E. five and a half miles to Klaskwun Point, which is backed by a
rounded hill two hundred feet high, visible for a long distance, and off which, in a N NE. direction,
Shag Rook, dry and elevated, lies at a distance of half a mile. East from Klaskwun Point is a small
bight with r(K!ks near its shores. On this is situated the Yatsa Indian village. A small stream comes
in here.

The shore hence trends nearly due E., and is fringed with rocks close in, mostly visible. These

are particularly nume'ous and large, forming islets along the (!oast at a distance from

Virago Sound. the village of some two and a half miles, where Point Naden is formed by the shore

changing its trend to the SE. At a distance (according to Dawson) of two and a

half miles from Point Naden is Point .lorey, the western point of entrance of Virago Sound.

This was examined by Inskip in 1853, whose sketch is given on British Admiralty Chart No.
2168.* The general direction of the sound is nearly N. and S. The outer pnrtionf is about three
and a third miles long, funnel-shaped, with its greatest width at the entrance — about three miles. The
shores are low and densely wooded.

From the head a narrow passage leads into an interior basin called Trincomalee Harbor ;+ which

receives several streams and has a depth of ten fathoms, shoaling to sandy shores. " The soundings

recorded show that the sound shoals from ten fathoms at the entrance to three or four

Trincomalee fathoms a mile northward from the head. The eastern headland is Cape Edensaw,

Harbor. from which, according to Insl''*), S. by W. 1 W.§ three miles is a shoal patch with

two and a half fathoms on it .id eight fathoms immediately NW. from it. To the

southwanl there is deeper water, and the passage contracts to two-thirds and then to one-third of a

mile, the western half of which is occupied hy foul ground. At the most contracted part, forme«l by

Point Mary on the west and Point George on the east, are two Indian villages. It should be entered

with great caution, as the charts are very imperfect.

The shores of the sound are bordered by shoulu except between points Inskip and George, and a
channel carrying not less than seven fathoms close along the western shore leads S. by E. from Point
Mary. It is stated on Inskip's sketch that the geographical position of Cajw Edensaw is

Latitude 54° 04' N.

- Longitude 132° 14' W.,

but according to Dawson it is -

ijatitude 54° 04'.5 N.

Longitude 132°23'.0W.

The anchorage is about two miles in :t southwesterly direction from Cape Edensaw, in six fathoms,
oi^' Point Jorey, which beare about west li mile from the anchorage, with several islets about it.

From Cape Edensaw the general trend of the land is NE. by E. four miles, when it rounds to
the eastward and southeastward, everywhere low, nx^ky or covered with boulders, and without sandy
bays. The water is shoal well off-shore an<l shows wide fields of kelp. The trees along the shore are
not of great size and are interspersed with occasional grassy spaces, For three miles farther it is

Iwrdered by islets, one of which was named by Dawson Striae Islet, to an opening
Masiet Harbor, known as Masset Harbor, or Port Estrada of early Spanish na\'igators,|| mapped by

Dawson under the name of Masset Sound, where anchorage is reported. This
entrance,! even more than the last, is obstructed by bars and ahoah, while decjier water is to be found

* It \K (lie Port Maurredo (if Spnni^li imrigatora, who, !iuwuvvr, did nut Hiirvry it ; the Port Orafti of Ingraliam, and probn-
bly M'Intlre'i B»y nf Meares. The Spanisli nam*- is aometiineii spelled Maiaiedo, and wan given in honor of Don Joseph d*
Mazarredo, of the Spanish Navy.

tTo an indentation on the western shore of this outer part of the sound the name Hunan Bay has heiii applied. It appears
to be full of rocks.

t Subseiiuently named Nadsn Harbor on Dawson's Chart. On some charts Naden Point of Dawson is called Oap« Madou.

i BW. 1 1. according to Dawson.

II Haneook RItot of Crowell and Ingraham in 1791,

t " Masset is a bar-harbor with not less than five fathoms, and is easy to approach ; is about thirty miles -vest of Rose Point on
the north of Queen Charlotte Islands. I found good soundings all along the coast, and liaving head winds sounded off and on ;
had thirty fathoms about eight miles off-shore, when lead dropped into dee'i water. This whole coast Is free from rooks, with a
beautiful sand bsaoh, and the current is not more than one and a ht.l(krji»."—(Keport of Captain Brundtgi, p. 166.)

MA8SET INLET.

within. It forms a lee for winds from SE. round by 8. to NW., and has tliree to six fathoms outside
and three fathoms on the bars, while just within the bars as much as ten fatlioms is reported SW. by
S. from the eastern point of entrance, ou which are several Indinn villages. No use (an with safety
be made of this entrance without local knowledge or a pilot.

The strength of the tide renders this a poor stopping place. Owing to the great expansion of the
iipi>er part of Ma set Inlet the tide continues to run up opjuisite Masset for about two hours and a
half after it is falling by the shore, while the ebb runs out for about three hours after the tide lias
begun to rise on the beach.

The chief Indian village is called Ut-ti-was, and here is situated a Hudson Bay post and mission.
The rise and fall of tide is aboui fourteen feet.

This arm presents in its development, as indicated by Dawson, one of the most extraordinary of
the many fiords of this region. From the entrance a channel, known as Maaset Inlet, averaging about
a mile and a quarter in width and ten or twelve fathoms in ucpth, extends to the southeastward and
southward twenty miles, when it expands into a broad "htet of water ab' .islx miles NW. and SE. by
fourteen miles SW. by W. and NE, by E., with numerous arms and fed by numerous streams, several
of which are supposea to drain large lakes. Hills rising m fifteen hundred feet are found southward
from the basin, wliile eastward from the inlet, as a whole, tiie country between it and Hecate Strait is
described by Dawson as low, level and densely wootled.

A very crude sketch of Maaset Harbor is given on British Admiralty Chart No, 2168, where the
shores are represented as low and thickly wooded, everywiiere borderetl by shoals extending off from
a mile to a quarter of a mile on the west, and to nearly two miles northward from the shore eastward
from the opening.

The whole northern coast of Graham Island is very slightly known, and the indications of the
charts must be taken as merely approximate. From the entrance of Masset Inlet the coast forms a
pretty even curve (without marked indentations) of which the chord trends about SW. j S. and NB.
J N. The shores are sandy with a few small rocky points.

NE.f BT. about twenty-two miles from the eastern headland of Masset Harlwr lies Invisible
Point.*

This point has a general N. by W. direction. About nine miles S. by W. from the northern end
of the point is Nagdon Hill, a small bluff elevation, (the Tow Hill of Dawson,^ which is stated to
appear from a distance as an island, the land connecting it to the southward witn Graham Island as
well as the northern portion of the point being more low and wooded. The configuration of the shores
is very differently represented on different charts, of which Dawson's is the most trustworthy. Accord-
ing to Russian and English authorities there would appear to be anchorage to the southeast o.' the
point, with off-shore winds ; but Dawson's chart would not favor this view.

The latitude of the end of the point, as given by different authorities, varies five or six miles.
According to British Admiralty Chart No. 1923 A (corrected to December, 1874) its geographical
position is

Latitude 84° 13' N.

Longitude 131° 36' W.;

but, according to Dawson, it is

Latitude 64° 10'.6 N.

Longitude 131° 37'.6 W.,

and it should bear, in the latter case, B NE. forty-seven and a half miles from North Point of North

or Langara Island. i t . n /.

From Invisible Point, aciording to the last-mentioned authority, Rose 8pit (the Point Rose of
Meares) curves in a generally N. by E. direction nearly two niiies, with an average width of less than
a mile; but older charts represent it as trending more to the northward, especially
Tebenkoff, according to whom its diret;tion is NW. by N. J N. This is, however, Hose Spit.

probably wrong. Douglas states that when in the vioinity of tlic north point of the
peninsula he saw a "sandy spit level with the wat«r which ran to the northward as far as the eye could
reach from the masthead.'' It would appear that the spit is a low simd-bar without vegetation, and,
in its doubtful position, constitutes a serious dangor.f

• The Pnuta TmbUlM* of CaamHiio and Vancouver. The name of Point Roie wan applied by M«ar«» to the low madj
«pit which tnakei off from tlie point, and not to the point it.elf. In hie Iranecript »( the IpliiK«ni«'» Ior the name appeare u
Point Roil. It haa alio been called Rom Bplt Point, MU-Koon (a Haidah wc.rd niHaniiig long «...«, apph«l lo the poinl) and
Huaat Bplt by Eiigllah anlhoritiea, and Bandy Point by Ingraham. , . , -

t " I examined Roae Spit and found a itrong current »f ^bout two knot.. Thi. .pit or .andbank extend, o.it about four or Ave
mile., with boulder, and timber or large tree, buried in the .and. Sounding, were found to be gradual from forty fathom, down
to five fathom. cloM along aide; al.o i50od even eounding. all the way to Mawet with .andy bottom. Ship, could anchor under
Inviaible Point in a SB. gale in five lo eight Mhom»."~(,BepoH of Captain Brtmdige, p. ir.6).

DUNDAS ISLANDS.

From the vicinity of Maaset a bank of sand with not exceeding twenty fathoms extends to the
north and east, trending with Rose Spit, and on tlie east side of the island extending toward Cumshews,
its eastern margin reaching tlie middle part of Hecate Strait, 1'he aver&ge depth cf
Margarot Roek. water is from seven to ten fathoms, but there are much shoaler spots. This bank was
named Dogfish Bank l)y Ingraliam in 1791. Near its eastern edge he locates, in latitude
63° 60' and about thirty miles 8E. ^-ttefroin Invisible Point, a rock or shoal on which the ship Mar-
j/aret struck in 1792, drawing thirteen feet. Near the spot he notes three fathoms, deepening to five,
seven and twelve eastward.

In regard to the region to the N NE. of this spit irreconcilable differences appear between the
charts constructed by or agreeing with those of Vancouver and the later charts of the British Admiralty.
These differences relate to the latitudes of those points of land bordering on that arm of Dixon
Entrance which stretches toward the mouth of Portland Canal. The discrepancy is especially marked
at the northern e<]ge of the Dundas Islands, Cape Fox, Point Wales and vicinity ; on the average it
amounts to about five miles in latitude. In this and other cases of discrepancy, when no definite
authority of later date is assigned for the changes, Vancouver's bearings and latitudes will be assumed
as the least imsatisfactory. The clianges referred to are introduced on the earlier editions of British
Admiralty Chart No, 1923 A,* and were adopted on Chart No. 225, U. S, Hydrographic Office, to
which subsequently a fly-leaf with other changes was attached, but in such a manner and on so small
a scale as to serve but little to clear up the discrepancies.

According to Vancouver the northwestern alge of the Dundas Islands (of which the smaller

western one was named Isia de Zayas by Caamano) bears about N. (or N. by E. from

Dundas Islands. Dawson's position) twenty-five miles from Rose Spit, Very little is known of their

form and extent, and the positions assigned to them are extremely discrepant on

different charts.

There arc tiirec principal bodies of land or islands, called respectively North, Middle and South
Dundas islands, though there are doubtless a large number of islands included in the group, but cloee
together and yet unsurveyed, besides Zayas Island.

According to local navigators of the Hudson Bay Company there is a good wide channel between
North and Middle Dundas, with twenty-five fathoms water clear through. In steaming out from Port
Simpson this paasago is well open, but on the Admiralty Charts is represented as choked with islets and
rocks. They also report anchorage on the SW. side of Zayas Island. Lieutenant Commander Nichols,
U. S. N., when commanding the V. S. Coast Survey steamer Hassler in 1881, states : "As we passed Cape
Fox, Zayas Island appeared flat and heavily timbered and probably three or four miles in extent. At
ten miles distance no outlying rocks or islands could be seen until Zayas Island bore about 8., when a
small wooded island opened out on the western side, which, lus we changed its bearing, appeared about
a mile offshore."

The Russian chart (IX Tebienkoff) of 1849 represents Zayas Island with more detail than any
other, even much later charts. According to this it is sub-triangular in shape, about three miles wide
on its northern shore, indented on its western side, and tapering to a point at its soutliern end, a dis-
tance of about four miles and a half. A dry rock is represented in mid-channel between Zayas and
North Dundas, two more rather close in on the north shore of Zayas, and three small islets less than a
mile fi'om its NW. extreme. Besides these a small islet (surrounded by a dotted circle and presumably
sunken) is place*! by Tebienkoff about three miles west from the NW. cape of North Dunoas and two
miles N. from the NW. cape of Zayas, which may be the same as a "small islet about three miles N.
and E. from Zayas," noted by Nicholp. Brundige (p. 155) gives the following notes on Dundas and
Zayas Islands. "I put into a small harbor at the nortli end of North Dundas Island. It was stated
that there was no anchorage here, but I found a small river whi(rh extended into the island five miles
or more, where I remained all night, and the next morning put to sea. At the north end of Dundas
Island there are seven small islands named Onarled Islands and reported to have foul ground abont
them; but this was found incorrect, as soundin;; showed not less than forty-five fathoms cloaetothem
all around. To the west of North Dundas Island is a small one named Zjiyas, about three and a half
miles long and two miles broad; there is a go(«l channel between Dundas and this island which
steamers bound to Queen Charlotte Islantls fre(iuently take.

" I found a sunken roek about four miles northwesterly of Zayas Island having only six feet of
water over it at low water; it is about twenty feet across and appears to be round; got
Dt¥il Rook. ten fathoms water at about fifteen fathoms from it and obtained from ten to seventeen
fathoms, and then dropped into deep water with no bottom at one hundred and sixty
fathoms. As near as I can judge the reef is not more than one acre. The soundings were obtained
on the northwest side, but on the northeast side I ran the nose of the canoe close to the breakers and
could find no bottom at one hundred and sixty fathoms. It is evidently straight up and down. The
tide here sets southwest and northwest not more than one knot per hour.

• The edition corrected to December, 1874, egreei more ntvAj with Yanoonver.

SWT"

t '..A':;-: -No tsvc

txtenda to the
rd Cumshewa,
ir&ge depth cf
?hi8 bank was
(es, in latitude
he ship Mar-
«ning to five,

r between the
3h Admiralty,
rm of Dixon
sially marked
the average it
n no definite
11 be assumed
ons of British
>hic Office, to
d on 80 small

I the smaller
f. by S. from
lown of their
liscrepant on

le and South
mp, but close

nnel between
ut from Port
'ith islets and
ider Nichols,
e passed Cape
extent. At
it S., when a
ipeared about

tail than any
» miles wide
•n end, a dis-
n Zayas and
ts less than a
1 presumably
laas and two
iree miles N.
Dundas and
[t was stated
nd five miles
d of Dundas
;round about
^lofle to them
9e and a half
sland which

J six feet of
3 round ; got
to sevent^n
ed and sixty
ere obtained
breakers and
down. The

!■■

r.' i^9**.-»--*---^WM*-^;-

,>.,

PORTLAND CANAL.

"With a good bell-buoy anchored close to this rock ships could snil in safety. I obtained several
good observations and found it to be in latitude 64" 40' 46" N. and longitude 181° 08' 16" W., with
the following bearings: Cape Chacon bore SW. by W. J W.; Gnarled Island B. by N. ^ V.] Zayas
Island S SE. J B.,all magnetic. I have no doubt of this being the Devil's Ridge. I was told by
several Haida chiefs, who had been crossing here all their lives and their fathers before them, that there
is no other rock or reef in this locality, and they directed me to go where I found the above rock."

From Zayas Island the general direction is about NB. by E. J E. twenty miles to Point Maske-
lyne, named by Vancouver in 1793. This point appears to be but moderately high
and wooded, and is formed by an island of small extent. From it SW. by 8. f S. four polnt MukalvR*.
miles lie the Pointers, and SW. by S. J 8. seven and a half miles lies Cnnnis Rock,
in Chatham Sound. Immediately oft' the point "lie two rocky islets, and to the south of it a small
island (probably Parkin Island) close to the shore."*

The geographical position of the point, placed by Vancouver in latitude 64° 42J' HT., is, aooording
to British Admiralty Chart No. 1923 A,

Latitude 64° 88'.7 N.

Longitude 180° 27' W.

From hence Point Wales, named by Vancouver, lies W. by N. f N. three and a- half miles.
Westward from it, less than a mile, lies a small island. The name is differently applied on different
English charts. The land of which Point Wales forms a projection is also an island, and has been
termed Wales Island. South and west from its southern shore, in which is an indentation which looks
as if it might afford anchorage, and extending a couple of miles off-shore, are a number of small islets
called by Pender in 1868 the Boston Islands. SW. } S. from Point Wales ten or twelve miles lies
Whitty Point, the northeastern extreme of North Dundas Island. In the north shore westward from
Whitty Point is an unexplored indentation, said to afford shelter for vessels, off which lie the Qnarled
Islands elsewhere mentioned. Another smaller group, westward from the last, near the northwest
shore of North Dundas Island, are named the White Islands by Pender on the last edition of British
Admiralty Chart 2431.

PORTLAND CANAL.

Point Wales forms the western headland of Portland Canal or Channel, whose opposite headhmd
is formed by Point Maskelyne. It wai named by Vancouver, who says: "The disi! ice from its
entrance to its source is about seventy miles, which, in honor of the noble family of
Bentinck, I named Portland's Canal." The entrance of this extensive inlet is not Portlasd laltt.
more than two and a half miles across, (according to Pender more than three,) from
whence it trends N. 7° E. twenty miles, where it is separated by Point Bamsden into two princinal
branches, — that to the eastward having been named by Vancouver Observatory Inlet. From tnis
point the canal trends N. 61° W. seven miles, then N. 2° E. thirteen miles, W. 48° W. thirteen miles,
N. 36° W, ten luiles, and finally N. 1° W. nine miles, terminating, according to Vancouver,t in

Latitude — 68° 46' N.

Longitude 129° 64' W.

The total length on the above courses, taken from the chart of Vancouver, aggregates sevenij-
two miles. Pender's chart would extend this to eighty-one miles, — the differences all northward of
Point Ramsden. To the southward of Point Ramsden its width averages three miles; to the north-,
ward of that point it is but little over a mile, with more than forty fathoms water throughout its entire
length.

The broader portion on modern charts is often denominated Portland Inlet, the name of Portland
Canal being then restricted to that part of it of contracted width which lies to the westward of
Observatory Inlet.

The mid-channel line of this great arm of the sea forms the southeastern boundary between the
British and American possessions, or British Columbia and Alaska Territory.

• VanoouTW vol H, pag* SW. On th« originul edition of British Admimlt/ Chart No. 1923 A tho nam* Point Ifukal/M
waa «m>DeoualT tranafernid to another point over two roilea farther to the north and eatt, tut is omitted on the new edition aad
reatored on No. 8431, (corrected to 1888,) but miaepelled tUiktylM*, while Connie Book ia miaapelled OonU KMk.

t According to Pender'a aurvey of 1888, in latitude B60 M' ». and longitude IVfi »' W.,-a diacrepancy too gre«l to W
adopted in ignorance of the meana by which the later reaulu were obtained.

P. 0. V, — 8

NAA8 BAY.

iil

Directly to the eastward of Point Maskelyne the Wark Channel,* a nearly straight arm, stretchea
thirty miles to the southeastward, its head reaching within a mile of Port Essmgton,

Wark Channel. »"•! forming, by the portion between this arm and Ciiatliam Sound, the Chim-sy-an
Peninsula, previously referred to.
Within a distance of fifteen miles from Point Maskelyne, on the eastern shore of the canal, are
three islands of considerable size, which have, respectively, received the names of Compton, Truro
and Somorville islands. The largest and most northerly of these is the last mentioned. It is
separated from the mainland i)y a channel al>out a mile wide, named Steamer Passage,
Somervilli '"^o whicli debouclies an arm exti-nding to the south and east for a distance of some

Ikland. twelve miles.f Somerville Island is eight or nine miles long and two or three wide.

To tiic westward of its southern part Vancouver found anchorage in thirty-five fath-
oms, muddy bottom. On the shores of Truro and Somerville islands, adjacent to this anchorage,
Vancouver lays down «o»ie rackx. The form, relative si/o and |)osition of these islands are so differ-
ently represented on different charts as to render a 8pc<'ific description inadvisable until additional
material is received.

Steamer Passage is reported to have from twenty -eight to forty or more fathoms water throughout
its extent. To the northward, from the northern end of Somerville If land, a branch, (»lled Naaoka
Oulf,| extends to the northward for five miles nearly parallel with the trend of the main inlet, from
which it is separated by the Mylor Peninsula, one or two miles wide.

On the other side of Portland Inlet the apparent shore is also forme«l by islands. Northward
from Wales Island lies a long island separated from the main shore by a branch trending in a nearlpr
north direction, and continuous with the ui)per main branch of the inlet, or Portland Canal. This
island, whose actual dimensions are not determined, extends about fourteen miles to the
Obstrvatory northward from a point within a few miles of Wales Island, and reaches to the west

Inlet. of, and somewhat more northerly than, Point Bamsden. The latter divides that por-

tion of the inlet called Portland Vana\ from the branch named by Vancouver
Observatory Inlet. This point seems to l)e tolerably bluff" and higli, wooded, and forming the ter-
mination of one of those small ranges characteristic of the toj)ography of this region. To the S SX.
from the jwint a short distance are some dangerous rocks, visible only at low water, and immediately
outside of them one hundred and twenty-six fathoms are reported.

To the eastward from Point Uamsden, across the entrance of Observatory Inlet,
Naas Bay. ^bout three miles, lies the entrance to Nuas Bay, a small inlet with one branch to the

southward and receiving from the northeast the Naas Biver.§
The bay extends inland nearly east from the uiuiance with a width of about a mile and a half
for three mdes, when it forms two arras, — one extending S 8W. three miles under the name of Ice-
berg Bay, the other, at firet trending N NE. and afterward to the northward and eastward, is entirely
occupied by the bed of the Naas River and numerous tidal flats. Its length to the head of boat
navigation is alwut fifteen miles.

The northern headland of the entrance of Naas Bay is known as North Point, low but bold-to,
from which the land rises gradually to mountains to the NE. which attain a height of thirty-three
hundred feet. From the point the shore trends in an easterly direction a mile and three-quarters to

* Called Work Obuinel or Inlet hj error on some clmrts. Brundige remarlcH (p. 157) aa followa in regard to Wark Channel :
" I again returne<l to Port Simpaon, where I was told that thorv was ii rock a few miles up in the center of Wark Channel. I
proceeded out and found it just visible at low tide. This is described as a wonderful rock, very small at top, and 1 30 fathoms
water close to it. The lead went down thump, thump, until 130 fathoms were run out, but no bottom found. I paddled all
•round it with the line out. This rock is situated al)r«aut of Mount McNvil and the point that leads into the bay oppoeite Port
Simpson. I ran a line across Wark Channel to Port Simpson Harbor, at the lowest part of the peninsula, course S. 60° W.,
4,.'i00 feet distant from water to water, summit about 60 feet. I cannot see any difficulty in bringing a railway line down the south
side of Wark Channel and then across to P'<rt. Simpson at the above place. Wark Channel is ([uite narrow at the entrance and
only 33 fathoms deep. Entering about a miic the water deepens to ItiO, and above that all the way itp there is no anchorage in
any part of it except the little bay opposite Port Simpson where I ran a line across."

tThis ann is called Xltutzeymateen Inlet on British Admiralty Chart No. 3431, corrected to June, 1883.

t So it stands on the fiy-leaf attached to the original edition of British Admiralty Chart No. 3431. On the late edition
(corrections to June, 1683) it is spelled Maiofa OuU, and this form appears upon U. S. Hydrographio Chart No. 3S5. The
form Naioka, taken from Tebenkotf (Chart IX), however, is prior and is probably correct, since namerous recognizable am-
takes in spelling appear on the Hy-leat attached to the last edition of British Admiralty Chart No. 3431, such as TOBCM for
ToBfMi, Oonli for Oonnla, MMkeylene for HMkelyne, etc.

$The name has been written Nasi, Nasie, &u., but it is probable that the double "a" more nearly repreaents the broad
•ound of the original woi-d. Naas Bay, by some singular oversight, is represented on British Admiralty Chart Noe. 2430 and
8431 under the name of Salmon COTe, though the cove so named by Vancouver was placed by him much nearer .he head of
Observatory Inlet. This error is corrected on the last edition of 3431. ^

This bay was visited by the ship Eliia of Boston, Captain Rowan, in 1799. It was called OodkatlaBa, (h)m the name of the
chief of the Naas tribe at that time. The inlet was called Otiehbasllaw by the natives. Both names are reoorded in the impnb-
Itshed journal of the voyage. Captain Wild of the Atahnalpa who first called attention to this river (Mau. Hut. Soe. CM., 1804),
and Captain Magee, a pioneer trader, were both murdered by the natives of this vicinity, the latter in 1801 and the former in 1806.

i' i,

ilUVll limMHnvipi*^

''%^,p>^''j^lw(^ I-

PM** Ft. Irtxulhirfl't.

NKM'KiK

Anchor»f[c*« Nnaii Hhv

fn-imi Itritt*h Atim.i'httrt A'w. 2/.fl/V

mwm

Warl

tlire
and

Son*
III)

onu
Vai
end
mat

itfl <
Oul
whi

fror
nor

Ohti

-.11

.ii-ai'iv

Ob.
mil
froi
outi

rv.'il.aa 81!.

Naa

for
bei
occ
na\

froy
hui

proi
w>t

aim
4,()(
side
onlj
any

■^:

■ H J'»Ittl v-v>ij«vr--*»tK» ,•!.••. ■ ,. (i..*uioH

(ooi
fon
tak
Tot

•ou
343
Ob.

cU
liiti

8UC

•TheUUki
tootaiii more fi
»pp«aT h>T« be

NAAH BAY.

the opening of a narrow valloy ootitniniiig a small Htream, on the low land near the mouth of which la
8itiiate<l an Enfiliah iniwioiinry ntation kruiwo nn the Klnoolith Miulon. AlxHit two mile* B. ^ 8.
from North Point, on the dhore of thin low land, is situatwl the ontronomiml station tii' the English
olwerveni. For about a mile from North Toint the shore is l)o!(l-to, and then the etlges of the shoaN,
banks and bar of the river trcn<l 8E. ^ E. towanl Double Islet Point on the opiHisite shore.

From Low Point, the soutlicrii headland of the ontranct;, — I'mni the north side of which a bank
extends a <able to the northward, — the whore trend« nearly E. a little over two miles to Double Islet
Point, l)old-to all the way. The land risj-H rapidly from thin shore to the height of two thousand feet.
In the middle of the bay forty-five fathoms, sandy bottom, are report<Ml. The anehorage is laid down
in ai)out ten fathoms, with the mission bearing N. by E. tliri-e-ciuarters of a mile. About N. byB,
from Double Islet Point, somewhat over a mile and a half, is a rounded high {toint named 7ort Poiut.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR NAA8 BAY.

The leading course for the anchorage is to keep Fort Point open from the high land called
licading Point, south of the river, to the eastward, KTB. by B. J E., until the mission bears IT. by B.,
when anchorage is had low than two cables from the edge of the bank.

A better anchorage can be obtained in Iceberg Bay by following the southern shore and rounding
Double Islet Point within two cables, when anchorage may be had SB. by B. ^ B. from the point three-
quarters of a mile, with the Mud Inlands bearing from NE. to NE. by E. } B. These two islands are
over a hundred feet high and situated on the mud-flat northeast of the bay. The anchorage is in
al)out ten fathoms, with deeper water to the southward and westward farther up the bay. The shores
of the bay are mostly bold-to and rise rapidly from the water except at its head, where there is a flat,
steep-to, with low land behind it. It is perfectly land-locked, and, except for the narrowness of the
entrance, affords an excellent harlwr.

This Imy and vicinity is representeil on British Admiralty Chart No. 2190, (to October, 1872,) trom
which it api)ear8 that the geographical position of the astronomical station near Kinoolith Mission is

Latitude — 84° 69' 26" N.

Longitude 129° »7' 86" W.

The variation of the compass in 1872 was 27° 26' E.

TIDES.

It was H. W. F. and C. in August at l*" 06'", the streams running two or three knots — rising with
a full moon seventeen feet and with a new moon twenty-three feet. The bay, especially near the
bar, appears to be disturbed by ripples at certain stages of the tide, which would make it an uneasy
anchorage.

The depth of water on the bar of the Naas Biver at low water appears to average about two
fathoms. In the vicinity of Fort Point as much as five fathoms is reported. Above that in the river
it is quite variable, but navigable for canoes and light-draught boa<« about sixteen miles, to the Naas
villages, where a Hudson Bay (company's trading-post is situated. At these villages, called Kit-lak-s-
laks, an enormous number of fish * are taken in the spring.

Observations on the river bank, near the middle village, NE. f N., a mile and three cable's from
the trading-post, give fus the geographi(«l position

Latitude - 88° 03' 84" N.

Longitude 129° 81' 64" W.

The river is over one hundred miles in length, but much broken by cations and cascades. Its
headwaters approach very closely to those of the Stikine River. A sketch of the lower portion, as
far as the villages, accompanies the British Admiralty Chart No. 2190.

The northern headland of Naas Bay borders on the waters of Observatory Inlet, which extends
hence to the northward, with no imp<jrtant curves or indentations and a general width
of somewhat more than a mile, about sixteen miles, at which distance on the western Salmon Cove,
shore a smallindentation exists, into which a stream falls. This is Salmon Cove of
Vancouver, a locality chosen by him for a long and careful series of astronomical observations for

• The UUkOB or candle fi«h is the most important epeoiee, and the fishery is in operation in March and April. TheM flebea
eootain more fatty matter in proportion to their size than any other known fleh, and the incredible multitudea in which they
appear hare been noted by many of the author* who have treated of thia region. It la the ThUeiehlhy pac^au of Girard.

ftll

gQ SALMON COVE.

the purpose of correcting previous work of the same kind. This afforded good anchorage in thirty-
one to thirty-five fatiionis, mud and gravel, with every other c-rr-nience which they required. From
the anchorjie the points of the cove bore N NE. and S. bv ji.; the n^^rest shore W. by S. a cable and
a half distant, and the opposite shore of the inlet E KiS., distant one mile ihe appearance ot the
noui.try about the cove was moderately low, rather broken, and densely wooded. A fine run ol fresh
w.Ater, containing salmon la great abundance, flowed into the cove.
The geographical position according to Vancouver's text is

Latitude W° i5' 8*',' N.

Longitude* ..^ 12»° «' 30"W..

the latitude depending upon twelve meridian altitudes of the sun and one of a star, and the longitude
being the mean of 346 sets of lunar listances, each set consisting of 6 observations, in all 2076
observations.

The variation of the compass (August, 1793) was Jotermined as 26° 18' E., and the dip 76° 64'.8.

The average range of the tide was about sixteen feet, and it was high water at l" 8" after the
moon's passage over the meridian.

About a mile beyond the cove tlie width of the inlet becomes much increased, and for seven miles
is more than double that of the {jortion just described. Two long and very narrow islands named
Brooke Island and Larcom Island by Pender are found in this part of the inlei, with some rocks
about them, and on tb-j western shore are some small inclentations where Vancouver observed mnke)i
rocks in some localities. From this point the inlet divides into two branches each about a mile in
width, and terminat ng in a small belt of K)w land, behind which the country resumes its broken char-
acter, while in th i'lterior lofty and barren snow-clad mountains were observed.

The easi--.in branch, termed Alice Arm on some charts, trends, according to Vancouver, in a
generally NE. by N. direction ten miles, (about fourteen by Pender's c' art,) terminating in

Latitude - - - 66° 28' N.

i ■ Longitude — - — 129° 24' W.,

(or latitude 66° 29' and longitude 129° 20' on Pender's chart.)

The other avri, sometimes known as Hastings Arm, extends about NW. J W. about ten miles,
(sixteen according to Pender,) terminating, according to Vancouver, in

I La'.tude - 65° 82' N.

I Longitude — 129° 44' W.,

(or latitude 68° 39' and longitude T29° 48', by Pender's chart.)

When approaching Point Ramsden, Vancouver was in doubt as to which of the two arins ^rfH the
main branch of the inlet; but after his exploration it became evident that the western prolongation of
the inlet is entitled to that precedence, both on account of its greater freedom from
Portland Canal, obstructions and from its length. To this portion only is now generally applied the
i. name of Portland Canal. Three miles NW. by W. from its entrance on the western

shore is a low point, denominated Tree Point on some of the charts. Behind this point the canal com-
municates with another, having a S SW. and N NE. direction, with a width of a mile and a half.
This channel separates Pearse and other islands from the mainland.

Vancouver says, in regard to the canal, " the shores of this inlet were nearly straight and in
general little more than a mile asunder, composed mostly of high rocky cliffs, covered with pine trees
to a considerable height, but the more interior country was a compact body of high, barren mountains
covered with snow, (July, 1793.) As we pursued this b.^nch salmon in great plenty wera leaping in

* Perder'a lurvey locate* Sain on Cove in longitude ia(° 51' 4B" W., b it whether this ii the reiult of ulronomioal deter-
minationa or dead reckoning, and if tlie former, of what character, we have ni meana nf deciding,

From the resulta piihiiahed in Vancouver, vol. ii, pagea .f?5-6, the appm xiniate value of this longitude detsmiinalinn may
be made out.

Combining together by weighta the longitudes resulting from measures of the moon's dictance fi a the sun, when the sun
is eeut and »«<( respectively fi'om the muon, and computing the prn'onble vrmrs in the usual way, we ub* :in

B. of d Longitude 1J90 54'.9 ± O'.l

©W of ([ Longltud* U»o 34'.0 i a.i

Mean Longltud* ia«° 44'.« -{- a'.S

The difference bet\.-<"n these tv.. ie.u'ir« far ezcee<ls the probable error of observation, and is therefore dus to some constant,
probably instrumental, error, 'f this is the case the resulting mean is free from the constant error, ai^d W« inky, therefore, aafely
oonoluds tliat the longitude of Salmon Cove i> 18*° 44' W., with .ui uucertaint; of S' or 4'.

FORT TONOASS.

[thirty-
From

ble and

of the

K fresh

all directions; seals and sea otters were also seen in grent numbers, even where the water was nearly
fresh, and which was the case upwards of twenty milts from its termination." This termination,
accordin.:j to Vancouver, is in "low, marshy land," tlie latitude beinL' 65° 45' N. and the loncitude
129° n' W.* ^

1 he only obstructions in this extensive sheet of water are some rocks near shoi-e about Tree Point-
an isle , with rocks close to it, about three miles to the northwestward from Tree Point; an islet near
the eastern shore, about nineteen miles from the entrance, and another about seventeen miles farther up
the canal, both very small.

The chflcnel behind Pearse Island, tus examined by Vancouver, appears to contract gradually to
the southward, reaching nearly to the N. extreme of Wales Island, and communicating there with a
labyrinth of narrow channels obstructed by great numbers of rocks and islets, and extending north of
Wales Island between Pearse Island and Cape Fox. It would l)e at present inadvisable to attempt
any description of this knot of intricate passages, which offer, so far as is known, no inducements nor
any facilities for navigation.

About six miles to the westward of Point Wales lies a group of small islands intersecttd by two
small straits forming four passages — one leading eastward from the intersection into the labyrinth of
charnels connecting with Portland Inlet; one to the NW.; the most important to the westward toward
Dixon Entrance, and the fourth and narrowest passage to the SE.

\mong the first anchorages to be met with in the southeastern part of Alaska is that included
betwoen a peninsula of the mainland and the above-mentionetl islands, and known as Tlekhonsiti Har-
bor, f This locality had a temporary imjiortance owing to the establishment, in 1867,
of the U. 8. Port Tongass,! which necessitated the visit there of several large trans- TIekhonaitI

ports with supplies for the garrison. A sketch of this locality, from merely approxi- Harbor.

mate data, was published in 1869 by the U. S. Coast 8urvey.§

The material at hand in retail to this locality shows several discrepancies, and hence it can l)ebnt
approximately described. Fort Tongass was erected on the arm stretching to the northwestward from
the intersection of the four ^nosages above mentioned, and on the island forming its southern ihore.
The beot channe! for reachirg the fort has Inien indicated as that passing through the NE. and WW.
arms. The narrow soutboas.'^rn arm has been tern^'^i Ivinooln Channel ; the broad southwestern arm,
the harbor proper. The northeastern arm varies in width from three-eighths to three-quarters of a
mile, and is about two and u quarter miles in h ni'tii. There is a rock close to the northern headland
of each entrance. No soundings in it are recorded.

Lincoln Channel is very narrow and furthei obstructed ^y islands. It is about three miles
long and three cables wide. At the southci'stern entrance anchorage is indicated off
a small beach, in i;wenty-four fathoms, gravel. Hence the soundings are twenty, Lincoln Channel,
tweuty-fonr and eighteen fathoms to an islet a mile a.id a half from the entrance. A
p^«age with four fathoms water exists to the souihwurd of this islet, and two small ones near it,
beyond which anchorage is indicated in twenty fathoms, mud. Six cables to the westward from
tlie islet only a fathom and a quarter is recorded, beyoud which it deepens to six, sixteen and twenty
fathoms.

The harbor arm is a mile and a half long and about three-quarters of a mile wide, but obstructed
by reefy. Both shores of the arm are indented by bights off which are reefs, leaving about half
a '.iiie wide of mid-channel ground cleav of obstructions. A reef also extends to
the northwestward from the western extreme of the southern shore of the arm. Tongass Harbor.
The passage between this ledge and the reefs to the northward and westward is
somewhat le*"" than half a mile. An unsigned MS. sketch of this locality in the Coast Survey
archives makes the anchorage even more contracted. The depth of water hire varies from five to nine
fathoms.

The northwestern arm varies in width from a third to two-th'ids of a mile, and is about two
miles long. The fort is .situated a'.Aiat midway Iwtween the two entrant's ; and in mid-cliannel, abreast
of the fort, according \o Russian authorities, there is anchorage '.i thirty-five fathoms. But acconling
to the above-citetl anonymous sketch the mid-channel depth throughout varies from twenty totwenty-
Sve fathoms, with ten to sixteen along the southwestern shore within two cables of the beach. The
shores are indicated as boid-to. To the northwestward from the western entrance of this arm is a ledge
five feet above high-watiM mark ; two-thirds of the way from this ledge to the island on which Fort
Tongass is situat^ liefi a k'lp jmtch with rocks in it. The course lies midway between the kelp and

• Pender'g oh»rt, before referred to, plices this termiiiBtiou in latitude 06° 66' M. ami loiigimde 130° »' W.; but, until it, ii
known ir what manner tlii« reanlt was olitaii.ed, judgment on the wivat disi repancy may rennoiialily lie suspended.

♦ This baa been rendei ed Tlacbopcltjr on tho English and some American charts, and Tayakbonsltl hy a typographical error
in one of the Coast Survey publications. These .Trors prohably arose in part from mil taking the Hussiaii H (e<|uiTalant lo
£ng|i|b N) for the Riiaeian II, (Kngliah P.)

tOiB<<lal spelling here adopted; sonietiniea called Tomgai.

f Ob this sketch an error occurred in the designation of the scale, by which it was Indicated at only one-half iti actual loal*.

NAKAT INLET.

, 1

the ledge. The harbor is cvkk-utly better suited for small vessels or steamer?, and further surveys will
be required before it can be considered available for large vessels.* The land is rather low and wooded,
and on the shores of the harlwr arm are several large Indian villages.

According to the v'oast Survey sketch, a bare rock lies three or four miles S. 48° W. from the
entrance of th<' harbor, with a low, narrow woodi'd group of ten or twelve islands, a mile and a half
long, leas than a mile to the eastward of the rock. These are indicated on Pender's chart as the Lord
Islands, and are variously reported to be 150 to 2.')0 feet high.

From the entrance to the harbor, according to the Coast Survey sketch, S. 81° W. about nine or
ten niiles,t lies ("ai)e Tox, named by Vancouver; a broad point, not lea? than five miles in extent east
and west at its southern part, bordered by rocks and rocky islets, moderately low and
Gape Fox. wowled, and back(id by high wooded ridges, one of which 1,800 feet high, is named

Harry Saddle. The latitude of this eai)e, according to Vancouver, is 54° 46'J N.,
(according to Pender 4e'|,) while other authorities place it in about latitude 64° 42', a diiference which
forms one of a series of discre])ancie8 previously mentioned.

"About half n league to tlie westward " of Cape Fox Vancouver's boart 'Ouid refuge '*in a very
commodious, well -sheltered little cove," which protected them from ab2a v a* ' 'fir^tcr. Thislofolity
was named Boat-harbor Point by Pender in 18G8.

Three miles to the westward fropi the western angle of the cape a o ,i/>'c lock is indicated by
Tebienkoff and on the English Admiralty Charts. It is named Finnacle Rock on the U. 8. Hydro-
graphic Chart No. 225. According to Lieut. Com. H. E. Nichols, the existence of this rock is posi-
tively denied by locp.l navigators.

Between ' 'ape Fox and tlu island on which Fort Tongass is situated is an entrance to an inlet
which is known as Nakat Inlet, off the mouth of which is a group of small islands. This inlet waB
entered by Vancouver, who describes it in the following \vords:j:

" We pa.ssed a large deserted village on the north side of a small cove, which may also be con-
sidered as the southeast point of entr.-i.iice intoa narrow arm, (Nakat Inlet,) taking nearly a north direc-
tion; half a league to the northward of this point the eastern shore foruKxl three small bays or coves
with four or five islets before them. On the point which divides the two southernmost of these coves I
observed the latitude to be 54° 49' and the longitude 229° 29', from wheut« the inlet took a direction
about N. 8° W.; the shores became nearly straight and compact, and were in general about
half a mile asunder. The surrounding land being of moderate height and of that uneven surface
generally cxhil)ited by the insular countries lying on the sea-coa.st, afforded reasonable grounds iol>elieve
the western shore to be an island; in which case we shouhl have been enabled to trace the C'/iuinental
boundaries a considerable distance to the north. About six in the evening our hopes van' 'i li '.y our
arriving at the bead of the arm, where it terminated in a small fresh-water brook, floT/ ■><; t" 'm low

Before it were .several <x "^

<3ome

marshy ground, in latitude 64° 56', longitude 229° 28'
rocky islets.

"On the low land forming -the upper extremity of this arm, we saw some animals iiL- . '' «, imt
the shallowness of the water prevented our approaching near enough to fire at them with a. t rnJ i-
bility of success. From hence we returned by the western shore, passing three or four "Hikv " -;tj, and
restetl for the night about a league N NW. of our station at noon."

On leaving the inlet he " passed to the south of us a cluster of rocks and islands extending nearly
in a 3W. and NE. direction about half a league."

From Fort Tongass tlie entrance is about three miles in a northerly direction. In the farther
bight inside the group of islands is a well-sheltered harbor with ancihorage'in leas than fifteen ' n'oms,
which has been visitwl by the iJ. S, S, Jlnnakr, but no survey of th^- locality has yet been i civ.' !.

From the northern side of Dixon Entr ice to the westward of Cape Fox sevei-,d importa JiB
of the sea extend in the following order, going westward: 1. Between Cape Fox iwv' Cape NortnuiC'
berland, the RevillagiKado Channel leads to Behm CiUial and Tonga.S8 Narrow? . JWween Ca^
Northumberland and Cape Ciiacon, Clarence Strait leads to Ernest Sound and Su'j.i '/.■■■r<^, 3. Be-
tween Ca|)e Chacon and Cape Mnzon, Cordova Bay includes a congeries of islands .u, j ;*...,. .^^sr one
of the latter (TIevak Strait) leads to Port Buc'.reli. The exact position of irostof thebt* ^jtesand the
limits of Cordova Bay are much in need of careful determination.

Senaratwl from Cape l'\)x by the entrance of tin iteviib-! [tilo Channel is Cape Northumbeifland,
named by ^'a^couver in 170.1, and sepiratii.^ tli( • h unel ivly.n Clarence Strait. It is the southern
extremity of the griup of (Jravina Islands; is low near the w •.- i)ut ra,)idly ristj to ridges a thou-
sand or fifteen hundred feet high and wooded fro' a the sca-lcvel to their summits.

•McKdf rciMiriB nncliorage in fiftoi.ii liitlmmB, nieky Imltoin, off Fort Tom^bsb. Heooniidera the anchorage dangeroud in
"nny »r>rtof II bluw," HUii ftatos llml tli« I'luiliiicH f<ir ulituininn . y.id and water nr« poor. He says: "Fort Tongass is on an
island BurroundtHl by very ti|j;ly reelx. The oliiinni-l Iwing extri-iiiely narrow and torluoiis, it is accessible only to steamers. The
water is everywhere very d(ep." — Hi/ilrot/raphii- Sutirr. So. lit, ISffl, ;). 4.

tThree miles BocordiiiR to IVudcrV »k«loli, Bntisli Admlrnlly Chart No.'i43l, ooireoted to Jiins, 1888.

IVanoouver, ii, pp. IM.V.Mti August. 179IJ.

DANGERS NEAR CAPE FOX.

jys will
vooded,

om the
1 a half
e Lord

• *«, out
Jto, and

fartner
if'oms,

The south end of the ridge forms a very noticeuble Iniidinark, wiiieii is without doul)t Mount St.
La«aro, named by Douglas in June, 1789, and plaml west of Bui-cleugli Sound of :Moarc8. It stands
out alone from most directions and gives the impression of lu'lng over three thousand feet in li<Mght.
It is broad topped, witli its western side niucii higher tliau the eastern. At its base on tlie west side
are two small humps, and its eastern face breaks off by steps to the water. It sliows up dark, iiigh,
and separated from any adjacent land. Tlie nearest mountain to it is Mount Tongass, on Annette
Island of the Gravina group, westward from Mary Island. It is about i'orty-five hundral feet in
height according to Nichols, and has on its eastern face a large ei-.iter-Iike hollow.

In coming out of Revillagigedo Channel a low wooded islet is seen lying off Cape Xorthumberlauil.
As nearly as the discrepant authorities can lie rec(ineile<l, it would appear that the ea|)e is about thirteen
miles to the westward from Cape Fox and twenty-four miles to the northeastward from Cape Chacon.

Vancouver's observations in this locality were taken from a snnill island south of the cape, where
his observed latitude wan 54° 51'J N.

"From this island, which is tolerably high, 1 gainc<l a very distinct view of the surrounding
rocks and breakers in all directions. The outermost of these towards the northwest lies N. 57° w.
(true) three miles and a half distant, those towards the southwest S. 67° W. (true) four
miles and a half; the southernmost, whid were the farthest off, S. (true) six miles and Dangers.

a half, and the southeastern most S. 50° E. (true) five miles distant. The intermediate
spaces wero occupied by an immense nund)er of rocks anil breakers." * From his position on this
island Cape Fox bore E. by S. (true) fifteen miles, and Cape Chacon W SW. (true) eight or nine
leagues.

DANGERS.

It will be ol)served from the above remarks of Vancouver that the vicinity of this cape abounds
with dangers. On ^age 380, vol. II, he refers to the outermost of these rocks as follows : " The
southernmost of the roc>ks lying off Cape "s'orthuniberland * * * * is a round lump
of barren rock, very small, always above water, and which has some breakers lying at a little distance
off its southeast side, * * * * j.i,g goutheasteriun(>8t of these rocks lies from the .south
rook N. 43° E. (true) four miles and a half, and is a low, flat, double r.>. iv, always above water, but has
much broken ground in its neighborhood.

" In the afternoon we passed the southwcsternmost of the above rooks. These latter are two small
rocks above water, with much broken ground to tho north and northeast of them, and in a direct line
io»i»i-U8 the southeasternmost rocks ; they bear by conipa.«s from the south rock N. 44° W. five miles and
a half distant. Between these and the eastern shore lie many dangerous rocks and breakere; but as
we passed the south rock I did not observe any danger to the nortii of it, between it and the other
rocks, where the channel to all appearance seemed to be as free from iiniiediiiieiits as tiiat which we
were pursuing towards the weUern shore."

This south i-ock has l)een named by the U. S. Coast Survey Barren Rock. It lies about fifteen
miles west from Cajie Fox. Tebienkoff (Chart ^»o. IX.) ])laees it five miles to t.'ie southward from
Cape Northumberland, with a jlear passage on either side. Vancouver ]iut.s it in latitude 54° 45' N.,
seven miles t»> il:e southward from the enpe and a mile and a half to the southward of Tebienkoff's
position. A deserttc! villup;'» jn a detached rock nesir the «ii)e is mentioned by N^mcouvcr, and the
appearance of a village was note<l by Douglas.

To the southward and westwai-d, broad-off the southern entra'^t-e of Ciaren<'e Strait, lie several
dangers. The Devil Rock, or ridge, is placed S SW. seven miles from Barren Kock on British Admi-
ralty Chart No. 2431, but the position is marked doubtful. Another is placed SW. | 8. thirteen miles
from Barren Kock. On the Ilus-sian Hydrographic Chart \o. H!).'} Ikvil Rnrk is place<l nearly in the
latter position, twelve miles 8W. from Barren R(M'k, with no other patch indicated. Tebienl. off (Chart
IX) indicates a rock or islet above water with rocks about it fifu^cn miles SW. In' S. ^ S. from Barren
Rock, under the name of Devil Tiniih.

A rock, doubtless identicsU wiMi Devil Ro(>k, is recorded in the journal of the ship Eliza, Capt.
Rowan, in 1799. It is phuxxl thirty-two minutes of longitude east of Cajw C'hacon and two mil(« in
latitude farther south than the cajK", and is descrilnHl as a dangerous sunken ro(!k.

The observations of Brundige (see p. M) indicate that the true position of Devil Rock is NW. by
N. J K. from Zayas Tsland about four miles.

The commanfi>*r of ihe H. B. company's steamer Otter places it in range with the middle of the
northern shore jt Zayas Islaud and Mount St. Lazaro, NW. and SE., three and a half to lour miles
from the '"■■'•■.nd. He also stata- that it is markeil by n litroker and is awash iit low water, l-'rom it
the northwestern end of Zayas Is'and liears S. and the northeastern end SE.

* Vancouver, vol. ii, p.ItTO.

■IP

CAPE CHACON.

Captain McCullough also indicates anotlier sunken rock, which seems to be unknown hitherto and
is marlced by a breaker. From it the northwest end of Zayas Island bears KB. J
nicCullough E., the southern end east, while tlie western shore of Zayas is distant about three miles
Rook. in a 8E. \ E. direction. This rwk docs not appear on any chart.

The other rock of doubtful jwsition, which may be called Bntndige Rock, was also
approximately determined by Brundige. The following abstract of his remarks gives all the informa-
tion accessible. The Iwarings of (Jape Cliacon being misprinted in his report are here (and also in the
account of Devil Rock) corrected.

" The Indians also infornied me that I would find one large reef between Capes Chacon and
Northumberland. On showing them the chart on which this rock was marked, they replied, ' No rock
there, but farther in.' So, having (amjied on Zjiya^ Island, I put out to look for these rocks in the
positii f. marked on the chart, but was unable to find them. It being calm we lay-to all i.ight in the
canoe, and in the morning, 29th August, contin; led on towards Cape Chacon but saw
Brandt^ j aothing. We then steered for the place indicated bv the Indians, it being cloudy but

vith the air clear. I soon saw something that looked like breakers. The wind was now
blowing stn irom SW., and as I neared it saw the sea breaking heavily at a distance of about two
miles. It being low water, I approached as near as possible and took the following bearings : Cape
Chacon, SW. by 8.; Barren Rock, oif Cape Northumberland, E. by N. J N.; Wedge Island, on west side
of Clarence Strait, NW. J W.

The above bearings place this reef eight miles true north of where it is placed on British Admi-
ralty Chart No. 2431, marked "{wsition doubtful." The breakers appeared to cover a space of fully
one mile in extent." *

Nearly SW. by W. from Barren Rock, according to Ru.ssian authorities about twenty-four miles,

is situated Cape Chaconf or de Chacon, named by Caamano, and forming the southeastern point of

Prince of Wales Island. It is completely wooded and backed by high wooded moun-

Cape Chacon. tains. The outlines of the land are very differently given by different authorities, but

most of them agree in })lacing it in about latitude 64° 42' N. and nearly or quite on

the same parallel with Point Nufiez and Cape Muzon.

According to Lieut. Com. H. E. Nichols, Cape Chacon from Clarence Strait appears to consist of
three wooded cone-shaped hills, the outer one being a ])erfect cone. From these the land rises by a flat
step about twice the height of the cones into a mountain, made conspicuous by standing out alone on the
southern part of Prir'* of Wales Archii.elago. Coming down from the northward the cape changes
very much in appea. . iice ; the inner cone becomes flat and elongated and is finally merged into the land
back of it, while the bluff mountain behind it comes out between the cone and the cape as a nipple-
shajied peak. Viewing the cape from tiie eastward it shows two well-defined cones, with high land
directly back of them, and to tlie right a nipple ])eak, and then a bluff mountain. Northwara from
these the land is lower, afterward rising again to high mountains. From the S SE. the two cones are
merged into the high laud behind them, and the cape is best recognized by the nipple peak and bluff
mountain above mentioned. T^rom the westward Cape Chacon has nuich the same appearance as from
the eastward, the three cones coming out in their order from seaward, the third one soon becoming
flat and elongated. But the bluff mountain and nipple peak change places, the mountain rising more
directly from the cajie, and the latter, now apjiearing iiigher, situate*! to the left and not so well defined
as when seen from the eastward. Westward from Cape Chacon the land is high and broken.|

Mount St. Lazaro bears NE. J N. from the cape. S. by E. to SW. by S., two and a half miles
or therealxjuts from Cape Chacon, lies a lan/e patch qffmil ground several miles in extent. The west-
ern part of this reef is above water, and is in range with the cape on a bearing NE. by N. and SW.
by S. On the rest of the reef the sea breaks heavily. The mariner should not approach this cape
within five miles unless the weather is clear. Westward from Cape C;hac(»n is Nichols Bay,§ still unex-
plored, its entrance five or six miles in width, in wiiicli are three small high islands. The opposite

, VTI tAUowii
^ ing», to have

ndige, I. c, p. 157.
Ilowiiig for a tolerably constant error of Bix to ten miles in his latitudeB, wliicli appear, when compared wi.h bis bear-
ve almost invariably Iwen calculated too fur nortb, there nre Bonie reasons for thinking that this cape may iiave Deen
the Oapa Murray of Douglas. His Cape Farmer might have been one of the northern pointe of Dundas Island ; Zayu Island
and his Patrlei Island be identical, and Cape Muz.m and Douglas' Cap« Irvine l>e the same. The differences of longitude tend
to confirm this view, which would place Douglas' Haines Cove somewhere in Clarence Strait, regard Port Moaret as situated in
Cordova Bay, and consider liis BnocUnKb Bonnd as including all the waters between Capes Chacon, Northumberland and Fox,
and the northern edge of the Dundas Islanils. At all events, Ciipes Kox and Murray cannot be identical, as they are, by Doug-
las' reckoning, over a degree apart in longitude, and his Mount Saint Lazaro was considerably to the eastward of Cape Murray.
From the present charts only approximate eonolnsions can be arrived at, but a single glance at the topography on the spot itself
is sufficient to determine the mountain and establish a probability for the location suggested for the other iiames. However,
Point Nunei is constantly ivferred to in the journal of the voyage of the ship Eliza, Captain Rowau, In 1799, U Onv Umar,
while Cape Chacon is called by its native name Intankoon and also Bald Cape.

t NichoU; report to Superintendent L'. 8. Coast and Geodetic Survey, December, 1888.

i Named by the U. S. Coast Survey.

nn*?

itherto and
ears NE. i
three miles

ek, was also

le informa-

also in the

Chacon and
I, ' No rock
ocks in the
light in the
on but saw
cloudy but
nd was now
■ about two
ings: Cape
in west side

tish Admi-
ace of fully

■four miles,
rn point of
)ded moun-
liorities, but
or quite on

o consist of
ses by a flat
ilone on the
ape changes
a to the land
as a nipple-
h high land
hward from
vo cones are
k and bluff
ince as from
>n becoming
rising more
well defined
;en4

i half miles
The west-
Vf. and SW.
ch this cape
§ still unex-
Dhe opposite

wi,h bis btfsr-
may iiave Deen
; Zsyu Island
' longitada tend
»■ aa lituated in
rland and Fox,
r are, by Doug-
' Cape Murray.
D th* spot itielf
les. Howerer,
0»p* UvatKT,

'^^^S-.K"^^-'- -'^

.ill.. .1 ;i • /. i.ii

InvuiklaPt.

Invunhle Pt.N <fr*S,lBMaeK,

KortKIslnnri N P»K,H UHv».

(l^vm IKxonii Voyoff*.)

Cupf Muxuii W WIS' i X.l4 MilcH.

Kiu|<i<)iiu-r Striiit.

'' .*W^

Port^stCT' iMliuiii flxMu. thA Htnttii unti West .

^::^r^ ^^*rrrr'

IrMiijf

:jiv, ?ysw «!>.

'fi;uvm aji<(

ISfej

'. ■

mr"T

tl v. i / ;.( V/ .,.,v ,rf

."-^l:;

'» ^

-'#

f,-»SU'

..H

v^Y^'.'^r^'-v^r^.

■ff 1.

■.1 ifn

•>*ii.>.H^;tr...>.

if:,r- .:.

^ ^l•*!l\\4!.■\'.^\V".l

CORDOVA BAY.

headland of this bay, bearing about 8W. by W. j W. about seven miles from Cape Chacon and repre-
sented by different authorities as on nearly the same parallel of latitude, is Point Nuuob, the PunU de
Nufiez of Vancouver's chart, a name adopted from Caamano.*

To the westward from the pint, within a range of several miles, but differently located by differ-
ent authorities, is an islet v/ith foul tp-onnd around and between it and the shore.

The land uiK»n which Point NuHez is situated is Bean Island.f wiiich is represented by Tebienkoff
as a part of Prince of Wales Island. It is a high island with a bluff seaward face, higher than the
small islands in Nichols Bay.

Point Nufiez forms the southeastern extreme of Cordova Bay, Puerto Cordova y Cordova of
Caamano, a very extensive unexplored sheet of water containing numerous islands, some of large size,
communicating with Port Bucareli by an arm called TIevak Strait and extending,
ac<;ording to lebienkoff, in a narrow inlet called Tliakd-ek Bay towards the headwaters Cordova Bay.
of Moira and Cholmondeley sounds, from which it is separated by a short isthmus
called the Kaigan Portage. Nothing more definite is known of the northern and northeastern portions
of Cordova Bay. Westward from Point Nuflez, which forms the southern extremity of Bean Island,
there are two large bights; westward still farther is a remarkable reddish-colored conical hill with a
rounded top, a prominent landmark. Farther west the shores of Cordova Bay are lower and broken,
not even approximately surveyed.

W. by S. I S. about eleven miles from Point Nufiez a roe^i/ patch is laid down in the mouth of
the bay by Russian authorities, except Tebienkoff, who places it W. by S. nearly fourteen miles from
Point Nufiez.

SW. by W. if W., twenty miles from Point Nufiez, lies Cape Mazon, or Kai-gah-nee of some
authors, the Cabo de Muzon of Caamano and Vancouver.]: This is the most western of the soutliern
capes of Alaska," bordering on Dixon Entrance.

This is a barren bluff point with deep water clow; to it.§ It is high and rocky, with a reef almost
four cables long extending in a SE. direction ; another smaU reef lies just to the northward of this.
Also a rocky island close inshore, which does not show from the eastward but comes out very clearly in
approaching from the northward or southward. || According to Brundigc it is a long, sharp bluff, easily
recognizable from sea, and with four small islands northeastward from the northeast prolongation of
its shore. It appears to )je formed by a high a'ld somewhat precipitous bluff with a
strip of lower land in front of it. Such a cjipe is figuretl by La Perouse as seen in cape Muzon.

profile to the eastward of Forrester Island. As seen by the U. S. Coast Survey party
in 1867, bearing W. by N. J N. one mile and a quai-ter, (though the summit was hidden by fog,) the
immediate shores were comparatively low and rocky, covered with a heavy growth of spruce, and the
coast to the northwest appeared much broken and of a formation similar to that at the cape. Between
the vessel and the cape strong current-markings were visible on the surface of the water, and I^a Perouse
speaks of strong tidal currents experienced in crossing Dixon Entrance in this vicinity. Brundige
experienced a one knot current in this vicinity and Nichols found weak tidal currents.

Cape Muzon is nearly in latitude 54° 42' N., about the same parallel as points Nufiez and Wales
and Cape Chacon. The longitude is given by Tebienkoff, from Khrushchoff's observations, as 132° 38'
W., but all other modern authorities place it from 2' to 4' farther west.f

Nichols' reconnaissance of the TIevak Strait included a determination at Howkan village, from
which the position of Cape Muzon would appear to be, approximately.

Latitude 64° 41' 4" N.

Longitude 132° 44' 7" W.

* This is the Oape Hnrray of some of the early fur traders, and perhaps of Douglas.

t Named by the Superintendent of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey in 1880 for Dr. T. H. Bean, of the U. 8. Fish Com-
mission.

i The Cape Kaigani of Tebienltoir, varionely spelled Kygane, Kaigani, Caiganee, &c., by different authors. From an
examination of Galiano and Val.les' " Relacion" (p. cxxiv) and documents edited by Navarrete, it seems certain that the original
designation of this cape was Cabo d« MuBoi or Muflo* Qoosens, which, by the transposition of two letters on Vancouver's copy
fromCaamano hr.8 been perpetuated as MuMn. However, as the erroneous orlhography has been widely a.lopted and had priority
of publication, it has seemed undesirable to make a change which would be o'f little if any service to the navigator, while attended
with manifest inconvenience. It was called Cape Pitt by Dixon and some of the early traders, and Cape Irvine by Douglas.

i Brqndige, I. c.

II Nichols, I. c.

H Brundige landed there, and from observations on shore places the cape in

Latitude ..
Loncltnde .

6*0 42' in" If .
JSJO 40' SO" W.,

which is exactly the poeiUon given on British Admiralty Chart 2431.

P. c. P.— 9

KAIGAHNEE HARBORS.

From Capp Mu/.on, acrosw Dixon Entranee, Point North, or Breakers Point of Ls Perouae, on
Nortli Island of the Qiipcn C'iiarhjtte group, lioars S. 8° or 10° W. (or, if Dawson's position be Moepted,
ahout 8. by E.) f.vcnty-oight miles. 'I'iie cape forms the southern point of Dall Isluid * and the
western point of entrance of Kai-gnh-net> Stniit.

The exact limits of Dull Island northward remain to be determined by the survey of the varioua
openings westward from Kai-gnh-nee and Tlevak straits. As far as known, it comprises moet of the
land westward from those strtiits, north of Cape Muzon, extending towards the Pacific and penetrated by
Port Razan.

From Cn|K! Muzon the deeply indented eastern shore of Dall Island trends in a |,enerally northwest
direction, guardetl by a nuiltitude of woodetl islets, reefs, and sunken rocks extending oif-«hore to three-

auarters of a mile. The bight between this shore and South Point, being the entrance to Kai-gah-nee
trait, is the Port Meares or Meares Iky, of the early explorers and traders, (1791-1799,) but it is not
possible to identify it with Port Meares of Douglas in 1786, from his chart and remarks.

On the Dall Island shore are several indentations which were used as liarbors by the fur traders

of the last century, of whose presence the name American Bay, applied to one of these,

Kai-gah-nee is <> reminder. Tlie most marked of these co'/es are the Kai-gah-nee Harbors, sur-

Harbort. vcyed by Etolin in 183.'}. These comprise three narrow bays, the middle one of which

affords the usual anchorage. The aoutheitstern point of the southern bay has an islet

off it a quarter of a mile to the eastward, with some rocks outside the islet. These are bold-to to the

northward, twenty-nine fathoms Ixjing reported close to them.

The southern shore of the South Harbor trends W. by 8.; or nearly so, in an almost straight line for

about two miles. There are several islets and rocks along this shore, and a good-sized mid-channel islet

about half way *'rom the point to the head of the bay, where the shore is bordered by a

South Harbor. tidal flat. W'ithin a quarter of a mile from the head of the bay a gnudl reef pnta out

from the northern shore, which is elsewhere free from obstructions. The northern shore

of the South Harborf extends less to the eastward by three-quarters of a mile than the southern shore.

The bay is about three-eighths of a mile wide, and the soundings diminish pretty regularly from

forty-seven fathoms near the entrance to thirty-seven north of the channel islet, and thirteen at the

anchorage, five-eighths of a mile from the northern headland of the entrance. The course in possea

to the northward of the islet, and the anchorage is well protected from all winds except those from

the eastward. There is said to be an Indian village near the head.

The Middle and North harbors p.ie separated by a small point and a nearly continuous, narrow,
long island to the eastward. Off the eastern end of the island are some rocks, forming a patch otfoul
ground, having the same general trend as the island, W. ^ IT. and E. | 8., from which
Middle Harbor, they extend a cable length. The Middle Harbor is less than a quarter of a mile
wide and about a mile in length. Its shores are apparently clear of dangers; there
are some islets in its northwestern angle. Near the southwestern angle is a ve^ small basin, with
about five fathoms water in it, in which a small vessel might lie as in a dock. This is called by the
Russians Prisoners Cove or Harbor.

The depth of water in Middle Harbor varies from seven to nineteen fathoms. The anchorage is
laid down by Etolin in seven and a half fathoms directly off the entrance of the basin.

The North Harbor is "of about the same length as Middle Harbor, but even narrower and with
deeper water. It presents no special advantages. All are open to the eastward and
North Harbor. surrounded by rather high wooded land. A «^ording to Etolin the geographical posi-
tion of Prisoners Cove| is

Latitude 64° 46' 00" N.

Longitude 132° 46' 30" W.

The range of the tides, according to Tebienkoff, is sixteen feet. The variauon of the compass,
according to Etolin, was 26° E. in 1833.

In Tehienkoff's sketch, on Chart No. IX, (reproduced without change in the Coast Survey Atlas
of Harbor Cliarts of Alaska,) the scale of miles by inadvertence has been made to read miles for quar-
ters of miles. A better itpresentation of this locality is Etolin's original sketch, which appears on
Russian Hydrographic Clmrt No. 1396.

* Named by tli« Superiulenilent of the U. 8. Coast and Guodetic Survey in 1^79.

t This harbor wa« known in 17'J9 as Taddiikty, a native name, or Taddy'i 00T», a corruption of the former. At that time
there w*re no resident Indians there, but there wa§ a fortification to which they could retire when attacked. The land about
thin cove ie extremely high and densely wooded.

{There are some who wouid identify this anchuraKe with Port Meares of Doiiglaa; but the weight of evidence ii agaiiut it.
Douglas' sketch, besides having the title and compass reversed, with regard to the true points of the compass, ti of such a char-
acter as to be quite incomprehensible, and the journal of the Eliza (1799) states that these coves were not known until after
Meares' time.

KAIOAHNEE STRAIT.

North from Cape Muzon about three miles in South I'oiiit* the southern extreme of Long
Ialand.t It is a thickly wooded rocicy point, alwut six huiulro<l feet high. A iref extends euBt-
ward from it half a mile anotlier lies about the same distanit' oil-shore to the southeastward. A small
rocky spur with outlying rocks runs out about three («bles 8 HVf.X

Long Island is about nine miles long and four milw wide, narrowing from the north, southward.
Its western coast, bordering on the strait from half a mile off-shore, seems to be dear of dangers. Two
miles south from South Cape, on the line joining it with Cape Muzon, Nichols found no lH>ttom with
thirty fathoms of line out. At this point Kai-gah-nee Strait oi)ens NW. by W. This strait extends
between Dall and I^ong islands about seven miles, gradually contracting in width from more than
two miles at its south entrance to less than half a mile at the Ilowkan Narrows or
Strait, which forms the northern termination of Kai-gah-nee Strait. Several small Kal-pah-n««

points project from the Long Island shore, and half a mile NW. from South Point is Strait,

a mvaU ruf, clcae in. About two miles northward from South Point is a small village
of the Haida or Kai-mh-nce rac« of Indians, who have given their name to the strait. Two and a'
half miles farther northward on the same shore two islands mark the entrant* of BoUds Inlet, which
appears like a passage leading in a northerly direction, and has not yet been ezploral. When them
islands are abeam the strait takes a more westerly direction and the Haida village of Howkan is visible
in a NW. by W. direction.

From Juolles Jnlet entrance, S. by W. one euA a half miles, is Pond Bay, a deep bight with a
large wooded isl&nd in the entrance and several smaller islands within. W. by N. J N., six miles from
South Point on the Dall Island shore, lies the entrance of American Bay, named b y Etolin.

It is indented about a mile and a half in a southwesterly direction with a widt h of about half a
mile. Nearly in the middle of the strait, NE. from the northern jKiint of entrance of American Bay, is
a patch with nine to sixteen fathoms over it, on which anchorage may be had. In the entrance to the
bay nine to twenty-one fathoms may be had. SW. by S. ^ 8. from Dix iVint, its northern point of
entrance, is a cluster of four wooded islets united by banks at low water and called the Bay Isleta.
Behind these is Anchorage Cove, where good anchorage may be had in ten to twelve fathoms. Near
the head of the bey are some rocks, but as a whole the shores of the bay appear unusually free from
dangers or impedimenta to navigation. This bay is represented on U. S. Coast and Geodetic Sur-
vey Harbor Chart No. 713, from a reconnaissance by the Ilaaaler in 1881. Immediately opposite the
entrance to American Bay there is a small sunken reef extending about a cable w«w*-"ard
from the Long Island shore with nine fathoms close to it. Seven-eighths c ile Howkan

west northwestward from this reef are the Howkan Narrows, where the clear ; lel Narrows,

contracts to a cable and a half and the dirait to about four cables. A projectio .om
the shore of Long Island at this point is the site of the Howkan village of Haida Indians and of a
trading post and missionary station. To the latter has been applied the name of the Jackson Mission.

Howkan contains about a dozen large Indian houses, and directly in front of the houses is a lar, e
reef, bare at half tide and surrounded in summer by kelp. The reef extends a cable and a half south-
westward from the shore at high-water mark. 8W. J W. from this reef, across the cable-and-a-half
wide channel, is a large kelp patch, on which the llnaskr party could not find less than fourteen feet of
water. There is no safe passage west from this natch, between it and the shore. The kelp is said to
disnppear from all these reefs in winter to a gr i t >r less extent. ||

In Howkan Narrows between the kelp \h,'- : .nd the village reef seventeen fathoms can be had
throi^h the channel.

Upon the peninsula on which the Howkan village is situated is the observation sjwt of the U. S.
Coast Survey party of 1881. It is nearly south from me village, close to the high-water mark. Accord-
ing to observations by the reconnaissance party this spot is situated in

Latitude 54° 49'.6 N.

. ♦ Longitude 132°50'.2W.

The variation of the compass in 1881 was 27° 03'.4 easterly and the dip 74° 21'.5. The rise and
fall of tides is about twelve feet.

•The point WM named 0(hnol or Sonth Point by Tehienkott, ^nA Point Kal-gab-nee by KiipreBnolT on liuBsian Hydro-
graphie Chart No. 1493. The application of tliia name Kni-gali-nee to the cape, pivviously named l>y C'uamano and A'ancouver
Cape Miwon, bu laid the basis of future confusion, as South Point above mentioned is tlie Cape Kaigan of the British Admiralty
Chart No. 3431.

tDolcol bUnd of the Russians.

t loformation in regard to this vicinity and Tlevak and Howkan straits is derived from I lie reconnaifsances of the Coast and
Geodetic Survey steamer Hauler, Lieut. Com. H. E. Nichols, U. 8. N., (onnnanding, in 1881. This information is embodied in
U. 8. Coast and Geodetic Survey Chart No. 713.

i After the Rev. Sheldon Jackson, DD., who lias been indefatigable in his endeavors lo establish missions in southeastern

Alaska.

1 In ilmilar patches io the Aleutian region, waU^hed all winter by the U. H. Coast and Geodetic Survey parties, there wu
no time when kolp was not conspicuous upon them, though most abundant and luxuriant in early summer.

KAIOAHNKK HTIIAIT.

About 8E. by 8. from tlie station, offtheHouth bigbt of the peiiinHiilu, in Village Islnnd, of small
extent, about a cable from the wliore. Tlie northern bi).'ht hnH U'X'n named by the U. S. Const Hurvev
Million Cove, (aUhou^jh the miwion is not situated exaetly U|>on it,) and afford- anehorage for small
craft elose in-shore. A mtnlcni rock with tive feet of water on it exists in the head of the cove and may
be avoided by keening the islet on the south shore of the ((We bearing notiiing to westward of SW. by
S. i 8. From this (!ove the shore of I.ong Island trends in a northwesterly direction appareutly
bold-to.

W NW. from Howkan lies Channel Island, nametl by the U. S. Coast Survey, and ap|)earing like
two islands, but connected by a si)itor bar hardly above high-water mark. The island is alxmt four
cables long and one wide, trending in an eiusterly and westerly direction with deep water on either side.
The main eliannel, however, is that on the south and w(«t from the island. From Howkan Narrows
the shore of Dall Island extends in a west-northwesterly direction a mile and a half to Entrance
Point, the eiwtern point of entrance to Saw Mill Cove from which NW. half a mile lies Weit Mill
Rock, of small extent, close to the shore. East half south from this rock half a mile lies J'ond Hock,
awash at low water, nearly midway between Clianncl Island and West Mill lloek and a little to the
northward of a line joining the two.

The entrance to Sawmill Cove is narrow and easily overlooked, though it has four or five fathoms
least water in it. Entrance Point, which shelters tlie outer basin of the mve, extends in a W NW.
direction and is (juite narrow. The basin southwest from it is a-little more than a
Sawmill Cove. cable in extent and has four to six fathoms in the middle. Westward from it is an
opening obstructed by some small islets, leaving a passage ""w yards wide with seven-
teen feet of water, which leads into an extensive unsurveyed basin with " island in the middle of
it and branches in several directions. This is said to frw/e over in wint this vicinity a saw-mill
has been erecttnl by the mi8si(maries to supply material for building fiurjn, .

The channel extends northward lietweeu Pond and West Mill li(X!ks, where the narrows end, and
the passage expands to a wide bay, some six mil(« long in a NW. and SE. direction, forming one of the
ramifications of Cordova Hay, with which it connects by eastward-leading jnissages north of Long Island.
The Dall Island shore is high, densely wooded, and much broken. It should be approached, with
caution as several sunken rcK-ks exist along shore. The eastern boundarj' of this sheet of water, so far
as it can be said to have one, is formed by a variety of islands.

From West Mill Rock W. by N. A N. a mile and three-(iuartcrs lies Dead Pine Island, of small
extent, rocky, with a fir tree and (lead pine stump twenty feet high without bran(!hes, situated close to
the shore. A reef makes off towards the channel from this island a distance of two cables. NW. by
W. from Dead Pine Island about three miles, Bushy Island, still small, is situated near a rounded
point of the Dall Island shore. Westward around this point at a distance of about a mile is the
entrance of Rose Inlet, with several islets in it and not yet surveyed.

North a mile and two-thirds from Bushy Island is Square Island, so named by the U. 8. Coast
Survey from its ap|)earance when viewed from the southward and eastward. Eastward and south-
ward from Square Island is a chain of islands and islets extending nearly to the northwest shore of Long
Island. This is divided into two groups, the northwestern containing, besides S(iuare Island, fivesmal-
and two large islands; the latter se|)aratcd by a very narrow [mssage.

The larger western one, named Grand Island by the U. S. Coast Survey, is over a mile in length ;
the other, Aston I.}land, is about two-thirds of a mile long. The eastern group contains one large
island, named Shoe Island by the U. S. Coast Survey on account of the form of \i> profile, a:ul ieight
or nine smaller islets and rocks. Northward from these lies Jackson Island, over a mile wide and
four miles long in an east and west direction, which is not yet fully sui-veyed. North of this is a broad
arm extending to Cordova Bay.

About two and a half miles NW. by W. from Bushy Island and quite prominent is High Point,
from which NW. by N. | N. two and two-thirds miles lies Reef Point, the eastern end of '^oung
Island. The latter is about two miles and a half long W. by N. and E. by S., and about a mile wide,
separated by a narrow ])assage from the western shore of the strait.

Between Reef and High points is a wide entrance with a number of small islands and rocks in it
>Thich have received the name of Reef Islands. The entraiuie, which might be mistaken for the main
strait, has been called False Lead by the U. S. Coast Survey. It is unsurveyed but is of considerable
extent, with several arms which lead to the westward. Reef Point should l)e avoided, as danyerow rocks,
extend SE. by E. | E. from it a little more than half a mile. The outer rock is sunken at all tides.
Opposite Reef Point the main shore is distant more than three miles in a northwesterly
TIevak Strait. direction, where it forms a rather broad rounded point wiiich has been named Point
Kellogg. Between Reef and Kellogg points TIevak Strait ojjens in a generally
WW. by W. direction 'vith a width of three or four miles and a length to the narrows of some thirteen
miles.

Eastward from Point Kellogg is Dunbar Inlet, narrow and unsurveyed. From the point NW.
by W. nearly seven miles the eastern shore of the strait extends, much broken, to a prominent bare
spot caused by a landslide, beyond which is an indentation in the shore. Between Point Kellogg and

TLKVAK STKAIT.

the lamlRlidu, extending; off the shore a mile to a mile and a Imll", lire three j;riiu|»s of iHlandn. The (IrHt,
or MoFarland Qroup, eoiisistM of three f;oo<l-8iy,ed islands, tin.' Hniallcst of which is a nunrter of a mile
h)ng; the second, or Corlios Oroup, consists of two islands, each over half a mile lonjr; the lust, or
ITioholi Oroup, consistM of three larj^e islands, narrow and elost; to one another, formin);u chain nearly
two miles long in a NW. and SE. direction. Olf these to westward a short disiance are five sniull
ones of very uniform size, (ailed by the U. S. ( 'oust Survey the Sontinols. The West Sentinel is NW.
^ W. from Square Island ten miles and a half, imd is ahout haK a mile westward from llie rest of the
Nichols Group.*

Kelp extends nearly to mid-ehannel from the Nichols (Jroup and should Ijc avoideil with cure.

The western shore of TIevuk Strait between Ilecf I'oint and the narrows is hif;li, wiK)de<l, and
much iudented by bays and bights. The largest of these is Breezy Bay, naniwl by the
U. 8. Coast Survey on aecount of the strong winds encountered there ; the land to the Breeiy Bay.

westward by its jjcculiar conformation concentrating the winds, which in the strait, out
of this influence, are more moderate. Eolua Point, the sontheiisti'rn point of entrance of Unsezy
Bay, is five miles NW. by W. J W. from Reef I'oint. The western headland is Boreas Point, about
two miles NW. from Kolus Point, with a small islet close to it.

The shores of Breezy Bay are quite irregular there arc some rot^ks and one islet of fiuxlerate size
in the bay, which has not been surveyed and should Ik- entered with caution. The Jluimkr aiichore<i
in it in 1881, but no details of the IiK-ality have l)een receive<l.

A mile and a quarter NW Vom Boreas Point is another point of land with some rocks extending
a short distance northeastward nn it. This forms the southern head of a bight of which Ilassler
Point, three miles farther northwest, is the northwestern limit. There is a narrow island close in-shore
east from Hassler Point and a rwk about a cable and a half SE. from it. The bight is
divided into two small bays by Cayman Poinf, which resembles an alligator's head, North and
and though neither has been surveyed North Bay presents the appeanince of Ixnng a South Bay*,

good waiting place for vessels l»ound through the narrows, if (tnly the depth of water
proves suitable. At Hassler Point the straits begin to contract ; a group of several small and two large
islands with some rocks, called the Lively Islands,! extending a mile and a half in an east and west
direction obliquely across the strait, still further diminish the width of the clear chiiimel, which NE.
from Hassler Point is about six cables in width, while the opposite shore is only about
a mile and a half away. From this vicinity the strait contracts in a distance of two TIevak Narrow*,
miles to the extremely narrow passage known as TIevak Narrows,! after which it again
expands and joins by several arms different branches of I'ort Bueareli.

In the ce nterof the narrows is Block Island, a small rocky island, wowled on top, and connected
by a kelp covered reef with the shore to the eastward. The point forming the western limit of the
narrows hoa received the name of Turn Point. It has a small bight S. from it with kelp and rocks in
it. Half a mile north from Block Island, on the eastern shore, is Boulder Point, a low point covennl
with white boulders. From its extreme a line of islets with passages Ix'tween them trend to the west-
ward for a mile across the strait. The westernmost of these, close to the west shore of the strait, is
called Bush Island. There are rocks, generally with kelp on them, at the west edge of Block Island and
on the north extreme of Turn Point. The II i-gxlrr got no bottom with seven fathoms going through
between Block Island and Turn Point. The tide-rips and whirls are very strong in tlie narrows, and
it is not advisable to attempt a passage during the strength of the tide, which runs with great velocity.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR l»A&SlNO THE TI.EVAK NARROWS.

The west end of Boulder Point in range with the shore-line inmuxliately south of Turn Point bight
astern until Bush Island opens clear of the shore south of it, carries through clear of all dangcre.

Beyond the narrows TIevak Strait trend? to the wistward and then to the northward, widens, and
eventually breaks into several arms, but the survey has extended no farther, though the ])assage through
has been repeatedly made.

'McFarland, Young, Dunbar, Kellogg, Corlies, Gould, and Cliapman are pionpcr inmBKinarips ptifjiipcd in w(irk at Aliwkan
■tatione. Li«ut. Cmn. 11. E. Nichols, U. S. N.. Aaat. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, romiianilpd lire t'. .S. sieanier llaiultr
of tlie Coatt Survey during the work of 1881 and 188*2. in Alaska. T. Dix Bollcs. V. W. Collin, W. U. Itoss. C. I''. I'ond,
Ralph Aston, and Dr. K. H. McCarty, all of the U. S. Navy, weremeniberKof the //aM/<r party in 1881 Hnf,'ngcd on the mirvey.

t After the Haaler't Rteam launch.

\ The names XalcalUW*, Howkan, and TIevak are corruptions of Indian names or .vords used for geographical fe.ttiiren in
this vicinity. The name TIevak Strait appears to be due to TebierVoff, and may have its origin in the same root as tbs name
of Elahwak Mttleroent and TleTaklun Oulf farther north. It is spelled TIevack on British Admiralty Chart 2431. The origi-
nal orthography and application of these Indian tenns is always veiled in more or leas obscurity and does not seem worllj much
trouble to diaeoTer. .

70 TLEVAK sTBAIT.

SAILING DIBECTIONS

FOK KAIOAH.TEE ANJ) TLEVAK STRAtTS FROM lATE MUZON TO THE KAPROWS.

Avoid kel^. Me on guard for tidal currents and eddies. Keep in raid-chanuel until past Howkau,
take the w(«t€rn j;a:-sage, and then keej) the Village Island, Hovvkan Point, open couth from Channel
Island until West Mill Rock bears east, having the western shore well aboard to avoid Porul Rock.
From a point half a mile NE. froui Dead Pine Island (until Square Island bears E NF about half a
mile) a roursc HW. i W. (rarrieii (^lear of all obstructions." Thence NW. by N. until Square Island bears
SE. astern, whi^u a NW. § W. course made good leads clear of all obstructions to Tlevali; Narrows.

DANGERS.

In going north, when West Mill Rock bears east or to the southward of east *he navigator is past
Pond Hock. In coming south, when Village Island at Howkan opens clear of the SW. edge of Chan-
nel Islands danger from Pond Rock is past. A reef two cables long extends into the channel from
Dead Pine Island.

There are rocks inshore northward from High Poirt two or three cables in extent Inere are
rocks in the ertrance to False I^ad among the Reef Islands which arc probably covered at high water.
The mnken rock SE. by E. } E. from Reef Point lies three-quarters of a mile west from the above course
and should be carefully avoided. It is bare of kelp in winter,

Tlevak Narrows slioulu be entereil west from lilwk Island, midway between the island and Turn
■ Point until two cables past Turn Point, when Bush Island will open from the shore south of it, thus
clearing the reef with kelp which extends northward from Turn Point.

Great caution should be exercised on aa-ount of strong tidal eddies and currents not well under-
stood (trevailing near the shores, which also have not yet been thoroughly searched for concealed dangere.

KEVILLAGIGEDO AND ASSOCIATED ISLANDS.

In the Alexander Archipelago the plan pursued will be to take up the groups of islands and their
adjacent wafers group by group, working to seaward fiom the mainland and from south northward.
In accordance with this plan the fiint in order will be the shores and channels northward from Cape
Fox and including the Ilevillagigetlo Group.

From Cape Fox the shore trends to the wostward without distinguishing marks, and fringed by
points an'' islets, until, at a distance of about three miles from Cape Fox, a point is reached where the
xhore takes a turn in a more northerly direction. From this point a »r^ extends sonihwai-d two or
three cables, only a few rcK-ks showing abose w»ter. Northwestward about a mile Ihrther Boat Harbor
Point hits been located by British authorities,* where Vt.ncouver's boaLs put in, August ."5, 179;i, "in
a very commodious well-siielx'red little (X)ve, which protected us during the night from an excessively
heavy rain and a very hard ■,~ale of wind from the southea-'t which brought from the ocean so heavy a
sea upon these shores as io invade even our snug retreat."t

J'his point is reported to be mnrked by a conspicuous leaning tree somewhat outB'de the general
line of trees, and with trick foliage from bottom to top.

Thence die shore ertcnds—heavily wooded, with occasional bluffs, rocky ledges ox)vered with
driftwood, and strips of white beach — northwestsvard about five mdes to Foggy Point of Van<»uver
or Point Brumez of some authorities. This point is situated, according to Vancouver, in

Latitude- 54" 54'.f) N.

•• Longitude 130" 40'.0 W.

It is reported to bo distinguishable from the southeastward by its rounded blaff-like appearance
while Just eastwanl from it are two white beacihes separated by a darker rocky ledge. At high water
the point is separated from the m tin shore and forms a rounded island, which is the eastern point of
entrance of Revillagigedo ChaDiiel.

Nearly oppasite I'oggy Point, wcstwanl some seven or eiglit miles, is Duke Point, forrriing the
western point of entrance to the channel, marked by Duke Hill, five or six Imndrwl feet high and n
conspicuous landmark from the southea.stward. This part of the shore will be de80fil>ed further on.

Northward from Foggy Point is an indentation named Foggy Boy by tlic Ij. 8. Coast Survey.
It penetrates the shore about three-quarters of a mile and is about three miles long and without anchor-
age, no bottom being found by tlie Hassler party, in 1882, with twenty fathoms of line twenty yards

* BritlsL Admimlt.v Chart No. 8431, Juue, 1883.

. tVancouvi.-, vol. ii, p. J4(). ,

nil

BEYIT^LAOIGEDO CHANNEL.

from the shore. For a distance of two miles aboye Foggy Point the liay is clear of olwtnictions, but
the remaining third is an archipelago of islets and roi'ks. The largest of these is De Long Island,
three miles NW. from P'oggy Point. It extends westward somewhat beyond the otlier islands, and ia
well marked by a lone tree standing upright some distance from the edge of the woods and which can
be easily seen from the southeast as soon as Boat Harbor Point is rounded. From De Long Island four
other islands extend in a soi'theast direction, and b3tween these and the shore are numerous other
islands and rocks.

From Pe Long Island three-quarters of a mile N NW. is Kirk Island, parallel to and an eighth
of a mile from the shore, where is an Indian village with a corspicuous double white house. A reef
extends off from its NW. end half a mile in a NW. direction and about a third of a mile from the
main shore, partly dry at high water. W. ^ SX. from it a mile and three-quarters is Black Rook, bare,
twenty-five feet high and forty feet in diameter. One hundre<l and fifty yards ivcot from it are two
small rocks which dry at low water, marked by kelp. Black Rock is also surrounded by kelp, and a
reef covered with the same extends half a mile northward to Snail Bock and reef, so-tailed from its
resemblance to r, creeping snail, the rounded elevated part being raarke<l with patches of green, while
the low portion or head is bare rock and points in a S SE. direction The portion of this rock dry
at high water is one hundred yards long N NW. and S SE. and twenty-five yards wide. It is a good
landmark, the highest part being forty feet above high water. Snail Rock is three and a half miles
NW. J W. from De Long Island and a mile and a half from the nearest point of the raainlund. Half
way between it and the main shore at Cove Point is a large help patch. These are the only off-shore
dangers between Boat Harbor Point and Point Alava.

Two miies in a north-northwesterly direction from the village opposite Kirk Island, on the main
shore, is Cove Ptint, from which a group of islets extend NW. by W. three-()uarters of a mile, beyond
which, in the sane d.; ciion, a mile farther, is the beginning of White Reef, which extends in the siinie
trend at least a mile farther, unsurvejed, its middle part forming ai island of which the highest part
is two miles 71. by W. ^ W. from Snail Rock and about the sam i distance NW. by W. from the
mainland at Cove Point. It lies broad off the entran<« to Boca de '^^uadra, between which and White
Reef are roc^s and shoals yet unsurveyed. Eastward from the island off Cove Point is Kah Shakes
Harbor or ','ove, so named from Kah Shakes, the chief of an Indian village situated at its northern
point of entrance. This basin is three-quarters of a mile long, half as wide, of irregular I'hape, with
a salmon stream falling into it, on which the natives have built a weir and dam. The depth of the
harbor varies f.om four to thirteen fathoms with good holding-ground. But this neigbt)orhood has
not been fully examined ; the entrance to the harbor, though straight and carrying three fathoms in at
low water is only sixty feet wide, with rocks on either side. In our present state of knowledge it may
therefore be considered unsafe to attempt an entrance.

A mile and a half northeastward from White Reef lies the entrance of the Boca de Quadra of Caa-
mano and A^'anoouver, sometimes called Quadra Channel or Bay. This (wintis situ-
ated, according to Vancouver, in latitude 65° 1' N., and is a mile in width. This Booa de Quadra.
inlet has a width varying from one to two miles and is about thirty miles in length,
describing a sigmoid ^.arve and having several small openings making out from it. " The sides of this
canal we nearly straight, firm and compact, composed of high, steep, rocky clifls covered with wood."*
It terminates in a small border oi ■)w land through wliich pass two rivulets, in latitude 86° 17' N.

In and about the entrance rre great numbers of rocks and islets, rendering the approach difficult
and dangerous.

A salmon cannery was established in this inlet in 1883.

A mile and a half northwest from AVhite Reei and about two miles from the entrance of the Boca
de Quadra is an islet named by Vancouver Slate Islet, being entirely composed of that rock, which
had nowhere else been observed in such quantity.

It is wooded and {oraii* the largest and southeasternmost of a group of four islets and a large
number of rocks, whicii extend to a mile and a (juarter SW. from tiie main shore, northwesi'vard from
tbo entrance of Boca de Qtiadra. Thence the main shore extends in a generally NW. direction, with
many small indentations ami a few islets and rocks clos in, about six miles to Point Sykes, named by
\''anoouver, and forming the southeastern heaiUand of a large inlet. The opposite lieadland of the
same, situated from Point B) kes SW. \ W, four miles, is Point Alava, named by Vancouver, and very
consp^uous, with an i-ilet lying close to it.

This point, as understood by Vancouver, included the whole of that projecting land which forms
the northern point of entrance to Revillngigedo channel in this vicinity and the southwestern extreme
of the entrant* lo Behm CairnL Some later navigators have restrictetl the scope of the name, applying
it to one of the small prominences of this shore, which is descrilwd as not t^nspicuous l)Ut marked by
a small wotHletl islet dose in, rot.ky and steep-to, while two miles northeastward another small rocky
prominentic of the sho-e is regardwl as the southwestern pt)int of entrance to Bt-hm Canal, which then
would be about two rr.iles wide and free from obstructions.

• Vancouver, vol, ii, p 349,

BEflM CANAfj.

Passing by the broken and irrngular western shores opposite those just alluded to, to take them
up again later in connectioti wi'Ji the navigation of Rcvillagigedo Channel; the inlet opening between
Points Alava and Sykcs will be first described.

BEHM CA.KAL.

Behm Canal, named by Vancouver, is one of the most singular and extensive of the remarkable
fiords characteristic of this coast. With the Ilevillagigedo Channel it encircles the large island to
which Vancouver gave the name of Lievillagigedc* The direction of *he canal from the entrance at
Point Sykcs is about N. J E. ten miles to Point Nelson, named by Vancouver, and placed by him in
latitude 55° 15' N. The canal, which at its entrance hiis a width of somewhat over two miles, increases
to more than four miles, but abreast of this point is diminished to two and a half miles in width by an
island upon the western shore. This stretch of the continental shore has a few small islets and rocks
lying near it and is a little indented.

i mmediately around Point Nelson Smeaton Bayf y netrates the coast, curving to the northeast and
north, being about ten miles in length, and terminating in latitude 65° 18'.5 N. It was found by
Vancouver to be about three-quarters of a mile in width, with a bay or cove on its eastern shore which
approaches within about two miles of the no<'a de Quadra.

The surrounding country consists of steej), barren, roijky mountains, whose summits appear to lie
above the snow-line. Except at its head, where the land is low, these mountains rise abruptly from
the water's edge, sparsely wooded with small trees. W NW. about two and a half miles from Point
Nelson lies Smeaton Island, some three or four miles long, in the middle of the catial.

W SW. from Point Nelson lies Eudyerd Island,! somewhat smaller and narrower, and separated by
a narrow pa.ssagc from the shore of the Rcvillagigedo Island, which is considerably indented in its south-
ern part and may with great |(robii.bility hereafter prove to (H)nsist of several distinct bodies of land.

N. by E. from Point Ne!son,| somewhat les,s than five miles, lies Point Trollop, named by
Vancouver. The width of the canal is here about seven miles, inclusive of islands. Hence it con-
tracts in width and becomes obstructed by islands and rocks in increasing ratio northward. The
general direction of the shore of the mainland is NW. by N. Beginning at a point about two and a
half miles northward from Point Trollop the continental coast is guarded for nearly seven miles by
several long narrow islands. **

The southerimiost of these is very narrow and about two miles in length ; it is called Candle
Island,! and between it and the mainland is the southern end of Shoalwater Passage.f the remainder
of whoso southwestern shore is formtid by Winstanley Island,! five miles long and civer a mile in
greatest width. Beyond its northern extreme are a large number of rocks and islets which have been
called the New Eddystone Islands. §

Jk'twci'ii Winstanley Island and the shore Shoalwater C'hannel is in some places only navigable
for boats and canoes, .\bout nine miles from Point Trollop this channel again enters the main body
of ;^he canal, which trends in a NW. by N. i N. direction with a width of two and a half or three miles,
and becomes much embarrassed by rw^ks and islets.

At a distance of eleven and a half miles NW. from Point Trollop, and a little to the westward
of mid-channel, lies the New Eildystone Uock,|| na.ned by Vancouver from its resemblance to the light-
house off Plymouth. It rises from a sand-bar, covering a rocky ledge, to the height of
New Eddystone two luindred and fifty feet; its circumferenoe at the base is about fifty yards, and it
Rock. regularly decreases toward the apex, which seems to l)e a few feet only in extent and

nearly flat. It sustains a few small shrubs and trees in various crevices which extend
quite up to the summit. To the northward a ledge of roclts, visible at low water and bold-to, extends
some two hundred yards. The remainder of the bar at its base is composed ot sand. This rock is
separated by a mile from the western and by two miles from the eastern shore of the canat, and is
place(.l by Vancouver in

Latitude __. 56° 29' N.

Longitude ^ 180° 46' W.

About thi-ee miles from the rock. N. \ W., is situated Point New Eddystone of the Russian
charts, forming the sonthern headland of Budyerd Bay, a T-shapal inlet, thrce-qnarters of a mile

* In lionor of the Cnnde de RevilLifiigedu, then viceroy of Mexico, to whose oiiiirteijr, a* exhibited by the oOeera ultng
under his (inlura, Vnncoiiver f'liniil hiraaelfmuch indebted.

tTlisKB gudnrapliioiil fer'iir.'R were imnied by the Superintendent of the I". 8. CoMt Survey in 1879, moatly kAarcDgineen
and otiiere auouiated niili the hintuy of the Kddyttone Light-hdiise.

\ It appears tliat I'n'iit XelMiii of Vkncnuver's chart must b<> different from that of his text, as the btisriMH tad dietaiM* do
uol agree. Tlie poini iiiilicated in tlie cliart is above r6fi>rred to.

J On the Biitisli Admiralty Clmrl 2431.

II On Tebienkolf's t^Iiart No ' \, by some error the namv Is traiiiferred to an i»U.t rauoh farth'Sr to the northward.

itpipnwi

take them
g between

eraarkable
J island to
sntrance at
by him in
i, increases
idth by an
and rocks

rtheast and
1 found by
here which

ppear to lie
uptly from
from Point

eparatcd by
in its south-
) of land,
named by
ence it con-
ward. The
t two and a
■en miles by

[led Candle
le remainder
;r a mile in
h have been

ly navigable
e main body
■ three miles,

he westward
! to the light- ^
the height of
yards, and it
n extent and
which extend
d-to, extends
This rock is
canal, and is

-V

' the Russian
ters of a mile

he offle*ni moling

,1y «!*«■ eoglB««r»

fi and dic'.*oe« do

hwkrd.

r-^

ri-*TEi:t. itTi

n.iTElIo -.ill

\^n

-V

smxr

HEllM CAXAF- i

AND

( iwyiKNCF*: STHAJ r ,

(Hi'ilisli Autliitr»Up*».i*nrrci'Uiui» l»vtl»r I'.S.CSJ

\HH'2

• OUNOinO* INrATHOMt

R |E ^ I L L A G I G E I) O

I S L A N D

/iV"' HAS S l.i K R
I S I- A iji i>

•(j)»rw|.>li^»trai»Bk.

j)w-a«.-

,(D«11 Hviui

^^-^

,id..Pt. ir

d^ .TVoUop

^ ,.»»"'■

,|»«'

Chr/ttaf -^

■\

•„'^*..

^>Hif-y

■<?"■

i,Syke«

^^..

^ .0.

.tf*,'"'

Pt.H'inBl..

.ifi:i ■*

Pt.l 'ewyi

..Xdiiou

■XJi

J^\n\\AVS

,h-i. "i

iw^

«'

l--

l)t

«..■/..'.:

.*<

VxiUf V\ \ \ foRsyl

iiillt.-lU Ulll'V

i^([.

BEHM CANAL.

wide and about eight miles in extent, wJiit-h penetrates to the north and cast l)etw«'en high, barren,
snowy mountains. Opposite this point an unexplored opnintr on the sliore of Koviliiigigodo Island
is indieate<1 by Vancouver.

In this vicinity the Revillagige<lo Island slio-.v is broken by the nortliern entrance of the unsur-
veyetl Carroll Arm. This is asserted to extend to the southward iiiul westward to Revillagigedo
Channel, cutting off Hassler Island* from the foutheastern part of what was formerlv siipposed to
constitute one iKxJy of land.

NW. § N. from Point New Eddystone, eight and a half miles, is the .southern headland of Walker
Cove, named by Vancouver, another of the small inlets so fre«]uent on this coast, having a width of
half a mile or more, a lengt!> of some six miles, and a general direction of NE. bv N. Off its northern
headland are some small r<x;k) islets («vered with low pine trees; around the shores large nunilx^rs of
sea-otters were olwerved by Whidbey's party in 179.3.

Hence WNW. some eightren miles the ciiual preserves an average width of iibout two miles to
Point Fitzgibbon of Vauwuver , the shores on either hand Iwing somewhat indented with small bays and
coves. This point is long and narn)w, peculiarly shaped, and has a small cove to the eastward from it. It
would appear to be moderately h!<rh, at least in part, and is distant about one mile from Point Whaley,
in latitude 86° 66'.6 N., which forms tho northern extreme of Revillagigedo Jslaiid.
From this point Behm Canal takes a SW. by S. direction, and is i-ontinued as Burroughs Burroughs Bay.
Bayf W WE. about six miles, with a width of about a mile. The shore is somewhat
indented by small tioves and the bay terminates in a mud flat, over which several rivulets discharge, and
upon which Vancouver found a 'arge amount of dritVwood. At the same time (August, 1793) he
ol)serve<l large numbers of salmon here, tat they were mostly out of season at the time of his visit.
The waters of the l)ay were discolorv.:^ nnd almost perfectly fresh, rendering it probable that these streams
flow from glaciers. The head of the bay was placed by Vanc-ouVer in latitude 66° 1'.6 N.

Four miles from Point Whaley, SW. J S., lies Point Lees, where the canal contratits to less than
a mile in width. On this point Vancouver olBCtved a large, but at that time mitenanted, Indian
village. The latitude was olwerved by him to l)e 6f ° 64' N. From this point the c«nal, or one portion
of it, continues to the southwestward in the same direction as previously, but -;ives off an arm extend-
ing five miles in a NW. by N. direction from Point Lees. Jroni this brautli Bell Arm penetrates to
the S. by W., rejoir.ing the more direct or prinjipal channel of Bohm Canal at a distance of seven
miles. The shores of this branch, in some plajes not over a quarter of a mile apart, are steep, high,
rocky and covered with coniferous trees. About midway, on the northern or continental shore of tnis
branch, Short Inlet penetrates to the northward with a length of about tl o miles and a width of a
mile. Three or four miles far+her, Bailey Bay enters the same shore to a somewhat greater distance
in the same general direction, iiumediately after Bell Arm rejoins the main canal. The land cut off
between the arm and the canal forms Bell Island of Vancouver; it has the lusual broken tojiogr \phy of
this region, and extends about six miles in a N. by B. and S. by W. direction.

From the Southern extreme of this ishud the canal takes a nearly south direction for seven
miles, at the sawe (ime expanding to a width of nearly two miles. The shores on either hand are much
broker and not fully surveyed. On the western or continental shore McDonald Bay, a large arm,
extends to the westward four miles, with some rocks about its entrance. Several sunken rocks within
it were reported by Vancouver's party. In a bay on the northern shore the remains of an Indian
village existed, around which grew a quantity wild apple trees, iM-aring fruit of agreeable flavor.

This inlet is separated by a jieninsula from a large and spacious i)ay ilirectly south of it, of which
Vancouver reports that its entrance was nearly three miles wide N NW. and S SE. Its northern point
is situated in latitude 55° 48' N., whence the north side of the bay takes a nearly wi-st
directifm about four miles ami a half, forming in that space three or four coves, and Spacious Bay.
rounding somewhat irregularly to its southern point of entrance; within which is an
island about a mile in extent, with .lo navigable channel between it and the shore to the southward.
The shores of the bay are very moderately elevated, thickly woode<l, and terminating in a sandy beach
nearly all round. Tebieukott" locates here an Indian settlement. The interior cou try was not very
high, especially to the westward, where low woodlands extendetl nearly as far as the eye could reach.
The opposite shore of Revillagigedo Island is much broken by small unexplore<l coves and bays.

From the southern htadla'.d vi ihe bay above mentioned tlie canal takes a SE. } S. direction for
nearly nine miles, and thence to its termination eight and a half miles S. i E., .simultaneously expanding
in width from a mile and j quarter to learly six miles. About six miles SE. J E.
from the h'adland menti.med on the Rivillagigedo shore is a small entrance named Traitor's Cove.
Traitor's Cove by Vano>uver, from whence issued a party of Indians who atta<ke<l
his boats and woundeJ two of hid men. To the northward of Ihis cove, on the same shore, alwut
three miles, is a som'jwhat extensive but unsurveyed inlet. •••: .

*Thi«fact WM reportwl in IflSS. and the name of the U. 8. Coast Survey vessel n—ler was applied \,j the Superintendent
to this unnBnie<l bodv of land.

t On Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1493 this is called Borroiix toy, translated to mean a burrower or borer.

P. 0. P. — 10

PORT STEWART.

it:

r'.

SE. by S. three miles from Truitor's Cove, on the same side of the canal, is situated Escape Point,
where Vancouver had landed at the time of his difficiiity with the natives. It is situated, according to
Vancouver, in latitude 66° 37' N. On the Ruswian Hydro(iraphic Chart No. 1493 the name has been
transferred to another point two miles to the southward, which has a small islet near it, and this error
has been copied into the British Admiralty Chart No. 2431 and U. 8. Hydrographic Chart No. 225.

On the continental shore, nearly al)rea8t of Traitor's Cove, which bears ENE. about four miles,

is Port Stewart of Vancouver, named for one of his officers who surveyed it. The

Port Stewart. entrance is about two miles wide, the headlands bcjiring N. 30° W. and S. 30° E. from

each other. It has a general direction of N. 60° W. from the middle of the entrance,

contracting in width for two and three-eighths miles to a stream coming in at its head.

This port consists of two basins, the outer one 'brmed by three islets and adjacent sand-bars ; the
inner one by a point which makes out from the mid He of the northern shore. This is nearly met by
shoals extending from the opposite shore, which reo-de again to the westward of the point and form
a rounded basin about a quarter of a mile in extent. Tliis basin has a narrow prolongation to the
northward, betwean the |x>int above mentioned and an island about a cable to the westward of it. The
northern point of the shoal is rocky; the entrance to the basin, only a cable wide, is olistructed by a
foulpaich directly in the middle of its narrowest part, which occupies fully one-half of its width, leaving
a very narrow seven-fathom channel to the northward, and one with five fathoms between the patch and
the northern point of thi; shoals. The northern shore is bold-to. Inside this basin six and eight fathoms
may be had, but between it and tlie head of the bay the space is entirely occupied by shoals.

A group of three islets in the southern part of the entrance forms the protection of the outer
port or anchorages. The two northern islets are joined by a rocky shoal, forming a barrier about half
a mile long and quite narrow. From the southern islet a long narrow nhoal makes out in a north-
westerly direction, nearly joining a prong of the other shoal. In the narrow channel between the two
shoals, however, fourteen to twenty fathoms may be carried. On this southern islet, which is of small
extent, Vancouver's astronomical station was established. Between it and the adjacent southern shore
exists a clear passage less than a cable in width, having nine to eleven fathoms in it. Between these
islets and the southern shore a sub-triangular space exists, perfectly protected from all winds, and
affording good anchorage in thirteen to seventeen fathoms. The area thus inclosed is three-eighths of
a mile wide and three-quarters of a mile long NW. and BE.

In line with Observatory Islet, the western end of the northeastern islet, and a point on Jhe north-
ern shore, in a direction about 8E. by S., a quarter of a mile from the latter, in another little islet, high
and bold-to. To the westward of it are two others with rocky shores, low, but having apparently no
outlying dangers.

';• DIRECTIONS FOB THE USE OF PORT STEWART.

The better course for the inner basin would appear from Vancouver's plan to lie between the
high islet and the two others, but a reef obstructs the passage to the northward of the former. The
course for the outer anchorage passes to the southward of the tliree northern islets, and the W. point
of the W. islet of the southern group being bold-to may be rounded within a short distauce, and good
anchorage may be had with this point tearing N., half-way between it and the southern shore, in fif-
teen fathoms, sandy bottom.

Vancouver recommends, as the best and a perfectly safe passage into the port, the narrow channel
between the Observatory Islet and the mainland. As unknown sunken rock" may exist in the other
passages, caution should be exercised in the use of ihem. SE. by S. J S. a quarter of a mile from the
northern headland, outside of all the islets, a patch of rocks is indicated by Vancouver with deep
water about it. Vancouver places his astronomical station in

Latitude 86° 88' 15" N.

Longitude 131° 36' 00" W.,

but Tebienkoff gives the longitude as 131° 44' W., and on an old Russian plan taken from Vancouver
it is given as 131° 47' W.

The variation of the compass was determined by Vancouver as 28° 30' E. (1793.)
The communication with the shore is easy, and wood and water may be conveniently obtained in
great abundance. The shores are of a moderate height and covere<l with berry bushes, shrubs and coni-
ferous trees.

To the southward from Escape Point the canal expands, forming bays on either shore. Qn the
western shore, four miles to the southward from Port Stewart, is an uusurveyed iulet aboht two miles
long in a westerly direction, and over a mile wide at the entrance: It contains some islands. Qn the
eastern shore, south of Escape Point, the coast curves to the eastward and southward, forming a large
open bay, from which some small openings extend to the northward and eastward. There is a small

NAHA BAY.

island near the northern headland and a number of others near the southern point of the bay. This
bay is divided into two parts by a long projection from the mainland, extending in a westerly direction
toward the small island above mentioned.

On the northern side of this point is an anchorage known as Naha Bay, which appears to be
accessible from either side of the island, the approaches being reported free from all danger. The
anchoring place is a cable and a half oflF shore, in fifteen to eighteen fathoms, good holding-ground. It
is alwut twenty miles by ship's run from Ward Cove.

Into the northern and eastern angle of Naha Bay a creek empties from a lake over some rapids,
and here on the northwestern shore a salmon fishery was established in the spring of 1883. The sur-
face of the lake appears to be normally several feet below high-water mark, with an average tide of
about sixteen feet. Strong currents run in and out with the tide. At the 8W. end of the house a
bluflT rock abuts on the creek, which is iiere about fifty feet wide, the opposite shore being rocky and
irregular. In this place the stream runs at a rate of three knots. For fifty yards below this spot
there are three to five fathoms water, then a bar, dry at low tide, makes out from the northern shore,
leaving a fifty foot wide channel along the southern shore with a depth of three feet at lowest tides.
This channel is a cable and a half in length, crooked, and at its western extreme enters deep water.
This locality was looked at by Lieutenant Commander H. E. Nichols, U. S. N., in 1883, and the above
description is based on his memoranda.

South from the bight southeastward from Naha Bay the shore trends i^ain to the westward and
becomes infested by islands and rocks.

At this point the width of the canal is materially contracted by the approximation of the shores
south of the Days above mentioned, and especially by Betton Island of A'^ancouver,* which is about
a mile and a half wide and three miles long, sitimted somewhat over five miles S. by E. J E. from
Escape Point. It is separated from Revillagigedo Island by a strait a mile wide, in which are several
smaller islands. The northern and western shores of Betton Island ure bordered with several danger-
ous rocks lying half a mile from shore, and this portion should not be approached within a mile by
navigators. The island is about fifteen hundred feet high, nearly divided by a deep gash or chasm in an
easterly and westerly direction, is densely v/ooded and with bluff shores.

Two miles southward and eastward from Betton Island is Point Higgins, named by Vancouver,
the southeastern extreme of this entrance to Behm Canal, and which separates it from the western
entrance to Revillagigedo Channel or Tongass Narrows. It is woodetl and low for a long way back
and will again be referred to. Vancouver placed it in latitude 55° 27'.5 N.

The opposite or southwestern headland, W. by 8. J 8. four miles and a half from Point Higgins,
is Cape Caamano, a "remarkable projecting point," named by Vancouver, according to whom it is
situated inf

Latitude 55° 29' N.

Longitude _ 131° 43' W.

This cape is wooded to the water's edge, surrounded by rocks, which also embarrass a small cove to the
eastward of the cape. It separates the northern entrance of Behm Canal from Clarence Strait, and
from it Point Higgins bears E. by N. J N. four miles and a half. Point Vallenar nearly E. by 8., and
Point Grindall 8'W. J S., each five miles distant.

REVILLAGIGEDO CHANNEL.

Duke Hill, on the northeast extreme of Duke Island, lies S. | W. from Snail Reef, and with Foggy
Point opposite, about seven or eight miles eastf-ard, forms the southeastern entrance to Revilkgigedo
Channel, named by Caamano and Vancouver, and formed by the Gravina Group on the south and west
and the mainland and Revillagigedo Island on the north and east. This channel communicates with
Behm Canal, Clarence Straitand Dixon Entrance by several passag&s, some of which are still m sur-
veyed. To the contracted portion between Gravina Island and the southern shore of the island of
Revillagigedo the name Tongass Narrows has been applied by recent navigators.^

•The name of the island is erroneously spelled Beaton on Vancouver's chart, an error which has be«t almost unireraal)}
copied in subsequent charts. The correct spelling is given In several places in the text of his voya^/^. It was named for Robert
Betton, who was wounded by the natives at the time they attacked Vancouver's party at Kscape Point.

t But Tebienkoff places it 6' farther west ; the Russian Hydrographio Chart No. 1493, li' farther west ; while upon British
Admiralty Chart No. 2431 it is 8' west of Vancouver's position.

i Until very recently the charts were destitute of any details in this region. A sketch map, prepared l>y pilot W. E. George,
of which manuscript copies were circulated, contained the results of his observations and the names applied to v.irious points,
islands, &o„ by himself and other recent navigators. This information or part of it appears to have been used in the prepara-
tion of British Admirafty Chart No. 2431, edition of June, 1882, but in which some errors have crept as to names. The sketch
of Capt, George, with some additions from observations by the Hassler party in 1881, was issued by the U. S. Coast Survey in
1832 as Harbor Chart No. 712, with a sketch of Ward Cove on the same sheet. In 1882 the naailer, Lieut. Comd'r H. E,
Nichols, ir. S. N., commanding, made a reconnaissance of Revillagigedo Channel from Foggy Point to Point Vallenar, giving
information much more thorough than any previously accessible. On the charts and field notes submitted by the officers of this
party the deaoription herewith of Revillagigedo Channel and Tongass Narrows wholly depends.

Ufl'K

DUKE AXD MABY ISLANDS.

Duke Hill, nl)ove referred to, marks Duke Point, the nortlienstern extreme of Duke Island, and
is stilted to be ii conspicuous landnmrk from tiie NE., E, and S. It is n'H)Ut six hundred feet high,
tiiickly \vood(!<l, with a deep saddle in which arc one or two tall trees.

In passing northward tliroufjh the channel east from it tiie saddle r)pens wlien the hill bej^ins to
hear alK)Ut SW. Duke Point is hold-to, with a dry rock not far from its northern shore. From it
(Jrave Point, tlic norlhcrn extreme of Dnke Island, Itcars nearly NW. al)out five and a half miles.
The shore between them is indented by three nearly ('cjual bights containing kelp piitclies, refj'g, and
visible iw well as minhen rorh, which extend ott-shore nearly to a mile in stmie cases; hence this shore
should not be approachetl within a mile by veascls until letter known.

The deejH'st indentation is also the southeiisternmost, where, at nearly two miles from Duke Point,
there is an extremely narrow passage, shoal at its inner end, leading to a land-locked basin more than
a mile in length aiul aifording six to twenty fathoms water, but on account of its shoal entrance only
accessible by small craft, boats or ciuioi's. SE. by E. half a mile from Grave Point is Duck Island,
about a quarter of a mile in extent, with a low ro<ky point c(jntinHwl in the same direction, which is
partly covered at high water, but has a high nn-ky nub at its extreme southeastern end.

On each side of this island are rorka and rcej'ii, the outermost a dry rock nearly a mile N NB. from
the Duke Island shore. Between Duck Island and Duke Island is an anchorage in ten to twenty
fathoms, to which the entrance is from the northward between Duck Island and (irave Point. It is
somewhat protected by a long reef which extends southward from an islet south of Duck Island. In
the present state of our knowli'<lge this anchorage, called Reef Harbor by the Hassler party, cannot be
recommended unless the navigator has local knowledge.

E NE., two miles from (irave Point, lies Little lieef, and NE. | N. from Grave I'oint lies Whale
licef, both stated to be cf)vei-e<l at high water, each about three cables in extent N NW. and S BE., and
apparently witlunit outlying dangers. These are the outermost dangers off the western shores of
Revillagigedo Channel l)etween Duke Point and the norihern end of Mary Island. They lie broad off
the passage l)etween Duke and Mary islands. This jiassage is obstructed by numerous known reefs,
rocks and islands, and doid)tlcss by others uid<nown as yet. It is probable that there is deep water
enough between tlie reef's for a ship j)assage in several places; six fathoms can be carried through by
hugging the shore of Duke Island west from (Jrave Point at a distance of a cable and a half, and deeper
water when half a mile from (irave Point.

The largest island between Mary and Duke islands is Cat Island, a mile and a half N NE. and
S SW. and less than a mile widit.

A mile and a half SW. from (have Point is the entrance to a basin two miles and a half long
S SW. and half a mile wi<le, with ten or twenty fathoms inside and six on the line of a long ree/" which
closes the northern half of the entrance. This basin is commo<1ious enough when once entered, but
owing to the obstructions eastward from the entrance it is at present of no particular consequence.

At the S SW. extreme of (Jat Island, and connected with it at low water, is Village Island, of small
extent, with several rocks about it. ( )n this island are fifteen I ndian houses, which during the summer
were found empty, and twenty-one remarkably carved totem-jiosts. On the adjacent shore of Cat
Island seven inhai)ited houses were observed in 1882. Southward from Village Island to the opposite
shore the water is shoal, about three fathoms when the tide is out, with a dry rock twenty-five feet
high in the middle of the j)assage.

Northeast from ("at Island are several islets surrounded with rocky platforms, of which Lane
Islet is the most importjint. If there is any clear passage between Duke and Mary islands it proba-
bly lies just NW. from Lane Islet. Observations indicate that a passage exists here about four cables
wide and carrying ten or twelve fathoms through, but until more is known it is not advisable to attempt
it with a vessel. There are two unlocated daiigirous nunkeii reefn in the passage.

Mary Island *' extends in a NW. by N. and SE. by S. direction, with a length of four miles and
a greatest l>readtli of two miles, somewhat irregular in outline, and with some rocks about its shores.
Mary Island is flattish, rises almost directly from the beach to an altitude of one or two hundred
feet with a rather even to|); most of the trees arc dead as if from forest fires, and the soil is of a boggy
character. The northern extreme of Mary Island is Point Winslow, name<l by local navigators, m<3-
erately high and wooiled. West from Mary and Duke islands Felice Passage, l)elieved to be more or
less obstructed, but ui'surveye<l, extends to Clarence Strait, which it joins south of Annette Island.
Inime<liately west from Point Winslow is an indentation of the northern shore known as Mary
Island Anchorage, which lies l)etween the former and West Point, the shore south of this line being
irregularly indented. The principal bight runs in a N NW. and S SE. direction just west from Point
Winslow, but the southern inner )iart of it is shoal. S SW. (k :;ii Point Winslow two cables is a nar-
row tongue of \a\u\ called lx)g Point. W. by S. from Point Winslow is a reef marked by kelp.
Anchonvge may be had in seven or eight fi«.t!ioms, broken shell and sand, about equally distant from
the reef. Log and Winslow points, the r.orth tangent of the latter Ix-aring NE. by E. i E. and West
Point about W. i N.

• Named by Capt. W. E. OcorKc, in 1S80— the Saint Mary Island of BritUli Admiralty Chart 2431, edition of June, 1882.

KR^'ILLAGIOKIK) CHANNKL,

The rise and fall of the tide at this lowility ia sixteen to twenty-one feet. The variation of the
nmipass in 1882 was 28° 16' eatiterly. Tiie position of the observation spot ou the east shore of the
higlit, a quarter of a mile southward from Point Winslow, was

Latitude 04° 06' 16" N.

Longitude .-131° 10' 39" W.

This anohorage is of small extent, hut convenient for a vessel detained hy a smitheusterlv gale or
waiting for a suitable tide to work through Tongass Narrows. A sketeh of it was obtainetl by the
HuHnler party in 1H82.

From Point Winslow Point Alava bears NW. by N. five miles, and the northern shore of An-
nette island is alwiit the same dist^inee SW. iVom West Point of Miiry Island Anchonige. The extreme
depth of water in the first-mentioned passjige exceeds one hmulred fathoms, but lietwwn Mary and
Annette islands it aj)pears t*) Ih' onlv about fifty fathom.H, and rapidly diminishes southward in width
and in depth and is not believed to 1)6 niivigahic with safety.

NW. J W. from Point Winslow alwut two miles are the Twin Islands,* of small extent, two in
number, a cable and a half aftart W. by N. and E. by 8. — the eastern one rounded, about eiglity feet
lifgh to top of trees, and less than a cable in diameter; the other larger, irregularly shapetl, and about
sixty feet higli. There are some sunkm rockii uvat them, but they may be .safely approached to a
distance of two ciibles and have from four to sixte<;n cables about them.

From Point Alava the shore extends in a westerly direction two miles and a half to a projecting
point, SB. from which, a short di.stance, is a group of small rcs^ks, some of which are dry. With this
exception this stretch of shore and that Imyond it two and a half miles farther are free from dangers,
compact, and rise rajjidly from the water to a considerable height. About six nules from Point Alava
is the southeastern point of entrance of an extensive inlet niarke*! by a small pyramidal island four
hundred and seventy-five feet high, known as Cone Island, with several others much smaller between it
and the shore. Here Thome Arm,t not yet surveyed, extends northward about ten miles with a width
of about a mile and a half at its entrance. Just within the entrance, on the western side, is a small bight
with an island in it. Thome Arm extends eight or ten miles tiorthward, expanding towards its head
into a spacious basin containing a nunil)er of islets and ro<!ks and affording anchorage in several coves.

About W. by N. J N. three miles from Twin Islands is the easternmost group of a series of rocks,
islets and reefs, called by load navigators the Hog Rocks, I which extend in a generally W. by 8.
direction some three or four miles to the nortluustern shore of Annette Island. At low water this
series resolves itself into several group with passages between; at high water there are eight principal
dry rocks and many sunken ones, tx'sides two islands of small extent. Walker (sometimes aillwi Lewis)
Island is about midway iu the line, woodeil, rounded, aliout three cablis in extent, with a small wooded
islet south a short distance from it. Westward from Walker Islam! two-thirds of the way to the
.\unette Island shore, and much smaller than Walker, is Side Island wooded, with rocks between it
and the shore.

Most of the dry llc*'^ Rocks are rounde<l and bliu'l,, rising like tlic backs of a herd of swine but
a few feet atK>ve the water, with many others submergal. Exwpt in the gaj)s previously mentione<l,
the general course of the ridge is either ,^,wash or marke<l by k..!;-.

At al)Out the point where the line of these rocks meets the shore of Annette Island a narrow l)oat
passage half a mile long cuts off Ham Isla:id, two and a half m hs long, triangular, widest at its
eastern end. where rocks extend, nearly a quart^'r of a mile eastward South of Ham Island the boat
passage communicates with Cascade Inlet, two mila> lohjr and oi;e-tliird of a mile wide, with water
too deep for convenient anchorage. Near the souther' poin* of ciitriince to this inlet is a large cascade,
stated to be an exc^ellent place to obtain water in siiiooth weather. The northeastern extreme of Ham
Island was named by the Hassler party Middy Point; rueh make ofi" from the shore south from it.
8. I W. from Middy Point anil about SB. by li. i E. from the C4Lsciide is a sunken rock or shoal off
the entram* to Cascade Itdet. There appears to be three or four fathoms quite close to it, and in sum-
mer it is probably marked by kelp.

From this vicinity the shore of Annette Island extends in a generally 8 8B. direction, tolerably
compact, wooded, and rising inland to peaks twenty-five huiulnnl to over three thousand feet in height.
The easternmost and most remarliable of these is Tongass Mountaiu, about thirty-six hundred feet in
height, bearing al)out SW. by 8. from the Twin Islanils.

Two miles and a half eastward from the entrance to C^ascade Inlet a stream falls into the sea
through a little ba.sin. Northeast from this basin anchorage in eight or ten fathoms, gray mud, may
be had three-quarters of a mile off shore; at half a mile off shore the bottom is rocky, and closer in
becomes shoal.

* Nameil bv Captain George ; erroneously called the SUten ou British Admiral! v Chart 343' , edition of 1S82.
t Named by the U. 8. CoaBt Snrvey. in IHilO. for Cnpt. t'harlee Thome, long in command o. the steamer California in these
wfttere.

J By error PrOf Rooki on British Admiralty Chart 2431, edition of l«8a.

HAHSIiGK H ARDOR.

I'Vom Walker Isliiiul W. by N. J N. four and a quarter miles lien Angle Point, the southeaatcrn
nxtreiiu' of Bold Island, twit ami a half iiiih'n lonj; W. by N. and E. by S., and a mile wi(h; at the
wi<l(st t-aHtcrn pint, theme imrrowinji; towards its western extreme. It in situated nearly in the middle
of il('viila>rine<l<) Channel. It is high with two knolls on it, rising towards it« eastern end to almiit
thre(^ hundred and fifty feet, blutf and bold, but infeste<l with nn-ks oil" its northeastern end. Here
also are several islets, and at a distance of four eables NE. from the northeastern point of Hold Island is
Ro-ind Islond, of small extent. Hetwijen Hound Island and thi- islets 8W. from it is a passage earrying
ove twenty fathoms water. Seven cables W. by N. \ N. from the western end of Round Island is
(I ihini/rniiiH Huiiki-ii roi'k known as Mnntick Rock* about three cables from the shore NW. from it.
T-o eables W NW. from its western i-nd is Trap Islet, with some rocks clos«! NE. from if.
'li.c xlii|t channel passes south from liold Island, and there is no<K(usion in general for attempting
the northeri! chaiuiel. If, however, it should be necessary to do so, going westward a eo a' d of noth-
ing to north vard of W. by N., or, going eiwtward, notliing to northward from E. by 8., Iai<l to pass in
mid-channel betwei^i Round Island and the islet next SW. from it, will carry clear of the rock.

The |i!issiige north from IJold Island is about two and a half miles long, and westward from Mas-
tick Rock about half a mile wide and twenty to thirty-five fatiioms deep in mid-channel. Northward
from it, Rlack Mountain, a ridge higher at each end, trending in a N NE. and S SW. dire«'tion, riwjs to
nearly two thousand feet.

Coming from the eitstward the southernmost visible part of Hold Island is formetl by Anple Point.
The passage south wa''d I'rom Hold Island is nearly a mile in average widtii, clear of olwtructions, with
fifty to cigiity fathoms water.

The Annette Island shore is here indcnte<I by a bight almut as long E. and W. as, anil directly oppo-
site to Hold Island.

Harbor Point, the easteriunost extreme of this bight, lies one mile and a quarter ^'E. ' S. from
Angle Point. ImnuHliately SW. from this point is situated the entrance to Hassler Harboi , surveyed
iuid named by the party on the Ilasuler in 1882. This harbor is forme<l by Pow
Hassler Harbor. Island, rouniuHl, about two and a half cables in extent, wiHxied, and situated with
another small islet west from it and some sunken rocks on an extensive area of shoals,
behind which and l)etwcen which and the land southward is a four to ten fathom channel which con-
stitutes the harbor.

W. by S. i S. a cable and a lialf from the shore at Harbor Point is Entrance Book, always
covcrcii, iiKving al)out eight feet over it at low water. The shoal area of which this forms the north-
c!Lst(!rn culmination extends westward from this vicinity a distance about wiual to the length of Pow
Island, parallel with it and southward to the island, with several rocks which dry at low water on this
area north from Pow Island. About a cjible and a half S. 1 E. from Entrance Rock, two and a half
cables SW. by S. from Harbor Point, and somewhat less than one cable E. J N. from the NE. end of
Pow Island, is Channel Hock, which drias at low water, steep-to at north and west, but with shoal water
extending from NE. to SE. from the rock eastward to the shore.

The chaiHicl, which has from three and a quarter to six fathoms in it, passes eastward three hun-
dred yards from Entrance Rock and westward hfty yards from Channel Rock, where it makes a sharp
turn I'om S SW. to SE. by S. This entnuice therefore is difficult, and not advisable without local
knowledge or a |)ilot, except for small craft.

From Pow Island the ahoal area extends WNW. twice the length of the island with one break,
but there is an eleven-foot shoal at nearly half a mile W NW. from Pow Island about a cable in extent
to the three-fathom line. E SE. from this shoal is a passage three cables wide carrying five or six fath-
oms water, eastward from which about two hundred yards a small island rises above the surface about
two cables NE. by N. h N. from Beck Point, a small prominence of the shore of Annette Island.
One-third of the distance from the islet, towards Annette Island, is obstructed by shoal water, but the
shore at Heck Point is bold-to. At the southern point of Pow Island shoal irnter extends two-fifths of
the way tVoru the island toward the main shore. The course in from the westward is in a direction E. |
S. for mid-channel between Pow Island iind the shore south of it until the eastern tangent of Pow Island
bears N NW., when anchorage may be had in seven or eight fathoms, broken shells and gray sand.
The observation spot of 1882 at Hassler Harbor was determined to be approximately in

Latitude 65° 13' 01" N.

V . : Longitude 131° 26' 39" W.

The mean rise and fall of tide experienced here was about fifteen feet, and the extreme range
twenty-two and a half feet.

A survey of this not very convenient little anchorage was made in 1882, and will shortly be pub-
lished by the U. S. Const .Survey.

About a mile westward from Beck Point, in summer a beautiful double cascade falls into theses,
which has brought down sediment enough to form a bank on which anchorage may be had, according

* A veeiel named "Sfattick" »»'..ck on this rook in July, 1888.

4*1''

REVILLAOIOEDO CHANNEL.

to Captain George, in iiinttet'n futhonij* or Kt«, the shore Iwtwecn the (•a»ca(U's iH-nriiij; S 8W. twoiuhles.
Half u mile weHtwanl fnim tiio cnscwh' is a Hiimil indentation with n Htreum ((iniin^r in iind t'oniiint; n
lieaiii at its head. Fror an iHJct at its northtiutti-rn txtrenu', a nii.Tow utrip of «*li(«il watir extends
alwut twocftbles. W. Dy N. A N. two and tiiree-fjuarter miles from Kiirlior I'oint is Roof Point,* oil'
which two isleta ami scmie roeks extend in an easterly dirwtion a cable and a half, South from Kccf
Point is a double bi^ht, or two parallel nearly eiiual binht«, -purated by a jwint nearly parallel with
Reef Point, from wliich a long narrow reef, which mostly dries at" low water, i xtends four (ablis to r.
dry rwik. N. an<l S. from the reef the tliri-e-fathom line at low water is close to tiie rocks. Each of
the bights has a beach at its head and extends in u nearly E. and W. direction.

A mile and a miarter W. by N. from Reef Point is Spire Island, a cable and a half in extent,
just NB. from which is a small islet, while north and west from Spire Island aerentl rrefit extend to a
quarter of a mile. The principal rocks on Iwth these reefs dry out at or near l(»w water and are fully
covered at half tide. S)nth of Spire Island there is a very narrow but navigable passage with twenty-
seven fathoms in it. A mile and a half NW. J W. from Spire Island and about half a mile E. from
the SE. angle of Mountain Point are (Mter liocks drying at half tide.

DIEECTIOXS ^

FOR AVOIDING 8PIIIE ISLAND REEF AND CUrFEU ROCKH.

Walker Island on or nearly on with Angle Point, lietween Mountain and Reef points, clears
both reefs.

The shore of Hassler Island north of Bold Island and between the entrance to Thome Arm and
Spire Island forms an arc^convex southward, irregularly indented, Iwld-to, with several snudl bights
making in, several small islets close to, and oceasional dwellings of the Tongass Indians near the shore.

NW. J W. one mile from Traj) Islet is Circle Island, round, steep-to and w(H)ded, about two
cables in extent and three («bles from the shore. Nearly a mile NW. from it is Carroll Point, il."
southeastern jioint of entrance to Carroll Channel,! whose opposite point o( entrance is the northeastern
angle of Mountain Point, from which Carroll Point is distant altout a mile and a half NE. and 8W.

Mountain Point, which is the SE. extreme of Revillagigedo Island, is high, lilntt'and bold-to, with
a rocky shelf at its base. The face of the point looking E SE. is nearly half a mile wide.

The depth of water in the entrance to Carroll Channel is over one liu-idred and thirty fathoms,
black, muddy bottom in mid-channel. The water shoals southward, and midway l)etweenMountain
Point and Cutter Rocks the depths average about twenty fathoms over a rocky bottom. SE. from
Carroll Point are three islets within half a mile, lichind which is a small bight in the shore. Carroll
Channel is still unsurveyed, but is reported to extend to the northward and eastwanl some twenty miles,
connecting with Behm Canal near Rudyerd Bay and separating, from what was formerly regarded as one
body of land under the name of Revillagigedo Island, a large bwly of land named by the U. S. Coast
Survey Hassler Island. This island would appear to be over twenty ailes in length N. and S. and
over ten miles in width, and is j)enetrated from the southward by the previously descril)(><l Thorne Arm.

NW. by N. a mile and a half from Carroll Point is California Head, a bluff, bald, narrow
prominence separating Carroll Channel from Qeorge Arm or Inlet,;^ wliich extends about (ifteen miles
to the northwestward, is al)out a mile wide at the entranc*-, unsurveyetl, and may be connected with the
unexplored openings from Behm Canal near Betton Island, which appear to extend to the southward
and eastward. Back of Mountain Point and ajiparently between George Inlet and Tongass Narrows
is situated a prominent mountain peak rising over three thousand feet alK)ve the sea.

From the southeastern angle of Mountain Point Bice Point bears about a mile SW. and forms
the northwestern extreme of Annette Island, the northev*!; point of cnt.ance to Annette Bay, and the
eastern point of entrance to Nichols Pass, which separates Annette from Gravina Island. Off Rjice
Point o ree/" extends a cable and a half to the northwestward, the principal rocks of which an; dry or
uncover at low water. Fmm Race Point a mile and a half W. by S. ^ S. lies Gravina Point, the
northeast extreme of Gravina Island and the northwestern jwint of entrance to Nichols J'ass. It is a
small rounde<l peninsula connected by a narrow neck with the island. In mid-channel between Race
and Gravina points there is more than ninety fathoms water.

Nichols Pass has been surveyed but the data have not yet been received, though Lieutenant Com-
mander Nichols reports it to be navigable; within the southern entrance is a commodious harbor named
by Nichols Port Chester. From the north a large reef, called Race Reef, is seen south-
. east from Gravina Point in mid-channel, which from a distance appears to obstruct the Nichols Pass,
whole channel. Beyond this reef there are islands.

' Tlie name is misplaced westward on U. S. Coast Survey Harbor Chart No. 712.

t Named by tlie U. 8. Coast Survey in 1880, in honor of Captain .lames Carroll, of the steamer California, to whom the Coast
Surrey parties were indebted for many courtesies in the prosecution of their work.

t Named by the U. S. Coast Survey in 1880, after Pilot W. E. George, to whom is due the first sketch chart of Uevillagigedo
Channel and Tongaas Narrows.

mmmjmmm.i)'.

BBSBEIBBi

TONGASS NARROWS.

V\'- '!'i

£<k

S 8W. one mile from Race Point is Anvil Head, a broad pronionkiry, with a small island SW.

from it, and which form.* the south<.Tn point of entiance to Annette Bay, which extends, gradually

diminishin}^ in width, to the eastward about three mile.«, nearly reaching Cascade Tnlel

Annette Bay. which is doubtless a continuation of the r,r.::. trough Annette Bny is entirely free from

dangers, but has rather deep water except at a di.sUi ice of two miles from its entrance,

where small craft may find anchorage in ten or twelve fathoms. The shores are compact and wooded.

Between Gravina Point un the south and the Uevillagigcdo shore, west from Mountain Point,
N NE. from Grc iua Point nearly two miles distant, is the entrance to Tougass Narrows, a name given
by lowil • vigators to the western contracted part of Hevillagigedo Channel.

Somewhat over one mile north from Gravina Point is the eastern end of Pennock Island, named
by Cajitain George, and lying nearly in mid-channel of Tongass Narrows. This island is three miles
long W. by N. and E. by S., and about t,hree-<|uarters of a mile in greatest width. Jt is low, the tops
of the trees with which it is densely wooded not rising more than two hundre<i feet. The eastern end
of Pennock Island has several dangers in its vicinity, which, howevn, mostly dry out at low water.
'J'hese are : First, a rook covered at half tide, two hundred and fifty yards SE. by S. \ S. from the middle
point of the eastern end of the island ; second, a rock covered at half tide in the entnince of the southern
ehatmel,a quarter of a mile W. by S. \ S. from the SE. point of the e^istei'n end of Pennock- Island
and an eighth of a mile from its southern shore; third, CuUJornia Rock* WW. by W. J W. half a
mile from the northern angle of the eastern end of Penn' .;k Island, in tlie chajinel north of that island.
This is a \'ery dangerous rock, with nine feet of water over it at low water and almost exactly in mid-
channel, The northern passage is not over a quarter oi" a mile wide from shore to sliore in several
places, and is obstructed by ( 'aiifornia Rock above .aentif)ned, with alwut two cables passag-e way north
or south from the r'D<;k. From the western extreme of Penno<'k Island NE. Fish Creek comes into
the channel from the interior of Hevillagigedo Island, falling into a small bight, on the shore of which
stand three Indian houses. Th'^ sediment brought down by the creek has filled the bight ard formed
n ulinnl with a margin co ex towards the channel, which extends nearly one-third of the way acrctss
the chaimel.

The southern pass(\ge is half a mile clear at its eastern entruncx;, and narrows westward until at a
distance of two miles it is reduced for a small' space to an cigiith of a mile between the thr ,e-fathom
curves at low water, and then widens again, with a small bight havinp six fathoms water on the
(iravina shore.

Hitherto the channel northward of Petmock fsland has been use<.l by steamers, as the southern one
was misurveyed. Hereafter the northern one will oubtires l)e entirely di.sciirdcd, as, though slightly
narrower than the former, the southern passage has no channel dangei-s, and all tiiat is nec^sse.y to pass
it safely is to kee[> in mid-channel or a 'ittle north of mid-chamiel from one end to the other.

The Hevillagigedo shore hereabouts is loM- near the water, rising rapidly to mountains two or three
thonsiind feet in height ; as a whole it becomes lower westward.

At the western end of Pennock Island are two islets whi('h ixmnect at low water ; behind them is
a good boat harbor. Westward from the western ena of Fennoctk Island, marked by kelp and with
its hiiihciit point avvasb at low writer, is Pennock Rwf, which ectcncis somewhat leso. than half a mile
we^l ward from the island iiut out of the chaiuiel.

I'VoiM a ])oint W NW. nearly ii milt from the western extreme of Pennock Islai.d, on the northern
shore (if Tiinf^ass Narrows, westward alontr thi>t shore the latter beconies/b*//, and es[>ecially about the
point nicntiimcd, csxWA Bar Point by Captain (xeorge. In passages made by the .soutnern side of
Pennock Island this shoal, which extends off nearly a (piarter of a mile, is not in the track of uavi-
gati^rs. Close in U^ the Gravina shore, SW. from Bar Point, and cf)nnectcd with the shore at low water,
is Seat Island, so nai,."'l J'roni a conspicuous and peculiar swit-shapcd rock at its outer end. From
Seat Island it is well to keep about two-thirds of the way from the north to the south shore, after which
for two mileii the iKirv.horn shore is t>,e from dangers and the channel |>er'.'-i:tly clear.

.Vt three and thref-(|uart':'i-s miles from Penncck Island Lawis Point makes out from theGi-avina
shore, with some small dry rocks about it and a rocki/ fboal extending northeastward from it an eighth
of a mile. This has been called the Lewis RockK l)y lociil navigators, ihev cover at iialf tide. Here-
iiboiits, the northern shore should be kept on board. Diagonally across thechannel, on theopposite shore
from Lewis Point, is a higii-water island, very narrow and parallel with the shore, which is ItK^lly known
iLs Peninsula Point. Westward the chc.imt '. .videns at once and continii'jfl to do so until it terminates.

The obscrvatio:i sjwit of 1882, situated one-third of the way west from the eastern to the western
end of Peninsula Point, was determined to !>e ap}>roximatelv in

Latitude 68° 22' 4.3" N.

Longitude 131'^ 43' 33" w.

The en-slerly variation of the compass was 28" )7' in IHSi!, and the dip 74° 86' 23."

' Alaocallt!il Wayaada (yi- Wyandtt) Roe* bolt. vmivU having toucbeU it.

WART> OOVE.

iland SW.
gradually
cade Inlet
frne from
! entrance,
il wooded,
niii Point,
anie given

ad, iiansed
;hree miles
,v, the tops
astern end
low water,
the middle
le southern
ock- Island

W. half a
that island.
tly in mid-

in several
i wav north
coaies into
re of which
ird formed

1 until at a
ir e-fathom
lUT on the

r)iithern one

igh slightly

»p;'y to pass

,wo or tViree

ind them is
II) and with
lialf a mile

Commencing at a pt)int in mid-channel two miles eastward from Peninsula Point a course W WW.
for (Channel Island clears all dangers.

A little less than a mile and a quarter W. by N. I N. from Peninsula Point is Channel Island, a
.■<mall, rounded, woodetl islet, forming an excellent landmark in tiie strait both for avoiding dangers and
marking the entrance to Ward Cove. Ri«ks extend less than half a cable from it NW. and SE.
Thoro is a dear passage on either side of the island.

A little less than half u mile NW. from Channel Island is the southwestern end of a reef which
extends thence northeastward two cables, lieing bare during high water at two spots, one a rocky ridge
of small extent, the other Danger Island, w(MMled and rouiidwl, fifty or sixty yards in diameter. North-
eastward from Danger Island, oft" a small rocky bight containing several high-water islets, is a se..>« of
five islets and several rocks, arranged in a curve convex northward and nearly connected by reefs at
low water. The easternmost of these islets has rocks extending SE. half a cable from it, and is known
as East Island. Between this and the shore, three-eighths of a mile east from it, is the entrance to
Ward Cove. Coming westward the entrance opens from miil-channcl when I'eninsula Point l)ears
about NE. J E. The approach to Ward Cove may be known from Channel Island and from the high
hills situated on the west shore <>f the cove; these hills arc conspicuous after passing Peimock Island
going west. They are shaped like a double saddle, the middle peak being the higher.

Ward Cove* is about a mile long north and south and one-third of a mile wide. \ cieek forming
a pmall bank at its mouth falls in at the he«d of the cove. In tiie entrance the U. S. Coast Survey
steamer //a««fer found bottom at twenty-five fathoms. VVhere the cove widens to the westward, within
the entranc*, seventeen fathoms were obtained, and at half tide twelve and a half fathoms, rocky bottom,
when the East Island wasclos^on with the west point of entrant* of the cove. Ea.stof this line the bank
before referred to lies at a cable distant, and n rock was discovered by Lieut. BoUcs of the JInmler which
has about three feet of water over it at low-water springs. The ridge of this rock or ledge, which has
been named Bolles Lcdffe, was found to run NE. and SW., but the space included by the tiirec-fathom
curve ill rounded and about fifty yards in diameter. All around this there is five or six fathoms water
and a <'lear channel eastward from the rock. The depth of water in Ward Cove, except about the
ledge, deepens from eight or ten fathoms near the jiead to eighteen in the middle and twenty-five
towards the entrance. A sketch chart (soon to be followed by a much Ijetter one) of this Iw'ulity, with
a sub-sketch of Revillagigedo Channel, has been issued by tlie U, S, Coast Survey us Hsirbor Chart
No, 712,t

DIRECTIONS

FOR WARD IX)VE,

The ninge, East Island oi)cn of the we>'t shore of the entrant; SW. by S., passes over the BoUes
Ledge.

In entering, keep in mid-channel until the cove Iwgins to widen to the westward, when keep the
western shore about a cable and a half distant until Eiist Island is shut in by the west shore of the
entrance SW. by S. J S., then liead NW., and anchor in twelve to fifteen fathoms with the middle of
the creek at the head of the cove bearing NE. by N. J N.

This cove is hard'/ large enough for more than one vessel, but affords a t^mvenient refuge for a
vessel delayed in entering or leaving the narrows.

The greatest range of tide observed here was twenty-three and a half feet. The average range is
about sixteen feet.

Westward from Danger Ueef and Island the Revillagigc<lo Channel is wide and clear, being over
a mile wide and with a clear ship channel nowhere less than threc-quart«'rs of a mile.

Two miles W. by N. from Channel Island is Bock Point, a j)rojection of the Gravina shore, off
which ar«e/, dry at low water and steep-to, extends E NE. a quarter of a mile. Eastward from it is a
bight by which it mav be known, and which indents the Gravina shore to a depth of three or four
• ables; it has a beach at its head instead of the usual rocky shore of the paasage, and its eastern 1, df is
iKK'upietl by banks with one to four fathoms water.

By keeping Channel Island open south from Peninsula Point, until Danger Island or Rod. Point
is ab('am, Rock Point reefs may be avoided. In ordinary weather the outer rock of these reefs is visible,
Iming dry at all tides and st«ep-to.

Nearly a mile and a half NW. by N. from Rock Point, and tw<i raibles off the northern shore, is
Pmd Reef, less than a Cid)le in length, parallel with the short; and about thirty-five yards wide. Four

" Named by ilic Hiidmiii Hay Ciinipaiiy uttcf one •■•■ ''.|.ir (iffici'r».

t Oil tlie ed'itii)n of tliio i-kplcli iKHiicd Ki'lnimry, 1*<;1, from di'licii'iicy of dala tl iiiimcH for Wind Covp tm» hwn nhmed

to till' easlward a point and a lm!f too fur, >'o tlmt, for instiince. iMiiKii''ti<' norlli l.y ili<' .-onipwi. Ik rcilly iiiagiii'lii- nnrlli liy ciuit
hslf Past. A v*ry much hMvr oh»rt of Wurd Cov." and Rfvillugigedo (.'lianiMl is in pioc-sn of pv..paration for puWicKtion and
will tliortiv 1)0 iMHfd.

P. 0. P.'

-11

;!
I

REVIIiLAGIOKl>0 CHANNEL.

to six tatlioiiis may bt had lietweeu the reef and the fhore nortli of it. [t is not in the way of navi-
^tors who keep at a cable and a half from the northern shore. A course W. by N. from Danger
Island, or E. by S. | S. for Channel Island, clears all dangei-s west from those islands.

West a mile and three-quarters from Rock Point is Point Vallenar, from whieli Point Higgins
bears N. a mile and a half.* Both these points are rocky, comparatively low and wooded. They I'orm
the western points of entrance to Revillagigedo Channel. Point Higgins is not particularly conspic-
uous, and rounds gently to the NW. and N. without off-lying dangers, and bold-to.

Point Vallenar is extended in a W NW. direction by two principal islets, several rocks, &c.,
for half a mile, Ix^yond which a mile and a half WNW. from the end of the point is Ouard Island,
named by local navigators, and consisting of rocks uniting at low water, two low, rocky, high-water isleta,

one west from and considerably larger than the other, and both bearing shrubs and a
Current. few trees. The channel is to the northward of Guard Island. The passage between

the island and the rocks otf Point Vallenar contains kelp patches and should not be
attempted tintil more is known of it. Guard Island itself should not be approached too closely, as there
may lie lurking rocks near it. The ebb-tide from Behm Canal makes southward with considerable
strength across the entrance of Tongass Narrows, and should be taken account of in laying a course.

m'ii

r 'i

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOB KEVII^LAGIGEDO CHANNEL.

Passing southwai-d from Boat Harbor Point at a distance of about one mile the course will be
NW. J W. about twenty-three miles, when Twin Islands should be abeam one mile distant to the
southward. V ,

One and a half miles farther NW. J W. the course shoul^/lSe changed to W. | S. eight and
three-quarters miles, which will leave the easternmost Hog Rock at least two-thirds of a mile abeam
to the southward and bring Angle Point, Bold Island, abeam northward, distant a quarter of a mile.
Thence a coiiree W. by N. J N. three miles will bring Spire Island Reef (off what is known as Reef
Point on U. S. Coast Survey Harbor Chart No. 712) al)eam, distant nec-ly half a mile SW. by S. In
general, to avoid Spire and Cutter rocks keep Walker Island on or n*^ .ly on E. by S. J S., with Angle
Point between Mountain and Reef Points, which chars both dangers. When Spire Island Reefs are
abeam, as above-menticmed, a W. § S. course four miles and three-quarters should bring the south-
eastern angle of Pennock Island to bear NE. by N. three-eignths of a mile distant, the ves.«cl being then
in niid-clm!mel of the eastern entrance to the clear ])assage south of Pennock Island.

(Note. — In })assing Spire Island Reefs it .should be remembered that the tide changes at this point
The ebb-tide coming down George Arm and Carroll Channel divides at Spire Island, passing to the
eastward along Bold Island and down Revillagigedo Channel, and to the southward and westward into
Nichols Pass. The ebb through Tong-.tss Narrows also runs into Nichols Pass.)

Between Pennock Island and the Gravina shore the navigator should keep in mid-channel or
slightly to northwardofmid-channc!, and so continue until Chainiel Island apj^ars in inid-chaanel W.
by N. f N., when the course will be direct for Channel Island, which on (!omii ,' up with it may be
passed north or south from it at a cable distance, leaving Danger Island Reef in i he former case alnjut
one cable to the northward. Danger Island astern E. by S. or Channel Island astern E. by S. 1 8.,
carries clear of all dangers until Guard Island is abeam southward, and should be rounded west from
it, bearing in mind the current which at ebb sweeps southward from Behm Canal.

DIRECTIONS.

TONQASa NARROWS TO CLAIIENCE STRAIT.

From Guard Island the course is W. by S. i S. into Clarence Strait until Point Stanhope opens
W. from Ship Island, when a course may be laid for Point Stanhope about NW. f W.

ETOLIN, ZAREMBO AND ASSOCIATED ISLANDS.

The nex*, passage in order of description is that between the Gravina and Prince of Wa) ;8 irroiiC8
forming the southern section of Clarence Strait. -

•The., two point. w«rt. name.l l.y Vancouver afVer Senor Hlgflni de VaU.uar. the,, pri..ident of Cliile. Tlu,, u pointeii
oui by Dtrwm. >. a .ingulur in.t«„cH of tra.i.fornmtio,, of « „a,ue, origii.allj, ihut of an Iri.h faioily, wl,o.e repre«enlative,
OHlfglni of BulauMb, betame naluralized in Chile, ,

TAMGAS HARBOR.

CLARENCE STRAIT.

This strait* is second in importance, in the Alexander Archijielago, only to Chathaia Strait.
It extends from Dixon Entrance to Sumner Strait in a NW. by W. direction one hundred and
seven miles, with a width varying from tliree and a half to twenty miles and averaging about six
miles. Its eastern shore is formed by the Gravina Islands, the mainland, Etolin and Zarembo
islands; the western shore by part of the coasts of the Prince of Wales Archipelago As a whole
the strait is remarkably free from obstructions, but the northern extreme is somewhat emlwirrassed
by islands ; the waters are deep, the shores moderately high, usually bold, and more or less densely
timbered.

Cape Northumberland, the eastern extreme of the southern entrance previously described, is
the southern extreme of Duke Island of the Gravina Group, unsurveyed, niotlerately high, rising to
iiigh peaks, of which the most remarkable is Mt. St. Lazaro', before mentioned, a landmark from the
southwest for many miles, and sei)arated by Felice Passage from Annette Island, the middle one of
the three principal islands of the group. Its northern and eastern shores are but recently surveyed,
and comparatively little is known of the remainder. Its southwestern extreme is Point Davison, f
A rcf/ extends in a southwesterly direction a mile and a half from the point.

Point Davison forms the western extreme of a large bay, whose entrance, nearly five miles in
width NE. by B. J E. and 8W. by W. J W., is largely taken up with Hotspur Island, of moderate size,
and a multitu«^" of islets and rocKs. These. form a group or chain nearly closing the entrance of the
bay, and to the southwestern islet or termination of the cluster Vancouver gave the name of Point
Percy. There is a passage to the westward of Point Percy, another to the eastward of the group of
islets, and a third between the island in the bay and the main shore of Annette Island.

These passages lead to the sheltered waters at the liead of the bay known as TasngM Harbor, a
name applied by Russian authorities.! On the charts the western entrance alone is
suflSciently represented to be described. It was surveyed by Etolin in 1833. Accord- Tamgas Harbor.
ing to his plan on Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1396 the distance from the islet of
Point Percy north and west to Point Davison is about two and a quarter miles. Off the latter is
Karablin or Ship Islet, of sm&ll extent and about two cables from the shore. From the point the
shore trends to the north and east three and a quarter miles, with islets and rocks extending off in some
places as much as u mile.

Thti Russian track is laid down in mid-channel between these shore islets and those of the Percy
Gro.'p, north and eust from the entrance, about three miles to the northwest jwint of Hotspur Island
before mentioned. The track passes close to an islet which ajjpears to l)e boid-to at this point. Be-
hind the islet anchorage is indicated in less than twenty fathoms. From this vicinity the channel
contracts to little more than a mile and takes a more northerly direction tor three miles. There are
two small islets near the narrowest portion of this passage at its southern entrance, — the track being
indicated a third of the way from the eastern islet towards the other. The latter has
a sunken rock close to its SE. si<le, and afour-faihovx patch a little more than a quarter Sunken Rock.
of a mile northward from it. Beyond this two anciiiorages are indicated in seventeen
and twenty-one fathoms, muddy bottom, on the western side of the paasage, a third of a mile from the
shore. The soundings then begin to diminish to fourteen and twelve fathoms; the passage turns rather
abruptly to th;; westward, contracting to less than half a mile in width, of which little over a quarter
of a mile is clear channel, — the shores on either side being shoal for about a Table, when the passage
expands into a fine basin two and three-quarters miles in length north and south and a mile and a
half wide.

From the low southern point of entrance into the basin n shodl extends a cable and a half, in a
direction the same as that of the point, which should not be rounded within a third of a mile. Anchor-
age may be had almost anywhere in the middle part of the basin in from nine to twelve fathoms,
muddy bottom. From the western and northeastern shores several shoah are indicated as making off
to the extent of nearly half a mile. The land appears only miHlerately high and wooded.

The harbor was placed by Etolin in

Latitude 66° 03' N.

Longitude 181° 3& W.,

with a variation of the compass in 183.3 of 36" easterly.

• NRir.ed Duk« of Clarence's Strait by Vancouver, a name whose length may advantageoiidy lin curtailed. It htt alau heen
teniieil Clarenee Bound.

t Named by Vanfouver, and placed by him in latitude l>l>° O'.B K. Hi« boat pnrly onniped for the night in a small cove near
thin point. The survey of these shoren made in 1HH:1, by NicholB, has not yi^l been received.

t Sometimee given m Tonfai, Tomgaea, Ac. The name in doublieeg ilerivf d from the sniiie xourre in that of Fort Tungaas,
but it aeeroa desirable to retain the dilference in form for the eake of diBoriniinating between the two aniliorages.

t! ,' I

:'^t

g4 , GARDNER HABBOK.

Tebienkoff, however, gives tlie position of the inner anchorage as

Latitude 66° 02' N.

Longitude : 131° 28' W.,

and stiiies that the rise and fall (tf tides amounts to fourteen feet. On Tebienkoff's rendering of Etolin's
skctt^h an intimation appears that the compass on tlie latter is magnetic and not true, as it seems to be
intended. Any bearings bikeii from it would, therefore, be subject to a doubt, for the clearing up of
which data are not now accessible.

Qravina Island is separated from Annette Island by Nichols Pass. It is the northernmost
of the group which received the name of (Jravina Islands from Caamano, and which extends twenty
miles from the pass above mentionetl in a northwesterly direction. The portion of the island adjacent
to the passage is low and wooded. Its shores are but recently surveyed ; on its southern and western
shores are several small indentations, and it terminates to the northwest, as previously described, in
Point Vallenar, of which a submarine continuation produces a reef and some islets in the direction of
its trend.

PRINCE OF WALES AND ASSOCIATED ISLANDS.

The western shores of Clarence Strait are formed by tl • Prince of Wales Archipelago, originally
so named by Vancouver, freiiuently called Prince of Wales Island, but in all probability embracing a
number of disiijct bcMlias of land, separated by passages little known or unexplored. The topography
is broken or varied, but on the whole less abrupt in character than that of the mainland, and, except
in the northern portion, not attaining anywhere to great elevations nor forming specially conspicuous

Seaks. Few of the summits rise al>rive the snow-line; there are no rivers of large size, and the land is
eavily wooded, principally with eomferous trees. The islets and passages are generally narrow, with
compact shores, and apparently less obstructed by rocks than those to the northward and eastward.
The southern and western coasts are much more broken than the eiistern, and especially the northern
ones, and of all it may he said that we possess only an approximate knowletlge.

From Cape Chacon, the southwestern extreme of Clarence Strait, the shores are broken, bordered
by several islets and rocks, and trend to the northward eight or nine miles to the entrance of Grardner*
Harbor, a name which first api)ears upon Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1396,
Gardner Harbor, prepared by Kupreanoff, and published in 1848. No plan of the harbor has been
found, Imt it is indicated on the Russian charts a'* an entrance with an islet and a rock
in it, within which a basin expands affording anchorage, altogether forming an iidct alM)ut a mile and
a half wide and two miles in length. Russian authorities indicate the course in entering to be to the
northward of the rock and islet, but there are no details of depth of water or position. The entrance
is in the vicinity of

Latitude 64° 60' N.

Longitude 131° 45' W.

If we may rely on the observations of Brundige (see p. fi4), the reef named by the U. 8. Const
Survey Bi-undige liock lies midway Initwcen the entrance of Gardner Harbor and the roclcs stuth of
Duke Island in the entrance of Clarence Strait.

The land between Cordova Bay, Clareuce Strait, Dixon Entrance and Moira Sound appears to
consist of a congeries of islands. It is doubtful whether tlij word "Archipelago,!' inserted over thit
vicinity on Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 139G, is intended to apply to tht whole area above men-
tioned, 01 whether it applies to tlu. small I'.nsurveyed Kendrick Bay, filled with islands,
Kendriok Bay. situated aliout two miles to the .lurih ward of Gardner ilorl)or; and which, by an angle
in the track laid down on thu. chart, is indicated as having served the Russian vessels as
an anchorage. Beyond this indeiuation the coast rounds to NW., and at a distauce of about seven
miles another large i)ay ottei-s, according to some authorities, a number of unexplored ai'ms which may
contain anchorages. This bay, named I'lgraham Bay,t by the U. S. Coast Survey makes in several
miles to the southward and at its entrance is a mile and a half wide.

ImnuKliately to the NW. from it is ChichagofT Bay or Harbor of Kupreauoft", which namet
has be<'n improperly transferred on British Admiralty Chart No. 24.'M and U. S. Hydrographic Chart
No. 225 to the bay just iireviously mcntiontyl. Of the pres"'t bay the charts only afford the infor-
mation that it is of small extent and was visited for anchorage i»y Ruasian ves-sels. The land forming
the northern headland of this bay is a promoiitwry about a mile wide, from which, according to most

• Tlio immi' "f Port Oardnor, whicli Ims hccii niiplicd ti) it, IircI licfu Dii-viDiiKly used hy Vanoouvi'i- in Piiget Sound.

t In li.Hicif (if .loHPpli ln«iiiliam, iiiuKtci' ot' tin- Inifi Hojit, .■!' H(wt in 17U1-92. to wlioBf impubliKhed notes snd charts wi'

arc iiiileliteil for viiliiiibli' li.vdioKiiipliiciil infiinniition. Ki-iidrick was nmtc witli Robcil Uray and was the first to oircUDioavigalH
Vancouver Isliind niul d«terinini< its insiilur oliaiaiMei'.

( Sometimes spelled TohltcbaKOff. ToliinnkulTB name of tliis harbor ii very obsimrely printed upon bii chart No. IX.

M ' 4i

MOIRA AND CHOLMONDELKY SOUNDS.

authorities, a group of snmll islands and r(K!ks extend NW. by N. about three miles. According to
Tfbienkoff, however, wiiose chart shows more detail in tliis vicinity than any other, these islets arc
divided into two groups, with tho passage (which other authorities place to the westward of all the islets)
l)etween the two groups about a niile wide and leading in a southerly direction into the
extensive inlet named by Vancouver Moira Sound. The entrance within the islets is a Moira Sound.
little less than two miles wide. The two principal ones Iwtween which the channel is
appear to be about half a mile long and wotxled. The land about the sound is high and rather^ibruptly
descending to the shore. The sound, according to Tebienkoff, penetrates the land for some ten miles,
first extending four miles to the southward and then about six miles to the west and north, — the head
being in the vicinity of .several otlier arms of the sea which extend from Cordova Hay and Cholmon-
(leley Hound. Two unsnrveyed arms, ajiparently of no great extent, extend from the vicinity of the
bend 'o the southward. This and the next inlet to the northward reiiuire more careful examination.
The entrance to Moira Sound lies in about latitude 55° 3' N.

About N NW. from its eastern lieadland six miles lies Wedge Island, named by V^ancouvcr, low,
somewhat over a mile long, situated off the mouth of an indentation in the main shore and two r.r
three miles to the northward of its eiistorn head. This island "in many points of view rcsembletl a
wedge J * * * from its south point lic« a ledge of dangerous rocks on which the sea
broke with great violence."'* Between it and the shores of tii" Imy to the westward lie several rocks
and islets. Vancouver remarks ; "As we advanced lieyond VVetlge Island the straight and comjMiet
shores were more moderately elevated, and the interior country was composed of lofty though uneven
mountains, producing an almost impenetnible forest of pine trees from the waterside nearly to their
summits." The latitude; of Wedge island is about 55° 8' K. according to Vancouver. Southwest
from the island inland is a sharp mountain peak resembling Mount Caldcr in shape.

From the northern end of the island about NE. four or five miles, across the strait, lies Dall Head.f
on Gravina Island, a bold high blufl^', whose wcsUirn slope descends to a low point terminating in two
small islands from which projects a reef marke<l by two rocks awash. When approached from the
northward this high land is said to present the jierfect outline of a man's features. Northward from Dall
Head the Gravina shore is mouutainou.s, southwestward from it the shore is low and broken into many
small islands. The hem! is a noted landmark, and received its name from the shipmasters engaged in
fur-trading or commerce in this region.

From the head, NW. by W. ^ W. nine miles, lies Point Chasina, apparently a native name
adopted by the Russians.]: This point is a b.oad promontory two miles wide, fiu-ing to the northward
with a somewhat irregular shore-line, woixled, tolerably low, and having a small islet immediately oflf
its middle part. It is situated in about latitude 55° 17' N., and immediately to the
westward of it is Cholmondeley Sound of Vancouver.^ This inlet is unsnrveyed, but Cholmondeley
is represented by Tebienkoff as long and narrow, extending nearly thirteen miles in a Sound,

southerly direction, and having a width of about two miles. It has im subsidiary arms
according to his chart. The Chasina settlement of Indians is situated Just within the entrance, on the
eastern shore. An anchorage is indicated between the northwestern (ixtreme of J'oint Chasina and some
islets, but no depth of water is recorded. Oft' its northeastern point Vancouver anchored in forty-
seven fathoms. The head of the sound is near that of Moira Sound and Tliakaek Bay, an arm of
Cordova Bay. The land between these bodies of water is denominated by some Russian authorities as
the Kaigan Portage.

The largest of the islets above mentioned is Skin Island, probably named by the traders, low
and of small extent. It lies less than two miles NW. by W. J W. from the northwestern extreme of
l'.oint Chasina. When on with the land it am bedistinguishwl from Point Chasina by
its white water-line. From this vicinity the main shore of Prince of Wales Island Kasa-an Bay.
extends to the northwest, ntarlv straight and with a numlK-r of islets off it, for about
eight miles, to Island Point, at the entrance of Kasa-an Bay,|| a name derived from the native appel-
lation. The point mentioned forms the southern headland of the entrance of the bay, — the northern
headland being that named by Vancouver Point Orindall, and sometimes referred to as Cape Grindall.f
A very hasty reconnaissance of Kasa-an Bay was made by the U. S. Coast Survey in May, 1880, from
which the following details ar >lerivai.**

The two headlands are four or five miles apart, nearly N. and S., and the general dire(;tion of the
bay from the entrance is W. by N.

• Vancouver, vol. ii, pp. 380-3fil.

t NiiiiMMi att.T Cnptiiin C. C. Dull, of tlic P. M. 8. K. Co.'s Bervicc.

{ Erniiiwiiisly ri'iulcn'il Point Cbarm <iii the BriliKli Admirnlty oliai-tti nn<l »\m\ (Hi ccunp olli(!iii. It ImH al«o bwii uned in the
f'>nii of Obasen nrTcbasenl.

i CbMlna Bay of Tdiieiikolf.

II Viiii(iiii<lv 1 U'ri'd Kaiarn, Caaaan, &e., and even Karta on Brilinh Admimlly Cljini No. 2431.

^ .><iiiii(>linieB called by the tradei* Cone Point.

•• ThiTi' Ik ho publinhi'd map or chart of this bay of even approximate correctncM except the small sketch included in chart
No. 7 of Ihii. Tohime, from obaervations by Marcua Baker, IT. S. Co«»t and Geodetic .Survey.

KASA-AN BAY.

I ■

r!> f

Off point Grindiill in iin ESE. direction lies Qrindall Island, separated by a passage somewhat
less tiiiui iiiilf a mil" \vid(!. This pas i"e is navif,':ii)!e, the steamer California having passed through it at
low water. An islet and /t//' projei't troni Point (irindall in the direction of its trend two rabies, and
then! is an islet and two roeks nnder t' j SW. shore ofGrindall Island, but these dangers appear to l)e
fully visible in fair weather. Grindali Island is alK)ut a mile in length, flattish, with a knobby hill ri ing
about a hnnilred feet and covered with small timber. At its NW. end is a bank on which anchorage
may be Uad in ten fathoms; at the 8E. end of the island are a couple of rocks close in.

Haifa mile north from Point Grindali is another small islet of bai>: rcn-k ten feet high.

In mid-entnniceto Kasa-an Bay, about two miles S SE. from Point Grindali, are three islets trend-
inj; E NE. and U ^W. The outer one, High Island, is rounded and high. They are all w«xled, but the
two iiuier ones are low. The channel generally used is that northward from High Island, though there
is a clear passage on both sides. TIk; water is deep. Entering the bay the northern shore is moun-
tainous, compact and heavily timberwl. The Iwaches alternate with rocks and shingle-. About four
miles from Point (Jrindall 6Vor(/e /I'w/" makes out in a southeasterly direction from that shore three
or four cables, mostly visible. About a mile SW. from this reef a sunken rock is reportetl,* which there-
fore would be nearly in mid-cliaimel. This rwk, of which we have no details, would appear to be
vcrv dangerous ii' correctly lociited and should be looked out for. About ten miles westward from
Point (Jrindall apeak rises two thousand feet. Near the shore hereiibouts copper ore exists. The
southern shore is greatly broken. Just within Island Point is a large unsurveyed bay, extending south-
ward, called Skowl Hay, with an Indian village at its head, of which settlement Skowl is said to have
been the ])rincipal chief. Tradei-s have anchored in this bay, which is said to divide near it» head and to
have its shore near Island Point infested with /od-w. SW. i W. from Point Grindali three miles is
Skowl Point, tli(^ eastern end of Skowl Island, from which George Reef on the northern shore bears
NW. by W. nnder a ragged cliff. There are .some sniall islets and rocks almve water, close into the
northern shore of Skowl Island, which extends westward three or four mik>s. Westward from this is
Long Island, with its northern shore indented and about two miles in length. South from Skowl
Island tiie shores are much broken and unexplored. Soutliward from liOng Island is a deep opening,
Baker Inlet, just to the westward from which another narrower inlet oj)cns, which, from the distance
it is said to extend to the southwest, is called Eighteen-mile Arm. By this o«noes reach a low portaee
over which one or two days' walk is said to carry one to Tlevak Strait or Port Bucareli. The gap looks
as if it cut the island in two. The land west from the northern point of entrance to this arm is low,
broken and timbered. About a mile NW. from the NW. part of the Long Island group is a smalt
islet called Round Islet.

Round Island open of Point Grindali W. or W. h N. is reported by Pilot George to clear all dan-
gers from Point Grindali to the fishery and leads to the anchorage. Or, after passing Long Island, a
white jiatch at the head of the bay. may be steered for until the anehonige at the fishery is in view.

On this line for the most part the water is more than twenty fathoms deep; at ten miles from
Point (irindall it slioals to fifteen fathoms. About twelve miles westward from Point Grindali the
northern shore rounds to tlii^ north and becomes lower; a rather wide (five or six miles) bay is formed,
full of low wooded islands, the unexplored walsrs of which are said to be shoal and dangerous. Fifteen
miles W. .J S. from Point (irindall, on the southern shore, a small cove makes in southward and east-
ward. Here is situated tiie Kasa-an Anchorage and the small settlement known as Baranovitoh
Fishery. The buildings arc situated on the eastern shore of the cove. In rounding to the anchor-
age is in eight fathoms, soft bottom, with the house bearing SE. by E. At the wharf there is but six
feet of water at low tide; off the end of the wharf four fathoms, soft bottom. West from the end of
the wharf in the middle of the cove is a nine-fool nhoal.

West of the cove a deep gap in the high land of Prince of Wales Island is visible; a two or three
days' portage is ])racticable here, leading towards Klawak. South from the anchorage a peculiar [)eak
is visible in the distance. The settlement was founded by Philip liaranovitch, and has since his death
been occu])ie(l by iiis family and others. A stream (tomes in at the head, where a salmon fishery has
Iwcn estal)lislied, \\w. fish running in July and Atigust, and about one thousand barrels being put up
here in a season. The position of (he anchorage, according to the IT. S. Ilydrographic Office Cliart No.
225, is about

,; Latitude 55° 28' N.

;. Longitude 132° 19' W.

I S I

The range of the tide is said to be sixteen feet. Two days after new moon it is high water at 1
p. m. at the anchorage. In .May, 1880, the declination was determined to be 27° 48' easterly, and the
dip 73" 58', by the I '. S. Const Sr.vey. This is stated to be one of the finest bays in this region, the
harbor good and easy of access; C(xl and halibut very abundant in their season; the spruce and yellow
cellar attaining gri.ut size on its shores.

' By Mr. IbIio, a reeidcnt miner.

TOLSTOI BAY.

Kasa-an Bay is erroneously represented by Tehieiikott" (chart IX,) iw coimtH-t<(l witli Tolstoi Bay
to the nortlnvest. Tiioiigh their extremes must be very near eaeii otlier, it appeai-s from a sketch of
Tolstoi Bay, made by the Haunter party in 1882, that they are not united.

Up to this point, with the exception of Brundige Rocks and dangers immediately adjacent to the
shores, so far as yet known, Clarence Strait is clear of olwtructions to navigation.

From Point Grindall the coa.st trends NW. J W. for about fifte<'n miles, with some irregularities,
to Broad (in Russian, Tolstoi) Point, a high, rounded, thickly-wooded, steep promon-
tory, imnietliately westward from which is Tolstoi Bay, named by Nichols, in 1H«'J, Tol8tol Bay.
from its proximity to the point, though the bay itself is long and narrow. This l)ay
is unsurveyed, but a hasty sketch was made by Nichols in 1882, which affords some idea of its prin-
cipal features.

From Broad Point two miles and a half W. by N. J N. is the opposite extreme of a bight which
indents the shore in a southerly direction about a mile and a half. The western shores of this bight
are not well known, but they are irregular and more or less fringed with islands. The eastern limit
of the bight is fotnied by the western head of Tolstoi Bay. From a spot three-(piarters of a mile W.
by N. i N. from the northern extreme of Broad Point a line 8. j E. trends directly to the head of
Tolstoi Bay and passes nearly in raid-channel. At one mile from the starting point on this line Tolstoi
Bay is less than a mile wide; at two miles there is a small opening abeam on the western shore and
the water is still more than forty fathoms deep; at half a mile farther the bay narrows to less than
half a mile with water between thirty and forty fathoms; at half a mile farther the bay narrows to
thrce-eighthi" of a mile with twenty to twenty-eight fathoms, and then widens a little to form a sort of
basin a mile long N. and 8. and half a mile wide. The eastern point of entrance to this basin has some
roclcs and an islet close in. On this side of the bay farther south there are several islets and a rocky
patch with four to eight fathoms over it. There is anchorage in the middle of the northern half
of this basin in eight to thirteen fathoms, fine gray sand. The soundings are uneven and the bottom
in many places rocky, but it is considered by Nichols to be a pretty good anchorage. Northerly and
southerly winds must draw through with considerable force, and the fact that the anchorage is more
than three miles from the entrance would, in general, detract from the availability of this bay as a
resort for vessels. There was formerly an Indian village near the entrance at which the Russian
trading vessels visite<l, but they never penetrated to the head of the bay.

NW. I W. about twelve miles from Grindall Island, on the eastern shore of the strait, lies Ship
Rock and Island, about half a mile broad-oif Ship Island Point of the mainland. The islands or
island, for the two appear to be connectal by reefs, are separated from the point by a passage which
Vancouver reports navigable. The group is composed of two islands, very narrow, high, wooded, with
eight or ten trees which are conspicuous from the southward, and elongated in a NW. by W. and SE.
by E. direction. The rock is the easternmost, bare and black. The group forms an important land-
mark and its position should be accurately determined. Here Clarence Strait is alout five miles wide.
With Ship Island abeam, Point Stanhope is clearly visible about NW. by W. F^a.stward from it
appear, first a high flat-topjR'd mountain, and farther east a somewhat lower round-topped one. The
main coast northward is mountainous and thickly wooded. Ship Island relatively to Point (irindall,
etc., is erroneously locsited on-all the sailing charts in common use. The rocks re|)resente(l as extend-
ing 8. and W. from it do not exist.

N. by W. ^ W. somewhat over seven miles from Broad Point lies Point Lomosurier of Van-
couver,* forming the southeiistern point of entranct; into Ernest Sound. This point stretches prom-
inently out from thf! mainland as a peninsula about four miles long and one or two miles wide, united
to the mainland by a rather narrower isthmus, on cither side of which a small bay or cove is formed.
That to the south of the isthmus is quite small with some islets ofl" it.

In approaching Point Ijemesurier fropi the southward it appears long and low; several i)eaks of
the Stikine range can be seen over it, some of them snow-cap|)ed, the most prominent and highest i3
rather sharply conical. The southern side of Point Lemesurier is full of ■■•\deiitations; near its junction
with the main arc several small islands close in. Off the end of the point are two small rocky islets
about twenty-five feet high, and two or three cables farther, in the same trend, a sunhen rock is indi-
cated by U. S, Hydrographic Office Chart 225, after \'ancouver.

From the extremity of the jwint A'auconver noted some rocks and breakers extending about a
mile from it, in a direction W. by S. j 8. acconling to the Russian Hv<lrographic Chart No. 1493.
Vancouver pla(!ed the point in latitude 55° 46' N. The bay on the northern side of the isthmus
connecting it with the mainland is indicated as a stopping-jjlace of Russian traders, but without any
details. It has been called Union Bay on some unpublished charts.

About W. I a. seven miles from Point Lemesurier lies Narro\y Point, or Tonkif of Russian
authorities, an inconspicuous and apparently rather low woixled point, to the northward of which

" Sunietiiuen writlcii Point Heaurier.

I Point Tonkey of'U. S. Ilydrogi-npliic OIBec C'liart No. iS5.

RATZ HARBOR.

Tebiciikoft' lociites un dncliomge. In this vicinity the width of Chirence Strait is four or five miles.
Narrow Point mnnot be miule out on approaching it from tlie soutliward, but, after passing it, it is seen
to be a small, steep bluft", projecting in a northerly direction into the strait.

1\) the NE. and abroaxt of Narnnv Point, on the <)th(!r side of the strait, is an assemblage of
islands about eight in number, mast of them quite small, forming the southwestern point of entrance
to Ernest Sound, and to the southern termination of which Vancouver gave the name of Point
Onslow.* In this vicinity rociks are indicated near the so-called jioint by most authorities. These
islands and the shores northward and westward from them for ten or twelve miles are little
known. The coast is apparently much broken, and numerous inlets or basins are indicated by Rus-
sian authorities. '

This shore extends in a W NW. and £ SB. gcn<!ral dirtKjtion, according to Nichols' observations,
with several small islands one or two miles off shore. North of the southeastern group of these an
anchorage exists of which no further information is at hand. Half a mile to the SE. from the east-
ernmost of the other group is a rock which covers at high water.

The southern third of Etolin Island is extremely low, flat, wooded, and its shore luuch broken by
indentations. The northern part is higher and much more abrupt.

From Narrow Point the shore takes a westerly direction for some six miles to Ytatz Harbor of
Tebienkoff, who indicates it as a basin nearly two miles long and about a mile broad, with a very
narrow entrance obstructetl by an islet, and in which anchorage may be had in six-
Ratz Harbor. teen fathoms. At the <listance of two or three miles the entrance to this harbor
cannot be distinguished from the unbroken shore. It is rejjorted that there i8 only
room in it for one small vessel. The entrance is placed by Tebienkoff in about latitude 65° 62' N.,
whence the coast trends about W NW. for ten miles.

NW. 1 N. from Narrow Point twelve or fourteen miles — the charts being discrepant as to the
exact distuncef — is Point Stanhope of Vancouver, situated in latitude about 66° N. It is represented
on the charts as a low peninsula, rather narrow, and with compact shores. In reality it appears like
an archipelago of low woodal islets, and it is possible that several of the indentations noted may extend
to Mosman Inlet. At all events the shore is fringe-' with islands, and off the point is one in particular
olF which are some rocks extending, a<x!ording to ' issian authorities, not over a mile and a naif from
the point. Northwesterly from this island about mile is a sunken rock. Beyond the westernmost of
these islands is a large rock of yellowish color, bare at all tides. The southeasternmost or Stanhope
Island, near the point, is the most prominent. The others arc diflicult to distinguish as they lie against
the indent«l shores. They form a continuous range with the one ncrest the point. A reef extends
to the E SE. from the eastern j)art of Point Stanho|)e to a distance of two or three cables. Eastward
from Point Stanhope two or three miles is a point of Etolin Island extending to the eastward. Between
this and i'oint Stanhope is the entrance of Mosman Inlet, a large unexplored basin eastward of the
Stanhope Peninsula, sup])osed to be about five miles in length and to extend to the W NW.

I'^'om the southward and eastward there is an appearance off Point Stanhope of two islands,
both wooded, with a vwk off the outer one. When close to, the island, which appeared as alwve
to be the inner one, is found to be situated some distance farther to the north and west and to be
compose<l of several islets. The first-mentioned island, which nuiy be called Stanhope Island, is about
a mile and a half from the Etolin shore, with a reef making off SE. by S. I S. from the southern
end of the island to a small bare r(K;k or islet. From the western end of Stanhope Island another
reef makes out about W SW., marked by two ro<'ks of which the outer one is covei-ed at high
water. Northwest from Point Stanhope the group above alluded to, having the apjiearance of a
single, but in rt!ality consisting of several islands, is separatetl from Etolin Island by a channel about
half a mile wide. f

Five or six miles to the northwest from Point Stanhope Vancouver found shelter for his vessels
behind and to the north of a small island, between whidh and the Etolin shore are some rocky islets.
He anchoret! here in seven fathoms over an uneven and partly rocky Iwttom, and found the situation
well sheltered from southerly and southeasterly winds.

This island, which may be called Screen Island, is about half a mile long, densely covered with
trees, low, and separated half a mile from the Etolin shore. Some distance farther northward and
westward is a small wooded islet and a rook, which appear until they are come up with as if they were
off the extreme of T'oint Harrington. They arc two or three cables fr<im the shore.

Point Stanhope forms a projection of Etolin Island, the largest of the group to which Vancouver
applied the name of Duke of York Islands, and which, as a group, forms the northern and eastern
shores of Clarence Strait between Point Onslow and Sumner Strait. These will hereafter he more
particularly referred to.

* Erroneous^' ri-ndered Onelow on RuBsiau Ilydrofrrapliiu Chiirt No. 1491!.

t During eevpral voyages tli« patunt log of tin- steamer Calif/mia in utiited to liave regiHtered thirty-two milm between
Ship lelnnd and Point Stanhope, an excem of four or five miles over the distunce a« shown on the charts.

»|.

STEAMER BAT.

mblage of
entrance
of Point
I. These
ire little
by Ru8-

From Point Stanhope a jwint on the opjKMiite sliore Iwara SW. by W. six and a lialf miles. Beyond
these points to the nDrthward Clarence Strait widens to ten or twelve miles,— the southwestern half
beeoming greatly embarrassed by islands. To the eastward of these islands are several
m/« apparently under water, for which the following positions are taken from Russian Reefs.

Ilydrographic Chart No. 1493:

1. A rce/ whose southern portion bears W. by 8. i 8. six miles from Point Stanhope. This reef
is a mile and a half in extent NW. and 8E., and immediately to the southwestward from it are two
small islets, about half a mile apart, trending |)arallel with the reef.

2. Another ree/, with its southern portion bearing W. by N. J N. nine and a half miles from
Point Stanho()e. This is somewhat over a mile in extent NW. and 8E., but appears to have a clear
passage a mile wide SW. from it, between it and the inlands. The courst; lies to the north aud east
from tliese reefs. This shows three long rock* trending NW. and 8E. at half tide.

From the southernmost islet, near the south retif above mentioned, a belt of islands and islets,
name<l Kashevaroff Islands, extends in a generally NW. J W. direction for about fourteen miles.
The eastern margin of the group is pretty comiwt and well marked, but to the southwest the
islets are more sparsely distributed, and between them !>nd the shore an apparently much obstructed
and not-to-lw-recommended channel exists, named by Russian authorities the KasheTarofi* Pas-
sage or Strait.* It is quite possible that a clear channel may exist here, but in advance of a
more detailed examination than it has yet received navigators should avoid entering it, except with
great caution.

Nine and a half miles W. J N. from Point Stanhope is Blashke Island.t the largest in the southern
part of the group. The north westernmost island is identified by Russian authorities with Bushy
Island]: of Vancouver, whose survey in this vicinity was very imperfect. On either side of this
island, which is about two miles long, are some detached rocks; a chain of small islets strebhes to the
westward towards the opposite shore, but to the northeast of the island a navigable passage exists three-
quarters of a mile wide.

About northwestward from I'oint Stanhope is Point Harrington of Vancouver, a name transferred
on Russian Hydrograpliic Chart No. 1493, aud TebienkoflF Chart No. IX, to the point next northward,
but properly belonging to a narrow tongue of land with a rock and islet adjacent to its extremity,
forming, according to Vancouver's c' Tt, the southeastern extreme of Stikine Strait.

This point is not conspicuous i m a distance. It is low, rough and rocky, and in summer can
be recognized by its bright green appearance, due to a dense growth of brush uiwn it. The peninsula
from which it extends is about two thousand feet high and conspicuous in the middle of the strait
from the southward. When Point Harrington beare NE. by E. J E. about one mile the entrance to
Stikine Strait is open, and is recognizable at some distance by an abrupt saddle peak at
its eastern side. Immediately behind it is Steamer Bay, in Russian Farakhotnia, Steamer Bay.
where anchorage is indicated on the Russian charts. No soundings are given on the
published charts, but a manuscript Russian chart shows an anchorage one mile inside the entrance in a
cove on the south shore. A note on U. S. Ilydrographic Chart No. 225 states that this is a "good
harbor."

From a brief reconnaissance by the Hauler at Steamer Bay in 1882 it is learned that the bay is
funnel-shaped, with a small basin at its head; the dangers visible were all close to the shores. From
Point Harrington the opix>site point of entrance bears NE. by N. about a mile. There is about forty
fathoms water in mid-channel. Thence the bay extends about two miles E8E.; the narrowest part, a
mile and a third from the entrance, is contracted by an island on the north shore to about two cables,
with twenty-two fathoms water. A third of a mile farther in the bay shoals from about nineteen
fathoms to ten and twelve fathoms, sand and broken shell, where anchorage may be had. A stream
comes in at the head of the bay, and the south shores, asjKHjially outside of the basin, are broken and
irregular. No directions seem necessary for entering.

Opposite the section from P(>int Stanho{)e to Point Harririgton the south shore of Clarence Strait
is low with high land in the distance.

The position of Point Harrington and that of the shores and j)assages immediately northward from
it are in doubt. They appear to be several mrii;s farther north and west than the charts represent.

From Point Harrington Point Nesbitt of Vancouver bears W. J N. about six miles and forms
the southwestern extreme of Stikine Strait. It is a low wooded j)oint, terminating in a reef covered at
low water. According to N ichols, 8 8E. three-quarters of a mile from Point Nesbitt is a dangerotu
rock awash at about a quarter ebb.

* Kashyarow Strait of the II. S. Hydrogrupliic Office Cbnrt No. 235, where a passage ib iiidicnted betweeu liubhy lalaad
and that next east from it. *

t Probably named for Dr. Eihmrd L. Blashke, who vinited the colonies with Etolin in the ship Nikolai, in 18.39-41. It is
usually erroneously written Blosbki.

t The name on Russian Hydrographio Chart No. 1493 is erroneously rendere<l Blugam Islauii.

P.O. P.— 12

DANOKUH IN CLARENCK STRAIT.

r!«5:

EslioreabouttliiH point and for some diHtanoc to the went and north is fringed with rm-ks, which
)int itseii' extend off' shore lis nb<ive mentioned a distuncc of about a mile. Tiie jMiiiit appears

Thef
at the poii ...

to be hij^h and wo(Kled. Hence tlie shore of /arembo Island extends in a generally W. by N. direc-
tion about ten mill's.

The navigable channel of Clarenw .Strait here Iweomes nmch contracted. A mile and a half
WNW. from Point Nesbitt and from that shore n nrf makes out from a point of tin? land in a SSE.
direction an eighth of a mile, which is covered at high water.

Oft" the northwestern part of Uushy Island a. reef makes out in a S. by E. direction, according to
Nichols, terminating at a small island.

Between Hushy Island and Shrubby Island just east from it there is a passage, apjiarently rocky,
but through which, on U. S. Ilydrognipliic! ("hart No. 22'), a tnivk line is carried iKissing westward,
south of all the islets in thestrait, with the shore at Toint Colpoys close aboard. When in mid-chan-
nel, the northwest end of Busiiy Island l)caring WSW., I'oint Colpoys opens. When it bears SW.
^ W., two little woodetl islands come out. When these sue in one with each other, in the same line
northeastward from them, from the Zarembo shore a small point makes out with <i hank or sliodf (no
soundings given) a quarter of a mile from it. The Russian track passes between the two, according
to Russian Hydrographic (!lmrt No. 14!».'^ N'ancouver notes atmnr/ tidal euirciilti in this viiiinity.
Tebienkoft", however, gives a diff"erent coni ation to the shore and omits the bank nr shoal.

The U. S. Hasaler sounded here and gin no bottom at twelve fathoms where the shoal is laid down,
though the water was discolored and IcMiked shoal. They also noted slrom/ tidal currents, floating logs
and kelp, with rips which gave the passage a dangerous apj»earance.

Alwut ten miles from Point Nesbitt W. by N. lies Point Macnamara, named by Vancouver, and
placed by him in latitmlc 56° 21'. 6 N. There are seseral rocks along shore east and west of thc.]>oint
extending oft" half to tliree-<iuartei"s of a mile. This j)oint forms the northea-stern extreme of Clarence
Strait at its junction with Sumner Strait.

It is low and wooded, making out to the southwest. There are some rocks closer in than the
charts indicate, and no islet at the point, though one is generally put there. SSW. from the point,
nearer the Prince of Wales sliuid shore, are three wootled islets, south of which a shoal or bank is
indicated.

Eight miles to the westward of Bushy Island, according to Tebienkoft", is Point Colpoys, named
by Vancouver, and forming a somewhat prominent projection oi' the western shore and the northwestern
headland of Clarence Strait at its junction with Sumner Strait. These authorities also indicate some
islets or rocks adjacent to the point. On the Russian hydrographic charts prepared by Kashcvarott",
however, the coast-line is gently rounded off' in this vi<'inity and no conspicuous jniint is indiciited.

In this vicinity the tJ. S. Coast Survey observers note that the eastern angle of Point Colpoys
when approached from the eastward apjwars like a long low point ])rojc('ting quite a distance, but on
approaching closer the outer part resolves itself into two small wooded islets and a bare rock between
them and connected with them by a reef in either direction. These trend about E NE. from the shore.
Half a mile farther west the other angle of Point ColjM)ys makes out in a northwesterly direction,
thickly wooded to the water's edge, and terminating in a reef marked by two small bare rocks. Here,
when approached from the eastward, a small woodetl islet is .seen, which is probably connected with
Point Colpoys at low water and with s(!veral rocks. The latter make out in a westerly direction
about a quarter of a mile into California Bay, a large bight which indents the shore to thesouthward.*
To the westwai-d of this bight or bay, which is about a mile and a half deep, the land again makes out
W SW. to a point about which there seem to be no hidden dangers. From hence the land trends in a
S SW. direction towards Red Bay.

The islands included between Ernest Sound, Clarence Strait, Sumner Strait, Blake Cliannel and
Eastern Passage were denominated by Vancouver Duke of York Islands, a name whose unwieldly
length has suggestetl its curtailment to York Islands. The survey of the group has
York Islands. 'leen chiefly due to Russian observers. It consists of five principal islands, Etolin,
Wrangell, Barembo, Woronko£fski, and one named by the survey Seward Island.
The group is intersected by several piissages, espec^ially Stikine and Zimovia straits, a passage named
Eastern Passage, and more or less by Ernest Sound and Bradticld Canal. Few details in regard to
the navigation of these passages are accessible, and there is no doubt of the existence of serious inaccu-
racies in all the published charts of this vicinity. For this reast)n an extended description is not deemed
necessary in this place.

KRNEST SOUND

opens on Clarence Strait between Points Onslow and Lemesurier, the clear pa.ssage being about two
and a half miles wide. The sound extends about twenty-two miles in a generallv N. by W. direction
with a width varying <"rom three to eight miles. The western shore is formed by Etolin Island and

» "Uringiog the point nbeom and abaft tlie ship on a WSW. coureo, tliese rocks are lost against the land."— .AlcAo/*' Hydro-
graphic Notei.

POINT IIIOIIFIKLD ANCHORAGE.

NichoU' Hj/dro-

\h niuch brokuu aiiil little known. Tlif onslcrn nhorc hiw not been tliorouj^hly exaniined and is formwl
l)y 11 |)ortion of the continent. Hotli are in gcnerui moderately elcvntcd. There are niiinerous Hnmll
i.iiiinclH ill the hoiiiuI, mid a liirne one or group of Hevenil islands about sixteiiii inilon N. from Point
licmeHurier. The northern entrance in one or two miles wide, and the northea.stern extreme wiw iinme«l
by Vaniiouver Point Warde and |)la<'ed by iiim in latitude 66" 09' N. It separat4'a the waters of
Ernest Sound from tli(iM<> of a pa.«sage of which the eastern jxirtion was callwl Bradfleld Canal by
Vancouver, a name which might Ik; extt?nde<l so as to cover the whole of this passage from the Houthern
entrantMj of Ziinovia Htrt\it eastward.

'i'liis canal 8<'paratcs Etoliii island and the mainland from .Seward Island and penetrates the main-
hind to the eastward, having a total length of (Iftccii or twenty miles and a width of one lialf to two
miles. It terminates, according to Vancouver, in latitude 66° 14'.6 N., at a narrow bonier of low land
through which two streams empty into the canal. From Bradfield C'anal two arms extctnd to the
northward, one on either side of S'ward Island, at whose nortlK^rn extreme they join, and, giving olT
a small branch to the northward, the channel thus formed is then continual to the northwestward, finally
joining Sumner Strait at its eastern extremity.

The passage northeastward from S«!ward Island has reticived from the United States Coast Survey
the name of Bluke Channel,* and opens from the middle ])art of liradticld Canal, extending in a
generally NW. by W. direction some ten miles with a width of three-quarters of a mile. At its southern
entrani e are two small islets and an island. At its northwestern extremity, in latitude 66° 20' K.
according to Vancouver's olwervations, a small branch makes to the north about three miles. In this
vicinity are nunierous rocks.

A passage which is contracted to a quarter of a mile in width passes about three miles to theSW.
and joins the main channel. This main chaniii'l is nanie<l on \'. S. Coast Survey Chart No. 701
(corrected to 1H77) Eastern Passage. It extend about twenty-four miles in a northwesterly direction
from the western part of Bradfield Canal, between S<'wai-d Island and the mainland on the east and
Wrangell Island on the west, with a width of from one to two miles, and is represented by all authori-
ties as unobstructed, though its form and direction differ on dif!ereiit charts.

Near the junction of Eastern Passage with IJIake Channel the continental shore is somewhat
indented, and at the junction a point is formed which re<«ivcd from Vancouver the name of Point
Madan, a name which has been on nearly all mixlern charts transferred from the eastern headland of
a small bay in the continental shore to the point which forms the western headland of this bay.

Seward Island, which is inclosed between Bradfield Canal, Eastern Passage and Blake Channel
above des(!ribe<l, so far as known, is of an irregularly quadrilateral form, about twelve miles in length
and four or five in width, with very compact shores.

From Point Madan Eastern Passage trends in a generally NW. by W. direction, and then curves
to the westwaid to its junction with Sumner Strait. Its eastern shore is forme<l by the continent and
that to the westward by Wrangell Island. The width of the passage is about two miles, and it appears
to Ik.' tolerably free from obstructions.

The northwestern extreme of Wrangell Island, forming the northwestern headland of Eastern
Passage, is Point Highfleld, naniwl by Vancouver, and described as a very (!onspi<^uous point.f Its
northern face is nearly a mile broad, and the jjoint, sjiecifically so cidletl, is at the western end of this
straight strij) of shore line. From it NE. J N. six cables and about four cables off shore lies a small
partially womled islet, called Simonoflf Island on the English sketch, and Observation Islet on the
Russian plan of the Stikine llivor. Between this islet and the shore the depth does not apiwar to
cxccchI fifteen or sixteen fathoms, and about half way between the shore and the islet bearing N. by
£. I E. the depth is nine or ten fathoms.

This vi<Mnity is usually known as the Anchorage off" Point Ilighfield, and apix«rs to l)e free from
obstruetions.J

Simonoff Islet has five or six fir trees, a clump of willow, and one small building upon it. The
shore south of 't is apparently more indented than the charts indicate. A five fathom j)atch, not shown
on the charts, is reported bv Pilot W. E. Grcorge. About E. by S. i S. six or seven cables from the islet,
and lying less than two cables from the shore, is n reef,^ a cable and a half in Ujiigth, which covers at a
quarter flood. For this reason vessels entering or leaving Eastern Passage should not
round the northeastern angle of Wrangell Island nearer than three rabies. Russian Anchorage off
authorities represent this reef as a cluster of islets, or omit the reef and phu^e in the Point Highfleld.
same vicinity a cluster of islets, it being difficult to decide which is the true explanation
of the discrepancy. The bottom appears to be muddy throughout. The U. S. Coast Survey party,
anchoring here in 1 869, exjHiriencied disagreeable sub-surface and counter-currents. British Admiralty

* In 1863 TnifeHsor W. V. Ulake, of New Haven, Conn., mude the first American explorationg of the Stikine River near
this chiinnel, while in company with a RiinKinn exploring exped'.tion from the corvette Ri/nda.

t TliiH name i» tianHferre.l to a point on tlie continental shore five and a half miles to the eastward, ou the Russian plan of
the Stikine River, dated 1867.

t Meade tenns it Point Hlgtifleld Harbor, and. like twenty other places frequented by the traders of the Hudson Bay Com-
pany, it is sometimes called L»boucIl«ie Bay or Anchorage, after the well-known old trading steamer of that corporation,

/'; '

92 KTOLIN liAItnOU.

Chart No. 2431 gives a sketch of tliis anchoriijje* iind states that the rise and fall of tide is sixteen feet
but on a Hiishiaii plan of this vicinity |.uMiHlied in \Hiu, it is asserted in Ik; ei),'lite«'n ft*t. The latter
gives the variation of the e(inii)asH at 26 ' easlerly in IHGII; it is now altoiit 20" 16'.

From observations by the U. 8. Coast Survey in 18ti!» and 1882, it appears that the approximate
iwsition of Simonott' island is

Latitude.- !.._.. -.— - 86'' 29'.3 N.

Longitude laa*" a2'.7 W.

The form and poeition of the adjaeent islands and points of land are still much in doubt, but it
is certain that in jfeneral tlu'y are several miles farther south than the charts in use would indieate.t

Eastern I'aafage is sepanitwl from Zimovia Strait by Wranjrell li-land.| It is about twenty-three
miles long and four or five miles broa<l, and trends in a generally NW. J W. direction from its nouth-
ern termination.

Between the latter and the shore of Ktoliu Island, at the western end of Hradfield Canal, is the
southern entrance of Zimovia Strait, a name applied by the Russian explorers.?! This body of water,
at its entrance alK)ut a mile broail, trends to the westward for two or three miles, at
Zimovia Strait. tl>^' same time expanding to more than three miles in width, and l)ecoming much
ol)Stru(rted by nxks and islets. On the VVrangell shore in this vicinity Tebienkoff'
locates a villago of the Stakh-hin T'linkils. Hence the strait trends NW. with a width varying from
one and a halt to three miles. About nine miles from the southern entrance is the mouth of a good-
sized bay on the Etolin shore. About thirteen miles from the .same locality is the northern extreme
of Etolin Island, separated from Woronkortski Island to the NW. by ChicliagolV I'assage, two miles and
a half wide at its eastern entrance, three miles long, containing an islet, and connecting Zimovia and
Stikine straits. At about the intei-seetion of the mid-channel lines, Chiehagoff Passage and Zimovia
Strait it is reporttnl that a snnkm rock with ten or tw(;lve feet on it at low water was dis-
foung Rock. covered in November, 1882, by the Itev. S. H. Young, while making a trip in a
canoe. There was no kelp on the rock, which must l>e nigarded as a serious danger.
There is a small islet with a nu'k near it on the northern side of the eastern part of Chiehagoff Passage,
but the island represented on some charts on the southern side of tlie jMissagc does not exist.

Five miles NW. by N. | N. from the northern point of Etolin Island is a point on the Wran-
gell shore from which « reef is represented to project a mile in a S SB. direction.

About two miles NW. from this point lies the entrance of Etolin Harbor, named by the Russians,
and formerly occupied by them as a trading-post. The harbor is formed by a small bay about five
and a half cables in length NW. J W. and SE. J E., of which the entrance is about five hundred
yards in width, NW. by N. and SE. by S., from headland to headland. The harbor is about four hun-
dred yards in width, but a large j)roportion of its extent is rendered unavailable by shoal water and
an irregularly shaped peninsula which makes out from the NE. shore. The part available for vessels
is about two cables in length NW. and SE., and h«lf a cable wide. The depth of water varies from
three to eight fathoms, nuid, gravel or sanl. The southern headland is denominated by the Russians
Point Shekesti, and alwut seventy yards N. from it is a rock or ledi/e with two or three fathoms al)out
it. The other points about the harbor without exception have rocks or shoal water extending outward
from them. Vessels may anchor in eight or nine fathoms, muddy bottom, midway between the U. 8.
fort and Point Shekesti. Small vessels may pa.ss to the NE. from the point, but in this portion of
the anchorage it will be necessary to moor NW. and SE.

There is now a wharf built, at the end of which about ten feet may be had at low water. There
are several rocks in this vicinity. The place, exccjit for small craft, cannot be called a harbor. In
southeasters vessels must run around Point Iliglilield.

* Upon whicli, in addition to the forrgoing notes, it in stnted that the geographical poaiiinn of Simonoff lalet ia

Latitude _.. 86" IS'H.

Longitude 182° aa'w.,

while on the Riniian plan it is given aa

Latitude 86° 34' as" H.

Longitude "rr"IIIIIIl3a° 83' 88" W."

It is singular that both should have errvd so much and in the same direction.

tThese discrepancies cannot be reconciled without adilitional observations in the field. An error appears on the Coast Sur-
vey sketch of Etolin Harbor as printed, in the accidental sulMtilution of 37' for 23' iu llie lonnitude of Fort Wrangell.

t Named by the Ruesians on their Hydrographiu charts of lUiS and 1?.'>3, and called Kacb-khanna bland on Tebienkuff's
chart of 1849. It should be noted that the names, ostensibly of Indian origin, iu some cases inserted by Tebienkoff, are of very
doubtful application to the geographical features which they are need to designate, and this as well as their unprnuouuceabillty
is in most case* a sufficient reason for discarding them, or rather for adopting in preference the more euphonious and previously
published civilized appellations.

$ In English, Winter Strait.

1. i'

WRANOKLL,

The sliorett about the hurhor are dcnHely wckxI*")!, cxpciit where tlie wo(m1 hiw lieon cut oft", atui
tdlerobly hij?h, the BumrnitM within half'n mile rwiching five or nix hundred feet, and one, a niih' and
a half t<) the eastward, nearly two tliouwmd feet.

Behind the town iw a low^idRe U'tween two hills over which Kiwtt'rn I'nwta^je is visible. The
soil is of rich, bliu-k, ve^etjible loani over )j;liM'ial gravel, and intersfM-rscd witii frafrincntw and Uiuldeni
of gra lite. It is usually Ijoggy in itw chanictcr, and covernl with tall ({ra^s and iierl)MKe. 'I'lie licncheH
are mostly gravelly or nxiky with patches of sand. At present there is no military <»tal>lishnient here
and the fort is devoted to other purposes. There are two churches, over one hundred houses or shanties,
and several missionary cstablishiuents.

The town is known as Wranjteli, and a deputy collector of cu»tt)m8 is 8tatione«l
here. The value of its cHimmcrc«' fluctuates with the mining business and differs con- Wr«iig«ll.

siderably in different years.

The Russian Bt(K'kaded post of Ht. Dionysius,* established by order of Haron Wrangell in 1834,
wiis situated on the snu'.li jjeninsula alludwl to, but no longer exists. In IHG7 the U. S. military post
of Fort Wrangell was erected on the shore near the nortnern headland of the entrance. A custom-
house and several trading establishment*, with a large numl)er of native huts or houses, are situated
here. This has l)een the port of cleamnce for gcxxls dcstinwl for Hritish territory by way of the
Stikine River, and as such has acquire<l some ini|)ortan(ie.t The monthly mail steamers Itetween
Washington Territory and Sitka usually toiu-h here.

A plan of the harbor was made by ZaremlM), and is to Ik; found on liussiim Hydrographic Chart
No. 1396, and hns lieen roughly reprcnluceti on U. S. Hydrographic Chart No. 22f). A preliminary
sketch was made by the U. S. Coast Survey party in 18(i(>, and ap|iears among the supplementary
sheets of the Atlas of Harlwr (Charts of Alaska. 1'he geographiiral positiou of Fort Wrangell,
according to the olaervations of the Coast Survey party, J is alwut

Latitude 66° 28' 16"

Longitude 132° 23' 23'

K.
W.

The variation of the needle in 1881 was 29° 17' E. according to observations by the IJ. S. Coast
Survey.§ The magnetic dip in 1881 was about 75° 33',

The tide in Zim<>v\ Strait floixls to the northward with a rate of two and a half knots. The
extreme rise and fall in Etolin Harbor is stated to be eightwm feet, the avenige about fourteen feet.

Woronkoffbki Island, which in this vicinity forms the w»«tern shore of Zimovia Strait, received
it.s name II from Russian explorers, and is situated to the northward of Chichagoff Passage, between
Zimovia and Stikine straits, it is about five miles long N. and S. and two tniles wide. Its northern
angle, Woronkofibki Point, forms the western, as Point Highfiold forms the eastern, extnme of the
northern entrance of Zimovia Strait, which is here four miles wi<ie.

This point, known as Woronkoffski Point, is low and black, woodc<I to the water's etige. At
low water a reef'ia visible which extends a short distance northwrrd from it. From Etolin anchonige
Woronkoffski Point bears 8. 36° W. From thence the shore on Zimovia Strait trends E SE. and
then to the southward; on the other hand it trends 8. by W. J W. into Stikine Strait.

In the middle of the northern shore of Woronkofl'ski island a small bight (xicurs, imminliately of!"
which, almut half a mile from shore, a sankai rock exists, which the U. S. steamer
Sarannc is said to have struck ; at low water quite a reef slows, but it is out of the Saranac Rock.
channel.

Woronkofftki Point forms the northeastern headland of 8tJkine Strait, a naraeT which has lM!en
somewhat loosely applied by different geographers. It wius origin illy applied (in the Rua^ian form of
Pralif Stakhinski) on the Russian Hydrographic Charts of 1 848 to ',he body of water separating Zarembo

• It WM built by Capt.-Lieut. DionyiiuB Feodorovicli Zarembo.

f Within a few years |73,000 are Btated to bavn been oxpeoded here in tlie i-'inHtructioD of liulldinga and otiinr permanent
iniprovetnenta, and the purt has a coiieiderable commerce. TranxactionB to the amount of several hundred tlioiiiiand dollurfi were
reported for 1876, and at that time about a million dollan worth of goods and gold-dust passed through the bands of traders and
miners in and out of this port of entry annually.

i Erroneously given on the chart as longitude 132<^ 37' approximate, &c. The longitude above given agrees tolerably well
.«-ith the results of English, Ruesian and Araeriean naval observers, but who aUii agree among themselves in the error of making
the latitude about three miles more northerly.

$ The magnetic station of the Survey in 186!) is now the middle of the prmci)ial street and useless for iibservnliims. That
of 1881, therefore, was selected elsewhere, and a position in the Catholic thurch-yard was decided on. Tins is abcut !iOO feet K.
27° E. from the old station, und is directly in front of the middle of the church and about aevcnty-five feet from it; about lineen
feet from the plank walk and about twenty feet from the front and west fences. The station was nmrked by a lU x lU-iiicli post
about three feet high, inscribed " U. S. Coast SiM'vey, 1881."

II Sometimes written Toronkowsky. Named for Lieut. Woronkoffski of the Russian Navy, 1836.

H The name has, as in the case of the Stikine River, been variously spelled, hut the orthography here adopted has been In
more general use than any other, and is therefore preferred to any attempt to restore the phonetic value of the native word. It
is the StMhiMkl Btrult of British Admiralty Chart 2431 and U. S. Ilydrographio. Office Chart No. 325.

^>/',.-'«yA*^ •' h/'mmw\M\Amima»jmA'umfmH

ouiKf »:arbok.

Island from Wor.i.ikoffski and I'tolin islands. ]}y other autliorities it lias l)een used to denominate part
of Snnuier Strait, and extended to various a<lja>'eiit waters. The original limitations are here adopted.

'I'lie NW. liemllund 'if Htikine Htrail is Point Craig, named by Vancouver. ()n the British
.Vdmiralty C'iir.rt No. '24'M an<l IJ. S. Ilydrographic Office Chart No. 225 the name has lieen errouc-
onslv trarisferrwi to a point farther west.

There is nothinjj particularly marked alnmt this point, which forms the northeastern extreme of
ZaremlK) Island and is a liroa<l jirojection with several angles. It is steej), thickly wooded, with a
rocky IfiltfC e.tt«^n(lii)g north and east from its end les'j than a cal)le. West from Point Craig the shore
trends to the soutliward and westward, and there are two weeded islets and several roeks lying close
in-shore. Ea-stward from I'oint Craig the shore trends about E. by S. for a mile or two, then turns to
the southward, fori'iing the western side of Stikine Strait. It is probable that tlie northern ends of
both Zarernho and Wor()nkotfski islands are sevt al miles farther south than the charts indicate. To
the eastward ol' Poivit Craig the shore is broken into .several small islands, of wlii'h the southern one
is in line with the NW. point of W'oronkoff'ski Island and with the high hill back of the old fort at
Wrangeil !)eaviiig NE. and SW.

From this South Craig Island the land trends away S SW., forming quite a large bight or bay.
The eastern shore of Htikine Strait is broken by Chichagoff Paasago,* which connects with Zimovia
Straif, and is the usual passage for .steamers bound to Wrangeil. On the northern point (;f entrance is
a small islet, not visi!>Ie from the southward. To the southw.ard of the pa-ssiage is a bare red-topped
mountain, vi- ible from ( 'iarenee Strait. ( 'hichagoif Passage can always be rwognized its the only break
in the latid E. of N. in .Stikine Strjiit through whi<^h the Stikine Mountains are visible. Opposite to
the entnmce to tiie passage Zarembo Island is traverstni by a valley which apparently extends clear
across it, iU)d the shore again trends SE,

The eastern shore of Stikine Strait from the vicinity of Red Mount<ain treuds to the southward and

eastward, forming a bight oil' which is an islet. In the southern part of this bight

Ouiet Harbor. ''' ^ small cove, affording anchorage for one small ves.sel. It is called Quiet Harlwr.f

It is a small indentation facing to the northward and ]>enetrating the shore about a

mile. No soundings are given, nor m there any information accessible in relation to this lo(!ality.|

On the south side of the southern entrance to Stikine Strait a small island, close in-shoie, forms
the southeastern poin*- of entrance, while the corresponding hetidland to *oe w>«twiird is Point Nesbitt.
Stikine Strait has a clear pa.ssage and varies from one to three or four m'lcs in width.

THE FKINCE OF WALES AND ASSOCIATED ISLANDS.

Having reviewed the interic-r navigation from Dixon Entniuce co Sumner Strait, the oceanic <x)ast

is nt'Xt in order.

*'!■ \:

THE 0OA8T FROW CAPE MUZON NORTHWARD.

Immediai^'ly I 'le west vard of Cape Mu/on the coast-line is markwl by a I,irge bight, Iji8<x)me
Bay§ which enters the shore in a northerly direction with a number of thickly wooded rocky islands
fi. isking ita entrance.

The coast is ocky with no prominent landmarks. From Point Cornwallis the western headland
of this bay the. ' oast treVids i'l a westerly direction some six to seven miles to Poiut Baean, the .soutli-
eastern headland of the port of the .s;u«e nanie. The point s low at its extremity, with rocks extending
off it a (juarter of a mile. The position of the point, acording to oKservations t)y Zarembo, is

LntitnUo 54'^ -IS' N.

Iiougitude 132'^ 54' W.

Hence .across the entr.ance of Port Bazan? is alwut five niilej in a Wirw. diree.tion: thi' {K)rt
penetrates the shore some six or eight miles in a NE. by E. direction with Jin average' width of three

miles. The NW. headland is not named. T'he shores are rather irregular, indenlwl
Port Ba:ia.i. uitli a numlter of small li.iys or (joves, and the port is loiigitudinaliy divi(I(>d for more

than half its lengtli by Dolgoi iBland, a high, woo<led, very narrow and rather irregu-
larly sha|K'd island. The seaward extreme of this island is a well marked and pculiar landmark'^of
a whitish e<jlorand easily distinguished at a long distane*'.

t.m;ih

' It i? llm T.:l»Uclialloir Btialt (if liritisli A.lininilty Clinrt 2131. (.Sei. pnp- (ly.)

t In R-iKMHii I'OktilDalR, mmii'i'iias lalli'ii Quiet Bay atiil Fokoln' i ikar1>or nf Krilisli .Xdmirnlty Char'. 24:il.

tTliKtr is ii» iloiiht :l)r,t tl:iii jiroiip of iHliiiitU iw a wholi- kIhii.Is i.-:i. in i .1 <if can'rul .nBmiiiatio), etpK'inIlv towniiln the

iKji'lhc™ fiart. Till' iiifuniintit'ii lure utroiilwl i« (ami fhr IIih pnwii ■iin i bil larfn;ly of a iiit-ri'ly apprvximam olmraoter.

y ngrihath i .iin.v Port Uacom* a tinv in thin viiinity, liul w lii.ther thin one or I'ort Bnzan wn8 int.m(l»< the map is too itopw-
."'Ct to di'cide. At nil i vrnls ilio tmmf may be pn^Rorvrd ap aliove.

II Alno oalti'd Basac Bay .t Uarlior. It wan nuin^d Puerto del .;%yUo Buan by Caamano, aa«r ttiu Uaylio Baian wlio
cxtt ofried it in j.-ly, 17!)8. h in poseildy. Port llicoma, of Ingrabam in 171«.

■a\-i^'*m a»T.

jnimatc part
i;re aiidpted.
the British
iteen erroue-

i extreme of
ided, \vith a
ig the shore
< lying eio.se
lien turns to
lern ends oi"
idieate. To
louthern one
• old fort at

igiit or bay,
ith Zimoviii
f entrance is
! red-topped
e only break
Opposite to
xtenda clear

ithward and
f thi8 bight
et Havbor.f
lore about a
oiraiity.J
shfue, forms
oint Nesbitt.

oceanic coast

rht, liiscome
ocky islands

:rD headland
1, the south-
^s extending
to, is

)n;, the [)ort
idtli of three
ar, indcntwl
cd for more
itiier irregn-
lantlinark of

illy li)W(inl» thf

oliaracter.

ap Ih too iiupiir-

rVio Bazan wUo

ipp^spip^ipniwiiiwiigi^t' I.1J I .jwuiiiipnpniBiapHi

.^SSk'

V'.^-A'RNpi^?.,

COAST
FROM WOLF ROCK 'i'O ( Al'K OK( ISION

( RuHHiaii, hri'iHh iin«l Spniiisli Autlmi ilii/s
with iiilililiuuH 1

ftOUNOIN6« IM FATHOMS

mmssmm *

NuutHjul Mitpji

|i|IJJH^p^MMl.W>

V'-A->'RNoA^_

■ -r "r-^'^rw^ ^WWl"''^'H^"*^'^ H'.' ? ^Ww «*' ' . ' J)|'. I-" ^<"»"> 'I w^.i^-

'i-it

%tf.

ri '.'

••»*?

PORT BAZAN.

Betwwn th(! northern end of Dolgoi Island and tlielica<l of the hay are a great number of small,
• high, wooded islets. The only portion of the port which seems to have" received any particular atlen-
tiiin is that lying k-tween Dolgoi Island and Point Uazan. E<re/ou/ ijrmnd isindicated on both
shores, extending olf to a quarter of a mile. Before entering the channel Iwtween the island and the
SE. shore twenty-three fathoms are had, afterwards twelve to sixteen in mid-channel until the northern
end of the island is reached. >^" -en and nine fathoms are here reported, and half a mile beyond, in a
snug cove on the main lore. about E NE. from the end of the island, anchor.ige is had in seventeen
:ind a half fathoms. ^, vig-ation to the N. and W. of Dolgoi Island is not re<'ommended, as nothing
is known >f the depth ol water and it is probable that concealed dangers exist. No directions are
necessary for reaching the usual anchorage further than to keep in mid-channel.

A sketch (by Zarembo) of the port is given by Tebienkoff, (Chart IX,) from which it is gathered
ihat the rise and fall of tide is fourteen feet.

The variation of the comjKuss at the time of the survey (about 1834) was 26° E. The geogi-aphical
position of the anchomge is

Latitude 54° 50'.5 N.

Longitude 132°47'.2W.

This plan is copied in the U. 8. Coast Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts of Alaska. It is slatcil by
some of the Russian American Company's officers that a heavy swell rolls into this bay in SW. gales.
The western point of entrance to Port Bazan is ea.sily recognized by its high white bluHs and bv a
small island southward from the point close in-shore. It is tniccrtain whether the high, bold, western
headland of this l)ay or Cape Muzon was the Cape Santa Maria Magdalona, named by I'erez in 1774,
but the name of Cape Magdalcna will l)e retained for the former.

About si.K miles northwestward from Cape Magdalena lies a remarkable headland making out to
the 8 SW., and ])robably Cape Saint Augustine of Maurclle.* It consists of a high n.iind mountain,
sloping abruptly to a small ni])ple hill, which is separated from a low pyramidal knoll, at the extreme
end of the point, by a low strij) of sand. The entire point has a white bluff water-line. This head-
land forms the .eoutheastcvn extreme of Augustine Bay, an ai)parently deep but nne.xijlored bight
containing some islands and extending in a northerly direction.

From the entrance of the port the coast trends to the NW. about eighteen miles. This part of
the coast-line is little known; but such data as are accessible indicate that it in uiuch indented and
broken, backed by mountains of considerable height, and with bold and densely wocxled shores, which
are rather thickly populated with Indians of the T'linkit stock.

SW. by W. J W. from I'oint Bazan, nineteen miles, lies the southern end of Forrester Island,
named by Dixoiif in duly, 1787.

This island all authorities agree in representing as about a mile and a lialf wide and four or five
miles long NW. by N. and SE. by S., with some rocks about its southern end, whore there are two
islets, the southern one the smaller. The NE. extreme of Forrester Island is terminated by a pe(uiiiar
pinnacle boulder conspicuous from quite a distanc*;. From the northern end rocks extend to several
small low islet.s, mentioned by several navigators, in the samegener-d trend as the island lor a distan<«
of a mile or nu)re. The island is steep at the sides, rising into hip'i routided knobs, densely wixnled,
and occupied during at lesist a part of the year by Indians from tin .liij.u'cnt shores.

From some points of view the tops of these knol)s, which dinniiiKh in height northwardly, ap|)(>ar
notched or serrated. From the SW. Forrester Island presents a high, round, (^sntral knol>, rising to
fifteen liundre<l or two thousand feet. From this the eastern slope is gradual, (mt breaks away and
rises again, forming a knob. The western slo-ie is somewhat similar, but the terminal kimb is liighei'
and there are a cou])le of hills between it and 'he central ridge. The shores appear steep-to all round.
The geogra[>hical position of the southeastern extremity of Forrester Island is, - iproxinuitely.

Latitude 64' 48' N.

Longitude 133' 30' W..

but there is a doidU as to the longitude, authorities differing from 133° 29' to 133 35' W.j: The
island is visible from Port Refugio through the pa8.«age leading to the seji eastward from Suemez Island.

* Somewhori' im tliisshoic. betwuon Port llaznii »»«i I'ort IJucar,-!!. n ciipiMir prmiiontcin-. or » liiu'li iiiniiiitiiin wliidi at a
(li«lanci' «(uil(l appmr «f cueli. wiih seen hv La I'lToiiwand iilcntificii l>v liim witlj iIip Oabo de 8. Agastln r,t' Mttiir..lli. in 177,1.
He (rives a viHW of il, trut tlic ctiarn r)f this vi.initv am Mill no imptTfwt tliat il ciinmit be iletinit.'ly liwnteii .Maiir.'ll.' ntiile*
that fn.rii tlie iicinity of Wolf Kock tli«y miw llii» cap,- at a diataiici' of four ui- fiv.- leagues, ' after whioli tlic <•oa^t 'wmtliiviinl)
trMiiiwl In thi' E. so miicli tliiit we loKl Bight of it. ' ' ' Tbii. Cup" •""• •'\«"*''» i"'" '"''"■'>■ ""W- I"'""''''' 'rhio
wiin iloiilitlen" the above in™tioned proinontorv.

♦ About a Tern- iif'tiTwarils Doiinliis lalh^l i' Douglas Island, ami eleven y-iam later (November. 1798) the name of Ban Carlos
Island, j.'iven by .Maiirelle in lT7f. mid piiblisliMl in ITwl in HarrioKtonV Mii«»lliuiit<8, wiis fir<t plat^e.1 upon a . Iiiiri in tlie atlii»
of tile voyage of La l'eroii»«.

! The U. 8, Hydrograpbic Chart No. 225 p>iii> the southern end in latil«<i« Mf 46' H., but uo acithoriiy for the ebntiRe ix driven

HKii

\>H

m i

' ; 1

')•■

-1 '

96 WOLF llOCK.

'rebieiikoff, Dixon and Meares give views of this island,* none of which are satisfactory.

Northwunl from Forrester Island about two niUes, according to Nichols, is Lowrie Island.f a-
small detachcil island, near whi('h are two exiwsed rocks. Most authorities place this island nearer to

Forrester Island.
Wolf Rock. N. by W. I W. about nine miles from the northern point of Forrester Island,

according to Russian authorities, lies Wolf Rock of Vancouver,^ low and black.

Vancouver and others agree in representing it as a low, flat, rocky, barren islet, nearly level with
the water, and surrounded i)y nK'ks and breakers, which extend some distance off". Its exact extent
liiis not been rec(»rdwl, but would a|)[)car to l)e less than a mile. According to Vancouver this rock is
S. 21° E. (true) fourtetai miles from Cape St. Hartolom6, twelve miles from the nearest shore, and nine
miles from Forrester Island. The channel between this rock and the islets at the N. end of Forrester
Island appears to be clear and deep. Douglas found no bottom with fifty fathoms of line when pa.ssing
through it. Maurelle anchored in twenty-two fathoms near the foul ground about the rock.

In foggy weather or darkness it seems evident that this rock constitutes a serious danger for ves-
sels sailing l)ctwcen Dixon Entrance and the coast northward.

NW. h W., twelve or fourteen miles from Wolf Rotjk, is situated Cara Bartolom6.§ This cape
is a long, high and narrow tongue of woode<l land, which, for eight miles from its extremity, does not
attain a width greatly exceeding a mile. At a distance of three miles from its southern extreme it
attains a height of 1,5(I0 feet by a gradual rise in successive wave-like summits. The island of which
it is the southern extreme has receivetl from the superintendent of the U. S. Coast Survey the name of
Baker Island. ||

The general trend of the cajie is about WW. and SE., and foul ground extends in the latter direction
from its southeast end a distance of a mile or raor". Northward from these rocks the water is bold,
reaching a depth of fifty fathoms within a mile of the shore. The termination of ihis cape was placet!
by Vancouver in latitude 55° 12'.5 N., with which Tebienkoif nearly agrees, but the longitude assigned
to it on modern charts ' aries from 133° 32' to 133° 38' W.

Five or six miles eastward from Cape Bartolom6 is Cape Felix, the Cabo de San Feliz of the

Spaniards and of most Russian charts. It is a rather short, apparently bluff, wooded

Dangers. in-omontory, with an islet near it according to the earlier Spanish charts. Eastward

from it, guarding a series of indentations, a number of rocks, islets, reefs 6r banks are

in(licatc<l within a distance of six or eight miles; and extending as much as two miles in some cases

from the nearest shore.

Cape Felix is situ vted upon Suemez Island, named by the Spaniards. According to Tebienkoflf,
it principally consists .'f high and wooded land, and is of an irregularly cruciform dliape, caused by
its indentation NE., SI., SW. and NW. by small ports or bays. It is one of the largest of an unde-
termined number of islands which, in combination with the main body of Prince of Wales Archipelago,
unite to protect the great body of water known as

PORT i^UCARELI.

This is the Puerto del Baylio Bucarelit of Maurelle and Quadra, which has in modern books
and charts been variously termed Bucareli Bay or Sound, &c.

* For timt luTe ^'iveu'wc iire iiuiehted to Capt. Ij. N. n*^rernjeen.

' After riiptaiii I.owric, of llu' «iiow Captain Cook, in 178(), who was pcrlnips the first Kiiglisli-gpeaking naviuator t<i vi»jt
Queen I'linrlotte Inlands anil poHHililr the first who Haw tlii& inland.

t Tlie ForrcMiHr Island of Meares but not of l>ixon, and cfLlled lelk Ri'.sa or Flat Island by the Spanish navig^tnrH. Wcdf
KiH k ami Korri'Hiei Island were called by La I'eroiiHe the San Carlos Islands.

^ The Cabo de San Bartolome <if Maurelle and Vancouver, a nnniefor which Point Cliirlkoff ia subatiluiiil on one old Rus-
lian chart, ami on I.isianskv's diart Cape Chfiprtltoff appears together witli the Spanish name. It seems probable that ihis mar
alxo be Cape Adamson of Meares.

II AtU'r Mr. Marnis liaker, of the (.'oast .Survey, engat^^ \ 187:' -1881 in gurreyB and office work relating to Alaska.

♦ Nameil in honor of the Baylio (Haillie) Don Antonio Maria Bucareli y Trsua, Viceroy of Mexico. Authoritie« differ
in rigard to the orthognipliy, — ilie earlier ones spelling the name with a single "I."

This port was ilisiovered by Don Hriino Ileceta of the Santiago and Don .luan de la Bodega y Quadra of the Felicidad on
August 'J4, 17".'). anil a sketch was made of il. probably liy Maurelle. It was next examined Ijy the Spanish expedition under
Ihe comnianil of Don Ignacio Arliaga of the I'rinreta iind Quadra of the Faiiiriln. who anchored here May 4, 1779, and remained
unll' .luly 1, during which time Don Francisco Maurelle made a detailed survey of the port. It was lastly still further surveyed
by Don JacinUi Caaniano .>f 'he .-ir^mzazu, who was engaged upon the survey from June 12 to .Inly U, 179'.i. Tnese are the
only surveys that Invc ever lieen liiaile of this loi'alily. So far as the compiler has been able to discover. nio.< of these snrvevs
were ever published l>y the .Spunisli or Mexican governments.

Manrelle's surveys in 177.'i am! 1779 were confined to the western and central portions of the port. '1 lie niiifi resulting
frtim these reconnaissance "iirvi ys was pulilisheil by I,a I'erimse in his Atlas (No. 2(>) in 1798. This was reproduced by the
Kussians at some unknown date, (.perhaps 1H02,) and this Russian plan reproduced in tlie V. S. Coast Survev Atlas of Harbor
Charts No. 1, v.ith such additions from Ciuimano's survey of the i astern part as could be gleaned from Vancouver's gensral map
No. 7. The plan in Tflbienkoffs Atlas doe* ::ol include the eastern part of the port.

PORT BVCARELI.

With the work of the Spaniards, investigation of this vicinity seems to have been practi-.-aily closed,
and no new information of importance in regard to Port Uncareli hts l)een made public for many years.
Certain discrepancies appear betWM'ii Tebienkoff's chart and tiuwj of the SpanianJH, Imt there are no
(lata among his hydrograpiiic notes to indicate tiiat these changes ar«> due to new information rather than
to conjecture or the idiosyncracies ot the draughtsman, such as appear in many portions of his Atlas.

The well-Unown carelessness of the early Spanish explorers renders the unreserve<l acceptance of
their work extremely hazardous. For this reason the principal features oidy of this important sheet
of water will here be referred to, and more detailed descriptions deferred untd the reception of new
data shall rendei them trustworthy.

From the central portion of Port Bucareli a circle described with a twelve-mile radius will include
the greater portion of its extent. So far as known its general hydrographic features are as follows:

The principal and southwestern entrance of the port is fouml between ( "apes Barlolomfi and Felix,
and consists of a sheet of water three or four miles in width, trending about N NW. for six or eight
miles, when its general course is to the N NE., gradually widenhig to its termination — some eighteen
miles from the l)end — where its width is about ten miles. Nearly in the center of the port is the large
island of San Juan Bautista, — trending about NE. and 8W., with a width of two and a length of
about five miles.

The eastern side of the above entrance is formed by Sueniez Island, to the ea'^tward of which is
Meares Passage, but slightly known, and indicated by Tebienkoff as very narrow and with several
dangers in its approaches.* T'.o main ixtdy of water gives off braniilies to the eastward and to the
westward, some of which com /luuicat*; with the sea and others form snug and land-kn-ked harbors.
Several unexplored channels and piis.sages exist, especially the Canal Ylas de UUoa, or Ulloa Canal,
which is supposed to extend to one of the bnmches of Tlevak Strait from a point near the junction of
Meares Passage and the ejistern end of Port Refugio. The land eastward iVoni Meares Passage and
forming the western part of the south shores of the Ulloa Canal is lielievcd to he separated from Dall
Isliinl by a passsige extending from Ulloa Canal to the Pacific. The large mass of land indentetl on the
northward by Ports Estrella and Culdera, and embracetl by the waters of Port Refugio, Ulloa Canal,
Tlevak Strait and Bucareli, has betn name<l by the U. S. Coast Survey Ualaspina Island, in honor of
that (listinguished and unhappy navigator. It may eventually prove to consist of several islands.

Ulloa Canal a|)pears to have derived its nam<' from being Hup|x>sed to communicate with Cordova
Bay, the land north of Cordova Bay l)eing styled Isla Ulloa in Galiano's Atlas. Another iniportant
passage is Sliakbine Strait, extending northward from the N NW. portion of Bucareli.

According to the old MS. Spanish chart, first published by La Perouse, the first entrance within,
northward from Cape Felix, is Puerto de la Santa Cruz, with a reef, in the middle
of the entrance, named La labandera, and sixteen to twenty-four fathoms water inside, Puerto de la
the northern and eastern shores clear and bold. Here Maurelle anchored in May, 1779. Santa Crm.

KKlern books

According to their observations it is H. W. F. and C. at 12' 16" p. m. The rise of the highest
tides is seventeen feet three inches, and of the neap tides U/urteen feet three inches. The tides of the
night exceed in height those of the day by one foot nine inches.

Separated by a nitlier narrow peninsula to the northward of this harbor lies Puerto de los Do' jres,
opL'ii to till' northward, and the usual stoppiu- -place of the Russian traders in niodern
time.-. This bay is about a mile wide and two miles deep, with eiglit or nine fathoms Puerto de loe
water. Its eastern shore is bold, but the southern and western are bordered by foul Doloree.

ground, and two jxitclien of .vmken rock are indicated by Tebienkofi", one in the middle
of the port, another near the head. The anchorage is between them in eight or nine fathoms. Beyond
this, to the eastward of Suutnez Island, lie the Puertos del Refugio, de la Estrella, de la Caldera,
etc., extending to the NE. angle of Port Bucareli, when<«, and also from the entire northern shore of
which, extend numerous imsurvevwl openings.

In this vicinity Tlevak Strait enters Port Bucareli, but the surveys hitherto made a\e not suffi-
I'ient to enable their comiecticn and relations to be more particularly stated.

On the other hand, from Cape Bartolome northward we lave extending to the westward Puerto
lie San Antonio, a double-headed harbor, having twelve to twenty fathoms within and a
bunch of rocks and islets near its NE. headland, beyond which is the Puerto de nostra Puerto de San
Senora do la Asumeion, affording a small land-locked harbor, but with deeper water Antonio,

and several mibmeiged dangers.

Beyond this, to the northward, is the Puerto de la Real Marina, with numerous rocks and islands at
its eastern entrance, and to the westward extending in a narrow unsurveyed arm, which
is connei'tetl with the (K-ean in a southwesterly direction. This arm contains <leep water '''""^,yj^;|'„'/ '"•'
but also numerom racks. It is not considered advisable to attempt its navigation.!

* Sea Otter Bay of Lis'iaiieky, (after Menre§T) Ingraham and other early traders.
t Thi« arm may b« Identical with Otter Sound or Sea Otter Harbor of Meares.

P. c. P.— 13

*«'■■

SI:.A OTTER HARBOR.

The portion of the port to tlie IS NW. of BautiHta Island was called Seno de San Alverto.
In its northern part, about latitude 64° 30', is situated the landlocked harbor and settlement of Klawak.
No survey of this has l)een made and even its exact position is unknown, but it is stated to be a small
nearly circular bay, large enough for but one or two vessels, with a very narrow but clear passage in,
on emerging from which the navigator is completely landlovked and surrounded by a bcautilully-
woodefl amphitheater of moderately high hills. There is a white settlement here, a fur-trading station
and fishery which puts up alarge amount of salmon annually. A missionary post or station is projected
here.

West of the Seno de San Alverto, on either side of the large island of San Fernando, to the north
the Canal de San Cbristoval, and to the south the Canal de Fortills, lead to the Oulf of Eaquibel,
a large body of water to which Tebienkoff erroneously applies the name of Boca Fina, and from which
numerous p.issages between islands afford communication with the ocean.

The southernmost of these is the Canal de San Nicolas; the next to the north and west is the
Bocas de Arriaga, its northern boundary formed by numerous low rocky islands. The northern
extremity of the gulf, showing many small openings lietween islands and points of the main shore,
received from the Sjianiards the name of Bocas de Finas. Both of the last-mentioned two Spanish
names are misapplie<l by Tebienkoff, From the northern portion of the Boca-s de Finas extends the
Shakhine Strait or Passage,* ])robably rejoining the sea at a considerable distan(;e, but not fully
explored.

On the main shore, near its southern entrance, is a small bay containing an anchorage, and indi-
cated without details on Russian Charts as Tonowek Bay. Westward from this, according to Tebien-
koff, there ai)pears to be another anchorage somewhere in the maze of islets and rocks.

The defects of, and des<Tepaneics between, all charts of this region are so great that the geographical
features can only be alkuietl to in the briefest manner, as above, without attempting bearings, dimen-
sions or distances.!

It has already been mentioned that there are reasons for regarding Cape Bartolom6 as Cape
Adamson of Mearcf . Fifteen miles NW. by "W, J W. from Cape Burtoloin6 lies Cape Addington
of Vancouver, which if the above supjiosition be (H)rrect, is the Cape Burnett of Meares. While
Meares'l statements in regard to these two ea|)es and his adjacent Sea Otter Harbor will apj)ly in part
only to any portion of the shore in this region as now represented on the charts, tliere are, perhaps,
good grounds for identifying them as above. §

.} .

* TliiH IB iiiilicnt«d n» Bachlne Strait on Driiisli Ailniiralty Chart No. 2431, aii<) Kliiewliure an SchakUn Strait,

tit 18 iioticenl)le on tlie Spanixii clinrt timt tliti Canal de Portlllo, 8W. from •Sin Fvrnuiwli) Isliiud, iti );irvn ao tolerably
clear and with nix or eight futlioiiiB near tlie eliores. wliile the Canal de Ban Cbristoval is represented an nearly cliuked up witli
rocks and islets. On the Kussiaii charts, however, llie track indicated for the Kiissian trailing vessels passes through the Canal
de San Chrisloval, althniigli the ntlier route from Port I lolores toward Tonowek liuy is somewhat shorter. This is not positive
evidence, however, that the northern pacuiige is preferaUle for niivigation, as the iniites of fur traders are more frequently deter-
mined by the location of native settlements tlian by any oilier considerations.

(As the reBponsil)le iiiithor of the publication Meares is here referred to, while the actual observnlions in many oases were
made by his subordinate, Douglas.

i Meares' latitudes, fiom some cause, are nearly all too far north, varying in known cases from «ix to ten niilef In this respect.
His longitudes are only accidentally near the truth. However, if his published positions be laid off on the i liait it will be
observed that these capes bear the same relation to each oth"r as do Capes Itartolomri and Addington, both in distance anil
direction from each other, but are some fourteen miles too fur north, Meares' own dilTurences of longitinlu are likely li> be
approximately correct, even if the actual longitudes were erroneous. He pliiced the capes fifteen niilee apart, exnclly the dis-
tance between Capes llartoloni^ and Addingtfui. &!eareB* estiinuted dip'.-incts, when large, are usinilly i-xiiggi'iuii-it, and he niny
never have seen the low southern lerniinallon of Cape l!ai'loloni6. but only ils high and somewliat more norilierii portion But
it is not likely that he would make such an error as to place iiis capes only fifteen mites apart when they were reully thirty, us
must liave been the case if the west part of Coronation Island were Ills Cape Burnett, us Iiuh been held by some reputuliie
authorities. Again, he olituineil lieurings on Cape Barnett when within seven or eight miles of Korrester Ishinil. The height
of Coronation Island havii'g been determined approximately by the U. S. Coast Survey in IH&J at eight hundred feet, it would
of course have lieen invisible to Meares at a distance of nearly sixty miles. Moreover, the bay and narrow passage between
Capes Bartiiloini^ ami Addington, wiili the arms of Port Bucareli 'u the eastward from the narrow strait, fulfill all the conditions
of Meares' Sea Otter Harbor or Sound.

The principal iilijections are that he makes his soiithem cape "high, liltitf land," and the northern one "low towards the
•ea," while "it rises grailuully to a coneideralile height." when most of the puliliKlieil information accessible tends to show that
exnclly the reverse is the case. Doubts are thrown upon this, however, tiy oral testimony of navigators who have recently
visited Port Bucareli. Tliiri itiHiculty and some of his iiearings may be better reconciled upon tlie reception of more information.
Others of his beariiigK are clearly errimousor eiToiieoii«ly printed. His "view" of Otter Sound appears valueless as well as his
Mtimateil position for it. On the other hand, the early fur traders (who may lie supposed to have hail i"iuie definite knowledge of
Meares' liiscoveries from or.'vl coniiniinication. Ac, during the six or eight years culiseipient to bis vinii ) located Meares' Sea Otter
Harbor in Bucareli Buy, and apparently in that entrance of it east of,Sueinez Island called by the Cuiisl Survey Meares Passage.
It is so located on the maps of lioth Ingralinm and Lisianski. If the southern cape (Harnett) was Cape Augustine and the north-
ern one (Adninson) Cape ILirtolonie, (or (,'ape Felix,) the conditions reiiuirtd by Meares' description would be pretty well satis-
fied. But it is ill most caseii iiiiposeible at present to come to an absolutely satisfactory decisiou in regard to tlie exact locality of
hie names or of th'; geograpliicul features he endeavors to describe.

OTTER SOUND. *

e San Alverto.
lent of Klawak.
!(1 to be a small
slear passage in,
r a beaiitiiully-
-trading station
tion is projected

do, to the north
If of Esquibel,
and from which

and west is the
The northern
the main shore,
cd two SpiUiish
Inas extends the
I, but not fully

jrage, and indi-
■ding to Tebien-

the geographical
searings, ^imen-

•toloni6 as Cape
ape Addington
^lenres. While
ill ap|)ly in part
!re are, perhaps,

itrait.
given aH tolerably
kriy uliokeil up with
I tlirough tli« Canal
Tliia ia not poattive
r« frequently deter-
in many oiiaea were

lien ill tliia reepect.

lie rlini't it will be

li ill (liRtance and

lie lire likely to be
■t, exufily Ibe die-
I'liti'd, und he inny
hern portion lint
le really tliirty, as
>y Biitne reputiilile

eliind. The height
(Iri'd feel, it would

iv pneange between

II all thecouditioMR

low towards the
tende to show tliat
who have recently
riiKire infornmtiiiii.
elese 08 well as Ills
Millie knowledge of
Mi^nrei,' Sea Oiler
y Xlenroa Pnennge.
tine and the nortli-
■ |irelty well snlin-
le exact locality of

Cape Addington is describee! by Vancouver as a "conspicuous promontory;" his observations, how-
ever, were made at a distance of several leagues from tlic liiiul, so that low litnd near its hiisc might
have remained unobserved. From it the siiorc trends E. J N. about five miles to an opening in the
land whici. forms a rounded port containing a <«ntral island, and which c<?nnects by a very narrow
passage with one of the arms of Port Bucareii.

In this passage, as is above-mentioned, Otter Sound, or Sea Otter Harbor* of Meares, may have
lieen situated.

The eastern shore of the bight leading to the above passage, and formed by tiie western jwrtion of
Noyes Island.f on which Cape Bartolomfi is situated, is represented in one of Lit IVrouse's viewsj as
high; about equal in that respect to the land at Cai)e Addington.

From Cape Addington tiie coast ci-vcs to the north wird and afterward to the north-northwest-
ward, — being composetl of the western ^Iges of tiie numerous islands which guard Port Bucareii from
file sea. It is of course much broken and is but little known.

The northern termination of this curve is formed by Cape Pole, which bears from CafHj Adding-
ton NW. by N. J N. thirty-two miles. This (»pe, nametl by Vancouver, and termed by him a "con-
spicuous point," forms the SE. point of entrance to Sumner Strait In the middle and most eastern
portion of the bight formed between Capes Pole and Addington, (!jilled by tiie U. S. Coast Stirvey
Iphigenia Bay, after Meares' vessel, are numennia rocks and islets to seaward of the main lineof islanda.S
The westernmost of the off-shore islets or rocks, according to the best accessible information, bear from
Cape Addington about N. J W. sixteen, nineteen and a half and twenty and a half miles, respectively;
the most northern is also slightly more westerly than the others. E. by S. J S. and generally to the
cxstward and southward, from the outer rocks, are numerous others, extending to the main line of
islands, to which the name Maurelle Islands has been n|)plied.

E SE. from Cape Pole, and extending five or six miles in that direction, is a bight, at the mouth
(if Davidson Inlet; this bight is supposed to receive the northern termination of the
so-called Shakhine Strait. To this bight, as before mentionetl, the name of Otter Otter Sound.
Sound or Sea Otter Sound has been applied, under the supposition that it was the
Otter Sound of Meares. Whether this supposition be correct or not, there seems to lie tio reason why
ihe name should not be adopted and retained for this locality.

Tlie large body of laud embraced between Shakhine Strait, Otter Sound, Iphigenia and Tonowek
bays has received from the U. S. Coast Survey the name of Ueceta Island, or islands. It is not cer-
tain of how many btKlies of land it is composed.

Southwest from Cape Pole, and extending in this general direction for some sixteen miles, are the
Spanish Islands, named by La Perousc, and consisting, as restrictetl, of Warren and Coronation islands
lid adjacent islets and rocks. According to Vancouver the easternmost of tluse, scjiaratcd by a strait
about two miles wide from Cape Pole, is Warren Island, named by Vancouver and described by him
as a "high island" with rocky shores, about four miles long, with an average width of less than two
miles, and having a generally E. and W. trend. In the eastern part of the short strait which separates
it from Cape Pole three islets are indicated by Vancouver rather nearer the (ittjie than the island; and

He also

Dangerous
Rocks.

he mentions that in this passage "some lurking rocks were observed."

remarks: "to the southward of this island are three clusters of very dangcroux rocks,

the first lying from its northwest point S. 15° B. (true) at the distance of three miles

and a half; the second S. I'true) disttint six milts, and a small islet lying from them

siiutheast (true) at the distance of about half a league. The thin! cluster lies otf the southeast point

of the island * * * in a direction S. 30° E. (true) about four miles distant." The last

patch is omitted on his chart, and the distinctive features of these ledges seem to have been lost sight

111' on the Russian hydrographic charts, which have been followed in regard to this locality by

other modern charts.

The western point of Warren Island, which has some rocks about it, was named by Vancouver
Point Borlase, and placed by him in latitude 65° 57'. 7 N.

According to the same authority the jiassage between Warren Island and Coronation Island is
five miles in width and "by far the most spacious and fair to navigate. * *. * Nearly in
mid-channel between the islands bottom could not be gained with 120 fathoms of line."l

• In Part I, Alaska Coaat Pilot, 1839, inaued by the U. S. Coaat Survey, it ie euggeeted that Otter Sound was located near
the northern temiinntion of Shakhine Strait; hut in view of the difticullies in the way of identifying Cape Harnett with Corona-
tii'U iBlnini. aa above elated, ai.d the reception of more recent information from the locality, this auggention eeeme improbable.

t Named by the euperintendent of the U. S. Coast Survey in 1H79, after Mr. W. M. Noyes, of the Coast Survey party employed
in Alaska, lf?73-80.

t And on a late MS. view by Captain L. N. Herendeen.

i To this paM of the bay Tebienkoff has erroneously transferred the name of Bocaii de Arriaga, applied by the Spaniards to
"tie of the passages leading between the islands eastward. . ,^-

II Vancouver, vol. ii. p. 484. ' ^ '

IF Vancouver, vol. ii, p. 4584. •

&±,

100

HAZY ISLANDS.

Coronation Islnnfl, the largest of tlic jtroiip, was named l)y Vancouver from that anniversary
tailing on the day he |>ii«.sc<l it. It lies five miles wcHtwunI from Warren I.wliind and alK)ut the same (Hh-
tance southward from Ciipe I)e<-ision. It is nliout ei^lit iiiileH long and avenigcH aliout three miles wide,
trending NE. hy N. and SW. hy 8. in a giiieral way. The island reaehes a height of
Coronation Uland. eight hundred fVt^t a('<'or>iing to notes hy the U. H. Coact Survey |)arty of 1865). Its
form is very ditlerently repre.scntcd on dillirent charts. On Unssian Hydrographie
Chart No. 149.'l the middle latitude of the island is ahont 66° 63'.6 N. and the longitude of the mid-
dle peak is ahout 134° 10' W., while Tei)ienkotf gives 66° 66.'6 N. and 134° 06' W. for the same |M)r-
tion of the island. Vamrouver's latitude is nearly midway hctween these.

From the NE. extrennty of the island a chain of islets ixtends northward in the <lirection of
Cap Decision. Hetween the point and the first islaiul northwynl from it Tchienkoif, without details,
inclicates an anchorage. According to Russian Mydrograpliic Chart No. H9;3, at a distance of two
miles from the point a hreak (Mcurs in the chain, forming a navigahle passage hetween the above-
mentioned and two more northern islets. The latter are small, hut reach a hciglit of four hundred
feet according to U. S. Coast Survey olist-rvcrs. liei.veen them and Cape Decision is the navigable
passage, first explored and recomniendwl by Vancouver, who consideivtl it clear of dangers and affording
a mean.? of avoiding a very considerable circuit. There is an abundance of water and the channel is
a mile and a half wide. The bight between Coronation Island and Cajie Aildington has received from
the U. 8. Coast Survey the name of Iphigenia Bay.

By Tebienkoff the southern passage is ignored and the islets are differently dispose<f.

W SW. from Coronation Island eight or nine miles are tlie Hazy Islands, named by the early
traders.* They appear, from the views of La I'erouse and the remarks of navigators,
Haiy Islandi. to be small and pointwl, — not attaining any considerable height. They are repre8efite<l
by different chai ts as front two to eight in mnnber, forming a cluster two or three miles
in extent, eight miles from Coronation Island, sixteen from Cape I)e<^i8ion and fifteen from Cape
Ommaney. Most authorities place them in about latitude 56° 56' N. and about SB. f S. from Cope
Onimaney.

A<vording to the Coast Survey observers there are three principal islands. The largest lies to the
southeast; northwcFtwaid from it are two smaller ones, each having two small peaks. Southeast from
the group, about two miles from the largest, Hazy Island is a fourth, a long low rock. The highest of
the four is said to l)e about two hundred and fifty feet high. I'Voin these islands in clear weather the
Nipple peak at Shakan can be seen bearing about NE.; and a little to the northward from it the peak
of Mount Calder can be distinguished.

NE. by N. sixteen miles from them, and eleven miles to the westward of Cape Pole, lies Cape
Deoision of Vancouver,! a very conspicuous jtromontory, forme<l by tiie southern extreme of Kuiu
Island, placed by Vancouver in latitude 66° 02' N., and forming the NW. headland of Sumner Straiv,

SUMNER STRAIT.

This was named by Dall in 1875,1 and has been known as a i)art of Clarence Strait, though having
few hydrographie relations in common with the main bo<ly of the latter, or Clarence Strait as herein
restricted.

The other headland is formed by Cajie Pole, and the two bear reciprocally W. ^ S. and E. J N.,
about eleven miles from each other. l"'rom mid-channel between these two headlands the course of
Samner Strait for nearly twenty-five miles is N. J W., — the western shore being formed by Kuiu
Island and the eastern by land belonging to the Prince of Wales group. Hence the general course,
exolusive of merely subordinate curves, is NE. to the baidcs and islands at the Stikine mouth, forty
miles. The first stretch averages seven miles in width. Between Prince of Wales and Kupreanoif
islands it widens — from five miles at the SW. to nine miles at the NE. Thence to the Stikine delta
the width varies from three and a half miles to seven miles between the Mitkofl' group on the north-
west and the York Islands on the southeast.

The strait receives from the northwest Affleck and Duncan canals, Keku and Wrangell straits,
and communicates over the bars and sand-banks of the Stikine delta with Dry Strait. From the
southeast Clarence, Stikine and Zimovia straits and Eastern Passage are received. In general, a broad
and sufficient channel, of great depth, extends throughout Sumner Strait, yet there are numerous rocks
and other known dangers, which, with the probability that others may exist, renders circumspection in
its navigation absolutely necessary.

From Cape Pole tiie shore trends in a northerly direction free of obstructions ten miles to a point,
off which is Bluff Island, small, about a mile fion; the shore, with a passage on either side of it.

*Loi Hennanoi of Galiann's atlan; iiRualljr rendered into KuKsian Tumannol Iilandi on RiiKBian charts, and called bj
La Peroiifx- Isles da la Oroyira.

t A name ryndHml in Kiii<eiHii by Klalitelft or RftirlilieullL.

) Powdi, Contributions to Am. KtJ»nplofy, vol. i, map vf A>a*ka; cf. U. 8. Coas» Survey Chart No. 701, carreetad to 1877.

Iiat anniveniary
Hit the same (IJH-
hrcemilcH wide,
l-llCH u lioiglit of
y of 1869. It8
II Hjdrogrnphic
tide of tlie inid-
)r tlie same fwr-

tlie direction of
without details,
distance of two
rceii the above-
)f four hundred
i the navigable
Ts and affording
I the ('l)annel is
18 received from

ed.

ltd by tlie early
:8 of navigators,
' are represeflteil
r-o or three miles
een from Cope
} S. from Cape

rgest lies to the
Southeast from
The highest of
ear weather the
rom it the peak

Pole, lies Cape
treme of Kuiu
Sumner Strai\

, though having
8trait as herein

S. and E. i N.,
Is the course of
rmed by Kuiu
general course,
le mouth, forty
nd Kupreanoif
le Stikine delta
[) on the north-

k^rangell straits,
lit. From the
general, a broad
numerous rocke
•cumspection in

niles to a point,
side of it.

Krt«, and oiled hj

carTWted to ISn,

\ J

' \ .'

i I

^f^^.

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

^K£ lis

2f 144 ^

•u

140

U£

1 ''^^ III '-"^ III '-^

►

^v^"*'
-^

v^.

i%v /1

PhotDgraphic

Sciences

Corporation

'^'^'t^''^ ^
^f^^

73 WEST MAIN STRIET

WIBSTH.N.Y. 14SM

(716) t73-4S03

RflTiXl'

■=*

„.<

SHAKAK ^.NLBT.

101

From its western end a reef projects some distance. A short distanrd eostward from thiH island
is the entrance of an inlet whieli is l>elicved to connect with Davidson Inlet,* wliich extends nortli-
ward from Otter Sound ; the latter continued still farther to the northward by a passafrc carrying six-
teen feet of water at high water, but ulwtructed by rocks', shoids and islets, which unites with Shnkan
Inlet north of the Nipples. The body of land included between tlie Blutf Island arm, Davidson
Inlet and Sumner Strait has bjen named Kosoiuako Island by tiie superintendent of the U. 8. Const
Survey, and extends aliout ten miles in a north and south direction, with a variable width. A remark-
able peak of considerable height occupies the »>nter of the island, and near Buins Point, its north-
western extreme, just within the entrance of the Bluff Island arm, an Indian village more or let<s
decayed is reportra. These waters and those hence to Port Protection are only knuM-n by the most
superficial reoonuaissance, and of course very imperfectly reprecented on the charts. Northward from
Ruins Point, near the op|M)site point of entrance to Blun Island arm, are the Finger Islets a group of
which the outer ones are connected by reefs, partly ex|>OM!d at low water and are bare, the inner ones
wooded; until closely approached they seem all connected together.

Between Ruins Point and the Prince of Wales shore E NE. from Barrier Island is Bhakan Bay
about five miles wide V NW. and S SE., at the head of which are the entrances to Shakan Inlet. At
the nortli extreme of the bay, ab^ut a quarter of a mile from shore, a reef begins, extending about two
miles and a half in a W SW, direction toward the southern part of Barrier Island. This is probably
what on most charts is represented as a reef in the middle of Shakan Buy, where, in reality, there is
no reef. It is marked by rocks awash at low water and by kelp.

The entrance to Shakan Inlet is about the middle of the bay and readily distinguishable from a
distance. It is divided into two arms by Hamilton Island, a large island, which is encircled by the
inlet which also winds to the northward, eastwani, and southward joining Davidson
Inlet somewhere east of Shakan Island. The south arm of the inlet opens l>etween Shakan.

Hamilton Island and Shakan Island, the latter forming the north shore of Bluff Island
arm, which cuts it off from Kosciu'sko Island, as the rocky northern extension of Davidson Inlet sepa-
rates it from Prince of Wales Island. Shakan Island, therefore, is partly encircled by Prince of Wales
and Kosciusko islands, and in turn partlv encircles Hamilton Island. In its southern part a rather
conspicuous |>eak rises near Bluff Island arm, while at its northern extreme are tlie twin peaks, or
Shakan Nipples, which form quite a landmark, visible from near the Hazy Islands.

Within the entrance of the south arm is tl deserted village of Shakan or Shukan,t whose three -
large houses are visible for a considerable distance and may be run for as a landmark for the entrance.
Before raaching the village a point makes out from Hamilton Island called Anchorage Point South
from this a J[)ar extends, on which anchorage may be had in ten fathoms, mid-<-hannel. Between Finger
Islets and Anchorage Point no dangers are known to exist. Farther in, off the village, there is anchor-
age in eighteen to twenty-five fathoms close to the shore, but deep water in mid-channel, and this holds
good according to lately received data at least as far as a rocky projection of the shore of Shakan Island,
where a stream comes m from the south.

From the vicinity of the village the inlet runs VB. for about three miles, when there is an islet on the
northern shore, and then turns more to the northward for about three miles farther. About five miles
from the entrance is u saw-mill and An island beyond it. Up to this point Shakan Inlet will average
about a mile in width with very deep water. Off the saw-mill there is said to be enchorage in twelve
or fourteen fathoms, soil bottom. The inlet tlicn continues around Hamilton Island, branching near
Shakan Nipples, and sending off the pa!^(«ge north and east of Shakan Island which has been mentioned
as connecting with Davidson Inlet, and at nigh water, though obstructed by rocks and islets, the steamer
liote carriefl sixteen feet through. It is sold to be nearly dry at low water in some places.

The westerly proceeding arm of Shakan Inlet reaches Shakan Bay north of Hamilton Jdr -1, anu
near its month is said to afford anchorage. It is a clear passage for vessels.

The position of the Shakan village was determined by the naval officers on the Haatler in 1881

latitude - 66° 09'.4 N.

Longitude _ _..133° 38'.4W.,

and the variation of the compass about 30° 03' easterly, the magnetic dip being 74° 00'.^

The shores of the inlet are densely wooded and rocky, the beaches composed of pebbles and
boulders of slate and sandstone. The soil consists of about a fofli of loam and vegetable matter with
gravel deeper down.

*In honor of Awiitut Oro. Davidioii, who dinctrd th« flnt Com! Surrey part.v in AUtka, (in 1667,) and tubwquantljr
obtprrtd thr aclipw of 1860 on the Chllkat Hirer X«nird hy the IT. S. Cowt Survey in 1880.

t The nuna ia written both Ttraya and ia probably uf the lame origin^. derivation aa SlutklllBa.

t The magnetic and aalronomical atation at thia locality ia about one milr from the entrance on the mutli ahore <if Shalcan
Inlet. It ii about twenty fiwt tfom high-water mark and about midway bHween and in front of the two eaalernmoat ruined log-
houaea. Directly aotith ii the denae (braat. From the atation Mount Calder bore I. <T° W, The atatiun ia raarkad by a plat
puat painted wUlt, wUh Iba legend " U. 3. OoMt Borvay^ 1891."

102

PORT PROTECTION.

The ontrnncc is recognizable by Mount Cnlder to the north; by un abrupt, high, double-peaked

moiintnin to tlio south ; and inland, apparently n little to the northward of the center of the entrance,

is the higli double peak callc*! Sliakan Nipplee. The Ix^st anchorage is that on the bar

Anchorages. at the entrance of the inlet in eight or ten fathoms, hard liottoni, Anchorage Point

l>e(iring north. Th<'re is no goo*! anchorage at the deserte<l village. Off tlje saw-mill

and directly in front of it is anchorage in fourteen fathoms, muddy bottom.

Near the northern headland of the bight, N. by W. J W. thirteen ' r fourteen miles from Cape
Pole, is Barrier Island, an irregularly 8hnj)ed high island, al)out two miles in length ; from the western
side and round to the northern point of which a large nuralwr of rocks and some islets extend a mile
to a mile and a half from the shore. This island ait-onling to latest data is somewhat differently shaped
from its form on ordinary charts, and is conijKwed of two parts, which an- connected by a bar or reef
which is nearly coveretl ut high water, when the island appears as two islands. Northward from it are
some rcKiks, and the |wssage In'tween it and the shore is ol)8tructe<l ()y rocks extending across froni Prince
of Wales Island toward its S S£. extremity. N NB. from the island, on the main shore, is a cove in
which anchorage was reported to the U. S. Coast Survey party of 18G9, near a village of the Han-
neegah Indians. NE. by E. from tliLs anchorage is a hill two thousand feet in lieight.

Northwesterly about three miles from the northern part of Barrier Island lies o dangrrauH reef.
It is bare at low water, about a mile and a half off the main shore eastward from it,
Caldar Rocks, and is in line between ficauelerc Island in the mouth of Port Beauclerc and the peak
of Mount Calder. It uncovers at about half tide.

AboHt three-cjuarters of a mile NW. by N. from this is another rock, which probably never
unrovers and is generally markc<l by a breaker. On most charts these rocks are represented as north-
ward of their true [Kwition according to Lieut. Commander Nichols.

A))out four miles N. \ W. from the northern end of Barrier Island is a small bay a mile and a

half long TX. and S. and a mile wide, with the entrance marked by two small bare islands just south

from it near the shore. It is protected from, northerly and easterly winds, and it is

Port Labouchere. considere*! by the traders to be as good an anchorage as Port Protection and rather more

accessible. It has l)ecn named by them Port Labouchere,* but no data are at hand as

to its extent or depth of water.

According to ilu.ssian authorities, six miles N NW. from the northern point of Barrier Inland

lies the southern headland of Port Protection, named by Vancouver. The northern hcadlnud of the

port lies from < !ic former three-quarters of a mile north, and consists of an islet close

Port Protection, to the shore, with which it is united by a sand-bank. There are several other islets and

rocks north and east from the first-mentioned islet, whose southern point fiwi named

by Vancouver Point Baker.f

Navigators generally have taken this name as referring to the NW. extreme of Print« of Wales
Island, and probably this is the most satisfactory way of treating it. In the following description,
however, Vancouver's designation is retained as he gave it.

The islets are flat and woo<led, while the main shore is hilly. The general direction of the port
isSE. by E. \ E. somewhat less than two miles, with an averagei width of half a mile. The south-
eastern portion terminates in two shallow coves, — the northern one communicating by a passage wide
enough for a boat, with a basin nearly half a mile in extent.

The channel is clear and free from obstructions, with the exceptio.i of a rocky pntrA vuible at low
water and marked at all times by kelp. This lies about SE. by 8. from the southern point of the
island on which Point Baker is situated; is about a cable in extent, wiih a clear passage between it and
Point Baker Island a rable wide, and a pas.sage more than three cables wide between it and the shores
to the southward. There is eight to twelve fathoms water close-to all around it.

Vancouver anchorwl in the western part of the port a cable W SW. from the end of a projecting
rix-ky point — which becx)mes an islet at high water — and in line between the end of this point and the
southern headland, — the northern headland bearing about NW. J W. '

In this situation the bottom appeared hard, with a thin coating of mud, and the soundings were
very irregular. In the western part of the harbor the depth varies from twenty fathoms to lorty or
even fifty near the entrance. Vancouver remarks that his anchorage was somewhat ex])06ed to winds
from the north and northwest, which might have been avoided by taking a station higher up in the
harbor, or in a snug but very contracted cove to the east of the rocky point or islet

* The Rtranipr Labouchere, belonging to th« Hudson Bay Company, waa one of the firat steam vessels uo the northwest oosst,
and was engaged in trading there for many years. Her otfioera by neceaaity became their own pilots and bunted up many snug
anchuragee wliere iliey eiiuld find ahelter in their trading voyages. To half a doien or more of these the name Port btboaclMr*
has been applied by reRldents and traders. It is well to preserve the name fnr some one of these plaees, and probably the above
is a* giHxi a* any to select for the purpose.

t The name, being misapplied to the northern point of the island on bis plan, has since been Indiflereully applied to the
wbule puuing iln vvhiuli guarda Port Protection from tlie noHh. It was named after Lieut. Joseph Baker of Vanoouvsr's party,
who drew the maps contained in Vancouver's Atlsa.

BUMNCB STRAIT.

108

In tlie southeastern part of the harbor the soundings range from thn<t> to twenty-five fatlioms.
The shores are generally stee^j, rocky and covered with a dense tbrc«t of pine and other troea. From
the termination of the port, about 8. by B. } E. four or five miles, the land rises to the t)eak of Mount
Oalder, named by Vancouver, and supposed to be an extinct volcano, alxuit five thousund feet in height.
It is somewhat surprising to find tiiat this |Mak, reganlod by Vancouvi r ub ri>ninrkal)le, has been with
difTicultv identifial by later visitors. In reality it would ap()ear to Ixs alwut half the height usuully
a.<isigned to it, and so nearly similar in that respect to numerous other udjai-cnt peaks w to render it
doubtful which of them should bear the name, since from difierent iK)iiit« of view, diflTereiit jH-aks
might be regarded as the most promineiit. The peak decide«l on '.>y the latest observers is a |)e<uliar
wedge-sha|)ed mouutain terminating in a very sharp ridge. It l)ears E. by N. from the enlranc-e to
Port Beauderc, is visible from the vicinity of the Hazy Islands, and coming from the westwar I oiwiis
when the navigator is about two miles eastward from the NW. |x>int of Prince of Wales Island. The
mountain is situated two or three miles eastward of Port Laboiichere. N'^ancouver saw it when four
or five leagues west of Cape Addington, the distance lieing alxmt fifty-five miles.

The latitude of Point Baker, according to Vancouver, is 66° 20' 30" N. Tin- longitude is
variously stated from 133° 31' 30" W. to 133° 38' W.

There is much prolmbility that the whole western part of Prince of Waim Island and the south-
ern part of Kitiu Island are represented on most charts from three to eight minutes of longitude too far
east. At present the accessible data are insufficient to correct the shore line in a satisfactory manner.

The variation of the compass was determine*! by Vancouver, in August, 17i)3, to l)c 26° 27' B.'

His observations also indicate that the flood-tide comes from the south, and (hat it was H. W. F.
and C. at 7* 40".

The port affords several streams of fresh water and abundance of woo<l , wihl fowl, berries and
various kinds of fish in their season. A plan of this harbor was made by VaiuH)uvcr, which was
published in an enlarged form by the Russians, and of which a reduction is also to Ih- found in the
Atlas of Harlwr Charts of Alaska issue<l by the U. S. Coast Survey. No directions arc necessary for
entering it except that the northern shore should not be approuclie<l within three cables until the south-
ern headland bears SM9. by W. } W., to avoid the rock in the entrance, which only uncovers at low
water.

In Sumner Strait, about a mile to the northward of Point Baker, is situated a Imnk on wiiic^h
the meeting of the tides, especially in flood, cause a tide-rip or agitation of the water
which might present to the navigator the appearance of a danger. Vancouver, TIde-rlp.

however, after many trials found the soundings irregular, but nowhere less than
fifteen fathoms on it, and between it and the shore no bottom could l)e gainetl with sixty and seventy
fathoms of line.

From Cape Decision N. by E. J B. eight miles lies the low rocky point iianiet; by Vancouver
Point St. Albans, and placed by him in latitude 66° 07' N. In this locality the multifarious islets,
rocks and pillars which characterize the coasts of Kuiu Island in particular extend about three miles
to the southward from the point.

Between this point and Cape Decision lies the entrance to a singularly shape<l indentation called
by Vancouver Affleck Canal.

Nearly in line with the cape and point lies Fairway Island, a small, rather high island with several
rocks and islets near it, uml a long and dangerou» reef is allcge<l to extend about SE. by S. from it. This
island, though placed on the chart by Vancouver, has been accidentally omitted on several later charts
and hence was reported as a new discovery in 1879.t It is said to be forty feet high.

Captain Bailey reports this island to be about three-quarters of a mile in extent with scattering
timber upon it, with a rook near its northern side, several off its N » W. end, and three dry rocks lying
off its E 8E. end, the outer one about half a mile from the island. All these rocks are above water.

TO CLEAK FAIRWAY ISLAND AND RKEFB.

A course 8W. by 8. j 8. laid to approach Point St. Albans not nearer than a mile and a half and
Cape Decision not nearer than a mile will pass outside of all these dangers.

Between this group and the rocks respectively surrounding the headlands above mentioiie<l there
ap|)ear8 to be a clear passage on either side. From these entrance-islets to its inner termination uie
general course is IfW. f N. about eighteen miles. Its average width majr be taken at two miles.

From Point St. Albans the shore takes a W. by N. direction, bristling with rocks and islets for
four and a half miles, at which point the rocks terminate on the eastern shore, and thence to the
northern head of the canal, in latitude 66° 20' N., that shore becomes straight and comfwct, trending
about ITW. \ N,

* It is probably two or thro* degrees greater at preaent.

t Report by Capt. G«o. W. Bailey on the oruiae of the U. S. Revenue Steamer Bu$h in 1879, Waahington, 1880, p. 35.

104

PORT BEAUCLERO.

The western shore of the canal from Cape Decision northward trends about WW. by H. } H., and
is indented by three large bays of nearly equal extent, averaging three miles long B. and W. and about
two miles broad. Th<^ shores of the northern and southern Days are more or less emlwrraaaed by rockii.
In this vicinity the odjiu-ent country is uneven, wooded and moderately elevated. The sides of the
northern portion of the canal are mountainous but not so steep as the shore of the main. Its termina-
tion is formed by low, flat land, covered with trees, that seemed to Vancouver to extend as far as could
be discerned in a N NW. direction, through which flat country flow several streams of fresh water.

No soundings here or new infornmtion in regard to this etuial has been recorded since the visit of
Vancouver in 1793.

From Point St. Albans N. by W. J W. about six miles lies a point called b^ Vanoouver Point
Amelias, and between these two headlands the co.^st recedes, forming a bay, which is most marked
immediately to the westward of Point Araelius. Three miles to the northward of Point St. Albans
is a snug cove, in which Whidbey's party were effijctually protected "against a very strong easterly gale
of wind that blew during the night with great violcni-c."

lieyond this the greatest indentation of the coast reaches about two miles and a half, and off it,
extending in a crescent from A melius to St. Albans and projecting into the waters of Sumner Strait
three or four miles from the shore to the westward, is a multitude of rocka and isUla, rendering this
stretch unimvigable except for boats, so far as information on record may be relied on.

Point Amelius is directly abreast of Barrier Island, the latter Inmring NB. by B. { B. from the
point, and between the rocks and islet« respectively fringing either shore the dear passage is not less
than three miles wide.

Immediately to the northward and westward around Point Amelius lies Port Leauclerc, named
by Vancouver, and who.se northeastern headland bears from Point Amelius N. by W. four miles. This
headland is moderately high, with a broad termination facing for the space of a mile
Port Beauoltro. to the southeast. The opposite |)oint of entrance Inairs S. by W. about two miles.
The entrance of the port lies W. bv 8. from Mount Calder and is marked by
Beauolaro Island, on range with the center of this island and the peak of Mount Calder. Colder
Rocks arc situated as above described, alM)Ut u mile and n half from the Prince of Wales Island shore.
Beauclerc Island lies a mile and a half SF from the face of the northern headland half a mile ott^ the
entrance, with some rocks almut it. There arc also some rocks almut each onirle of the headland.

Within, the shore trends from the north headland in a generally NW. direction, and the opposite
shore rounds to the northward, westwanl and south westward, giving a triangular form to the inner
part of the harlx)r, the western shore of which trends HfW. by TS(. ^ TX. nearly six miles from the
southern angle to the northern one. In the middle of the triangular inner harbor is an island, and
Ave or six islets and rocks are to be found in this vicinity. These islets have clear passages on either
hand, and inside the harl)or are regular soundings in thirteen to twenty fathoms. The surrounding
shores are in general rnixlerately elevated, well wooded, and water is very accessible.

According to Vai-eouver, Port Beauclerc forms an extremely good harbor — its aa*8s ard egress
frae fn)ni every olistruction except such ns are sufficiently evident, to be avoided. He placed the north-
east headland in latittide 66° 17' N. No s|)ecial chart of this port has been 'published, and Vancouver
is the only source of information in regard to it.

From the eastern angle of the northern headland of Port Beauclerc the coast takes a generally

NW. by JH. direction for sixteen miles, — there being a number of subordinate indentations, mostly

obstructed by rocks, which extend in many cases to a omsiderable distance from the

Dangers. shore, making navigation in this vicinity perilous in the highest degree, and even for

boats and small craft requiring the exercise of the greatest circumspection. Thence the

course trends two and a half miles E NE. to a point forming the southwestern heatlland of Kek:i Strait.

From the northeastern j)oint of entrance of Port fieoiiclerc the routheni termination of an island
about three miles long and h-ss than a mile wide bcjirs NW. by N. | N. six miles. This island has two
islets near its southern end. In the space between its northern end, the shore of Kuiu Island vid the
southern part 'f Conclusion Island, are an immense number of rooJts.

From the same angle of the previously- mentioned headland Barrie Island bears N. seven miles.
It is wooded, eighty feet high, and about a mile in extent. This island from the southward appears
like two islands at high water, being nearly cut in two. It is about a mile long N. and 8. and somewhat
less in width, with a ledge of very dangerous rocks extending fully a mile and a half 8. by W. from its
southern point. The passoge LUween this and the last-mentioned island is over two miles in width
and apparently clear of dangers.

About a mile and a half NW. from the northern end of the inner island is Oonolnslon laUnd,
named by Vancouver, about three miles long W NW. and B BE. and half as wide. Along its north-
ern and northwestern shores are numerous rocks. From its northeast point the eastern headland of
Keku Strait bears N. by W. three miles. The area to the north and west from this line, aooording to
Vancouver, seemed to Se also " bounded with such an infinite number of rocky islets, and rocks aw>ve
and beneath the surface of the water, that the navigation was very intricate and dangerous even for
the boats."

RED BAT.

108

IS in

From the enRk.rn hendland above mentioned the trfnd of the shore, exrhisive of irreKulnrities,

general nbout SE. J S. five miles to a |M)int named by Vaiifoiivcr Point Barrio, whii-h is np|»o-
rcntly of moilernte hcijtht and forms the ea<<tern extreme of the hir^^c l)av inoluihHl i)ct\voen it aiul the
northeast lioadinnd of Port Beaiiclerc.

Approaching from tlie eastward. Point Harrie seems low and has miK'h the suine ap|H!aranee astho
o|)i>os!te northwestern extreme of Prince of Wales Island, genenilly calitKl I'oint Haltir, and which
will here be callcnl North Point Baker. When nearly alx-am of North Point Baker, an island is seen
S SB. from Point Barrie and connet-teil with it by a r'cff. The northern shore of Sumner Strait here-
ai)out is Iwld. Three miles eastward from Point Barrie is a high tal)le-top|)ed biiiir, oil' which ap|)car
sereral dangeroua reefg and rock» <tw(uh.

From Point Jkrrie Point Mitohell liears NB. i E. nineteen miles. This |M)int was name<I by
Vancouver and placed by him in latitude 66° 29' N. Between it and Point Barrie, at a distance of
twelve miles from the latter, is the ojiening of a large bay five miles long E. and W. by three miles
broad, in which are two or three rocky islets and many rwks. Oft' the tnia.st In'twotMi th(ie two points
are numerous islands, differently placed on various charts, ani, with adjacent nx-ks, exti'iiding south-
ward from tha shore of Kupreanoif Island alKmt two and a half miles into the strait. For this reason
navigators will do well to keep to the southward of the outer islets in this vicinity until more is known.

On the southern side of the strait North Point Baker forms the turning |K)int, In-yond which
Sumner Strait curves more to the eastward. This point is forme<l by an islanil. From the eastward
it appears long, low and covered with trees to the water's edge. On approaching nearer, a small islet
and rock apparently extending N NW. '^me open. The islet is really almut a mile to the southward.
The rock is the extremity of a ree/" which extends a cable and a half northwar«l from North Point
Baker. From the point Mount Calder I)ear8 S. by B. } E. Seen iwm the soutliwani, North Point
Baker appears as a long |)Oint of land terminating in a higher wowlid knoll, l)etween which and the
rise on tlie "nain island is a noticeable depression in the center of the point.

Eastv.i .d from North Point Baker the northern shore of I'rince of M'ales Islan<l is slightly curved
to the southward, making in a' out thn>c-quarters of a mile and contains several indentations. Alwut
nine miles eastward from the point the land along shore is low and grassy, like tidal marshes.

The shore seems bold and free from outlying dangers. Farther eastward there is a series of islets
close in along shore, and the coast is very irregular, l)eing broken up into numerous little bights with
small rocks lying a short distance offshore. About fifteen miles eastward from North Point Baker is
the entrance of Bed Bay, named Krasnaia Bay by the Russians, and naorte*! to by their
tratlers. The anchorags is indicate<l as at the entrance of a long and narrow Imy wh<>8e Red Bay.

form and position are differently represented by TebienkoflT and the Russian hydro-
graphic charts. It should lie noted that there is a difference of at least 8' in longitude between Tebien-
koff and Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1493, — the latter lieing to the westward. The difTerenees
increase and the inaccuracies of all the charts become very manifest in the region about the mouth of
the Stikine River. For this reason the description here given will be of a general cl.artoter. Red Bay
was visited by the Hasuler in 1881, and from the notes then taken the following descrip'.ion is derived:

As previously mentioned in the description of Clarence Strait, (page OO,) westward from Point
Colpoys, the northern extreme of Prince of Wales Island, westward from ihe western extreme of Cali-
fornia liay, is iiidente<l by several small bays and one large one alwut three-eighths of a mile deep and
a quarter of a mile eastwartl from Red Bay, from the entrance of which it is separateil by o rerf of
rockn making out in a northeasterly direction two or three cables. This bay has been termed Carroll
Anchorage from tlie fact that Capt. Carroll, of the steamer Cn/i/w n«n, i)lying in these waters, has
anchored here and found it a good anchorage. The depth of water is ten fiithoms, the holding-ground
is good, with perfect shelter from all southerly winds. It connects with Red Bay by a passage quite
narrow and dry at low water.

At the entrance of Red Bay there is an indentation of the shore, extending inland three quarters
of a mile with a width of two miles and a half. Near the middle of this indentation is the narrow
jiassage to the inner bav, and the place may be distinguished from the other bights near, by this gap
and the bare peak of False Mount Calder,* which over the gaj) lx>ars S. J E.

Eastward from the entrance a point makes oflF northeastwani with dry rocks and a rrrj off its
end, extending about three cables and having oboiit a cable dry at low watt-r. West from this point
tiie outer anchorage of Red Bay affords good shelter and holding-ground in ten fathoms.

The entrance to the bay inside is alK,ut three cables wide at high water, with the best channel on
the eaat'^rn side, affording three or four fathoms at low water. In the middle of the jMissage, oi- a hasty
examination, there seems t» be a »hoal or bank, having less than three fathoms on it at lov. water, and
probably rocky. From the western iwint of this entrance a reef half a cable long extends with
its outer end bare at low water. The direction of the passage is N. and S. somewhat over half a mile.
West of the mid-channel Iwnk referre.1 to there is kelp and jiossibly rocks. On this "cco""* the
eastern passage alone should be used. At its southern e':d 'he passage op^ns into a broad bay about

•Namnl hj Nicbolt iu Itiai.

P. c. P. — 14

106

DANGERS IN HUMNER STRAIT.

a mile in extent, with thirteen talhoniH in the nii(i(lh>, hut nhoaling toward the east and west shores.
Here ore, on the went, sevenil isluiids ut lii>(;h wuCer, when a pai<»>age mnkes out to Sumner Strait wfst
from the land forming the west jMiint of entrance to the inner |mrt of Red Bay. To the southward
there is a group of inlands and n |)enin8ula putH out from the eastern shore. In the paasage between
the islands seven fathoms may Iw had. South of this paFsiige the bay turns nearly due east for a dis-
tance of two or three miles E. and W. and over a mile wide. At this point it makes another sharfi
turn due south two miles and lx><-omes a little narrower, extending to the foot of a high bare peak,
Killed by Nichols False Mount Calder. West fr<mi the i)eak there is u divide, probably u portage,
and powibly a canoe passage to inner waters connecting witli Davidson Inlet.

There are several streams emptying into this Iwautiful buy, and plenty of water wherever the lead
was put down. On the south side of the peninsula referred to is an Indian settlement of one or two
large houses.

At the entrance a ct'rrent of three or four knots was noticed at the ebb, rubning out of the bay
and close along the eastern shore and reef. There was no e8|>ecial current ut the outer anchorage. No
astronomical ol)servations were taken.

The peak of False Mount C'ulder l)ears S. ^ E. over the entrance to the inner part of Red Bay.
The same range prolonged N. A W. about four miles otT shore indicateo the spot where
rA«f/«-fl^mr. lies n rm^k, calle<l by the Russians The Eye-opetur, {Xtkroi-glaxn,) which forms a
serious danger, as it is said to be (covered at high water and has from twelve to twenty-
four fathoms immediately almut it.

This rock has also been called Hhoo-fiy lioek by some of the hxal navigators. It is hardly
more than awa>'h at high water. A spindle six feet high, of iron, was put on the rock by the U. S. o.
Wachmett, but it is l)eTieved to have been since washeil away. There are said to be dangeiout ahoaU
near it. .

RANGE TO CLEAR THE EYE-OPENER.

Keep Point St. John, Zarembo Island, just on with Sti'tion Island (on the njrth side of
Sumner Strait, near Wrangell Blind Passage) until Red Bay is abeam bearing S. bj S. to 8. This
carries clear south of the reef.

The peak of False Mount Calder, which is a marl: for the reef, is noticeable from the eastward
as being a bare isolated mountain about three thousand feet high,

Passing up the strait on a course N. by E. \ E. with the Eye-miener at a distance of two miles,
Viehneffaki Rock shows clo.se under Point St. John. It is a long, low, black rock about one mile
off shore, rarely if ever ciAered by water. Its general length is E. and W., and it lies about a mile
westward from a |M)int projecting from the shore of Zarembo Island, about two miles south from Point
St. John. It bears E. by S. ^ S. from the eastern extreme of Level Island.

RANGE TO CLEAR VICHNEFFSKI ROCK.

Keep Point St. John well open E. from Station Island, which clears the rock from either
direction. When the two small islands NW. from Level Island (M)me out, going to the eastward, the
rw'k has been passed.

Point St. John"' forms the northwestern extreme of Zarembo Island. Near it to the northward
and eastward are several (four to six) small wooded islands, northeast from which is 8t. John Harbor,
said to be a good anchorage in eighteen fathoms, but of which no other information has been received.

To the eastward of this vicinity late oljservations show great discrepancies between the ordinoiy
charts and the actual disposition of the shores and islands, and this deficiency is only partly made up
for on the chart in this volume showing the ap[)roaclies to the Stikine River.

Eastward from Point St. John, Sumner Strait trends more to the eastward, the>genera] direction
being about NE. J E. The northern shore of Zarembo Island is' free from off-lying rocks and islets
until two small wooded islets are reached, which lie eastward from an inconsiderable indentation of the
Zaremix) shore known as Baht Harbor, named by tite Russians.f It is of small extent,
Baht Harbor. regarded as a good anchorage, and has been visited by the Haaalir. The islets are all to
the eastwar.l of the NE. point of entrance, (off which extend gome rockii,) and also of a
smaller bight beyond this point. The anchorage is in eight to twelve fathoms, soft bottom, two or three
cables off shore in the middle of the bight. At high water the navigator should not seek leas than
twelve fathoms water. Just eastward fmni the islets is Point Craig, before described, (see page 94,
Stikine Strait,) off which a ahort r«*/ extends to the northward.

'Named bjr Yuitoartii^ibS^aTt No. 7 of his Atliw.

tTbe Botk Bur))«r~«f moat charts put Russian. Nsiiml fur Engineer Bsbt, of the Huinaii'AiD«rioa|| Compsiw's
Aleaantkr,

SUMMER STRAIT.

107

Returning to the nortliern t»hore of Sumner Htniit from Virneffuki Ro<'k, the WB. extreme of
Lerel Island* bears W. by N. \ N. This islniul is well (K-xcriJxMl I, v its name, hoing low and flat, and
forms an excellent landmark. Acj-ording to Xiehols, it in conHidombly miHplaocd on ordinary charts.
It is about three miit-s loug in n gi'nt'raiiy 8W. and NB. direction.

From it« northeastern extM>nu> a low reef makes' out a half to three-nuarters of a mile in the same
trend toward a white rock half a mile farther in the same direction, and which is always bare, and there
is believed to be a passage between it and the end of the reef.

In a northerly direction and alsiut two n^lcs and a half fn)m l^vel Island is a rock, probably
covered at high water, and alM)ut iialf a mile from it N. by E. is another rock of similar ■
character. The first bears nlM)ut S. I)y W. a mile and a half from the west point of Oangart.

entrance to Wrangcll Strait.

From Level Island, Point Mitchell is distant al)out thn* miles in a westerly direction. Nearly
west from the NB. extreme of Ijttvcl Island are two small islets near the Kuprcanotf shore. Coming
from the eastward, south of I^evel Is! •; id, these two shut in Is'forc the navigator is up with Vichneffiiki
Rock. From Point Mitchell the shore (-urves to the northwanl and then forms, with the opposite coast
of Wuewodski Island, a large inlet nanie*i '.>y Vancouver Duncan Canal, the course of wiiieh appans
to be about NW. by a. A N. for some ten miles and afterward NW. iiy W. } W. almut fifteen miles.
The entrance is formed between the southwestern |ioint of VVoewtxlski Island and a projection of the
KupreanoiT Island shore oppijsitc, and is alraut two miles in width.

Off this entrance are a numlx'r of rocks and islets. Within, the mnal is more or less supplied
with islets and rocks, especially towani the w?stcrn shore; the shores are very irregularly indented,
though the average width does not appear to much cx(«ed two miles exclusive of several shallow bays.

In about latitude 6e° 40' N., mx-ording to U. S. Ilydrographic Chart No. 225, a channel, which
has received t)ie name of Duncan Passage on recent charts, leads from Duncan Canal t4) Wrangell
Strait, cutting off Woewodski Islandf from the Lindcnberg Peninsula of Kuprcanoff Island. Ihis
passage is short and much ol)structed by islands, with aiM)ut three fathoms water in it. Its north-
western point of entrance on Duncan Canal was name*! I>y Vancouver Point Hood, and placed in
latitude 66° 44' N. From this point the canal trends moiv to the westward, terminating, according to
Vancouver, in a wide shallow bay, Iwundcd to the northward by a low sandy flat, in latitude 66° 68' IT.

The southern termination of Woewodski Island is two or three miles broad, and its southeastern
extreme forms the western point of entrance to the southern end of Wrangell Strait. Opposite it, in a
northeasterly direction, somewhat less than a mile, is Point Alexander of Vancouver, whion, aooonling
to observations by Nichols, is in about

Latitude 66° Sl'.6 N.

Longitude 132° 66'.0W.,

and is apparently of moderate height and woo<led.

Eastward from this point the astonishing discrepancies between the onlinary charts and the results
of the JIaMler'a recent reconnaissance render it a most unwelcome task to attempt to describe (or place
on the charts of this volume) the features of hydrography; since the new olnervations, however
excellent,, arc not continuous, an«l the adjustment of differences in the absence of complete data must
be for some time longer postponed. However, it will Ikj attempted to give some hints toward a descrip-
tion, though aware that it cannot but be more or less faulty in detail.

The eastern portion of Sumner Strait was calletl Stikine .Strait by Tebienkoff, a name previously
adopted by Russian cartographers for an adjacent i)mly of water. It has also l)een termed Stikine
Sound; but, while this name would l)e applicable, the necessity of <lividing the strait into several
nominal bodies of water does not seem evident nnv more than in the case of Chatham Sifrait.

About two miles to the eastward of Point Alexander is Point Howe of Vancouver, from whence
the shore, exclusive of minor irregularities, rounds to the eastward and northward with several islets
adjacent to it, and at a distance of about seven miles it i?, according to some authorities, broken by
Blind Paasage, an inlet supposed to c»nnect with \\'rangcll Strait, but dry at low water.

Off the shore, westward irom the entrance of Blind Passage, is the island named Station Island
by the Hastier. It was used as one of the observing stations and is situated about three-quartere of a
mile off the Mitkoff shore, without off-lying dangers, and according to Nichols is about NW. by W.
i W. trom Point Craig.

Hence the shore trends for some seven or eight miles northeastward to Point Blaquiere. named
bv Vancouver, and placed by him in latitude 56° 39' N., and sitnntetl in alwut longitude 132° 90' W.
f his point is noteworthy as being the vicinity where the flats of the Stikine meet the shore of Mitkoff

* Namrd by Metdf), in 1868, on U. 8. Hydrograpliic Office CImrt, No. 28!>.

tWo«wod«kf I»t»nd, named by the RuMiftiiB in ie4t( after llie gov.TiK.r of llic tcli.iiirf. Ims aUo Iwen calleU VMTOdllMfe
UUad on wme Engliih and American charts, a.id a part ( t) of it « hi. na.ned Hedvleihl or B«ar UUnd by Lindei.berg in 18f.O.
Till, body of land, bounded chiefly by Wrangell and Sumner straits, with Duiicmi Caiiul, if believed to be about .even niilei
In length in • H. and ■. direction and about half ai wide a* it i> loi.g. It i« deimely wooded and of a more or ien hilly oharaoler.

108

ISLANDS IN SUMNEII STRAIT.

Island, thus clneing to navigation (ho Mouthrrn end of Dry or Soukhui Strait. Vancouver's boats
failed to find any pasitage, but tlipy also niiwitl tlic! Stikinu chiinnel on the o|i|Kwite shori! and that in
Wrungoll Strait. There aru iudicutioMH that nouil- chainivl, though |)oiwilily too shoal and oontrocted
for Hliip navigation, may exint on that side of the «tn>'t, though a cursory examination by Meade
revealed none, and indicated tiiat the eliannel wax imjuuHHablc for vi<Mel^ drawing more than four feet
of water.

Although it it) known that there m a cinioe iMifwige through at low water, the question cannot be
consideretl aa definitely 8(>ttled without additional and careful examination. It is stated by residents
at Wrangell that the southern eiigc of the flat^ in Htendily though slowly moving southward, and that
they are also steadily shoaling, while the clnuinel through them from the Stikine moutli continually
changcH.

From Point Bla(|uierc to the ncarext o|i|Mwite hei.dland of the mainland, near the river mouth, is
supposed to 1)6 alwut three and a half milex NE. by 17. TIiIh may be said to t)e the southern entrance
of l)ry Strait.

On the flatH northward from the |M)int \h SergiefT Island, Hmnll and high; the entire area
northwestwani and southeimtward from this iitlaiid, for a dintimce of four or fivp miles, between
Mitkoif Island and the Stikine Channel or ctmtinental nlmre, is l)elicvc<l to lie occupied by extensive
flats partly dry at low water. Au an<-lionige is indicated on U. S. Hydrographic Chart No. 22A in
the angle between the sonti; veifitern e<lge of the tIatH and the shore of MitkotT Island, but no details
are given.

Southward froni the flats and westwani from Wrangell, Woronkoffski Islands and the main shore,
a numl)er of gtxHl-sized islandH arc scattered in the eaNtern jtart of Sumner Strait. Their form, num-
ber and position are iniiufited in widely diflc'ront ways on diflerent charts. The data here given are
derived from haxty reconnaisManec work by ofli<-crs of the U. S. Coast Survey and tlie Hasider party
in 18()!», 1880 and 1881-2. Ini|R'rfetrt ns these observations are, they are believed to more aocuretely
represent the facts than anything heretofore publisheil.

8W. from Point Higfificid almut four miles is Five-Mile Island, very small, hieh, steep-to and
wooded ;"' it was called i'iati-MiIni by the Russians, who 8up|)osed it to be almut five miles from Wran-
gell. A mile and three-quarters N. from FivtsMile Island \- Liesnoi Island, rather low and wooded,
about half a mile in extent and five-eighths of a mile south from Kadin Island, named by the Rynda
party. t This island is about two miles by one and a half in extent, wocxlcd, and about eight hundred
and tiftv feet high. It stands din>ctly on the southern edge of the flats, and the greater portion of
its southern shore is hold-to, with a denth of eight to fifteen fathoms. A spur of the flat runs to the
southward east of the ielaiid, and roaches as far south as the latter. From the end of this spur, with
some irregularities, the edge of the flats trends about NE. toward the continental shore.

Less than two miles westward from Kadin Island lies Bynda Island, throe-quarters of a mile wide
and more than three miles long N. and S., iiainc<l by the Uussians. It is wooded, moderately high,
with two knolw or |)caks.

ImmeJiately south of it is SokolofT Island, | two miles long E. and W. and half as wide. It
is moderately high, and it or Rynda Island may l)e that ap|)earing under the subsequent name of
Orey'B Island in U. S. Hyilrographic Chart No. 225.

This island is remarkable for being composed '>f two high portions united by a narr«)w isthmus
hardly raisccl alwve the sea, which from the south a|)]M>ars like a deep cleft separating two closely
adjacent islands. Russian authorities indicate no passage-way lietween SokolofT and llyiida islands.

South from Sokololf Island and separated from it by a navigable channel three-quarters of a mile
wide lies Vank Island, apparently named by the Russians. It is the largest of the group above con-
sid<>re<l, and api)ear8 to be about four miles long E SE. and W NW. and a mile and a half wide, and
moderately high. On its NW. shore anchorage is indicated by Russian authorities without soundings.
Off the southern point of this indentation a rock is indicated, not far from the shore. A short distance
off the NW. extreme of the island is an islet, indicated under the name of Two-tree Islet on U. 8.
Hydrographic Chart No. 225.

There is a clear passage on cither side of Vank Island.

From Wrangell Anchorage the course to clear Vank Island to the soathward is SW. \ W.
Thence to clear Point Craig the ccjurse is west.

"•orocty Island, of the U. 8. Hjdrogmpliio Office Chart No. 225, may b« intended for tliit or Lieanoi Island dstcribed
above. The diicrepanciee betwet-n RuMiaii Hydioprnphic Chart No. 14U3, Britiab Admlnlty Chart No SM31, and United Sutee
Hydrographic Chart No. 225 in rt-gard to this locality on the one hand, and the Kynda ebart and olwHrraliuna of recent Cout
Survey partita on the other, cannot be reconciled. The features of a map made by Mr. Hunter, a Caiiuilian eustom-bouae officer
and aurveyor, are equally dilTerent from all pref ious delineationii, and evidently unreliable ao far aa thin location ia ooncemwl.

t After the veteran pilot M. M. Kadin, a native (if the Aleutian lelandt, and who drew at Sitha the vbarta contained in
TebienkotTe atlaa, which were afterward engraved there on copper by K. GregorielT Terentieff. another native of Alaeka.

t Probably named for Mr. Alezauder Bokoloff, who haa written oonaiderahly upon Alaakan topica. &( Appendix 1, IWtf,
p. 350.

i..

STIKIME B1V£U.

109

PaMing from Wrangell Anchorage in n SW. dinvtion tlie Uingent of Kadin Island W. ( E. cuti
the renter of the cation uf the cuust ni(inntmu8 on the niuinhnid through which the Stikine River
reoohm the sen.

From Point ,tIighAcltl, Zelony (Oreen) Point, ncur tiio rntruniv of the ohunnol through the
Stikine flutfi to tlie suut.'ncni mouth of the river, Ixuirs V. hy W. \ W. thri)« and a half milra acrordiug
to UuMi'an authorities.

Ft mtut be noted, however, thnt th'M bearimfii and di»tancrit are Hubjivt to extmnhv reviiiifm.

About two milcR K. fntni SimonoiTor Observatory Islet, ni>(<onliiif; to the Ryiuhi chart, hes the
Rynda Anchoi 'j;o, or Port Rynda, xound^! out hy tin- |>nrty under Coninunxh'r IW-
iirgin, who explored the Stikine Kiver iienrly to the Kritifii iMuindnry in IHO.'i. Thin Rynda Anoherai*.
unchoniee is situated in an iidvantagenus itositioii directly ut tiie mouth of tiic ehaniii!
leading to the river, and has an extent of a mile in 'I'Mer dire<'tion.

The corvette anehonnl ii mile W. l)v 8. from a • len cni^'M and eenotnph erertc«l over a grave
on the mntinentnl shore, and N. two miles from Sinn^i ■ if Fulet, having ten fiilhonw over a bottom of
sand and gravel. Russian Hvdrographic Chart N •. '493 kHutes an inlet in tliis vicinity which has
no place in the Rynda chart, 'this, very likely •■■•.\^ one of tlioHC ('liaoj^dihle nhoals, dry at low water,
which alxmnd near the margin of the fliits a ' m.iv dl^a|>lM•ar .it any time, hut «>s|K!(!ially in times «if
II(hm1 during the spring. At this |M>ini there wouUf a| 'tear Ui Ih- ciisy etimnuinication with the conti-
1 'iital shore, and except from the SE. the aneliorag<> ic very well nrotwted, though the curn'iits at tne
liver mouth must make it, at timi>H, nii uneasy l)er'' I li<^ M>uii((ings vary from six to eighteen fath-
oms. On the Imr at the mouth of the channel througli the flats there is only a f<M)t or two of water
at low tide.

THE STIKINE ItlVEIt.

From the anchorage NW. \ TS. aboat six and a half miles lies one of tiit principal mouths of the
Stikine River, the largest river of Alaska cast of Mount Ht. Klia-<.* This river rises in a small lake
in the vicinity of latitude 67° 10' N. and hmgitude 128° W., and Hows in a northerly direction for
some sixty milef. when it receives a lavge branch from tite eastwani and curves to the westward through
a narrow gorge about fifty miles in length, known as the Oreat Canon. Toward the lower end of tlie
oiiflon the river trends more to the southward, and ten milen alnive the tcrminatitm of the ciiflon a
tolerably large branch comes in fnmi the northwest. This is (idled the First North Fork, and heads
close to the sources of the Taku River. The small town of Glenoni, near the mouth of the (Jreat
Canon, is the hiiid of steam navigation; a few miles Iwlow, the First South Fork cnlei's Irom the
eastward. Below this the river passes through a moiiiitainous region for seventy-five or eighty mih-fl,
flowing in a nearly south dirc(>tion, having thus des(Tilied a somewhat semicircular figure. It then
turns somewhat sharply to the westward, entering the northeastern angle of Sumner Strait through a
delta yet insufficiently explored, I ut which is known to have two or three mouths of considerable size.
The tojjography in the vicinity of the river is mostly mountainous, with some broad valleys, l)i;t more
minieroHS narrow ones. Most of these have a (■ertaiii jmrallelism with the coast, while some of those
through which the Stikine, Naas and Taku rivers reach the sea cut across the ranges nearl; at right
angk's.t

The low lands are usually flat and 8ubje«!t to inundations in hejivy freshets; covered with a dense
growth of grass, willows, alders and poplar, or dottcil with small |K)nds. For twelve miles atmve
Point Rothsay the river valby is sandy and almost destitute of vegetation. This tract, which doubt-
less owes its origin to the scouring of freshets, has received the name f the Desert.

The mountains are steep and ruggetl, but in general aftbrtl foothold to a dense forest of coniferous
trees, which attain a resixK-tablc size. The higher summits reach alwve the snow-line and afford a
permanent source of supply to the numerous locjil glaciers.

The climate of the Stikine region varies from the coast inland. Toward the interior the summen
are short and hot and the winters cold, resemh'ing the conditions of the Sjiskatchewiin region. For
particular notes the reader is referretl to the i'.le:^>rologicjd Appendix. The river is said to l)e closed

• The muna !■ > ojmiption of an Indian word, understood lo Iw tlie native name of the river, and from which the natitra
tribe inhabiting the continental ahore of Alaska from the Taku to Uradfield Canal derives ile own trilial appellation. Tlila
word, according to tba beat authoritiea, ia thought to lie correctly proiionnced Btali-kliean or SUh-Uila. Tlie naniea applied
to the river have bwin Btakem, BtataUn, Btlckaan, Btacbln and BUkliia,— the last mentiui.i'd beini; Hint uaiinlly oilopted on
the western coast in newspapers and hooka. It was also adopted by the I'. 8. Coast Survey in tlia Const Pilot of 1H6'J. There
seems to be no good reason why we should attempt to retain the Indian p-oniinciation after it has been univerenily discarded iiy
the population moat intereatsd. The rirer has also lieen erroneously calle.1 " Frtncai " and '■ PeUy " Klvar,— names lielonging
tn Btreama of ika interior.

I In fact, 'be same type of top<igraphy prevaila upon the continental border as that exhibiteil in a half-Hiibmergeil condition
in the Columbian and Alexander archipelagos. If the latter were entirely elevateil above the sea Vvel, Iliey would in esxHitial
ffalurea reaembia Iha prcacnt continental border, and, were the valleys of the last depresfed IwU.w the sea level, a similar exien-
•iuu of the arcbipalago, without change of character, would be the result. Sumntr Strait appears to be merely the prulongatiun
•eaward of tha rallaj of tha lower Btikina.

gTlKIKE BITEB.

by ice in December, sometimes as late as the seventeenth, and to open in May, usually previous to the
fifteenth and often by the first of the montlt. The oi)ening is followed by a temporary rise and fall,
and at its first opening, from floating ice, drift-wood, snags, &c., is not navigable for several days.
The highest water is sajd to occur in July, when the hot sun is melting the snow oitrthe higher levels,
and this indicates that tlie chief source of the water-supply of the river is in the snows of the moun-
tains Ather than in the drainage or rain-full of the lowland region. The depth of water in the channel
for the twenty-five milas represented on the Ri/rula chart, in the latter part of May, was nowhere less
than six feet, and the average depth at least twelve feet. It is stated that at lowest water there u
seldom less than three feet in the channel. The rise in tlie channel, or in vertical height of the water,
does not appear by the water-lines of the margin to increase more than six feet at highest water. The
difference in the volume of water transported is made up for by the flooding of the low lands.
Through this horizontal extension results a general and very perplexing change in the form, direction
and appearance of the river margins. The waters are invariably turbid. This is mostly due to the
fine 8us|iendcd material trunsiwrtcid by the glacier streams.

The chief obstacle to the free navigation of the river is the impetuosity of the current. This is
stated to avu.-age four or five miles an hour from the gate of the Great Cafiou to the delta, and in the
cations it is of course much greater. Except by the aid of steam, up-stream navigation, in the strict
sense of the word, on a large part of the Stikine is impossible. Pohng or tracking must be resorted
to to surmount the obstacles, and this, for siitisfactory progress, requires a large purty and a stout
tracking-line fifty to one hundred fathoms long. The river is seldom over two cabl^ and a half in width.

Vancjuver's parties did not recognize the existence of a large river here. It was first discovered
by the fur-traders. The sloop Dmgon, Captain Cleveland, visited the Stikine ilelta in April, 1799,
and in the journal of the ship Eliza, Captain Rowan, for the same year, we find the locality alluded to as
" Stikin." According to a mistaken idea of Greenhow this existence of the river was first made public
through Captain Wihl, of the American ship Atahwdpa, of Boston, in 1804, but the river referred to
by Wild was the Noas and not the Stikine. The head-waters were first discovered by John McLeod, a
trader from Liards River. It has been explored by various [mrtics. A Russian piirty ascended to
he mouth of the Iskoot, and their survey was mapped in 185.}. Prospectors from, British Columbia
reached the head- waters some years later. In 1863 a luirty from the Russian corvette Rynda^aceom-

fanied by Professor \Vm. P. Blake, ascended the river to a short distance beyond the Little Caflon.
n the period from 1865 to 1867, inclusive, the officers and explorers of the Western Ui;ion Telegraph
Expedition examine<l this river and every important tributary from its head-waters to the sea. The
upper portion of the river, for business reasons, ret^ived the most attention, and but few astronomical
observations were made, and these chiefly for latitude. A few astronomical observations on the lower
part of the river were made by the Rynda party, but by some error or inadvertence of the draughtsman
they are rendered unavailable from the evident displacement of the station mark on the chart. There
is a complete absence of any topography on the river chart, which covers a distance of fro. ' ranty to
twenty-five miles up stream. A sketch map, prepared independently by Professor Blake, is much
more full and compi-ehcnsible, Imt is on a smaller scale ana of course wants the hydrography. A
sketch map affording some information (especially distances, said to be official) was publishod in 1874
by the Mining Press newspa|H-r of Sun f'rancisw). The MS. maps of the Western Unior. Telegraph
Expedition are by far the fullest and most satisfactory with regard to the interior. A map of tne
Cassi^r mining district, published by authority in 1876, contains additional details ; the last map noted
is the survey by Mr. Hunter, already alluded to. No one of these maps is satisfactory, and they are
all more or less discrepant with one another, especially in regard to distances.

In view of the inijwrtance of the gold mining on the upper Stikine a brief itinerary for the river
is appended, though hardly warranted by its navigable facilities, and for "

American Iwundury.

the most part beyond the

ITINERARY FOR THE STIKINE RIVER.

The port of entry is Wrangell, at Etolin Harbor, Wrangell Island, which has been previously
described. Steamers from Portland, Oregon, transport passengers and goods to this point.

From Point Highfield, just north of Wrangell, the entrance of the Stikine channel at Rynda
anchorage bears N. abiiut three miles.

The bar at the mouth of this channel through the flats, according to various authorities, has from
one and a half to two and a half feet ujwn it at low water, with a rise and fall of eighteen feet at full
and change. It chnnges with the freshets. The bar has an axial width of a third of a mile in the
direction of the stream.

From the outer etlge of the bar to the southern mouth of the river proper is five and a half miles
in a generally WW. by N. direction. The depth in tlie channel varies from six fathoms to seven and
a half feet at the river mouth, where a second bar exists. The width of the channel between the one-
fathom curves is from a quarter to half a mile. The eastern border of the channel lies n cable or less
from the continentJ'l shore, which is ap|>arently composed of iNiuks rather than beaches, behind which
the wooded land rises rather rapidly to blufls of moderate height.

BTIKIKB RIVBR.

Ill

Within two miles of the entrance three unimportant points — Falae or South Zelonoi (Green) Point,

Zelonoi Point proper, which is probably the Point Rothsay of Vancouver, and Palonoi (Fired) Point

are passed. The last two are only a third of a mile from one another. At Zelonoi Point the bluffs
approach within their shortest distance of the shore. At the river mouth Point Rothsay of Himter,
on the eastern shore, is named by the Russians Reeohnoi or Biver Point. This point and the southern
entrance bear about NE. j E. from Sergieff Island on the flats.

The next northern entranct is about two miles NW. by N. from the southern one, and opens into
a bight over a mile in extent and much obstructed by lurking sand-lmrs, Ac. NW. from this bight a
high ridge or mountain rises, extending in a N. and 8. direction and having a rather bluff top. To
the eastward from this the delta region is flat. To the northward and westward other entrances or
arms of the delta may exist, but this region does not appear to have been explored.

As the southern mouth of the delta offers the best known facilities, a further reference to the other
channels seems unnecessary. The accompanying chart is known to be considerably in error in regard
to the delta but there are no data for rectifying it.

The bar at the southern mouth is short and carries two to five feet at low water. Beycnd this
the depth increases to ten or twenty feet. The river trends more to the eastward as do the bluffs
behind the margin, and the width of the low lands between the bluffs and the river increases. The
hlufls or hills attain an altitude of fifteen hundred feet or more, and the flat portion of the delta
appears three or four miles wide.

About five miles al>ove the delta islands the valley narrows and the river appears only two or
three hundred feet in width. The depth in the channel to this point is nowhere leas than seven and
will average over twelve feet. The ap|)earunce of the high land on either side is as if ranges trending
NW. and SE. were abutting obliquely upon the river.

A few miles above, on the north bank, a stream called the Soynai or loe-water River flows in
from a glacier a mile or two to the westward. A small steamer carries tourists from Wrangell to this
glacier and returns the same day. The low alluvial point between the Soynai and the Stikine is com-
posed of river-drift and is stated to afford gold.

Above this for several miles the course of the Stikine u nearly E. and W., without rapids.
There are some sand-bars or islands on the south side of the river, and the valley in which it flows
becomes wider, the iiver banks low, and the nortlieru mountains recede to the northwest. At a dis-
tance {vide Blake, l. c.) of five and a half miles from the Soynai the Stikine turns suddenly to the IT.
and then to the NW. At the convexity of the curve granitic mountains rise abruptly from the water.
Between the mountains and the river on the north side of the bend is a considerable gravelly flat,
overgrown with willows and shrubbery. Between this point and the sea the current varies from two
and a half knots to three and a half knots per hour. The difficulty experienced in reconciling differ-
ent accounts will be understood when it is remembered that Professor Blake and most other map-
makers put this bend about fifteen miles from the delta; yet according to the /{^nc/a hydrographic
sketch the distance is but seven miles.

The flat above mentioned is terminated by a rocky point, called by the Indians Kokaydai.
Pri)fes8or Blake refers to this as a good locality for a settlement or station, as there is a good landing
and its height secures immunity from floods. Directly beyond and nearly opposite to this jKtint is the
valley of the Skoot or Iskoot Biver, extending to the eastward. This is a large stream, navigable
by otmoes, and entering the Stikine apparently by several mouihs. The Skoot extends to the eastward
about fifty-five miles, when it bends to ths northward, receiving at the angle thvn formed a tributary,
the ITin-kun-saw, which flows from the southward and eastwanl a distance of over twenty miles. At
the summit, where the head-waters of this branch are intimately associated with those of the Naas
Rivar, the elevation attained is twenty-six hundred feet. By ascerding the Skoot and naking the
porilage the Stikine Indians can desoe'nd the Naas River and reach Fort Simpson in six days after
setting out.

The extent of the great bend of the Stikine is variously estimated at from two to four miles.
Above it the general course of the river is NW. by N. J N. to the mouth of the Little Canon. In
the l»end the depth Is from seven to twenty-four f«et (May), and the current reaches four and a half
knoti per hour.

A short distance above the mouth of the Skoot is the first village or camp of the Tinneh Indians
of the interior, as distinguished from the TMinkits or Kaloshians of the coast. In the same vicinity,
on the western bank, a fine glacier extends far back among the hills, and has a width of a mile or
more parallel with the axis of the river. To the eastward, some distance behind the hills adjacent to
tiie river, a high serrated range of sharp peaks is visible. The miners term the rugged region of this
vicinity the Olaoier Mountaina. The Mining Press sketch inilicates the boundary line as being about
half way between these mountains and the Little CaHon, or aboi t sixty-five miles from Fort Wrangell.
Until more exact data are obtained this must remain in doubt. A Hudson Bay Company's post is
situated on the British side of the supposed boundary.

For the remainder of the distance covered bv the Bwida chart it appears that at that season a
iix or aev«ti-foot channel might be ooanted on with toleiable certainty. Above the bend the current

112

SOVKHOI STRAIT.

increases in velocity, attaining in some places a rate of six knots per hour. As nearly bh they can be
correlated, this distance would seem to reach to Blake's Camp VI, eleven nailes or thereabouts by the
Russian detcnninations, or about twenty-five miles from the mouth of the river.

The approju'h of the Little Carton is marked by Cone Mountain, a regtilar and conspiruous peak
on the eastern bank. The carton itself is less than a mile long, and here the whole stream is com-
pressed in a narrow rw^ky gorge. On the north side, for a part of the way, an eddy or counter-c-urrent
exists, which may Iw of assistance in ascending this part of the river.

Above the carton the river is much wider and flows quietly between terraced banks. A short
distance above is a rapid, where a portion of the river is olwtruetefl by rocks and boulders. This was
named the Sergieff Bapid by the Byniht party, who lost a man of that name at this point by drown-
ing. It mav 1)0 the " KhxMiiinuin Caiion " of the miners. According to the Western Union map it is
alwut fifty miles from the Little Carton to the mouth of the Great Carton and the head of steam navi-
gation. About thirty-eight miles from Little Carton the Dominion Government has established a
reservation for government purposes, upon which reservation is a house for the local officers. Six or
seven miles alwve is Buck's Bar, a celebrated locality for placer mining, and five miles or so farther is
the mouth of the Great Carton. Here is a Hudson Bay Company's trading post and some miners' and
Indian camjw. The carton is in many places ve.-y narrow — indeed is for the greater part of its length
navigable for no craft whatever, and is avoided by i!<e natives and miners," w-no take to trails entirely
away from the river, rhose branches ore cn>ssetl by susfiension bridges of Indian invention and con-
struction. The mining is chiefly airried on in the region of the head-waters of the rfver and the
localities change to some extent annually. Notwithstanding the severity of the temperature, miners
fn-quently travel to the different cani|)s on the ice or over the snow in winter. The distance from
Buck's Bar U) the shore near Wrangell has l)een made on foot in three and a half days in the month
of March. The entire distanc* from Dease Lake, by the miner's trail to Buck's Bar and thence on the
river ice to the south edge of the delta has l>een made on foot in eleven days.

Next in order of consideration are the

MITKOFF AND ASSOCIATED ISLANDS,
separated by the following

STRAITS LEADINCl NORTHWARD FROM UUMNER STRAIT.

That which is nearest to the continent is Dry or Soukhoi Strait of the Russians, otherwise known
as that part of Fretlerick Sound of Vanct>uver which extends between MitkofT Island and the main-
land, including the flats of the Stikine delta. This strait extends from Point Blaquiere
Ory or abrmt fifteen miles in a NW. | W. direction with an average width of less timn thre^

Soukhoi Strait, miles, whence it trends more to the westw.ml for some four miles to itw junction with
the eastern portion of Frederick Sound. The continental shore of this strait is very
imj>erfcctly known. Northwestward from Point Blaquiere an anchorage is indicated by Russian
authorities in a snmll bay or cove, the headlands of which ai)pear to extend in the form of reefs
soniewln't less than a mile in a northerly direction, the anchorage l)eing placed between these reefs.
The track of the Russian traders is indicated on the Russian hydrographic charts over the Stikine flats,
showing that light-draught vessels at least have made use of the passage in the past, and it is quite
possible that a careful survey might develop a practicable channel which would meet the nceils of
traders at the present time. Meade examined this region in 18C9,and says he found the strait impass-
able for vessf is of over four feet draught owing to the shifting sands which everywhere obstruct it.
No information is on record in regard to the depth of water in tne northwestern jiart of the strait, but
it is beyond question that sundry large glaciers exist upon its continental shore and that at times its
waters are more or less incommoded by floating ice broken off from them.

Westward from Vank Island, in about latitude 5t{° 32' N., on the southeastern shore of Mitkoff
Island, is an opening with several islets al)out it called Blind Passage. Tebienkoff's
Blittd Passage, sketch would indicate that the greater part of this passsigc, if so it may be called, is
dry at low water, or even that a part of it is shoal enough to make a portage necessary
at ordinary high water. At all events it is not navigable for vessels, if at all, and is sup|)osed to
extend in a northwesterly dirwtion from its southern entrance toward Wrangell Strait. There imnifc-
diately north of Anchor Point is a wide ojxMiing entirely dry at low water, with a high-water island
covered with trees in its middle part, which is alleged to be the northern extreme of Blind Possoge.

WRANGELL STRAIT.

The next navigable passage northward from Sumner Strait is Wrangell Strait, named and first
surveyed by the Russians. It was entered by one of Vancouver's boat parties, but reported by them
to be impassable on accoant of shnol water and in fact fo terminate in a cul-de-sac.

WRANOELL STRAIT.

113

The entrance is situated between Poiat Alexander and a projection of Woewodski Island, distant
about one mile in a SW. direction. Thence the strait extends about nineteen miles in a generally NW.
hy 17. direction to Frederick Sound.

The position of Point Alexander is differently stated by the authorities.* The latest observations
place it in about

Latitude 66° 31'.0 N.

Longitude 132° 67'.l W.

Northward from Point Alexander the channel averages half a mile wide at high water.

Off the southern part of Point Alexander the ground is foul and the point should not lie approached
nearer than three cables. A short distance NW. from Point Alexander lies Midway Rock,-f in the
middle of the channel.. It is usually dry, but at extreme opring tides is sometimes
awash. There is deep water close to it on either side. NW. | W. three-quarters of Midway Roek.
a mile from the rock is Pciiit Deception, the northern point of a small cove from
which rocky ffround extends two and a half cables S SE. Five-eighths of a mile N. by E. J E. from
Point Deception, on the eastern shore, is a small peninsula, named by Meade December Point.J from
the southern angle of which o reef extends a cable and a half in a S SF ''irtrtion in front of a small
shallow cove.

On December Point the observation spot of the naval olwervers of the Hauler was situated. The
observations make it in §

Latitude 66° 32' 33 '.■* N.

Longitude 182° 67' 06".0W.

There is a good anchorage NW. by N., half a mile from the north side of December Point, in
uleven and a quarter fathoms, hard bottom.

NW. J W., half a mile from December Point, on the opposite shore, is Point Loekwood|| of Meade,
al)ove which the channel widens somewhat. Anchorage may be had northwest from Point Lockwood,
December Point lieing just shut in to tlio southeastward. NW. \ N. three-quarters of a mile from Point
Lix'kwood are the Battery Ialet8,T[ three in number, trending with the channel, with /ou/ ground between
them and extending a short way northwestward and southeastward from them. The northern islet is
tiic largest and has several trees on it ; the others have only gross and bushes. There is a clear channel
on either side; the liest is that on the western side of these islets. On the western shore, opiiosite South
Battery Islet, a reef makes off about fifty yards. Hicks Point of Meade lies immediately north from
the northern islets on the eastern shore; from its extreme a reef makes off to the distance of half a
fable. From this locality northward the channel is wide and clear for nearly two miles.

' nritish Admiralty Cliarf iM31, corrected to June, 1884, gives,

LMtltad* 56° 84' SO" H.

Lonxttud* --- 138° 62' 00" W.,

tl. 8. Hydrograpbic Office chart No. 225, edition of 1880,

lAUtade 66° 86' 86" K.

Longitude... m<^ 58' U" W.,

and tlie obBerratiotiH of tlie U. 8. Naval officers on the HastUr in 1881, Coant Survey Harbor Chart No. 713, 1881,

Utltade - -— - 66° 88' 46" K.

L0il«ltnd« - 188° 68' 86" W.

The several chart* are very discrepant in this vicinity. Three plans of the strait have beeu published,— one by the RuNiu
llyilrographio Office, No. 1441, in 1850, from surveys by Lindenberg in about 1838, and one by the U. S. Hydrograpbic Office,
siilmketch on No. SS5, in 1869, fionfa reconnaissiince made by Messrs, Biidpe, Pillsbury and Schroedcr, of the U. 8. 8, Saginaw,
H. \V. Meade, jr., commanding, on March W and 'il, 1869. A thinl. No. 713, above mentioned, has recently been issi 1 by the
I'. S. Coast Survey from a recotnioii'siince made by the naval officers on the U. 8. Coust Survey steamer HiuiUr in 1881. Tbla
nontains numerous important additions and corrections, and together wWh notes submitted by Lieut. -Commander H. E. Nichols,
r. S.N., commanding, has formed the basis of the following de«!ription. It must be borne in mind, however, that ■ thorough
anil linal survey is yet to be mode.

U'oHvnoi Boek uf Lindenberg. .

ZtitwA Folai of Lindenberg.

Meade placed it two miles north of Point Alexander, in latitude b6° 37' 26" N., in 1869; Nichols, in 1881, in latitude 660 30
111 ' N. All agnra that it in within a mile or so of the same meridian aa Point Alexander; but this meridian varies according to
■lilferent authorities from 132° 51' W. to 132° 58' 36" W.

',! PoTeiotnl (TtunUnc) Point of Lindenberg.

t Named by Lindenberg ; called 01e*r Uludl on U, 8. Hydrographig Office Chart No. 285, aubsketoh,

P. 0. P. — 15

114

WRANOKIiL STRAIT.

NW. J W. a mile aid a half from the northern Battery Tslet is No-thorjughftre Point of Meade,
northward of which ie a ahoal and foul trpening six cables wide, which extends to the westward, where
it divides, one arm turning abruptly south, forming Inlet Point, the ocher continuing northwest and
west on the northern side of an island or point of land not yet surveyed.

This entrance is the eastern entrance of Duncan Passage, unsurveyed, named by Meade, and
leading to Duncan Canal. The northern jwint of entrance to this |)assage is Hood Point of Meade.
Opposite, and NB. from the entrance, is Keene Island, somewhat over half a mile in extent and
heavily wooded. SW. from if there are some other islands in the entrance.

E. by N. from the southeastern end of Keene Island three-eighths of a mile, (just east from the

eastern three-fathom line on the Coast Survey sketch of 1881, No. 713, on whicli the rook is not laid

down,) in line with a very tall dead pine on the east shore, is a danf/eroua rook, nearly

Spik0 Roek. in the middle of the apparent water-way between Keene Island and the Mitkoff 3hore.

There is water enough for most vessels on each side of it, but the proper channel lies

west from it. It has only about one foot water on it at low tide and is sccep-to from tlie west.

RANOR TO CLEAR SPIKE ROCK.

The range adopted by the mail steamers for clearing this i-^!. is Point Hicks in range with Point
IxKjkwood, which passes west from the rock clear of it.*

Opposite Keene Island the enstern shore is foul to the distance of a cable.

North of Keene Island is a narrow channel » ith two fathoms or less water. This channel, lead-
ing in Duncan Passage, is termed Keene Channel, an<l does not appear as navigable on any of the
older charts.

The shore NW. fram it, from Hood Point a mile and a quarter N. by E. ^ B. to Point Hum-
bug of Meade, is foul with several rocks. N. ^ W., nearly a mile from the SB. extreme of Keene
Island, is Burnt Islet of the Russians, Captain's Island of the U. S. Hydrographic sketch of Captain
Meade's reconnaissance, a small wooded knoll, with rocks extt^nding a short distance north from it,
and south from \t a reef and foul (/routid exteiuliiig nearly two-thirtls of the way toward Keene Island.

The channel usually followe*! lies lietween Burnt Islet unil the shore to the eastward ; it is verj*
narrow between Burnt Islet reefs and the foul ground making off* fifty yards from the Mitkoff Shore.
The clear channel appears to be less than two cables in width. This locality is that commonly known
to local navigators as Wrangell Narrows.

After passing Burnt Islet the Mitkoff shore, especially NB. by B. ^ E. from Point Humbug, fouls
off to nearly a cable, forming Burnt laUl Reef, The Mitkoff shore continues foul for two miles
and a half. About N. } E. a mile and a half from Burnt Islet is the dangerous SouHh
Dangtri. Ledge, which extends westward into the strait about a quarter of a mile, partly awash,

and, like others previously mentioned, mostly dry at extreme low water. N. ^ Wf
three-quarters of a mile farther is North Ledge, equally dangerous. Nearly midway between these a
white boulder on the Mitkoff shore is useful as a landmark.

■ Eastward from North Ledge is a little opening in the shore, bounded on the north hv Bpruoe
Point of Lindenberg — Point Schroeder of Meade.

On Meade's sketch a so-called Schroeder Channel is intlicated eastward from these ledget; but later
observations indicate no true channel here, and the locality should be avoided as unnavigabU and dan-
gerous.

W. by 8. i S. from Spruce Point, on the Kupreanoff shore, is North Point, northwestward from
which is a small iuiet. There is a small ledge at this point, and N. by B. } E. from North Point is a
group of three islets — Bush Topt of Nichols Iwiiig the largest, covered with bushes; Oraaa Knoll,
smaller and grassy; and Bare Islet, smaller still. Northward from these rocky ground, bare at low
water, extends a Quarter of a mile. Around all this is a boat channel with less than three fathoms, but
the ship channel lies to the eastward. Northward from North and Spruce points the straits widen to
over a mile, but the shores are foul and dangers extend well out from them, especially from the Ku-
preanoff shore.

N NB. seven-eighths of a mile from Spruce Point is Anchor Point of Meade, and in the indenta-
tion between tliem is Half Moon Anchorage of Meade's sketch. This unimportant indentation dries
well out at low water.

North from Bush Top Islet nearly a mile and a half, with a dry rock off it, is Point Vexation
of Meade, the eastern extreme of an unsurveyed island called Woody Island by Lindenberg, south-
ward from which and extending to the boat passage above mentioned and back to the western shore is

• This r»nge i« !nooinpatibl« with »njr of th« clmrt* except tliM of LindenbCTg; th* othwi in Ibia rwpMt ws MlaTwl to b«

t CMM of Lindaubarg.

WRANOEIX STBAIT.

11«

the extensive Boulder Flat, mostly bare at low water, with kelp outside of it. SW. by W. i W. from
Anchor Point and about ITE. from Bush Top Island is a dangerous ledge, showing two rookt at low
water and marked by kelp at high water. The channel lies l^tween this Itdge and Anchor Point.
North of Anchor Point is an extensive opening, wholly dry ut low water, known as Dry or Blind
Pauage, and said to extend to Sumner Strait, where it opens W NW. from Yank Island. Theic is
an island in the opening near Anchor Point called Blind Island by Nichols, and covered with trees;
at low water it is connected by sand-bars with either phore. In the vicinity of Point Vexation there
are several openings in the KupreanoiT shore, and it is not improbable that a number of islands exist
here separated by narrow passages.*

One cable NB. from Point Vexation is Danger Rock, a black round-topped rock, awash ouly at
extreme high water of spring tides. It forms the end of a reef extending from Point
Vexation and continues beyond it NE. Fifty yards farther lies a dangerous sunken rock Danger Rookt.
with four feet on itat ordinary low waters and about awash at extreme low-water springs.

Theae rocks are not repi-esenled on the U. S. Ooast Survey sketch No. 7 IS, of 1881, but are in-thore
from the three-fathom curve on thai sketch.

N. by B. half a mile from Point Vexation is Danger Point, from which, beginning with a grassy
islet, a reef two cables long extends toward Point Vexation. A great part of this reef is bare at low
water.

At this point the channel is a short cable wide and requires eircnrrspection in its use.

NW. from Danger Point is an unexplored o|)ening, the northern head of which is Book Pointf
of Meade, from which rocks extend oiTa cable and a half, marked by kelp and partly dry at low water.
It is said that in this vicinity the northerly ilood-tide from Sumner Strait and the southerly flood from
Frederick Strait meet each other.

Southwest from Rock Point are two small, low, round-topped islets, the Oreen Books of Linden-
berg, or Fairway Rocks of Meade. The northern one is grassy, th« other nearly barren ; they are
connected by a reef nearly bare at low water, have a few rocks southeast a short distance from the
southern one, and are separated by a narrow and shallow passage from the KupreanoiT shore. NW.
by W. about half a mile from the northern Green Rock on the west shore is Finger Point, projecting
to the northward, with a cove west from it, heavily wooded, with deep water close to its eastern edge.
Oil the east shore a stream empties into a cove flowing in a west-northwesterly direction.

Uereabouts the shores on either hand^assume a flat and rather low character, covered with a luxu-
riant growth of herbage. Simultaneously the channel is encroached upon on either side by muddy or
sandy shoals, reaching two or three cables broad-ofl^ the shore, which extend along the channel for two
miles or more, when the latter becomes gradually wider until it occupies the gi'eater portion of the
bed of the strait.

NW. I W. nearly a mile and a half from Finger Point, on the west side of the strait, is Oreen
Point,! which at high water is an island having in it a clump of bright green trees in summer, very
easily distii^ishedliy the color. On the shore southeastward from Green Point is a boulder which
marks a change in the direction of the channel. Up to aliout this point, going north, the channel has
trciuKHl aliout NW. } W., but when this boulder from mid-channel liears SW. by S. the channel turns
to uli'Mit N NW. with higher wooded land on each side and bolder shores.

NW. i W. from Green Point about a mile and a half is a peak about three thousand feet high,
wooded, which comes down to the shore of the strait east from it, northward from which the Kupreanofi"
shore is tolembly free from shallows. Two miles and a half NW. by N. from Green Point is Cove
Point, west from which the shore is indented nearly half a mile NW. by N. J V. about four miles
from Green Point is Blunt (Tupoi) Point of Lindenberg, Cone Point of Meade, rather low and wooded.
SB. by E. from it is an indentation of the shore occupied by foul ground and marked by kelp. West-
ward from Blunt Point is a small shallow opening, the northern point of which was called Bayou
Point by Meade. Here is a short reef, and the KupreanoflF shore northward from that point is more
or less foul. Northward from Blunt Point the channel turns more to the northward, and at ii distance
from Blunt Point of about a mile and a quarter is Turn Point of Nichols, ofl" which rocks extend nearly
to the entrance the Mitkoff shore is foul. NW. by W., opposite Turn Point,

Just soutli from Turn Point in the shore is a

two cables, beyond which to 1

is the entrance to a lagoon which dries at low water.

prominent boulder. About N. J W. a mile and three-quarters from this boulder is the NW. jKiint

of entrance to Wrangell Strait, Prolewy (Straits) Point of Lindenberg, " Proliva" of Meade's sketch.

•On niMt R^nerkl charti, including RuMisii Hydrographio No. 1494, and British Admirally No. 2431, the eaaleni end of
Duncan Paataga ia repr«a«nt«d as opfning upon Wrangell Strait at thie locality; an error corrected in the local reconualHance
uf Lindculwrg and Meade.

t IliaUow (Mllki*) Point o! Lindenberg.

t Peiat lUU of LindenbOTg.

lie

WRANOELL STRAIT.

A reef extends NNE. a cable and a half, dry at low water; and oflf" the point about one-third of
the way toward the eastern point of entrance is Middle liork of Minde, probably awash at hi)rh water.
The channel passes eastward from it. The northern entrance of Wrangell Strait" is about a third of a
nnile wide between reefs; the channel somewhat over a cable and a half clear. According to the latest
data* Prolewy Point should be in about

Latitude 66° tW N.

Longitude 132° 84' W.

In Wrangell Strait most of the dangers are uncovered at low water, and at high water are marked
by kelp, which, however, probably disappears during the winter season.

In view from the northern entrantre is the Patterson Glacier, which empties into Oarlile Bay
eastward fronT Point Agassiz, Frederick Sound. Pieces of ice derived from this and other glaciers
are often seen floating about Frederick Sound and sometimes find their way into Wrangell Strait, but
seldom reach southward of Green Point.

Most of the shores of Wrangell Strait are moderately higli and thickly wooded. In the vicinity
of Blind Passage the land is low but still wooded.

Anchorage may be found almost anywhere, but it is reidered uneasy by the tidal currents.

TIDES.

According to Nichols, the tides range from fifteen to eighteen feet extreme rise and fall, and at
their height run about six knots. They meet in the vicinity of Finger Point. Tho least water in the
strait at ordinary low water is about fifteen feet, but four fathoms may be carrier*, through most of the
way.

VABIATION OF THE COMPASS.

The variation of the compass in 1838, according to Lindenberg, was 26° E.; in 1867 Meade
records it as 28° 30' E. In 1881 it was about 29° 20' E.

The center of the South Ledge is marked by three white boards nailed to a tree on the east shore,
visible from either direction. Several buoys were planted by the HaeaUr, but have probably been
carried away.

In the present state of knowledge it is impossible to be more explicit with safety. The navigator
here, as almost everywhere on these coasts, must make up for the defects of the charts by extra watch-
fulness and caution.

Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1441 contains Lindenberg's reconnaissance chart. Meade's
sketch is to be found on U. S. Hydrographic Office Chart No. 225. Neither is to be relied on.
Indeed it would probably be Iwtter for the navigator to rely on his own eyes and good judgment,
than to attempt to dc|)cna absolutely on either of these charts. In Harbor Chart No. 713 of the U. S.
Coast Survey the results of Nichols' reconnaissance are given, and though not to be considered as a
completed survey, it presents the best knowledge yet published of the strait north of Keene Island.

i .

11. [!■ \f..

\< i-: i ...

SAILING DIRECTION§.t

FOB WRANOELL STRAIT:

From the Southteard. — In entering, the navigator should not approach Point Alexander within
three cables, — the Twks near its southern iioint being thus avoided. The course passes toJ;he eastward
of Midv/ay Rocks, which may be closely approached ; except at extreme high water they are visible
or marked by a small ripple.

Thence keep mid-channel course, passing westward of Battery Islets. Information received since
the issue of the reconnaissance t"-art of Wrangell Strait is to the effect that the range for clearing
Spike Rock westward from it, adopte<l by the mail steamers, is Point Hicks in range with Point
Lockwood. This agrees with Lindenberg's chart, from which the direction would appear to be WW.
\ W., or nothing to the northward from that course, until (according to Nichols' sketch) Burnt Islet
bears N. by W. J W., with the southeast edge of Keene Island in one with Inlet Point bearing SW.
by S. i S. This clears Spike Bock. Thence a slightly more westerly than mid-channel course N. J W.
for Bush Top Islet until off South Ledge with the white boulder (on east shore north of South Ledge)

' According to Meadu it ii in

Latltnde M° sa'.B H.

Longitude ■ ....Ut" M'.O W.

t Dependent on Nichol*' notes and reconiiaiisance except where otherwiie stated.

KEKU STRAIT.

117

l)enring WB. by B. Thence N. ^ E., when (Grass Kuoll Islet bearing west) Spruce i'oint bearing
S SB. sliould shut out Nortli Ije«lge Point, wlien the course is NE. i N. for north clge of Anchor
Point, avoiding reef on west side of chunnel.

When one cable off Anchor Point on this to:'rf;c bcai awny ibr Danger Point N. by W. until
Green Point opens KW. } W., just eastward from the aoiithernmost Greon Rook, whicli leads clear
between the rocks off Danger Point and the reef opposite. Pass ciistwavd half a cable from (Jrccn
Rocks and steer for Green Point under High Peak NW. J W. When the iKiiilder on the west whore
southward from Green Point bears SW. by S. the course will l)e N. by W. half a mile, or until High
Peak bears W NW. Thence in mid-channel until well past Turn Point, when follow the eastern shore
at a cable distant.

j^*in the x»rthtrara. — After passing Green Rocks a course south. Green R(K?k astern liearing
NW. by W. and middle of Rugged Peak SE»by B., until Anchor Point bears S. by E. | E., carries
clear of Danger Point rocks.

Wrangeli Strait is not con8idcre<l a dangerous paa«age by Meade or Nichols; thorc are no short
turns nor very bad tides, but a stranger should not attempt the pa.-'sage except at low water, when
nearly all the dangers are visible. The best stage of the tide to make tlic passage from either entrance
is at a quarter flood.

KUIU AND ASSOCIATED ISLANDS.

The next western passage to Frederick Sound from Sumner Strait is that between Kupreanoff
and Kuiu Islands, callca by the Russians

KEKU STRAIT,

a name derived from the locaL appellation of the T'linkit tribe of Indians which inhabit it.*

The southern entrance of this strait is situated in about latitude 56° 31' N., some two miles and
a half to the northward from Conclusion Island, as previously mentioneil.t From this vicinity the
strait trends nearly N. bv W. J W. for nine Qr ten miles with an average width of over a mile. At
this point it turns sharply to the westward, expands to a width of two miles and a half, and so con-
tinues for eight or nine miles in a N NW. direction. Throughout the whole of this |>ortion, and
indeed the wTioIe of its extent, the strait is greatly embarrassed by islets, rocks and foul ground.
Little has l)ecn done in the way of exploration in this vicinity since the tim^ lA' Vancouver. All
existing charts are based upon his, and the obstructions appeared to his j)arty s-o great as to render
this strait wholly unavailable for navigation exwpt in boats or canoes. A note on U..S. Mydrogniphio
Chart No. 225 states that there is passage for small craft,| and it is by no means improbable that a
navigable channel exists for vessels of modern draught, though the diificulties attendant on sucli
navigation are likely to deter traders and others from making the attempt except in cases of necessity.

At the last-mentioned point the direction of the strait again changes, and an islet of more than
average size lies in mid-channel. From this islet the general direcHon of the strait is W. J N. eight
miles, and the width gradually increases from two miles to about three miles, with very broken and
irregular shores.

At a distance from the aforesaid islet of four and a half miles in a W. by S. J S. direction is a
point forming the northeastern headland of Port Camden of Vancouver. The opposite headland is
distant about a mile and a half in a westerly direction. In the entrance arc two islets,
and, on the eastern side especially, a number of roci.s. The course of this inlet for Port Camden.
five miles is about SB. by S. J 8., when it gives off a short rounded arm somewhat over
a mile in extent in the same direction, while the main body of the inlet tcnis to southward, — terminat-
ing at a distance of some six and a half miles, and after forming some unimporlant curves, in latitude
56° 3fi'.8 N. according to Vancouver. Here only a comparatively low and narrow isthmus sejiarates
it from another inlet which opens upon Chatham Strait.

Vancouver says, "The sliores of the southern parts of this branch * * ♦ are pre / free from
islets and rocks, but those to the northwest of u are lined with them and render the approaching of it

* It has b«en writteu Xekon, Slku ami Kake Strait by rarioui aulliorilies; the original Rusaiaii furm haa been ailiiptrd
:ind is eBsentiall.T that fuund nn all the charts. -^

t See page 104. ' '^

X It ia elated (in the Directory of Bering Sea and the coast of AInslia, iosiiPil hv the Iliircau of Niivifjiitiim, U. S. N.) that
ht^een feef of water may be carried tliroiigli. In U. S. Hydri)(jrapliic Notice No. i;>, IfKJS, Meade reporlB llmt it ie said tlmt no
vessel drawing more than four feet can pass through Keku Strait, but lie doubts the truth of this. Later advices say that flfteeu
t'vet can h» oarriad through at low water.

118

HAMILTON BAT.

extremely dangerous." It is reported to the U. 9. Coast Survey that coal was diaoovered Miy, 1868,
in the rounded arm previously alluded to, in about

Latitude »6° 42' K.

Longitude 133° 61' W.,

according to Britisli Admiralty Chart No. 2431. It is represented to occur in several small six-inch
seams cropping out about twenty ft«t above low-water mark, and separated from each other by inter-
vening hard strata twenty to fifty feet in thickness. The direction of the coal seams is nearly east and
west, with a dip of 30° or 40° to the southward. Acconiing to the same report the entire beach is a
formation of sandstone; the tide ranges about thirty feet; the harbor is perfectly safe, with good
anchorage in six to fifteen fathoms, soft muddy bottom; and from the thickly wooded adjacent country
numerous streams flow intx) the harbor.

So far as the material at hand aifords a clue, it indicates that no special chart of Port Camden has
up to this time been made public or has been urgently required. From the western headland of the
port the shore curves to the westward for some twelve miles, terminating at Point Cornwallis, which
forms the western headland of the large bay through which Keku Strait communicates with Frederick
Sound.

The whole of this strip of shore is profusely studded with rocks and islets, which extend off the
coast to a distance of several miles, and are sometimes known as the Keku Islets. From the western
headland of Port Camden N. by W. at)out four miles lies the southern headland of Hamilton Bay,
named by the U. S. Navy, and sometimes called Hamilton Harbor. Vancouver's
Hamilton B.iy. party entered this inlet, and descril)e it as u mile wide and stretching five miles io an
easterly direction. Two islets lie to the westward of but quite ne»r to the southern
headland, and two more at the mouth of a small cove just to the eastward, inside tlit northern head-
land. Little has been made public in relation to this bay. It is stated that "the chu^t exhibits the
approaches as being difficult of navigation on account of islets and rooks," but that the navigation is
"not so, at any rate for steamers."

The geographiatl position of the harbor, as determined by the U. S. 8. Soffinato, is

Latitude 66° 62' .8 N.

Longitude IBS'" 36' .0 W.

A coal seam eighteen inches wide, of "good bituminous coal," is reported to have been discovered
here in July, 1868. A large settlement of the Keku or Kake Indians was destroyed here by the
United States authorities about tht; same date, and it is worthy of note that tlie native inhabitants of
this vicinity have a very bad reputation and are unquestionably not to be trusted in the absence of a
force sufficient to control them. Vancouver's party noted eight villages on the bay, some of them in
ruins or deserted, and none inhabited at the time of his visit.

From the entrance of this bay to Point Macartney, the northeastern headland of the expanded
northern portion of Keku Strait, the shore curves in a generally NW. by W. direction some seven or
eight miles. It is broken by various minor indentations and guarded by a multitude
Dangtrs. of islets and rocks which extend off two or three miles. The width of this bay frcm

Point Cornwallis to Point Macartney is about ten miles in a JSCB. by N. ^ IT. direction,
and it would appear by the charts that more than two-thirds of the area to the southward and eastwani
of this line, between the shores of Kuiu and Kupreanoff islands, is thickly infested with obstacles or
dangers to navigation.

CHATHAM STRAIT.

Returning once more to Cape Decision, Chatham Strait* is next in order.

For prt'sent jmrpraes Chatham Strait will be considered as extending from Cape Decision to Point
Couvenlen, where it divides into two branches. The western branch is now known as loy Strait,
while to the other, named by Vancouver Lynn Canal, the term "strait" is inapplicable.

As here coiisidcRtl, this strait has a length of one hundred and thirty-five miles in a HW. J N.
direction. Its greatest width is sixteen miles, at its southern entrance; it is contracted to two and three-
quarters miles near Point Marsden. With these exceptions it is remarkably uniform, averaging about
six miles in width during its entire extent. It is very deep, hardly any soundings being reported from

•Tlii», the inoBt extensive and remarkable of the inland liighways of tlie Alexander Archipelago, was named bj VanoouTer,
who included in it the stinit which Beparatee hie Klli« Otwcf Thlrd'i Aielitpalafe ftom " the land to the eastward." This
oomprised also a part of what is generally known aa Icy Strait. It was aI«o called HwulM' Mralto by the fur-tradera as lately
as 1799. The expanileti portion at th.- wmtlieni extreme of Chatham Strait, including the waters northward of the Haay and
Coronation ialandg, was called OhristUB Bound by Colnett in 1789. To the same waters the name of Oblrlkoff ( TMUlikew)
Bay was given in 1786 by La Perouse, and Basenads dal Prlnotp* by Malaspina in 1791.

POKT MAIiMESBVBY.

119

1868,

it, and there are bnt few dangers except those imniodint«'ly ndjarent to the land. Th*; western shore
of the strait was |Nirtiaily imperfectly Murveyed by Vun<«uvcr, and but little has been done there since
his time; hence, with the exception of ha most general featureH and i«rtnin anchorages, this coast is as
yet almost unknown in its details.

BARANOFF AWD AH8O0IATED ISLANDS.

Cape Decision, forming the southwestern extreme of Sumner Strait, at the same time forms the
southeastern extreme of Chatham Strait, whose opposite headland is Cape Ommaney, named by
Colnett in 1789.* It is situated at the southern extremity of Baranotf Island, and iiccordiug to Van-
couver "oonstitutes a very remarkable promontory, that terminates in a high, bluff, rocky cliff, with
u round, high, rocky islet lying close to it." By the shore "on its eastern side, taking a sharp northerly,
direction, it becomes a very narrow point of land."t

From its height, which has been estimated at a thousand feet, and especially from the Y ight of the
land to the northward of it, this cape is readily recognized, and is the mos^ conspicuous portion of the
land seen by vessels to the westward, bound for Sitka, when they make their usual landfall. This land
to the northward of the cape was seen at a distance of forty-five miles by Vancouver when off Cape
Addington. La Perouse placed Cane Ommaney in latitude 06° U' N., and Malaspina in 60° 09 .ft
N. Its geographical position, according to Tebienkoff, is

Latitude _. _ ' 66° 10'.8 N.

Longitude _._ 134°a8'.6W.,

nearly agreeing with Vancouver's position. The islet near it was named Wooden Islet by Vancouver
after one of his men, who was lost overboard in this vicinity

Cape Decision bears from Cape Ommaney E. ^ N. alx)iu nineteen miles.

The suction of Chatham Strait to Im) first considered extends from Cape Decision ti Point Kings-
mill. From the former the o tost of Kuiu Island trends nearly west for atxiut three rciles, then NW.
f N. eleven miles, to a rocky point which forms the northwestern extremity of a locky peninsula.
Between this point and the western angle of Cupe Decision the shore is very irrej;ulii'. , " has in it many
small open bays, and at some distance from it lie many rocks."i Accoiding to Vancouver's chart aome
of these rocks extend nearly two miles off shcrre into the strait.

From the rocky point above mentioned NW. by N. } N. a mile and :i half lies the southeastern
headland of Port Malmesbury of Vancouver. This port has not been dcsorilied by any other navi-
gator, and no detailed furvey was mode by Vancouver. The general course of the port from the
entrance is TS. | E. th ie mdes, whence it turns abruptly to the SE. for three miles farther The
northwestern shores are very irregular and guarded by numerous rocks and islets, which extend,
according to Vancouver's chart, about half way from that shore across the jwrt toward the opposite
rthore. There arc also some rocks or islets at the extreme head of the bay. The clear
and navigable portion of the port is that along the SE. shore, and this varies from a Port Malmesbury.
mile to half a mile in width. A cove exists immediately NE. from the southeastern
headland, which is represented as clear of rocks and well sheltered, but no soundings are recorded in it.
Vancouver remarks, m relation to the port: It was "found free and easy of access by keeping near
the southern shore;" the inner portion of the harbor "having some islets and rocks in it, notwith-
standing which it affords veiy excellent shelter, with soundings from 17 to 34, and 12 fathoms water;"
and " is conveniently situated to the ocean."

From the southeastern point of entrance the northern headland bears NW. by W. J W. two
miles according to Vancouver, who named this headland Point Harris.§ According to Vancouver
this point is rendered very remarkable by being a (low) projecting point "on which is a single hill,
appearing from many points of view like an island, with an islet and some rocks extending near a
mile" to the 8. and SE.

The geographical position of this point, according to Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1494, is

Latitude .*_ _ 66° 17'.7 N.

Longitude — 184° 14'.0 W..

while other authorities place it in 134° 12' or 134° 09' W. longitude.

* In 1786 La Perouw hid named it Cap* OUrlkoff (Tiolllrlkow), a name adoptvcl by Siir;cli«ff, bin lh« account of liia explo-
rations in tfaii rioioity waa not publielieii before the aubaequent name hatl come into ii8«. It wua named Pnate Oaito da !•
Entsnida Ml PrtaeSp* hj Malaspina, MMUtM' Oav« by the trader*, 1796-9, and Sontli Poiat by Liaianslcy in 1K)4.

t VancouTCT, vol. Ui, pp. 96(^7.

tVaneonvar, vol. iii, p. 886

$ Wbieh by trmaeriptioo into Buiaian lettara, an arror in lettering and ratranMription into Engliib, appear* on ion)* chart*
aa VolBt CNunr

120

PORT CONCLUSION.

open

From thw jmiiit NW. by N. A N. tlirt-e niilo« and a liiilf \Um tlio 8oiithi>rn hrndland of u large
I buy, wliich liiw Imtii callcil fibioiikort" Bay by the IJ. S. Comit Siirvoy in 1S71). This Imy w
iilxiiii nine milts in widlli lit tlic (•iitriiiico, ibi' (ft'iioiiil course of the nmiii stem
TeblenkofTBay. ix-in^ iiboiit E NE. for seven or i-i^lit niilen. TbiH (livid. .'« into Heverid ramiBcatioiiH,
hi.inc of wiiieli reiieb witiiin two miles of the cnstern hIioh-h of Kuiii Islnnd. One of
tliew branches extends some sixteen miles in a N. J E. direction from the Bouthern headland of the
bay, terminatinj; in latitude 66° 33' N. Another with a ncneridly E SE. (H)ursc terminates in latitude
56" 23' N., eleven mill's from the above headland in a NE. by B. \ E. direction. A third branch
stretches E SE. and SE. by S. J 8. to a fwiiut where it ends in about latitude 88° 18' N. Sinoe titwe
inlet.s and bays have not been ci'irefully surveyed, it seems better to d(!fer a ndnute description of (heir
intricacies until mnre is known about them. Almost the entire buy is ownipied by innumerable islets
and rocks. Only one Indian habitation wis noted by Vancouver's piirty.

The northern headland of this bay, (idled by N'anconvcr Point EUIb, is situated nine miles NW.
i N. from the southern point of entrance iR-t'ore alluded to. The position of Point Ellis is believed
to be

III

■l\

!■

Latitude - 86° 31' N.

Longitude 134° 14' W.,

the latitude ho'mfr, derived fn.-n Vancouver and the longitude taken from U. S. Ilydrographic Chart
No. 225. It appears to bo of ordinary heiffht, with some rocks about it, and forms the .southeastern
extreme of another larjre inlet which has not IxiPU named on the charts and which, from the abund-
ance of rocks within it, has lieen called the Bay of Pillars. This Iwy has a generally
Tmy of Pllfart. ne. by N. dirc(!tion with a width at the entrance of over seven miles. Its north-
eastern portion is divided by on irrcpularly wedge-shajKnl tongue of land into two
prininpal ramifications with irregidarly indented shores. The southeastern of these is a long narrow
hay extending in a generally NE. by N. direction some ten miles from Point Ellis to a |)oint where it
terminates in a strip of low land, which separates it from the inner extreme of Port Camden by a dis-
tance of about a mile and a half, across which the nativis are asserted to make canoe portages. The
northwestern arm exlcnds in the same direction tis the other, to a jwint about six miles from the
northern headland of the bay. The whole bay fairly bristles with islets and rocks. Those trending to
the SSW. from the tongue which divid(>s the two arms extend not less than three miles and a half
from the shore and some of them, according to some authorities, a(!tually pass outside of a chord joining
the two headlands.

The northern headland is Point Sullivan, named by Vancouver, and bearing from Point Ellis
NW. j N. about seven and a half miles.

Two islets lie to the southc^istward and two to the southwestward from the point, and there arc
numerous roeks, the whole within a radius of a mile from the extremity of the point. The shore-line
to the E NE of the point is greatly indented and guarded by rocks and islets; to the northwest, on the
contrary, the shores are less rocky and Ixiconie firm and compact.

The geographical position of Point Sullivan appears, by a comparison of discrepant authoritiee, to
be nearly

Latitude 6e°38'.0 N.

Longitude _..134'' 16' .8 W.

The longitude is doubtful to the extent of 3'.0.

Taking up the western shore of Chatham Strait N. by W. \ W., from Wooden Islet seven miles,
a small islet forms the eastern headland of Port (Conclusion, named and surveyed in detail by Van-
couver in 1794. A point five-eighths of a mile E. by S. | S. from the islet above mentioned is the
"southern point of entrance" of Vancouver, from which his " opposite point," accord-
Port Conclusion, ing to his chart, be&rs NW. by N. two and a half miles — the greatest (fepth on which
line is seventy-five fathoms. There seems no reason, however, why Point Eliza does
not constitute the re.il northwestern point of entrance, while the islet forms the southeastern headland,
the tw() lK>aring i-eciprocally nearly NW.. h N. and SE. | S. a mile and a quarter from each otlier.
From tills line, with an axial direction aljout due south, the port extends for a short distance of two
and three-(iuarters milei? to its termination. For about half this distance it ha" a width E. and W. of
somewhat less than a mile ; for the remainder of its extent it averages about a quarter of a mile
width. The depth of water in the middle of the port varies from eighty-seven fathoms near i
entrains to twenty near its southern termination.

These soundings appear to be rather irregular and the character of the bottom varies from stony
to mud or sand. There is nowhere any impediment to its free navigation, though a few rocka exist
close to the shores. S. by E. three-quarters of a mile from the islet is an open cove with a sandy
beach and five to seven fathoms water.

in
the

CHATHAM STRAIT.

121

B. } W. a mile and three-eisrhths from the ume iRlet is the entrance to Shi|> Cove, whurc Van-
couver moored his vesaela. This ib a very nmall cove, a cable wide MW. and 8E., and
iiboat two cnbles long;, with its entrance ntill further contracted by some rockn adjacent Ship Cove.

to the end of the point or spit which forms the cove. Within there is a depth of four
or five fathoms, ro<.'ky bottom. It is neoetiaary tu moor here, and there is a small beach at the head of
the cove.

The shok-es are mostly steeu and covered witli a ratiier dense growth of Hpruce and other ever-
green trees. Halibut were cuugnt near the mouth of tlie port by Vancouver's farty.

Th geographical position of his astronomical station at the head of Ship Cove is

Latitude __ 56° 14' 66" JH.

Longitude .- 184° 22' 80" W.,

and tlie variation of the oompass, according to the most recent authorities, is about 29° easterly.

No information is accessible in regard to the tides, ex(«ptthatin Chatham Strait, in this vicinity,
the Hood invariably comes from the southward and runs almut two hours.

Vancouver's survey has not been supplemented by any subsctiucnt work. ■ His original sketch of
this vicinity has been copied or adopted by various Russian authorities, and by the U. S. Coast Survey
in its Atlas of Harbor Charts. Tebienkofirs scale of miles represents one mile divided into quarti-rs,
but on his copy of Vancouver's sketch it has much the appearance of representing a total of four whole
miles. On Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1494 the longitude of Vancouver's Ship Cove is indi-
cated as about 184° 84' W., out on later charts either TebienkofPs pfisition, which is 184° 28' W., or
a position between the two has been adopted.*

The inner portion of Port Conclusion is separated only by a narrow isthmus from the head of
Larch Bay, which opens to the Pacific. Ship Cove is likewise divided by an isthmus less than a
quarter of a mile wide from Alexander Bay of Russian authorities, a small basin whose very contnu^ted
entrance is situated 8. by E. } B. from the islet at the entrance of Port Conclusion.
It is only half a cable wide in a N. and 8. direction, the northern headland consisting Altxander Bay.
of a narrow rocky tongue. Within, the bay extends NW. by V. } N. about a mile
with irrmilar shores, especially to the north. The southern half has a width of about a quarter of a
mile, whue the northern |K>rtion is more contracted with some rocks in it and tenninates in a sandy
Ix-ach. The depth of water in the entrance^ is about four fathoms, in which kelp grows, and wtthin
the depth varies from three to eight fathoms.

Outside, to the northward of the entrance, is a small islet ^vith some rocks. In regard to this
basin Vancouver remarks : "The surrounding shores arc gener " steep and rocky, and were covered
with wood nearly to the water's edge, but on the sides of the uuiacent hills were some spots clear of
trees and chiefly oconpied by a damp, moist, moorish soil in which were several pools of water. The
surface produced some berry bushes," and on the west side of the basin " were found a few deserted
Indian habitations."

The northern headland of Port Conclusion, as herein regarded, was named by Vancouver Point
Elisa, a rocky point, from which in a IT VB. direction some islets and rocks extend for a short dis-
tance with deep water close to them. This point forms the southern headland of Port Armstrong of
Vancouver, called Armstrong Bay on TebienkoflTs chart — another of those singular
land-locked basins not .uncommon in this region. The opposite headland is a small Port ArmstroRg.
projecting point distant from Point Eliza about two cables N NE., of which distance
about one-third is rendered unavailable by the rocks and islets on the southern side before alluded to.
The northern shore appears to be steep-to.

The entrance to the basin is half a mile 8W. | 8. from the northern headland with a width of an
eighth of a mile, which appears m be clear of obstructions. The shores of this passage arc steep-to on
l)otl) sides, and there is a clear navigable passage of eight to twelve fathoms in the middle and five
fathoms near the shores. The basin itself fiom its mouth is about a mile long SW. J W. and four
cables wide. The soundings are tolerably r^ular, from thirty in the middle to ten fathoms near the
shores ; the entire basin is free from any rocks or islets. Immediately within its north point is a sandy
beach and a fine stream of fresh wat^r, as is also the case at its head. Another beach lies just within its
south point of entrance. In the vicinity of these beaches, especially about the entrance, " is a small extent
of low land, but the other parts of the shores are composed of steep rugged cliffs on all sides, surrounded
by a thick forest of pine trees which grew with more vigor there" f than about Port (Jonclusion.

The liability to strong and irregular tidal currents in the entrance, and to land-squalls or " woollies "
from the high land about these basins, should be borne in mind by the navigator who may be tempted
to make use of them in preference to less protected yet really more commodious bays which may be

catered or left vdth almost any wind.

'. — i — — ■ — —

* As Tebieukoff sUtcs that he copies from Vmcouver, it would seem at least poegible that the "28"' ii a clerical error for
"23'," the approximate value of VaneouTer'B poaitlon.
t VancriuTer, vol. iii, page 960.

P. c. P. — 16

1S3

8KCVRITY BAT.

From the wlet off Port ConcluHion the western shore of Clmtham Strait ttviuU nearly KW. by
W. A H. for M>mo thirty-two niileit. Within thin Hpiui', <»<|)«'ially within that |K>rtioii inoUided by the
southern imlf of it, an- a nuinlM>r of oiienini^H which have not yet lieen mirveye<|, im weJI an numeroua
Hmalh'r irr«'Kiilaritit« of thi> shore. 'IVbifnitort" indi(iil<n tiiiit some of tlH-m* op«>nin|^ nrc conncctwl, by
chains of lakes and streamH througli niarMhy, viilicys witii IwyM on the western sloiieof liaranoff [sland
or Archi|)elaj{o.*

IleturninK to tiie vicinity of Point Siilliviin, the sliore of Kuiu Island trends thence about KW.
j N. thirteen miles to Point Kingamill.t a conspicuous |>oint, named by Vancouver, and forming the
southwestern |K)int of entrance into the spacious shfeet of water known m

FU?]I)ER1CK SOUND.!

Its southwestern cntrani^, lietween Point Kingsiuill and Point Gardner, is nearly ten mlleo wide
NW. by W. and SK. by B. The sound is iM>undcd to the weotward bv the shores of Admiralty
Island l)etween |)oints Gardner and Ganibicr, a distance of thirty-four miles; to the northward and
eastward, by the shores of the Continent from Point Windham to the mouth of Dry Strait, a distance
of over forty miles ; to the southward and eastward, by the shores of Kuiu and Kupreanoff islands for
alHiut sixty miles. Its pcf^ncnil form is irro^rulurly trilobate and its greatest width about fifteen miles.
It is not known that any systematic soundings have ev«'r b<«n taken in it.8

Frederick Sound forms the third' in oraer of the grand transverse valleys of plication of which
Dixon Entrance, Sumner Strait and (as will l>c hereafter shown) Cross Sound with ley Strait form
the more conspicuous examples. The Frederick Sound plication fails, apparently, to cross the IktranolT
Archipelago ; but even here an unexplored opening and indications of low laud traversing the island,
as shown on some of the charts, are clearly a part of the same furrow and are continued in the same
trend.

The shores of the sound are for the must (lart exceedingly irregular, and in the number of off-
standing islets the sound contrasts very unfavorably for navigation with Chatham Strait.

From Point Kingsmill Point Cornwallis of Vancouver bears nearly N. by B. about six ontl a half
uiilcH. It is statetl to be long, low, narrow and wooded, and, as previously mentioned, forms the north-
western extreme of Keku Strait. Between this point and Point Kingsmill lie two
Security Bay. buys. Of these, Security Bay of Meade || is immediately to the eastwara from Point
Kmgsmill, which forms its southwestern point of entrance, and from the northeastern
angle of which, known as Paralysis Foint,^ Bound Islet at the northern entrance bean about V. by
B. ^ E. one mile distant.

Security Bav wan. first (Ie8crib<Hl bv Meade,*"* who published a very imperfect sketch of it on U. S.
Hydio^rraphic < )ffi(« Chart No. 225 (1869 and 1880). In 1881 the officers of the U. 8. 8. Waeltuadt
on the AliLsknii StJitinn, Commander Henry Glass mmmanding, mode a more thorough reconnaissance
of tlif outer half of the bay, which was published by the U. S. Coast Survey as Harbor 'Jhart No.
723. I'pon this ivconnnissance the following description and directions depend:

Between Pnrnlysis I'oint and the southwestern angle of Point Kingsmill lies Bond Cove, onsur*
vcycd, iibout linit' a mile in extent E 873. and W NW., of which the southwestern point of entainoe is
denoted Hourigan Point. From Paialysis Point the general direction of the southern wofes of
Security Buy is SE. by E. } E. two and a quarter miles to Point Xiookont of Me^)de> where the bay
conti-iict.s to less thiiii a mile in width, beyond which it widens somewhat and extends about two miles
farther in tlie same general direction.

The nortlu 111 shore from Round Islet extends in a generally SB. by B. direction about six cables
to Cedar Point of Meade, east from which a probably shallow bight makes in to the NB. Three
(|inirter!^ of u mile SE. ^ E. from Cedar Point is Retaliation Point of Meade, bluff, steep-to, and
wooded, E NE. from which is Cedar Bight, part of which is shoal with some rocks in it, and the
ensteiii cxircrae of which is formed by Expedition Point of Meade, low, wooded, BT. by B. ^ B. from
Point Lookout.

* On a MS. cliart tlie nainu uf Point Hoyt U applied to the uortbern headland of on* of tbow openiiigi, in titovV latitude
M° 24' N.; and fnr the nortlitii'ii point of entrance to another opening nituated in about latitude M° tf V., the nam« of foint
Scott is UBi'd, — both apparently without any explorations aa a haaii.

t Krroneiiualy cftlled XlngenUI on Ruseiun Hydrographic Cliart No. 1494.

i Named Prince Frederick Sound by Vanvouvt-r in 1794, which title hai b«m adopted by nearlj M wbiMiMqt hydrg-
graphera. It hax alno lipen tprined Fredoriok Strait.

i The older navigatoi-e seem to have s, ^Med the term muiid to bodiee of water of approximately equal length and breadth,
or lem elongated tlian a Rtrait, enpecially if intempemt'd with iKiandi, ratlier than with any rofe i wiw to depth of watan After
three-quarters of a centiiiT of u»age it i», perhaps, unnecessary to alter surh eaUbliafaed names to suit any tbaory (>f IIm derira-
tion of general term a.

I Named by Huadv on U. 8. Hydrographio Office Chart No. !2S5 on account of its advMltagw.
' H This is doubtless the original Bonth Point of Meade, with the reef off it.

•• U. 8. N. Hydrographic OfBce, Bjfdrcgraphie Nntiee No. 13, 1889, pp. 18-20.

of off-

;.,**r/i

■■'4

*» -♦, f ;

"#■.

PULlfJ tf-v 1574.

■■■■VI

PULl'^Jt.-. 157t

Mi' ■

11:

imM-'kl''M^^-.i:b.

■■ ■r^'at^fi, •* -i*********^*-*-*-

H —

fbi:debick. soujtd.

123

S SB. three-eighths of a mile from lietaliation Point is the western end of Cleft Island of Mwule,
with a deep notch in it; the island extends south of Cedar Bight, with some nxks at i's ciistcrii
extreme, about three-quarters of a mile in an easterly direction with a width of loss tiian ;i i|iiaii( r of
a mile. Another islet, very narrow and aljout a quarter of a mile long, lies elose tu t'iclt I^ImikI on
its northern side, nearer the western end. The spaiie between the western end of this i.^iand iind luvA-
iation Point is about three cables, and midway is a/our-font shoal marlxcd by ifclp in siinuncr. N NW.,
S SE. and eastward from this shoal, which does not apjK-ar on ^feadc's siietch, five or six fathoms inny
be had. About half a mile eastward from Paralysis Point, witiiin the bay and extending N NE. iioni
the southern shore about a quarter of a mile, is a group of six or eight small islands, the liiigcst of
which is bluff to the northward and southeast, about a cable and a half in extent, and nainoii by the
IT. 8. Navy Christmas Island. The smaller one ne: c northwest from it was named Cork Island.
The norther.st anglr of Christmas Island has l)een identified by the Wai^husett's party with South
Point of Meade, located by the latter approximately in

Latitude 66° 12' N.

Longitude.-^ 184° 20' W.,

a position probably belonging to Paralysis Point in reality.

N NW. a quarter of a mile from Paralysis Point is Bibb Shoal, marked by kelp, u|)on which four
and a half fathoms are recorded though there may be less. Nearly midway between Paralysis Point
and Round Islet is the small Roadstead Island of Meade, wooded, with some rocks about it; W NW.
from which Meade indicates antihorage in ten fathoms under the name of Security Boads.

From Roadstead Island in a general direction E. by S. ^ S. toward the northwestern end of (.'left
Island trends a series of small islands, which arc very erroneously laid down on Meade's sketch of 1 8G9.
North and northeast from these the bay is rejwrted shoal. These are, in their order, eastward from
Roadstead Island, Flat, Cedar and Harbor islands, all wooded, the last the largest, ami a rod: ainmh
at a quarter flood at a quarter of a mile E. by S. from the eastern end of HarlKJi" Islantl and nearly
half way from it to Retaliation Point.

Northejwtward from Retaliation Point is a sand beach, where a stream c«mes in. Here was a
small village of the Kehk or Keku T'linkets, called "Tom's Ranche," which was destroyed by Meade
in the U. S. S. Saginaw, in 1869, in retaliation for two atrocious murders committed by the trilx) on
white men. At the same time, in the unsurveyetl part of the bay Ciustward from Point Lookout, a
fishing village on tlie south shore and two Indian stockaded forts at the hejid of the bay wt're also
demolished.

Security Bay is spoken of by Meade as "immeasurably superior to anything I have yet seen in
Ala-ska," being only forty-two miles distant from the wx'an at Cape Ommancy, with a fine clear chan-
nel all the way, a good roadstead outside and a clear channel insiile of tin' harbor, so that no pilot is
nec<le<l abundance of pure water and excellent timber, a profusion of salmon in tluir season, and a
land-locked, perfectly secure anchorage, with good soft holding-gi'ound. It is probable that some of
the natives have returned to this locality, where there was considerable cleared land about Tom's Ranche,
where they dried salmon and raise<l potatoes.

TIDES.

The tides in this vicinity rise about fourteen feet. The soundings in the Coast Survey Chart No. 72;i
are reduced to approximate low water.

Tlie variation of the compass is believed to l)e al)out 29° easterly.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR 8ECTKITY HAY. / ,

Rounding Point Kingsmill, the shore should not Ije approached nearer than half a mile to avoid
rocks or reefs and the Bibb iShoat.

When up with Roadste'ad Island bearing NE. two cables, the course in will be E. by S. A S. for
the cleft in the western end of Cleft Island.

When the SE. edge of Retaliation Point bears NB., anchorage may be had in fifteen to seventeen
fathoms, soft bottom, or the navigator may lay a course to pass either north or south of the Jour-fool
sli:,,l, and anchor in five or six fathoms in the western part of Cetlar Bight.*

* It is to tw distinctly iioteii tliat tlie eiitrsiiee to tbis Lay m mueli chnrn- than Memh'> d-tU-h u-.mUl indicate, wliich iiketch,
indeed, dws not agree witli liin description above cited, anil wae baatily prepared by a Kiiboidiiiai.' olficei-. On tbe olliiT hand,
ulniost exactly where Meade locatee hii Banc Hubor anoborkCa the WachuicU reionnui««ance hImiwb \\ie four-foot thwil.

124

SAGINAW BAT.

The land southwest from Security Bay, forming the backbone of Point King8mill,is composed of
high mo' .ntains; other land about the bay is high, as near Cedar Point, but part of the shores are mod-
erately low. Security Bay was formerly a favorite resort of the Hudson Bay Company's and other
trading vessels in their voyages through this arohi])elago, but no chart except the reconnais8an(« men-
tioned appears to liave I)e€n made.

The channel into the eastern part of the bay, between Cleft Island and Indian Book, api^ars to be
clear, but in default of more information a description is not attempted. Meade's officers reported six
or eight fathoms carried to within a mile of the head, when it suddenly shoals to less than two fathoms,
and this part is infested by numerous visible rocks or small islets.

From Point Kingsmill NW. by W. ^ W. about six miles lies Taaha Island, named by the Rus-
sians, wooded and quite prominent, with a clear passage on either side of it. It is said
Submarine Bar. that this island stands on a ridge, bar, submarine spit or moraine, which extends clear
aci-oss the entrance to Frederick Sound with twelve fathoms of water on it.
N. by E. J E. four miles from Point Kingsmill lies the southern headland of Saginaw Bay, named
by the U. S. Navy in 1869. The northern headland is formed by Point Cornwallis, distant from the
southern point N. | W. about two miles and a half. This bay is about five and a half
Saginaw Bay. miles long E. and W. and two miles wide N. and S., — the northern shore being irregu-
larly indented. Between Security Bay and Saginaw Bay the shore is guarded by rocks
which extend seanrard about a mile, mostly visible. From Point Cornwallis an arc described with a
radius of a mile appears to include nearly all the off-shore rocks of that vicinity.

No detailed chart or sketch of this bay appears to have been made public; the bay on the general
charts is represented as much obstructed by rocks lx>th at and about the entrance and also within. If
the charts are even tolerably accurate, Vancouver's description of the bay as filled "with
Dangtn. many islets and dangerous rocks" is fully warranted. It is, however, reported that a

safe anchorage exists in this bay one and a half miles within Point Cornwallis, on the
northern shore, nearly "abreast of the Indian village, both east and west," over mu<ldy bottom, in
seven to eleven fathoms. It is stated that "though open to the northwest the anchorage is oonipletely
sheltered," is easily found, and is accessible to sailing vessels or steamers with fair or head winds.
There is said to be room for a dozen large vessels. The Indian village is not represented on any of
the charts, but it is said that the Saginaw found its geographical position to be

Latitude 66° 66'.6 N.

Longitude 134° lO'.SW.,

by which it would appear to be situated on a narrow point, in which case the obscure expression pre-
viously qu(ite<l may mean that there is anchorage either east or west from this point abreast of the
village. This anchorage has btjen called Halleok* Harbor by the U. S. Navy. In the absence of
any sketch of the entrance it is hardly necessary to call attention to the need of great caution in entering
the bay.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR ENTERING SAGINAW BAY.

"In entering keep the port or eastern head of the bay aboard, say a quarter of a mile distant,
until you reach the bold bluff point of the northern side of the anchorage, when steer for the ruins of
the settlement, and anchor when you get eight fathoras."t

Great numl)crs of codfish are reported about the bay, and at one time the establishment here of a
United States military post was contemplated.

The northern headland is Point Cornwallis, and witliip. a radius of a mile from its extremity there
are several rocks.

About ten miles NE. by N. J N. from this headland lies Point Macartney of Vancouver, the
NE. extreme of this part of Keku Strait. It is described by Vancouver as a "large, rounding, though
nv^t lofty promontory, in which were several small open bays, and near it several rocks."!

From this point, according to the latest charts, the coast trends in a N STW. direction about four
miles to a promontory, which has Ijeen named Capo Bendel,§ from whence Point Napean bears W NW.

•Thig harbor was selected by M^jor General Halleck as the site of a military poet, but aubaequently abandoned for Kootz-
naboo, Meade anchored here February 14, 1869, and destroyed five of the six houies that eonitituted the wttlement aa a pun-
labnient for murders committed by these Indians. The bay will shelter a large fleet, but the depth of water is su great that it is
an undesirable anchorage.

tU. S. N. Hydrograpliic Notios No. 13, 1869, p. 17; from Meade's Remark Book.

t Vancouver, vol. iii, p. 292.

J On U. 8. Coast Survey Chart No. 701, corrected to 1877. For Mr. Bemhard Bendel, formerly of Bremen, an Alaskan
pioneer, now deceased, to whom the Coast Survey parties have been repeatedly indebted both for valuable information and
ganerous hospitality.

POBTAaE BAT.

125

six or seven miles across the. sound. The cape is moderately high, and from its northern face, in a
generally N. by W. <lirectiori, a succession of irregular i-ocky patches, reefs and islets make off" In'tween
three and four miles.

At the northern extreme of this series of obstructions is a small island called by the Russians
Poverotni Island, or, in translation, Tarn-about Island. This island is associated with others still
smaller, of v. lich three are indicated by Tebienkoff, while other charts very generally omit all Init
Poverotui. The latter is wooded and rather high, flattiah on top with a little peak in the middle as
seen from the northeastward. There is a passage between Poverotni and Cape Bendcl, but under ordi-
nary circumstances, unless with good local knowledge, its use cannot be recommendetl to navigators.

These reefs, !.• early connecting the island with the Kupreanoff shore, would, in the presence of an
extensive commert*, constitute a serious danger. As it is, they are the most and only serious olwtruc-
tion to navigation between Wrangell and Peril straits on the inside route to Sitka.

From Cape Bendel the shore of Kupreanoff Island trends E NE. in a general way for about
twenty-one miles. This stretch of coast is not known to contain any harbors, although there are
numerous small indentations. Off the small projecting points are numerous rocks at no great ilistance
from the shore. The latter is nearly level and moderately wooded for three or four
miles back from the beach. In the vicinity of Cape Bendel the immediate shore is Portage Bay.
bluff and heavily timbered. About twenty miles E NE. from the cape and about a
cable from shore are the Perenosnaia * or Portage Islets, consisting of two small and rather low
wooded islets, which serve as land marks for the entrance of Perenosnaia or Portage Bay.

These islets are connected by a rocky platform at low water, their total extent being about five
hundred feet E. and W. and two hundred feet wide. Three fathoms can be carried close to the edge
of the rocks. Three-quarters of a mile B. J N. from the eastern islet is the entrance to Portage Bay.
From this point of view the west point of entrance bears south a little more than a quarter of a mile;
the east point of entrance, which is farther in, bears SE. by B. ^ 8. nearly half a mile, and the Portage
Islets W. J S. AS. by B. f B. course carries in, clear of dangers, with not less than three and three-
((uarters fathoms in mid-channel of the narrow entrance. (See sailing directions.)

From a reconnaissance by the Hassler in 1882 it is learned that Portage Bay lies-about NW. and
SB., in a trough between mountains fifVecn hundred to two thousand feet high and with others rising
still higher beyond it to the SB.

The entrance to the bay is very narrow, not exceeding a quarter of a mile E. and W., '.7hich is
further diminished to a channel of about three hundred feet between the three-fathom curves by shoal
water making out ftom either shore. The east and west points of entrance are narrow and pointed,
the eastern being about a quarter of a mile SB. by B. from the western one. Opposite the east point
within the bay the western shore recedes to form a cove, which is reduced to a mud flat at low water.
Half a mile farther south and east another cove, dry at low water, with a narrow entrance, indents the
same shore. The northeastern shore within the east point of entrance is strait and compact, and the
navigable portion of the bay extends parallel with it about two miles with an average width of two
cables, the shores shoaling off everywhere very gradually and without known dangers beyond the three-
fathom line. The bay extends about three miles farther SB., of which the last two miles are comprised
in Goose Cove, dry at low water and nearly a mile wide, with Stop Island and Harrington Rock in its
northern part. The top of the latter appears to be always visible.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOB PORTAQE BAY.

The approach to the entrance is marked by the Portage Islets, the shore east from which dries
off some distance at low water and should not be approached nearer than a quarter of a mile. Boulder
Point, east from the entrance, is fringed by large boulders which cover at half tide and are marked by
kelp. It should not be approached within a cable.

From a point off the entrance, where the Portage Islets shut over each other bear W. J S., the
oast point of entrance SE. by S. J 8. and the west point of entrance S., the course is S. by B. | JS.
until the west jwint of entrance l)ear8 W., when the course will be S. J W. until east point of entrance
beai-8 B NB., when the course will be SB. until east point of entrance bears N., whon anchorage may
be had in four to six fathoms; or the navigator • may proceed farther southeastward and obtain, for a
mile, about the same depth over a sandy bottom.

This bay is well adapted for steamers, and is considered an excellent andiorage notwithstanding
its narrow entrance, as it has no channel dangers. Its character indicates that it may once have been
the site of glacial action.

•Named Pnmoinaya lilandi by Meade in 1869, who called the bay P«r«il0llii»7» Ott*. It wa« nameil PMMOinaU
(PorUll*) Bay by the Bl.«llan^ and han aUo been called Portaf • Harbor. Meade etatea that the ooune from Point Highland to
I'urenoinaia Creek ia M. | B. nearly.

-Sli

■'(i

•f('

126

FREDERICK SOUND.

Observations by the U. S. Coast Survey in 1882 plaoe the observinjit. spot, which is three hundred
and tvventy-tive yards northeasterly from the east |M)ii>t of entrance, in

Latitude 87° 00' 10" N.

Longitude 133° 20' 03" W.

Tlie variation of the coniijass wits 30° 51' E. in 1882 and the dip 75° 08".

Tlie extreme rise and fail of tides oljserved was twenty feet, the mean rise and fall about fourteen
feet. The tides run two to four l<nots in the narrow entrance, and at springs form strong eddies to half
a mile farther in, which should be taken into ai>count when proposing to enter the bay. The shores
are densely wooded. Water may l)e obtaiiunl in the extreme SW. corner of the l)ay from a stream
which rises in hills about five hundred feet high.

Portage Bay is separated by an isthmus about two miles in width from the northern extreme of
Duncan (anal. Across this isthmus the natives are accustomed to make portages, from which the
name nf the locality, alike in Russian and English, is derivcid,. The regular rounds of the trading
vessels of the Riiasiun Company included a visit to tJiis harbor. The course from Portage Bay to clear
Cai>e Faiisliaw almut one mile, according to Nichols, is W. J N. ; very different from existing charts,
which there are not data to correct.

The general direction of the shore of Kupreanoif Island rantinues the same, that is, about E NE.,
from the eastern headland of Portage Bay for five miles to a point where the coast gradually rounds
to the eastward and southward. Tht charts differ aa to the abruptness of the change of direction, but
it would ap|)ear that a moderately high bluff or cliff is here exjxwal, to which the name of Cape of
the Straits has been applied by English authorities. Hence the shore trends E SE. toward Prolewy
Point, nine miles distant.

This strip of coast is more or less broken or indented, and off it lies three islets, termed by the
U. S. Navy the Soukhoi Islets,* which extend about a couple of niiles off shore, nearly reaching
mid-channel of this part of Frederick Sound. Little is known of them. The jwrtion of Kupreanoff
Island to the eitstward of the narrow isthmus at Portage Bay will properly take the name of the Lin-
denberg Peninsula, whicli is the essential meaning of a term applied to it on Russian Hydrographic
Chart No. 1494, but whi(;h nught be literally translatecl as the Lindenberg Shore.

There is a passage on either side of the Soukhoi Islets, and in coming to or going from the north-
ern entrance to Wrangell Strait the western passage is to he preferred, though it would not appear so
from the charts in common use.

From the Portage Islets W. by N. J N. about eleven miles lies Cape Fansha^^ , named by Van
couver, "a very conspicuous, low, projecting point, situated in latitude 57° 11'." f It is heavily tim-
bererl. A deserted village was found here by Whidbey, and a prese.it settlement is reported bv the
U. S. Xavy.t

Two bai'c rocks, twenty feet high, lie off Capt? Fanshaw, the outer one about NW. two miles from
the cape, the inner one lietwecn the former and a good-sized island, from which reefo extend toward
shore.

From the courses and distances of the Hassle)- and other vessels in this vicinity it is evident that
Cape Fanshaw and Point Highland lie several miles farther west than they are usually mappml, or
else Portage Bay and the northern entrance to Wrangell Strait lie about the same distance farther east.
Data sufficient to properly (»rrect the charts have not yet been received.

Cape Fanshaw divides the eastern part of Frederick Sound intt) two tolerably distinct arms, one
of which continues in the same general trend as the western portion of the sound, namely N NB.,
while the other and much narrower portion trends to the eastward at first about E. by N. From
the cape, the shore indented, low and densely wooded, has a generally E. direction, and at a distance
of six and a half miles E. { N. lies Point Highland, named by the U. S. Navy, prol«bly from some
change in the character of the topography near it. Between this jwint and the ca|)e are two indenta-
tions of small extent, separateil by a point which extends southward nearly into li»>e with Caj* Fan-
shaw and Point Highland. Eastward four miles from the latter is Bay Point, the western point of
entrance to a large bay in which a.e several islrts. No information is at hand in relation to it, but it
has the aspect on the chart of a glacial lagoon.

Hence about five and a half miles E. J N. lies the extremity of Point Vandeput, named by Van-
couver, and described by him as a low, narrow point of land two miles long in a N. and B. direction,
and about half a mile broad.

* Tlii'y were iiained by Mcmle in 1869, who npyB of tlieiii lliat they are an excellent guide for entering Wrangell Strait.

t Vancouver, vol. ill, \>, 'ifO.

{There is ii strong probability that many of the villageB found unoccupied by Vancouver's panieg and reported u d«»«rted
were not peinianently abandoned, but merely left unucciipied while the population were temporarily engaged in their anoual
fishery, trade or hunting in some other locality.

PATTERSON OI^GIER.

127

From its southern extremity a ree/ extends somewhat over a mile. In the western angle, formed
lietween the point and the main shore, the Russian hydrographic charts indicate an ancliorajro, without
!<oundings or details ; but according to Nichols the ai>pearance of the land is not siu'li as would justify
a stranger in seeking anchorage there without a chart.

In 1882 at high water, with a strong southeaster blowing, the breakers on the reef off Point Van-
deput were very conspi<-uoiis.

East from Point Vandeput and between it and a i-onspicuous point custwanl from it a bay is
formed whicli appeared to promise good anchoi-age. On attempting to enter it in licavv weather
with the Hiusler, about a mile off the entrance a ground swell wits noticed and the load sliowwl six
fathoms ; a short distance farther out ten fathoms and more were had. At the bottom of the bay is
an almost periiendicular mountain, scored by eight or ten land-slides. The U. S. Coast Survey party
of 1869 believed they saw indications of a glacier at the foot of the bay, but it was not oliservetl in
1882.

About NB. by N. J N., some eight or nine miles inland, the U. S. Hydrographic Chart No. 225
indicates a remarkable pinnacle or stone four hundral feet high, on the t<ip of a mountain, to which
the U. S. Navy has applied the name of the Devil's Thumb. Tlie ' )rcs of this portion of Frcdcjrick
Sound are very imperfectly known, and a more careful survey w^ i probably develop the need of
considerable change in the charted shore-line. So far as its features are here referred to, they arc taken
on the authority of the more recent English and American charts. From these it appears that al)out
seven miles in a SE. by E. J E. direction from Point Vandeput there lies a low wooded point, which
was named Point Agassis* on account of its association with the remarkable and sublime glacitirs in
its immediate vicinity. These creep from the snowy summits and ravines of the coast range toward
tlie water's edge, which at certain seasons they overhaiig, covering the adjacent sound with minia-
ture bergs so begrimed with mud and gravel as to be readily and frequently taken for half-submerged
rocks.

Off the end of Point Agassiz, as at Point Tandeput, a shoal makes off for a mile or so, which
prevented Whidliey from landing and kept his party wet, cold and hungry, in their boats until dawn.
NW. J N. from this jM)int a sunken rock and two visible rocks are reportwl, the former about two
miles away. It is quite possible that these "rocks," which do not appear on the older charts, may have
l)een 8uggeste<l by mud-covered ice fragments.

A short distance northward from Point Agassiz is a magnificent glacier, with three feeders in the
coast mountains, which discharges its burden of ice directly into the water. This has been named the
Patterson Glacier, an<l appears from the imperfect descriptions yet received to discharge on both sides
of Point Agassiz — at least on the eastern side of Point Agassiz an immense glacier comes down to a
good-sized bay which is usually encumbered by mimic lx;rgs from the foot of the glacier and has l)een
willed Carlile Bay.f It is thi-ee or four miles in length E SE. and W NW., unsurveyed, with Point
Agassiz for its western point of entrance, while at its eastern extreme rise tfie Horn Clifft, iKiing the
front of a remarkable bold head over a mile in extent, eighteen hundred feet high, falling directly to
the water, with a sugar-loaf jjcak or pinnacle towering above and behind the brink of the cliffs. In
the same vicinity, a little to the eastward of the cliflfe, the U. S. Cosist Surrey party of 1869 reports a
remarkable glacier, which "appears to fall from an altitude of 2,0()0 feet at ar angle of 45°;' when
one thousand feet or more lielow its source the angle becomes smaller, the slo|)e more gradual until the
water is reached, and then the broken fragments of i(« almast cover the surface of the adjacent portion
of the sound.

In this vicinity, in certain places at least, according to Vancouver, there is a small extent of
low flat land, well wooded, lying before the coast mountains, which rise abruptly to an extraordinary
height.

The Hamkr party report that the whole country from Point Highland to Horn Cliffs is a mass of
most remarkable mountain peaks, while Iwtween Points Vandeput and Agassiz is a
long, low, flat island, well wootled, and separated from the base of the mountains by a Moraine Island,
strip of open water into which the Patterson glacier discharires itself. The island is ^ _

dountless an old glacial moraine.

The entire coast northward from Horn Cliffs to Cape Fanshaw is unsurveyed and should Iw
approached with caution. By vessels running at night a good lookout should Ik; kejjt for large masses
of ice which oflten Hoat nearly submerged or covered with mud and stones, and which have Iwen taken
by exi)erienced navigators for rocks awash. In the vicinity of Horn Cliffs are some islets. The
cliffs themselves form the northeastern headland of Soukhoi Strait, and thence the entrance to WrangcU
Strait appears to bear Jjout S SW. about five miles distant.

Before proceeding to describe the northern and western shores of Frederick Sound, the group of
islands whose coasts have just been reviewed may be briefly characterized.

• By the U. 8. Count Survey in 1877, on chart No. 701.

tlu bonor of the Ut« Superintendeut of the U. S. Coast and Oeodetio .Survey, Carlile P. Pattenon, these namei were »ug-
geeted by Capt. E. P. Lull, U, 8. N., late Hydrographic Inspector to the Survey.

128

POJBT HOUGHTON.

KUPREANOFF AND ASSOCIATED ISLANDS.

They compose a well-marked and tolerably compact group, wedged between Sumner and Chatham
straits, Frederick Sound and Soukhoi Strait. It comprises, besides a multitude of islets and rocks,
Mitkoff, Woewodaki, Kupreanoff, Kuiu, aud also Coronation Islands. An island is perhaps formed
by Dry Passage and Wrangell Strait between Woew(Klski and Mitkoff islands, but until Dry (or Blind)
Passage is fully explored it is hardly worth whilfe to lo more than indicate the presumed division.
The land composing these islands is but moderately elevated. Mr. Johnstone, who explored the greater

Eortion of this group, states, in his report to Vaniiouver, that the western portion of Kuiu Island " is
y no means so high or mountainous as the land composing the a<]jacent ttountries on the opposite or
northeastern side of the sound," but is "chiefly of moderate height, and produced a noble forest of
large and stately pine trees of clean and straight growth, amongst which were a few berry bushes and
some alders. The shores along the bays and arms they had visited were in general low, and presented
a probability that if the wood were cleared away the soil of the country might be advantageously
employed under cultivation. These bays and arms abounded with a greater number of salmon and
sea-otters than Mr. Johnstone had observed on any other part of the coast."* KupreanoflF Island
includes more than half the area of the group, while most of the remainder is comprised in Kuiu and
Mitkoft' islands. Kuiu, in its form and topography, is one of the most remarkable islands in existence.f
The natives of this vicinity, especially those about Keku Strait, have the reputation of being
treacherous and turbulent. The naval forces of the United States, and formerly of Russia, have been
several times employed to punish, by destroying their villages, the inhabitants of some of the settle-
ments of worst repute. It is, therefore, advisable here that a strict watch should be kept and no
natives allowed on board at night, or without proper precautions in the day, by masters of unarmed
veesels, particularly those of small tonnage and low free-l)oard.

ADMIRALTY AND ADJACENT ISLANDS.

It remains to describe the northern and western shores of Frederick Sound.

From Cape Fanshaw N. by W. } W. five miles lies Point Walpole of Vancouver, witli some
islets and mnken roeka near it; the shore between it and Cape Fanshaw is somewhat indented and
bonlered by a large number of ro<.k8. About WW. J N. fn)m Point Walpole, at a distance of two
and a half miles. Ties Point Hobart of Vancouver, about which aandy ghoala extend to a moderate
distance from the shore.;^ The point is about fifteen hundred feet high, Idscending steeply to the sea.

This |)oint fornis the northwestern and Point Walpole the southeastern headland of the entrance
of an extensive bay called Port Houghton by Vancouver. This bay extends from its entrance five
or six miles in an E NE. direction with an average width of two miles and a quarter.
Port Houghton. The head has not been surveyed. In a hasty reconnaissance with the Hassle)- Nichols
found, in accordance with Vancouver, (though not with later charts,) that there are no
islands in the entrance of Port Houghton except those around Point Wal{)ole, which comprise a group
of four or five not "xceeding a mile from the shore, the largest of which, about half a mile in extent
north from Point Walpole, was named Robert Island. Off its northern end rocks extend some dis-
tani«. Vancouver observes: "From Point Hobart extends a bank of sand a little distant from the
shore, but there is a clear passage between it and the islets [off Point Walpole], within which it forms a
snug harbour with soundings at a considerable distance from the shore of from ten to six fathoms water,
sand and muddy bottom. It is bounded by lofty mountains, and from their base extends a small
border of low land forming the shores of the harbour, which I called Port Houghton."§ The anchor-
age mentioned by Vancouver was found by Nichols on the southern shore SE. | E. almut three miles
from Point Hobart, but is open to northwesterly winds. Nichols anchored in fifteen fathoms about
two cnbles off shore, bottom sand and broken shell The southern shore api)ears to have a number
of islets and rocks above and below water near it, but most of the bay is occupied by deep water
without anchorage; in the middle of the bay Nichols got eighty or ninety fathoms. In the eastern
prt of the bay are several islands, of which Walter Island is the largest, with one small one west from
its northern end and several smaller ones south and east. About E. | 8. from Point Holnrt a stream
comes in from the southeast with an island off its mouth. About on a line joining this and the islet
west from Wdter Island and nearly midway between them is a sunken rock.

The bay a. and E. from Walter Island has not been examined and may afford anchorage.

The variation of the compass hereabouts is about 30° easterly.

• Vancouver, vol. iii, p. 303.

tlt8 outline, aa indicated on tlie charts, atrlkingly luggesU a mass of entraila thrown out upon the ground, while the aiir-
rounding islets and rocks recall, In nutnber and relative size, the flies which are usually congregated in such a vicinity on s
wami summer day.

t It has been called Point OMttaMin by Horofray. Kichuls saw nothing of the shoals, which be suspeoU are not extensive.

i Vancouver, vol. iii, p. 280.

VRRDERICK SOUND.

129

are not extensive.

From the auchomge in Port Houghton The Twins are visible well open from Point Ilobart, the
latter bearing NW. f W.

Off" the entninee of the port, at variftiis distunceH from the shore, lie a number of groups of rocks
or islets, the presence of which probably influenced Vancouver when lie nanuHl this luxly of water a
Sound. One of these groups is <«lled by Meade the Five Fingers,* |ieriiaps on ac<'ount of its
appearance from certain points of view. It is situated alwut four miles W. by 8. ] 8. from Point
Walpole and is composed of a cluster of six or seven islets. Another is formetl by a pair of islets
named by Nichols the Brothers, lying in the same direction us the Five Fingers, seven miles from
Point Walpole. To the northward there are still others, of which The Twins, five miles NW. I N.
from Point Walpole, are two small islets, and Sunset Island, about a mile in extent, lies in the same
direction seven anil a half miles NW. \ N. from Point Walpole. These were namctl by ISIeade in
1869.

S SB. from the Brothers and SW. i 8. six miles from Cape Fanshaw TebienkofT and Vancouver
both lociite a small island with a few rocks close to it. It does not appear on Meade's chart.

From Point Hobart the shore extends without noticc^ible indentations NW. J N. ten miles to the
<'ntran(« of Windham Bay, unsurvtyed, small and encumberwl by islet«. Hence the shore trends SW.
by W. J W. about three miles to Point Windham, named by Vancouver, and forming "the eastern
point of entrance into Stephens Pa88age."t It is a rather flat-ti)p])ed bluff, about two thousand feet high,
dascending rapidly to the water, bare above and on its face, ivith its lower flanks clothed with pines,
which also intervene between the foot of the bluff and the water's edge. Meade gives a view of it on
IT. S. Hydrographic Chart No. 225, and says it resembles a gigantic ladder of three steps. From this
))oint roohi extend under water a mile to the westward. Behind the point to the northward is Mount
Windham, two thousand feet high, named by the U. S. Navy. The geographical position of Point
Windham, according to the latest charts, is

Latitude _. 57° 30' N.

Longitude 133° 32' W.,

from which the nearest land on the opposite shore l)ears W SW. about three miles ; but the south-
western headland of Stephens Passage, named by Vancouver Point Hugh, beare from Point Wind-
ham SW. by S. J 8. four and a half miles. According to Vancouver this is a lofty rocky promontory,
witli a ledge of rocks extending from it southward nearly a mile and three-quarters, upon which, with
a strong southerly wind, heavy breakers wt re observed. It is less timbered than the adjacent shores.
Point Hugh is reported to look as if it were in the middle of Stephens Passage when viewed from
the southward. This is due to the fact that immediately to the southward from Point
Hugh is the opening of Seymour Canal, named by Vancouver and extending NW. by Seymour Canal.
W. from its entranc-e a distance of some twenty-nine miles.

From notes furnished by Revs. Sheldon Jackson and S. H. Young it apixjare that there is a canoe
passage between the supposetl head of Seymour Canal and an indentation of the south shore of Stephens
Passage west from Point Arden.

It is uncertain whether there is ab.solutely continuous water passage here or not, as communication
with Mr. Young, who is reported to have pas.scd through here in a canoe, has not been practicable,
and there may have been a short portage. In any case there is a considerable amount of water oom-
nmniaition, and perhaps a continuous passage where nothing but solid land is indicated on any chart.

Seymour Canal lias a width varying from one and thrcc-iiaartei-s to five miles, and, including
i.'<lands, averaging about three and a half miles. Its southwestern point of entrance is Point Gambier,
named by Vancouver, and lying from Point Hugh S. by W. abotit two miles. From this point the
western shore of Seymour Canal to the northwestward, is moderately elevated and pnxluces fine timber;
the immediate shore along the beaches is low and the beaches in many cases are sandy. It is nnich
indented with small bays and coves, and at some point on this shore it is supposed that a channel comes
in from the Hutsnu region, separating the land of the Admiralty Group into at least two major divisions.

The eastern shore is more irregular and studded with a larger number of islets.

Neither have been sufficiently explored to describe in detail. The canal terminates, according to
Vancouver, in latitude 57° 61' N., at the mouth of a small stream. One mile from the southern
termination of this stream is an island about three miles and a half long and half as broad; half a mile
from the southeastern point of this island lies another of alwut the same width and six miles long.
This appears on some MS. charts as Tiedeman Island. These islands ti-end NW. by W. J W. and
SE. by E. i B., or nearly so, are situated in the middle of the csuial, whose northern extremity they
longitudinally divide into two parts, of which the portion to the northeastward is nuich obstructe<1 by
islets, while on the southwest shores of the islands some rwks arc said by Vancouver to occur. The
adjacent country is moderately high and coveral with timber of large growth except toward Point
Hugh.

' M«ade also applies the name PlTe Plngers to the Polnterg off Port Simpson,
t Vancouver, vol. iii, p. 980.

P. c, P. — 17

130

WOEWODSKl HAKBOB.

uarded

From Point Garabier False Point PybuB, the Point Pybus of the Rusoian Hydrogrnnhic, U. S.
Ilydrograijhic and Britisii Admiralty charts, hut not of Vancouver or Tebienkoff, liett south four and
a half miles. Four miles from the point, in an E. by N. f N. direction, lies Ship Island, of small
extent, named by the U. S. Navy.

From tluH island, in a S. by W. J W. dire<'tion, extends a chain of unnamed islets for a distance
of twelve miles. Tlicsc islets are jratlicred in small (ilustei-s, or single and 8e))arate<l from each otiier
by gaps of two or three miles, and from the atljacent coast by an interval of about the same extent.
The southernmost islet is quite small, and was willctl Yelowy or Spruce Island by Zarcmbo.

From Point Gambier Point Pybus oi" N'aneouver (eorrwtly followed by Tebienkoff) lies B. } W.
about seven miles. On an islet in close j)roximity to this point Whidl)ey determined the latitude to be
87° 18' N.

The shore to the south and west of Point Pybus is much indented with small bays and w
by "vast numliers of small islets and rocks, both ulwve and beneath the surfiu* of the water. '

About ten miles S. ? W. from Point Pybus lies Point Napean of Vanci)uver,t a high, steep,
bluH', ro(!ky point, situated in latitude 67° 10', off which a le<lge of rocks extends half a mile.

Immediately north wanl from the jK)int is W'oewcxlski Harlwr, named by Zarembo. J This harbor

consists of the southern half of a small double-headed l)ay al)out two miles in length

WoewodskI TKVf. by W. ^ W. and SE. by E. h E., and alM)ut three-quarters of a mile in wimh.

Harbor. This bay is divided into two nearly eoual jMirtions longitudinally by sundry shoals and

islets, which form the protection of the anchorage from the north while reducing its

available width to about a (jnartt-r of a mile.

SW. H W. from the northern end of Yelowy Islet two and a half miles lies Deepwater Point, or
Olubokoi Point of the Russians, which is alwut two miles northward and westwanl from Point
Napean. This forms the southern point of entiinice to WiK'wodski HarlK)r. There is deep water
close to it, from whence the name is derive<l. Half a mile N NE. from the point lies Polivnoi Book,
iipparently a bare nn-ky ii<let of very small extent, with two smaller rocks close to it. Nearly midway
lietween the point and Polivnoi Rock, NNE. and SSW., lies a mbmerged rock. The channel passes
to the soutlnvaixl from it. No soundings are rccorde<l between the sunken rock and Polivnoi. W. by
N. J N. about three-quarters of a mile from the latter is Liesnoi Islet, named by Zarembo, S. by W.
from which is the anchorage. The islet is al)out four cables long W. by N. and E. by S., quite narrow,
and connected by shoals with the land to the westwanl. To the southward from it the depth of water
varies from three and a half to eleven and a half fathoms. The head of the bight westward from a
north and south line drawn by the western end of this islet is infested by aubmcrf/ed rocks, ahoah and
hanks with from four to two fathoms water.

Near a stream on the southern shore is, or was, an old fortified retreat belonging to the natives.
There appear to lie sevend sand-bejiches almut the anchorage; wood and water are adjacent and easily
obtaine<t.

This harlxir was discovered April 17, 1799, by Mr. Bumstead, of the ship Eliza, Capt. Rowan,
fur-trading from Boston on the NW. («ast. The whale-l)oat was sent to search for a harbor and "found
seven fathoms water. The {lassage was not more than thirty rods wide, and almost in the middle was
a sunken rock which made it dangerous on account of the currents setting violently upon it." "At
length we got in and opened a fine harbour, completely land-locked, whicJi, as our Indian navigator
informed us had no name, we called Eliza's Harbour, in coniplitnent to our ship." Yelowy Island
bore E. by N. The harl)or appeiire<l "to be the entrance to a small sound, there being a clear passage
as much an five miles in sight, extending in a northwest direction, and then it strikes off to the west-
\*aixl, where, perhaps, it may join with Menzies' [Chatham] Straits. At the entrance [of the harbor]
the current sets out at the rate of five knots an hour, but does not run in with the same violence,
neither so long a time."§ Allowing for a constant error in the longitudes of the EUsa's log, the posi-
tion given by their journal for Woewodski Harbor is

Latitude 87° 10' N.

Longitude 133° 68' W.

A sketch of this anchorage, made by Zarembo in 1838, from which the following directions are
derivetl, is to be found on Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1396. From this sketch it appears that
the geographical position of the mouth of the stream near the head of the bay is

* Vancouver, vol. iii, page 273.

t This point lias been termed Napean, Nepsn, Mepkan, &c., on RuBsinii chartD and in other pDhlications ; the name which is
spelled Napean by Vancouver In four planes in his text is found as Nepean on his chart, whence it has been copied on to most
modem charts. The orthography of Vancouver's text has not been noticed on any chart.

t After one of the governors of the Bussian colonies in America.

$ HanuBcript journal of the ship Eliza, of Boston, on the northwest coast in 1799.

FREOEBICK SOUND.

■

Latitude 87° 12' 30" N.

Longitude 184" 08' 00" W.

The variatiun of tlie t'omiMiss in 1838 was 27° E.

131

SAILING DIRECTIONS '

Foil ENTERING WOEWOftHKI HAIUtOR.

After rounding either Point Nni)cun or Yoiowy Inlet at a liiHtance of not Ichs thun a mile to
avoid reporte<l dangers, n (wirse may Ik; laid for Deepvvr.ter Poii t to |mihs it at a caliie !en(;tli, tlioro
being abundance of water bohl-to the .shore. Thence the course will Ik; NW. by W. J W. one mile,
until the western edge of Liesnoi Islet Ixuirs N. by W., when anchorage may be had in al)out seven
fathoms.

In passing out the navigator should keep at a cable length from Deepwater Pohit until out of the
range between the (wint and Polivnoi Islet.

These directions are solely founded en Zaremlw's sketch, above mentioned.

From Point Napean 8W. J W. about three miles, across an indentation of conniderubie size;,
(whose shores apj)ear to be fringiHl with rocks and which affonls no anchorage,) is a point with rucJcM
cxtendinga mile to the eastward from it. This forms the northeastern point of entrance
to Herring Bay, (Seldovaia in Russian,) named by the Russians, and used as a stop- Herring Bay,

Eing-place by their trading vessels. It is small, in general form ami direction resem-
ling Woewodski Harbor, but apparently less convenient to enter on account of the »•«/«, which arc
represented as extending from the heads at either jwint of entrance. There are also roijks inside, at
its head. No soundings are given, nor is there any published survey of this bay, which to l)c entered
by any navigator will require the exercise of prudence and circumsi)ection, and is not at present
recommended without a local pilot.

The southern point of entrance of this bay is separated by another indentation, containing an i,slct,
and about a mile and a half in extent, from Point Townshend of Vancouver, from which [loint SW.
by S. I 8. eleven or twelve miles distant is Point (Gardner, named by Vancouver, and forming the
NW. headland of the western entrance of Frederick Hound. The shore Ijetween this point and Point
Townshend is marked by numerous irregularities and ott'-lying detached rocks, ^'^ancouvcr desiTilns
the toiK)grapliy of this vicinity as rugged but protlucing abundanw of very fini! piue timl)er, some
trees of which measured twenty-three feet in girth. The opposite shore of Chatham Strait appeared
less fertile and with a more abrupt ascent from the water's edge. Point Gardner itself is two miles
long by three-quarters of a mile in width, apparently moderately elevated, and stretc-hing out into
Chatham Strait, of which the width is here reduced to less than five miles, liy Vancouver s ob,serva-
tions and the latest charts the geographical position of Point Gardner appears to be

Latitude 57° 01' N.

Longitude 134° 28' W. ^

Among the rocks and islets which cluster to the northeast of Point Gardner are two anchorages
which owe their nam(« to tragedies which have taken pluu; there, with natives as actors and whites as
victims. The first of these, named Surprise Harbor by the U. S. Navy, is about two
miles NE. from the point, and reported to be unsafe in southeast weather but convenit nt Surprise Harbor,
with northerly and westerly winds. It is sheltered to the NE. by two islets. No
survey has been made and no soundings have lieen reported. In this vicinity coal is re[)ortetl to exist.
On the NB. side of the islet is another anchorage, named Murder Cove by the U. S.
Navy, in regard to which no special information has l)een received. The traders Murder Cove,
occasionally anchor here, and one small party, while asleep on the beiich, wore murdered
by natives, their boat rifled and Inxlies left to lie destroyed by wild animals.

According to Vancouver, S. 23° E. (true) three-quarters of a mile from Point Gardner are some
rocks. In nearly the same direction, three miles SE. by E. i E., lies Yaaha Island, observed by
Vancouver but named by the Russians. It is low, small and wooded, apparently bold-to, and may be
passed on either side. This island is reported to. be situated on a ridge or l)ar having about twelve
fathoms water, which is said to extend from Point Kingsmill to Point (iardner, with deeper water on
either side.

This concludes the necessarily rather imperfect dt«cription of Frederick Sound.

Next in order are the western shores of BaranoiT and associated islands.

132

BAYS ON THK OCEAN COAST.

CAPK OMMANKY TO PKKIL NTItAITS.

I ?■

From CaiX! Omiimiiev, in ulMHit lutitiuh' 66" 10' N., tlin muin coimt of tlio land known iw Biiranoff
Inlund treiidw in u i^cncriil way NW. Iiy W. [ W. to t\w vicinity of Sitkii Hound, u diHtam* of Honm
fifty niilL>M. Tliin Hliorc \h much broken liy bayn and indcntalionM of variable extent. Itn southern part
in bold and nM'ky, riHin^ mpidly from the water, and culminating within a Hliort distance in niKh
mountuinouH (H)untry, very much broken, and dcuHely wooded with (H)niferouH trei*. The interior
of this country in absolutely unknown. Two miles and a lialf W. by N. J N. from
Larch Bay. Cape Omnmney is Bobrovoi Point of the UuKsians, forming the soutlieastern hciuU

land of Ltu'ch Bay, (Listvinichnaia in Rus.sian,) a large u|)en bay three and a half
miles wide from headland to headland in a NW. by W. and SE. by E. direction, and e.xtending
northwanl alHiut the same distance. Its head reaches within a mile or two of fort Conclusion. 'I'hu
southeastern shore of this bay is represented as remarkably mffxleil by rocka, and on none of the
charts is it repnwente*! as atlording anchorage. The shore in this vicinity is represented on Tebien-
kotf's charts very ditfi^rently from the same coast as it ap|)ear8 on the liussian llytlrographic Offiw'
publications.*

W. by N. J N. eight and a lialf miles from JJobrovoi Point lies Puffin Point, Toporkoff (PuflRn)
Point of the Russians, the southeastern point of entrance of Puffin Bay, To|)orkof!" Bay of the
Russians. This headland woukl appear to l)e a prominent |)oint, with a small islet immediately south-
ward from it. The shore between Larch Bav and this entrance ap|)cars to be high
PuCn Bay. and bold witli a narrow fringe of detachetl rfM^ks along its base. The northern head-

land of the entrance lies about a mile in a northwesterly direction from Puffin Point
and forms a double-headed promontory, with a small bight lictween the two angles containing a small
islet (ilose to the eastern point. Another small islet lies close to the western angle of the headland.
The bay extends about four miles in a nearly N N£. direction from the entrance with an average
width of three-(iuarters gf a mile, numerous small coves indeniiiig the shores. At the entrance,
according to Ruasian Ilydrographic Chart JSo. 1494, about equally distant from both headlands and
somewhat outside of a li)ie Joining them, is Sea-lion Bock, (Siuchi Kamen,) a bare rocky islet appa-
rently bold-to; another chart places tlut rcK^k nearer to the northwestern headland. Between it and
Puffin Point tlnrty-five fathoms are rcport«<d, and within the water varies in depth from four to twenty-
four fathoms. From the wniformation of the bay, if it l)e corriK^tly rejjresented l)y the charts, it must
afford good protection ii> almost any weather, though doubtless subject to land-s«piallB or "woollies"
(like other narrow bays of this region which are suiTounded by high land) and also to a certain
amfiuut of ground-swell. No special chart of this bay has come to Tight, and it is impracticable to

five further sailing directions than are compriswl in the advice to ent"r it l)etween Sea-lion Rock and
'uffin Point rt'her than between the former ami the northwestern headland.

Somewhat to the northward of NW., abt)iit i',"ee and a half miles from Sea-lion Rock, lies an
unnamed point, which, with Bedflsh Capn, IxiWin,-, from the first-mentioned point W. J N. about
three miles, bounds the entrance of an extensive" bay. f A chain of several islets known as the Bedflsh
Islets extends S SE. to nearly a mile from tlj » v> ern spur of the ciii)e. This forms the western head-
land of Redfish Bay, Krasr ;i Bibi or Krasnoi Bay of Russian charts, a name
Redflsh Bay. esjiecially applicable to the small bo<ly of water NE. from the Redfish Islets, between
them and a nai-row island a mile in length NW. and SE., which separates this small
and unprotected body of water from the mouth of JJig Branch^ Bay. The entrance of this l)ay is
situated between a small island at the SE. end of the long narrow island al)ove referral
Big Branoti Bay. to and the northern headland of Little Branch Bay. The passjige is al)out three cabUs
wide, from which the bay extends in a generally N. by W. J W. direction about five
miles with irregular shores. It has a width of a mile in several places and also contracts to less than
half a mile. About midway lietween the entrance and the head of the bay is an islet, from which,
two and a half cables NE. J N., is a sunken rock. No soundings are given in the bay on the general
charts, nor has any detailed survey been made public as far as known.

Directly eastward from the entrance of Hig Branch Bay, whose eastern headland forms its north-
ern point of entrance, is I^ittle Branch§ Bay, lying broad open to the SW. swell of
Little the Pacific. The entrance is less than a mile wide about W NW.and E SE.,and the

Branch Bay. bay itself extends two and a half miles in a NE. direction from the entrance with a
width of less than half a mile. Shoals are indicated on its SE. shores, and there are
some islets near the entrance. In this vicinity the variation of the compass was determined, in 1847,
by the Russians to be 28° 16' easterly,

*Th« known nrrore introduced by Tebienkoff are to numerouB tliat, in cases of doubt, on this part of the coast the determina-
tions of the Russian naval oiticerH are usually entitled to preoedunoe and will herein be adopted unless the contrary be mentioned.

tThis cape, which obtains its name from the Kraittol Rlba, or "red-tieli," — a salmon much esteemed by the Bunians, — is
•Iso called Krainol Blbl Cape and R«d or KrMnoi Cape on various charts.

tBoUhOl Strelka of the Russians, literally Big arrow, but used here in the sense otoff-thoot or branch.

illalolttrdlw.

jM liiiraiioff'
Kt! of Honm
iitheru purt
(■e in high
ho interior

J N. from
item heiul-
und u half

extending
wion. The
lone of the
on Tebicn-
iphic Otfiw

off (Puffin)
Bay of the
iitely south-
I to be high
thern head-
'utlin Point
ling a amall
e headland,
nu average
le entrance,
iidlands and
r islet appa-
ween it and
r to twenty-
arts, it must
' "woollies"
to a certain
racticable to
n Bock and

lock, lies an
. J N. about
the Bedfish
estern head-
irts, a name
ets, between
;s this small
' this bay is
)ove referral
; three cables
m about five
> to less than
from which,
1 the general

lis its north-
3W. swell of
SB., and the
;rance with a
ind there are
led, in 1847,

It the detertninn-
•y be mentioned.
lie BuniaDB, — i«

!■■ >• ■ ) :.

>T^

A \

x\ \

vV'T^i.

>^7

\ \^

COAST
FROM SANDY BAY T(\

( Kiissiiui milhoritios w
by lUi! L'.S.Co.\H

I8H2

SOUNOINOS in FA'

FLA'i E 3Io l^'.'b

■'"•'■.'J'-')<Jt;^-,-'''.*>v<**,%- ;■»;", »■,,.■■

■ < ^■■"- ■>ptici«tiMwlA«»iiiw^!A*.^/r/"'--^*»«>«i^

'■'n''^W^V-ni»«W*>t.' ff

^■1

Iri

wli

* -■'^^s^'N^^^^.-^^ -W^^

■-■*#»»*j(»>i««>'%^i;#ai'^.v'

WHALE BAT.

133

There is no chart of this bay except such as are included in the general charts. No soundings
are there noted. It is, however, probable that shelter may be had near the entranai of the bay.
These details are only known to the coasting or trading masters of the region, as the bay has been .sel-
dom visited except during the Russian occupation.

For some fourteen miles from Re<lfish Cape the coast (excepting.sorae snia'l coves) is compact and
bold, trending nearly NW. and SE. Off this piece of coast are three remarkable pillars, (called on the
Russian charts Kekuri,^ called the First, Second and Third Kekoora, at a distant* from R^dfish
Caj)e of four, five and nine miles, respectively, in a northwesterly direction. There are also soiiu- small
coves, apparently snug harbors for small craft, of which no information has been received, and which
are known as Snipls or Kuliohkoff Bay,* six miles northwestward from Redfish Cape ; Sandy or Pes-
cbanaia Bay.f eight miles, and Close or Duahnaia Bay,| nine and a half miles from the same promon-
tory. These and all other bays opening on the Pacific and facing 8W. or thereal)outs are in the
csilmest weather uneasy berths for anchorage, from the never-failing and pervasive southwest swell
characteristic of this part of the Pacific^ Only when this is broken by a barrier of land ctui an abso-
i.3ly quiet berth be found.

Thirteen and a half miles about NW. | W. from Redfish Cape is Point Lauder, the SE. point§
of entrance of a large bay whose NW. headland. North Cape, named by the Russians,
bears NW. by W. ^ W. about four miles from Point Lauder and is formed by the Whale Bay.

otf-shore exiremity of a small island. Between these headlands is the entrance to
Whale Bay.jl

According to Tebienkoff', Whale Bay extends in a northerly or north-northeasterly direction ^x or
seven miles from the entrance with an average width of two miles. In this vicinity it jrives off several
branches of considerable size; one, the Larger*T[ or Great Arm, extends from four (Tebienkoff) to eight
(Dixon) miles in a northerly direction and is about a mile wide. At its head is a sandy l)eacli, beiiind
which is a valley the bed of which appears to l)e occupied in part L/ a shallow pond or lagoon which
has not been fully surveyed. At the western j)oint of entrance lies Kakovo Islet, in a small bight.
To the westward about two miles is the entrance of the Lesser** or Small Arm. This has a course
nearly parallel with that of the Great Arm, appears to be about a mile shorter, and near its W. [mint
of entrance has two islets, the larger called HakhnaxOi, northwanl from which, near the eastern point
of entrance, anchorage is indicated. About four cables southward from Maklr.iatoi Dixon sounded in
iorty fathoms. The thii-d arm, Pakovoi Bay,tt 's "f smaller extent and branches off
iv. a .southeasteily direction from the 2E. extreme of the Great Arm. It is about two Rakovol Bay.
i.iiics long and hilf a mile wide. The shores are indicated as shoal and the entrance
I ,ery narrow and obstructed by islands, to the eastward of which is the channel. The charts are
.iS'vepant about some features of this bay which is hardly of sufficient ira])ortju:ce to justify a lengthy
J*. Ument of the differences.

li'rom the nnouth of the bay a serits of three principal islands, connectwl by nhoals, extends in a
W'^° .'ly directii n about two miles. The shore south from them and their own outlines are irregular
•-"i(, indente<l. The western extreme of the most western island was called by Dixon Soa-Otter Point,
ut hi.* chart of this vicinity is too incomplete t » have ra icli value.

The point and island are separated by an exceeding' f narrow iiassage from the northern extreme

of Port Banks of Dixon,]:| which is th" most importaut aiichorage included in Whale Bay. The

entrance of Port Banks is I'ldicatwl to i;o to'ir or five miles northwaitl from Point Lauder. It is

ii'!\ewliat coutra(!t«l by an islet adjacent to the somiiern headland, which apparently leaves a passage

som^ three cables in width with a dejith of nineteen fathoms. Within, Dixon records fifteen to tv. ?nty-

atlioms. Tebienkoff indicates only eight fathoms in the narrowest part of the
entrant and from fifteen to seventecri inside the port. The harbor cxtend.s in a south- po. l Banks.

ea.sterly direction about two miles from ite entrance and averages half a mile in width.
Dixon's anchorage was in twenty-two fathoms, muddy bottom, NW. one or two cables from a small
',iM)<., indicated by Di.xon, though not shown by Tebienkoff, as lying nearly in the middle of the port.
A cove into which a stream falls is repi-esenteil by Dixon near the head of the harlwr. It is repre-

'KouUtohkow of U. a. Hydrograpliic flftice t;liart No. SW5.

tPestckanay of U. 8. Hydrograpliip Office Chart No. 225.

t Douilmt^ of U. 8. Hydrographic Office CImrt No. 2'Jf).

J Named by Dixon, in 1787. The Bouth Oape of most lii.er chartx.

II XeetOTaU of Kusgiun aiithoiitieH, K«y-e-(tlileii of llie nalives, Port Oulbert ol l.a IVioiise, and the Port Banks of •onie
authonties. Thin bay was fii»t entered by Dixon in .Im.' , l7rt7, v;." prepiireil a inuffh conipaHs Hketcli of wome portions tf it.
A reconnaiHsauce Hlserr-h on a anmller Kcale appear* or <Jliart VllI of Tei.'eiiliotl's iitluH.

H Bolihol Rnkav of KuBsian authorities, 'b« " areat SleevB " (!) of llri'ixli Adminilly Chart No. 213J.

" Halol KnkaT or " Small BImts " of thii above-mentioned autharities.

ft Named by the Riissiani!.

n Entered and named by him in June, 1787, and of wliich he lia« Kiven a .olerable slietob. Tlie name liua been, by some,
extended to tlie whole of Whale Hay, whieh wa« not surveyed by Dixon, and tc which, on nearly all m.Kiern churtH. the .mme
of Whale Bay (here ailopted) has been applied. The port has alio been calle.l Moied Bay (Zakrltol) by Tebienkort' and othem.

J I

JH'

in-];

I^BIv

ll; 1

PORT BANKS.

sentcHl by Dixon that this port is completely landlocked ; the land to the northward and southward
rises above the snow-line, (June;) to the eastward it is considerably lower; "the pines appear to grow
in the most regular and exact order; these, together with the brush-wood and shrubs on th» 8urround-
ing beaches, form a most beautiful contrast to the higher land and render the appearance of the whole
truly pleasing and tlelightful."* They experienced line weather while here, the mean of the ther-
mometer being fifty degrees. Spars and a top-mast were obtained, but no village or inhabitants were
observed. The geographical position of the anchorage was determined by Dixon to be

Latitude 86° 36' N.

Longitude 13B° 00' W.,

but the Russian Hydrograpi ; No. 1494, prepared by naval oflScers, makes it

Latitude 66° 39' N.

Longitude — - 136° 00' W.,

which is probably more reliable, while Tebienkoff indicates

Latitude --_ 86° 88' N.

'" " Longitude .134° 63' W.

•
Dixon found the variation of the compass to be 24° easterly in 1787. The Russian officers in 1847
determined it at 27° 45' easterly.

About a mile and a ({uartcr S SW. from the southern point of entrance of Port Banks an islet
or rock above water indirates a ahmil, and should not be approached within half a mile without great

caution.
Still Harbor. From the entrance to Port Banks, about three miles to the southward, is the en-

trance to another indentation, named on the Russian hydrographic charts Still Harbor.f

This harbor was indicated by Dixon in his sketch, but, exc«pt for its relative position, in an
unrecognizable manner. From Tebienkoff's sketch it appears that the western headland is formed by
the promontory of which Point Ijauder for ui the SW. extreme. From the western face of this pro-
montory rocks extend to the distance of half a mile, and from its northwestern extremity two or three
small islets project in a northwesterly dire<!tion about the same distance. These mark the entrance of
Still Harbor, which, perhaps, in the clear is not more than a cable wide N. and S., widening within
to six cables, and alwut two miles long in a NW. by W. and SE. by E. direction. No soundings are
given, but one or two islets are indicated by Tebienkoff, and a large numl)er on the Russian American
Company's chart of 1849. This harbor deserves a closer examination. It is more convenient to the
ocean than Port Banks, and if found -wnvcnieut in other respects would form a desirable harbor of
refuge for vessels bound from or to Sitka and embarrassed by southeasterly weather.

Witiiout further information it is inexpedient to give sailing directions for these harbors, and if
the charts are correct they are hardly needed.

The entrance of Whale Bay wa.s noticed by La Perouse, who placed it in latitude 66° 88' N. and
called it Port Guibert. His position agrees with that adopted on the Russian American Company's
chart of 1850, and the charts of the Russian Hydrographic Office, which have usually been found,
in giH)graphical positions, more reliable than those of Tebienkoff. Point Lauder, according to the best
attainal)le data, is in

Latitude 66° 36' N.

Longitude ._ . 136° 06' W.,

while North Cape appears to be alwut four miles to the north and west.

La Perouse remarks, in regard to the appearance of this part of the coast from seaward :
"The land is covered with trees, and of the same elevation as that to the south of Cross Sound.
The summits of the mountains (August) are slightly cappe<l with snow, and they are so numerous and
peaked that a trifling change of situation (on the part of the observer) is sufficient to alter their appear-
ance. These heights are sonic leagues within the land, and appear in the distance; in front of^ them
are hills; and thes<' subside into a low land with gentle risings, which terminates in the sea. Before
this undulating coast are islands," &c.

The accuracy of this description has been noufirnjcd by the repeated observations of the U. S.
Coast Survey [)artics, not so much for this sjKX'iul locality a« for a large part of the oceanic shores of
the Alexander Archipelago,

• Dixon, Voyage, p. 195.

i nUuOa of tiie Uuuinn8, tli« Tlobal Haibor of th« U. S. Hydrognpbio OlUcit Cbu-t Mo. S295.

CRAWFISH INIiET.

135

sere in 1847

From North Cape the coast trends fivt miles in a direction V. \ W., then, rounding, 8W. J 8.
four miles to a cluster of islets called by the Russians the Yamani Islets."' From
these islets North Cape bears SE. J E. about four miles. The waters thus inclosed Necker Bay.
form Necker Bay.f It is uncertain whether this bay affords an anchorage or not,
but the probabilities are agivinst it, and as it opens directly in the teeth of the ceaseless Pacific ground-
Kwell it could ailbrd but an uneasy berth at b^t.

Directly in the mouth of the bay are a cluster of islets, which may l)e called the Guibert Islets.]:
There are four principal islets aud several smaller ones. AH these islets and islands from this group
to Biorka Island were inch)-' by La Perouse under the name of Isles Neoker,§ a name which, in
his text, has somehow been transferretl to Cape Orford Rocks on the t^oast of (Oregon.

Immediately beyond the Yamani Islets in a westerly dii-ection lie the Slate {| Islets. They are
very numerous and small. They are situated at the southeastern extreme of the entrance to an arm of
the sea named by the Russians Crawfish Inlet.^f The features of this inlet are differently represented
on different charts, but it appears to extend in a northerly direction about two miles vith an average
width of two-thirds of a mile ; then trending somewhat more to the westward it is contracted to a
(juarter of a mile or less. From thence it trends for a mile or more nearly N. by W., receiving a
narrow arm of the sea from the southward and westward. I*, then expands to a somewhat greater
width for a distance of about two miles, first giving off a small cove to the westward
and then a small narrow creek or arm from its northeastern extreme. The wider Crawfish Inlet,
portion or basin gives off a contracted passage about two miles long in a northwesi^^rly
direction and in some places hardly two cables wide, with irregular shores, connecting with a broudcr
pas.sage or arm of the sea, which it will be more convenient for the present to consider under the name
of the western arm as forming a part of Crawfish Inlet, though when carefully surveyed it may be
found to be hydrographicahy distinct.

The shores of the eastern arm of the inlet are quite irregular, and no soundings or anchorages are
indicated within its limits on any of the charts. The western arm extends from near its junction with
the other from six to eight miles in a southerly and westerly direction to the Pacific, and is representwl
as free from obstructions and as having an average width < ' about half a mile. The southern portion
of this arm for three or four miles is usually indicated as a Jiile or more in width, with numerous rocks
and islets on either hand, especially about its entrance irom the ocean. Throughout its length this
arm appeare to have a clear par^sage, but no soundings are rccorde<l in it on the charts. It hr" l)cen
stated that an anchorage exists within the inlet, which is quite probaHe, but there are no detaile<t charts
of any jmrt of It. The land inclosetl between the two arms of Crawfish Inlet is composed of five prin-
cipal and many small islands, the largest of which is about four miles long in a N. and S. direction and
about half as broad; hut none of them are yet delineated in detail on any chart.

About three miles northward from the junction of the western arm with the ocean it gives off a
branch in a northwesterly dire<!tion, extending some two or three miles along the coast between the
main shore and a congeries of rocks and islets. This branch is less than half a mile wide, and at its
northwestern termination it communicates with the waters of the Necker Arcliipelago by several
channels. The most northern of these opens by a very narrow passage, affording only
two or three fathoms water, and extends in a northwesterly direction with constantly Hot Springs Bay.
increasing width and depth to the distance of about a mile, where the shore of Baranoff
Island is indented by Hot Springs Bay,** a small cove less than half a mile in extent, considerably
incommoded by islets end rocks except at its head.

Tlie chief importance of this locality is derived from the springs to which it owes its name. In
1860 a hospital for rheumatism and skin-iliseases was opened by the Russian American Company at
this place. The Indians had previously been in the habit of resorting hither in (sases of iiineas. The
springs have a temperature of 122° Fah'r., and the water contains sulphur, iron, clilorine and manganese.
A number of buiMings were eretfted, and the physicians of the company reported very favorably on
tJiP rogulta to patients. Since 1867 these buildings have fallen into decay, though still stamling, but

• A term meuing full of pits or holes ; probably applied with reference to their water-worn ap))earanc«.

tPort Hecker of La Perouse; Kooky Bay (Kamenala or SamenUtala) of Rusoian authorities, a name wliich is of too
frec|uent occurrence in this region ; and " Stone" Bay of other charts.

t To distinguish them (torn the host of others which have likewise received from the Russians the title of Egg (YiUchnla)
iBlanda.

^ Cf. views, 2d sheet, fig. 8, continuation; La Perouse, Atlas, pi. 30.

II Aiptd of the Russians, elsewhere indicated as the Aspld Islands.

IT Bakoff or BaJmrol in Russian, BokOToy Bay of English authorities.

"Xlnoharol of the Russians, and KlnelMT or nntcbeff Bay of Engliih ioA American iharls. In Russian Hydrogrnpliir
Chart No. 1494, British Admiralty Chart No. 24.31, and U. 8. Hydrographio Chuii No. IW.'i, the name of this liK-ality hii» been
erroneously transferred to a larger bay more than u mile farther to the souihea*!, which is nearly free from islett and has twenty
fathoms water. The cove or bay of the Hot Springs, on the other hand, lias only three or four fathoms water in it; tli.- onier
IMirtion is so obstructed by rocks and Islets that only small craft can enter, and it is represented in its proper place on the British
Admiralty Chart No. 2337 and the Russian charts from which that was derived.

^:A

£« h

I.".' i

iii%

8YMOND8 BAY.

it is not known whether there are any whites at present settled at this point. In 1880 nnmerous fields
of potatoes were cultivated here by the natives with suocoss. B«;tween the cove and the southern
extreme of Deep J^ake* is a low and rather narrow valley portage less than a mile in extent.

Between the entranc* of the eastern arm oi" Crawfish Inlet and Sitka Wound, oflF the main shore,
the Neoker Islands of I^ Perouse form a tolerably compact body, a band of eUmgated triangular form,
with its apex near the Slate Islets and its broadest part N. and 8. in the vicinity of Hot Springs Bay.
It is composed of all varieties of islets from a tidal rock to islands of considerable size, almost all of
which have receive<l names. The group is over eight miles in extent B. and W. and three or four
miles wide in an opposite direction. The navigation of the passages between the islands of which it is
composed would seem, from the multitude of obstructions, to be only open to small craft, yet the depth
of water varies from ten to over twenty-five fathoms. No good purpose would be served by enumera-
ting the names of all these islets and rocks, but it may lie stated that the largest of them v.re Yelc-'ol
or SpruoQ Island, Iiegma Island, Tava and Blorka islands ; oti^.ers are Wrangell; Torsar, Ataku,
Maid, Gornoi, Liesnoi, Ooloi, Oolomiannoi, Nepropusknoi and Kaiucbali islands, of which, on
some charts, the first apfiears as Wrangle Island, Golomiannoi as Oolomi, Nepropusknoi as Neprop,
and Kaiucbali as Kaichali islands.

The only island of the group of particular importance is BiorkK Island, the largest, and, excepting
some ro<iks that make oif from it, the ma«t western of all.f It is situated NW. by W. i W. fifty
miles from Cape Omraaney. It is about two miles and a half in extent NW. by N. and SE. by S.,
and less than two miles wide in an E NE. and W SW. direction.

Two coves, one from the northward and the other from the southward, indent the northern and
southern shores of the ciistern part of the island — their heads being separated by a low isthmus less
than a cable in width. From this cause the eastern extreme takes the form of a H-shaped peninsula.
The whole island is but mo<leratcly elevatetl and is well wooded. In approaching from the northward
and westward it is diificult to differentiate the island from the main shore behind it — which may serve
as an explanation of an apparent distsrepancy by which, to the southern extremity of this island, Van-
couver's name of Point Woodbouse has l)een applied.!

The point is but moderat< ■/ high, w(MMled, and in its neighlK>rhiHxl are several saiall rocky isleta.
In line with the point and Impassable (Nepropusknoi) Islet, about half a mile S SE. from Point
Woodhonse, is the VaaUkff Shoal, marked in rough weather by a breaker. It is VaaUeva Rock of
British Admiralty Chart 'No. 2337.

W SW. from the western point of Biorka about two miles lies a sunken rock, ten feet below the
surface at low water. It is stated by Russian navigators familiar with this locality that a heavy sea
breaks only once in five or six minutes, and in but one spot, — leading to the inference that the rock
must be very pointed. Tebienkoft" indicates twenty-seven fathoms near to it and forty-nine midway
between it aiul the islet at the western end of Biorka. The extensive rocky patch laid down on the
British Admiralty Chart No. 2337 does not exist, according to the Russians, and no evidences of any
such patch have been observed here by the U. S. Coast Survey parties.

Lieutenant Symonds, of the U. S. N., locates this rock one mile and a half WSW. from the small
islet at the western extreme of Biorka Island, from information obtained from the pilot of the steamer
Oalifomia, who i>assed the patch twice a month and has taken many bearings upon it ; and Lieutenant
Symonds adds, " I am satisfied that the position is reliable and relatively correct."

The shores of liiorka are mtwtly bold-to but infested by numerous pointed rocks, also having deep
water about them, and which extend off' the shore to about a quarter of a mile. Part of the northern
and western coast is free from these obstructions, and the depth of water in general half a mile from
the shores varies from twenty-five to forty fathoms.

The southern indentation is merely a small rocky cove, but the northern one is a good harbor and
hafl received from the U. S. Navy the name of Symonds § Bay. It is about three-quarters of a mile
long north and south and a third of a mile wide, with a regular shore-line, and a
regulPT Iwttom shelving gradually from about twenty fathoms at the entrance up to

Symonds Bay.

*To wliicli (lie nnine uf Xluohev Bay has lieeu erroneouslv trnnefKi-red on some chartH,

tit wa« iiam«(l by the Russiaiis and in the South Iiland uf LiaianHky.

t Vancouver nuve this aiipcllnlion, c iTonyonol.v \vtittcn WodehonM tiy some ftuthoritie*, to the " Hunthvast pohit of a Hpaoionr
openinj^," wbowu nurthweHt point \vn« fomiml In- Vapv Edgreumbc, iind which (MmipriBed Dixon'H Norfolk Sound. Krinn Ihi'
heariuffs and distanci- givi-n hy Vancouver it Betnic evident that he applied tlie njinie to some part of the high land ininiediately
'to the westward of llie western part of Crawfisli Inlet, which, from his distance from the shore and the consi-cinent invisibility of
many of the low islets of the Necker gro"p, appeared like the sonthenstern headland of the sound. Hin tex ' and chariB ari' in
accoiil on this question. Ah early as 1818, however, bearing in mind the inlention rather than the errouetme location, the name
was applied on the chart of Sitka, made by Kussian naval oHIcers and forming No. XIX of the old Rntaiaii series, to the goutli
point of Biorka Island, which has since been known by the name of WoodllouM.

. i This bay waa surveyed August iW and 2.3, 1879, by Lieutenant F. M. Symonds, U. 8. N., and Master G. C. Hanus, U. 8. N..
of the U. 8. Ship Jamtitown, Commander L. A. Bearddee, and named ByiaoniU Bay by the Navy Department. The above
description is from the MS. map of Symonda and Hanus, fumialitpd by the Navy Department to thie Office, and since ieaued bv
the U. 8. CjB8t Survey aa Hitrkor Cliart No. 734.

nnmerouN fields
and the Mouthern

1 extent.

iff the main shore,
d triangular form,
Hot Springs Bay.
size, almost all of
and three or four
nds of which it is
■aft, yet the depth
rved by enuniera-
hem !ne Yele-'ol
1. Torsar, Ataku,
ids, of which, on
sknoi as Neprop,

ist, and, excepting
by W. i W. fifty
tf . and SB. by S,,

the northern and
low isthmus less
ihaped peninsula,
m tho northward
-which may serve
this island, Van-
mall rocky islets.
ISE. from Point
Vasikva Rock of

sn feet below the
that a heavy sea
ice that the rock
irty-nine midway
laid down on the
evidences of any

T. from the small
ot of the steamer
; and Lieutenant

also having deep
t of the northern
half a mile from

good harbor and
iiarters of a mile
ihore-line, and ii
e entrance up to

ft point, of a spncidiiH
I Sound. From I lie
gli land ininiediat«lr
'••'Hieut invisibility iit'
?-N I and cliartB an- in
18 location, the name
1 seriea, to the goutli

C. Hanus, U. 8. N.,

irtment. The above

and since Issued by

it- ■--■■

nsimm

.^ai

Htn*

4"'

-,^

•-'^^^^s,,^ V: -*'i!53g#!y

i*^nw'

^!>?^^

i1!d^a(.-umbn

Hitkiv III Xuriblk Sound, Ml. Bdf^ecumbeNWVrWJ^lELe*

VfJlBy Mt . Imtian ^^ln^«

Ml .'\%i.'aiiiTHia.
Sitka. ft*oin thv Weaterti Anoliorage.lBtiT

Onwmiit^ DfniiB

Uuvftntur'* Hou««

Sitlcn tV*oni UicKaHtwiuil

ffttmt a Pfufagivff/i in WHO.)

..^.

M 1 '. « •"• W Z -iH

v/^ ' f V

'1/ : ,,,.,.>! jil.aii-

-mm^^^'

..;■. .%i#;.ii

!■

„,,,^.M#*«f'»

,■^4

"(I

^:??'

^■;,s?•

^-«jSia,

'A^&t-

11^

8ITKA SOUND.

137

the Hand-beach at the head. The entratire to the; bay in distinctly markwl l)y two islets, Ranus Islet
nmrking the eastern and Entrance Islet the western head. Haniis Islet, low and IxMirinj; it few treew,
is barely separated from the sliore of Hiorka, while Enlnim-e iHlct, luire and riijt>;e<l, only admits of
the piwsage of canoes l)etween it and the whoi-e. Hanus ami Entrance islets are a half mile aprt and
Ixsar from each other SV/. by W. | W. and NE. by E. J E. The Iwy is |M;rf«H'tly sheltereil from all
winds except those from W NW. round by N. to N. by »., and the iiolding-ground is giMxl.

At the head of the ' : y is a fine beach of white granite sand, and behind this a huiise and a |>atch
of low land, where a vegetable garden has been successfully cultivated for several years. It is fencocl
in to keep out the deer which abound on the island. Fresh water and woo<l are abundant. The
watering-place is on the eusUjrn shore, about a (juarter of a mile south of Hanus Island.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOB SYMONDS BAY.

The only directions nwessary for entering are to keej) out of the kelp and avoid approaching the
shores within a (able; to steer for the middle of the while sand-beach about S8E., and anchor imme-
diately seven fathoms are obtained. In this jiosition the middle of Entrance Islet will l)ear NW. by
W. J W. five and a half cables ; the middle of Hanus Inlet N. five (nbles, and the house on the beach
8. J W. three cables.

This cove, recommended by the Russians as a proper sit* for a pilot-station, would also serve as
a good port of refuge for any navigator who did not choose to venture on the intrioiicies of the Sitka
channels in a southeaster. Tlie use of the lead in approaching it, liowever, would be advisable, although
there is no siiecial reason for believing that any unknown dangers exist in its approaches.

In some cases it is possible that a vessel, by reason of disability or otherwise, might find it imprac-
ticivble to weather the island of Biorka in a southerly gale. It is therefore not unneiessary to mention
that relief might be afforded by a rather narrow, but apparently clear, passage which exists between
Hiorka and the islands eastward from it. This passage is half a mile wide at its narrowest part, and
from a point off its entrance half a mile east from the VrnWuff Sltonl the course is for the BE. end of
PeisiU" Island bearing N. J E.

This, according to the Russian charts, carries through the passage clear of known dangers, v
shelter may be had in the cove or under the lee of the north shore of Biorka. Lieutenant Symo
cautiqns navigators against using this passage, (which should, indeetl, until a survey is made, only
(lone as a matter of necessity,) saying that it is " full ot-mmken rookn and dangerous breakers;" but no
survey of it seems to have been made by him. Russian navigators pronounce it navigable, and their
charts do not indicate any olwtructions in the chai^nel referred to. While it is not recommended except
as a last resort n the particular case mentioned, it miglit then serve a uxeful pur|)ose, especially as at
such a time any dangerous rocks would be marked by breakers.

SITKA SOUND.

Biorka Island forms the real southeast headland of Sitka Soun^' w.ose opposite extreme is Cape
Edgecumbe, distant about thirteen miles from Point Woodhouse.

Sitka Sound extends from its entrance as alwve described fourteen miles in a northerly direction
with a width, east and west, varying from seven to ten miles. The east and north shores are fringed
with numerous islands and indented by large bays and entrances; the west shore is more compact but
encumbered by numerous rocks within a mile of the coast. The shores are everywhere wooded, rfen-
dering it difficult to distinguish the wo(xled islets when they are on with the land. The latter usually
rises rapidly from within ashort distance of the sea and culminates in broken hills or small mountains,
none of which attain a remarkable height, and the recesses of which— for the most part guarded by a
dense vegetation, wet and spongy soil, and precipitous ravines — have never been penetrated by man.

The northern and western headland of the sound above mentioned is Cape Edgeoumbe.f

• This body of water, originally immed Eusenada del Busto or Bay of Terrors by '?.,.^«'ita and Maurelle in August, 1775,
was called Norfolk Boirnd by Dixon, who made a tolerable skelcli of it in 1787, and wliose name was adopted by Vancouver.
Tills name under ordinary circumstances should take precedence of the others, but since the appellation of Sitka B^y or Sound,
applied by the Bussiaus in 1809, has been adopted liy the British Admiralty OHice on their cliarts, and subsequently on most
American charts, it does not seem that the convenience of navigatorn would be served by a return to the earlier and at one time
more widely adopted name. It was also termed Tchlnkitanay Bay by Fleurieu in his account of Marchand's voyage.

tNamed by Cook in 1778, and which has also been written Edgcumbe, Edgecombe, Ac, by different authoritiee. It was
named Cabo del EngaAo by Bodega in 1775, (sometimes erroneously v»ritlen Enganno ;) Point Lasarla or St. Laiarui by old
Russian authorities, who idenUfied Mt. Edgecumbe with Chirikoff's Mt. St. l.azarns; Trubltalna Cape (named by Baranoff for
Boatswain Trubitsin, one of Chirikoff's officers,) and BltkaCape by Russian authorilieeas early as 1909. On some recent chart*
a compromise has been jittempted by giving to the eastern angle of the cape the name of Sitka Point, while reserving the origi-
nal name of Cook for tte western angle or main cape.

P. c. P.— 18

138

SITKA SOUND.

The cape is bluff iiair the water's edge, moderately elevateil aud detisclv W(M)dcd, having the
ap|)earaiKV of a tabie-iuiid. From itM wliole t'n>nt, including the eastern angle known as Sitka Point,
rockn and hrmkers extend senwarfl from a qiiiirtcr to two-thirds of » ntile. But in ordinar) or rough
weather these riM^ks are marked hy a <-uni«tiiiit breaker, the sound of wliich is audible for some diatanoe
even in a dense fog. With flood title a idrony vurrent in soid to net directly upon theae breakers.

Tins cap is readily distinguished from any other on the coast by its proximity to the mountain
of the sanii; name, which has justly l)cen ai^cordcd the title of "the landmark of Sitka Sound."

Mt. Edgeoumbe was named by Cook* at the same time as the caps, from which it is distant
about four miles in a N NE. direction.

This mountain is not so remarkable for its height as for its appearance. An U. S. Coast Survey
measurement in 1867 placed the elevation at 2,K65 feet above the sea, which is somewhat lees than the
earlier estimates, but agrees very well with inixlern Russian determinations. From the sea it appears
like a flut-top|)cd mountain with sides descending at a gentle inclination toward the plateau at its
base. Bi-tween the mountain and the sea at Cape PJdgecumbe are two smaller knobs. The flattened
appearance of the |)eak arises from the fact that the apex is occupied by a crater, said to be two thou-
sand feet in diameter and about two hundred feet deep; and the horizontal rim of the crater seen in
ptofilc givi« the etlect of a horizontal crest or table. From the summit various deep gorges or ravines
ratliatc, and these are invariably filled or partiv filled with snow, giving rise to torrents and cascades.
When the winter snows have not disappeared these furrows can barely £j distinguished. Later in the
seastjn the up|H;r part of the mountain is free from snoW except in the furrows, \vhere the white snow
makes a rcnuirkable contrast with the red volcanic debris of which the cone is formed. The moun-
tain once seen in this condition is always remembered. It is only wooded near th
crumbling volcanic rock near the summit admits of little or no vegetation. It is situi
Boff Island.t whose southern and eastern shores form the northern and western bonr
Sound.

Kruzolf Island extends about eighteen miles in a NW. by N. and SB. by S. direction with an
average width of alxmt six miles. It is of rugged topography, but the ])eaks do n(
altitude, Mt. Edgecumbe being the highest,
settlements.!

Sitka Sound derives its chief hydrographic importance from the jwrt of Sitka, formerly known
as New Archangel, and which is situated in the Dastcrn portion of the sound. • It appears more
desirable, however, first to briefly describe the northwestern and southeastern shores of the sound
before pro<-eedin(<; to directions for approaching and navigating the port itself and its immediate
vicinity.

From Caiie Fdgecunibe the shore of Kruzofl* Island trends nearly seven miles in a NE. by E.
direction, with unim|)ortant irregularities, to a low point known as Point of ShoaIs.§

Dixon indicates an impassable shoal extending three miles in an SE. direction from the point and
including the Low Islets oi modern charts. These islets have been placed on British Admiralty Chart
2;J37 (corrected to May, 1865) ENE. from the point, not extending off-shore more
Shoafi. than a mile at their outer edges, and with no obstructions indicated between them and

the iJoint. But Tebienkoff's Chart XXXVIII of 1850 indicates very plainly an off-
shore extension of shoals from the point toward the Low Islets, and a long reef extending from
the shore s little to the northward <f the Point of Shoals proper, also toward tne Ix)w Islets. Hence
it is evident that prudence requires.that no attempt should be made to pass between the Low I^ete and
the Point of Shoals until actual soundings have demonstrated its practicability. It may 'also be men-
tioned that the flood tide is said to set strongly on to and along this shore from Cape
Curi'ent. Edgecumbe eastward and northward, so as to render a position near it dangerous for a

vessel in calm weather or during a heavy southeaster.

<e, as the
on Kru-
j{ Sitka

not attain any great
t is rather densely wooded and contains several native

' It was Been in 1775 and iinnied Ht. Ban Jactnto by Bodega, a name adapted as Mt. Batnt Hyaollltll by La Peroute ; and
wan ck!led Kt. St. Lazarla or Lazanu uu early Runeian charts, ae of Chirikoff.

t Tlii* \'>.-« named Pitt Island by Portlock in 1787, a name since applied to, and now in common um for, one of the larger
islands of the Cuiu^'ibian Archipelago. According to Urewingk the names of Bt. Laiarla, San Jacinto, EdgMunlM, Pitt, Bltka
and KruM, OrooM or £:mioff, hare successively been applied to this island, the latter iu honor of Adiniral Kruse by Lisianski
in 1805.

With the Exception of Pitt aud Kruzoff, these names have not been found on any charts in common um, and there is soma
douSt as to w''Bther they were ever ap].Med to the island itself as distinguished from its widely known volcano aud atljscent cape.
It has also hww called TlMkb Island by lv,Sienkoff, a name which appears to have been derived from native sources. The name
•Itka seems only to have been applied to this i«la>.;* by the early Uussian traders and is not found on any chart

t According to some authorities this was the first ; wd seen by Bering's associate, Chirikoff, in 1741, toward which bis boats
went in, never to reappear. Other hydrograpbirs, and perhaps these are in a majority, think that Cbirikoff's land-&ll was
farther to the northward.

J Otmolol of Russian authorities, and WUta'i Point of Dixon in 1787 ; Plrat Point of the English edition of Lisianski ; some-
times called Bhoalt Point, and by eariy Russian authorities Ontor Point of Bhoala, in contradistinction to another (inner) point
of similar name about five miles to the northward. It is Low (msmwiia) Point of Tebieukoff.

SITKA BOUND.

139

Two and a half milcM 8 8W. from F'oint of Shoals and nlKnit thrwi and two-tliirdi* niilw ENB.
from the analc of Cape Edgccumbt; known as Sitka I'oint, lictt St. Laaaria Island,* of Hinal! extent,
hour-glasH 8nu]ied, roundnl, ratii«>r hii^h and wrKxled.

The neartwt shore of Kruzoft' iHhinil is aiM)ut a mile distant. Dixon hero intlical'-s nn-ks, draws
a danKcr-line, and rejwrts seeing a qimntity of rock-wced.t

Later charts indicate a clear passage l)etwc<!ii the island and the shore with ten w twenty falhonis
(juite close to the island. NW. hy K. fmm the I^ow Islets a short distance Dixon
found anchorage in eight fathoms, over a sandy bottom, about three-quarters of a Anohoraie.

mile from shore. In tnis position the wljaiient land forming the bay in which t!icv
were sheltered bore from B. S° W. round "by W. to N. 3° B., while to the southwarll and SB. by B.
the amshoragc was found well sheltered by beds of growing kelp upon the shoals already reCeriiHl to.
This shelter is also clearly indicatinl <m 1 cbienkoff's chart, but without soundings. The ii|>proH<'li to
it is not in(»mmoded except by the narrowness of the passage Iwtween Vitskuri Rix-ki and the Low
Islets, whii^h is nevertheless api>arently over a mile in width.

From Point of Shoals the shore trends to the northward four and a half miles to the Inner
Foint.l This point is of little consequence except as having foul ground extending oft' from it in a
westerly direction to a distance of less than half a mile. Hence the shore trends NW. by N. } N. a
mile and a quarter to a smqil point known as Monument Point, of little importance, but rimrked l)y
some rocky pillars or pinnacles which have been called the Monument R(i<;ks. lieyond iIkmi, luaring
in the same direction rrom Inner Point and nl t distance of two and a (iilf miles from the latter, lies
Kamennie (Socky) Point of early Russian am irities, which is also guarded by a two-eable-wide pateh
{)i foul, ground close to and parallel with the sliure, and which forms the southwestern headland of the
entrance of the northward leading passage called Hay ward Straits by i*ortl(K'k.

A mile and a half NE. by IT. from Kamennie is Kresta (Cross) Point,§ which forms the (ip|H>site
and southeastern headland. This point consists of a promontory, apparently high, roundetl and wtsNled,
with HHiky shores. Half a mile south from Ki-esta Point is Ov.ide Islet or UkaEatel,|| high and
wooded ; but represented as lately as July, 1882, on British Admiralty Chart 2>'{37 as a riM-k awash.

Two and a half cables SB. from Kresta Point lies a «u»^-en rjck with nitie fathoms Ixitween it and
the shore. In these inner waters, where a sea sufficiently high to cause breakers is
an uncommon occurrence, such an obstruction to navigation is much more dangerous • Rock.

than in a locality where it might receive the oceanic ground svrell. Sut-'h riK^ks, how-
ever, are usually marked by kelp. NE. by E. \ E. somewhat over three miles from Kresta Point lies
Lisianski Point, not named on the charts, high, lx)ld, heavily wfKxled, and forming the NW. heiul-
land of Katliana Bay. Between this point and Kresta Point a wide bay exists, containing tiie Siginak
group of many islands and constituting the main entrance to two of the adjoining straits. From three
to five cables east from Lisianski Point lies the shore forming the opposite point of cntninee of Katliana
Bay; but, except Tebienko<f,T[ none of the charts represent a well-marke<l point or headland at this
locality.

Katliana** Bay extends two or three miles in an W NB. direction, when it l)et!ome8 enlarged by a
proloiigation from its head in an B. J N. and W. J S. direction to the extent of a mile either way.
The western end dwindles to a narrow creek with six to nine Tathoms over a muddy bottom, and tfie
head of the bay gradually deepens to forty-five or fifty fathoms at its eastern extreme. There are also
two or three islets near the northern shore. The form of this bay is differently representee! on different
charts, but its main stem does not appear to exceed half a mile in width, nor docs the basin at its head
much ex^yed a mile. SW. \ W. from Lisianski Point six cayes lies the northern extreme of the
northern islet of a small group known as the Gavanski (Harbor) Iplets by the Russians. This
group comprises two principal islets, Big and Little Gavanski, two high rocks— the Border (Oriada)
Rocks— and some banks and shoals. The group is quite compact, trends in an N. \ W. an<i 8. \ B.
direction a mile and a quarter with a width not exceeding half a mile. The passage Iwtween their
northern extreme-and Point Lisianski is about four cables wide in the clear, and has twenty to forty
fathoms water. The passage to the southward of the group is from five to seven cables wide, but
contracted by shoala on either hand and one in mid-channel. Between these obstructions narrow pas-

•Tliig itland was bo ntmed m early as 1809, by Buwian uydrographerB, to retain the name luppoeed to liave been applied
by Chirilioir in 1741 to tlie mountain and cape of Edgecumbe; and even applied by »ome to KruzolT Wand un a whole. From
the former aaaociation of name* it also becamf, Iciiown as 0»pe IiUnd (MiUiolftkl); it was nanie<i Robin IiUad hy Dixon in
1787, thouuh the name does not appear on hi/i chart.

t Dixou'a voyage, p. 179.

t Called by the Rueaiana Inner Point of ShoUi (Otmtfol), Second Point, or, on British Admiralty Chart No. «3.17, Rocky

Point.

$ Named by Vasilieff in 1833.

II Named Krottofkkoi Wet by the Bussians in 1809, and correctly mapped by them.

f Chart XXXVm. , - , j ..

*" AlBo called Xirtlianoni Onlf by the Kuesiane as early as 1809, and on English chaHs KoUoua Bay. It was named by
Lisianski after XataMi or KtUMUi, one of the native chiefs of Sitka in 1809.

140

SITKA SOUND.

!*? i

sages carry fifteen or sixteen fathoms. The rocks and the eastf^rn shores of these islets appear for the
most part l>ald-to. From the southeastern headland of Katliana E<.y the shore trends to the south-
ward for tiiree-quai'ters of a mile, then south westward about the same distance to Gavanski Point of
early Russian charts, forming a cove or bay. From the j)oint which is the SW. extreme of the cove
the shore trends in a geucrallv P by E. direction, with minor irregularities, a mile and a cable to a
sandy point. Off this piece of shore numerous small islets and rocks extend about half a miJo in an
easterly and westerly direction, or in a general way toward O'e Border Rocks, between which and the
outermost of the islets from tiie shoie remains a clear passage three and a third cables wide, with abund-
ance of water. The sheet of water inclosed as above by the Baranoif shore and islets, Lisianski Point
and the Gava-iski Islets, forms what was called by the Russians the Bay of Starri-Ga-
Old Harbor. van,* especially that part of it included by the cove above referred to. Here a stream

comes in, and on a bank wiiich occupies much of the cove, anchorage may be had in
from fifteen U> thirty fathoms, mud and shi II. A small cove affords an excellent boat landing, and on
the shore at no very distant date were some Indian summer houses and a ceuotaiih. The latter was in
commemoration of tiie massacre of the inhabitants of the first Russian settlement. More recently a
•salmon cannery .v;is established here, with a trading establishment. In 1799 the first post was here
erected by Ba'.iuoff on the shore of this cove, and called Fort Archangel GabrleLf In May, 1802,
tb" natives atUicked this post and put the inmates to death. Starri-Gnvan i"? well protectetl in all
w. .Jier- ind t!i;^iiy approachetl. Its chief inconvenience is that it affords anchorage to but a small
number M' ve ;sels and those of moderate size, while the winds, which agitate the lower portion of the
sound, often IMI to blow home in this vicinity, and the navigator loses time by reason of calms. This
harbor, now stjidom occupied, is most easily entered from the northwestward between the Gavanski
Islets and Point i-isiunski. No instrJictions appear to be necessary for entering it in this direction.
Th<> existence (1 some known dangers, and the possible presence of more yet to be discovered, render
it iiiadvisable to atferap;; the other entrances without a good lotal pilot, or until a reconnaissimre has
bneu made.' The sttndy point mentioned as forming the southeastern extreme of Starri-G^^van is calle<l
Halibut Point.t It is low and fringed with foul ground extending off a (able and a half. W. J S.
a mile and a quarter from the point is the northern point of Middle Islniid.§ This is the largest of
those islets which, congregated in a curve parallel with the Baranoff shore, defend it from the ground
sv/ell and form the anchorages of Sitka or New Archangel. This island is about a mile and two-thirds
long N NW. and S SB. and a third of a mile wide. Its northern jwrtion is high, the southern part
nearly level, and the whole wooded. Trending nearly parallel with Middle Island "nd extending from
half a mile to a mile westward from its western shore are r, number of islets or islands, of which the
most importiint are Crow l8land|| a mile long, less than a quarter of a mi'l'> wide, and having a
sunken rock a cable northward from its northern end ; atd Tioon Island,^ less than lialf the size of the
last mentioned and farther to the SW. The most western of all is White (Bielie) Rock, an insignifi-
cant islet, close to which si.xty fathoms may be had.

To the southward nt> 1 eastward of Middle Island a myriad of islets extend to the distance of a
mile-and a half or less north and west from the piissage to the western anchorage of Sifka. These islets
are of no individual iniportanc*, many of them being mere rocks sustaini'ig a tree or tM'o, but most of
them, though not accurately surveyetl, have been named, and the group from a very early date were
known to the Russians as the Kasianr Islets** the northeasternmost of tliem brars about E. J N. a
mile fiDiii the SE. extreme of Middle Ishnd. The easternmost is Usher Rook, named by theXJ. S.
Navy in 1879, the southeastern most Sentinel Rock, also named bj' the U. S. Navy.

The former l)eai's from the Aost nor'.heastern of the Apple Islands about SE. three-huarters of a
•uile, and from it Sentinel Rock lias alxjut S. J W. half a mile, with xunken rwih scattered south fixim
it two or three cables farther. Haifa mile westward from Sentinel Rock lies Bare Eock,* ,'ind two
cables farther Black Rook,tt vhicli, together with those previously mentionetl, form the southern and
eastern buttresses of the Kasiana group.|t

* Old Harbor Bay.

t Grewingk liiie erred in stating tlint the first post wari eetablisheil on Kruzoff Ifilaiid, This mistnkfi uppeun. to hare arisen
from the habit of the early traders of anc.horinir '.i Port Cro.-.b on the Ki'uzoff Island side.

i Paltooae of the Kiissiunn of 1809: and alno called Pestcbad or Bandy Point on some later charts.

^ Bredni Island of the charts of 1H09, If.l>loihnl or Apple Iftiand of the Kiissian and Knglish chortn of 1848.

II Taronla of HuBKian authorities, orwiieonel.y tranhlated Blve Illand on British Admiralty Chart No. 1!337.

II Oacarl orOagarin Iiland, nanisd by ih« Uussiaiis, ulsii drroiiefinsly translated Jet Island on the Kritifih Admiralty Than
No. 2SS7, HS above.

•" The northeastern cluster of these is the labloohni or Apple Islands ot Tebienkoff, CliBrt XXXVIII. 1850, and the U. S.
Coast Survey Harbor Chart No. 7(»8, la81.

ttGo'o-kamcniioi and ** Maklinak of the Ruhcli.ns in 1809, according (o VaBilieft''B ohart.

Jt Oi.ier name" applied to riembers of the group, but which it seems unneceeewy to describe until better siiiveyed, are (he
Parker Oronp (noHhwaiil («,m Black Rock), MeTl Iiland (NK. from thp last), Hall (Halll) Rock, Chalobel (OuU) Island, Ka-
ir.anol (Stony) Island, HerMlohl (Seal) Isltmds. ' t'lhnol (Ohl.->f) I . -md. Open (Atkrltol) Rook, Bmpty (PnstUa) Islwd,
and Watob (Bedennol) Islands, ill named by VimijiefT as early as 18t!), except the flrat mentioned.

ASTRONOMICAL 8TATION.

141

A line drawn through Sentinel and Usher rocks bounds the western clmnml to Sitka on th'i
west. Between MidilV Island and the northern margin of the Kasiuna Islets on the tme naiul, and (!ie
shore of Baranoff IslarJ on tLo other, there extends a strip of water clear of known daiigeni and
.iveioging three-qaarf t^ of a mile wide.

i rem Halibut (c- Pesu'hani) Point the sho'-e of Baranoft' Island trends nearly SB. ^ E. a mile
and a half, thence about as much farther 8F by E. J E. to the point ui)on which the citadel of the
second Russian settlement, Xew Archangel, was erected, and at which the principal wharf antl landing
for the present town is situated. Thence to Marshall Islet, forming the norther\i i)oint of entrance to
Silver Bay or Screbrennikoff .Vrm,* the ger.?ral trend of the shore, overlooking n\inierous minor inden-
tations, is E. J N. aOout two and a quarter miles. Eastward from the imier end of the western chan-
nel the space between the various groups of islets and the Baranoff shore rapidly diminisiies in u!.i>l.
N. and 8. from half a mile at the forniec locality to not over a cable al)reast of tiie |)ier at Sitka itself,
east ivard of whiiih it again widens to itb junction with the eastern channel. The gi-onp of islands which
protects the anchorage of Sitka is about two and a half miles long in an cast and west direction and a
mile and a half broad. It is divided into two nearly equal portions by the michllo channel, which
extends f^on the sound in a northerly dii-ection, terminating near the' western end of the eastern
anchorage. The group is bounded on the west and northwest by the western chaimel, and on the east
;.nd southeast by tiie eastern channel leading to the harbor.

In the western division of this little archipelago there are more than thirty islets and rocks, of
which the larirest, forming the southern shore of the western anchorage, is Japonski Island.f a mile in
length W. by S. and 35. by N. and nearly half as wide. This island is moderately low, partly woodetl,
ancl near its eastern end "vas situated the meteorological and physi«il observatory, niaintainetl here by
Russia for many years — the building now forming part of the coal depot of the U. S. Navy. Thirty-
one metres S. 433 W. from the sruthc' -rtcrn corner of this old building is the new ast'-onomical station
of the U. S. Coast Survey ,J; established in 1 880, and situated in

Ijatitude --.-■ J 57° 02' 52".e N.

Longitude 135° 20' 19".8 W.

From it the flag-staff on theold governor's house bore, in 1 880, 8. 77° 45'.5 E. true, and N. 73° 10'.7
E. by compass, the resulting magnetic declinati(m being 29 04'. 8 easterly.

The next in importance in this division is Makhnati (Rorugh or Rugged) l8land,§ which lies
about a mile south from the western end of Japonski Island on the southern margin of the group, and
serves as a landmark for inward bound vessels. Upon it the U. S. Navy in 1880 erected a ])yi-ainidal
wooffen mark at the top of the bluff, rising seventy-two feet above the water, and cidled by them the
West Beacon. The island is thirty feet high and of small extent, with a rocky southerly face of dark
i-olor, and tolerably high fi]>ruee trees covering its surface. The height and dark color of the bluff
rontr.Tstal with the surf at its base, together with itssoutliern position immediately fronting the soMn<l,
n'uder it the most conspicuous of all the -islets, often visible when the othei-s are covered with for, and
the fii-st to nppear when the fog rolls inland before a westerly breeze. 1'he beacon is a little mote than
a mile and five-eighths SW. J 8. from the end of th" pier at Sitka.

Sf)uth two and a half ad)les from the beacon is edcon Rock with ten feet of water ovc^r it at low
water.

NW. J N. four cables from the West Beacon o Signal Island,!! of small extent, on which in the
:ar\\ part of the c«;ntury a bcm-on was lighted on the a-rival of a ve^vsel in the sound. The myriad of
islands and the dec-eptive appearance of the land from which the former are not readily distinguished,
even by those familiar with the region, rendered the column of smoke by day or fire by night almost
equally servicitable. It is about a mile and three-quarters 8W. by W. from Sitka jjier.

From Signal Island N. i W, eight cables, forming the curning point of the Western ('hannel, is
Battery Island.fi formerly occupied by an old earthwork of defense now obliterated. It is about a
mile and threc-t'ighths W. it S. from Sitka pier.

Turning (Povarotnoi) Islet, of small extent, is of interest only as Iwi ig the nortlieastcrinnost of
the Jajmnski Grou-^jlmd as forming the western extreme of the iiorthern moulli of .Mitldle t'hiuniel.
The other princil>ai islands indudetl in the western (livision which it does not seem nci-essary to <lescribe

* NHined fur Riifus SerebmiiikoS; «h<. U.M hU life «xploHng Ihe Atim or Copper River in lf?4S ; hi« u.inic bus been spi'llcil
Seiehnmikofi' mul aM-ebriiiiljov. Briti-b Adniirall; "hnrt chllK tlie buy Berebrlnlkov Cove, htkI thv num.' of Silver liny whk
npiilifd by ihe iniiiMD who diMMive,—" V!'>,eii.l bidos of ( riicioim niel«l» near its enslerii extreir.e »iiice ibe Aiiieriean oii'upatiuii.

' Viinied hy tliu KiiBBiaiio JftpanesB or Yav-^nnUol ManC frotii tlie resiib'iice Ibere of woine ,Iiipiiiie»e ciiilorH wbo were rescued
IVorn tbe storm drifted hulk of ii ./apmie^e junk ca.' on Ibeee eliores in 1H05.. Il lia» al^o been written Japonakol Island.

t Tb« new KiBlioii i« wmiiwsed of tjiree wooden piors solidly imbedded in the ground and reaebiiiK to Hie .inface. ami in th«
.snlCT tt wooden po.t. iolirtly wl extending thr«. or four inchoB alM.ve tbe groinid. with a lack iniirkln;; Ibe renter .

• AIho entered on chuHs of not recent dato a" L.MBOl (Woody oi Wooded), Mokhnatol, or Moknatol Island.
IIMaUolmol (Signal) liUmd of ''Hsilieff in li-M9, MayMteehndl. an.l Slgnal-Ujht laland of other .bart*.
f Batarelnol of tlie FuiRiao* in 1P09.

of I lie atalioii.

142

SITKA SOUND.

in detail, are, from east westerly: Aleutski, Harbor,' Alice, Love, Charcoal,' Fruit, Frits, and Volga
islands ; Alexander and Nepoverotnoi rocks ; Stewart, Nevski, Smith, Beshimosti, Virublennoi,
Oold, Sasedni, Kirushkin, Mogilnoi '' and Line islands, and Nicholson Bocks.

Southwest from Japonski Island and between it and the Sasedni Group, opening to the Western
C'lannel, is a clear space half a mile long E. and W. and half as wide, with from five to thirteen fath-
oms water, which has been named Whiting Harbor by tiie U. S. Navy. The l)ottom is uneven, but
the iiolding-grouud is said to be good and the anchorage to be especially protected against northeasterly
gales. No directions other than the chart* appear to be necessary for it.

The Oalankin Oroup lie to the eastward of the Middle Channel, between it and the Eastern
Channel. The largest one of them is Oalankin Island,t about six cables long W NW. and E NE.,
the nortliern end l)eing thi-ee-qunrters of a mile about SB. from the pier at Sitka. It is about a '^ble
.and a half in width, rather low and woode<i. Tlie next in size in the Galankin Group are Bamdo-
roshni and Whale| Islands, both southwest from Galnnkin Island, fronting on the Eastern Channel,
movlerate in height, irregular in form and woodeil. Their southeastern extremes are alwut three cables
. apart NE. and SW., and nearly the same distance intervenes between the SE. end of Gdankin and tliat of
Banidoroshni, and also on the other hand between the SE. end of W! ale Island and that of the group
of rotiks known as the Kayak Islets.

Eight cables NE. from the SE. end of Galankin lies a rovky patch in four fathoms. It is nearly
midway between Galankin Island and Marshall Islet on the Baranoft" shore, in the same trend. About
five and a half cables north from the SE. end of Galankin are the Twins, forming the inner northern
extreme of the Eastern Channel, two small rocky islets. A quarter of a mile north of
Rocky Patch. the NW. end of Galankin is Kutkan Island,^ which fovms the NW. extreme of the
groups and the eastern inner extreme of the Middle Channel. This smal' islet forms
the NW. extreme of the group and the eastern of the two northern extremes of Middle Channel. About
a mile SW. from the SE. point of Galankin lies the eastern end of the Kayak Islets, which at high
water com])rise a number of rocks separated l)y shoal water forming a cluster about three cables W NW.
and E SE. This forms the southern and western extreme of the Galankin Group and the northern
point of the outer entrance of the Eastern Channel. From the western jwint of this reef W. two
and a half cables lie the Passage Islands,!! forming the southern and westtrn extreme of the Gralankin
Group and the northern point of entrance to the Middle Channel, as recommended by the U. S. Navy.
Two and a half cables W. from these lie the Surf Books,^ which are connected by a reef or shoal at
low water and on each side of whii^h there is a navigable channel, forming an entrance to the Middle
Channel. P"'our ciibles N NE. J E. from the principal Surf Kock lies Keene Rock**
Keene Rock. with fourteen feet of water over it at lowest tides. This rock consists of a patch about
seventy-five yards long SE. by S. and NW. by N., which has at the northern fpid sev-
eral pinnacle heads clustered together in a space ten yards in extent with sixteen feet over it at low
water, fidling away at twenty yards distant to seven fathoms, steep-to, and having at the southern end a
pinnacle with fourteen feet over it; in summer it is sometimes marked by kelp. This rock has long
been known to local pilots, and was reported to Lieutenant Craig, U.S. S. Alaska, by Pilot J. AV.
Keene, in 1879, by whom it was made known to the Navy Diepartment.

DIRECTIONS FOR AVOIDING KEENE ROCK.

For vessels drawing less than twelve feet of water this nxjltdoes not constitute a serious danger
in entering the Middle Channel by the old passage between Surf Rocks and Makhnati Island. I^arger
vessels should not attempt this jwififenge.

In entering here, round Surf Rock as soon as possible and bring it to bear SW. | 8. astern, which
course niade good carries clear of all dangers into the eastern anchorage.

P>om Volga Island B. by N. \ N. a cable and two-thirds lies the northeastern edge of a patch,
called the Milclu// Rockx, nearly in the fairway of the northern part of the Middle Channel. They have
seven to eleven feet (tf water over them at lowest water and in summer are usiully marked by kelp.

' Oavanikol of Vnsilit-ft', ' Ugolnol uf Vasilivlf, ' HogUnoi (Grave) Iiland uf Vagilit-IT In 1809, Sbell IiUnd of a later cliiiit.

• U. 8. Coast Survey Chart No. 708 of 1881, or Britii>li Admiralty' Cliart No. a348, wlilion of 188*, not earlier ntiliont.

t Nairifil by 'ritliixiikoti', iiUo appearing on cliartB as Feacbani or Sandjr Island or Islet.

t KltOTel (Whale) laUnd of N'at-ilieff in I'^OO, also written Quito vray, anil by error Wlinluhone Island, on some charts,

$ Kucbkan, Kukhkan, Popoff, Stanovol or Garden Islet, named jy the Rnssiaiis after a noted Indian chief uf 8itka who
free<l all his slavex and enilirnced Christianity.

II Prokboda ^Passage) Islands of \'a»ilielf in 1809: Prokodl, Golol (or Bare) Islands ot others.

H PoUvnot or Bumn Books of the Russians since 1809. Meaning surf-naslied rocks ; by eiTor, BoUmol Bocks.

•* The position of this ruck, according to V. P. N. I'ydrographic Notice, No. 35 of 1879 and No. 5 'if 1880, beins; somewlint dis-
crepant, the completed chart of the officers of the Jametfomi, V. 8. Coast Survey H..rbor Chart No. 708, and the copy Issued b/
the llrilish Aihniraltr Office, being N'j, 2348 of 188.2, has been taken aa correct fur the pnr{)oses of this description and the siib-
eequenl sailing directions.

* 'I

DANGERS.

143

S. astern, which

DIRECTIONS FOR AVOIDING MITCHELL ROCKS.

Surf Rocks astern SW. g S. carries in in mid channel, or, from a jwint one hundred yards west
from Rose Rock keep the middle of Turning Island N. by E. until the middle of Volga Island bears
SW. by W. J W., when a NE. by N. course carries clear into the eastern anchorage.

One cable NW. by N. from th^ northwestern most dry nwk of the Passage Islands is a jMitch
marked by kelp, consisting of submerged rocks with ten feet of water over them at lowest water, erro-
neously marked two and three -quarters fathoms on the 1882 edition of Britioh Admiralty Chart Xo.
2348. They have five to ten fathoms immediately about them.

In passing between the Passage Islands and Surf Rocks the navigator should »void going east-
ward of L^id-channel, Volga Island bearing NE. by N. | N., until Surf Rocks beiirs fiW. by W.
asiern. It would be better to avoid this passag-e entirely. '

The southeastern margin of the Galankin Group has several off-lying dangers. E. J N. from the
easternmost Kayak Is'et, SW. by S. from the eastern tangent of Galankin Island and about a cable and
a half S. by B. from the southern shore of Whale Island, is Simpson Rock, discovereil and na led by
the officers of H. M. S. Deradation in 1 862. It has about seven feet of water over it at lowest water,
by enor two and a quarter fathoms on the 1882 edition of British Admiralty Chart No. 2;548.

About six and a half cables NE. | E. from Simpson Rock is Tsaritza Rock, named for a Russian
vessel which struck upon it. There is eight feet of water over this rock at lowest water, and it is
almdst exactly in line with the southern tangent of Bamdoroshni Island E. J S. and W. J N., at its
intereection by the eastern tangent of Galankin Island S. } E. and N. J W., and about two and three-
quarters cables from the nearest point of the shore of each of them.

Due east from the Twins about six cables is a rorl.-i/ patch in four fathoms, which at low water
should be avoided by vessels drawing over twenty-one feet of water.

Other islets and rocks of the Galankin Gmnii, which it seems superlluous to dcscril)e in detail and
for which the navigator is referred to the ref issued (iharts, are the Ball group, which includes

among others the Twins ' and Horn'' Island, ii>' ' .iiorf, McClellanaiid Beardsley xfnip- Breast,
Katz and Sheep ^ islands, Ferabee and Rose ruok^, Hoc&W' il Island and the >!>' < -inentioued
Kayak* Islets.

Southeastward from the fairway of the Eastern Channel, i « iw. en it and the shores of the sound, arc
severtl islands and groujjs of islands, together with one dangcrou> i k. The lai r, .lamed for a ship
which struck upon it in 1855, was called by the Ruf-sians Zenobia Hock, and has l"<!n
on the earlier charts placed in different positions or even in two places on one and ilic Zenobia Rock.
same chart. From the olwervations of the U. S. Navy it has been locate 1 detinitcly
SB. by S. J S. from West Beacon and SW. \ S. from East Beacon, and al" it seven mbles west from
the shore of Long or Dolgoi Island. It has fifteen feet least water on :'nd is really out of the
channel except for a vessel endeavoring to work in against a iiead wind.

TO AVOID ZENOBIA ROCK.

'cars E NE., when

After passing Vitskari Rocks, the course is NE. I N. until East 1'
Eastern Channel may be enterinl clear of the rock. •

On the eastern side of the channel northward from Point Burunoff the. islets form three principal
groujjs, none of which have any special importance. The largest island is Dolgoi or Long Island,
trending NE. J E. and SW. J W. and quite narrow. Behind Mertz Islet, on its northern shore, is a
convenient little laud-|ocked cove affording safe anchorage for boats in two fathoms. Two cables NE.
from Long Island is Emgeten* Island, rather high, compact, and like all these islets pretty densely
woodeil.

Nearly four cables N NW. from ^^ertz Islet, with a clear passage i)etwt'en it and them, lie the two
small ]{elknap Islets, immediately westward from which is a line of eight rocks or islets connected bv
reefs, called by Vasilieff The Eck holms,! just westward fr.)m which again is Liar R<Kk,t of small
extent, the southeastern jroint of entrance to the Eastern Chunnel. On the middle Eckholm East
Beacon has been erected by the U. S. Navy and is a jiyrumidal wooden structure like that on Makhnati
Island, rising to seventy-two feet above the water.

' DTOliil-l)p»t»ff of Vn.ilieff. ■• RokUova w ROBOT* of Vii.ilie«- in 1809. ' Baranl ( Bheep) Island of VuBilieW. < Kayak of
ViiKitifrt; orroiieoiiBly written Haralk, Kayatcbl Rii<i Kayalrtch.

• Niiinwl by Vswilieff ill 1H09; i-tfHrrtxl to in liit.'r clmrlsi u» Engaylen, Emgayten, BmbaUnl, etc.
t Ek-sallt-tnl) by error on a oliart imued by tie Coast Survey in 1*09.
tKamon L(UII of Vanilivlf, Fall* Rock >>; miatriinRlation.

144

SITKA SOUND.

Northward nearly half a mile, from Emgeten Island lie the Kutohuma' group of islets, com-
prising in the order of their size Berry ,^ Error,' Boidarkin,* Luce, Fassett and Martin' islands or islets.
There arc several reefs among them, but no off-lying ones.

A couple of (iiMi'.s northward i'rom Fiussett Island is a projection of the main shore, narrow, bluff,
steep-to, called Silver Point; iininetliately nortJdast f: m it is the small Cobb Islet, east from which
is a small cove iiffonling anchorage.

About a mile and a iialf northward from Silver Point is a projection of the Baranoff shore with
several islands cl<w to it. Westward the .^'lore recedes to forma tovc alraut half a mile in extent,
named by the Navy .famestown Bay, where a convenient watering , place is found. The western head
of the cove is marked by Cannon (Pushki) Island of Vasilieff; wefii, of the eastern head are situated
Quertin, Ring, Dove anil Minett islets, and east from it, separated by the narrow Ellsworth Cut, lie
Harris ind Marshall islets, of small extent. Jamestown Bay aftbrds shelter only for small craft
behind the islands, being open to a southerly swell. It li is five to fourteen fathoms in it.

Three-fiuarters of a mile NE. by E. from Harris Islets lies the entrance to Silver Say or Sere-
brennikoff Arm,* which formsan extensive but narrow inlet. The headlands are not name<1 The north-
ern and western one is situate<l in latitude 57° 10' and two and a half miies E. by N. from the citadel
at Sitka. The opposite or eastern headland is situated from the former E BE. a quarter of a mile.
Both are bold, the depth of water in tlv entrance being over fifty fathoms. The inlet trends from the
entrance in an N NE. direction less than a mile, whence it trends at nearly a right angle and to the
E SE., in which general direction it extends four miles, receiving sevend streams two of which enter the
head of the arm. One which enters herefrom the south aboundf .n salmon and yyna formerly trapped
at its mouth, where in the proper season the Ruasians had an establishment for the preparation of tht
fish for winter use. There are one or two small coves on the northern shore and an insignificant islet
at the head of the arm. The mountains rise on either shore to a height not exceeding two thousand
feet and are densely wooded. The width of the arm does noi exceed three-quarters of a mile ai a.iy
point, and it hiis not been sounded so far as known. Its chief importance is Jerived from the discovery
of gold and silver bearing leadsf iii the mountains on the north at a short distance from the sea.

From the head of this arm the northeastern extreme of Deep Lake is distimt only some three miles
iii a southeasterly dirct^tion.

From the SE. headland of Serebrennikoff Arm the entrance of Niprohodni | Bay, a small and very
narrow inlet, bears S. half a niile. It wtts named by the Russians in 1809. This bay extends .. mile
and a quarter NE. by E. from the entrance, and is of a spectacle shape, consisting of two small basins
connected by a boat passage. The entrance is choked by an islet; it has n.i been sounded and is of
no value to navigi tion. Immediately southward adjacent to this bay is anotlier narrow inlet called by
the Russians Kadiak Cove or Nachlezhnia; this extends in a nearly due east direction from the
entrance, about a mile and a quarter. It is nowliere over two cables wide. An islet olistructs the
entrance leaving a narrow passage especially on the north ; within are from five to fifteen fathoms over a
muddy bottom. The Russians had a fisli-packinu; station at the head, where some small streams como in.

SW. by S. two nnles from the SE. headland 'f Serebrennikoff Arm a point is formeil from which
the shore trends to the eastward. This point (iiim- the northern headland of Aleutkina§ Bay, and
from it a mile S. | E. lies the opposite headland ; neither is named. Off the mouth of this bay lie the
Kutchunia Islets; within it, aloii^' its northern shore, are several others. The bay extends to the
eastward about two miles, the eastern half being only two or three cables wide and curving to the
northward. There is a clear passage along the southern shore with from seven to twenty-three fath-
oms re|)ortetl. Two small streams cortie in from the eastward, where formerly were Ru&sian fishing
stiitions. This bay presents no advantages for navigation. Its southern headland also forms the
northern headland of another bight callctl Sandy|| Cove, which is fornieci immetliately U) the S. and SE.
of the point above mentioned and is about half a mile in extent in ei'.her direction. It cannot be said
to have any definite southern or westet-n headland, as the coast trends for two miles W SW. to Caj)e
Burunoff with oidy minor irregularities. The cove contains sciral rocks, one of which is .submerged
and about in the middle of the cove, half way from the northei n shore to the islets on the other side,
from which last the rock bears about N. J E. From the northeastern angle of thu, cove an opening
one or two cables wide extends to the eastward, forming the enii.ince of DeepT[ Inlet.

' Kutcbuma of Vusilii'tViii I'^'OU. iiUo ciilU'd Boldarkagrdiip: Kutcbiuma <f Tnbioiikofl'. -Tagodnol (Berry) bland of Vnsi-
lioif. ''OBbibki (Error) Islet i>t' ViiKiliutt', Elgolm and Osblpkl (in oilier clmrix. ' Numed by Vosiiietf. ''Pa«<ak (Oravel) Islet of
Vapiliett'.

"Nnineil by Tebieiikulf in 18.')0 nftei- Riifiis Serebrennikofl', erroneously written Serebri'.ikov, s RuBsiaii explorer of the
Atnn River; but is better known Icioiilly as iSilver Buy.

tTliese nietiilx uiidciiibicdiy exist in llie rock liiken out from some of the reported vein'., but the want of capital todcvelop
the mines hns prevented liitberlo tlie exenvations neeessiiry to form any just estiiniile of tlii-ir value.

i No Tborougbfare ; Borosbki or Paroibkl of Tebienkolf in 1841),

i Named by the niiKxinii iiiitborities in 1809; which is the Leeiia or Leeioflkkala of '''ebienkolf.

II Of Russian aiUhoiilies of IrtOl), (reslchunia.)

H Oloubokala of Russian authorities of 1809, and othera, and Oorokbova Bay of Tebienkolf.

SITKA SOUND.

145

Thi3 bay extends with a gentle curve, of which the convexity is to the south, nt-aily four milw in
a generally B. J S. direction, attaining a greatest width of half a mile at two miles oast from the en-
trance, and averaging four cables in width throughout. In the entrance seventeen fathoms is the least
water a.,'>cated by the original surveys, and at the head thirty. Throughout the greater portion no
bottom has been found with fifty fathoms of line. There is a minute islet in the entmnce near the
southern shore.

In some tolerably recent maps a "canal passage" is marked connecting the head of this bay with
an indentation of Chatham Strait. It was even proposed to use this "route" for extending the tele-
graph to Sitka. There is no evidence worthy of attention to indicate the existelice of such a passage
communicating with Sitka Sound, and in fact its non-existence is almfwt a certainty.

Two small runs come in at the head of Deep Inlet and there is a portage from their headwaters
to the h^waters oi a stream falling into Serebrennikoft" Arm.

SW. by W. i W. two and a half miles from the entrance of Deep Inlet lies Cape Burunoff.*

The cape is broad, wooded, and not high, with several islets and many rocks in its vicinity, form-
ing a patch extending a third of a mile SW. by W. J W. from the cape. Another patch of similar
cliaracter is situated a short distance' outside of the last, bearing fr;m the cape SW. and extending
three-quarters of a mile from it. The diameter of this patch is about a quarter of a mile N NW. and
S SB.; it is constantly, white with breakers, the cause which led to naming the cnyte as above.

Cape Burunoff is free from islets to the NW., where ten fathoms may be carried to a cable's length
of the shore. A mile due west from the cape is a sunker^. rook stated to have fijur '"athoins o;i it.

A mile and a third W. by S. ^ S. from the cape lies Kuliohkoff Book or islet and rcefi.t

Kulichkoff is a small compact mass, of rock a cable long N. and S. and steep-to. It is ten feet or
more in height above high-water mark, and not "awash " as British Admiralty Chart Xo. 2:VM de<iiares.
It is somewhat difficult to land upon, owing to the ocean swell and its steep sides. From its highest part
the Rock NW. of Biorka bore S. 0° 30' E.; the S. edge of St. Lazaria Island S. 57 J° W.; the northern
edge S. 69§° W.; the south end of the principal Vitskari Rock S. e7j° W.; the station occuj)ied on
Vitskari by the Coast Survey party S. 69^° W.; the citadel at Sitka N. 16j° E.; and Mount Versto-
vaia N. 26j° E. According to B«irdslee, West Beacon bears N. 2° E. from Kulichkoff Rock.

A cable and a half the northward (N. 2eJ° W.) of Kulichkoff lies a small patch of rocks aWiwh.
Between them and the islet is a passage with seven and a half to twelve fathoms of water over rocky
bottom.!

S SW. of Kulichkoff half a cable is said to be another similar rock, but notlrng was seen of it
tliougli ti considerable swell was rolling in from seaward.

These observations place Kulichkoff and its associated dangers two-tliirds of a mile eastward
from their position on British Admiralty Chart No. 2337, with relation to the points mentioned.

From Kulichkoff SW. by W. | W. three miles lies the principal rofk of the group, known as
tht Vitskari§ Books, which is an islet two cables in length.

This entire group is farther to the southward, and the individual patches are smaller and closer
together than indicated by British Admiralty mrt No. 2337. The long reef stretching NE. by E.
on that publication has no existence in fact, as was noticed in 1867 by the U. 8. Coast Survey officers.

"Breakers; of the early HuBsiaii and tbe II. 8. Coast Survey cliarta, BoniftimeH spelled Bonrounov, &o., and re-iinnied
Tolstoi or Broad Cape by Tebieiikoff,— tliU name, Tolalol, being repeated by liiin In tbe vicliiily of nearly every port in tbe
Territory.

t Tliese were named at an early day by Rnssian explorent, wbn used it in the above form in 1809 ; Teblenkiift' ckIIh it Kullobek ;
liritisb Admiralty Chart No. 3337, Kullcli; II. S. Hydrograpbio No. 225, KoiUltiltoff, &c. The name nn'ans Snips Book.

In tbii* connection it is neceeHary to call attention to a series of errors in ecnmeolion with this and tln^ Vitskari Rocks, and
to the ;;:"crepaMeies of the charts. The British Ailmirulty Chart No. 8337, makes Sitka Siinnd narrower and longer than does
Tebienkolf by ab<nit a mile each way, and agrees in this with the Knssiaii HydroKniphie Ofllee Cliuit No. i;«)7, 1848. Hut nearly
all the "additions" made to the Russian chart are errors of the most palpable ebaracter. Tbe position of Knlichkort' and \'ils-
kaii, of the reefs about them, of their- elevation and their :'Xtent, as well as that of the reef near Biorka. have been known for
some tiiii to be exceedingly emineous. In 1874 this rock and Vitskari were visiteil by the I'. S. Coast Snrv.'y ami comparative
observations made; but owing to the mnnt of work involved in correcting the leading-points of the whole ..ound tbe deter,
luinations were obliged to be depend, i u the correct relative positions of the citadel at Sitka, the rock a! the KW. angle of
liiorka, and the Island of St. Li aria, if the relative positions of these points in the Uussini ;Hid Biitisli llydrographic charts
b." eorrkitly laid down, the positio... here given fo.' ViUkari and Kulichkotf will be also correct, and tlie distances will only be
subject to any corrections of scale on the charts mentioi:ed.

} The westernmost rook of Kulichkoff is stated by Beardslee to bear

' nr f,:

We;,, Deacon, Makhnati Island This

would place it relatively about two-thirds of a mile east from its present position on any of lb.' iliarts of Sitka Soun.l ; but ahm-
lut,hj, having regard to the corrected longitude of Sitka, .iver lialf a mile west from its position on any chart ; in which case Vits-
ka,i and all the western shores of the sonnd w,.ii.a have to be shifted about the same distance wesluard from their present p.,si-

lions, which, from other bearings, appears to be cergjply the case. See U. 8. Navy Department, Hydrographic Notice No. f, of
1H80. and Notice to Mariners, No. 81 of 1879. , . ...... . , • .u l- i- i

i This name has been applie.1 to these rocks since the earliest Uassian explorations m this vio.n.ty, though m the Knglish
edition of Llsiauski tbey are termed the Kiddle Islands.

P. 0. P. — 19

Sf:!^

i:'

M'-

m 5'

146

SITKA SOUND.

I'lie group consistH of tlie i>riiici|>nl Vitskari Rock and another directly northward from it, and
separated only by half a cable's length. These are guarded for a cable and a half eastvvtird from their
hasea by numerous rocks, though the water is hold-to. Two cabk>8 farther to the N. is a small patch
awash, of which the knob of one rwk is usually above water. W SW. from these half a mile are
two or three dry ro<rks, " foul ground extending three-quarters of a mile from the patch awash. A
circle described with a ravli; of six cables from the northern end of the big Vitskari from NE. by
N. i N. around by N. to W. covers the entire area of dangers. This leaves a fairway of at least two
and" a half miles l)et\jeen Vitskari and Kulichkoff', for the use of navigators.

From the station on the highest part of the big Vitskari occupied by the U. S. Coast Survey
party, the following bearings were obfaiined. The north end of Kulicnkoft", N. 70° E.; Rock at WW.
end of Biorka, S. 22^° E.; the southern edge of St. Lazaria Island, B. 50J° W.; citadel at Sitka, N.
37° E.; Verstovaia Peak, N. 40° E. Midway between Vitskari and Kulichkoif the U.S. C«)ast
Survey obtaini.'d sixty-six fathoms, muddy bottom.

The big Vitskari has been recommended by the U. S. Coast Su'-vey as a site for a light-house.

In 1880 the U. S. Mavy erettol on Vitskari a conical stone beacon, twenty feet in diameter at the
base and four feet in diameter at the top, from which projects a post five feet higher, capped by a large
stone, which reaches forty-one feet above high water, and should be visible from the deck of an ordinary
vessel on a clear day about eleven miles.

A Russian jiilot informed Captain Beardslee tbataswn^m rock lies about two and a quarter miles
NE. by N. from Vitskari, with two fathoms over it at lowest water. Rejieated inquiries have failed
to get any coiifirmatory evident* of the existence of this rock, which cannot be said to be established,
other local navigators denying that there is any such rock.

Several unchurtcd bvmlitra are also rumored to exist between Kulichkoff Rock and Obsechki
Islaiid and Cape Burunotl'. Thise, if they exist, are out of the way of vessels, which have no legiti-
mate business east from the line extending from Kulichkoff Roc', to Vasilieff Bank or Shoal.

To the S. and S SW. of Cape Burunoff the shore is guarded by numerous rocks and islets of
small extent; of these it does not appear important to refer to any except the most western, which
border on the free water of the sound, the otheia from their situation having only a nominal relation
to thd interests of navigation at pi-esent.

Nearly S SW. about a mile and a half from Cape Burunoff lies Obsechki Islet, a small knob with
twelve fathoms close to it from which the shore to the eastward is about a mile distant. From the islet
in a generally SE. by E. direction an irregular line of roi,ks and islets extends for several miles. Two
miles and an eighth S SW. from Burunoff a rocky patch is located by the early Russian charts, with
doubt, under the name of the Vasilieff* Bank. A second position for it is also given,
Vasilieff Bank. SW. 4 S. half a mile from -the preceding. Both are indicated as doubtful, and as
c(jraprising one dry and two submerged rocks. On all later charts the indications are
accepted as substantiating the existence of two reefs, and the contents of the dotted danger line around
them hove l)een altered, apjiarently to suit the fancy of the draughtsman. It happens unfortunately
that there is also a Vamlieff' Rock or shoal (previously referred to) to the southward of Biorka. The
position of the southwestern bank, if there be two, is ti.e most westerly of any obstructions to naviga-
tion l)ctweeu Burunoff and Biorka, and from alwut this point the general trend of the group of islets
linder consideration is about SE. by E. J E. The outermost of these is Kita or Whale Islet, of small
extent, but associated with a large number of smaller rocks, shoal i)atches and islets, the whole of
which forms u barrier to navigation. The northern point of this barrier is situated half a mile E SE.
from the western locjition for the Vasilieff Bank, and it extends thence in an easterly and southeasterly
direcition for two miles with a breadth NE. and SW., which increases from half a mile at the NNW.
end to a mile at the other extremity. This band of islets is composed of several lines or series of islets
having a certain jiarallelism with each other and which are includetl between the navigable waters of
the sound and a narrow but navigable passage leading to Redoubt Bay.

From fJape Burunoff the shore is much indented, broken and guarded by rocks and islets for a
distauw of a mile and three-quarters S. J E. to Point Poverotnoit which is comparatively low ami
wootled. Hence to Obsechki Islet, a distance of a mile, is very much obstructed by numerous rocks
and islets. These are mostly bold-to with deep water between them. They extend westward and
southward from the end, and from the southern face of the point to three cables, and along its southern
face nearly its whole extent.' From the point the shore, curving gently to the northward, has a gen-
endly E. by S. J S. dilution for five miles to The Bedoubt or Dranishniknff settlement. This was
a fortifiijcl post erected by the Russians at a very early date, and is situated at some falls or rapids of
the same name at the head of a narrow arm of the sea leading in from Bedoubt| Bay, which comprises
the waters included between the long stretch of main shore from Poverotnoi Point to the Redoubt on
the north and east, the islets which trend away to the SE. from the Vasilieff banks, and a spur of the

• Vasilevka of tlie BritUh Adniira1t.v Clmrt.No. 2337.

t Turnabout ; named by the Russians in 1HU9. v

t NamtiU by Tebienkoff ; called Toyon'i Bay hy Lisianski, and mora lalvly OienU (Lake) 8*7.

REDOUBT BAY.

147

main shore which puts out in a northwesterly dirci-tion. The entrance of this bay hnx Iwn l)pfore
alhided to as existing between the rocits to the southward of Poverotiioi and the i.-dets opiMwite. It is
not over two tables wide, with a greatest depth recorded of about ten fatiioms over rockv bottom ; at
a distance of less than a mile from Poverotnoi it witlens owing to the cessation of tiie iinierninst liarrier
of islets, and to the sohth and east forms a basin a mile and a half in diameter. This might be reachetl
from the S SW., but numerous sunken rooks would render the atttjni ;jt risky. At a distance of two and
three-quarters miles E SE. from Poverotnoi Point the h\y contracts to two-thirds of a mile in width
N NE. and S SW. between the main shore and the spur before reic.red to. This coTtlracted poriion
continues in an E SE. direction about oi.c mile when the bay divides into two arms, one on either side
of a bluff^int. Thus is formed on the south a very narrow and contnictcd inletabouta mile in length
extending to the BE. by E. and of no value fior navigation ; and, on the other, north side, a passage
containing deep water and about a quarter of a mile in width, extendi-ig a mile and a (|uarter to the
Redoubt Rapids in an E. by 8. § S, direction. Tiis latter passage is locally known as (Wrski, mean-
ing Lake Bay. At its southeastern termination i. has a width of a thousand feet and a depth of not
less than twenty-five fathoms. The shoros are rooky and broken, rising on the northern side to fifteen
hundred feet and timbered to the water. Along the southern shores are a few islets of very small
extent. Navigation is closed at the head of this ari.> bv a barrier of riK-k extending across the passage,
and which has !)een cut through by the outflow from Deep I ake in such a way as to form two islands.
There is a fall from the lake-level of about nine feet to the >vaters of the l-ay through the channels
between the islands, where the water rushing out among lumierous rwks forms the "Rapids." The
least width from shore to shore near the falls is alx)ut two hundred fnet; the wi.lth of the channels
l)etween the islands is less than one hundred feet. On the northern shore and island the Russian
Amerimn Company eretited an establishment called ^?he Boaoubt on the site of the old Dranishnikoff
settlement^ and which is also known as the Oserski o" Lake Redoubt. It was simply but securely
fortified by a stockafle and other di-fenses from any attack of the natives. The object of this estab-
lishment was the procuring of fish for the colony at Sitka for.consumntion lx>th in a fresh and salte<l
state, in which condition they were also distributed to other posts of tlie company where fish were lesfi
abundant. To obtain the fish a series of weirs was constructed acrtss the outlet in a very solid and
sutetantial manner; in 1868 these were in good order, but in 1880 had fallen into decay. The ^talj-
lishment comprised twelve or fourteen buildings, besides a chapel witnin the stockade, and a wnurf. A
reconnaissance of the vicinity of the Uedoubt was made by the U. S. Coast Survey in 1867.

From Redoubt Bay the salmon in spawning season are in the habit of ascending the Rai)id8 to
deposit their spawn in Deep Lake,* a remarkable body of fiesh water occupying a gorge eight miles
in length NE. by N. ^ N. and SW. by 8. J S. and not exceeding three-quarters of a milc! in \,u)th at
its widest part. It is more than fifty fathoms der r throughout tlie greater part of its extent, according
to Russian authorities. The shores are remarkably compact, there l)eing but one or two coves, which
are situated near the southwest endf of the lake. The land about the lake, except at its NE. nr,d SW.
extremes, is high,. broken, abrupt and densely wooded. The mountains, which extend from the outlet
along ti\e shore NE. from Redoubt Bay, were known to the R-ssians as the DranishnikofiT Peak and
mountains. • At the NE. extremt of Deep Lake a considerable stream comes in "one hun.lred and
forty feet wide and whic'i can be ascended for over three miles. The upper jwrtion, shoal and full of
lapids, is not accessible, from the density of the slirubbery, trets and thorny bushes." Tlie lower jmrtion
lias a current of four knots. It is, doubtless, this stream which has given rise to the story of canoe
communication between the sound and Chatham Strait, south of i .^na.

From Kita Islet E. by 8. J S. an almost unbroken barrier of islets extends, cutting off the waters
of Redoubt Bay from those of Sitka Sound. Xl'ere are numerous passages Iwtwecni t!ir:;. islets,! but
they do not appear to have lieen thoroughly-explored or even partially soimded. The barrier termin-
ates to the SE. in the mouth of Kanga Bay, which extends in a gonei-ally E 8E. direction for about two
miles, its head reaching within a third of a mile of one of the coves of Deep Lake. This bay is about
a third of a mile wide toward its head and gradually widens to a mile and a quai-ter at its mouth which
is obstructed by islets aqd rocks. The bay doea not appear to have been surveyed, and offei-s no advan-
tages for navigation. A mountain directly to the SSE. from the upper part of tlie bay is called
Kliucheflf or Springs Mountain. The southern headland of this bay l)cars E SE. (hree miles from
Kita Islet. From this headland the coast has a gen'>ral trend of SE. by 8. two miles and a half to
Hot Springs Bay, though in this direction there .ire m.^oy imiraportant irreguh-ities, includmg four
or five coves or bays of small extent, and numberless »ocks and islets along the shore. A single
><niall bare rock, a third of a mile SW. by W. from the n^rth end of Peisar Islet, lies 8. i E. from
Poverotnoi Point three miles md half. A iine drawn froiv the western Vasilieff Bank to this rock
nearly SE. by S. { S. three and a third n-'.ies marks tiie lini.t of advisable navigition to the NE. in
this vicinity exi«pt for small craft.

* Olubokoi ; also called bv Teliienkoff Redoubt Lain.

tTo which, on 8oni« charts, tlm n/ime of Kllnoheff or Bprlnjg Bay l.a* huen erroueoii.l.v troiiffrrml.

t The largeat of the«e are known a«Kota, Dplt or Hpnt and Kuiia WUb, all uppurentiy nnlivu mrnvn.

148

SITKA SOrND.

Four cables E. from this rock is Peisar Islet, somewhat less than a mile lon^ NW, by W. and
SE. by E. and 'two (uhles wide, woodetl, low, and surrounded by rocks. Haifa mile E SE. from the
SE. end of Peisar is a high bare rock or pillar, called Viesokoi or High Book lalet.* Between this
and Peiwar are tliirty fiitliomH. From Viesokoi Rock the northeastern point of Biorka l)ears SW. J W.
two and a half miles.

U i :

The general description of the shores and islands of Sitka Sound being thus completed, as far at>
is compatible with the known uncertainties and deficiencies of observation and charts, it remains to
refer to the general hydrographic characteristics of Sitka Sound as a whole, to Sitka, its chief port at
present, and to give brief sailing directions for its navigation.

HYDROGRAPHIC CHARACTERI^STICS Of SITKA SOUND.

The tides in this vicinity, an usual throughout this region, flood to the northward and westwanl
when not diverted by the conformation of the land. During flood the current sets strongly upon the
reefs and shoals in the vicinity of Ouj)e Edgecumbe, and hence navigators should avoid approaching
this headland within at least two miles, as in case of a calm a vessel would l)e in danger of being cast
upon the rocks.

The NW. extreme of Biorka should not be approached from the westward in entering the sound
within two and three-quarter miles until it bears due east, and conversely in leaving the sound, in
order that the utinken rock in that vicinity may be avoided.

In entering the sound with a NW. wind tfie navigator should keep well to the southward, especially
before noon. Until the middle of the day, in most cases, Mt. Edgecumbe cuts ofl" all winds from the
N. and NW. from an area of the sound extending a mile or two SE. from St. Lazaria Island. Later
in the day, awarding to Tebienkoftj this is not the case. The same authority states that in entering the
sound with the wind in the southern quadrants of the compass it will us'ually veer to the E. or E NE.
as the navigator approaches the land. The inconveniences arising from this cause are best provided
against by keeping well to the eastward after the headlands are passed.

In spring and summer, wlien easterly winds prevail outside, they are almost always found to blow
NW. inside the sound. The usual passage between Kulichkofl* and Yitskaci is preferable to the others.

Having entered the bay with southern winils which have veered to SE. and risen to a gale, Te-
bienkoif strongly advises the navigator to remain within the bay, since numerous vessels have been lost
while endeavoring to put to sea by l)eing driven by the combined force of wind and tidal current on
the reefs about Cape Edgecunil)e. Under these circumstances Symonds Bay on Biorka Island may
aflbrd a place of retreat until the storm is spent.

The sound is favorably situated for navigation by its opening to the westward. The westerly winds
aflbrd the approaching navigator a view of the land by clearing away the fog and assist him to the.anchor-
age, while the SE. winds, which bring rain and fog, plac« no obstacle in the way of his standing off-shore.

When at the anchorage at Sitka, if the wind blows E NE. and no breakers are visible on Vitskari

and Kulichkofl" reefs, Tebienkoff" states that the wind outside will be found to proceed from SE. or NE.,

but probably the latter. On the other hand, if the surf be visible on these reefs when the wind at the

anchorage is E NE., the wind outside and witJiin the sound, as far easterly as Vitskari, will be found

, to procml from the S. or W., and it is not advisable for a sailing vessel to attempt to put to sea.

The sound itself presents no difliculties in the way of navigation up to the barrier of islets which
forms the protection of the anchorages of Sitka. AVbiding the rocks already mentioned in the vicinity
of the headlands of the sound and procee<lirig through the commodious passage between Vitskari and
Kulichkofl* at a convenient distance from the islets, a local pilot should be taken b^re attempting to
enter the harbor. For large vessels this is imperative, and is advisable for any stranger, though fore-
and-aft-rigged vessels drawing less than twelve feet may be taken in through the Middle or Eastern
Passage with little risk, provided the navigator be 'sure of his position, is proYided with the latest
harbor-chart (1881 -'82), and exercises due caution. The winds are seldom fair for entering by the
western channel, which is rarely used except by steam vessels.

The following sailing directions are chiefly based on Rassian Hydrographic Office Chart No. 1397,
1848 ; British Admiralty Chart No. 2337, edition of 1882 (errors excepted) ; U. S. Coast Survey Harbor
Chart No. 708, 1881 ; British Admiralty Chart No. 2348, a copy in nearly all respects of 708; and
some unpublished data.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR SITKA SOUND.

Mtangera. — Biorka Rock, submerged ten feet, less than two miles and a half W. from NW. point
of Biorka Island. Vaailieff Bank. Kulichkoff and ViUkaii rocks. Two-fathom patch, NB. by N. J
N. two and a quarter miles from Vitskari. Zenobia Rock.

DIBECTIOKS FOB SITKA SOUND.

149

iMfmett0H». — Avoid approaching Biorl<a nearer than two aiul a lialf miles. From ii point three
miles W. from the NW. extreme of Biorka the "onrse is K. h E. iiutil up with Vitsknri Hciicm, al)eam
half a mile westward. [The long reef extending NE. from Vit.tkari, on British Admiralty (, 'hurt \o.
2337, does not exist.] Then<« the course is for West Beacon, Makhnati Island, if bound for Uie
Western or Middle channels, or for East Beacon, on the Eckholms, if bound for the Kastcrn Channel.

WeKteru t'HnHnet Dmngtrm. — Sunken rocks Seaward from Sentinel Rock and Makhniiti ImHP^
Shoal westwanl from Sasedni Island. Channel Rock, in the western entrance, and Ilarlmr liofk^mHf
the anchorage. ■ ,

nirevH»nm. — From a point where West Beacon on Makhnati Island boai-s NE. by N. one mile,
the course in will be due W. until the north tangent of u.iponski Ishmd conies out north from Battery
Island and bears E. | N. When on this course the citadel or governor's house at Sitka Iwars E. f 8.,
come to on the }K)rt ttwk and anchor in six fathoms.

Without local knowledge or a pilot the navigator should not attempt to reach the pier at Sitka
from this anchorage in a vessel drawing over nine feet of water. Tlu; Western Channel is clear and
wide, but little ii8e<l, sine* in it the wind usually fails to blow home. The western anchorafie ciuaiot b<>
re<x)mmended, as the liolding-ground is a thin crust over shaly bottom, which gives way readily, and
the vessel is liable to drag. It is seldom used except for tenijwmry purposes, or unless a vessel can
moor to the adjacent shores. Mooring buoys formerly existed here, but have long been removed.

• miaate Chmnnei Dangerit. — Shoal west from Passage Islands; Keene Rm'kn; Volgn Inltind Shoal;
/i^osyind IHitchffl rocks.

MreettuHH. — The Middle Channel may lie entered Iwtween Makhnati Island and Surf Rmjks,
which is genendly the most convenient with prevailing winds, and was used exclusively by the Rus-
sians, but oi)en to the objection that Keene Rocks lie almost directly in the fairway. With smooth
water and a vessel drawing less than eleven feet, Keene Rocks otfcr no obstacle even at low water, and
at high water there is not less than twenty-two feet over them.

Another entrance is between Surf Rocks and the Passage Islands, but it is narrowed to nearly
half its apparent width by a tm-foof shoal extending northwestwarrl from the Passage Islands, wrongly
marked two and three-quarters fathoms on the 1882 edition c ' British Admiralty Chart No. 2.'}48.

The entrance recommended bjjtlie U. 8. Navy lies between the Passage Islands and Kayak Islets,
and is clear of dangers until up ^^tn Mitt'hell Rocks.

I. I*rom a point when West Beacon, Makhnati Island, Ixairs N. by W. four cables and Surf
Rocks E NE., the course is NE. for Volga Island, which should be rounded a cable southward from it
until Surf Rocks bear SW. f 8. astern, when the (sourse will be NE. f N. to the anchorage clear of
all dangers, when the navigator may select his berth, preferably out of range of the passage by which
he entere<l, since through this from the sound an uneasy swell is usually propagated. Anchorage may
be had in from six to thirteen fathoms over a bottom of mud, stones and broken shell, atfiirding excel-
lent holding-ground.

II. Between Surf Rocks and Passage Islands the Davigat</r should enter two-thirds of the way
toward Surf Rocks from the islands, and the course will l)e KE. by N. j N. for A^olga Island imti]
Surf Rocks bear astern SW. f 8., when the course will be NE. J N. for the anciiorage, as before.

III. Between the Passage Islands and Kayak Islets the ciourse from midn-hannel will be due north
for the citadel or governof's house at Sitka, which may be seen elevated over all other buildings in
the town, until Surf Rock bears 8W. f 8. astern, when the course will be NE. ^ N. for the anchorage,
as before.

tsuatern Channel Oangem. — Zenobiu, Simpson and Tsaritza rocks.

»ireetiona.—By keeping East Beacon on the Eckholms bearing nothing to northward ..f NE. J
E., Zenobia Rock outside the entrance is avoided. A course NE. i E. laid to pass Liar Rock at a
distance of two and a half cables until Katz Island opens (-lear east from Galankin Island, thence
due north, rouncli% the Twins at a distance of two cables, then W. by N. for the citadel or governor's
house, selecting a convenient berth at discretion, probably in fourteen fathoms due north a aible and a
half from Kutkan Island.

In the vicinity of Indian or Kaloshiau River shoals extend off-shore two cables, which should be

avoided.

1 1,

I't '

•35 f
1 1,

1(1

ill

160

SITKA HARBOR.

The governor's house, citadel, or "cnstle," at Sitka it, elevated on a rot'k above the rest of the
town ; its roof wu« of a retl color and the walls painted with yellow ochre. The position and elevation
is. sufficient to identify it.

A cupola 1 10 feet almve the sea contains the remains of a lantern formerly used as a guiding light
for vi«8((1h, hut now dismantled; during the day, while troops were stationp«l here, the garrison flag
was usually displayed from a staff on the house or close to it.
''^^■IkThe eastern anchorage is in all respects preferable to the western except for small craft. Directly
•VlRist the Middle Passage the Iwrth is tmeasy in southwest weather, but the holding-ground is excel-
lent and there is plenty of room to swing. In the western anclu)rage, except at a distance of a mile
from, the town, a veiftel must be moored, and the holding-ground is not so good.

Capt. Meade, U.S. N., after considerable experience, recommends mooring." with an anchor and
forty-five fathoms cable laid at NE., and the jtort anchor and thirty fathoms laid out west and put on
the swivel." "Or, a vessel may moor with port anchor NE., starbirard SE., and a kedge astern to
westward." " The only really violent winds come from NB. to E., clearing off with squalls from tlie
westward."

From the conformation of th^ land all easterly winds draw through Serebrennikoff Arm and
strike the anchorage with magnified force, in squalls rather than as a steady gale. With a sufficiency
of ground tnckl(> and chain cable of strength such as all prudent navigsition in Alaskan waters demands,
the master of a veasel need feel no apprehension in the eastern anchorage of Sitka.

The settlement of New Archangel,* now known as Sitka from the native name for the locality,
was founded by Baninoff, in Octolwr, 1804, after the destruction by the natives of the
Sitka. earlier settlement founded in 1800 on S*arri-Gavan Jky. It was made shortly after-

ward the site of the Colonial Dii-ection of the Russian- American Conjpany, a relation
.which it retained during the remainder of the Russian occupancy.

Since the transfer it has undergone a great change, and is at present of little tfommercial imjM^ance
exce|)t from the presence of the chief customs office for the A laska district.

Its iinportiince in the ])resent connection arises from the fact that physical observations were muin-
t4iincd by the Ru!>sian authorities from 1832 until the time of the transfer of the territory; and also
l)ecuiise Sitka is one of the few points in the territoiy which have had a jjoint astronomically deter-
mined by instruments of precision with sufficient exactitude to be available for rating chronometers.f

The latest determination of the geographical position of the astronomical station on the parade
ground at Sitka by the U. S. Coast Survey is as follows:

Latitude 57° 02' 61".8 N.

Longitude (in arc) ..135° 19' 46".0W.

Longitude (in time) - ..-ite 9" Ol™ 19'.0±" IM W.

The variation of thecomjjass was determined by the U. S. Coast Survey to ha 29° 04'.8 easterly in
Miiy, 1880. The i)ositions used as astronomical and magnetic observing stations by the U. 8. Coast
Survey parties in 1874 are as follows:

Adronomieal Sfatiov. — On the parade ground in front of the block of cottagesj used as officers'
qnartere, twenty-six meters (85 feet) from the southeast and twenty-nine and a third meters (96 feet)
from the southwest corner of said block, fences not taken into account.

Magnetic Station. — Eighteen and three-tenths meters (60 feet) westward from the astronomical
station, twenty-three meters (76 feet) from the SW. corner of the officers* quarters, and thirty-two and
two-tenths meters (106 feet) from the NE. corner of the quartermaster's storehouse. From this posi-
tion the spire of the Indian chapel bore north 0° 33' west — true. A copper»station mark, placed in
the rock to the westward of the officers' quarters by the U. S. Coast Survey party of 1867, appears
to have been stolen by the natives; at all events it has disappeared. For the position of the observa-
tion spot on Japonski Island in 1880, see page 141.

:R^-)

Tiaet.

The tides of Sitka are compound and very unequal in height and range — consisting in general of
two high and two low waters j)er diew. They bear a marked similarity — as might be expectSl — to the
type of tides which, with but few exceptions, is known to prevail from San Francisco northward where-

* T>ie name of New Aivlmiigt'l arises, not from any connetaion with Arcliangel in RuBsia, but becauBO the early setlleinent at
Sturri-Giiviin Bay was dedicated to tlie Archangel (labriel. lining destroye<l by the natives and its garruKin mafsacred, the new
settlement was placed on the present site of Sitka, the elevated rock offering great facilities for defense.^^P'the original archangi'l
having failed to protect his colony, the new settlement was dedicated to the Archangel Michael a.-d rec«iv«d from Lisianski the
name of New Archangel <m that accoimt. n

tThe meteorological and magnetic observations at this locality will be found digouased in Appendix I, 1879, and also in the
present appendix. '

t SincB destroyed by fire, but the site can be i ':«fnuned.

SITKA TIDES.

161

over observations have l)eeii Hufficiently full to (Ictcnniiic tlio ftinn of tlie tidal wave. They (litter
from those of the Bering S«>a in the more pronounced churacter of the sniMiicr low water, which iH
niroly entirely olibcured at 8itka, and in the smaller volume' of the solar m conipurcd witli the total
tide.

The characters of this tide are as follows, the plane of reference or mean of the low low waters
l>eing taken as 0.00 feet ;

• aitlia TMf.

Average height of high waters ' 8.03

Average A^^/t high waters 9.70

Average of all low waters 1.38

Mean level of the sea 5.16

Highest water observed ia.38

Lowest water observed (below plane of reference ) , — 3.06

Greatest diurnal range 14.41

Mean diurnal range 7.66

To oMatH the Height aua Time of TMea,

From the following table an approximate prediction of height and time can Ik; made, the two
tides of the same day being usually unequal in projmrtion to the moon's de<'linatioii.

Take from the J^putical Almanac the time of the moon's u|)|>er meridian passage at Greenwidi or
Washington, to this add the longitude of Sitka in lime, plun the amount entered in the table, to the
right of the prevailing declination, in the column headed Tnti^-val. If Wa.shington transits are nsetl,
to tliis sum roust also be lulded O"" O", which Avilj give the time of high or low water. The heujkt is
to be found just to the right of the interval in the table.

If the lower meridian transit be required, its time will Ik; half the difference Iwtwcen the two
adjacent upper transits as given in the almanac. When a minus (— ) sign prece<le8 a quantity in the
tables, that quantity should be subtracted instead of added.

Moon's Dkcunation.

TABLE I.

Ui'i'iR Mkuidian Transit.
Hiah Water.

Interval. Height,

Zero going North

Hid Nortb Incraailng .

Greatest Nortb

Hid Nortb deoreMlng .

Zero going Boutb

Hid Sontb IncreM'ing .

Greatest Boutb

Hid Boutb decreu'ng .

Ii. m

13 «3

M la

13 13

13 34

13 43

18 M

13 IS

13 13

ft. In.

Low Water.

IiUu-rval. I Hviglit.

ft. In.

Lower Meiiidian Tramhh-.

Higli Water.

Low Water.

Interval. | Height. | Interi'al.

9
10
10
9
8
7
8
8

11
3

5
7

3 :

-0

11 :

1)0

h. m.

ft. In.

height.

ft. In.

'13

11'

t ^

3
3
3
1

-0
-0

81
10
11

and also in tlie

CORREWION FOK PHASE.

To the times and heights as obtained from the preceding table a correction for the moon'.s quarter-
ings or phases must be applied from the following table. This correction is the same for an upper or
lower transit.

TABLE n.

Moon's Phasks.

New moou .
1st octant .
1st quarter
3d ootant ..
Full moon .
Bth ootant .
Sd quarter.
7tb octant..

HioH Water.

ft. In.
1

4
1
4
1
4
1
4

-0

-1

-0

.+0

-0

-1

-0

Low Watkr.

+0 13

-0 36

-0 13

+0 86

+0 ,13

-0 36

-0 13

+0 36

f(. In.
-1 1
-0 6
+1
+0
— 1
-0

-!-l

152

NAKWA8INA PAMHAOE.

Tlu'ri- is no"extal))iBlinH>ni,"nHin ri'KionH where the tides arc not numplex. The"c8tabriHhmeiit"
to be found on tlie llritisli Adiniriilty mid other ehiirtc in merely un approximation, more or less rough
in all cuM^H, un<l in nioHt quite unreliuble except for the jMirtieular |>urt of the limar year in which tuo
observations were taken from which it wtis computed.

l'«i

PAHSAGl-a BETWEEN SITKA HOUND AND SALISIUJRY SOUND.

Sitka Sound i" connt^'tcd witli die waters north of Kruzoff Island hv a series of possoees discovered
by Hay ward of I'ortlock'd party, in 1787, park of which were named by PortUwk on his cJiart Hay-
ward Straits.*

Thesestraits . 'imuniciite with Sitka Hound by an ojMjningon either sideof Krttstofl* Island. The
northeastern oiieiiJnjru.^d its ap])roaches lie l>etween Kamenoi and Kresta |ioints. beginning with th'!
former, immediately to ihe northward and northwestward from Krcstii Point, lies PromiBla Bay.f

This bay is of sma! extent, Ix-ing a nearly c<|nilateral triangle whos<> eastern side or entrance is
two-thirds of a mile <vide and contains a womled islet of small extent, from which a alwal extends a
short distance to the eastward. E NE. from this islet a (pnirter of a mile is aitunken rook, orcording to
several authorities, and half a mile eastward from the islet is a r(M.'k ten f(«t above water, noted by the
Coast Survey in 1807. This is |)robttb!y a cimtinuation of the other reef. J

The islet may Iki pas8e<l on either hand. Within tlie Imy twenty to twenty-five fathoms water

Erevail with hard bottom. In a soutlteastcr a heavy swell rolls into this bay. From the head of the
iiy the shores of Krestotf Island trend NE. by N. two and a quarter miles to its Eastern Point, which
forms the SW. head4and of Olga Strait. Ajiparently it is low, with rocky sliores, §

From Eastern Point, Ixjtween E. and 8. J W., to the distance of u mile andli ({uarter, extends the
the cluster known as the Siginaka Islands.!!

These comprise six principal islets, all of which, though of small extent, have received names.^ i..
the passages about and Initween them are numerous rocks above or below the surface. The islets are
not high, l)ut roiky and wo<Hletl. They considerably obstruct the upjiroaches to Olga Strait, but a clear
passage nearly four cal)les wide is left l)etween the islands and the Lisianski Peninsula. This jMissage
is very deep, no bottom being obtainable with fifty or sixty fathoms of line. The rising tide here sets
i.ortliward.

A mile E. \ N. from Eastern Point is a small spur of the Lisianski Peninsula called Dog** Point
by the Russian autho'-ities, to the north from and behind which is a snug little boat cove intt) which
four fathoms may be c^irried. From a ravine at its head a stream flows into this cove. From Dog
Point the shore Ibllows a generally SE. by E. i E. dire<>tion for a mile and a quarter, rounding to
Lisianski Point. Dog Point and Eastern Point may he regarded as the headlands of the southeastern
entrance to the straits. Due north from Eastern Point about one mile lies the southern point of Ilal-
leck island, which forms the western extreme of the southern termination of Nakwasinajt Passage.

This passage is of considerable extent and not yet fully investigate*!; with Olga Strait it com-
pletely encircles a large tract of land named HalleokJI Island. This island is about five and a half
miles long in a NW. by N. i N. and SE. by S. A S. direction, and somewhat less tl^an five miles in
gfijatest breadth, ^i is of roundwl triangular shape, moderately high, and with an irregular and wooded
surface.

Its southern )K)int, called on Russian maps PointS§ Krugloi, is separated at high water by a boat
passage half aciible wide from Beehive Island, round, high, and situated a little northward from Point
Krugloi, so that between it, the point and the bar which extends northwesterly to Halleck Island, a cove,

'Tliia imme, euniewlint widely udoplcit al lliiit (iviiod, Iiiib fidlfii into neglect; other naniem have been uppliMl to the several
channels, and there doeH not iippear to he anv general term in prenent use to indicate the whole of the water* which separate
Kri'zotf from Diiranofl' Inland. The names Olga, Neva and Krestoff afe applied differently on different charts, so mich so that
grave confusion hns been the rexult. Here the local designntions now in common use will be adopted without special regard to
priority of application, since apparently in this way only cnn slill worse confusion be avoided.

tPrOTldence Bay of liussian nnthnritiee since 1848.

n'here are discrepancies ninong authorities in regard to the islets in and near ihis bay which cannot be reconciled. Tebiea-
kotf indicates four islets and ti sunken rock. There seems to be not less than twu above water.

^ The portion of the arehipeliigo about to be described is so Imperfectly known anil mapped that all distances and directions
■Jiust be taken as approximate only. In many cases Ihe charts are known to be iusuiHcient. Reference will bo had for the most
part to the Russian Hydrographic Chart No, 1397 (lU B), 1848, which appears to be by far the moat reliableof the charts of this
region, with corrections by olticers of the U. !S. Navy and the U. 8. Coast and Geodetic Survey.

IIFiom the largest islet, so named by Vooilieff in 1809.

H Th<<8e are, beginning nt north and going round by east. Koloilienkin, Nakwailnakol, Kluditl, Vladrln, Uclaak and XUar-
koff(Olarl'0 islands, besides several smaller ones. They were named by Vasilietf in 1809.

»• Sabachl.

ft Or KakwasinBkala of Russian authorities of 1809; sometimes rendered MoqiiaiUiukl and also Little NoqtUMUlUkl Bay
by various authorities.

nByMeau'eiu]869.

$$ Or SouBil Point.

OLOA STHAIT.

163

;iled. Tebien-

jiakandlOtar-

UMhluklBay

is forrawl in which, however, no soumlings have l)eeii taitt'ii. Alx.ut .ast from Point Knijfloi, on the
nmiii shore, in a snug oove into which n itntain fUlis. 'i'lie diHtmice sctins >iot Itw thitn u mile, niorc
than any of the charts allow, of which i\\i>\U half is ol)Mtruct<Hl hy i«ianils. A .shoit <iiMtuii<-c cas'twiml
from Beehive Island is Popereohnoi (CroMwlse) I«let, which iimn'urH ut lii(fii water (ami may at low
water prove to be) composed of two adjacent islands, liij^h, wimmIhI and uliont c(|ual in ni/c, the eastern
end of the southeastern island lapping stmth from thewcHtcrn end of the other and divided from if only
by an extremely narrow pa8sa|;c. From the easternmost extreme of the latter to the shore at tho (•ovc
above mentioned ap|)eared to the eye not less than half a mile, clear and free of olthtriictions.

From hence Nakwasina Passaj^e extends in a generally northerly direction about six miles with
a width of about a mile. Numerous streams fall into the passajre and there arc several covi« on the
eastern shore. Off one of these, leading toward Katliana Buy, are two small w(K)dcd islets and some
bare rocks. Some of these coves appear likely to afford ancliorage. The shore of ilalliK-k Island
appears even and compact throughout, and the land rises rapidly to a considerable height. At the
NE. extreme of Halleck Island, opposite, a low H-Hh«l>e<l |»oint makes out with small coves NW. and
SB., a small islet off it, and a tunken rook WW. from its NW. extreme. This shore must not be
approached closely or without great caution. Hence, this passage extends with an evenly roundetl
curve to the northward, southwest and finally southward for six miles in total distance, finally joining
Olga Strait at itb northern termination. This jjortion of the |iassage is somewhat irregular in width,
but averages consi<lerably less than the part E. of Hullct^k Isliind. It is evident that no spe<'ial use
can be made of this passage for navigation at present. " Inexhaustible " beds of pure white (irystalliiie
marble are reported here, and silver and iron are stated to exist by Doroschin. These may at some
future time give rise to commercial investigation of the inlet. The outcrop of marble is NW. from
Halleck Island on the main shore, and has not been worked. It is exposed for more than one liunduMl
feet in width and is covere<l apiwrentlv murh farther by vegetation, with deeiJ wat*'r close to the shore.

As Point Krugloi forms the northern, so Eastern Point forms the southern extreme of the south
entrance of Olga* Strait. This strait separates Krestotf and Ilallcntk islands and forms a part of what
was named Neva Channel by Lisianski in 1805. This strait extends four and a litiif miles in a NW.
by W. J W. general direction from its southern entrance, with a general width of about half a mile and
not less than four cables wide at its narrowest point (according to Uussiun llydrographic Chart No. 1">!)7).
The shores on either hand are compact, the water is bold, and no obstructions or hidden dangers arc
reported. Just within, westward from Krugloi Point, a fine |)erinaneut cascade comes in from the
high land of Halleck Island, where it is said to be fe<l by a hike in the mountains. At a distjuicc of
three and a quarter miles from the southern entrance Russian authorities indicatcf the l(K«lity where
the tide of Sitka Sound passing from the south meets that which jjrooeeds from the north ami pro-
duces at times whirls, rips and choppy cross sea, incommoflious for small craft. Two and three-
quarters miles northwestward from the southern entrance is the least water found in mid-channel,
somewhat over four and a half fathoms. Thence it dee|H'iis NW. and SB. toward the entrances,
reaching about thirty fathoms in each entrance. The bottom is nwky, shelly or gravelly. No direc-
tions appear to be required for its safe navigatiim.|

The north westernmost p)int of Krestoff Island, forming the northwestern extreme of Olgu Strait,
is Feint Olga, from which the angle of Halleck Island, which sepaniU's the northern entrance of Nak-
wasina Passage from Olga Strait, bears N, by E, half a mile, while Neva Point, the SE. extreme
of Neva Pa.«sage, bears W. about the same distance.

KrestofT Island,§ of which Point Olga is the most northerly portion, extends thence SE. i S. five
and three-quarters miles, with a greatest width of about three miles near its soiuhern termination. It
has a somewhat triangular form the shorter side or i)ase fronting on part, of Sitka Sound, and the
island, like a wedge, separating tlie waters of Olga and Krestoft' straits. It is mountainous - .id densely
woofled. Between its southern extreme, Kresta Point, and Karaenoi Point on Kruzoff Island, an arm
of Sitka Sound projects in a NW. by W. direction for a distiUM* of a mile and a third. This arm
gradually narrows to the northwestward until it terminates l)etween two headlands which are separateil
, by a strait less than half a mile wide. Up to this point the shores on either side are infested with
njcks, which, however, do not extend to a great distance from the shore and an; mostly visible. The
depth of water in this arm is considerable, and up to the two heads of the strait there is no desirable

'Named by V»»Ilieff, jr., in 1833. It iB tlie Kreitoff Strait of the Riiwinn HyiliognipliU' Clmrls of 1809 and ISiS, and
the- Olga Strait of that of 1848. It ie usually known l>v those navigating in this region, iia wi-ll an to ihe \wu\ inhabitanla,
by the name of Olga Strait, though it ia not the Olga Strait of Tebienkoff. On account of this c;,iii".i»ioii, probably, no name in
assigned to it on Ihe Admiralty Charts The name, which is here ret.iineil, thougli not the prior name, is iiilopted on the ground
of local usage and ita presence on the best modern chart of the locality.

tThis note has been translated for English cartographers, who indicate it I.y the mysterious phrase "Disput..d boundary."
} Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1397, 1848, for these straits as well as Sitka and Salisbury sounds is the most i«liable and
accurate yet assigned, but a mdry corrections appear on the U. 8. Hydrographic Chat t No. 225 from observations by V. 8. Naval
officers. ,

i OroM Iiland.

p. C. p.— 20

154

KKESTOFI' STUAIT.

ant'horago. Tlicsf lieudlandrt have not liecii iiami'il mi the cliarl.s, and the discrepancies between different
charts of tliis vicinity are veiy markwl. This strait, not b<?ing at pri^sent ii:iportant for navigation,
haK been less caref'nliy examined and i8consM[Uently less known tlmn Olga Strait.

Krestoff Strait* extends four ni'd u half miles in a NW. ] IT. and EE. } S. direction and witli
an average width of two and a quarter miles, thongh the southern entr'-'coi^ \»ry contracted and much
obstructfHl. The main portion of the strait carries twenty to lifty tiitlioma wb^er, smd is abundantly
sprinkled with r /cks, islets and similar obstructions, wliich are nearly all viBil)le above water.

Immediately opposite the entrance and barring progress to the northward ,s an island, which on
most RussiUn charts is named Magounf Island. According to 'J ebienkoff it is about three-quarters
of a mile long and half a mii broad. Associated with and chiefly west an<l soutiiwest from this island
are a large uuml)er '"smaller islets, surrounded and eonnectefl wit'' Ma^oun Island and with each
other [>; slioai water and foul ground. A narrow pa.ssage, according ti> die charts, atfordiiig nowhere
more tha i two and a half cables i.'lear way and >" sonie places less than one cable, is all that separatcis
the Magoun Grouj) from the sliorcs of Krestoff and Kruzoff islauda. Since the clear and navigable
Olga Strait is more conveniently situatef' for ccmmerce, it cann.'t bn exfK'cted that this tortuous channel
offers any spctial inducements for navigation. There are several andioniges hereabouts, of which the
Russians formerly availed themselves when the settlement was at Starri-Gavan Bay. In the most
commodious of these places, however, it would seem (according to Lisianski's ex|wrience) to be neces-
sary to mooi' head and stern. The two headlands bear nearly due N. and S. from each otlier alxtut
three cjibles afsart, with not over two and a half cables tlear channr' between them. Here, in mid-
channel, twenty-six to thirty fathoms may 1h! had. There is a stmkm ruck, not on the chart, imme-
diatelj northward from the (ntrani.*, on the Krestoff side. Keep the western shore clo.se aboani here,
Immaliatcly within the headlands E. and 8. from the Magoun Group is Krestoffl or Cross Harbor.

It consists of the waters of Krestoff Strait which lie between the Magoun Group and the adjacent
shores S. and E. from the group. These Avaters form two passages around the islands, but the details
differ so nmeh in different chrirts that it is not safe to offer more than a general description.

Directly o])posite the miiidle of the enlr.,, ce an anchorage is indicated by Tebienkoff in twelve or
fifteen fathoms. It is very contracted, ' lunded by the southejistern point of Magoun Island on the east-
ern hand, and by (/ ircf or exiension of the Magoun Shoals to the west and south. It is barely over
a cable in extent. Northwest a «ible and a half from the southern headlands Lisianski anchored,
but was obliged to moor from the want of room to s-wing in safety, SW. by W, about six cables
from this locality Tebienkoff indicjvtes another anchorage in six or seven fiithoms. Tiie passage here
turns abruptly N NW,, forming a well-protected basin at the turn about half a mile in diameter. This
was cailed Miolkoi (Shoal) Bay by the Russians in 1801), So 'uch of it is obstructe<l by shoals that
only .-1 portion, about two and a half nxhh^s in extent, is available ;<jI shipping. The spot for anchoring
would appear to be that in which, when advancing in mid-channel from either direction, both channels
are kept open to their Cnllest extent. From this anchorage northward the pas-sage is less than a cable in
width but carries six faliioms through, which rapidly deej^ns after passing th(. Narrows.

'flu! passage wliich leads to the northward !)et%yeim Magoun and KrestotV islands is even less
comn)(«lioiis. The water is much deeiKn-, ranging from sixteen to thir'y-five fathom,s, and at a quarter
of a mile fron» the entrance there is a nv.nkeii rock directly in mid-channel. The pasf^age is east from
it. This pa.ssage ctintinues hence about i'our cables in the same general diretjtion, narrowing to a cable
and a half in this .-pace, when it divides, — one part extending W NW. past the Inlands and rapidly
widening iiiid joiniiiji,' the main body of the strait. The other po.-tion is contiaetl in a northerly liiicc-
tion throuuh it very narrow defile or gorge of Krestoff T«lar)-; for half a utile, where it widens into a
very singular, narrow, oblong basin, a mik' io length If. by W, }, W. and S, by E, ,j E. and a quarter
of a m'le wide. There is indic.ite<l a channel of sis or seven fathoms into this basin, and within six to
fou: teen tiifhoins, though the shores are indica,t*'d as gradually shoaling off. This basin and the harbor
as described arc rnther geographical tv-iositios than aids in navigatii'O, since the want of an exact sor\ev,
the contracted areii, the strong and complex tidal currents and the absence of wind which the topogiai)hy
iiiXH'ssifales, would tend to keep tliem unoccupiid "-.cept for temporary refuge of srnrtll ciuft engiiged
about the sound. No ii,stronoini«d ohservations ibr position ha\e been reconled a.s taken iu the harbor. "

Gi'ideS Islt iS hxaterl by Tebieiikofl' in

Ijatitwde 67° 08' N.

LoiiBitude 136° 28' W.,

*''jfi)«s StiTOit, iimiii'd by Viisilifft', jr., in 1f*?,X and in now locally eo culled ; but iti» nottlie Kve»tuft' Strait of V.ijiilieC »r..
fit 1809, and ': fmiiiH pint it'ltic- paBwipe first explored by Hayward, of Portlock'a vsb»«)1, in 1787.

(After a C;iptaiu .1/(iiriiii», wlici li'adiMl on tliis ocaat in 'arlv times; but on tlif RusHiaii Hvilrograpbip Chart Nc, MP4 it
appt>f.rt« a» Machln Island,

t'.ami'il by tli« Ku>ir;lnii» alxiul tliB beginning of tius cnntiirj,

i Miwalled Index IhIbi; on the {'0:141 Survey copy of TeliieTikofT* rliBrt of Crosf Uufbor. The same sketch ii erroiicouK in
th«BCttle, whoRe divUionu iijilicate i)uartei's <>l' miles and net wliole milt-a M n)»rki>d.

HATTWARD STKAIT.

165

but it is in the sound over a mile and a half E. l)y S. I S. from the cntraiKe of the liarbor Li«ianski
Ibund the hxtitude of the anchorage in Cm^s Harbor to I)e 57° 08' 24" N. Tebieiikofr gives a sketeii
of these aiieliorages on liisCliart VIII, with a seaie on whieh <|uarter niihs do ihity as whole miles
Tiiis lias been copied into the Coast Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts of Alaska, Slieet .'3 without cor-
recting the ccale, '

The westtrp shorf of Krestoff Strait curves in a westerly direction from the vicinity of the Ma-
('ouii Group and assumes a generally NW. i.end for a distant of four miles to the southern entrance
of Hay ward Strait.

Tills piece of coast is delineated a^ rather compact, with a small cluster of rocks named* the
Nadeshda or Hope Islets, and situated ai)out two miles from the Magouiis aiul <>lose to the shore. It
it; not improbable that there are shoals along this shore as indicated in tiie vicinity of the entrance of
Hayward Strait. The eastern shore of Kres 'off Strait trends without important deviation fnmi the
vicinity of Magoun Islets NW. by N. ^ N. nearly four miles to Point ()lg«. The northern half of
this shore is ^eset with islets and rocks, of which the largest is Pribilie (Prolilable) Island, four cables
S. from Point Olga and about three cables in extent. Over twenty islets and rocks are scattered about
til? straH, mostly in an isolated manner, and near!^r M h:tve bet^n named. Amcng others in their order
northwestward from the Magouns are Polnoi, Agiak, Dwinoi, Ubiloi and Nedostatka ish'ts.all of
small extent. The shore at the northwestern end of Krestoff Strait Iwtween the entrances of Neva
and .Hayward straits is forme<l by the southern end of Partoffs-chikoflf f Island. This island .separates
.Veva and Hayward straits, trends NW. by W. and SE. by E., and is about six miles long, with an
averagt! width of a mile and a half The southeastern extremity bordering on Krestoff Strait is broadly
rounded to the extent of nearly two miles, off which, in a SE.' direction at a distance of less than half
a mile, is a small group of roeks and islets (>aiied the Pribioli Islets. The northwestern end of Partoffs-
chikoff is attenuated, forming the narrow and wedge-shaped Hayward Point, 'vhich sepa.rates Neva
iVom Hayward Stniit and forms the KE, extreme of the latter. The land gmdually descends toward

I he watr. from a moderately high hill or bluff, and the extremity of the point is low,"w.'i(«le(l, and with
<i shonl extending offa quarter of a mile. PartoiTs- chikoff Island is covered with a moderately elevated
rolling chain of hills; the shores appear rather compact; neverthele.s,«, according to Russian authorities,

II large part of the island is borderai by shoals. If is separabjd from Kriiiiof Island bv HaywardJ
Strait.

Hayward Strait extends from the NW. angle of Kresloii" Strait, where its entrance is half a mile
in width, toward the northern part of Neva Strait, a distance of si« miles in a NW. J W. <lii-ection.
Tiiis stniit lias never been thoroughly surveyed, and charts differ. in regard to its details. Acrording
to Lisianski and most other Russian authorities, in the middle of ihe SE. entrance sixteen fiithoms may
lie had, and from thence less than a mile in a northwesterly direction lies the small rocky Kalabri (or
i'alibri) Islet, on each side of which three to live fathoms are to be had l)etwc-eii it and the shore NE.,
WW, and SW. One-third to one-half the distance NE. and SW. l)etween the islet and the shores
opposite is ob8tructe<l by sliaah extending from the Iiea(;hes of the main shores aiid dry at low water.
The islet seems to be bold-to. Less than a querter of a mile northwestward from it shoals extend
clear acrofis Hayward Strait, which according to rejiort are ilry, or nearly dry at low wiiter. At
high water there appears to be sufficient to float an old-fashioned deep ship's-lainuJi such as that in
ivjilch Hayward made his pii.s,sage, and t is not unlikely, from some remarks of Lisijuiski, that even
at low water there may be en<mgh to float an Indian canoe across the flats. These flats extend along
the strait nearly a mile and three-quarters from the point first referiwl to, near Kalabri Islet, and in
(his space tlio width of the strait for three-quartei-s of a mih^ is very contraettul. It is indicate<l on
i\iis=ian Ilydrographic Chart No. 1.397 as not much over a cable in width at some points, but in rcgiird
Id this there are discrepancies among the charts. A third of a mile W NW. from the northciu termina-
(ioii of these narrows the flats come to an end, the strait widens to a quarter of a mile, and the depth
"f six or seven fathoms near the flat increases gradually but rcgidarly to the northwestward. In that
ilirection to two miles and a half from the flats the shores of the strait are indicated as free from obstrue-
liiM). At that distani-e/ou/ f/co!tnd' or shoals are indicate<l on the SW. shore, juid half a mile further
"II the northeast shore also, otnupying about a third of the whole width on each side, leaving a navi-
srabie channel not much more thaii two tables wide, but carrying at the northern cxtreniity of the strait
iliriiit forty-five fathoms water. From Hayward Point W. by S. \ S. half a mile is an islet not named,
vviiich may be considered the NW. headland of this entnuice of Hayward Strait. There an; two
i-'ifh near" it, indicated as visible, as are two others SE. two cables from the hist mentioned. .Vbout
ilii- point Hay wanl and Neva straits come together.

Itch 18 erroiii'oiiii in

' After KruMnftt^rii'a ves*"!.

I .\ propiT iianift of Run»iuM origin. «i)niHtinie« wriltiMi PartOfftUltoir, und -'■-■li souiiir to tinve no cynon.vni in Enpiish.

t X;.iiiwl l,y I'orilock, in 17H7, iit>('r liin niiiti-, wlio wiis iIm' liiTt n. pio<» tln-oiiuli Snliiilniry Soiiml to Sitka SimhuI ami llnm
<'Miil.li«!i 111,. iuBularity of Knizotf Ulan J. Tliis pas,^afe-c Ims al«o li.cn I.Min..il BouUlol ( Dry) Strait liy KiiB-'iaii and Bcukol Inlet
liy V.u^Vv .1 autlioritiis, nanim viry ubjwtloimlde on account of tlmir iv|>eat.'il iii-i> in lliin Cfgion.

166

WIUTESTONB NAKROW8.
NEVA STRAIT" OR OHANNEIi.

This channel opens from the northern angle of Krcstoff Strait; it extends thence in a NW. hy
W. I vr. generul direction to Sftlisbury Sound, ii distance of some seven miles. It is the regular
channel by whicli the "inside"' steamer jwasnge to Sitka is made. The SE. entrant^ is marked by a
headland of Riranoif" Island, Nova Point, from which Olgji Point bears east about six cables. A
nible to the sontinvard from Neva Point is a small rock above water a short distance S. from which
twenty-five fathoms may lie had. On the opposite or Partotfs-chikofr Island shore and bearing SW.
i W. from the rock off'Xesa Point half a mile, is another rocky islet which may lie considered as the
SW, extreme of the passage. There are fifteen fathoms close to it and upwards to forty-five fathoms in
raid-channel between the two rocks, according to Russian authorities.

From Neva Point WW. by W. aliont six cables is anotlier small point, unnamed, apparently bluff
and bold-to, as is the shore Iwtwecn it and the rocks at Neva Point. North from it is a small a)ve.
Imnieiliatcly adjacent to the unnamed p.)int eleven fathoms or more are indicated by Russian Hydro-
graphic Ciiart No. 1397, but it about a cable length W SW. fnmi the shore and very nearly midway
between the point above mentioned, which has been called Whitostone Point, and a similar point on the
southwestern shore of the 'pas'«ige, a sunken rock is indicat<!d on the chart. The investigations of Lieut.
G.V. Hanus, V. S. N., of the ./am<8^"'»*, have cleared up the doubts in regard to this locality, which is
called Whitestone Narrows.!

The sunken rock of tlie charts is a small black rocky islet, called Whitestone Islet, west and nortli-
west from which are sIumIk and sunken rock«. The only channel lies eastward from the islet.

SAIIJNG DIRECTIONS

r U: i|

I'OU WHITESTONE XARROWS. ^

Actiording to Lieutenant Hanus, when the islet is in plain sight steer NW. by N. for mid-channel
of the passiige NE. from it; when nearly n\> with the isle*^ hug the .sh(jre of Whitestone Point NW.
I W. until the cove opens well. The coursf; is then W NW., with the head of the cove E SE. astern,
to avoid a sand spit which makes out from the. mouth of a stream westward two c jl^s from White-
stone Point. When in mid-channel on the above keep NW. J W., giving the sr „aern shore of Neva
Strait the preference for the rest of its extent. The least water is about five fathoms.

The rocks west and northwest from Whitestone Islet are well marked in summer by kelp, which
mtLSt always be avoided, as one of the rocks is nearly dry at low water.

The tide here floods from the northwest and ebbs in that direc'tion into Salisbury Sound.

There appears to be a number of visible rocks apd islets on the northern shore until Point Zeal
is rea<;hed, but mostly visible or dry.

Point ZealJ is situated three and three-quarters miles NW. ij N. from Neva Point, and appears to
be a rather high bluff point extending in a westerly direction and with an islet directly west from it a
few hundred feet. This point divides the narrow or southeasttirn portion of Neva Strait from the
wider or northwestern portion and also forms the southwestern extreme of a bight or bay known as
St. John Baptist^ Bay.

It opens obliquely from Neva Strait, of the northwestern part of which it seems to form a natural
eastern termination. Regarding tiie bay as consisting of that body of water E. from a line drawn from
Point Zeid i>erpendicnlar to the axis of the bay, it would then comprise in length a mile and a quarter
in an E. l>y N. and W. by S. dirwtion, and in width six or seven cables at the mouth, diminishing to
one or two cables at the head. There is one islet on each side of the bay ; the depth of water near tlie
shores is small — a shoal bordering the beach almost entirely around the Imy except near the points
of entrance; this shoal water makes off from one to two and a half cables and (according to Russian

•NaniiHl hy Li^imiaki, in 1804, after hi» vkkscI. tt tlien iiiclmlcil what has been tertr.cd Olfa Strait. The present Neva
Chttiinel is the Olpn Stniit iit' llie Riissuin chart of 180!>, but not of 'I'ebienkoff.

tin IlydroKraphic Notice, No. 13, IHCK, pp. .'> and 15, Meade refers to a reef of white boulders in Neva Strait in mid ohan-
nel. The hieatioii of tliis reef ie not indicated on IiIk chart nor is it stated in tlie text where the reef ia. It refers, however, to the
rock niarkMl sunken on Russian Hydropraphie Chart No. i:)!)?, and called Whitestone Islet in the above ilescription. He says.
"There is a larpe rock, which iapartly out of water and rijtht in the center of the channel. The ground is very innch broken, and
at low water there is as little as two a'ld one-half I'athoina m ihe rhnnnel Hy keeping clear of the kelp, which is readily seen, and
with 11.1 aid of the lead, a vessel of ffleen feet draught can (lass through at low water and the largest steamier at high water."
He cans this place the Wliitistone Karrows, anil refers to a creek on Ihe eastern shore immediately opposite this reef, off tlie
mouth of which is a sand hank upon wliich the Saiiininr grounded February 11, 1889. The subsequent investigations of Hanus
have shown that there is more water availaiile than Meade supposed.

{ In Kussinn Uisrdln or Ousardle. was nnmed by Vasilii'lTan early a« IKCI.

^Joanna Predtecbl ; nameil by Vasiliefl' in 18,33, and sometimes called Baptist Bay, St. Jobn'a Bay or Otijf,

mmm

NEVA STRAIT.

157

111 a NW. by
the regular
marked by a
c cables. A
, from wliich
hearing SW.
idered as the
I'e fathoms in

)arently bluff
a small cove,
ssian Hydro-
larly midway
point on the
ions of Lieut,
ility, which is

st and nortli-

islet.

mid-channel
e Point NW.
£ SE. astern,

from White-
ihore of Neva

y kelp, which

und.

Point Zeal

id appears to
?est from it a
•ait from the
•ay known as

in a natural
drawn from
iiid a quarter
minishing to
ater near the
r the pointN
to Russian

II! pii!e«nt Nevii

ail ill mill nhnn
however, to tlif

)tioil. Ho BHVS,

ii:h broken, ntiii
adily seen, and
at liigh water. "
tiis reef, off the
iitioHs of HanuK

Hydrographie Chart No. 1397) includes the two islets above mejitionetl. The depth of water varies
from six to nineteen fathoms in the anchorage, which comprises the navigable portion of the hay east
from a line connecting the two islets previously alluded to.

This bay was visitwl by a jiartyof the U. S. Cosist Survey in 1 8fi7, who report good anchorage near the
head in sixteen fathoms. 'I'he sliores are bold and rise to mountains, coverel with s])rucc to the water's
edge. A stream at its he;id reaches the bay through a narrow, deep valley between high nioinitains.
From Point Zeal Neva Strait extends in a generally W. J N. direction, with a width of aliout seven
cables and bold shores. At a distant* of about a mile and three-quarters westward from the point are
the Kane* Islets, comprisii)',^ a rook above water and two islets northward from it. The strait eastward
from these islets lias great tlepth of water; westward the soundings are mostly less than forty fathoms,
muildy iiottom. Immediately about the Kanes a danger line is drawn on the Russian charts, indica-
ting that they should not be approached within a cable length. SW. by W. ] W. from tlic islets
three-quarters of a mile is Haywanl Point, to the westward of which is the entrance of Ilayward
Strait. About W. J N. from Hayward Point, at the distance of a mile, lies the NW. point of entrance
i'lto Neva Strait as here accepted. It is a moderately low, wooded jKiint, which should not be too
closely approached, as liuasian charts indicate a danger line at about a cable ami a half from the shore
all around this point. On the other shore it becomes difficidt to .select a point of entrance or to draw
any line not of an arbitrary nature as a boundary between Salisbury Somid and Neva Strait. These
two bcKlies of water are so intimately connected that any specified boundary for either is open to some
exception. Perhaps the most iiatural is that whi(;h will here be adopted, namely, from the NW. point
of entrance above mentioned to the Samoiloff Islets and thenw to Point Kakul. This is the line of
separation adopted by Tebienkoff, Vasilieff and most Russian authorities.

From the NW. point N. "by W. J W. half a mile lies the largest of the Samoiloff't Islets.

This group consists of an islet of small extent and a number of visible rocks, having a generally
W NW. and E SE. trend, in which they extend less than half a mile and not over a quarter <>f a mile in
any other dinxition. Nearly in mid-channel l)etween the NW. point, and Sainoiloff Islet is a large
rock above water. There is a five-ftithom pttssage between the islet and the rocks. Between the rock
and the point t)ver twenty-live fathoms may bo had, according to the charts.

On the other hand, George Kozian,an excellent pilot long resident here, a.sserls that there is no
passage at all between the Samoiloff Islets and the NW. extreme of the strait; that a bar or ulioal
extends clear across, or so nearly so as to render navigation between them unsafe.

From the islet to Point Kakid the entrance of the strait is free and clear a distance of a mile and
a quarter in a N. | W. direction. Here the water is reporte<l to be of considernblo (li'|)tli and the shores
Hre bold and free from off-lying dangers. The NE. extreme is formed by Point Kakulj. It appears
from the charts to be a little peninsula jutting out from BaranoiT' Island in a westerly directitn. Rus-
sian Hydrographie Chart No. 1397 i.idicates/oit^f/rou/K/ near the end of the point, extending a cjible
length westerly. This point also forms the southwastern extreme of Peril Strait.

This completes the description of the interior passages between Sitka and Salisbury saniids, of
which, notwithstanding the fact that they are used monthly by mail steamers, but little is known;
and tliere is not a single astronomically established reliable geographical |)osition on record from all
this labyrinth of passages.

The description of the oceanic ct)a8t between the two sounds is next in order.

CAPE EDGECUMBE TO SALISBURY SOUND.

This stretch of coast has hardly had a trivial examination; different charts iliffer fiindam^nttilly
in delineation of its features and a detailed description at present is quite impractii"ai)lc. From Cape
Edgecumbe north-northwestward (aticording to Russian Hydrographie Chart No. 1397) one mile,
according to other authorities about three miles, is NevaS Bay. It appears to be a triangular indenta-
tion three or four cables in extent with bold shores, a stream coming in at its head, and no obstruc-
tions to navigation, though the shores of Kruzoff Islantl northward and southward arc fringed with
rocks and islets, it is possible that this cove might afford shelter for small craft in easterly storms,
but the oceanic groiuid swell would render it an unetusy and imdesirabic berth. There is no protec-
tion whatever to seaward. Tlu; iiosltion of the cove is very uncert^tin from t!ie non-agreement of the
charts.

Of tl.e Britiah Admiralty Chart No. 2431, or Kan IsleU of VaHilietf. named atter Captain Ku,„., an An,...inm pioneer trailer
a coast at the beginning of the century. , . ,, , > n i i ■ ti

Named by Va«ilieff in IKU, after one of the Russian explorers of ihe Alentmn Inlaniis. rnoi ca 1 „„ «,n,e rhnit- lli.

Or KetoU. probably derived from a Ru«i.n colonial .xpre-ion meaning ileta.hed. pinnacled, m- U,n 1 ro,k-.

Named by officer. "of the Knaaiau-Amerloan Company about 1849. .-^ee tl.e company a Report for that year.

'*^f

Samol Islets.

158

PORT MARY.

North-northwest from Cape Edgecumbc five or six miles is Shellkoff Bay.* It is inadvisable
at present to attempt any description of this bay, since no two original charts agree in respect to its
features, and between Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1397, Tebienkoff, the Russian- Ameriain Com-
pany's chart of 1849, and others, the diiferences are in many respects fundamental. Some must be
wrong, and perhaps all are. All agree in representing a large bay with islands near the northern shore
and with the northcn point of entrance extended prominently toward the south. The position an<l
form of Beaver or Bobrovie Point, the southern headland, are not similarly represented by any two
charts, and in regard to the interior shores of the bay authorities are hopelessly discref)ant. Most charts

represent at the extreme SB. angle of the bay a small cove to which the name of Port
Port Mary. Mary has l)eeii restricted by Russian authorities. A rough sketch of this cove is given

on Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1378, from which it appears to lie about two cables
in extent E. and W. and four cables in a N. and S. direction, with soundings varying from five to seven
fathoms over a bottom of gniy sand. It would appear to be partly sheltered by ?ome islets and a reef
from N. and W. winds. This sketch was made by Rikord and Khlebnikoft in 1810, who found the
variation of the compass to he two and three-quarters points easterly and the geographital position of
the middle of the entrance to be in

Latitude --._._ 67" 07' N.

Longitude 136°'40'W.

l I

m %

On the other hand, on the Russian-American Company's chart of 1849 this cove is represented as
unsheltered and completely tiJletl with shoals apparently dry at low water, while the contour of the
shore-line is fundamentally diftercnt from that of Rikord. From verbal reports, received by the Unite<l
States Coa.«t Survey in 1867 from Russian navigators, the hay woM appear unauUed for affording
shelter or good anchorage.

From its head u trail is said to extend to Krestoff Strait, chiefly along the banks of a large
stream which falls in at a point where Port Mary is supposed to he situated. From the above llie
absence of reliable infortiiation in rcj;ar(l to this bay and its shores may lie readily jierceived.

Between the northwestern headland of this bay and Cape Georgiana the discrepant char<o indi-
cate with some approach to unanimity the existence of a projecting tongue of land not improbably
identical with Point Amelia.!

The point here identified with Vancouver's, according to Russian Hydrogi-aphic Chart No. 1.397,
is situated NW. by N. J N. about fourteen miles fnmi Cape Edgecumbe, and is a sharply pointefl, high,
bluft", conspicuous tongue of hiiid trending NE. and SW. and about half a n\ile in length. NW. \ N.
about a mile from its southwestern extremity is the group of Sea Lion Islets,]: comprising four or five
islets all of very small extent, most of them mere rm-ks. They are compriswl within an area less than
a mile in diameter, and the outermost part is a mile and a quarter from the nearest shore. It would
appear (hat they are high, since they have l)een seen by various navig-atoi's at a distance of more than
six miles. Acc;ording to the sime Russian chart two and a half miles north from Point Amelia is the
entrance to a cove or bay known as Sea Lion Cove or "Gulf,"ii and which is represented very differ-
ently on different charts. It appears to be of small extent and requires further examination. TSC^. by
N. j N. fron\ Point Amelia three miles and three-quarters, According to the same authority, is situated
Cape Oeorgiana.y

This cape is sharp, narrow, rather high and wooded. Its approximate geographical position is

Latitude F/° 18' N.

Longitude _.736° 45' W.

and the variation of the co'iipass in this vicinity in 18;i3 was t!!!rt_y degrees easterly.

Sea (Morskoi) Rock lies one mile west from Cajie Georgiana — seventeen fathoms close to the rock,
over thirty in mid-channel, and over twenty close to the cape, all between the rock and the cape. It

* Of VRBilipfl', siiiMt-timcB leniifd SbeUlcova Oulf. TIiib luiily of wnii'r in thn PortBbtry i>f Vancouver, Mary Bay of Bnme
HiithoriticB. nnil i)ie Puerto de Ouadalupe of Giiliaiiirx Atlas anil of La Perouw, but it is not tli« original I'uirto iln Ouailn
lupeof Roilt>(i[a and Mniiri'lle. It haa Iwcn inialranslati'd Btlk Bay on Knglisli CIntrlB. Rusaian, Knglish and Anmrican uiithor-
iti«j» »wm to hiiVH rfBcrvcd l)y common conaciit the name of Tancouvor for the liarlmr within lh« bay, if any cxiflt*. It ivae
niinind in honor of flriRori Ivanovich Sliolikoff. founder of the Kua«iiin-AinKrican Company.

t Of Vancouver in 1704, who inchidwl what he aupp'wwi to he the Bay of Itlandi of Cook between tliis point and Klokaoheff
Isliind. More recent chartu remrirt tl(.ebay, now known a8 Salisbury Sound, to the water* between Cape Georgiana and Kloka-
cheff [aland, but this doen not appeal from Vancouver's cliart to have been hie iinpregaion He placea Point Aindia sixteen milen
about N. 38° W. from Cape Edgecumbe and represHiils three or lour tmall iHlets trending northwanl from it.

iBluchl, named liy Vaxilieff in lKt3.

$Iii KuKidnii Sluchla Ouba.

II Of Portlock ill 1787, Rul>8et]ueiitly called 81nohl or Bea Lion Point by Vanilieff in 1833; Point Olfa by TDbienkolf in
1848, (not the Point Olga of riliera ; ) and by some authorities identified with Point Amelia of Vancouver.

SALISBURY SOUND.

159

is entirely omitted by several authorities. Tebienkoff" indicates it an a sunken rock instead of an islet,
and tlie Russian American Company's chart of 1849 places another of the same size between Sea Koek
and Cape Georgiana.

A mile toward Point Amelia from Cape Georgiana, on the line joining them, several authorities
indicate a small solitary islet, which does not appear on other charts. The shore northward and east-
ward ' vithin a mile from Cajx; Georgiana is mostly bold-to with a few visible bordering
rocks. The cape itself forms the southwestern headland of Salisbury Sound,* which Salisbury Sound,
opens from the Pacific in latitude 57° ac' N. The entrance is coinimsei^ between Cape
Georgiana and Point Klokaoheff.f which is formed by the southwestern extremity of Klokaclietl"
Island.

Point Klokacheff from the sound appears to bo about two huiidriHl and fifty feet high, w()(Hle<l
with spruce, and ba^^ked to the northward by rather high mountains woodcnl to half their height, and
with bai'e and rocky summits. From Cape Georgiana Point Klokacheff' bears NW. by N. four nules,
Iwing the greatest width of the sound, which at its eastern termination has a breadth of less tiian two
miles; its length in a NE. by E. ^ E. and SW. by W. J W. diretition is about five miles. It is bor-
dered to the northward by land l)elonging to the Chichagoff Archipelago, to the eastward by a i)art of
BaranoflF Island, and to the southward clnefly by the shore of Kruzoff Island. Haywardj Neva and
Peril straits branch from its eastern angles. There are a number of sn;r.ll isiaiuis about the shores,
though the protecting long "ridge of high islands" mentioned by Cook, Maurelle and Vanc'ouver
(unleas identical with the Sea- Lion Islets) seem to he unreprcsentetl on modern charts. The U. S.
Coast Survey party of 1880 observed the outer shore north and south from Salisbury Sound to be
generally high and broken, densely wooded and (June 15) wholly free from snow, and guarded by a
throng of islands in front of it, mostly unindicated by the charts. In the description following, Rus-
sian Hydrographic Chart No. 1397 has been chiefly relied on; Tebienkoff No. VIII agrees closely
with it.

From Cape Georgiana the coast extends two miles NE. J N., with minor irregularities and some
in-shore rocks and islets, bold-to and wooded, to the southwest point of entrance to Kalinina Bay.t
of small extent, being about a mile in length NW. and SE. and half a mile wide, with the southern-
most portion slightly indented toward the south. NE. by N. from the SW. headland six ciibles lies
the NE. headland. The former is bold-to with twenty-five fathoms close in ; the latter is marked by a
short re^ extending westward from it. The southern shor'' of the bay is represented as bold-to; the
northeastern shore on the contrary is obstructed to the distance of a cable from the beach. A stream
comes in at the head. On the eastern side the U. S. Cosist Survey parties report a wooded mountain
fifteen hundred feet high, rising very abruptly from the water. The soundings in the entrance are in
about thirty fathoms, the depth shoaling rapidly to fifteen, ten, four and three and a half, the latter in
the southern part. This bay is asserted to afford good shelter in the southern part. It is manifest
that it mu.st receive somepnrt of the oceanic ground-swell at all times, and especially when the wind is
from the westward. This suggests that it must be an uneasy l)ertli at best.

There is no det<iiled plan of this bay, but it is indicated as above by Tebienkoff 's Chart No. VIII
and Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1397.

About six cables N. by E. J E. from the NE. point of entrance to Kalinina Bay lies the northern
]>oint of Sinitsin Island. §

This island stands out from the southern shore of Salisbury Sound .about three-cjuarters of a mile
in a N. by W. direction, including the foul ground with which it is fringetl and by which it is also
connected with the main shore. The whole is aliout a quarter of a mile wide and of somewhat
irregular contour. At its northern end tha.foul grouml extends two cables from the sliore, the de|)t]i
then increasing to fourteen fathoms or nior".[| A similar obstruction unites the; southern part of the
island and the main shore. On the east and west a depth of five to ten fathoms is attaine<l at about
one cable from the sliore, while at a distance of half a mile over fifty fathoms is imlicated. To the

• Numed by Portlock in 1787, and identicnl with the Puerto de los Remedlos of M«iin'lle in 177r>. nf (iHllnnu mid (if \m
Peiuii8e; the Bay Of Islands of Cook in 177ri, and later of LiBiaimky ; Klokaohsff Strait, Oulf or Sound of Viwilivtr mid oilier
Kimsian authoritiei, 1809-18.50; 01«a Btralt of TebienkolT, out nut of other KubkIuh (liail*, ami Olga Gulf oi- Sound of tlio Conut
SuiTey Allan of HarhoV Charts. Cook, Maurelle and Vanrouver all appear to have n-Kimled tin- liny a« inchidinjj; all lietween
I'oiiit Amelia and Klokacheff Inland, a fact which indicates a prolialile faultim-BK in the prMeiit delineations of the nli.Mvline
tlioul Cape Georgiana, since, if that promontory projected aa much in proportion to I'oiiit Amelia an is Kenerally iiidicateii on
tlie chartii, the above-mentioned impreaaion would hardly have been conveyed lo such an acute olwerver an Vancouver. A
re-examinaiion of thia part of the ooaat, eipecially the hluclii laleta, i« much to he dedired.

I Of X'aailieff; inadvertently termed in a late Coast Survey publication Point Olga, a name already applied en-oneoimly liy
Tebienkoff 10 Cape Georgiana, «»d also previously used by VasilieiT for the northwestern extreme of Kreslolf Maud near by.

; Named by Vaailieff.

<i Named by Vaailieff in 1833, after one of the early explorers of the Aleutian Islands. Called Slnlts Island on liritish Ad-

niimltv Chart No. 2:1.17.

II On Tebienkoff's plan of Olga Gulf, and the copy of it in the Coaat Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts of Al.i..ka. this soundmg

has been recorded as seventy-four fathoms hy an error.

160

FOBTUNA STRAIT.

. ',

SE. from Sinitsin Island the shore extending thence to the NW. point of entrance of Hayward Strait
is represented on existing charts iis nearly straight. The U. S, Coast Survey party of 1867 reports that
from a "position in the middle of the sound" t' -^ "shore appeared to retreat well to the south, head-
ing in a low valley" on the west of which appeared the liigh eastern mountain of Kalinina Bay and on
the east a "wooded hill about six hundred feet" i height. Two rocks were observed in front of the
entrance to this apparent bay, and there may exist here a well-sheltered anchorage, from which
Sinitsin Island would keep out the sea due to the westerly winds.

From the northern part pf Sinitsin Island the NW. point of entrance l)ear8 E. J S. al)0ut a mile
and a quarter, and Point Kakul about NE. by N. ^ N. two miles. In the eastern part of the middle
of ♦he sound the Coast Survcv sounded in fifty-five fathoms.

Klokaoboff Island,* a the northwest point of entrance to the sound, is of triangular form,
havljig sides about a mile in length, its western or longest side extending in a K. by W. and S. by E.
direction. It is very high, especially to the NE., falling away westward, and densely wooded on the
lower levels. When abeam white streaks or landslides show, clearly on the bold shore eastward from
it from a distance seaward of eight or ten miles. It is separated from the adjacent land of the Chicha-
goff Archipelago by Fortuna Strait Passage or Channel, as it is variously termed.f This passage is
represented aS a mile and a half long, less than half a mile in average width, having a general NW.
and SE. direction, and as being obstructed by siioals in the northwestern portion so far as to form a
cul-de-sac, wlii(^li may be entered for the distiuice of a mile in a NW. by N. direction from the middle
of the SE. entrance. Very little is definitely known about this strait, which was first indicated on the
charts of Portlock and Dixon.

The SE. point of entrance of Fortuna Strait is marked by a small round island. Thence in a
S SE. direction the soundings run from ten fathoms at a cable length to twenty-two at four cables
and fifty at seven cables from the shore. In the middle of the entrance to the sound no bottom is
rej)orted with nearly sixty fathoms of line. From the same point the Chichagoft" shore curves slightly
toward the north but preserves a general E. by N. direction for nearly three miles and a half to
Krugloif Island, a small round islet as its name implies, which by its position forms the SW. pofilt of
entrance to Peril Sirait from the sound. The shore between Krugloi and Fortuna Strait has numerous
minor irregularities, and appears to be chiefly rocky and bold with mountainous and heavily wooded
country bcliind it. Foul ground extends off two or three cable's length, and a number of small, round
and probably high islands are scattered along this shore, of which Krugloi is the most eastern and
Ooloi§ Island is the most distant from the shore.

This islet is repi'esented as bearing from Krugloi SW. f W. one mile, and from the rocks at the
northern end of Sinitsin Island N. by W. a little more than a mile. Hence, in this vicinity, the
navigable width of the sound is reduced to about one mile in a N. and S. direction.

Pilots Paniarakoff and Kozian, of the Russian- Ameriam Company's service, state that all dangere
on the uoithern shore of Salisbury Sound are exposed or visible, and that any one bound for Neva
Strait may steer in mid-channel up to the high bluffs of the BaranofF shore and enter without risk.

PERIL OR POGIB8HI STRAITS.

These straits apjiear to have been named at an early date, but first appear on Lisianski's chart of
1804.11 They have been but very imperfectly examined, and nearly all extant information is com-
prised on Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1 397, with some subsequent corrections by the U. S. Naval
and Coast Survey offic^ers, upon which, therefore, the following descriptive notes are obliged to be
dependent for their accuracy.

From their SW. entrance between Krugloi Island and Point Kakul the straits have a northerly
general direction for fifteen and a half miles, and thence trend nearly east eighteen and a half miles to
their junction with Chatham Strait. The western portion is contracted in width, obstructed with
numerous dangers, and by the strong and turbulent tidal currents to which it is subject is rendered
dangerous and difficult of navigation even for steam-vessels, and should on no account be attempted
without a pilot or by any sailing vessel of considerable size.

The shores of this western portion are indented by numerous bays the approximate limits of which
are known, while the borders o'" the wider and eastern portion of the straits are very imperfectly
delineatetl and broken by openings which remain still unexplored. While in the eastern portion shoals
occur, among other obstructions, to the westward the water is deep and the rocks and reefe which
imi)ede navigation are mostly bold-to.

• This name first appeara on the Britigh Admirnltiy Chart No. 2337. It has also been called Fortuna and Vincent Island.

t This name appcnrB to liave been applied by Vasilieff as early as 1848, perhaps with reference to the capture by the Kus-
sians in IHl'J of a Spanish vessel of that name which had stianded on the Alaska coast in this vicinity.

t Round Island.

^ Bare or Naked.

II He tei-m« them Fagoobnoy or Pemloloui Strait, and states that they were so called on account of the death there of a
large number of Aleuts in ITUil from eating poisonous mussels.

PERIL STRAITS.

161

B»th there of »

Peril Straita at their western entrance are alwut half a mile wide E. by N. and W. 8oMlhwe«t Peril
by S., and the navigable width is fiirtiier diminished by a short »w/ about Point Kakul. Strait.

In mid-channel over fifty fathoms have been olitained without Iwttom being reached.
From Point Kakul N. by E. | E. two and a third miles lies Point Suloia.*

This point is situated on the western shore of the Southwest Peril Strait, and from Krugloi Island
IjcarsNE. by N. J N. two and a half miles. It is a rounded l>ut rugged promontory, apparently high,
bluff, wo<Kletl and backed by a rather high mountain. The shore between it and Krugloi is marked
by numerous minor irregularities and is of a rocky character. In the stiait are several rocks. These
are indicated as high out of water and readily avoided.

The most important is a cluster which is situate<l almost in the middle of the strait, three-quarters
of a mile north from Point Kakul. Tlie water in tiiis vicinity is stated, however, to l)e of very great
depth, and there is on either side of these rocks a clear p:is«age for navigation.

From a point half a mile northward from Point Kakul the shore has a general trend E NE. for
a distance of six and a half miles, with some subordinate flexures. A stream comes in at this point;
tiiencc the shore extends two miles NW. J N. and tlien trends W. by S. \ 8. nearly four miles to Ribni
or Pish Point, a promontory, high, rocky and wooded, which bears from Point Suloia alwut one mile
NE. by N. J N. It takes its name from Fish Bay or Gulf, which isf formed by the indentation of
Baranoff Island just mentioned. It trends E. by N. i N. and W. by S. | 8. four and a half miles, and
has an average width of a mile and a half. This bay gets its name from the large numlier of salmon
caught in the streams falling into it. The depth of water within this bay is very great and but one
anchorage is surveyed. On the northwestern shore of Fish Bay, aix)ut a mile to the eastward of Fish
Point Tebienkoff indicates a small cove, not named, in which an?hontge may be had in ten fathoms.
It is not shown on any chart except Tebienkoff's No. ^'III, and there merely indicated — while it has
been stated that it is two miles eastward from Fish Point, probably by (ionfusion with Schulze Cove.
About two miles and a half eastward from Fish Point is Schulze Cove,t indenting the Baranoff shore
in a N. and S. direction about six cables and about four cables wide.

At its eastern point of entrance is Piper Island, of small extent, wooded, with a sand spit making
off a hundred yards NW. from tiic NW. face of the island. The clear entrance is about three cables
wide with about twenty-five fathoms in mid-entrance. Tiiere are no visible dangers inside the cove
and the only caution needed is to avoid the vicinity of the sand spit, where the water may be twenty
feet or less in depth at low water. This cove was used by the Russian steamers for shelter
during southeast gales; the holding-ground is good, and tlie anchorage N. and W. from Piper Island
in alwut ten fathoms. A sketch of this cove has been made by Lieutenant F. Symonda, U. S. N., and
imblished on U. S. Hydrographic Office Chart No. 883.

From Point Suloia the coast gradually rounds to the north and west, forming an indentation
known as Suloia Bay, in which Meade indicates an anchorage without reconling any soundings upon
iiis chart. This bay extends W. by N. J N. for a mile and a half with an average width of two-
thirds of a mile. Directly in the middle of its entrance, W. by S. J 8. two-thirds of a mile from
Fish Point, a mmken rock is indicated. Between this rock and the westernmost of tiic; islets off Fish
Point is a space four cables wide. Between the rock and the north and south shores of Suloia Bay
and within the bay generally, except a few islets near the shore, no shoals or other olwtructions to
navigation are indicated on any of the charts, yet Meade, who anchored here January 1.3, 1868, says
n thonl runs across the bay from point to point. The water shoals suddenly from fifteflii to five fath-
oms, beyond which there is a flat. The best anciiorage appears to be midway ^letween tl e "two poiuta,"
in ten fathoms water.

Immediately west from Fish Point and N. by E. J E. from Point Suloia lie some islets. The
narrow jiassages between them and Fish Point are of course unnavigable, but rather from the strength
of the current than from shoal water. The largest of these is named Bapids (or Poroga) Island, and
between it and the opposite whore the cleur channel is not over a third of a mile in width. From
this point to Poverotni (Turnabout) Island the strait is more or less contracted and oljstructed by islets
and rocks, amongst which, at certain stages of the tide, a bore, race or tide-rip is produced of great
strength and alarming proportions. This is especially severe at certjiin of the narrowest places. The
race nearest to Rapids Island is denominated the Second or Southern Rapid.

Immediately north from Rapids I.«land is a small rocky islet from whicrh n shoal extends north-
ward, and at a distance of a third of a mile N. by E. from the islet is a detached sunken rock known aa
IVdyanda Rock,^ which never uncovers.

The following account of an hitherto unknown danger in the above vicinity is derived from
information furnished to Lieut. G. C. Hanus, U. S. N., Assistant Coast Survey, by Pilot W. E.
George, of the steamer Eureka, which struck upon it April 26, 1883: ________

"A n»me, appBrontly of nntive origin, appllwl by Vasilieffin 1833. Suloi in Rwoian nii.an» porridge.
tNaniKd by VaBilltff; Rubla, RlDnala anil Flililng Bay on variouB charts,

i Named by the U S. Nnvy for Paul Schulze, esq , pn-Ki-lent of the Norllnvcst Trading Company of Portland, Oregon,
d.iin^' buKinesa In the Alexander Archipelago. MLapelled SbtUse Cove in U. S. Hydrographic Notice No. U8 of 18H0.

i Sonielime. miupelled Wyailte EOCkJ named from the feci that the Kevenue Cutter Waj/anda ouce touched on this rwk.

P. 0. P. — 21

162

PEltIL STKAITS.

Eureka Rock. — The SW. end of Rapi<lH or Poroga Island on with 8uh)ia I'oint of Cliichof^ofr
Island (which, according to the chart, should bear alwut S. | W.) passes over tw. ro<'k, from which
the northern edge of Rapids or Poroga Island bears SB. by B. J B., approximate.* There are about
eight feet of water over the rock, which appears to be a pinnacle about six feet in extent.

Note. — According to the chart. Eureka Itock should be about 400 yards N. I E. from the western
extreme of Rapids Island, and a little more from the Chichagoff Island shore.

DIRECTIONS FOR AVOIDING EUREKA ROCK.

Comirif/ from the Northward. — When Liesnoi Island bears t<» the eastward of north, the vessel
being in mid-channel, sttier for tlie western shon; of the passage and keep within ."iOO yards of it until
the BW. point of Rjipids Island bears SB., when all danger will 1k> cleared. This direction clears also
the Wayanda Rock eastward from Eureka Rock.

Omningfrom the Soutkoard. — When up with the SW. end of Rapids Island, in mid-channel, r,UxT
for the western or Chichagoff Island' shore, and keep within 300 yards of it until the eastern po'it of
Rapids Island bears SB. by S., when the course in mid-channel is clear of these dangers.

From Rapids Island the course of the strait to the Opasni (Peril) Islets is N. f B. tlu-ee and threc-
quartcre miles with an average width of less than a mile. At a distance in that direction of stwen or
eight cables lies a small islet, high and rocky, called Midway (Sredni) Bock. According to the report
of Lieut. G. C. Hanus, U. S. N., detached sunken roch extend nearly two hundred yards S SB. from
Midway Rock into the channel. However, on the U. S. Hydrographic Offi(« Chart No. 882, accom-
panying the rei)ort (U. S. Hydrographic Notice No. 97, 1880,) these rocks are laid down as extending
m a direction NB. by B. J B. from Midway Rock. JJetwecn these and the reef from Rapids Island
there is said to Ik) a clear psissage " several hundretl yards wide."

In passing through here the Liesnoi Group must l)e left to the NW. and the Rapitls or Poroga
Group to the SB.

The strong tidal currents here cause rapids, the whirls ar eddies of v/hich render it at all times a
difficult passage. Vessels always wait a favorable tide to go t ougli, which in general is the beginning
or ending of a head tide.

NW. by N. two cables from Midway Rock is Woody (Liesnoi) Islet, eonnectefl with the shore
NW. from it by foul ground. There arc several other small islets in this vicinity. All this group of
islets must be left to the northwestward of the vessel in navigating the strait.

NB. three-quarters of a mile from Woody Islet is Point Siroi.f apparently a low or marshy point
from the name, which is due to Vasilieff. Behind this point to the northward is a slight indentation
over a mile along the strait N. and S., about a third of a mile in width, and containing several islands
parallel with the strait and the shore. In this bight anchorage may lie obtained in thirteen fathoms
between the southern islands and the shore; soundings in fifteen and twenty-five fathoms are noted in
the wake of the \mnt, while in the channel no bottom at fifty is indicated. This anchorage was used by
Russian navigators. W. f N. from Point Siroi about seven cables is the southern headland of Deep
Bay.J an indentation very similar to Suloia Bay in size, form and trend. From the southern head-
land the shore trends about W. by N. and then rounds to the northward, terminating in a rounded bight
at a distance of about two miles from the entrance. The northern shore has a generally parallel diretv
tion to the above, and the bay is about three-quarters of a mile wide N. and S. The shore at the
northern junction of the bay with the sirait rounds off so gradually as tt) suggest no sjiecial position
for the northern point of entrance. No soundings are recordetl, but the bay contains several islets of
small size and two others called Big and Little islands respectively.

Malie or Little Island lies immediately northward from the southern headland, scjmrated by a
rock-encuml)ered channel about a cable wide. This island appears to be about a third of a mile long
B. and W. and a cable or two wide. Northward from this and separatetl only by a channel not more
than two cables in least width is Bolshoi or Big Island, nearly a mile in length W SW. and B NB. and
over a thirtl of a mile in width. This island is rather high and wooded, and its eastern end j)r()jects
nearly to the middle of the strait, out from the entrance of the bay, until theeastern extremity of tlie
island bears aljout N NB. three-ijuarters of a mile from the southern headland of Deep Bay. Close
to the eastern \mnt of Big Island lies a small high islet. Nearly in one with the liefore-mentioned
southern headland and the southeastern edge of Big Island, (according to Russian Hydrographic Chart
No. 1397,) l)earing NB. by N. f N. and SW. by S. | S.,at a distance of two and a half cables from
the eastern end of Big Island, is the southern extreme of a sunken rocky patch, not named, and of about

1397.

* Then besringg and distances all depend upon the correotness of the shore-line of Bussian Hydrographic Office Chart Nu.

tw»t.

t Olnbokol.

PERIL STRAIT.

168

two cables in extent N. by W. J W. and S. by E. } E. It is connected with tiic Baranoff shore by
a ehoal. To avoid this obstruction, whicii is indirated as submerged, vessels Iratind northward from
Sitka should (if thf chart lie trustworthy) round the eastern end of Big Island within two cables dis-
tance and keep it iuearing nothing to the westward of south until abreast of Yellow loint. Conversely
vessels bound for Sitka after passing Yellow Point should keep away S. \ W. until up to Big Island'
at a cable and a half distant, when the island may be rounded at about that distance.

On the eastern shore of the passage beyond the anchoring plm-e northward fn)m Point Siroi, and
at a distance of some twelve cables, N. \ W. from Point Siroi, is a rounded projection of the shore
called Sredni or Middle Point, immediately W SW. from which a mhoal extends about one cable to the
sunken rooky patch first mentioned. Between this and Ycllov,- i'oinl the tides from Salisbury Sound
meet those from Chatham Strait. From this point Zbolti or Yellow Point l)ears N. J W. three-quar-
ters of a mile on the same side of the strait. This is a very narrow sharp point, at the end of which is
a mibmerged reef or rock extending off al>out a cable in a northwesterly direction, leaving a clear passage
two cables wide between it and the opposite shore which here has a north-easterly trend. Alwut
N. by W. J W. four cables from Yellow Point, according to the chart, lies Bapids Point, on the western
shore of the passage, E. by N. from which, separated by a narrow but clear channel, are the Opasui or
Peril Islets, consisting of three wooded islets of small extent close together and a bare rock. It is
believed that the rock on the chart southward from the islets does not exist, but opposite a bight on
the east end of the largest islet, in the passage east from the islets, is a dangerojis rook which only
uncovers at extreme low water. For this reason, though narrow, the passage west from the Perd
Islets is recommended as the l>est and most direct.

Abreast of Rapids Point the whole strait is less than half a mile in width, and this is diminished
nearly one half for navigation by the islets. Hence at this point, at certain stages of the tide, the
so-called First or Northern Bapid is formed, consisting of a race of great force and
velocity. At spring tides it is said to attain a velocity of ten knots an hour. Hence Flr»t Rapids,
the remaining ))ortion of the Southwest Peril Strait trends NW. J N. for about three
miles with an average width of seven cables and very deep wate'r. The shores are high, wooded and
st(«p —the effect being to render this part of the strait a dark and gloomy gorge, apparently traversed
by a torrent; the whole Iwing graphically described by Langsdorff in his travels.

Two and two-thirds miles NW. by N. { N. •' m Rapids Point is situated Pogibshi or Peril
Point, forming the NB. extreme of the Southwi Strait. It would seem te be a narrow hooked
point of small extent, trending in a W NW. direction. About two cables SW. from the end of the
point is a sunken rock which ap[)ears to Ihj in one with the western extreme of Poverotni Island Iwaring
NW. J N. The depth of water on this danger is not stated, but sixteen fathoms are laid down close
to it. It is easily avoided by keeping in or a little to westward from mid-channel.

W NW. from Pogibshi Point, from which it is separated only l)y a narrow cliannel, lies Pove-
rotni* Island, a small, high, wooded, roundwl island. Southward from this isliwid, extending towanl
the NW. head of the cove known as Goose Cove, are some rocks not shown on the chart.s.

About W. by S. from Peril Point, in mid-channel, about forty-five fathoms water is indicated,
and twenty-two fathoms, muddy bottom, two cables from the western shore in the same direction from
the point.

About SW. from Poverotni Island, on the western shore, is an indentation or broad cove which, as
also another on the eastern shore, E. from the island, is named Poison Covef on Meade's chart.

About W. from Poverotni Island is another indentation of the western shore into which a stream
falls, and where it is probable that anchorage may be had.

Between the southern headland of this unnamed cove and Poverotni Island a distance of five-
sixths of a mile in a W. by S. or E. by N. direction is the entrance from the southward to the North-
east Peril Strait, or from the northward to the Southwest Peril Strait, whose description is the subject
of the preceding remarks. The Northeast Strait diflers in hydrogra|)liic character from the latter
chiefly in its greater width and more gradually sloping shores. It has also been much less thoroughly
examined and a laYge portion of it may be said to remain practically unexplored. Northward and south-
ward large and extensive arras penetrate the shores, the nature and extent of which are only known
by Indian reports. The depth of water in Northeast Peril Strait does not appear to have been examined
except near a very small part of its shore. The land behind the shores is broken and the mcxst part
high. The shores themselves arc largely compact, with a tendency in some places to make oflT shoal.
Near the eastern entrance are numerous islands and some very extensive reefs. The average width of
the strait is about three miles; its least width, except at the south vestern entrance, a mile and three-
quarters, according to Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1397.

'Turnabout; called by Meade Return Iiland, tlimigli the neiiae in more llmt of a point or pivot, around or about which one
turna in paaaing. It is Porero Wand of Britiali Admlnilt}- Chart No. a3:t7. K<ir ii long time, 18:15-1875, this ihlet was <mn-
spiciioualy marked by a canoe, which indicated the burial place of a family of Sitka Indiana who died of ineaales in IKtS. Kroni
this it derived the local name of Canoe Ifland.

tThia ie probably in commemoration of the death of the Aleuts, previously mentioned, from eating poieonoua mu^ela, but
the identification of the epot with the locality where the event occurred would «eem to be doubtful from the repetition of the name.

1:^

': ■

164

FAVORITE ANCHORAOe.

If'' '-

The general course of the strait from its sotith western entrance appears to be N. seven miles ; then
E. by S. twelve and a half miles; then E. by N. \ N. nix and a half miles, to Chatham Strait. From
the southwestern entrance the western shore trends in a generally northwest by northerly direction, and
at a distance of four or five miles an opening appears of about a mile in width. The character and
extent of the arm of the strait beyond this entrance has not been delineated on the oharts nor has any
name l)ecn applied to it. For five miles northward from this entrance the land is
Hoonlah Sound, broken, indicating islands, and a large unexplored (channel or arm extending in a north-
westerly direction is reported under the name of Hooniah or Hoonah Sound; this has
been stated by several navigators, on the strength of Indian accounts, to communicate with the waters*
of Cross Sound. Later information, however, indicates that this is an error and that high land inter-
venes for a considerable distance. No one hitherto has penetrated its recesses, but the Sitka Indians
are said to call it Shekak, the name Hooniah being derived from a resident tribe.

From the eastern limit of this broken land the northern shore of the strait is very compact and
trends to the E. and E. by S. nearly nme miles.

From Poverotni Island the shore has a general trend of about N. by E. \ E. for six or seven
miles.

To the eastward of and immediately behind Peril ''oint is a small cove, which is also protected on
the westward by Poverotni Island. Into this cove i a small stream which has rixjeivotl from the
Russians the name of Ousinaia or Goose Creek, to wliich the shoaling of the cove, by the transpor-
tation of sediment, is probably due. In the cove between Poverotni Island and the shore eastward
frorn it the soundings are indicated as about eleven and a half and five fathoms. The beach seems to
be prolonged in a sort of bank for a short distance, upon which there is little water.

Off the eastern liea<l of the cove is a small island with rocks westward from it not on the chart,
but not far from the shore. On the opposite side of the strait are the Poison liooke, from whicii
Baranoff's Aleuts in 1799, picked the poisonous mussels which caused the death of over one hundred
persons.

NE. by N. J N. two and three-quarters miles from Peril Point is a rounded projection of the shore
called Bock (Kamenisti) Point, from a peculiar rock whicli lies just off the edge of the above-men-
tioned bank a third of a mile north from the point. This rock has six or seven Tathoms close to it and
is visible at low water. With this exception, from Peril Point eastward the soundings along the edge
of the bank vary from ten to forty fathoms over a bottom of sand and shell.

From Rock Point eastward the shore forms a rounded bight for nearly three miles to the heel of
Lowlying or ITismeni* Point, which bears N. J E. from the former. This point much resembles
Peril Point in extending parallel to the axis of the strait, having a cove NE. of and behind it, and in
having an islet or rock just off the extremity of the point. The direction of these points would seem
to indicate that the currents are or have been stronger from the SW. than in the opposite direction.

About half a mile southward from Otstoia Island, close under the Baranoff snore, go<xl anchorage
may be found in seven or twelve fathoms water, blue mud or clay bottom, forming excellent holding-
ground. This was named Favorite Anchorage by the U. S. Navy, after the steamer Favorite, upon
which their exploring party embarked. According to their report this anchorage affords excellent shelter
from SE. around to N NW., the hills being high. From SW. around by N. to N NW.
Favorite the wind draws down the strait and through inlets, making it a lee shore but raising

Anchorage. very little sea. In getting under way for Chatham Strait from this anchorage a good

channel with seven fathoms of water will be found between Otstoia Island ami
Nismeni Point, keeping moderately close to the island to avoid the sand spit making off the point.
Nismeni Point trends NE. and SW. with a rock or islet in the wake of its point a short distance
N NE. The bank along shore, previously referred to, is continued along the bight from Ro<'k Point
to and around the cove NE. from Nismeni, at which locality the chart indicates that it ceases, and the
shore beyond is represented as mostly steep-to. In this vicinity there are a number of islands. A
quarter of a mile NW. by W. from the heel of Nismeni Point lies Off-lying, Distant, Ostovia or
Otstoia Island, of very small extent, perhaps two cables long in an E NE. and W SW. direction; a
shoal extends to a cable and a half SW. by W. J W. from its western end, while another shoal makes
off NE. by E. J E. to the length of a cable from the eastern end of the island. Between Otstoia
Island and the shore is a passage which was principally made use of l)y Russian navigators. It is
about two and a half cables wide over all, and the half of this near the Baranoff shore is occupied by
the bank or shoal which here fringes the coast. In the channel close to the islwud eight and ten fathoms
water may be had and there are no obstructions. Though very narrow this passage appears to have
been preferred by the Russian traders, whether as better known, freer from strong currents or other-
wise, is nowhere recorded.

Seven cables W. by S. from Otstoia lies Yelowoi, Elovoi, Pirtree or Spruce Island, of rectangular
shape, high, wooded, and about a quarter of a mile in extent; its eastern shore steep-to, but from south
round by west to north beset with shoals which extend SW. | W. nearly a mile with a width of a

* Called Nlimeima Point on British Admiraltj Chart Ko. 2337.

PERU. STRAIT.

166

iix or seven

third ol ,; mile, with some dry but many wuhmtTned rocks to Round or Krugloi Island, which t'orniH
the western buttress of these rt«('fi, which Hpnwi iiite it mt between tiie two inhinds luid nppcnr to
unite them at low water. Knighii i« Honicwhat wnaller than Spruce Inland hut othcrwi.-c Niniiiar. Its
western shores nre represented as boid-to. These ishutds t-wm really nearer tofrcthcr ihiiii the chart
indicjites; each Injars a clump of spruce which look like one clump as the olwerver rouiidK I'overotni
Inland. On the southern shore of Krugloi Island is a tine sand IkhcIi.

Seven cables S. by E. \ E. from Krugloi lies a bank or palch of nrfu (iml rockn forming a ihnr/rr,
as they are visible only at low water. This patch has no name on the charln, and is represented as
seven cables long NW. by N. J N. and SE. by 8. J S. and three; or four wide. There appears to he a
clear passage between it and Krugloi. Between Spruca and Ob^toia the pacsagt? is
three-quarters of a mile in width, but contracted by not less than two cable lengths by Danger.

the foul ground westward from Otstoia Island. The soundings vary from eight
fathoms or less at the edge of the Otstoia shoal to eighteen or more just east from iSpruce I.«land. In
the middle of the passage about ten fathoms are indicated. In pa.-sing through this pasxage, to avoid
the extension of the Otstoia shoal, which appears to Ih> im|H'rfectly known, the navigator will find it
prudent to pass nothing to the eastward of mid-channel until the tangent of the Baranof!' shore east
from Nismeni Point bears nothing to northward from E. by S., and alfo to avoid rounding to the
northeastward (when bound north) or to the southward (when bound for Sitka) l)eforc Otnioin Island
hears E. or E. by S. tour cables. It should not, in any case, be approached nearer than two and a half
cables except at tiie southeast.* On account of Cozkin lloek this passage is not recommended.

There is also an anchorage, formerly much use<l by Knssian vessels in the cove N. and E. from
Nismeni Point, where a vesisel miiy anchor in ten to fifteen fathoms, soft nuiddy bottom, with good
shelter in southerly gales. The holding-ground here is not as ^ xl as at Favorite Anchorage according
to Lieutenant Hanus.

The positions of the islands off Nismeni Point given here are t<iken from the charts, but there is
some reason to think that they are not very correct, especially Sj)ruce Island. There is no means of
correcting them at present.

About N. by B. from one-half to three-quarters of a mile from the eastern end of Otstoia Island
lies a dangeraua rock, called, after one of the Russian pilots who rejmrted it, Cozian
Roek.t There are probably three feet on it at low water. By passing between ( )tstoia Cozian Rook.
Island and Nismeni Point this danger is entirely avoided, and navigators should adopt
this course.

A./OUtN. by E. and three-quarters miles from Otstoia Wei PoperechniJ Island, of small extent,
high and apparently bold-to. It is situated about half a mile from the northern shore. About four
and a half miles eastward from it, on the north shore of Peril Strait, is a small schmmer anchorage,
guarded from all but westerly winds, behind an island which becomes a |)enin8ula at low water. The
bottom is soft and tlie water rather deep. About two miles and a half farther eastward there is a bight
with two rocky islets close t<i the shore. None of the charts show more than (me.

From Nismeni Point the southern shore-line trends to the eastward with minor irregularities and
a generally northward convexity. Two miles eastward from Nismeni I'oint, in the middle of a stretch
of beach, (between 17 and 12 fathoms as marked on the charts,) the U. S. Coast Survey observed the
latitude May 21, 1880, to be 57'^ 33' 34" N., about two miles further north than the charts indicate
and considerably farther west, though the observations for time were not very good. There are several
reasons for believing that all this part of tlie archipelago is represented too far south by several miles,
but further data are needed before changes can be ma<le on the charts.

Eastward two miles and a half from the point a rock is indicated northward alwut two cables
from a small projection of the shore. Three and a half miles E. from Nismeni Point liis Sandy§ or
Festchani Point, a low projection of the shore, formed by the debris brought dowTi by a small stream
which here falls into the strait. Beyond it the shore curves rather ahniptly to the SE. and is j)ene-
tratetl by several inlets, but in this direction the features of the (charts are merely approximations and
very little dependence is to be placed upon them from Pestchani Point to Chatham Strait.

A mile and three-quarters SE. from Pest<-hani Point is the entrant of an inlet extending inland
southward according to Tebienkoff two miles or so, dividing into two arms at its head, into each of
which a stream falls. There is a small island in this inlet, and the land to the eastward of the entrance,
whether one or not, appears from Peril Strait much like a large island. The shore is much broken
here. Northward from this inlet Tebienkoff indicates an islet and some rocks on the opposite shore
of Peril Strait. The Jamegtown party in May, 1880, landed behind a small island or low-water pen-
insula hereabouts and camped. A couple of "miles farther eastward are two islets near the shore, and

* The area N. from Poverotni, B. from the Uuiigcr above noted, and 8. from the islands near Ninnieni J'oii.t, hun been ternieil
uu Meade's chart DeadmBii'i Bay.

tThe Riiasian steamer .ViXo/<m .truck it in 1854, and it has been called Nikolas Rock ; the stemnem Guuie Tilfair and
t'u/i/omioand schooner A'e/He Eadi touched it in 1875. The name would rightly be s|iellud Koziiin.

t Meaning Bcrosa or ou the othsr side ; mistranslated Broad Island OD some charts.

i Mistranslated Stony Point on some charts. *

16«

LINDKNUEitO MAUBOB.

N NW. from them n sniall bi^lit into which a xtream falls apparently from a good-Hizttd inland lake.
Tebienitofr, tliou^^h HhowinKHeveral detuilH not on other ctinrtH, Ih, on the whole, nearly an ina«K;Mratc oh
any in reKani to the Hhore-Tino of thir« IfMiality and the nei((lil>orin(r islets.

About seven niiics SE. iiy B. | E. from I'estehani I'oint un o|)eninK called Hanua Inlet exists
whieh has not Ixien fully exiilorcil, and has been snpiMwed by Home to eonnect with the unexplored open-
iiif; known as Kelp Bay wliich enters I'roin Chatham Htrait some miles south of the junction of the
latter with I'eril Strait. Tebicnkoff slates that there is a jjorta^e of several miles between them.

An island is represented in the mouth of the opening on Peril Strait, another one off its eastern
headland, and two more about two miles SE. from this point on the HiiranoiF shore. Between these
two a chart in the Russian American Company's Report for 1849 indicates an anchorage, but with
no details. Tebienkotf has a small bight behind the two islands and represents a bruj rerf as extending
in a northerly direction from the most wewtern one.

On the northern shore of Peril Strait, about six miles B. from Pcstchani Point, is a little rounde<l
indentation of the shore-line known to the Russians as Lindenbcrg Harl>or,* consisting of a cove

Erotectcd by high land from west round by north to B SE. and almut two cables in extent. The eastern
eadland of the harbor is formcfl by a blutt", 8te«ip-to, trending inland toward the northeast, and sejw-
rated ftom high land to the northward by a valley which terminates in a sand beach at
LIndenbtrg the head of the cove. There is a l)each of sand or shingle around the greater part of

Harbor. the (X)ve; elsewhere the shores ap|)ear bold-to or precipitous and rise rapidly to the

height of about fifteen limidrtKl feet, densely wofxled. About the middle of the inner
part of the cove twelve fathoms may be obtaine<l at about a cable length from the shore. Somewhat
farther south, an eighth of a mile from the headn of the cove and two cables from the l)each, nineteen
fathoms may be had with more room to swing. Somewhat more than a cable S. by E. from the point
at the end of the eastern headland of the (-ovo is a rock awanh at high water. This is probably what
was intended by the islet represented on Ruxsian Hydrographic Office Chart No. 1397, which, as such,
does not exist, and if intended for the nx-k is wrongly placied much too far off shore.

This rock is repre-sented on IT. S. Coast Survey Harbor Chart No. 731 of Lindenbcrg Harbor, in
1869, and was nami^l McCtellnn Rock by the U. 8. Navy in 1880. There is a clear passage with more
than five fathoms, hard lx)ttom, Injtwcen the rw^k and the point north from it at (%rtain stages of the
tide. This locality is only deserving of attention l)ecause of the rarity of convenient anchoring places
in this part of Peril Strait. For the most part the water is too deep to afford safe or convenient
anchorage.

There arc no houses at this (!ove at jtresent. Wood and water may be obtained.
The high hind buck of the Imrbor rises about 2,000 fwit. Tlx; east hcailland of the harlmr forms
a rather conspicuous jjoint according to the charts. It is situated alnrnt five miles SW. by W. J W.
from the nttrtheiistern point of entrance of Peril Strait. Its approximate geographical position is

]('•. ','

Latitude - .— 67° 20' N.

Longitude ^ 135° 02' W.

and the variation of the compass was alwut 29° 16' easterly in 1869.

The easternmost portion of Peril Strait is occupied by a numl)er of islands and guarded by several
extensive shoals or reefs. These it is impossible at present to dc8cril)e with accuracy, either as to form,
number or position. About tiye niiles NE. by E. J E. from Lindenl)erg Harbor lies the point named
by Meade, in 1869, Point Craven,! which would ap|)ear to be a somewhat conspicuous point exten<ling
in an E SE. direction. At its base a shoal or reef is erroneously represented on many charts to extend
alM)ut seven cables in an E. by S. direction. This point is bare of trees, with its end forming a small
hillock; directly off this is a small bluff island with some scrubby trees and a single tall pine, making
a conspicuous mark. Off the island are two rather low, roundett, dry rocks fifteen or twenty feet high,
with two fathoms between them and the point. A view of it is given by Meade on U. S. Hydnigraphic
Chart No. 225. There is no reef lure. The islets are steep-to. The point is supposoil to Im; situate<]
in (approximate)

Latitude 67° 2e'.0 W.

Longitude ...134° 67'. W.

On most charts Point Craven is represente<l, following Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1397,
as projecting to the eastward far beyond Point Haye8,|; which lies northward, separated from it by
Sitkoh Bay. Tebicnkoff represents Point Hayes (under the native name of Point T'liakinikut) as

* Named by VatiliefTiii 1633.

t OtlierwiH* T'llakUnl-kut (miHcalled TlaUnikut) ttf mmn autlioritiiw, liut not of Tobienlcofr, and tlie Point WUIlami of
Hoinfny.

t Named by the U. 8. Navy in 1080.

■M

;i-ti:;.

I inland lake.
ina(%nrat6 oh

I Inlet exMtH
cpiored opon-
iiction of the
n them,
iff its eastern
tctwcen these
iigc, but with
as extending

ittle roundecl
ng of a cove

The eastern
ist, a.id ae\>a-
uind beach at
reatcr part of
•apidly to the

of the inner
Somewhat
nch, nineteen
om the point
•obably what
lich, as such,

g Harbor, in
ge with more
stages of the
boring places
r convenient

'«' •- - ^..-ll.^

liarlwr forms
by W. i W.

iitiou is

k1 by several
5r as to form,
point namefl
nt extending
rts to extend
ning a small
>inc, making
ty feet high,
ydn)grapliic
) be situated

t No. 1397,
I from it by
kinikut) as

It WlliUmt of

! ■■t'^KS^S--'- '-T''-'

Roolaajikan Tnl«t.

KootzvitOiao Inlet, Daiigrv Pt . SK. % K. 4 Mili-».

f.»mn r. S./fyJr. OtHet Chart Xo. -J-JffJ

..ai^<#^

'l.rit'.viii.NK.iiiiiiil i.I'lV-ril Sli-;ul,X.\\V. l-.Mili'

(nvm l^.S.JfyOi-Omc^ /".art xYf'JJH)

.^Ak'^ai

hin

\'\VV<iV». ir:0v<<|Si. fl«t\'^

■ 4f ■

ti(

a '

. .^;ift

■ ■■'aaxJvtSi

^''

,fS ,

o«

■»'.

alw

hill

a o

wit

Ch.

"\i

BR {

Silk

Hum

■

■rtv,," va.jr> ,-,'.«'> i\,«¥r An w»<<"

iiiik.f n«nu« Into*

*i lWf-0!l ll'i

•we off !•

ODITsiisiioj^ ...

'lO'i ill* (^-ua!'
(MhJ risn. miil'i
t* Jtjif{<l/"

'ft tin luMvh,

Jtk !.•« pmll);..;
'^■T, which. .

■tmycniont aiuiiwri'i!

{MIMttOli

y, eirh< •

>t5^ tiii

.. .... > ..> , .' ■

•'■■''

C N

:'il

.0 W,

L'l

^<-'-„.,

m'.^:

'Sii*..vrd (Ujfatoi «■:,. :;;i,

U|J»

.|JI|1!UH,'|.*IW*^.,''||J

PKUIL STKAIT.

Iti7

ixlc'iuliiif; niiit'li fnitiicr cast than Point Craven. Ohsorvations made in 1880 indicalc that (lie oxtri'iiu-
i>f' Point IlaycK lies about N. hy E. f E. a mile and a halt', and cDnseiiucntly forms the nortlieasleni
])oint of e!!t!Mnee to Peril Strait, and is continued in an E. hv S. direction, as rcprc-
-ented hy 'rehienkoi!', in the ^ton^lH Rivf* for a distance of a mile and a half or more. Morris Reef.
Tiie jminl is broad, rounded and rather low, continued i'-land as a hi^li wonded ridirc.
. (vordinj; to the observations r)f the U. S. Navy, from the end of I'oint Hayes there is first a h'llp' of
rocks, dry at low water, then a small wooded island and two hare islets, then a reef of sunken riK'ks.
About a (|uarter of a mile from the island there is a dry rock. The rcniain<ler of the reef consists of
numerous detached rocks with deep water between them, some awiush at liisih water, others onlv at low
water. About a mile N"W. from Point Hayes a rirf of sunhcn raclcx is said to make out irom the
shore in the same general trend its the point and extending eastward, ilussian pilots sav this slmrc
should not be iipproachcd within a mile and a half.

Point Thatcher.t also named by Meade, forms the soutiieastern point of entrance inti) Northeast
Peril Strait from Chatham Strait. It appears to he a rather broad promontory, of which the western
angle is within the entrance, and from the eiistern aiigh^ of which |)r(ijeets, in a NE. by N. .', N. direc-
tion, the Ciilenum reef or shoal, a rpiarter of a mile wide and about a mile long. The iioint itself ter-
minate in a bare skull-shaped knoll, on a neck behind which are a few trees, and in front of the |>oint
is a i)yramidal rocky islet.

Between the northern end of < 'olcman Reef aixl the soitheastern end of Morris Hcef lies unnthrr
rci'f, reporte<l to 1m? a mile and a half long in a NW. and SE. direction and about half as wide. 'l"ho
clear ])as.sage between this, which may be called Miilinii/ /I'c//, and the Morris iveef is indicated as two
miles and three-([uarters wide in a N NW. and S SE. direction. The .southern or Thatcher passage
between tlie Alidway and Coh^nan muin is supposed to be about a ndle wide in a N. J W. and S. .? E.
direction, but all tliese details are in need of i-ontirniation. liehind the Midway Iteef in a westerly direc-
tion, and separatiul from it by a (^lear channel, lie a mnnber of islands, of which only two are dctinitely
established and these are unsurveyed. The southern or larger of these is called by Meade Traders
Island,;]; and is about two miles in (extent. iJetween it and the shore, southward, anchorage is indi-
cated in sixteen fathoms, but with no details. Northward, aliom a iTiile and a half from it, though
placed much nearer on the charts, is Fairway Island, small, high and cons|)icu<uis, about a (piarter of
a mile in extent, and furnishing a useful mark for entering Peril Strait from the eastward, th(> other
land U'lng generally lower.

The nortliern part of Fairway Island is reporte<l to bear E. by S. \ 8. over a mile from the islets
off Point Craven, and S SW. two miles from the eastern part of Morris Iteef. .\ SW. by W. or NE.
hy E. course laiil to piuss at a distance of half a mile north or .south of cither edge of Fairway Island
will carry in or out of Peril Strait all clear so far a.s known dangers are eoneeriUHl. The tides here
Hrc reported at twenty-two feet.

Tiie tracks ufled by th-j Ru.ssians included the above or main track to and from Peril Strait; and
also a track thr'c;^|i T'latehor Passage, south of Traders Island. This was used for the |)ur[)ose of
touching at inhabited jwints among these islands for trade.

liastly, a track wits made u.so of, passing through the That<!]ier ( "hannel, and then in a W. by S. f
S. direction south of all the off-shore rocks and isla.ids in the strait to an anchorage between two islets
on the Haranoff shore. Enough is not known to warrant further details, and the above is subject to
revision from In'tter information. The land scuth, southwist and southeast from Point 'I'liatchcr is
repreaented by Meade as much broken; the pasjiigcs are iiot indiciited on his chart in such a manner
as to suggest actual exploiation but rather an aiiempt to chart Indian rumoi-s.

From Point Thatcher the Baranoff siiores trend SE. \ E. 8<.me thirty-six miles, with a mnnber
of openings yet unexplored or insufficiently explored. This i;:c.t of the shore of Chatham Strait, con-
taining no known liarbors, is of little importance tfl the navigator. The most considerable of the unex-
" " " "^ - .. ... r..i , 1 jj^ southeastern

p )rtion ot 1 liatnam rMraii wm i>« conHiiiereu later, in aceordanee
with the plan a*lopted for the sequeucx; of these channels in thi text.

uuiiiiig iiu Known iitt-ri.«jrs, is ui iitLie iiiijmm iuiht wi iiic iiav i^.i.^fi . -■ n^ iii...^i, v ..>.,•.•......

plored openings is called Kelp Bay and lit* eight miles SE. from Point That<'her.
iiart contains some ishuids. This p )rtion of ( 'hatham Strait will l>« considered la

- STEPHENS I'AMHAGE.

In ar^-ordaiiv'" with th«> u.sual arrangement this passage will now be taken up, tj) he followed by
those westward from It. llnfortunatelv the information is extremely meagre and imperfect, notwith-
stafxling the fa.'t that the mineral depo.sits of its shores mak'! this at picsent one of the mo.st iinportiint
ciianwis <«t' navigi^ion in the territory.

Thi* extensive bodv of water wiis named by Vancouver. It extends fron-, & .ouihern entrance
alxnit forty-five miles iti a NW. | W. direi'tion with an average width of about ir in.les. Thence

• Naniwi \>r Um- IJ. 8. Navy, in 1880, atlvr \\\v Hun. W. Oouverneur Morris, V. H. CiiIIwHt

ttbkallaUi (.nr gcbkaliakh) <if tlm nativpH, iind Point Coleman "f IlimitVay.

} KiToiiei)u»l/ Traltori IvUna <iii Uritioh Adiu: ' </'li«it Nu. 'iSM. .•diiioii of 188S.

i)f CimtoniB Bi Sitkii.

:%V s^

188

HOIiKHAM BAY.

it trends i.i a generally W. | N. direction alxmt twcnty-iiii e miles, muoh obstrueted by islands, some
<oi' large size, and a<'C()r(liii}i to Meade has not anywhere a elear water-way of more than three and a
third miles in width while the average is nuich less.

The southern entrance to tiiis passatre lies lictwcen Points Hugh and Windham, referred to and
de8<'rihe(i in i-oni;cction with Frcili'rick Sonnd. (I'agc 129.)

From the vicinity of Point Hugh the southwestern shore of Stephens Passage has a general trend
of NW. hy W. about forty-'''iur miles to Point Arden. This stretch of shore is high, rocky, mostly
boM-to, wi.h few isio-.s about it and those rather close in, and with nuinerons minor irregularities, 'mt,
so far as ,<nown, rot a single harlior. C^uite ditferent is the ojiposite or continental shore. From i'oint
Windham in a NW. by N. direction the shore ])resents a series of little bays of about a mile each in
extent, se|)arated l)y small points, before eac)- of which rorkn ov <i patch of foul ifiounri is indicated.
The (irst of these is Point League, named by Meade, about two miles NW. from Point Windham.
WE., behind the bight sepiirating the two points, bes a peak, which Meade estimated '.o be two thousand
fefit high and named Mount V\'indham.

N NW. from Point League, a mile and a half, lies Point Lookout, also named liy JFeatle in 1869.
A venj (liinf/crDiiH reef, awnsii at liigli water, extends off this point a mile and a half. In the bight
between this and the ne.xl (unnamed^ point to the northwestward lies an islet. Meade recommends
that the eastern shore of .Stephens i'assage between Points Windham and Astley be nowkeie a|)proaehe(!
within one and a half to two miles.

According t i Meade, N W. by N. five miles from Point Lookout is situated Point Astley, named
by Vaneonver, and forming tiie southeastern jjoint of entrance to an opening of which the northwestern
headland was nai.:'>(l by Vancouver Point Coke; this bears from IA)int Astley about four miles NW.
J W. Both of these points appear to be guarded by rocks or shoals at their extremities, and hence
care should be observed in approaching them within a mile.

The entrance between them is that of Holkham* Bay, named by Vancouver, and averaging four
miles in width NW. and SE. and about seven miles long. About a mile within the entrance and nearly
equidistant from Points ( "oke and Astley lies Harbor Island, quadrangular in shape
Holkham Bay. ""d somewhat over a mile in extent. Toward this island from either shore of the bay
Vancouver found shoal water making out .sunicwhat in tlic shape of a bar, these banks
trending NW. J N. and SE. \ S. rcs])ectivcly, and having deep water NE. and SW. from them and
also for .s(tme distance between their extremities and the island. So far as can be judged, from the
imperfect data at hand, the ])assage SE. from Harbor Island, between il and the NW. end of the .south-
ea.stern shoal, is the wider and more commodious of the two.

It would seem as if the island were bold-to and the pass;igo.s on either side of it from half a mile
to a mile and a half in width. East from Harbor Island n mile and a half liis Sand Island, of about
the Siune extent, and the anchorage is indicated by Meade midwa\ between these two, the ilepth of
water lu'ing eight fathoms. The holding-groniul is good, and .Meade was able to ride out a gale with
only twenty-two fathoms of cable. XortK 'rom Harbor Island a short (list ice lies Uouiid Islet, of
small extent. NE. by N. one mile from thf first n)en;..ined lies Soundon or .Sumdum Island, a little
larger; and between it and Sand Island another round small one, ealleti Bushy Islet, bearing from
Harbor Island a mile and a half NE. I)y E.

These islamls were all named by Nleade, who stato that a native village exists on Soundon Island ;
that the tides rise twelve feet (iu Mydrographie Notice No. lo, lS»?y, he .says the rise and fall of the
tide is fully HIteen feet/ and the bay atfitrds i.->>«hI anch'>ragc cxcei)t fur one "JisaUvantage, which is that
tiic surface of the water is more or !< ss ixiv '-^l with floating 'u\ derived t'f«<*i simdry glaciers which
discharge themselves into the water, e-(i<',;' v in the vicinity oi Point Oofc*, Floating ice was wit-
nes,seti by Vancouver's party in .August, 17^ h. who descrilvs the bav *. WMiwie*] by lofty mountains.
The bay is not well prf>t(!eted from southwcM-erly winds, ami even a sowbuMt^^erly w'md gets ap a sea
that makes a lierth here inicomfbrtable. AI>'U*'two and a half niiW> SW. fii»m Point Coke, iccordini;
to Meade, nearly in the mi<ldleof Steplicns Passage, are theMMway Mauds, two .•■mail islets notice<i
by Vancouver, situated to the soutliwestward of Point Coke, »mi i,ot to the southward of it as given nn
British Admiralty Ciiart No. 2431, old e<lition. Meade a«ks > t'e\. iK-ks S. from them, on his chart,
all of which seetn to be visible. He aLso gi^'es a view of riw islantts, which are low anit .lostly bare,
witii ,<'W scattered trees and ste<t>-to on eith(>r haiul. They form an excellent landmark fo niakini;
HolKliam Bay from the northwans. Beyond I'oint Colsc the shore is again broken by nnmcix-^s iitili
coves ar.d points, but does not appear to be. so nnicli infested with detached rix-ks as is the <*% farther
SE. This l.r(»ken coast extends from the neck of Point Coke in a geih-nilly W NW. <li>ction abou!
(Mght miles to Point Anmer (if VancoiivT. The land hetwcin Point Coke an<t the prifunit |vt>nion-
tory is biickcd by lofty and rather bare mountains, their sides ^.-iirriHl by ava!aiHl>i<s ami d«»{ilayiiiir,
about three miles E SE, from I'oint Ai;mer, a remarkable casctule which falls from a ravuK- inio t^K' s»:'

.\boul tW'.) miles W NW. from Point Anmer, across ai. ojK'ning, iics a [voinl named )>y Wiwvruive!
Point Styleman, which is situated, according le i In; same authority, in latitudes!' 68' K. ItfouBiitlie

'Locatly uHi'ii ciUlcd StuB'V'oi Bay.

islandp, some
n three and (i

eferred to and

general trend
rotky, mostly
fiilarities, 'mt,
From i'oint
a mile each in
d is indicated,
int Windham.
! two thoiLsand

feadein 1869.

In the bight

e recommends

ne approached

flistley, named
.'. northwestern
iiir miles WW.
ies, and hence

tveraging four
nee and nearly
gular in shape
lore of the hay
^r, these banli.s
roni them and
dgcd, from the
d of the soiith-

oni half a mile
iland, of about
0, the depth of
)nt a gale with
Hound Islet, of
Island, a little
;, bearing from

Dundon Island ;
nnd fall of the
J, which is that
glaciers which
iig ice was wit-
>fty mountains,
i! got.« lip a sea
Joke, iccordinsi
ill islets notianl
if it as given on
11. on his (tliurt,
ml ■Kistly bare,
ark fo makint;
niuneiviwi litilf
the i*% farther
dirtHtion about
►r«Ht»t p«\»nioii-
hihJ d4i4»ktyiiijr.
iiK- inio t^'scn.

I by ViiMvl-JUVlT

i, ' ItfoCTSBtlie

"H*?*

•^ ~'«.ffiiaig-S«3B'

-■^. !!F'>5*r^7;Wp»»r-"B'»^f»»ip'T'WVV;iT'WW«»7{SI'!Ws^^

'giwr^^HT^cw'^^'f^j^y^^T"^-* ■^,' ^■w.ui»v:*-7.»^*^vTiT™"^rrwr

I't.WiiuUiiuu NW.i .\. r. llil.ii.

- >

Tfilni fnb-l

Tnhu Mt.XW. r.MUc-H.

^i¥t«»i r.ii.Jiv,ff. i»m-f I 'hart AV. 2'J5}

i-JlfciStS

I'oini Ainjusiii NW.tiyN'.'JO Miles.

("rti/m ^'. ,V. //, ,/;■. intl,-,' rhafl S,-. i'l'.i I

lEawBj' Ills. St.'phBnHriiHSHj;!' S li Mills.

(l^vm i'.S. /fvdr.ttnl,:' i7uirr .V... I'l'-V

!/«

htm

T'lfK

li
i

t
n

t
o

R
li
I

ic,..^
f
c

t
a

•?(<»'

.'''■■ fHW.i.M.i';

' '.V; ..►*/. vui^t .*iVT•>^ .n\.-AV .V, AY ^«wtVi

V^'>tlll)l;i)l>

<l >■

■ ' •, ;■< ii-'ll. I . r; <
'.■riljl .|/.^i■f■ i |i^,,.

'' I'uKll '.Vh..S

' ,;■.'• 1 In' tWI '.Kl •■ '

!I,IJ I, .V ycittJljStl ' ■
„ v'kI i\ I1..1IK ' 111 »/-.*■ -

rV h< n/'ir'r.'t :ijil>rM' .

■ ■ rrv.iil AstJoy. :.i .

' .<; : >'ii tlx- ii'jriitw/.- , i
■■ ..^.' ui( ("m)}!" oii).- ,%'te'

'II',! uvf'ra-.vifi'^ > ?

iiuri-ilar in f>^A~i
'•< ;< 'i'.\ii'::i^\:<>cc «>)' ihr -it

. .iml BW. ihm\ tlwi-M ^,^<
'ti' <Xi>t i>' jt(ii>;r<i. If r>' •;
•jV WW. ttxlV til

/■>•»« ■>)■ ii I'rorn (ui.:
ffcf Sand Igland, ■
fe, fJH ■?*<■• two, iiu- .!
iitJt; t'-' r!(k-(HJt !i J.'

K'iS't|.»W?«) lic« Hound i

>■■'' tJip fifi ami Ik!'
Jix'tilvantDgp, %vhi(.f
«.>in suiu'rv i;la4'i<'i

•■iiH.k) Kv I'.tty III .t;.^s,i-(.;5;;

•A-t*'i'lv v,!r,i_i a(;{. ,,: , .. .

h W" ill IV itiid (iK"~;

JVW. t}im:l:i< :
itii' im* mt ,
??i<» anti «1U
i 4}^Vin<,-"ii!i.'
'•' -^ii nrtiruU !»v \" -.

14
1 1

TAKTT Hxnnon.

169

northwestern point of the bof'oro-moiitioned opening or ontraiioc wiiosc inner expansion wns nnme<l l,y
N'aiicouvcr I'ort .Sncttishani. This iiarlior is irrcjriiiarly T-shapiil, the main stem
extciidinfi from the prcvioii-ly mentioned hcadiaii<ls fiur and a half miles in :i N. ■( W. Port Snettisham.
directicm with a hreadlh of at)oiiMwo miles, wJiiK. tiie inner or transverse poriidn of the
port extentls six miles W. I)y N. and E. l.y 3. and appear.- to !><■ not miicli over a miU' in widtii. Kaeh
of tiiese arms or Kast and West branches of tlie inner portion terminates at a sandv Iteaeh where
eomes in a tine run of fresii water. Just north from and witiiin I'oint Slvlenian is a small cove with a
small island near its northern point of entranec. The shores are liiyh and slee|>, the forest is compara-
tively meajire, hut it does not ajjpear tliat any <ilaeiers fall into this harbor.

From I'oint Stylemau NW. hy W. 'j W. six miles lies the <ritranee to Limestone Inlot, named hv
.Meade in 18()!), a small aii^ndar indentation of the shore extendini; T" .', E. ahont tin-, .miles with a
width of a mile and a half at the entrance. No (h^tails ajjpear on llu . hart except that on the western
shore are .some hiirh "limestone hluffs."*

Ei},dit and a half miles fnmi I'oint Slyleman, ahout W NW., heyond the limestone hlulfs of Meade,
is the entrance to Taku Harbor, a local and native name of old date, first apijlied to this locality hv
Vasilietf in 1848.t ' ^

It is a neatly rounded hasin six or seven cjihles wide E. and W. and eij;ht or nine lonj; N. u:'d 8.,
and is entered by a pa-sa^e abotit two and a half cables wide between Stockade Point on the ea.siorn'
side of the pas"><reand Grave Point on the opposite or western shore. IJoth vre woodi'd, comparatively
low points, from which hif;h land rises rapidly to peaked, often snow-capped, mountains.

On Stockade I'oint is a ruined block-house and stockach', built by the Hudson Hay Coin pan v
for defense. On Grave Toiiit are a few j^ravcs. The entranec is clear of all obstructions, and within
the harbor none e.xi.st, so far as known, except the mud ll.it in front of the Indian village, which i.s
formed by the wiish froiTi a stream and extends southwar<l from the head of the harbor le,s.s than three
cables, haviiifj frimi one and a half to three fathoms upon it. The depth of water in the harbor varies
fiom four and seven fathoms near the shore to nineteen or twenty in the middle of the harbor. The
anchora<:;e is indicated by Meade to be in ten or twelve fathoms, mudily bottom, in the middle of the
Ijasin, about four cables north from Stoc^kade Point.

The approximtite geographical position of the anehorage at Taki: Harbor is

Latitude 87° 59'5 N.

Longitude 133° o&B W.

and the variation of the compass is about 00° easterly.

No direeticms arc ueees.sary for entering this harbor, which is one of the best and snuggest in
.Alaska, and which has l>een surveyed by Meade, who pid)lishes a sketch of it on United States Hydro-
grajihie Chart No. 2"25. The entrance being small and the shores high and densely wo(Kletl, it is as
well to point out that tiie |)roximity of Grand Island (the only island of any consequence in the ea.st-
ern part of Stephens l'as.<age) marks the harbor; .so tliat wiicu the middle of the entrance of Taku
bears N. one mile. Grand Island bears WNW. four miles.

Taku Harbor, under ii treaty with Ru.ssia, was formerly the sitc()f a Hudson Hay Company's trad-
ing post, established in 1810, which was visited by Sir (ieorgc Simp.son in 1811.

Large inimhers of deer and sliee]i skins, besides the continental fin-s, were obtained from seven
tribes of natives who were said to visit this ])ost for trade. The fort comprised "good houses, lofty
pickets and strong bastions," and was occupied l)y twooflicei-s and twenty-two servants of the company.
Meade refers to the natives of this vicinity, commonly called the Takus, as " wealthy, warlike, friendly,"
i" 1809. Sir George Simpson states thiit "oneof the liills, near the fort, terminates in the form of a (-anoe,
which .serves as a barometer. A shroud of fog indicates rain, but the clc.'ir vision of the canoe itself is
ii sign of fair weather." "The big-horn sheep and mountain goat are very numerous in this neigh-
liorhood."!

Meade, in 1869, reported tiiat the ]ilaee had been deserted for .some years. It is uncertain whether
there is at present any white settlement at this place. .Meade gives a vii.'wS of the vicinity of the
entrance of Taku Harbor where Taku Mountain is conspicuous from its peaked shape. It lies NW.
liy N. from the harbor at the distance of a mile. Fr(mi the entrance Grand Island lies about four
iiiilcs W NW., in th(' middle of Stephens Passage. This islan<l appears to be about three miles long
NE. and 8W. and less than two miles wide. A view of it is given by Meade. It .seems high, .steep-

•"Froin a ri'nmrkniilf Innkiin; etreak on the side of the mountain forming tl"' »esi si.l.^ of tiie inl.'l I called it Limestone
Inlet, and tlio inoinilain Limestone Bluff," — Mbadk, /. r.

fl'lie people livint; herBalxints are the TakOU of Meade, Taco of Sir Geo. Sinipwin, Imt are not identical with the "TaUtO
u-\\„v," Bo-ealled, id' llie interico', llioiipli often confounded with them. The locality i.« Tacou Harbor of United SlateH Hydro-
Krai'liic • >Hice Chart No aSJ'), edition of 18H0.

! Vol. 1, p. 213 etieq.

VV\w distance of Grand Island on this view in evidently inaccurately stated, vinoe it does not aj^ree with the chart.

P. c. P.— 22

■#^*,

170

TAKU INIiKT.

P (■

t "•

fiidwl, ratlipr l)nrc aliovc and \v(M)<I(i1 ul llif lnwi- of llic lilnllk 'I'lic Hiis-iiaii tvwU |)as.«cs ra'^twnnl
from it, liiit tliiTc is no ri'imrt of oliMtnii'lidii^ "ii citluT side of it. It seems (o liave iieeii named liy
Meaiie in IHfiit.

From (iiand Island NW. by N. }. N. nliont seven niili s is the onf rniu« of Taku Inlet.* This inlet

extends aitout eij^hteen miles in a N. l)y W. •/ W. ireneral direction, disrefrardiiifr some

Taku Inlet. minor enrves, with an aver;iLi:e width of about two miles exee|)t at its head, where ii

expands into a rounded i)asin nearly tl\(' miles in diameter, which receives the river of

the snnie mime.

Vancouver thus deserihes Taku Inlet: '' i'^rom its entrance it extended N. H'" E. (true) ahoiit
thirteen miles, where the shores spread to the east and west and formed a hii-son alxait n leaj^ue broad,
and two leajrnes across in a NW. and SE. (true) direction, with a small island lyintr nearly at its north-
ea-st extreniitv. l''roni the shores of this bason (Aufjust, I7!t4) a compact body of ice extended some
distance nearly all naind; and the adjacent rcirion was composed of a close connected continuation of
the lofty ranj;e of irozen mountains, whose sides, almost perpendicular, were forme<l entirely of rock,
ex<'epting c^lose to the w.ter side, where a few scattered dwari' pine trees found suliicient soil to vejj;e-
tate in; abov(^ these the mountains were wrap|)ed in iMidiss<ilvin^f fro.-t and snow. From the rn}rjj;ed
gtdlies in their sides were projected immense bodies of ice (glaciers) that reiiched per|iendicularly to
the surface of the water in the basin, which admitted of no landin;;' place for the boats, but exhibited
as dreary and inhowpitable an aspect as the imagination can ])ossiblv .«ni^f;est." (^N'ancouver, vol.
Ill, p. 278.]

In cnterini.^ the inlet the great (piaiitity of ilo;iting ice. ili'/trin tVoni these fi;laciers, so retarded
Whidbey's boat;! that "a |)assage was with dilTiculty ctVeetcd" in the ti'cth of a strong; northerly wind.
They returned alonp; the eastern shore, which .ip|iearcd to be " a continuation of the sanu; ranp! of
lofty mountain^, risinj; alirujitly from the water side." The ris(^ and fall of the tide appearetl to
them "upwards of eifjliteen feet;" Tebienkolfalso calls it eiffhteeii feet. The name of River Islet i.s
applied by Meade to the solitary islet noticed by N'aneouver, whos(^ account, apparently (pioted from
\Vhi<lbey's reports, seems somewhat overdrawn, as subse((Uenl visitors liavi' not en<ountcred such
serious obstacles. A more or less constant trade is carried on with the interior Indians by th<' inlet
and river, which could hardly be the I'ase it the ice was as permanent an obstacle as would be supposed
from Whidbey's experience. Into the northern anyle ol' tlie basin above described the Taku Biverf
enters from the northeastward. At a distance of .-onie forty-five mihs from the coast it receives a
branch called the South Fork of the Taku, which has its source in Lake Kenuicott, a small sheet of
water some fifty or sixty miles E SE. from the junction of the South Fork and the Taku and close to
the headwaters of the First North I'ork of the Stikinc. Not many miles from this locality Lake
Ketchum, another smad lake, jrives rise to a somewhat shorter stream, which has been called the
Etsacuya or Etsakuga. This, flowiufr parallel with the South Fork and separatecl from it by a liijrh
range known as the Bald Mountains, joins the Taku some ten miles north of the mouth of the South
Fork. At the same point the North Pork of the Tuku coaie.sees with the Et.sd<uga to form the Taku
pro|)er. The North Fork enters the junction Irom the N NW., its headwaters spreading to the NE.
and N. One of I' ■ atlluenls heads in a small spring- or pool less than a mik^ fmm a stream which feeds
Vatehee Lake and .lie Ilotalinga River of the Yukon watershed, which enters the ocean nearly a thousand
miles in a direct line from the mouth of the Taku. The Scaith I'ork and Ftsakuga How through
valleys of which the second is said to be rather wid(! and fertile. ,\ll these Iranches were roughly
ex|)lored in 18()0-'(i()-'()7 by parties of the Western Union Teh graph Kxpedilioii in search of a tele-
gra|)li route toward the Yukon valley. All the details are thcr< fore merely ap|)roximative. In regard
to the character ol' the main stream of the 'i'akii, according to Douglas, of the Hudson Hay Company,
who ascended it for thirty-five miles, it pursues ''a serpentine course between stupendous mountains,
which, with the exce|)tion of a t't'W points of alluvial soil, rise abru|)tly from the water's edge " and im;
largely snow covered. The current is reported to be very swift, but with regard to the depth of water
in the river nothing is known. The .same may be said of the inlet, where no soundings :»ppeiir to have
been taken.

The western headland of Taku Inlet was named by Vancouver Point Salisbury, but on his chart
XII the name was transferred to the western angle of the same peninsula, about th'ee iniics SW. liy
W. from the jioiiit originally so named. On chart XIV the name is indicated in its eorre<'t place, and
Tebienkoff has also followed Vancouver's text and intention on his chart ( \' III) of liie vicinity. .VII
other charts excc|)t those of Tebienkoff have followed the inaccurate chart XII of Vancouver's Atliis,
and thus the name and location of I'oint Salisbury have become fixcnl in geogiaphieal literature. He-
garding practical unifonnity as much more important than mere priority, the point which Vancouver
intended to bear the name of Mishop Salisbury will licic be considereil, by authority of the Siiperin-

"Tlie Taco Gulf iif Sir (jc'(irf.'i' Kiniiwnii. in 1811 : Icy Arm (Lohtlanol) (iflVliiciikiitr. (Cliiiil \lll;) nilHtniiislutfil Glacier
Ann l).v fimw uiitlioiitics, hikI tliu Takou Inlet nt' .Mi'iiili'.

tTliis riviT tiliuiild not lie ooiilouiKkil uilli tliiit Minu'tiiiies ('alU'<l llii' Tabko, i<f tlii.' iutciior, iitlieiwiHc tijv HotallQga— a
feeder of tlie Lewta and Yukon rivers. Tlie liendquarters of tlie two i\re separiUed \>y lew than a mile of watei'slied.

li^<tnm«latell Glacier

iJASTINEAU CHANNKL. 17^

liiiiltMit of the IT. S. Cnaxt Survey, iiiulfr (lie iiiiiiic nf Bishop Point. It is liijrh ami wiMidnl, situated
ill iatilude 68" 10' N. (iippfnximate), and has W SW. iVuin and iiiinicdiately adja.eiil to it a eove
wliieli, aceordinjr t(t Mi'ad<', Mlliinis aiicli(iia^;c. On llic -lioic of lliis cove is a lar^e native seltleineDl
ol tile Taiiii tril)e of T'linkits, While J>isho|) I'oini loniis the western point of entrance to Takn

lidet tiiere does not seem I'roin the <>liarls to i>c any puinl cspei'iailv r >;;iii/,al)h' as an eastern headland.

Ahoiit SW. / W. three miles troiii liishop I'oini lies Point SaliHbury of the jrreat inajorilv of
charix, forniiiif;- a somewhat conspieuoiis projection of the siiore, whose approxiinato position in

Latitude 68° 10' N.

Longitudo 134'^ 12' W.

an<l ininiediately opposite whieii, on the sonthern shore, SE. }. S. hetween one and three miles frotii

Point Salishiiry, lies Point Ardon of VaiK ver, a hroad pidjeetion of Admiraily Island, which in not

specially reniarkahle so far as known,

Aceordinn to Meade the tun points so approach each other as to contract the width of St<'plienM
1'a.sfiafie hctween the NW. aii<rle of I'oint .\rdeii and I'oini Salishnry to lillle more than a mile. Hut
N'ancouver and others indicate no such contraction, but, on ilie eontrarv, a width ol' not less than two
miles ill this vicinity. .V very short distance west iVom these narrows Slepliens Passage is divided hy
Douglas Island, named by N'aiieonver, and eonsistiiif; of an extensive and rii;fj;ed Irai't of land twenty
miles loiiff E. and W. ami alioiit live miles broad. It is siancwhat spindle-shaiH'd, taperiiij; to a point
at ea<^h end, the eastern extremity terminatiiisr sharply in Tantiillon Point,* Iroin which Point SaliH-
bury bears NE. by E. ] E. between one and two miles. About e(|nidistant from both proinoiitorieH, in
the middle of tlie entrance, lies Marmion Islet,* about half a mile in extent.

From this the <'haniiel separatini; I)on<;las Island anil the main, which was nameil Oastinoau
Channel,! extt'iids in a W NW. direction about ten miles to a |)oint where a small islet is situated,
visible I'roni both entrances of the channel, wheiiee th(' direction of the pa.ssaire is W SW. alxait eleven
miles to the western entrance. The width of the channel varies from less than a mile to a mile and a
half, and at the western entrance there is an islet Just within and another just without the passage.

(jrastiiieau Channel was found by N'aneonver's party to be rendered impassable by floating ice from
the ghieiers in the vicinity, which descended I'rom the mountains of the mainland to till! sea. No one
else appears to have examined the ])assage until about 1.S8I), when it was visited by prospectors, who
found evidciKU's of mineral veins and ])lacers on Douglas Island and on the mainland, and returned to
Sitka in October of that year and reported their tliscoveriijs. The result was that in January and
l''ebruary, 18H], a mining camp was established on (Jastineaii Channel which has reaeluMi at present
date the proportions of a good-si/.ed town, which is known as Juneau, after one of the original pros-
pectors of the district.]: The harbor of .Inneaii is formed by the shores of Douglas Island on the
scaith, the mainhmd on the north, and ulionli' which extend clear aiiross the passage on the west, leaving
a water way said, at low water, to lie practicable only for boats.

The passage leading to Juneau from Stephens J^Lssage, that is, the eastern half of Gastinean ( 'haiinel,
has not betai reported upon, but is practicable for steamers, which now leave then' (l<S8."})a monthly mail.

The harbor itself is about three-eighths of a mile in extent, extending somewhat farther to the
east and west, and has an average depth of about nineteen I'athoins with a bottom of sticky mud. The
tide ranges about L'ighleun feet. A wharf has been built which is believed to be in about

r,utini.> . - 58° 16' N.

:,r,nsit. '\e 134" 20' W.

The v.ariatir.ii >[■ tf, compa.ss is about 30° easterly.

Up to the ,v!rirt the nortliern shore is bold-to, bn't S. by E. }. E. frcm the end of the wharf on the
Douglas Islam' sho-e, at the month of a stream, a sjiit makes out, dry at low water, nearly a quarter of
a mile in a Uwrtherly direction. Westward from the wharf and NW. by N. }. N. from the spit is
Miner's Cove, a small indeutjitioii, mostly dry at low water, the western point of which is formed by

' Named liy tliH I*. 8. (.'uuHt Siirvt'y.

t l!y Unnil'ray, in lsr,7. on niinni«Ti|>n-|,„rtH liiniisli.MJ \Ur Wiulrin Tni"!! ■|'cli'i:ni|ili Kxpi'diiirMj. Tl iinic win. inlnptwl

l.y till' il. S. Cdu/t Siii-VHV (111 iU eliiirt» in 1S7!). liy lii.' 1'. t<. llyilrniiniplii'' Unn'iin "f tin' Nnvy D.^partiinMit in ISSd, uinl on llie
liiilisli Ailininilly cliarts'ii few nmiitli» lalci-. It u|i|.eiirrt tc. Iiiive Im'hii deiiv.'cl Ih.iii cm,, of tin' llmlson Hay (;niii|iHiiy',< vi'swln
wliicli ti-.nl«l ontln. cniiHt iiimI wliiili u:ih nnii.wl :iiici- llic Oastlncau .n- Cutlneau Blver nf Qui-liw. u biaiicli „( tli.- Ottawa. It
lias uIkii lifxii calli'cl Ca^oU Straits ami Icy Cbannel.

} It lin» liwii Htateil lliat tlie iiai'liuTM in tin' wiM'li nf pinsi,,., liin.' w.'i-.' naniHcj liams ami Jiiiieaii, ami nrigiiially tliH ciiinp

waB iininf.l HarrlBburg Hinl tlm ininiiiK ili«tiiot llic Juneau district, in coinm ration of tlin iliKnoviTL-™. Tin' U. S. Navy

eatalilisliixl a small foix'i- liuiT and mad.' a iwoniniissaii.'u of tlm liailior whirli was by tlii'm naiiird RockweU, alU'i- on.' of tli»
naval ntlii'ers eiigas'-'l "■• ''"'.v tln-ie. Tim doiiliii' iiaine.^ occasioning Innilile, HHjiueially in iiostat niall.r.-. lln- ivsidi'iits Imld (no
it Is Klated) a town meeting at wliicli tin- name nf Juneau or Juneau City was adopted for ilie scltlumunt and aticrwairi accepted
by the Post Office Ueparlmeiit.

.#mi

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-S)

^\»v *.^^

1.0

2.5

I.I

■50 ■^~

■U 1^ |22
2f |ji4 ■■■

£ 1^ 12.0

1.8

'•2^ III '-^ ■'

►

Hiotographic

Sciences

Corporation

'^"^V"

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. MSSO

(716) 872-4SC3

'9>'-

i •

172

JUNEAU HAKBOB.

a hill some two hundred feet liigh. iieliind the cove and along tlie shore toward and beyond the wharf
is situated the town of Juneau on a narrow strip Ixsf ween very steej) mountains and the wafer. West-
ward from the town is a <1(h;|> nivine in the n:iiiintiiiiis, tiiroufih whieh runs Gold Creek, bringiiij;
down sediment whieh has formed tlie siioals whieh have elused this |)art of the ehunnel to larwe vcHseis.
The sides of the mounttiins are steep and more or less woodecl. The opjKwite shore of Douglas Island
is less elevated but densely wooded.

The population of the town is now (l«8.{j stjitetl at stneral hundre<ls. It is a |K)st office and ii
stopping place for the monthly st^'aniei-s. In 1881 tlie express companies reportwl the shipment oi'
$160,0W) in gold fnmi the mines of the Juneau district and, in 18812, about ?250,{K)0 was sent down
in this way l^ides what might have btnii carried i)y private liaiids. The mineral veins are said to
be auriferous quartz (airrying much |)yrite and galena; tiie rocks arc of a slaty character; the mines
extend over a region two miles wide, six or eight miles long and 1,500 to 2,000 feet alxjve the sea, their
distance from the town being four to eight miles, fjittle or nothing of a precise character has been
put on record a.s to this vicinity either in hydrography or gcogrsiphy.

The western part of Gastineau Channel is little known.

No directions for the navigation of tlie channel can Ix; given, and none appear to be nee<led for
Juneau Harbor.

A sketch of this harbor, from a reconnaissance nuule in 1881 by the officers of the U. S. S. Wtushu-
aett, Commander Henry Glaas, U. S. N., eonimanding, was published by the U. S. Coast Survey in
1883 as No. 737 of its preliminary Harbor Charts of Altiska.

Southwanl from Douglas Island Stephens Passage is wider and more commodious. From the
vicinity of Point Ardcn, in mid-channel, the passiige extends sixteen and a half miles W. by S. \ 8.
with an average width of more than two miles.

Four or five miles westward from Point .\rden an o])ening makes into the shore of Admiralty
Island which is eontinue<l southeastward toward the head of Seymour Canal, with whi(!li it is said to
join. One of the missionaries is said to have |tasse<l through it in a canoe and no mention was made
of any portage. But further and more explicit information is neetletl before it can Ihj said with t^onli-
dence that a water-way exists here.

The southern shore of Douglas Island is rather irregular, with numerous small points and coves.
The opiwsite shore of the Admiralty Group is dcscril>ed by \'ant»uver as moderately elevated and pro-
ducing au uninterrupted forest of very fine timi)cr trees, (chiefly pines. From Point Arden about seven
and a half miles SW. J W., according to Meade, a stream falls into the passage from the BE., at whtise
mouth is a native settlement. WSW. about fourteen miles from Point Arden is AukeBay, named by
Meade in 1869. No sketch of it has been publisliiHl. It is asinall harbor exposwl to northerly winds
which send in quite a heavy sea, and atlbrds .inchorage in about ten fathoms, mialdy bottom, one mile
from the small stwkaded village of Auke rndians located here. The l>oltom rises quite abruptly from
ten to five fathoms and less, beyond which is a mud flat; the holding-ground is gcKxI. Kaeh head of the
harbor is rocky.

A mile or two westward from Auke Bay is Point Young, named by Vancouver, and forming the
eastern point of entrance of Young Bay, about three miles in length W NW. and E SE. and a mile in
width. At the head of this bay an islet orivK-k exists, and another nw'k was noticeil by Vancouver in
the entrance of the cove, together with an islet, adled by Meade Scull Islet, of small extent. No details
appear anywhere in regard to Yomig Bay, although it has the aspect of a harbor. Hence westward,
it IS understood that the Indians make a portage two or tliret! miles in length to the head of a deep
bay which makes in to the eastward from the vicinity of (ia ne Cove north of Point Marsden. From
Scull Inland the shore curves more and more toward the iu)r,!i, terminating in that direction at Barlow
Point, W. by N. .J N. thirteen miles from Point Young. This projection, oft' which are some small
rocky islets, forms the eastern point of entrance of Barlow Cove, iiamal by Whidbey, and in which
anchorage may Iks obtained, lie remarks that it I'orins u "very snug harbor^ of goo<l access by the
passage round to the north of I'oint U(!treat." From the indications on the general chartt it would
appear that this (^>ve is thret; or four miles long NW. and SE. and about half as wide. It is of some-
what triangular sha|H^, widest at the entrance, and terminating in a rather acute point at the head. It
was U8e<l as an anchorage by the Russians, and the LT S. Coast Survey of 18(57 obtained anuhorage in
sixteen fathoms, muddy Iwttom, near the head of the i-ove. The shores are low, well woo<led, and com-
posed of mica schists dip|>ing vertically, cut by large ijuart/ veins (HiUtainiug iron pyrites.

SE. from, this vicinity the land rises to rather elevatiil hills, on which, about the |)eaks, snow
apparently lingers through the summer. The western extreme of the cove extends in a northwesterly
direction as a narrow promont(jry, namwl by Vancouvt-r Point Betreat, and by the Russians Otstuple-
nia, which forms the WW. jwint of entranei' to Stephens Passage. From its western angle Retreat
Reef extends half a mile in a .vesterly direction.

It appears to be moderately elevated, with rocky shores, covered with trees. Ite approximate
position is

Latitude _. 68° 23'.6 N.

Longitude 136° Ol'.B W.

PBITZ COVE.

173

o be newled for

8 approximate

The land for some six or eight miles south- jstwanl from it \vw found l)y tiie U. S. Count Survey to
he low, haiviiy woode<l and nearly level, with a terraco<l appearance near I lie |M)int.

The Houthcrn shore of Douglas Island from opposite Seuli Island is irretjniar and otiers numy
points and coves of which nothing is known. It also approaches at one point withii> alM)ut a mile di
the Admiralty Island shore, rapidly n-ei'ding again totlie northwest with several inden-
tations to Outer Point, named by the V . 8. Xavy, which is the wcstenniiost extreme Frlti Cove.
Ill' Douglas Island, high, rocky and well wooded. It forms tlie south western angle of
the land which here curves in to form what has Ixmmi named l>y the IJ. S. Navy Fritz Cove, of which
the other boundary is formed by Entrance Point in approximate

Latitude 68° 10' N.

Longitude 134° 47' W.

The variation of the com|)a)>s is about 30° casterK .

Entrance Point is low, flat and narrow, with a marsh In'hind it and a wooded rocky nub seventy-five
feet high at its extremity. The anchorage is includc<l in the indentation between a line S. by £. from
Kntrance Point and the receding shore of Douglas Island. Thei-e ap|M'ai>i to be room for only one
vessel. The land to the southward and westward of the anchoi-age is high and rises from the low part
of Entrance Point gradually westward to an altitude of some fiftiH'n hundre<l feet, well wooded.

The extent of the available anchorage is about a (id)le, with a bottop' of sticky mud, affording gcKxl
holding-ground. The rise and fall of tide ol)sarvcd was fourteen feet, but it is supposed to reach
eighteen feet at springs.

The following sailing directions are arranged from the report of Lieutenant Symond.'*:

DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF FRITZ COVE.

In approaching tlie cove keep at least half a aible from the shore, and when opjKisite the middle
of the cove a course m>\y l)e taken S SE. until twelve fathoms are reached, which is the anchomge.
Entrance Point should not be approached nearer than two cables when intending to anchor.

This anchorage was forruerly used by the Hudson Bay Company's vessels.

N NW. thi^-e cables from Entranw Point is Hut Point, where there is an Indian ti.-.hing village,
and which forms the soutiiern point of entrance to the western part of Gitstineau Channel.

Fritz Cove has been represented as a sub-sketch on U. S. Ilydrographic Olliee Chart No. MN.'i of
lS81,and,on a larger scale with some additions, on U.S. Coast Survey Harbor Chart No. 7;{f) of ]H«a.

The retionnaissance was made by Lieut. F. AI. Symonds, U. S. N., of the U. S. S. \ywlmxiit,Vmn-
niauder Henry Glass, U. S. N., commanding, in 1881.

It is proj>er to adl attention to the fact that, lioth on the manuscript chart of the additions fur-
nished to tiiis office on U. S. Hvdrographic Office Chart No. 883 and on the revisinl iKlition of U. S.
Hvdmgraphic Office Chart No.' 2"25, a small islet is laid down directly olf the middle (.f Fritz Co'c,
apparently about half a mile from the shore and nearly midway Ix'tween Outer and Entrance poims.
fhis islet does not appear on U. S. Hydrographic Chart No. 883 on the sub-sketch of Fritz Cove, but
nnly on the general sketch of Lynn Canal, nor is it represented on U. S. Coast Survey Harlnir Chart
N<i. 7.)6, derive*! from the same'datu as the above-mentioned sub-sketch.

About NW. from Hut Point, apparcntU' about half a mile, lies Spuhn Point,* the southwestern
extreme of Spuhn Island, which is separated liom the main land by a narrow and olistrncUd jMissiige,
probably not navigable. Spuhn Point mav be considered as forming the northern point of entrance to
ihe western part of Gastineau Channel. It is bold-to and aliont a mile eastward; within the entrance
is a narrow island ab«»ut a mile in length, lying about in the middle of the channel.

The northern limitation on the main land side of Stephens Passage is a point named by tlie U. S.
( 'oast Survey Point Stephens, which bcai-s from Point Retreat about NE. I)y N. \ N. lour '"'d ii ha t
miles. Midway l)etween the two points, dividing th" strait into two halves, i* the western end ol Shel-
l.r Island, named by Meade in 18(>9. It is about five miles long ESE. and W NW., and nowhere
c-inals a mile in width. From the middle of its western end a /vr/ extends halt a mile in the same

ndicatetl by the U. S. Navy about three tiibles SW. from the 8W.

direction, while u mmken rorl

angle of the vestern en<l of the is'and. , , ,,. ... . ,

From the western angle of Point Retnuit the IMirat Href vxU;kU nearly hall a mile in a norther y
and westerly dira-tion ami is g,-nerally visible to one-thiid of a mih , he point slion <l not Ik-
approached nearer timn half a mile. Tlie ro<-ks off Marlow P,m.l ared.y ami v.sih e. S..utheastwar.l
IVom Barlow Point is another, called Symonds Point, with what looks like an island hut is really a
peninsula at its end. It is free from dangci-s. ,i i-ii .i i :

Three quartei., of a mile westward, from the east..rn .'iid of Saelter Island, south of that islami, is
" 'langeroiia reef, covered at high water an<l extending well out into the eliannd. ^

* Namwl by the Unitwl fJtaUi Navy ia 1881.

(,:

174

WHITKWATEK BAY.

About a mile E SB. from SymoiulM I'oint iind nearly midway between Fritz Cove and Siielter
Island is Portland Island, named by the U. S. Navy, off the nortiiern shore of wiiicii, an well as its
southeiwtern shore, reefs I'xtctul a thi/d of a mile, mostly visible. Midway between Portland Island
and Fritz Ci)ve is the sunken Geon/e li-iM-k:

From S|)iihn Island to Point Stephens the shore of the mainland jircsi-nts a series of projefting
pointH with ba3's Itetweeu them in whi<'li are s<'ver»l islets, nx-ks and shoals. A mile and a half west-
ward from Spnhn Point is Point Louisa, nametl by the U. S. Navy, havinfj a narrow island at its
eastern side and three or four more small islets or roeks Initween it and Spuhn Island. Two and a
third miles westward from Point I^iuisa i- Point Lena. There are several small islets near the head
of the interveniii;;; bij^lit. About a mil<! and a half W NW. from Point l^na is Aaron Island, with
two islets beyonil it in the same trend, ami a Muukni rvel: esjstward from it about midway between it
and the point. A glacier cohies down near the heail of the bight Ix'tween Point Lena and Point
Stojihens.

The pa.s.sage between Shelter Island on the south and the alwvc-named points and islands on the
north has Iwen called Favorite Channel by the U. S. Navy, and is reported to Ik; clear and unmistak-
able. After passing I'oint liouisii fn>m the northward, keep the northern shore well alioard until up
with Spuhn J'oint to avoid Geon/e Hock.

The pas.s;ige Ix'twetMi Shelter and Admir.ilty Islands was named Saginaw Channel by Meade, who
passed thnnigii it in 1869. The only hidden dang«.'r known in this ]>assiige is the minken rock close to
the shore of Shelter Island, three-quarters of a mile westwanl fr<mi the eastern end of the island.

In going through this pa«siige from t!ic northwest, after passing the rm^ks off Barlow Point,
Symonds Point will be obs'-rved t4i extt-nd well to the eastward, and (iovering what aj)iM'ai"s to be the
SW. end of an island close in to that point. This is, however, really a iM)rtion of the |)o'nt itself.
Keep Symonds Point well aboard until past the sunken rock alnive tnentioncHl, when the channel is
clear. Between Shelter and Portland Islands Tebienkotl' indicates continuoim foul ground.

Before talking up Ly lui Canal it will he nei-essary to consider that |)ortion of Chatham Strait north-
wanl from Point (iardner.

I'OINT GAUDNEU TO POINT MAHSDEX.

For data relating to this part of Chatham Strait the reconnaissance sketciies and rejKirts of officers
of the U. S. Navy will here l>e chicHy relied upon. From Point Gardner the eastern shore of CluithaiM
Stniit extends in a general way NW. by N. alniut ten miles — uniformly Inild, indentinl by a nnmbt^r oi'
small bays, backed by com|)arativeIy high and wooded land — to Point Caution, named
Whitewater Bay. by Meade, and forming the southern jioint of entrance to a large Iwy ailbrding
anchoragi; and nametl by the II. S. Navy Whitewater Bay.* In approaching it is
retHm»mende<l to give the shore of Admiralty Island a berth of two miles, as it is reported foul and
contains mtmeroHM ovtli/hi;/ rockj^, some of them only visible at extreme low water.

Whitewater Bay ext<'nds alMint three mHcs in an E. by S. and W. by N. direction with . n aver-
age width of a mile. Its northern point of entrance was called Woody Pointf by the U. S. Navy,
and is alwut a mile and a half northwani from Point Caution. Off the entrance to the bay, less than
a mile (ai-cording to Tebienkoff", who represents the entrance as 2J miles wide) SW. from Wotnly
Point, and dirc<itly in front, of the entnuice according to others (while some charts omit it entirely), is
liuagiau R-.ef, named bv Meade, upon which a Russian vessel is said to have struck.

Awording to Meade, who hit« given the only published (but not very clear) description of it, if a
line were <lrawn from i-*oint Caution to Wotnly Point tl>e reef would be neai'ly a mile outside of that
line, but the position which he adopts for it on the old edition of British Admiralty Chart No. 2431
would make the distance less. He says J " it is close to the land, and (consists of eleven very ugly rocks
extending about NW. and SE. along the land for two miles. The distance this reef is from the
eastern shore of C^h itham Strait is alKUit two and a half miles, Injing right opjKwite a bight." The
noU's accompanyini' the riH-onnaissanw of the bay by oftiwrs of the U. S. Navy in 1881, relating to
its approaches, make no reference to liussian Iteef, between which and the shore the Saginaw found no
l)ottom in many place-t at ninety fathoms.

Point Caution, from this reconnaissance, apptiars to have a narrow rocky tongue extending in a
NNW. directitm a i|uarfer of a mile while only a few fathoms wide. Similar but smaller tongues
extend from projc'tions' of the northern shore op|)o.<ite. From the extremity of this tongue E. by S.
J S. is Flag Point, uainiHl by the Navy, bluff, rocky ami wooded, placed by them in approximate

Latitude „7° 13' N.

Longitude 134° 30' W.

* AIhu ciiIM Lower Koutsnow m- Khadma, IcmuIIv.

tin HK, Ala»kn nil pnliitH ai'ti woody, hikI nlioiit oiip tlilnl of tliviii have been named so, tu tliv great cuntimiun of lirdru-
graplier*. It is lo be jiopi'il timt the name will never be employed again.
t U. a. Hydrographic Notice No. 13, 1HU9, page itO

KOOTZWAHOO ROADH.

976

vc and Shelter

Variation of the rompa«« Ir alnnit 28° 30' onstcrly. Rise and fall of tide aUiit nixtceii fe«>t.

Two and a quarter eahies N NW. from Fhxfr point is Hoaly Rook, n sninll hiiick rtn'kv islet, «nr-
roiindMl hy foti/ ground toaraide distant, niostly niarki'd i)y kelp, at \vi\M in Hnninu-r. ThrVc-quiirtiTs
of a mile eastward from Fla^ l*oint is a smaller r<M'k, dry, with three fatliom.s half a eaide from it in
ail direetioiw.

Close to the shore on the northern side of the bay, N, f E. from tiie ai>ove-mentioned riH-k, is
North Island, of small extent. Eastward from a line joinini; the two, espfK-iallv in a NE. direction,
the Imttoin is nx-ky and iriT^nlar; there are nhon/M and kelji palelies and very likelv hiiliUn lUttujir*. A
stream empties into a ronnchnl eove in the NE. eorner, where salmon are caught in summer. Thert! is
a fishing eamp or house here, but the villaj^c is nearly a mile eastwarfl from the north head of the
biiy, on the northern shore, ott' which appars to Ik- deep water.

Fnmi the alK)ve-mentione(l reeonnais.san(V this bay d<K's not appear to olfer many attraetions. The
following directions are derived from the notes of the naval party.

ounfuuun uf liydiu-

DIRECTIONS FOR KNTKRTNG \VHrTKWATP:R BAY.

Oj)en VVliitewater Bay well, an<I a i-ourse E. ^ S. midway l)et\yeen all visible dangers, with a sugar-
loiif mountain on Baranott" Island directly astern, will lead in clear. After passing Healy H<K'k ke«'p
the northern shore aboard, sound as yon go, aiul anchor when fourteen fathoms are obtained, with North
Island N. by B. five or six hundred yai-ds.

All heavy winds draw up or down Chatham Strait, aii<l hence nei-d not l)e feared in the bay.

A few miles farther northwestward is Becky Point of Meade, with several visible rcH'ks near
it. At the northern part of the bay of which Rm'ky Point is the southern headland is Letushkwin,
s<mietimes called Old Kootznahoo (Khudanu), formiM'ly a very |)opulous T'linkit villnge.

Westward, a mile from this village, is Village Point of Meailc, in IHH}), with an islet off it and
from which Distant Point of Meade, a mile or two NW., is se|)arate<l by a narrow deep cove. Dis-
tant Point is situated twenty-two miles NW. by N. fron> Point (Jardncr. At its western angle an?
some visible rocks and a couple of islets. This |)oint forms the southern headland of Hood Bay,
named by Vam-ouver, but by no i cans corresiwnding to Whidln-y's description, if Meade's chart l)e
trustworthy. According to the latter the bay extends £. by N. 1 N. and W. by S. J S. about six
miles with a width not ex(*e<ling three miles, its northwestern extreme Iwing fornud by Kenasnow
Island.

The original compass of the term included the waters northwest of Kenasnow Island as far as
Point Samuel, which liave received other names on Meade's chart. The inner eastern extreme of
IltKxl Bay bears the name of Ctaaqua ^ay, a native nauK'.* Nodet4iils are at hand in regard to sound-
ings, anchorages or shelter, in this hnndity.

There are several islets in HfMid Bay, one namwl Table Island, of small extent, which ajjpears to
Ik! cut in two in a N NW. and S SE. direction, lies off the southern entiiuice of the iMiKsiige U'tween
the ea.stern end of Kenasnow Island and the main shore. This islet is distant a mile and a (piarter
alwut S. by W. J W. from a high |)romontory of the main shore, mimed by .Meade Bold Cliff, and on
thi.s line Ijetween the two is Lonf RoLk,\n the channel, bare at low wii'er, covered at a ipiarier H(hh1
and having nine feet of water on it at extreme high water. There is a ciciu- passsige nearly two cables
wide either side of this rtK-k. Midway between it and the shore is another dry nnk, not named,
lietween the NW. end of Table Island ami the SE. shore of Kenasnow Island there is ai.
clear passage two cables wide. The straits k'twcen Kena-now and the main ar. '••dicat.
as clear. They are alniut six miles in total extent and somewhat less than one-., i-d of i'
in the narrowest part.

Kenasnowf Island, so name<l by Meade, forms a part of the northern shore of Hof... .^ , and it«
wtstern extremity is the NW. |)oint of entrance of that bay. The island is somewhat irregularly
erescent-slmi)ed, with the convexity southward, and is about three and tlir(H'-<|uarters miles long E. and
W. and ab<;ut a mile broad. The western end is prolonged in a NW. direction as h'niimiow HeeJ,
three-quarters of a mile long and drv at low water. The ciistern end curves to the N NE. with a
nhorl reef a mble or two in length, forming Shelter Point, a mile west from which Hood Point prfijei'ts
from the northern 8ht)re of the island about the siune distan.r. The shore iM-twcen tlicni is nn-kv.

The waters Iwtween the northern shore of Kenasnow Island ami the main Admiralty shore, form-
erly includet" in Ho(k1 Bay by Vanciniver and others, were named by Meade Kootznahoo Roads, u
siHjlling which is here adoptcil because published by the origiiiiil explorer, and certainly In-tter than a

•Menlionwl in ihr voyage of ilie Klita, in IWi. a« Cbaqua Cove. H i. ..Is.. Ohaqu. Pay, .■.r.,...-„.-lv »., «,„»■ fliaru..

tC.uruniHd f,,„„ K.n-a.-n'llU, «n In.li.u, wor.l, n.eanihK "i.-.T ll..> I..11. " ..•l.mi.K >" H- •""i" f"'-'iti''< I' »''•; «"««»-" l»«
(..ll.«rwi« Kootanahoo. Kootsnu, HooohUlOO. etc.). n.^nninB ■B.ar Fort. ' nnn- Ly ..n U... .h..r.. ..f th. n„.,n A.lnnrally nland^

Tl.iK i«lan,l was calle.l Bhaetkab IilftBd by tl.« iradera in I7!l!l, »Im. lefrr I. villHgn ,«. Hootaenboo. At pr«««t tliair. ia

quite a village atill mnaining.

rently
•'eral
wide

176

K0TE080K HARBOR.

largo proportion of the forms whii-li hnvp heen use*! to driiotc the same Indian name* (phonetically
Khiitz-n'hii). The rondw coniprisM' a IkmIv of water tliri* niilos long E. and W. and alxint two miles
in greatest width, surroundcil iJiiiHy by liohl and rcM-ky Mhores. The Houthern jKHiit of cntramx is
formed by Krnamnw HeeJ; tlie north'wiwtern by Danger Point of Meade, a rounded, bold, rocky,
dens«'ly wmhIwI promontory alnait five hundred feet high, from which toward the WNW. u reef some-
what leiss than a mile in length exten<ls. The south and southeast shores of the fwint apwar to be
tolerably clear and Iwld-to. EustwanI the ground k't-om s lower and more level, and at a distance of
somewhat r)ver a mile ejistward from the end of J)aiiger I'oint is the large native settlement of Kootz-
naluM), containing about sixty houses, each of which may IfKlgc a nund)er of families.f In front of the
village the shore is l)old-to, carrying tive to seven i'alhoms close in; ancliorage may Ik> hwl here. West
from this there is a narrow rocky Iwrder to llu! shore. I'jjst from the village lar-^c rt'(/jt>/rt//o>WM fringe
the shore with a width of one to three iiibles, dry at low water. The coast, which tren<!s to the east-
ward from Danger I'oint to the vicinity of the village, then curves for a mile and a half SE. and E 8E.,
forming a bight whose southeastern exlrcmity has lie<n lalled by Meade Saginaw Point fi-oni which
rocks extend seaward two cid)les or more. Between this |)oint and Danger Point across the entrance
to the bight stret<'hes a shoal known as the Koolzimlinn Rorhn. This is a mile ami a quarter in length
W. by N. J N. and E. by S. J S. and alH)ut a thiitl of a mile wide, dry or awash at low water. It
approaches so near by its northern e<lge to Saginaw Point as to leave no advistible passage for vesiiels,
but the we«t<'rii end and northwestern edge are se|>nr«ted by not less than a thin! of a mile from the
shore, forming a snug and secure but contracted anchorage in front of the village with from twelve to
twenty fathoms of water. In this vicinity, according to Meade, the tide rises twelve feet, and it is H.
W. P'. and C. at O'' 20"".

The fl(M)d tide is said to run four hours and a half, the ebb seven hours, and there is half an hour
of slack water. The geographical position jf Danger Point, from Meade's observations, is

Latitude 67° 29' N.

Longitude 184° 37' W,

\ .11

and the variation of the compass about twenty-nine degrees easterly in 1869.

Haifa mile eastward from Saginaw Point it was projKised to ere<it a United States military post
near a break in the rocky barrier of the shore. Haifa mile fartlier east at Bluft'Point, the shore suddenly
recedes northwar^l about half a mile to the mouth of Koteosok Creek, a stream emptying into a lagoon
of considerable sixe. Within the lagoon, almut a mile northward from the mouth of the creek, ten
fathoms have been obtained. Between Bhift" Point and Hootl Point, the narrow eastern termination
of Kootznahoo [toads, the clear channel is only a quarter of a mile wi<le with four or five fathoms
water, Meade's chart being in error on this point. In the main channel of the roads fifteen or twenty
fathoms may lie had. At their eastern extremity the al)ove-inentioned narrow passage leads into
Koteosok Harbor of Meade, which, awonling to U. S. Hydrographic Office Chart No. 882, is wider
and more comm(Klious than indic4ittMl on Mende's chart of 18G9. This harlxjr connects with HimkI
Bay by the passage In'twcen Shelter Point and Bokl Cliff, previously referre«l to. This harlwr is rounde<l
in form with a diameter clear of obstructions of three-quarters of a mile, and affortis anchorage in ten
or fifteen fathoms, soft Iwttom. At the head of the bight l)etween Hood an<l Shelter points is the
establishment of the Wfstern Fur and Trading Conqtany.

Several sketches of this locality have appeare<l ; the l)est and least incorrect is that on U. S. Hydro-
graphic Office Chart No. 882 of 1881 .

On the western shore of Chatham Strait, about W. by N. \ N. from Point Gardner, the charts
indicate a projection of the Baranoff shore with a cove northwest of it, in re^rd to which there is no
further information. Thent« the coast is niap])ed as comjMict, without notable indentations, and extend-
ing in a direction aliout NW. by W. an uncirtain distancej to the southeastern point of Kelp Bay,
named by the U. S. Coast Survey, a large unsurveyal bay,§ of which the hea«l extended in a west-
northwesterly direction toward the inlets previously referred to (pages 166-7) as extending in a south-
easterly direction from the southern border of Peril Stniit. Tebienkoff is the only one who gives aiiv
details in regard to this bay and he indicates (Chart VIII, 1849) the upper part of it as unexplored. He

* It lias l)veii ruiiiltirfd Hoocblnoo, Hudiunoo, Hoaehnou, KooUnoo, Kntsnou, Xoutinon, Kontsnow, Hoosnoff, &c.

tTlii* ' illaffe c-aii \w ilistiiiclly bwii fioin tli« WB. point of entrance In IVril Strait and is supposed to be as large or larger
than ti.e Indian villnge at Sitka. In I88i it was shelled and partly destmyed by the U. 8. steamer Corwin on account of unrnly
demonstrations by ihe natives against the employes of the tracllng rtntion, cannery, Ac, on Kenasnow Island. Tli« lives of scinu!
of them were threatened, on account of the accidental death of a native in the company's employ, in accordunce with Indian law.
There are no totem poles at this village Potatoes have been cultivated here by the Indians for many years— each year mure oi-
less are sold to the white*. They preserve their own seed potaUiea but substitute new ones when they can. All the land in the
immadiate vicinity is low.

X Eleven milee according to Tebienkoff, but the naval report lui Whitewater Bay, which is about Ave miles fitrther south,
speaks of It as opposite Kelp Bay. There are no means of settling the question at band.

J Referred to on various charts as » " deep inlet " or bay, but not named. There are two other deep bays in oloeo proximity.

KOOTZNAHOO INLET.

177

rc|)re«ent« the entrance as about two miles wide. OiT the northern point ft (ilnster of nmks projectn
lialf a mile castwuru into Chatham Strait. On the southern siiorc within the hny "re t'onr or more
jsletM. The northern shore is nnich indentiMl. Ac<'or(lin>; to 'IVhiciikotl'tlH' Imy extentis inhmd alniut
six miles to a two and a half mile portaj^e. Hence to Point 'riuUclu'r the shore f ivnds in a northwesterly
(iirectiim with several coves and a(ro<Ki many nx-ks alonj; siiore and espccinliy otfthe projci-tintj; iMiinls
l)etwei!n the various indentations. It should not lie approiiclusl within half a mile.

Iteturninc; to the eastern shore of Chiithah) Strait, in coniiiif; ciistwurd ihrounh Peril Strait, that
part of the Admiralty Group opposite the eastern entriiuv of the strait n|)|)ei>rs as a low wwKled plain
of threat extent, l>ehind which niav l)e seen in favorable weather the hi^h snow-cap|HMl mountains of the
iiiiiin and the elevated hills of the eastern portion of the ^roup itself. This plain is the seat of an
extensive network of inland waters not yet fully explored, and which, from the observations of the U.
S. Navy, ap|ienr to wash the shores of islands and raniifyinj; inlets which are the seat <,*'extenHivecoal
tiehls. To the vhole of the Admiralty Group Tcbij'nkoff applies the name Khuts-na u, and to the
interior system of canals alntve mentioned Meade has n|)plied the term KootBnahoo Archipelago,
hut of this only a Bniall |>ortion has yet l)een ex|)lored by him, to which he lii\s j^iven
the name of KootBnahoo Inlet. It has also lK>cn referrtnl to under the name of Kootznahoo Inlet.
Mud Bay. The southern point of entranc(> to this inlet is Dan^jcr Point, and the
northern is called by Meade KootsnahC'^ Head, a hi^h, roundetl densely wooded dome, n-achin^ an
altitude of eight hundred feet and forming; u low bliilf (,r stee|i bank near the water's etige. From the
western extremity of Danger Point the ajiex of the head Ix'iirs N. i E. a mile and a quarter, but the
channel l)etween the northern tnlge of the point and the southern (Hlge of the head, forming the entrance
to the inlet, is only four cables wide. A view of the entrance, of the Head, and of Danger Point, is
(^iven on U. 8. Hydrographic Chart No. 225.

Fro:.n its narrowness, tortuosity and numerous unexplorotl ramifications, the inlet cjm l)e described
hut poorly at best. The best guide is the chart, a ghuu^e at which will show that with the navigation
of these chiuinels a sailing vessel <ran have nothing to do. Their only importaiiw at present is iw a most
promising |)oiut for the hydrographic and mining explorers, the |tre.xcn<!e of a navigable channel for
steamers and of g<K>d coal here being ascertaiiunl fact*i.

Tlie general course of the explore<l part of the inlet is eastward and northeastwani for some three
miles, then northerly about six miles, when it agsiin curves to the eastward for several miles and throws
nut a number of arms; beyond which it is unknown.

In mid-channel at the entrance Um to fifteen fathoms may Iw had. Two miles eastward within
the entrance thedepth diminishes tosix or seven and the inlet curves to the northward. On thesoiith-
east side is a long narrow islet. Village Rock, (•onnccte<l with the southern shore by a nhml where tiiero
is an overfall at certain stages of the tide. From Turn Point, which is on the western shore, half a
mile northward from Village Uock, there extend ctTtain roch dvrclhj tmnxvrise to t/ic channel and two-
thirds of the way across it. There are four or fiv.; fathoms in the cable v, de pius-iage between these
r(K'ks and the SB. shore. Altout the nwks the str- ig tidal curr(U)ts pnKluce a race and ripples which
have secured from Meade for this pla** the expressive name of "Hell's Acre."

E NE. from this two unexplored channels ojhju with Home ripplen at their common entrftnce; the
current in this vicinity sometimes runs at a rate of eight or ten knots. The explored channel is the
most western of the three, and is se|)arate<l from the others by Channel Point, south from whose end
a i-eef extends nearly half a mile, i mile or so northwanl from this is the Stillwater Anchorage, in
twenty fathoms, both shores c^lear of m-k.s. A mile and a (|uarter northward the channel is again
obstructed by numerous visible rocks, forming a strong ripple. To ilie westward is False Channel
Bay, of small extent, marked at its northern extreme by Point Pillsbury. Kastward and oi)|)<isite is
an unexplored oi>ening. In mid-channel Ixitween the rocks eight or ten fathoms are had. Thence
t'-e trend bf the channel is N. by B. .1 E., and it is narrowed to nlxiut a seventh of a nnle m the dear,
with a depth of six to ten fathoms. A mile and a half northward from Point I'illsbnry, on the western
side of the passage, is Point Bridge, abreast of which a race (Krurs. (Beyond this the southern and
eastern shore Ixjcomes much broken into islands, and in the course (.C three or four miles the names oi
Long Island, Termination Point, Cedar and South points occur on the southeastern shore, and Hem-
look and Worth pointa on the north we.st«>rn shore, details not sufficiently iiii|K)rtant to warrant par-
ticular description and for which the navigator if referred to the chart.) ,• « v „ t> *i.

Northeastward thence is an expansion or bav which has nxrived the .mine of Mitchell Bay, the
southern bounds of which ore forme<l bv Woo<h'hopper Islan.l, whose north shore is fringed with
formidable rock platforms or reefs half a mile in width, <-.lle.l ^<«jhum Mfje. Unexp ore<l <^l^»]»f
\.:m north, east and s;)iith, and Jinchorage appeai-s possible alnuKst anywhere. At or near the NE.
extremeofWoodchopper Island "a mine of the lx«t bituminous .cul yet found iiimn our Iacific,«ast
was opened by the U. S. S. Saqinaw in 1 868. W'.kkI of course al...uiul.s ; fish of all kinds are rc,H,rted ;
abundantiand fresh water mav !« found falling into MiU'liell I Jay from the north war<l. A canoe ,««H«ge
is said to exist between these' watera and tl.ose of S.ymour Canal, but as .f frequeutlv «"*PI'«"« that
natives in speaking of canoe passages do not distinguish betw.-ei. .,.nlinu..i.s ^^«'' ■^«"'' *J«"^-
rupted only V a short and easj^portoge- it is doubtful whether a continuous passage exists even for canoes,
P. 0. p.— 23

178

TENAKEB INLKT.

I' .4;' I.

Point Samuel, nanuKl by V^aiiprmver, anil erronnDUsly piveii Aa Samuels Point l)y Mt-ado, i8,acmrcl-
ing t« the latter, situatwl two and a hairniilm NW. I)y W. A W. from the Houthern extremity of K«K)tznahm)
Head. From a study of Mfade'ti and VanconvcrV respective ehiirls, though the whole eonforniation
of the shore is in each diirerontly rt"i»res(iit<'d, the identification of Point 8aniuel by Meade woidd ueeni
to be erroneous. Vancouver's Point Samuel (-an hardly 1m; other than the southern and western
extreme of Keiiasnow, which he aj)|)arently did not recognize as an island. If so, as a |)art'of the
mainland of the Adminilty (irou|>, it woulil then form the northwest extreme of HoimI Bay, and the
openings representee! on his chart l)etween it and I'oint Parker are identifiable with Koocznahoo Roads
and Inlet. But by the assumption that the roads form a part of Hw)d liay, Russian and English
rartographers have tmnsferred the name to a point north of them, apparently the same as Kootznahoo
Heatl, while Meade has shifte«l it still further north to an inconspicuous projc<;tion which would hardly
have attracted notice from Vaneouvds pin-til's and <«rniot Ite r»'concile<l with the "projecting point"
of his text and chart. Since, however, the features of the shore as iiidicate<I by Vancouver are merely
approximate, and since the identification, whether correct or otherwise, has l)een made on the only chart
of the locality which can claim even a|>proximate accuracy, or exhibits any details, it is perliajw as
well to leave the mmlern application of the old name undisturl>ed.

From Point Samuel as thus located, Point Craven is indicated as Itearing SW. J S. alwut nine
and a half miles. Northwest from Point Craven, which forms its sotithwestern extreme, is Sitkoh Bay,
unsurveyed, apparently four or five miles long in an E. and W. direction and half as wide. U|H)n
Point Craven are some Indian houses constituting the T'linkit village of Sitkoh. It was to a stock-
ade behind a stc«>p detached roi^k in this vicinity, according to Lisianski, that the natives retreated
after their defeat at Sitka by the Russians in 1804. This Indian fort was visited bv Langsdorft' in
October, 1805.

Off Point Hayes, the northeastern extreme of the bay, an; one wooded and two bare iaiets, and
the Morris reef, previously described, which at extreme high water is nearly all covere<l. The shore
north of it should not be closely approached. About three miles NW. } N. from Point Hayes, not
far from the shore, is a high conspicuous rocky islet, called White (Bieloi) Book by Tebienkoff.
On most charts it is placed too far north.

Twelve or fifteen miles in a northerly direction from Point Hayes the coast of the Chichagolf
group extends, more or less broken and with .several unexplored o|K'nings, of which the
Tenakee Inlet. most northerly is willed by the Indians Kakagin, to South Passage Point,* which forms
the southeastern extreme of Tenakee Canal or Inlet.f

Two islets lie near this point.

It may l)e noted here that, reganled with relation tti Point Marsden, a'l this part of the Chicha-
goff Group bordering.on Chatham Strait is farther west than tlie charts in common use indicate. It is
probable that a large part of it, together with part of the Admiralty Group, is represented as several
miles too far north and east. But until some continuous surveys have been made it is impossible to
correct the charts.

The entrance Ijears about SW. J W. six milt.s from Fishery Point, and the north head about S.
11° E. from the boat anchorage south of Point Marsden.

Tenakee Inlet is only known from verbal rejjorts by Major M. P. Berry, of Sitka, and by natives
who constantly traverse it. It has not been surveyed in any part. It is sup|)08«!d to extend in a
west-northwesterly direction to within five or six miles of I'ort Frederick, where it terminates at a
portage of about one hundred and fifty paces in width at high water, which rises alwut fifteen feet
al)ove the sea. Half way toward the portage from Chatham Strait on the north shore are some hot
springs, said to contain sulphur, near which is a native .'settlement.

Off this there are some islands in the inlet, and in the south shore there is an opening which trends
toward Hooniuh Sound, Peril Strait, from wluch it is separated by an isthmus of high land alwut
five miles wide. The inlet is much used by the Indians living at Port Frederick in their journeys
to the more southern part of the archipelago. Major Berry was the first or one of the first ^vilite men
to pass through this inlet, which he did in an Indian canoe, and his sketch has been transferred to
U. S. Hydrographic Office Chart No. 225, edition of 1882.

On the eastern side of Chatham Strait, about eight miles northward from White Rock, n xjording
to Vancouver, is a prominent low point comi)osed of shingle, and named by Vancouver Point Parker.
It is of triangular shape, with a kelp patch off its extreme end, and is supposed to be in about

Latitude 67° 37' N.

Longitude 134° 40' W.

Meade places it somewhat farther north, perhaps by an oversight in lettering the chart.

*lontll Point of Meade'B cli«rt, first edition. Niinied by tlie U. 8. Navy.

tTliia inUt has alao be«ii called Blind Panace, Berry Paiiage, and Slwaib Oanal. Tlie name adopted was adoplr<l )>;
the U. S. Coait Survey in 1869, and is that applied to it by tlie iiativoB who live upon it. It ii accented on the last ayllable.

Hfl)B(l,ul,ilIpii

CHATHAM STIIAIT.

179

head about S.

Hereabout, Vancouver's parties iiotwl that the Hood tide came from the Houthwanl, thoui;li it
only ran about two hours.

The large opning which may bt; found on most charts, dividing into two bnuioliw as it enters,
does not exist. The land is low therenltoutj*, and a salmon stream' eonips apparently from a lake int/i
the strait, but there is no inlet or bay aw-ording to the latest authorities.

However, it is 8t«te<l that alxMit a league to the southward and eastward of Point Parker Van-
louver's party found in one of thew; bays an opening an eighth of a mile v.ido, which has not subse-
(piently been explored. At the entrance five fathoms wat<'r was obtained, but after advancing almut
Haifa mile it proved to be both shallow and rocky — a portion of its southern extreme l)cing cut otl'at
liigh water, forming an island. An Indian settlement, where the ground was cultivated, Wiis situated
here, and the natives sent off to Mr. Whidl)ey on the twenty-first of July an abundant supply of fresh
herring.

From Point Parker the eastern shore of Chatham Strait extends alxiut thirty miles in a NW. ^ W.
direction to Point Marsden. This «)ast has not IsHin critimlly surveyed, but is descrilie<l by Van-
couver* as in general oidy " motlerately high and lirminating uniformly in a Irald shore free from
shoais" or other concealed interr-iptions to navigation.

He found the northerly AcmkI tide always of short duration, the set of the current Iwing usually
toward the southeast. The surface of the country is ruggiKl, but produces an abundance of very fine
timl)er, chiefly varieties of pine and ce<lar, some of which trcfss measured twenty-three fwt in girth.
The opposite or western shore rises more rapidly and to a greater height and ap|)earc<l t*) him leta fertile.

Eight miles northwestwa. d from Point Parker, according to British Admiralty Chart No. 2431,
a small bight is indicsited, off which are some rocks a short distance from the shore surroundeti by kelp
in two to five fathoms. According to the chart these are situated in latitude 87" 48', and May 22,
1880, the mi^netic dip here was observeil by the U. S. ("oast Survey to Iw 78° 67'.3. The nxiks as
\v '1 as the shore were okserved to be composed of white marble streaked with green and dipping
vertically. The shore behind the beach rises to a considerable height, and has received the name of
the Marble Blu£h. .'he entrance to Freshwater ]}ay and Pavloff Harlwr is directly op|K)sitc, on the
western shore of Chatham Strait. Two or three miles farther north a point known as Fishery Point
projects int<i the strait, near which a stream of considerable volume enters the strait, where an Indian
fishery for salmon is established in the seiLsoii of the run. From this vicinity the middle of the entrance
to Tenakee Inlet Iwars alwut SW. J W. About a <|uarter of a mile off shore, at the mouth of the
stream, is a bare ro(!ky ledge or islet, rising ten or fiftwn feet almve the water. Almut nine miles
northwestward from Fishery Point the south western angle of abroad-faced point (-allwl Point Repburnf
projects into the strait with some rocks near it. The shore l)etween them is more or less indental and
there are inshore ro(!ks in several places. From Point Hepburn the shore trends somewhat more
northerly al)out two miles and a half to Cube Point, the northern angle of the same projecting mass of
land, forming an in«!onspicur.us bight iKstween the two, in the sands at the head of which pros|)ector8
have washed out particles of gold.

Cube Point is narrow, bluff, rocky, densely timlxsred above. At its northwestern end is a square
bluff mass of rock connected to the main jwint by a level strip of dry l)ea('h. The nwks are mica
schists seamed witii veins of quartz containing pyrites, and mucii contorted.

It forms the western point of entranc* of a snug little anchorage named by the U. 8. Coast Sur-
vey Square Cove, of which a sketch was obtained in June, 1880. This cove is about
three cables long NW. and SE. and a cable and-a half in width, with two and a half Square Cov».
fathoms within a cable of the fine sand beach at its head antl deejwr water farther out.

The cove is but little wider at its entrance than at its head. Its sides rise in bluff walls of rock,
heavily tiral)ered above. There are no dangers or olistructions. The broad sand beach at its head is
abundantly supplied with drift-wmxl, and a stream comes in at each end of it, the eastern forming a
cascade. From the northeastern extreme of the I)each Cube Point and Point Augusta are in one, bear-
ing west.

The latitude of Square Cove is alwut 68° N.

Nc observations have been obtained here.

The cove will afford gowl pro'cction from all but northwesterly storms for a single vessel of
moderate size or several small craft.

In this vicinity the flootl tides meet from Chatham Strait, flooding to the northward, and from Icy
Strait flooding to the southeastward.

From South Passage Point NW. by N. about two miles lies East Point of Meade, the irregular
rather broad eastern extreme of a portion of land which appears to separate Teuakee Inlet from the open-
ing north from the latter. There is a reef, bare at low wahr, extending northwest about a cable from it.
Immediately NW. from East Point is an opening whose opposite extreme is formed by North Pas-
sage Point, (North Point of Meade, t which is situated NW. by N. J N. about five miles from South

•Vmcouwr, Tol. Hi, p. 268.

tin honor of Jmum Hepburn, ««|., of Victoria, V. I., long > naturalUt and explorer in thi» region, who <Ui,d about 1806.

■ t

IKO

FItKHHWATKK BAY.

Pawtage I'oint. lietwccii Kiwt Puiiit niul North I'liMMuge Point is tlic eiitraucc to Freshwater Bay.

ThiH Imy, nuined hv Moadc, Roimirttx of an ciitrunra aliout three miles in length W.
Fruhwattr Bay. l)y s. i 8. iiiul B. by N. }, N. and half a« wide, ix-yond wlii<h the bay is prolongs!
to mi extent not definitely awt^rtained, in a wc»terly direction, I'orniing an arm or inlet.
On the Houtlicrn shore, itliont two miles wet^twiird from Kast Point, is Favloff Harbor, u titve lietween
three and four j-obles in extent, of wliic-h Meade hax given a xketeli on U. IS. Ilydrogruphic OfBee
(.'hart No, 225.*

Between East Point, or an angle of it (iilled Outer Point by the U. 8. Navy in 1881, and the
eastern point of entrance of I'avlott' Uarlnir, lies Wachusett Cove, almut half a mile in extent, of
which two-tliirtls arc shoal, extending in a NE. and SW. direction, widening within from the entrance,
which is about ii (fuarter of a mile wide NW% an<l SE. The northwestern point of entrance is Bluff
Point, narrow, high, bold-to iind wocnled. Tiic oppoHite shore is wotMled, lower and bold-to. The
head of the cove is low, marshy, with a stream coming in, an<l a broad bcEi-h ot-eupying nearly half
the oove in fropt of it, dry at low water. The range of the tide is eight'-en feet. There are no out-
lying dangers or ol>structions. Anchorage may be had SE. from Bluff Point, midway between it and
the opposite shore, in eight or nine fathoms. The position of Bluff' Point approximately indicated by
the U. 8. Navy is

Latitude 67° 80' N.

Longitude . 135° 02' W.

No directions are necessary for entering it except to kwp the lead going and anchor as soon as seyen
fathoms are hatl, if the position alK)ve mentioned is not scle<'te<l.

A skettOi of this cove has Ikjcii isHuc<l by the IJ. S. Coast Survey as Harbor Chart No. 734,
1883.
Pavlotr Harbor. The eastern pt)int of entrance? of Pavlott' Harbor,t according to the U. 8. Navy,

should l)e about two miles SW. by W. \ W. from Bluff Point.

This harbor consists of a rather small cove alxiut four (^bles in extent IT. and S. and E. and W.,
but further contracte<l by n pointed rock. The; eastern and western points of the twve are nearly four
cables aj)art about W. | N. and E. J S.; SW. by W. .] W. from the eastern point three and a half
cables and two and a half cables about SE. by S. J S. from the wi-stern point, lies Pinnacle Book,
named by Meade, two feet out at l.)W water. It has three fathoms close-to on all sides except the
southwest, where a ledge runs oft" a short distance. This is the only obstruction, the shores being
bold-to, especially on the western side; three to st^ven fathoms may Im) had close in. The depth in
the cove varies from three to fifteen fathoms, rather regniarly increasing toward the middle. At the
southern extreme of Pavloff Harbor a good-sized stream comes in, which at a little distance from the
harbor forms a conspicuous casca<lc. This stream is of course a salmon run in their season, and an
Indian fishing station called Sankeh is located here. The shores afford wood; on the southeast is a
beach and small stream of water.

Meade, who made a plan of Pavloff Harbor, which is to be found on U. S. Hydrographic Chart
No. 225 under the name of Freshwater Bay, gives the following directions for its use:I

"In entering this [Freshwater Bay] bay give East Point a berth of at least two cables, as « reef
of rooks, bare at low water, extends out to northwest of the |K)int. After rounding this point you may
haul in and steer S. by W. into the bay [Pavlolf Harbor], and when you bring West Point to l)ear
NW. \ W. and Salmon River SW. J S. you will have an anchorage in fourteen fathoms water, sandy
bottom, tolerably giKxl holding-ground, as the bay is sheltered from all winds and no sea can set in
toward the anchorage. On the whole [Pavloff Harbor] is one of the best harbors on the coast. The
scenery is very picturesque and beantifid."

The approximate geographical position of the east point of entrance of the harlwr is, according
to Meade,

Latitude 67° 50' N.

Longitude 135° 04' W.

*There la somtt contlict of names in tliis localitr. The bar was named Movala or R«w Harbor by Vasilieff on Bussiaii
Hydrographic Chart No. 139C, in 1848, and Fresbwater Bay by Mi-ade in liis report in U. S. Navy U'ept , Hydrograpbio Notice
No. 13, 1869. The anchorage wu« mimed PaTloff Harbor by I'ebienicuif, (Chart VIII, 1849,) and is represented by a sub-siietcli
of Meade entitled Freshwater Bay. A cove not definitely located in the bay, but apparently two mileii eastward from Pavlulf
anchorage on t'lie south shore, was named Wachtuett OOTe by the United States naval officer* who surveyed it in 1S81. In tlii«
description Meade's name has been kept for the whole bay and Pavloff Harbor for the western anchorage.

t Named Bait Point by Meade, which is an obnoxious name, since there is another East Point only a^w miles east of this,
at the entrance of the outer bay.

t Owing to the presumed misplacement, on the sub-sketch of Chart No. !iS!i), of the name of Kast Point above alluded to, the
above directions conflict with the chart, and to make sense the words in brackets have been inserted ; for it is to be noted that on
the sketQh of Pavloff Harbor no rtef it <A«wn stretching off two cables fintm Last Point. If the reef dot$ extend two cables
nortbWMtward from this particular East Point then the 8. by W. course would carry directly on to the reef.

CHATHAM HTKAIT.

as soon as seven
CImrt No. 734,
the U. S. Navy,

IHl

WHW. about three miles from North PasnaKt! Poi U is I-yo«A-een Cove, nam)")! l)y thi' V. H.

tainous

Survey after the sumwHed Indian apptaiution. L c.nsit.tx of a hijfht {„ the sl.ri. and mom
IS shore, the |)oiuts of which Inar from each otiier nearly 8 BE. ami NNW., rf»<|K(tivt.|v. mImi

)un-
iit

(| rill I I • ** " — — ---»"-'-i-»«<'»»i»»HinFiii,

<me nide. Ihe cove enters the shore in a WSW. dirc<'tion uinrnt n (|iiiirU'r of a iiiiii', iiiul i^ iii.mIJv
pervadwl by deep water. In the 8 SE. oxtreme of the wvf, with a jx-al* alxiul ei(r|it Immlml tWt Iiiiii
iKiaring 8 8W. and at a distance of somewhat less than a wible northward from tin- xhorc, iiriilioniirc
may be had in twenty-three fathoms. A litth- to the westward a stream eonies in, from the m<Mith of

which in a northerly dire<!tion several ree/ii or i>hm/n apin-ar to cxUmuI. The Hiinimit of ilu rtliern

point is about fourteen hundred feet high, and die whole is deiis«>ly wiMnled. A skeleli of ihi- c.ve
was made by the U. S. Coast Survey in 18«J9, and is issiiwl as No. T.'Jo in tin; series of jiariior charts
of Alaska. The geographi<«l (losition is approximately

Latitude .._ b7° 64' N.

lK>ngltude 134° 68' W.

and the variation of the compass is sup|)oscd to l)e about 28° 30' easterly.

Seven miles northwestward from l-youl<-een Cove is a bight miled by the tradei-s Fatae Bay, ami
said to be a fair an<^horage in summer, but Itad in blowy weather.

Twelve and a half miles nearly WW. from North Pa-'sagt! Point lies Point Augusta, name<l by
Vancouver, and forming the NB. extreme of the land known as Chichagoff Island. It is represented
in a view by Meade as a high, bold, rocky |)romontory, its fnei- falling as a clitt' to a foot wiwiicd by
breakers, while above it is bare of trees, and l»eyond it extends a range of high, snowy, Iwirren
mountains.

Its approximate geographiral |H>sition is
•

Iiatitude , 88° 04' N.

Longitude 138° 04' W.

he southeast is a

ix>r is, according

w milea cMt of this,

In this vicinity Chatham Strait is contracted by the proximity to each other of points Augusta
and Marsden, the distance lietweeii which is indicatinl by Vaiu-oiiver and Meade to Ih! less than four
miles. Herealnrnts Chatham Strait, as deSned ' in the present work, has its northern terniinatioii,
though the great valley of which it ixmiprises a part is continued northwestward as Lvnii ('anal.
Chatham Strait, as underst^xxl by Vancouver, included the waters se|)arating his (iitorge Thinl Archi-
fKilago from the lands adjacent, and extended from the |M)intH Laviiiia and \Vind)le<lon eastward and
southeastward U* Christian Souud. That porticm westwani from Point Augusta is more geiiendiv con-
sidered as forming a part of Cross Sound or Icy Strait, and herein will \k\ so treat^'d.

Aca)rding to recent advices Point Augusta is farther snntli by several miles thai: the older navi-
gators sup|Kised and Point Couverdtn farther north, sti that the ditference <tf latitude betwwn them is
considerably greater than has been supposed. The point is more rounded, and westwani from it the
shore is less curved southward than the charts indicate.

From Point Augusta, Cube Point, on the opiMwite shore of Ciiatham Strait, licars east, eight or
nine miles distant, aiui a projection of the shore on the south side of Point Marsdcn, (which is al)out a
mile in width WW. and SB.,) where observations were nmile May 2'J, 1880, bears N. 42° E. about Kve
miles. The longitude of this last spot was determined as 134° 48' west of (Jrceiiwich, approxiiiiat«'ly,
or about two miles east frem its position on the charts. The nn-kn here are much miitorted schists.
If bearings on mounts Fairweather and Crillon were accurately measnre<l, chc latitude of this spot should
Ik; about five miles south of its present location or about 68° N. Jt is probable, from the (act that
V^ancouver considered the piece of water now known as Icy Strait to l)e a a)iitiniiation of Chatham
Strait, that the northeastern portion of the Chichagoff Group sliould be represented considerably farther
S. and W. from its present location.

This would explain Vancouver's view of it, and reconcile recent observations which are discrepant
witli all the existing charts.

Two miles N. J W. from Point Augusta Tebienkoff places a patch of rocks dire<;tly in mid-chan-
nel. Other charts represent various rocks extending a mile 8. and W. from the 8W. ta'jc of P(>iiit
Marsden. No further information has been found regarding them, but it is |)ossible they an' identical
with Hantu Rock», placed by the Unite<l States Navy some distjiiice farther north, Itciiig about three
miles SB. by B. from Point Couverden.

At low water the highest point of this reef is seven or eight feet out, and consists of several
detached rocks extending a quarter of a mile eastward from the jwsition indicated. A
strong currentsets across these rocks, which therefore shouiti not Int approached within Hanut Rocks.
a mile if practicable. Tliis reef is probably identical with that indiejittd by Tebien-
koff in a different position, but as the identity is not yet aseertaiued,asliarp lookout should be kept for
both dangers.

I I

183

OCKAN CJOAST.

■I'ly «•!'
tiiiK ut till' witter xi<l<- with altcniato Ht(H>|> HK'ky ulid'H uiitl f>mull Rundy Itays, with a few iletuchiil nxrkN

Point Manden wim imnuil hv V'ancoiivur, iiiid in <l(!!«Tili<4 hy one of the C«NWt Hiirvey offioi-rH
OH iMtin^; only iii<Hk-nii«'ly liii^h, tiniU>re<l, with moHtly hoUl riKiky Mhore«. The land in the vicinity is
low and well tiiiilKTi-d hut frit; troin the exix>KMively d<'i)Ho undoiyrnwth which issoiwiial in thit* region.
Vancouver niivs, in npird to the xhorc of Admiralty Island, which extendH hence NW. \ V. eiglit4*en
niih'H to I'oint Helrent, that it is "very m<Kleralcly elevated, coven-d with fine timber," ami "t^'rmina
ting at the water xid<- wi
and iHlets lyini; near it."

Just northward of Point Marwlcn and from its northern sngle a rc</extendH a cable and a half,
partly viHiMc, U^hind which is a cove alntut thret' cable!* in extent, known aa Oun* Core. A atream
of mnaiderable m/,c conicri in from the ttoiithward and eastward through a meatbw, which is a noted
re«M>rt for wild fowl, deer iind other game. There is a nvid flat at the mouth of the stream, and a few
cullies northwani from it in a rocky platform or assemblage of rottk and kelu dist^iiinected from but
close to the Iteach. The (^>ve has not Wmmi surveyc<l, but ft is supposed good, though <-ontracted anchor-
age may lie found liere. Inside the reef and pretty near it the U. 8 Navy obtained two and a half
fathoms. A little farther north the Admiralty shore is i)enetrateil by Hawk Inlet, iinsurveyed, but
extensive, and reiu-hing a (XMisidcrable dist4in(« eastward. Fmro it^ hetvd a trail used by the Indians
leads to the Aiike settlement on Stephens Passage.

Beyond this, nortliwestwa'^i, on the same shore and nearly opposite Point Couvenlen, is Funte"
Bay,* a capacitiiis 'lay a mile or two deep, sup|Hised to aftbni auchoratre, and with S4ime islands ' >•
mouth. It has not lieeii surveyeti. Northward from the bay is a lofly |)eak called Lone Mountain by
the II. S. fiavy.

It is now in order to take up again the outer coast, as Chatham Strait may fairly be said to ter-
niinati* in this vicinity between Point Couverdcn and the southern extreme of Funt^'r Hay, which is
represe.-iie<l by nearly all the charts as projecting to the southward in such a manner as to wntract the
entrance to Lynn (J'anal.

MALI8BVRY SOUND TO CROSS SOUND.

About NW. by W. six miles from Point Klokachelf, ao(»nling to Tebienkoff, on the oceanic shore
of the Chichagoir Ciroiip, is found the entrance of ^has Bay, apparently nametl by Tehienkof]', and
representtnl by him as extending inland in a NB. direction some three or four miles with a width of
alxiut a mile and a half, with iHild high p<iintH of entrance adjacent to which are tmme rocks. Within
. the shores ap|iear lower, heavily woode<l, and into the bay fall s(*veral streams of fresh water. From
its position it must receive the full for(« of the southwest gniiindswell and be an uneasy anchorage
M^ even if it affords any protection whatever. Hence four or five miles northwestward is a projeciting

|x>int, named by 'i ebienkoif Point Hiesman, beyond which about thirteen miles farther to the west-
ward and northward is Cape Edward of Vancouver, the C'a|>e Elkugu of Tebienkoff; a promontory
oif which lies a small cluster of islets and rocks. It is indicated by Tebienkofr as broea, blutf and
rocky ; from other observations it is probably of no great height. It is usually laid in almut latitude
57° 38' K. and longitude 136° 18' W.

The coast between Cape Edw»rd and Khaz Bay is charted as bluff, but bordered with numer-
ous small <lensely-w<MMled islands, anu rece<)es somewhat to the northward, forming a wide bight.
The land liehind these islands is ]<iwer than that of Kruzoflf' and Baranoff islands ; its coast has not
been surveyed, but it is known to be more or less indented and irregular, rising into rugged broken
hills and densely wimhIc*! except on th.e higher {leaks. It does not appear from seaward to form a pre-
cipitous continuous bluff as represented by Tebienkoff. La Perouae gives a good general view of it,
but from a (listan>« of several miles off shore. It was also skirted in a similar manner by a U. S.
Coast Survey |)arty in the middle of June, 1874, when there was no snow visible except on inland
. hill-tops. In the mi<ldle of this bight Vancouver indicates an opening with some islands in tlie
entrance, and La Pemuse's sketch suggests something of the same kind. Anchorage will doubtless
be found in more than one locality wnen this region is surveyed. From Cape Edward the coast in
general trends about W NW. fifteen miles to the SW. point of entrance of Lisianski Strait Off the
shore a great number of low wooded islets are visible, and the land behind them, though hilly and
irregular, is timbere<i and, for the most part, does not rise to any great height. Nearly NW, by W.
about eight milen from Cape Edward Tebienkoff indicates a group of three islets, which lie off aliout
two or three miles from the others and in the direct line between Cape Edward and Cape Cross,
These islets appear to mark the entrance of Ilina Bay.

The numlier and position of the anchorages on the Chichagoff shore HW. from Cape Edward are
not yet definitely ascertained ; it is known, however, that there are several. Of these, that of which
wejhave the Itest information is Ilina Bay, named by the Russiatas early in this century in honor of
tbe Russian mate or pilot liin, who made a reconnaissance of it. The bay, from Ilin's ohar^ afqiears

* Namad fur CaptMn Bobart Kuntsr, on* of the aarliMt Mploran ud rarrajrara on tba northwaat ooaal of Anariai.

w«t .Survey oflficerH
d in the vicinity is
iiHiml in tliiH ivgioii.
NW. \ v. Mghtw'ii
ler," and " ti-rminu-
few detttciied nx^kH

a irabie and n half,
• OoTe. A Htri'ttni
w, which is a noted
e stream, and a tew
K)iin«cted from but
I contraoted unohor-
ti(>d two and a half
St. unHurveyod, but
letl by the Indiuns

uvenlen, is Fuiit«-*
xome islands ' ■*•
I»ne Mountain by

lirly be said to tor-
nter Huy, whi«'!i is
r a« to i!ontiiict the

n the (i«!anic sliore
)y Tei>ienkofl[", and
es with a width of
me rocht. Within
esh water. From
uneasy ancliorafrc
ird is a projecsting
irthcr to the west-
off ; a promontory
) broaa, blutf and
I in aiwut iatitwle

lered with numer-
ing a wide bight.
; its coast has not
to rugged broken
ard to form a pre-
^neral view of it,
nanner by a U. S.
except On inland
ne islands in tlie
ige will doubtless
Iward the coast in
i Strait Off the

though hilly and
jarlv NW, by W.
'hich lie off alwut

and Cape Cross.

Cape Edward are
ise, that of which
Dtory in honor of
n'g char^ appears

— * —

MiofAEMrisk

,.,„■■!

CO;
FROM (AIM: KDWAI

WITH CKOSS SO IN

»s

■^

T •■

^>v

iiHi

POBTIX)C'K HARBOR.

183

to lio alnnit a mile lonj? in a nortii and soutii direction and (our cnblps wide. Aliont tlie entninee are
NUnieroiis olwtmetionH ; within, on the western liand, rorki and iltiiif/rrn are friHuicntlv indieated. At
tiie iiead of the l)ay it divides into a nuiitipiicitv of .small « lunmels n.(.suital)le for navipition, iait where
a ve-isel niiglit Ik;, as it were, (looked in a snrficient depth of water. The water in tliese ehannels to
the N NB. ot the hay diminishes very gradually from eiirht fathoms to five. There i» ((;!nuiuni<titiou
with a lagcMm in this vicinity, and a T'linkit villnj;e and tishery existwl there. .\t the N NW.
extreme of the bay a small bight makes in about two cables ,iu extent, and which receives a small
measure of protection through Fartennoi Point, a smidl proje(!tiou of the western shore, ot!" which to
the ciistwaru a (able and a half extend rorhi and nhonln. Tliis bight js indicated by llin ;w Constan-
tine Anchorage or iiarbor, and the exa(^t spot marked is about thirty tiithoms east of the west(>rn shore
and a cable NW. by N. from the end of I'artenuoi Point. In such a situiition it is evident that moor-
ing would l>e necessury. The depth of wati'r in the bight is from eight to !.!n(! fathoms, with five or
six fathoms at the entraniHi on the bar, which extends from the largest r(K'k off i'artennoi I'oint half
a cable northward to a sunhen roek or shoal. In the entiimce of the outer bay the soundings are from
nine to fourteen fathoms, sand and shell. It appears from the foregoing that this bay and iiuchonigu
are of very little importance. Wiiile they might be of some use to ctKist((rs auil smiill cnift, it is emi-
nently probalde that within a short distance much better harborage can he found.

The open nature and southern iispwt of this bay render it (i^rtain that theSW. gronudswell enters
it with hardly diminished fonie and makes it at all times an mieasy IktiIi.

The latitude of the entrance is alniut 67° 46' N. The geographical position of the anchorage in
the bight l)ehind Partennoi Point is, ae(^)rding to llin,

Latitude 57° 47' N.

Longitude 136° 16' W.

The variation, reported as being two points easterly by llin, (1809?) is now about 30°.

Outside and eastward from the e.-isteru point of entrance a small bight, defended bv numerous
rocks and shoals, appears on the chart, within which the "wreck of a tend(!r" and a boat anchorage
are indieated.

Not far from this vicinity, but with its exact situation undeUn mined, is Portlock Harbor, named
in 1787 by that navigator after himself. Portloc^k placi-s the entrance of his harbor on his general
chart in latitude 67° 46'-47' N., but mentions that observations were taken for latitude on the south
point of entrance, plaeing that in latitude 67° 44' and his anchorage in 57° 46'; the latter is, jiowever,
tabulated in the appendix as latitude 67° 48', and on his general chart is plaml in 57° 50' N.

The i)osition assumed on his general chart is erroneous, as it would make lliiia and Portlock har-
bors identical, which seems highly improbable when th" charts and Portlock's account are com|>iirtKl.
Vancouver says that the harbor, "which appeared to be the (usiest of access" north of ("ape Edward
about six miles, was suppos',>d to be Portlock Harbor and to be in latitude 57° 44', but the weather wits
thick, foggv and nuiiy and the shores not well seen. Tebienkoff" has the name in latitude 67° 45',
but liiM's iiot indiaite anything like the bay described by Porthwk. Indml the description and the
chart or sketch of the last-mentioned navigator are so disiTcpant as to render the whole of little use.
The sketch is evidently less reliable than the description; whikion a view by Joseph Woodcock, taken
in the vicinity, palm trees are represented in large numbers. From Porthx-k's (lescripti(tii the follow-
ing details mav be gathered :

The harbor comprises a large body of water of rounded outline, facing to the SW., four or five
miles long in a SW. and NE. dire<'tion and three or four miles broiul. It is dotted with numerous
islets, and a long narrow nei-k of land in the NW. portion surrounds a completely Iand-l(K'ked basin
("ailed Qoulding Harbor.

The chief entrance to the main bay, or soumi as Portlock terms it, is Iwtween two points lying
NW. and SB. from each other some three or four mihw. This entrance is divided into three passages
bv islands, of which Hogan Island (Vincent Island on Portlock's general chart) is the southeasU>rn,
aiid is represented as rouirhly triangular about a mile in eiu'h direction, bluff and rtM-ky, with nwks

and islets about each of ius'angles. It is separated from the suiilh point of entrance by a ('lenr passage
with twenty to thirty fathoms water ami about half a mile wide. This jnussage trends for a mile and
a half in a N. and S. dir«!ction. N W. fnmi Hogan Island about three f|uarters of a mile is Hill Island,
of alwut the same size, and with rocks extendi ng in a southeasterly (lirecti(m nearly half a mile fnmi
its SE. point. NE. a quarter of a mile from the shore, not far from the SB. point, I orthxjk anchored
in thirty-one fathoms, muddy bottom, perfectly land-locked, and with a small wiKKled island near by
shut on with the rocks off tlie SE. |)oiut bearings. *

The passage between Hill and H(jgan islands is about a mile long NE. and SW wdcst at th^
outer end, whefe it reaches about a mile, and narrowest between the rocks off Hill Islantl and those of!
the N. iK)int of Hogan Island, where the width is half a mile and the deptl^only ten fathoms. 1 h(,
rcmuimler of the passage has from thirty to forty-six fathoms, and it is conspicuously marketl by a clus-
ter t)f high bairen rocks at the west end of Hogan Island.

184

Ti.1HIANHKI STRAIT.

Hill FslnnH in separated from the main shore of Porthxik'H sketeh by a narrow passage alioiit a
quarter of a mile in length, NW. from which Ipsh than a mile lies the eiitninc«> to aoulding Har-
bor, nam(!<l by Portlwk, and the mouth r)f whicli in ol)stnicte»l bv an islet leaving only a passage with
a depth of six fathoms and a width of two or three cables. 'J Jiis harlM)r or basin is represented on
I*ortl(x;k's sketch to hcof elongated form, about two and a half miles long NB. and 8W. and not more
than a mile wide. It is much olwtructed by islets and has a depth of water varying from four to twelve
fathoms in general. Several Indian, habitations were olwrved here by Porthnik. From its narrow
entrance and numerous rocky islets it is evident thiit this Imsin is of little conseipiencv tw navigators.
The country about these islets alwunds with c«Kiar of g(KKl (juality ; Portlmik obtained also some lorries
and game.

It may be noted that from his description it would ap|)ear that there are a number of ))assl^^B or
inlets citniaM^ting with Porthx-k Harbor which arc not indicatetl on his sketcli-chart of the Iwy.

The coast WW. from the entrance to Portloek Harbor is marked by breakers in numerous places,
mostly not far from the shore. Two miles olf shore NW. from the entrance Portl<x?k had twenty to
twenty-five fathoms, muddy bottom.

About NW. by N. ten miles from C'ajw E<lward, a(«onling to Tebienkoft" (Chart VIII), lies the
woutheast^Tu point of entrance to an inlet somewhat resembling Ilina Bay in general features, and
which may i)erhap8 be the Bahia do los Islas of Galiano's Atlas. It is three miles long NB. by N,
and SW. by S. and about a mile wide. It is jterfectly open to the south and h»s some islets within
near its hoiul. In the hills of the vicinity Tebicnkoff notes hot HprinrfH. Oft" the points of entrance of
this bay are several islets — three of good size otf the SB. |)oint of entrance, distant less than two miles
in a southerly direction. <)|f the NW. point of entrant*, which has lieen named by the Superintendent
of the U. S. Coast Survey Point Urey. in honor of Captain Urey Theodorovich Lisianski, who was
the first to indicate it, lie also two rather large islets about a mile a^d a half from the shore in a south-
erly direction.

Point Urey is indicatetl by Tebienkoff as high, bluff and sharply pointed, directed toward the
SW. It is situated in nearly

Latitude 67° B2'.6 N.

Longitude 136° aS'.O W.

and forms the SB. point of entrants into Lisianski Strait, the passage separating Yakobi Island from
the Chichagoff group, and which was first indicated on the chart of that navigator in 1814.*
Singularly enough, with the exception of the U. S. Coast Survey cliarts, all charts examint^ of later
tlate than 1849 have ignored the work of half a century ago and followed the still older work of Van-
couver, who made no special examination of this passiige and left its existence in doubt. Since Meade's
chart was issued several U. S. naval vessels have jwssetl through this strait, and it was well known
to the Russians as early as 1 804.

According to Tebienkoff, Lisianski Striit at its SW. entrance hits a width of a mile and a half,
Point Theodor, the SW. extreme of Yakobi Island, forming the opjMwite point of entrance and bearing
nearly due W from Point Urey. From a point about four miles S. \ W. from this entrance (where
seventy-five fathoms water was found) the width between the two headlands (seen, however, obliquely
to the axis of the strait) was two and a half degrees of arc. A black bare rocky islet, from which
extended five smaller ones apparently in a westerly direction, lay off Point Theodor. Behind it the
land of Yakobi Island rose gradually in woodetl rounded hills, the most distant ones l)eing of a con-
siderable height. A knoll or islet, wooded and slightly saddle-shaped, marked Point Urey, and on
each side of it appeared a bare black rock. Farther to the northeast the land of Chichagoff Island
rose abruptly from the strait apparently to a height of several thousand feet, with snow on its upper
jwrtions, which were barren, whde the lower levels were covered with a dense gn)Wth of timber. Hence
the strait trends N. by B. | B. eight miles, forming a bight to the B NB., where anchorage may be
obtained. From this point the direction of the passage is nearly NW. | W. eight miles to its junction
with Cross Sound. Its eastern shore is composed of lofly and Imrren mountains. Throughout it does
not apiK'ar to exceed t.o miles nor be much less than one mile in width, and is clear of hidden dangers.
One islet is indirated in the northern portion, and there are in-shore rocks near the northern entrance
on both shores. Its western shores are formed by Yakobi Island.f The island is irregularly quadri-
lateral, its sides fronting NW., NB., SB. and SW., the latter i)eing much indented while the others
are tolenibly compact. The whole averages ten miles in length NW. and SB. and six miles in width.
It is densely wotMled and of a decidedly less elevation than the mljaoent portions of Chichagoff Island.
The southern and northwestern parts of Yakobi Island are low, the middle high, with some low

* Named Viy the Su|i«rinteudeiit of the U. S. CniRt Survey hi 1879. 1'he iiBtne Little Orosl Strait has been BUggested fur
it, but dneo not occur nn ta\y chart.

{ Nameil by I^iHianaki in 1804 : tmmetimeK written Jacob, Jakobleff or JaooM, apparently in honor of General Ivnii
Yakobi, afterward the head of the Doloniat Direction. It is the Kltaa Iilanit of Vaitilieff. The name Yakobi ban aim hfi'n
applied to the land of the Chichagoff group, of which the present island has frequently been suppoMd to form th« KW. extreme.

8 been BUggested for

nmm

Cape Falrweaitier timn Llbiya \}f,iuU.

trr'tm « «*«*bA iff JIML PmU wt JWKy

■ fht t\.

VIII), lies the
il features, and
ong NE. l)y N.
ne islets within
s of entrant* of
than two miles
Superintendent
anski, who was
liore in a south-
ted toward the

sbi Island from
ator in 1814.*
amimHl of later
r work of Van-
Since Meaiie's
iras well known

nile and a half,
nee and bearing
entrance (where
rever, obliquely
ilet, from whicn
Behind it the

l>eing of a con-
it Urey, and on
licht^oif Island
ow on its upper
timber. Hence
chorage may be
s to its junction
roughout it does
hidden dangers,
irthern entrance
Bgularly quadri-
while the othere

miles in width,
ichagoff Island.

with some low

ii^\yt.

Catpe CrofiH Rucks. 3 Miles.

(rrmn a t»MA »v A411 I>mll in. KBO )

tlMif;: li;i.

iHl«»»t v>'V

:ivv--*

E.k,«.

Cape Cross Rocks, 2 Miles.

(^mmt ». tkwteh hr Amu. DhU in JgBO.I

N.J W.

S.W. Entnince, Lisianski Strait, 4 Miles.

1 1

•siiifiK u-^uJul •ili.ll 1 >4l»:j|yiU)',<.'^t:,

184 It.*Wt*t»HH,» STRAfT

bor, i»«" : . ;\nii tt

,11 i<fpttl . ,. HTIfl n

thuji a miU,' wM* ItUmii. . •• - . •«. .

fhi'WMditrv .*fitwf' *i\**it) ifU'Xf !»!•
■ami ^«ti»>»i,

1 1 )i,«v •». i«*v! t>^t IVwn ht# <>■

i««<nf!iy mu f)nfW(mi »!>■• <rfM>r*. Two «»»}♦*«»? ^hii**' P

^t»li{J.' i^tt^J fWtMt (A

aiirj 8W. i)V «.

■tUilif i(>. Ul-itlJ. I' • . , - 1, - i .

tlii^ bftji' Aft: M".\irni -t««,tf . .i.iiti'<- i>K >;<>.-(f ^f*^
;.( n K-,tu Itcrl*' <J;» ••tktw. * !p' tint V W. f*.'^" '
<•!' iJi' fJ. S.'rvrt*» *Hm'!'ii' IMw- X?ie»y. "» M*w «f ^'oi»win IJruy TW"i
ihr first io iiivJir**^ i», !.tM «^u- iwo tuth*ir l»»lgp ii>lt**#lj»Hti tt iiik! '" ' ■•■ '
•.<>riv liif.-xiioif.

SW, iinU not t
!ii-»i fi'iir UtJw

iiir.iiKt', 'iisutm i«'"i» man

l< |i(!('(l ti.

.).. s,

i
i

[4*

: 1 k

i
I.

«f . fro«« i"

t (W«s'rtt ri[!«)Hf Sburjuii

..i i,tr', V.,. .-.,..«.,. |5.. I !■. .

ii-'i r.iKDi

■!i5 r .li

ii.i-

■i|.-

;•' NS-, ififhprv

.Ik««»i ,ir»,>

■Hi

OCRAN €X)AST.

18S

Hadf^loH. The whole island is farther west and stoiith than representfd on most clinrts. I'oint Theodor,
Ijeing low and iNxsky, does not np|>cr.r from the offing; iw ii itmspicuons fcuturc of the wmst From it
to Takhftnla Bay* tlie shrfre is iJold, rocky, biirc for a short distancv, broken into knolw and hillocks,
but back from th« shore is wooded everywhere. Takhnnis Bay, alH)nt three miles northwestward
from Point Theodor, is an indentation of the 8W. shore of Yukobi Island extendini^ some thn-e miles
in a WB. J N. direction and le.-s than a mile wide at its entrnncc But for its small si/.o and the
alwence of the two islets which mark the southern front of I'oint IJrey the cntmnw' to this Iwiy might
be mistaken for that of Lisianski Strait, especially in foftity weufhtT.

This bay, as representcil by Tehienkoff, is o|K!n to the full force of the 8W. ^roundswcll, and is
not likely to afTord a desirable anchorage. Alwnt two miles westward from its western |M)iiit of cntrantv,
and bearing WW. J W. eighteen miles from (Ji\\h) Edward, is Cross Cape, named by ('(M)k in 177H,
having been first seen on Holy Cross day, (May M.) It is low and woiHli-d, (ruanh"! by rocks extending
nearly a mile westwanl from it. Thesj rocks are mostly lar^e and white. The outermost of the large
ones l>ear8 a patch of grass, a few stubbv trees, and one hi;;li, solitary, Imre-stemmed tree, with an
umbrella-shaped top, which forms an excellent mark. There are some low dry nxiks outside of this, ana
the water hereabouts is in summer discolored by glacial nuid from Cross Hound. South a mile and a half
from Cross Capo Rocks the IJ. S. Coast Survey sounded in thirty-five fathoms, June 18, 1H80. AUmt
the same distance SE. by S. from the rocks twenty-five fathoms were obtaine*!, and many fine rock-fish
caught. Cross Cape is the Cape Kresta of the Kussians. From supposing Takhanis litiv to be the
entrance of Lisianski Strait this cape has lieen, by some authorititw, erroneously referred to as the
southern extreme of the island. It was placed by Cook in latitude 67° 67' N.

From it the shore trends northwani somewhat over three miles to SurRe Bay, a little inlet
extending inland in a NE. by E. direction alM)ut n mile and lt«s than half a mile wide.

From this entrance the coast trends three n.ilcs in a NW. by W. direction to Point Bingham. f
It is a rather low, rocky headland, decreasing in height eastward, lK)rdered ly small islets, oflF which,
ai'cording to Vancouver, are neither rocks, shoals, nor any jwrmanent ol)s»',tcle to navigation, except
such as are near the shore, above water and plainly visible.

The geographical position of Point Bingham is about

Latitude... -. 68° 09' N.

Longitude 136° 34' W.

From Point Bingham the shore of Yakobi Islaud trends northward and eastward about five miles
to Soapstone Point, the NW. point of entrance to Lisianski Strait.

There is a small bay or inlet just west of this point. The track of the Russian traders on the
chart touches at this bay, which would indicate that anchorage is to be had there. The bay is about
a mile in extent, with two streams falling into it, but the chart affonis no other details. From a mile
northwani this bay looks shoal and inhospitable, with numerous rocks on ea<!h side al)ove water. It
is also quite contracted.

Ten miles N. 32° W. from Point Bingham lies Cape 8pencer, named by Vancwuver in 1794,t a
very conspicuous promontory, which forms the NW. pint of entrance into Cross Sound, and off which
lie some rooks or islets which extend about half a mile BE. The cape is a narrow, high tongue of
land, declining toward its southern extreme, and with a narrow eastern border of low land. It projects
from the mainland in a southeasterly direction three or four times its own width. Its geographical
position is alwut

^Latitude 88° 10'.8 N.

Longitude 13«°'*0' W.

CROSS SOUND AND ICY STRAIT.

The western entrance of this opening lies between Point Bingham and Cape Spencer, a"d the
strait§ separates the coast of the mainland between Cape Si>encer and Pouit Couvcrden from the Chich-
agoff group of islands.

• Named by Tubiankoff in 1849. , ,,_ , . . _

t Named by Vancouvr in 1794. Thie >> tlie 0«p« Oroif of L« Perous., but not of C....k, and the Cp. TaUunl. of febienkoff.

; 0»p» Tilaiilklita of Tebieukoff, 1849, and Pnnto de ym*ltten«» of Di" Mofrn*' Allai-. , , ,• . .

J OrOH Muild wa. nan.e,l hy C.mk (Vol. II, p. 345), in 1"8. !«,». tl.e day on wliieh it w«» .ll....ver,d ; tl,.- ,l«,ign« ion liM
lK.e„ generally pt^rved a« Kr.Sta Strait by the Ru.ai.na, E.trad. d. la Oru« l.y ll.e S,>»uiani«, an. ,n .ta ""K.""! torn, by

.noat Engli.1," hyd.x«r«pbera. Long afu-r Cook it waa called by the Uu.ai Lobtlanol or Icy Strait, fron, ih.. «,...,»« fm«-

...H,ta drop,««l by the glacie™ whirl, abut on ita northern iK.rden. Tbi. nan., in in n«., ),o>VHV..r, n, nuni-rou. oIIum- oca .Iu».
Vancouver waa the «r.t to explore the aound, which he limited to that portion «.... of Point Lav.nm. r^ean .ng ..■ ,ja, lH,t«...

lN>inta Lavinia and C««yerden »> part of Chatham Strait. If the Ru-.ian ,o 1,., pr..«.-rve. at all .1 «- iM 1- '- ''" ^'TV

I., thia latter portion, ™bich l.ydrographically ia alinoat a.parat«<l fron, the .onnd a. deHi.nl by V anconv.,-. 1 Im^.v
runsiderwd together.

P. o. P. — ^24

1M6

0IIO8H MOUND.

The gi'iierul crnme of the Htrait is Ut the northward and outward, in all about fiflv-foiir niilea,
between the wcHtern entrance and Chatham Strait, with a width from ahore to shore varying from five
U> fifteen milm and averaj^ng about eight miles, but in son* places much obstructed by islands.

The southern und wcHtcrn portions of Cross Sound arc oharaeterinNl by a great depth of water,
freedom from rocks, slionln or other obstacles to navigation, exa-pt%uch as are immediately a«ljacent
to the land and sufficiently obvious to be nwlily avoideil. The chief iuoonvenienoe experienced in
navigation hcrcaltouts itrises from the difficulty of obtaining anchorage, cx(«pt close to the shore.
The northern and northwestern portions of the passage, though yet imperfe<'tly known, undoubtedly
afTord more or less numerous shoals near the numerous glaciers, derive<l from the material brought
down by the glacial streams. During a considerable portion of the year the navigation of these
passages is somewhat interfered with by small pieces of floating ice, usually discolored by mud
or gravel, and which present a Mnmg resemblance to sea-beaten rocks nearly level with the water;
they were mintaken for much by Vancouver, who found no bottom with eighty and ninety fathoms of
line close to these ap|)arent obstructions. In the main sound these floating fragments do not affect its
navigation, but in tne bays on the northwestern side, at the head of which glaciers come down to the
water, the fragmentH arc often so packed as to interrupt boat navigation or the passage of small sailing
vessels, though generally constituting no serious obstacle to the motions of a steamer. The north-
western shores are mostly high, forn^ by the slopes of the great snowy range of the St. Elias Alps.
The ChichagoiT ooast, on the other hand, is comparatively low„ wooded, and sustains a moderate' popu-
lation of natives of the T'linkit stock. From (Jape S|)enoer the shore of Cross Sound takes a generally
northerly course about seven miles to a low pebbly point, and thence about the same distance IVW. to
a point where a small stream enters tne sound from the westward. ()n the northern bank of this
stream Vancouver's party found the renutins of a deserted Indian village. The shore-lines of this arm
of the bay, which has been named Taylor Bay* by the Superintendent of the U. 8. Coast Survey, are
so encumliered with ice that th ~" have not yet been fully traced. This ice proceeds from a glacier
known as the Brady glacier, a few miles distant, which meets the sea at the head of Tavlor Bay and
has been supposed to originate near Mt. Crillon. The width of the bey in this vicinity is about three
miles and tlie shores are low or marshy, divided by various channels, dry at low water. The north-
enstern shore, however, though low and broken, trends to the eastward and becomes higher, terminating
at the sea in steep, ruaxed, rocky cliifit, off which a little distance lie three small rocky islands and n
number of rocks. Tne easternmost extreme of this bit of high shore, which is a narrow easterly-
trending (leninsula, probably broken up into islands, forms Point Wimbledon,t named by Vancouver,
and bearing from Cape- Spencer NE. by TS. I J(. thirteen miles. This point forms the NW. point of
entrance to the eastern branch of the Sound or Icy Strait. The opposite point of entrance, Point
Lavinia of Vancouver, is distant from Point Wimbledon about six miles in a SB. by B. direction, and
from Cape Spencer about twelve miles NE. by E. This point appears to form a little blufF at its
extremity, with rather low land behind it, gradually rising to a greater altitude in a SB. dirention.
It is well wooded with evergreen trees, and also forms the northeast extreme of Port Althorp.

Obstructing the passage between Points Lavinia and Wimbledon, according to Vancouver and
the Russian charts, are the Inian Islands, a group consisting of three principal islands, one low and two
high, and a few rocks.

The most eastern of the group, as represented by these authorities, is Bait UUmd, three miles long
NW. and SB. and a mile and a half broad, apparently bold-to, rooky, rather high and wooded.

Northwest and Southwest islands ore separated from each other and from East Island by pas-
sages which narrow to a quarter of a mile and appear obstructed by numerous rocks. Between South-
west Island and Point Jjavinia a channel exists close to the island, used by the Russian traders, but
subject to a strong tide-rip. It has a width of about three cables. This passes northward of all the islets
S SB. from Southwest Island. Between Point W^imblcdon and Northwest Island there is a broad clear
passive over a mile in width. The channels between the islands are inadvisable until more is known.

From Point Tjavinia about six miles SB. by S. | S. lies Point Lnosn, named by Vancouver,^ and
which forms the northern extreme of the irregular rocky strip of shore which extends northeastward
from the northern entrance of Lisianski Strait. Between this point and Point Lavinia
Port AHko. p. \a included the entrance to Port Althorp, named by Vancouver, and forming the best port
in the sound. This arm of the sea extends about ten miles in a W. by N. j^ N. ana E.
by S. I S. direction, with an average width of two and a half miles. The port contains two anchor-
ages, of which the southeastern is situated near the head of the inlet, protected by sundry islets and
rocks, affording anchorage in eighteen to twenty-five fathoms. Lit '.1e is known of it.

The entrance of the port is protected by islands which have been named by the U. S! Coast Survey.
Its shores are mostly rocky and rise, especially the eastern shore, densely wooded, to tolerably higli
mountains. Near the southeastern extreme of the port it is somewhat lower. In the main body of

* In honor uf Mr. C. H. Tkylor, of Chioaf^, who viBited thin locality while exploring in this region.
t WlaUsdoa on RuHHimi Hydrographlc Chart No*. 1494 and 1396.

t Ou British Admimlty Clinrt No. 8431 aud U. S. Hydrographic OSce Chart No. 845 this name is transimed by some ori'i-
sight to OolamB Folvt, the NB. point of entrmipe (o liloianski Strait.

S5''>S»f If ««■ ■

flfly-four miles,
urving from Ave
y islands.

depth of water,
ediatcly adjacent
t experienced in
«c to the shore.
wn, undoubtedly
material brought
igation of these
Diilored by mud

with the water ;
inety fathoms of
I do not affect its
)me down to the
i of small sailing
ler. The north-
e St. Elias Alps,
k moderate popu-
takcs a generally
distance WW. to
!rn bank of this
lines of this arm
)oa»t Survey, are
b from a glacier
Taylor Bay and
ty IS about three
ter. The north-

iher, terminating
ly islands and n
narrow easterly-
d by Vancouver,
he NW. point of
' entrance, Point
E. direction, and
little bluff at its
a SB. direction.
Althorp.
I Vancouver and
one low and two

, three miles long
id wooded,
st Island l^ pas-
Between South-
isian traders, but
rtl of all the islets
% is a broad clear
I more is known.
Vancouver,! and
Js northeastward
id Point Lavinia
ning the best port
r N. ^ K. and E.
ains two anchor-
sundry islcits and

Si Coast Survey,
to tolerably high
the main body of

sterrad by Bomeovtr-

■*?'.

tt.-

Noflh Rniram-e. Uiiianiilu Stmil

"l"

Kntr&iit:r to Port .Uthorp

WMi

■■■■■■ilgp*"*

»f^

*■

.tmrnt^

'■.y&Tti. It fi!'ty-fi«;r <

Mini iiiO, tc viiryiag fVmi

■ i%terizt!«f *)y 4 pt-M depth of w

Vil iat'wuwjtiv ;>i!iowTi

tint}

i.)?i'

*, dc;rrviir? frMat tht: mntoibl Jfj-i
,\ .frtiks (M«»r{r Jnv«l with Ih" «

.W^^,»tt\',VV-i'i«W>.1ll'*- (to 11"'

'-u-

->N

■' -^ly in irn,» '. 1 ■'irs_v if- aUnm '■

fPKl Ivr'i'- • r, ten»!!.

•iirt* wii islaniU 4:

*}v)«"iv is a uarrrysv oa^j

j;fx«i»6 jh>tt« of Miirnnf- '"
> liitif biiul .

,n i bv the Russitin >vf
' Hhw«w.<lo( ill ■

i:^m

PORT ALTHOIii>.

187

tlie port are various groups of rocks above water. Its southwestern |X)int of entVanoe, as alwve stated;
is formed by Point Luca'i, whence the shore, nxjky and with seveitd small coves and indentations,
(extends in a direction SW. by S. J S. about four miles to Column I'oint, the northeastern point of
entrance to Lisianski Strait. This point is low and rocky, with several rock pinnacles or columns
near it, and the land eastward from it rises into high mountains, bare above, with ravines full of snow
and wooded near their bases, which approach closeTj' to the strait and border it with small ro«'' y bluffs
alternating with irregular indentations. A small islet with several bare rocks alwut it lies offshore
about a mile and a half northward from Column Point.

The islands off" the entrance of Port Althorp are Iwld, conspieious and densely woodetl. From a
jwint about two miles to t'.ie southward from Point Ijiiviniaa grouj) of small islands and rocks extends
to a distance of somewhat over two miles in a SW. by W. J W. direction. George Island, the largest
of these islands, is nearly the most western, and, while guarded in all other directions by numerous,
mostly visible rocks, has on its S SW. side a tolerably snug cove, in which Van-
couver anchored, knovn as Oranite Cove. George Island is composed of tlm« not firanite Cove.
very high grauite domet', which are connected by low isthmuses to which coves make
in from each side. Eastward from it is another, separated by an unsurveyed passage. To the north
and west from George Island are a number of off-standing, generally high, bare rocla. Beyond these,
half a mile from the shore, an anchorage is indicated by some authorities. On the south and east is
Granite Cove, about two cables in extent, with anchorage in the center of it in sixteen to eighteen
fathoms, soft mud, good holding-ground, and well protected from all except E SE. winds. The shores
of the cove are m<)stly rocky and should not be closely approached, but the small isthnmses have sandy
beaches on which boats may land. The northern one is snugly protected by a rocky point, off which
is a sunken rock in the middle of the openmg. Several Indian huts are situated here, and it is a snug
place for a camp, but there are no ~treams, and, in a dry time, fresh water is not eci^y of a^jess.

A reconnaissance of Granite Jove, of which the entrance is perfectly clesir of otetructions, was made
by the U. S. Coast Survey in 1880, and .ssued as Harbor Chart No, 741 in 1883. The position of the
astronomical station on the southern isthmus was

Latitude 68° 11' 82" W.

Z.ongitude 136° 23' 30" W.

The magnetic declination in 1880 was 32° 15' easterly and the dip 72° 22'. The rise and fall of tide
Dbserved was about eighi feet. There is plenty of wood but no stream of water. No directions are
iieoessary for entering it.

Southeastward of George Island, and W NW. from Point Lucan about a mile, is the SE. end of
Three Hill Island, which extends over two miles in a northwesterly direction with a width not exceeding
Imlf a mile ; comijosed of three high hills united by iow isthmuses. Its southerly and westerly shores
are gmirded by rocks. The northern hill rises seven hundred and fifty ind the middle one thirteen
hiindrt<l feet. Between this island and Point Lucan are two small islets and some rocks; a pass^
exists, but narrow and incommodious. Between the northwestern end of Tlirec Hill Island and the
western extreme of George Island is the chief entrance to Port Althorp, Jhese two points forming the
a< taal points of entrance. * Neither should be too closely approached, since there are a •uiniber of visi-
ble rocks about them, extending to the westward, and leaving a clear passage alwut a mile wide, hav-
ing a shoal in the middle consisting of a rocky ledge csovered with not less than nine fathoms water, on
each side of which the depth increases to thirty or forty fathoms.

Vancouver's plan of the jwrt and the entrance to Cross Sound has been copied by Tebienkoff,
(Chart VIII,) the U. S. Coast Survey, (Atlas of Harlwr Charts,) and on an old Ruft«ian chart pub-
HsIuhI without date. The scale on the latter is erroneous, leagues having l)een mistaken for mdes.
Upon it the longitude of the anchorage is given as 136» 26' W. and several of the modern (iharts make

it 136° 16' W. I rr a n

A sketch of Granite Cove and part of Cross Sound was published in 1883 by the U. S- Coast
Survey as No. 741 of its series of Alaska harbor charts. On the sub-sketch to this the position of
Cape Spencer has not been wrrecited, owing to absence of the data at the time of publication.

The northern extreme of Yakobi Island, southwestward from Column Point about two miles, is
low, bluff at the water, fringed with rocks, and presents a northward rocky face of a greenish ap|war-
ance resembling soapstone, and was named Soapstone Point by the U. S. Coast Survey in 1»»0.
Behind it are low flattened lulls densely wooded, with a sno. -clad i^ak (June) in the far d'«tan«-.

• It has not been possible t» corr«>t the {Kwitions of the shores of Cross Sound on the chart m the
present work. There are no means of assorting the error l«tween the eastern an.l western portiojui
of Cross Sound .,n,l Icy Strait. But it is eminently prol«ble that al the northern ,«rt of the Chici-
agoff group requires to be moved farther westward on the charts. An attempt has been made on the
chart Rer^withto i ...ially «>rrect the northeastern portion, but until more information is at liami (he •
result cannot be satisfactory.

i^imi^^ii^r:'

id8

GLACIER BAY.

From Point Wimbledon NE. about two miltss lies Point Dundas, named by Vancouver, and
which is a narrow tongue of high land trending in a N. and S. direction. The geogra[)hical position
of Point Dundiis is, approximately,

Latitude 68° 21' N.

Longitude 136° 18' W.

Between it and Point Wimbledon is the entrance to a branch which has been named by the Superin-
tendent of the U. S. Coast Survey Dundas Bay, extending in a westerly direction some eight miles
with a breadth of two or three miles, and communicating near its western extreme with a vory shallow
lagoon, wiiich appeared to Vancouver's party to be connected with Taylor Bay to the sfiuthward and
westward. Dundiis Bay has but eigiiteen fathoms in its entrance — a remarkable circumstance in this
region of great depths and l)old shores. Within it shoals extend from the northern shore to half a
mile from the Wimbledon shore. Farther west the branch is obstructed by slicals, rocky islets and
rocks extending across, wiiile the whole width is diminished to a mile. The shores of Dundas Bay
have not yet been definitely surveyed, but its peculiarities are unquestionably due to the fact that it is
an estuary to a number of glaciers which descend from the flanks of the St. Elias Alj)s and here meet
the sea. Within the entrance good and secure anchorage might be lia<l in moderate and regular
soundings, but the large amount of floating ice forms an annoying impediment (o motion in these
waters.

From Point Dundas the coast takes a N NE. direction for six or seven miles to a low point, which
was named by the U. S. Coast Survey in 1879 Point Carolus, off which a sand-spit extends a mile
and a half or more. Here the shore suddenly turns toward the NW., tlie point itself forming the

southwest point of entrance to an extensive bay which has been named by the U.
Glacier Bay. S. Navy Olacier Bay. Whidb' and Lemesurier reported to Vancouver that on

reaching Point Carolus they wen. visitetl by natives who came out from a small shal-
low creek a short distance westward from the point. To the north and east from their station "the
shores of the continent form two large open bays which were terminated (July 12, 1794) by compact
solid mountains of ice rising perj)endi(!ularly from the water's edge, and. bounded to the north by a
continuation of the united lofty frozen mountains that extend eastward frjm Mount Fairweather.
In these bays also were great quantities of broken ice, which, having been put in motion by the spring-
ing up of a northerly wind, were drifted to the southward,"* and consequently obliged them to give up
explorations on that side of the strait. Up to a very recent date, no explorations of this vicinity have
been made. Tebienkofff appears simply to have followed Vancouver in his representation of this
vicinity, and on other charts hydrographers have done the same. It would seem, therefore,
that there was, .it the time of Whidbey's visit, an unusual discharge of ia: from the glaciers about the
bay which had accumulated near its mouth. The bay has i-ot been surveyed, and all that we know
of it is from information coll«!ted by Captain L. A. Beardslee, U. S. N., published in Hydrographic
Notice No. 97 of 1S80, issued by the Hydrographic Office of the Navy Department, and some noies
communicated to the U. S. Coast Survey by Captain W. E. George, in 1883.

From the last-mentioned source it is learned that the projecting po\nt, charted by Vancouver,
and named by the U. S. Coast Survey in 1879 Point Ouatavus, forms the southeastern point of entrance
to Giacier Bay, though situated iartner east end south than is generally represented on the charts. This
point is situated about seven miles eastward from Point Carolus and is quite low and destitute of trees,
but the land behind it, also low, is studded with sand dunes or moraine mounds, which from a distance
might appear like islands and thus explain the representation of the point on the U.S. Naval Hydro-
graphic Chart No. 225 as part of the Beardslee Islands. Point Gustavus extends SW. beyond the
tangent of the 8W. part of Pleasant Island, and the low land behind it stretches to the foot of the
mountains in a northeasterly direction nearly ten miles without elevations, except the dunes or mounds
above mentioned, which do not exceed one hundred and fifty feet in height. The point is thickly
covered in summer with grass, herbage and shrubbery of a bright green hue, very different from the
aspect of most of those shores, which are either rocky or clothed with dark green coniferous trees.
Tlie l)each is of gravel or boulders shoaling gradually off, but at a distance of three-quarters of a mile
there is n»ore than fifteen fathoms water. The western shore of Point Gustavus curves to the north-
ward several miles to a bay aljout three miles ir extent, trending in a N NB. direction, which has been
named by Captain Goorgc Bartlett Bay. It is open to BVf. and W., ami on its .southern shore is ii
fishing and trading station. Off this a quarter of a mile anchorage may be had in sixteen fathoms,
muddy bottom, with five fathoms half a cable farther in shore. Beyond this point the bay extends
inland about two miles. From its northern point of entrance the shore curves to the N. and NB. five
or six miles toward the foot of the mountains.

* Vancouver, Vol. Ill, pp. S44- 5.
tClmrtVIlI, 1849.

ULAGISB BAY.

189

From near ite NW. point extends a group of islaiuls kuowii ns the Beardalee Islands,* uaniwl
by the U. S. Navy, alwut ten miles in a W NW. and E 8E. dirw-tioii. Thorc aiv siii<l to l)o hmidmls
of them, some low and bare and soino higher and woodeil. JJtvond tiieiu tin' .sjiorcs of (ilncier Bay
are destitute of living timber and almost without vegetation, "y(!t with large trunks and 8tunij),s of
dead timber apparently crushed down by the ice, and giving eolor to tlu^ tradition of tiie resident
Indians, who say that many years ago the glaciers extended down the bay as far aw the Marble Islands.

Glacier Bay appears to have been first examine<l by an explorer named Willougliby. It wan
afterwani entered by Rev. S. R. Young and John Muir, >ind still lat<'r by the aU'tumr' Fnrorite with
Captain L. A. Beardslee, U. S. N., a. d Lieutenant G. (". Hanns, from whose rejwrt the sket li and
de»cription of the bay was prepared for Chart No. 225.

From Point Carolus the bay is supposetl to extend some thirty miles in a west-northwesterly
direction with a width of ten or twelve miles. The I'orthern shore is only known by re[M)rt.

Twelve or thirteen miles from the entrance is Willouphljy Island, nac .1 by the IJ. S. Xavy,
high, bare, and supposed to l)e five or six miles long W NW. ai.d E BE. and about half ax wide.

Eastward and northward from Willougliby Island an; two small islands, nametl by Captain ( Jw.rge
the Mai-ble Islanda, from the rock of which they are compose<i.

Southward from Willoughby Island Eerg Inlet penetrates the shore of the nii'-.iland i'l a south-
erly direction. There are two openings, one on each side of a large island which obstructs the mouth
of the bay. The western entrance alone has l)een examined. This is nearly closed by n har exti^nd-
ing across it with a breadth of half a cable, over which there are not less than three and a half fathoms
at high water with deeper water inside. 'I'he bar and island have the appt>arance of being of glacial
formation. This part of the bay is state<l to be destitute of timber. .Several miles up this inlet is a
fishing village of Hooniah Indians. At a distimce from the shore of three-q larters of a mile to one
and a half miles, running up from Point Carolus to Berg Inlet, numerous soundings were taken by Lieu-
tenant Hanus with a sixteen-fathom lead-line, but no bottom was obtained. According
to the reports of Willoughby and Muir, the upper part of the bay receives seven glaciers. filaolers.

The first enters through a small bay SW. from the western end of Willoughby Island.
Beyond this is another bay with a glacier about half a mile wide at its mouih. The next, which jomes
in from the W SW., is three-quarters of a mile wide. At the (>xtrenic head of Glacier Bay is a gla-
cier about a mile and a half wide, called by the natives by a name signifying the p,rt-at glacier The
fifth and sixth, on the northwestern shore of the bay, are each about half a mile wide at the foot, and
the last is the smallest of the six. On the north shore of the bay, opfK)site Willoughby Island, Muir
Inlet opens to the northward, about three miles wide at its entrance. It curves about five miles to the
northward and westward to the foot of an extremely large glacier, called the Muir (ilacier, which
extends clear across the head of the inlet. This glacier may extend fifteen to eighteen miles into the
interior and is reported by Muir to have sixteen minor branches.

A quarter of a mile from the face of this glacier Captain George sounded in seventy-five fathoms.
Its face was composed of a very high perpendicular wall of ice a mile and a half wid<', but the breadth
of the glacier rapidly increases inland. The constant and trenie^idous fall of ice from the glacier foot
makes it dangerous to approacli within a quarter of a mile. The ice seen in Glacier Bay is derived from
these glaciera. A little of it even reaches the Pacific through Cross Sound, but it is said that most of
it merely drifts to and fro between the shores of I(y Strait until it ilccays and melts away. Much of it
is covered with mud and stones and resembles, when still, reefs or rocks awash.

The ice apjiears to run most copiously in the part of Glacier Bay and Icy Strait northward and
eastward from Point Carolus. This part of Cross Sound is sjiid to be dangerous for sailing vessels, it
being subject to heavy fog, much floating ice in large pieces, and a strong tidal current estimatecl to
run three knots.

DIRECTIONS FOR ENTERING GLACIER BAY.

fVam #*e »>»#wai'd.— The shore between joints Dundas and Carolus should not l)e apjiroiu'liecl
too closely, and a particular lookout should be kept fi)r Jio sand-spit off Point Carolus, which is said
to extend a mile and a half eastward from the point. After rounding Point Carolus steer about W.
by N. for Willoughby Island at a distance from the southern shore of not less than half a mile.

JiV».ti the *!«i«ttr«rd.— When about two miles to the N NE. from the northeastern extreme of
Lemesurier Island the course will he alwut WNW. until the bay is enlered, after which prm-ei'd as
alxjve.

From the eastern point of entrance of Glacier Bay the shore extends in a northeasUTly direction,
curving so as to form a bight whose northern shore is the margin of the low land before reiwrted,
which shoals oft" very gradually to a considerable distance.

* Al8u c'uIIhiI Sand lUudf .

^il

\ . i

190

ICY 8TBAIT.

TliJH bight contains ii liu-ire iHland ciiHeci Pleasant Island,'" two or three miles in length and about
half as wide N. and S., nioclcrately elevated, its shores plejisant and easy of access, well timbered,
mostly with spruce trees. It "presented a much more inviting appearance than they had been
accustomed to behold."t

West of the west(!rn point of Pleasant Island Captain George obtained no bottom at fifteen
fathoms half a mile off shore. The passage between Pleasant Island and the low shore is navigable
and from one to two miles wide. The channel is near the island, half a mile or more from the low
shore, where fifteen to eighteen fathoms may Ix' Imd. Three miles northeastward from the western
entrance of the channel is Noon Point, the NE. extreme t)f Pleasant Island, from which a ledge of
rocks makes oft' about three ctibles, covered at high water. Here the passage curves to the eastward
and is about a mile and a half wide^ the fairway in mid-channel E. | N. and W. ^ S. At the south-
eastern end of Pleasant Island are some dry rocks, and about two miles from it is a group of small
ro<;ky islands, calle<l by the U. S. Navy the Porpoice Islands. The passage passes northward and
eastward from them, with soundings in ten and fifteen fath(mis, sand and shell, affording a fair anchorage,
though somewhat open to the BE. From the Porpoise Islands a long low ledge extends half a mile to
the southward, and from the largest one another kdge extends an equal distance in a northerly direi^tion.

NB. by N. \ N. from the Por|K>ise Islands, on the main shore, is a deep narrow inlet trending in
that direction, it is supposed, for nearly ten miles. Near its mouth are some Indian houses. It was
named Excursion Inlet by Captain George, who entered it in 1883 in the excursion steamer Idaho.
From the entrance of this inlet the ])assage extends in a soumerly direction a short distance to the
main strait. From the ])oint of turning the shore extends in a nearly E. by N. direction to Point
Couvenlen, with no deep indentations or foul ground extending off, such as appear on some charts.
The statement published by Vanmuver is to the eifcHit that it was found to be compact and moderately
elevated by Whidl)ey, exhibits several small ooves and streams, and was at that time inhabited by*
natives of the T'linkit race.

SE. by E. four miles from Point Dundas and two miles NE. from the Inian Islaiids lies the
western extreme of Lemesurier Island,! which extends nearly in the middle of the strait about six or
seven miles in a N NE. and 8 SW. direction and is about three, miles broad. It is moderately high
and timbered. Near its southwest end there appear to be some rocks, and it is stated by Hanus that
there are reefa oft" nearly all the points on the southeastern shore of this island. . A little southward of
tlie middle of the southeastern shore of the island is a bight, moderately indented, and having a small
cove penetrating more deeply near its southern end. This has lieea named Willoughby
Willoughby Cove. Cove by the U. S. Navy, and is about a cable in extent, affording anchorage in eight
to fourteen fathoms, muddy bottom. There is a beach at its head with an Indian
village. The holding-ground is excellent. The cove is open from SE. to NNE. A very strong
current sets by outside its mouth, (Teating strong eddies and bearing fragments of ice. It is said that
the ice never enters the cove, though much is washed ashore in the bight northeast of it. It is evi-
dently neticssary to go well in. The northeastern extreme of this bight is Iceberg Point, named by
tlie U. S. Navy. A reef extends IjSE. from it, uncovering a quarter of a mile at low water, and
breaking in rough weather nearly an equal distance farther eastward. This locality is represented by
a sketch on U. S. Hydrogrrphic Office Chart No. 882 of 1880.

CHICHAGOFF SHORE OP ICY 8TBAIT.

From Point Lavinia the southern shore of Icy Strait takes a g<jneral direction E. by N. J N. for
some eleven miles, having numerous small open bays, near the shores of which some rocks were seen by
Vancouver's party. Immediately eastward from Point Lavinia is an inlet, nametl by Captain George
Idaho Inlet, which he supposes to be seven or eight miles in extent in a southeasterly direction, with
an avei'agc width of two-thirds of a mile, bold shores and clear na\igation up to within a mile of the
head. Tiiere two large streams come in and have formed a hank, on which the Idaho grounded. It
is a great resort of the natives for salmon fishing, and considered by Captain George an excellent harbor.
About eleven miles from Point Lavinia a point with a small island off" it projects from the shore,

which is indented, forming a large bay, beyond which the shore changes its direction
Mud Bay. f'^ one about W. by E. This bay was named Mud Bay by the U. 8. Navy in

1880. The point fo'rmiug the western, extreme of the bay is known as Quarts Point.
It is low and from the northeastward appears like a group of islands. The shore of its NW. portion,
which appears like an outer island, is marked by Large masses of white quarts, which resemble ice. A
small island,. calle<l by the U. S. Navy Qoose Island, lies off this point, and at low water a nrf
between them uncovers nearly its whole extent. The southern shore of Mud Bay has the appear-

* Named 'jy the U. 8. Cua»t Survey in !H79.
t Vancouver, Vol. Ill, p. a+'i.

(After thu officer who oomnmnded one of the boats of tb* party exploring this pneeage under Vancouver. Named by tli<-
U. 8. Coast Survey in 1970.

PORT FUEOERICK.

191

iiiH-e of an immense Hand-Bpit extending from the eastern to tlie w&stern shore of tlic l)i»v. There is an
ixten«ive mud flat, with so'indings varying from four to seven fathoms water, al)out thri>e-<]uarters of a
mile eastward from the west shore of the bay. Six fathdms muddy l)ottom was found alxiut three-
(juartere of a mile east ard from Goose Island. The holding-ground is exeellent. In Atigust, 1880,
a number of small ioeberia in Icy Strait were in sight from the anchorage, whieh is in general elear of
ice, even when the strait >8 much i!i(»mmoded.

The information in regard to Mud Bay is derived from the rep<irt of Lieutenant Hanus. Off the
eastern point of entrance of Mud Bay pilots report a rook, uncovering at low water,
alM)ut an eighth of a mile westward from the shore. A short distance to the eastward Dangert.

another point makes out about a cable off, which is a rock covered at iiigh water.
Off the middle of a bight of which the last-mentionetl point is tiie western extreme is a sunken rock
about one hundred and fifty yards from shore. This l)ight is the second westward from Point Adol-
phus, the first being a mere curve hardly indented in the shore-line.

From the head of Mud Bay, as above mentioned, the shore changes its direction, and from thence
it extends in a N. by E. direction about six miles to Point Adolphus * of Vancouver. This is the NW.
extreme of the shore of the Chicbagoff group, and is low, well woodetl and steepto. Home charts
indicate a visible rock near it« extremity. Ite geographical position is alK)ut

Latitude— 68° 18' N.

Longitude 136° 41' W.

There is a large Indian village a short distance westward from Point Adolphus.

From Point Adolphus the shore takes an easterly and east-southutisterly curve for some nine miles,
with a number of islets near it, to the entrance to Port Frederick of Vancouver. This
is an inlet or branch of some importance, but which has hitherto Ikhju but partially Port Frederick,
explored. The entrance faces the north and is about two miles wide. Near its west-
ern headland are several good-sized islets. The passage used by traders passes to the eastward of all
these islands, but the Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1494 indiwites that the northernmost islet may
be passed on either side. Within the entrance and .some four miles southeastward from the outer
entrance island is a low wooded island somewhat less tlian two cables in extent, and named by the U.
S. Navy Pitt Island.f Northward from it is a pr>/tected cove about a quarter of a mile long W.
bv N. and E. by 8. and two cables wide. From the fa<!t that a large village of the Hooniali Indians,
called Kan-tu-kan, exists on the northern shore, this cove has !'eceived the natue of Hooniah HarborJ
from the U. S. Navy.

The eastern extreme of Port Frederick is named Entrance Point, which is a high bluff, showing
a perpendicular wall of brownish-red rock one hundred and fifty feet high. The end of this jwint is
indented by a small bight, chiefly 0(!cupied by a rocky pinnrcle forty feet high, with a few stimted
hendock trees upon it. Within fifteen yards westward from its base there is six fathoms water. The
shore to the eastward of Entrance Point shoals off nearly a cable, then drops rather suddenly to deep
water.

Between the eastern end of Pitt Island and the shore NB. from it there is only one or two fathoms
water, and the island itself is bordered by a bank like that on the opposite shore, wiiich extends off
one hundred yards or less.

The anchorage is midway Ijetween the shore of Pitt Island and the Indian village, in eight to
fourteen fathoms, sticky mud. The holding-ground is excellent and there are, no dangere.^ No direc-
tions appear necessary except to keep at least three-quarters of a cable from the shores. The range of
the tide is about thirteen feet.

The general appearance of the land is high, sloping in either direction, northwestward and south-
ea.stward, from a spot near Entrance Point, where the extreme liciKht is alwut three hinidrc<l feet.

The Northwest Trading Company have established a station here.

From the inner island on the western side of the entrance to Port Frederick, BE. by 8. J 8. two-
thirds of a mile, lies Halibut liock, uncovered at low water.

The southern shores of Port Frederick are much broken. Half a mile E 8E. from Hooniah
Harbor; between Cliff Point on the north and False Point on the SW., is a shallow unexjjlored inden-
taticm with an Indian fishitig station on the south shore. SW. irom False Point about a quarter of a
mile is Green Island, from which Black Rcvf extentis a quarter of a mile westward. Immediately
SE. from Green Island and the reef is Long Island, half a mile long 8W. by W. and NE. by N. Ite
western extreme is called Dome Point.§ Between Green Island aiul False Point the greatest depth

rer. N»m»<i by tli<"

• Called on ■oin«RiMgi»n«cli»rtK Point Adolph.

tU. 8. Hydrogmphio Office Ch.rl No. 88;}. lii U. 8. llydr..gni,,liic Notice, No. 97 of 18«), it >. .•«lle,l Harbor Iilaiid.
t Spelled Boonikli, HoOBlah and Hoonyah liarLor. ll if "I"- iTf-nr,! (o in V. S. Uy.lrographic Notloi-, No. !t7 of 18H0, ai Port
FiadT'itck Harbor.

^ TlieM namaa were applied li.v tlie U. S. Navy.

192

SPAS8KAIA HARBOR.

is lesH than two fathoms. Southeast of the^c islands is Be/ry Arm, which extends to a point four or
five miles from Hooniah Harbor to a portage about oi e hundred and fifty steps wide at high water
and rising fifteen feet above the sea. On the otiier side of this [H>rtage is the head of Tenakee Inlet
from Chatham Strait, (s"-; page 178.)

South westward from (ireen Island is another entrance, unexplored, but which, acconting to the
Indians, does not connect by portage or otherwise with Hooniah Sound and Peril Strait, as was formerly
supposed.

Outside of Entrance Point, according to Lieutenant Hanus, and near it, a low grassy point makes
out from the shore from which a bank extends off half a cable.

Thence northward and eastward to Point Sophia the Chichagoff shore may be approached to half
a cable. At a distance of a cable and a half no bottom could he had with sixteen fathoms of line.

The arm of land of wliicli the westernmost extreme forms the eastern point of entrance to Port
Frederick, at its northern extreme forms a point to which Vancouver applied the name of Point
Sophia,* about three; miles NE. by N. from which are two rocky islets (named the Sisters by the U.
S. Navy) in the strait, bold-to on either side.

Eastward from Point Sophia the shore is compact, not very high, but well wooded, preseutmg
chiefly rocky cliffs with islets and detached rocks lying off to the distance of nearly two miles. This
coast trends nearly due east, with minor irregularities, to the western point of entrance to Spasskaiaf
Harbor. According to Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1494, which has been copied on British
Admiralty Chart No. 2431 and U. S. Hydrographic Chart No. 225, this harbor is situated to the
westward of the first and only very pnmiinent point westward on this shore from Point Augusta.
According to Tebienkoff, (Chart VIII,) the harbor is situatetl to the eastward and southward of this

f)rominent point, making the pi-ominent point aforesaid eesentially the western point of entrance of the
larbor. It is not however improbable that there are really two bays, and to the one known to him,
but not to Vasilieff, Tebienkoff may have transferred the name applied by Bubnoff to a harbor which
Tebienkoff himself did not know. In that jase the harbor delineated by Tebienkoff' would have to
take a new name.

The true Spasskaia Harbor was surveyed in the early part of this century by Bubnoff, teacher of
navigation in the Colonial Seminary, who gives as the geographical position of the anchorage in the
NE. corner of the bay

Latitude '88° 06' N.

Longitude. __ 136° 17' W.

The harbor is about a mile long NE. by N. and HW. by S. and a little less than half a mile wide,
at the entrance* of which the two pomts liear about W NW. and E SE. from each other. The general
direction of the SE. shore is NE. and SW., with a small cove just witliin the eastern point of entrance
and another, very shoal, three-eighths of a mile within the point. The NW. shore trends TS NE. and
S SW., with an open cove midway from the western point of entrance to the head. At the latter point
the shores form a rather sharp angle where two streams come in, creating a bank and shoaling the
water of the SW. third of the harlM)r to less than three fathoms. Four and a half fathoms is the
greatest depth in the SW. half of the harbor, but it rapidly increases to forty-two fathoms in nearly
the middle of the entrance. The harbor is wholly open from NW. by N. round to NE., but in the
cove under the E. point of entrance protection may be had, except from W NW. to N. This cove is
less than a cable in extent, .shoal toward its southern shore, but having twenty-eight feet of water near
the middle. It would be indispensable to moor. The E. point of entrance is a high bluff, bold-to.
The W. point foi ms a low bluff with some rocks running off half a cable to the northward.

The above is derived from Bubnoff's chart, which is reproduced on a reduced scale, with Tebien-
koff's longitude, in the U. S. Coast Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts of Alaska.

Hence to Point Augusta the shore for nine miles trends in a generally easterly direction according
to Vasilieff. About half way between the two localities would be f and the bay called Spasskaia Bay
by Tebienkoff, if it exists.

THE CHICHAGOFF GROITP,

Otherwise known aa ChiohagcfT Island, (but probably more or less divided by water, like the
Admiralty group,) was first known to the Russians as Yakobi or Jakobia Island, a name restricted
in 1805 by Lisianski to the island herein so denominated, while the name of Chichagoff, which had
also been applied to the whole, from Admiral Chichagoff, an explorer of the Polar Sea, he set aside for
the present group, and it has siibsetjuently been generally so called. The group forms the northern

* Tbi8 IB Poiat ijopbla of Ruiwian Hydrographic Chart Xo. 1494.

t "Of the rhurrli of our Havioiir" m the literal nieiuiing in Knglinh, but thv plnce was probably named after (iregori SpaKS-
kaia, a Kii^siaii liydrograph -. It wns imniMl by tliu Itiiexinim in the enrly part of thia century, and bai been written Spuka,
■pailwl or BpMkala Bay, Port SpaaUa, etc., by vHriouB authorv.

SWANSOK HABBOR.

198

ussy point makes

lialf of Vancouver's King Gtoorge Third's Arobipelago, and is tlic Khunna or Hoonah Island of
Tebienkoft". It is the least known zroup north of Hiimner Strait. It has a rather niinurous native
|)opulation of the T'linkit nation. It contains no especially hijrh niotintaina, and its fjeneral features
are those of a densely-wooded country of mo<leratc height but of undulating or even ruj^pcd surface,
Iwre of snow in summer, and abounding with fish and game. The timlHjr, as rentarkeil by Vancouver,
is in many places v,*" good quality and large growth.

The Chichagoff group, inclosed between Cross Sound and Peril Strait NW. and SK. and Chatham
Strait and the ocean NB. and 8W., has a roughly quadrilateral form almut forty-five miles in length
NW. and SB., while its breadth averages about thirty-eight miles.

From Point Augusta nine miles NW. J N., according to TebienkoflF, but a considerably greater
distance if later reports are correct, is situated Point Couverden,* a moilerately elevated tongue of
land, extending from its southern and eastern extreme nearly two miles in a westerly direction, being
alM)ut half a mile wide, and separated from the continental short; by an unexplored imssage. I3eliind
the point the immediate shore appears low and <? ly wooded, while it is backcfi by steep, rather
barren, high mountains, cupped or streaked with snotv. A view of the high land as seen from a point
twenty miles SB. by S. from Point Augusta is given on U. S. Hydrographie Chart No. 225.

The strait at Point Couverden was, in 1869, estimated by an officer of the U. S. Coast Survey to
l>e seven miles in width in a direction about E NB. from the jraint to the Admiralty shore. The
impression received by the party from viewing the locality was to the effect that the channel Ixjtween
latitude 87° 68' and 88° 32' is really wider tnan it is represental on any of the charts. With an
uncertainty in the longitude of ±1'.8, the geographiml position of Point Couverden is, approximately,

Latitude 88° 12' N.

Longitude 138° 08' W.

About a mile southward from Point Couverden Vancouver represents a high, barren, rocky islet,
while a clear passage between it and the shore is indicated on Russian Hydrogra])hic Chart No. 1396.
On Russian Hydrographie Chart No. 1494, British Admiralty Chart No. 2431, and others derived
from them, this island is omitted. On the other hand, U. S. Hydrographie Office Chart No. H82 indi-
cates a small rocky islet one and a quarter miles SB. by 8. from the eastern extreme of Couverden,
called Booky Island on Chart No, 225, and to the south and southwest two larger woode<l islands,
sheltering the entrance to Swanson Harbor, outside and to the southward from which an' a numlwr of
rocks or rocky isl<'ts extending nearly a mile off shore. One of these was jjcrliaps intended <""r the
island nearly in mid-channel of Icy Stnwt, about five miles southwestward of Point Couveruen, of
Russian Hydrographie Offi(« Chart No. 1494, British Admiralty Chart No. 2431, (editions })revions
to 1882,) named Spasskaiaf Island on Chart No. 225 by Meade. This island is not found on Tebien-
koff's Chart VIII, and according to the reiwrt of liientenant Hanus does not exist in the hKiility
mentioned. The name has been transferred on the revised edition of Chart No. 225 to a small island
on the south shore of Icy Strait, about two miles westward from Spasskaia Harbor.

A more important correction to the charts is the discovery and location of a serious danger, named
l)y the U. S. Navy Hanm Reef, after the officer who reported it. The rock indicated
by TebienkofF in mid-channel between Point Augusta and Point Marsden may have Hanus Reef.
been intended for the same danger, but it is placed by Tebienkoff much farther south. ■

Hanm See/ lies three miles SB. by B. J B. from Point Couverden. At low water the highest
jmrt was seven or eight feet out of wpter. It is covered at one-third floml. It consists of « patch
about a quarter of a mile in extent including a series of detached rock.s. At certain stages of the tide
a two or three knot current is said to set directly upn the reef, which should therefore not l)e closely
approttchetl. From the reef Point Retreat bore N. 28° W., Point Couverden N. 68° W., I oint Augusta
S. 81° B., Point Sophia S. 61° W., Point Wlillbey N. 39° W., and a rocky islet near Couverden N.
62° W. Until these points are correctly locate*! the absolute position of the reef must remain unknown,
but its relative iM>sition, as above, will enable the navigator to avoid it. • , i e

West from the southern extreme of Couverden Island an indentation of the mainland forms
Swanson Harbor of Meade. It is alwut seven cables long W. ^ N. and E. J S. and
five cables wide, with rocky shores and a stream at the head. It is sheltered by Cou- Swanson Htrnor.
verden Island to the NB. and Astley and Entrance islands with their associate*!
rock* to ihe SB. Between theses is a clear channel two miles long in an B. and W. .hrcction and Halt

a mile wide. , ^ . . • i i i

Between the mainland and Couverden Island is an unexplored passage containing an islet and a

number of rocJfe* which uncover at low water. It is probably not navigable.

Between the mainland and Astley Island and Astley and Entrance islands are passages which are

obstructed by rocks and shoals and should not be attempted. ^

* Named by Vancouver after lii« ancestral seat.
tKrrojieously SpMlttl.

P» C. P. — 25

194

liYNN CANAL.

On the northwestern shore of Swanson Harbor are the remains of a deserted Indian village. On
the soutliwost part of Couverden Island, facing the dhannel, is a village of T'linkit Indians which is
oMuipied only in summer. Wood is cut here for steamers. The shores of the islands and bay are
moderately low and woo<le<l.

The entrance to Swanson Harbor 's marked by Rociky Island before referred to. It should be
pasHcd to the southward. From the eastern part of Entrance Island rocks make ott' three cables. The
course in is in mid-channel about W. } N. into the center of the cove at the head, with tlie passage
between the mainland and Astley-Island bearing about SE. by S., where anchoraii^e in eight fathoms,
soft sti(!ky bottom, may be had. This harbor is repi-esentcd by a sketch on U. S. Hydrographic Office
Chart No. 882, published in January, 1881.

LYNN CANAL.

The entrance co this important inlet is situated between Point Couverden and the rocks oif the
pouthem point of entrance of Funter Bay. The islands represented near tlie middle of this entrance on
most of the charts do not exist in that position, but arc much closer insho.e, leaving the channel-way
clear. This arm was named by Vancouver, and he remarks of it, "the upixir portion of this arm
approaches nearer to those interior waters of the continent which are said to be known to the traders
and travelers from the oppositt^! side of America than we had found the waters of the North Pacific
penetrate in any former instance."

This liiu> body of water extends from mid-channel l)etween Point Couverden and the Admiralty
shore in a NW. direction about sixty miles, of which the last twelve are divided into two nearly paral-
lel branches by Point Seduction. The whole has a greatest width of about twelve miles and an aver-
age width of six. Throughout its extent it is nearly free from impediments to navigation. By reason
of the fact that the glaciers terminate some distance inland from the shore, resulting from the more
gradual nlope of the Alps on the southwest and the coast ranges on the northeast shores, this canal is
free from the floating miniature bergs which, at times, otistruct Cross Sound and Gastineau Channel,
although the latter are a degree southwanl of the head of I^ynn Canal.

The vicinity of the passag,e is in many places densely wooded with large evergreen trees. Deposits
of minerals, es|)ecially iron, have l)een observed in extraordinary musses, and the shores and river tribu-
taries are inhabited '.\v a large population of very warlike, independent and untrustworthy savages
Iwlonging to the T'linkit stock.

The waters of the northwestern extreme of Lynn Canal are brackish or almost fresh, and Van-
couver's parties referred to a "constant" current from the northward, indicating that, at the surface at
least, the flood-tide is not invariably perceptible. Except ijpar the mouths of streams tlie depth of
water is very great. In this vicinity the marks of forest fires have been observed — a certain indication
of a drier summer climate than at Sitka. When rounding Point Retreat from the SE. a large glacier,
called Eagle Qlacier, is visible in a direction N. 16° E., proceeding from high mountains eastward
from Berners Bay, and a smaller one eastward from the first. Nineteen others of various sizes may
be seen in various parts of the shore throughout the length of the canal, and no more, although some
exuberant tourists liave claimed as many as two hundred for the borders of this sheet of water.

According to the U. S. Navy Point Retreat lies N. by W. ten or eleven miles from Point Cou-
verden, and a reef is said to extend a third of a mile northward and westward, so that it is advisable
to pitss this point at a distance of not less than half a mile.

NE. by N. I N. from Point Augusta and about SE. from Point Retreat is Lone Mountain of
Meade, who si)eaks of it as resembling a volcano and forming au excellent land-mark for entering
Stephens Passage.

Two miles N. by W. J W., according to Meade, from Point Retreat is the southeastern end of an
island named by him Lincoln Island, „n irregularly-shaped long narrow island six and a half miles
long in a W NW. and E SE. direction with a greatest width not much exceeding a mile, from the north-
ern end of which a line of islets and reefs extends nearly five miles in a direction nearly NW. by N.
Lincoln Island is wooded and comparatively low. Its southern side is arched to the northward, and
off the middle of this bight, about a mile, lies Hump Islet,* high and timbered, of elongated form and
small extent, with foul ground along its northern and soutliern shores extending off a cable or two.

The Lynn Sisters f are a group of three small islands and a rock, which lie about N NE. from
Dome Peak on the western shore of Lynn Canal, close to the shore, with a small narrow bight south-
ward from them. The northern end of Ralston Island bears about N. by E. J E. from them. Ralston
Island lie? NW. by N. about a mile from the northern extreme of Lincoln Island, with a rock in the

Eassage between, which should not be attempted. Several rocks and an islet, called Little Island by
iieutenant Symonds, continue the series which terminates in Vanderbilt Beef, This patch was discov-
ered by Captain Vanderbilt of the Northwest Trading Company's steamer Favorite. It is NW. by

* Kamed by Meade.

t Named the Uiten by Meade, a name which has been repeatedly u*ed within a short distance of them and is better modi-
fied as alrave.

PLATE Ha 18J3

1 village. On
idians which is
Is and bay ore

It should be
e cablee. The
ith the passage
eight fathoms,
}graphic Office

le rocks off the
his entrance on
le channel-way
m of this arm
; to the tradeni
North Pacific

the Admiralty

nearly paral-
s and an aver-
in. By reason
from the more
V, this («nal is
ineau Channel,

rees. Deposits
nd river tribu-
yorthy savages

•eah, and Van-
; the surface at
i tiie depth of
tain indication

1 large glacier,
tains eastward
ious sizes may
although some

water.

m Point Cou-
it is advisable

Mountain of
c for entering

tern end of an
d a half miles
'om the north-
y NW. by N.
orthward, and
ated form and
ble or two.
t N NB. from
V bight south-
lem. Ralstou
a rock in the
ttle Island by
ell was discov-
It is VW. by

nd ii better modi-

,,^ , _. , ,ff.,p,^ I pn^u^ijupu |ii|w.

WW^ W >iWi» »wm ..»n* ■iiwWfl^ ' .IMi i i . ^i H M l » IfcWgm^WlB «WMWWfMMlMll^«W

:rK^'^

■v',t'

* ■ V*,-A.i.!*-^

-■ ."' , *

» J irt " 'li***^-,' " »« ■*

--itwasM.*Niw»ft'h

WILLIAM HEintT BAT.

N. from Little Island about a mile. Some of the rocka uncover at linlf tide and extend Imlf a mile
or more in a HW. by K. direction. Coming from the southward it is not in tlic way, lint coming
from the northward bound for Favorite Channel, after paiwing Point Uridget, Little Iwland xlioiild Ik-
kept well open westward from the northern end of Rjilston Island until the former iK'urs SW., which
will clear the reef. If bound for Chatham Strait steer a course to \rae» alMml a mile ea^twanl of the
islets near Point Whidlwy (or Grant) until Little Island l)ears E NE., which will clear the it-ef.

• This i>art of Lynn Canal is represented in a most erroneous manner on all charts i)rior to 1«81 ;
it is still imperfectly known, but U. 8. Hydrographic Chart No. 883 and IJritish Admiralty Chart
No. 2431 (edition of 1882) give a much letter idea of it than anything previously publishcil.

Between the series of rocks and islands extending to and including Lincoln Island an<l the shore
of the mainland northeastward from them is a clear passage, forming jwrt of Favorite (Channel. The
main shore from Point Bridget southeastward to Point Stephens is nuieh indented ; the largest bight
leading toward the stream from the Eagle Glacier, the sediment from which has miule it entirely shoal.
This bank extends SE. by 8. along this shore nearly to Point Stephens, for which reason it should not
be approached except with great i«ution and the lead kept going. Northwestward along this shore
from the bight above mentioned lie numerous islets, mostly with roi^ks aliout them, and extt^nding
parallel with the axis of the passage. The most westerly of these is Sentinel Islet, about two miles
8W. from the main shore, with a reef extending half a mile northwestward from it. The others arc
Bird, Gull, Benjamin and North islets, (besides others not named,) named by the U. S. Navy, and
whose size and exact position can only be said to be approximately determinc<l.

Clearly visible from Chatham Strait, and projecting from the western shore of Lynn Canal alx)ut
NW. by W. five to seven miles from the NW. end of Lincoln Island, is Point Whidbey.* This
iwint forms a rather remarkable high, steep, wooded promontory whose face is aliout three miles in
length in a IT NW. and 8 8E. direction, and which projects from the western shore of the canal tc the
extent of about three miles in an E NE. direction. In this manner are formed on either side of the
promontory open coves, in the southern of which are three islets of small extent, which have received
from Meade the name of The Brothers. Oft' the SE. extreme of the promontory is an islet of small
extent, and there are three or four more close in to its northern face. In this vicinity N'aiu'ouver's
party obtained a latitude of 68° 38' ST. as the result of meridian observations. Three miles NE. tcum
the point above indicated, nearly in mi>\-channel, no bottom was obtained with one hundred and fifty
fathoms of line.

Seven and a lialf miles N NW. from the NW. extreme oi Lincoln Island, according to Meade,
lies Point Bridget, named by Vancouver, low and wooded, and forming the 8E. point of eiitnuice to
Bemers Bay of Vancouver, a large sheet of water extending about nine miles from
Point Bridget in a N. by W. direction with an average width of three miles. A Berners Bay.
stream comes in at the head of the bay ; the NW. jwint of entrant-e, named by Van-
couver Point St. Mary's, lies NW. | N. four and a half miles from Point Bridget, like which it is low
and wood^, while its axis rises inland to mountains covered with snow, attaining a considerable height,
and constituting a part of the coast ranges which have been repeatedly alluded to.

From this point about five miles NW. by W. lies Point Sherman, named by Meade, apparently
low and wooded, from which the northeastern shore of Lynn Canal extends, high, steep and rtx'ky,
at the base of the imposing mountains above mentioned, some twenty miles in a NW. by N. (lire<tion.

From Point Whidbey in a northwesterly direction the shore extends compact, firm, and chiefly
composed of cliffs with a few small coves having shingle beaches— the rwk l)eing a fine variety of
slate and the shingle suitable for paving-stone. Behind the shore the land rises in lofty snow-capiKxi
mountains, forming part of the coast ranges.

About seven miles NW. from Point Whidbey is WiUiam Henry Bay, named by the traders.
This bay is about three-quarters of a mile long and four cables wide N NW. and 8 SB., and prottrted
from all winds except those between N. and NE., affording good anchorage in thirteen fathoms, s<)ft
bottom. It is free of known dangers, has a plentiful supply of fresh water on the west side of the
bay, but wood is only procured with diflBculty. Lieutenant Hanus sounded out the bay ami made a
sketch of it in 1880. This sketch has been published on U. S. Hydrographic Office Chart No. 882 of
188L The point east from this bay is low; the opposite shore is high with sevend streams. A ^ ood-
sized stream, called Beardslee Biver by the IJ. S. Navy, comes in at the head of the bay. 1 he
shores are reprewmted as rocky throughout The following directions are derived from the U. S. Naval
Hydrographic Notice No. 97 of 1880.

DIRECTIONS

IX)B, WILLIAM HENKY BAY.

Keep from one-half to three-quarters of a mile from the western shore of Lynn Canal until
abreast the entrance, which otherwise is diffi cult to rewgnize. The higjicst mountain m this vicuuty,

• Named by the U. 8. Coast Survey in 1867, and which is Point Grant of Mead* in 1869.

196

CHILKAT DTLBT.

which has n rouiulc<l buld tup without trecH, in just northward and wcfltward from the entrance. When
the buy in well o|>cn ke<;p in niid-<-hannel of it until the eastern point of entraniv is passed, when
anchorage may l)u liu<l in nine to thirteen futhonis water, .^oft muddy Imttum.

There are coiivonient fucilities for WHtcrinj?, and in 1880 wood could Iks had here.

Nearly four niileH wcstwunl fn)m this hnv Endioott Biver, nameil by tlio V. 8. Navy, comes in
fn)m the wcntwanl, fifty feet wide at its mouth, which is filled witli sand l>i»n«. This small stream
is only worthy of notice on accnmnt of the paucity of rivers in this i»art of the coast. From the mouth
of the river the xliore trends alwut two miles in a northerly dircetton, from which in a NW. by H. \
N. ilirtH'tion about five miles lies the 8B. extreme of SulUvan Island,* which extends soino four or five
miles hence in ii NW. direction with a width of about n mile.

Between the southeastern extreme of Sullivan Island and a point whi(!h is formed by a delta at
the mouth of u stream making out from the western shoi-e of Lynn Canal, about two miles 8W. from
the island, is the southern entrance of a passikge almnt a mile wide in its narrowest part. This entnmce
is nearly closed from side to side by a shoal, and should not be attempted until more is known. The
rcpres<;ntation of Sullivan Island on most charts appears to be too long. From its southern end in a
southeasterly dirc<-tion are two islets, of which one is omitted by all the charts ex<«pt that of Vancouver.
One of these isletn, according to meridian ol)servations by Whi(H)ey, is in latitude 68° 84' IT. The
southernmost islet rei^ived the name «)f Sullivan Book from the U. H. Hydrographic Office in 1889.t

Another low delta point is formed by a glacier stream SW. from the northern poiut of Sullivan
Island, while about three miles from the islet at the southern end of the island, in a IT ITB. direction,
lies Eldred Rook, about four miles SB. by 8. from the southernmost islet oft" the end of Point Seduc-
tion. It is omitted on some charts an<i misplaced on others. It is a bare rocky islet, and was located
and named during tht; U. S. naval boat expedition to Chilkat in 1880.

NE. by E. il E. about two miles from the nortliern end of Sullivan Island is Bednotion Islet,
above referred to, of small extent, low, ro<'ky and wiKxied. It Was occupied for magnetic dip, angles
and bearings, by the U. S. Coast Survey in 1880. lietween this and the end of Point Seduction are
four or five rocky sparsely wooded islets, making a group more than two miles in extent N NW. and
S BE., which has been nanie<l the Ohilkst Islauda by the U. S. Navy. On the ea6tern shore, extending
from the head of the ciinal southward to Point St. Mary's, is a high rugged <!hain of precipitous moun-
tains, namr. 1 the Chilkat Mountains by the U. 8. Coast Survey in 1879.f Those of the opposite shore
have l)een called by the U. S. Navy the White Mountains. From the station on Seduction Islet the
middle of the Davidson Glacier bears W. J N. and a smaller one »DUth of it 8W. by W. } W. Between
the expanded foot of the Davidson Glacier and the wrter's edge, NNE. from it, is situated Olaoier
Point,§ low and coni|K)se<l of debris, covered with trees, off and around which a shoal extends along
ttie shore having an extent of hai: o. mile or less in width. This is due to debris brought down by a
glacier stream proi-eeding from th^: gl »c i r which approaches the shore within a quarter of a mile. This
has received from the U. S. Coaj^l; Survey the name of the Davidson Olaoier, having been obsarvetl
by Assistant Davidson in 1869. '" om Seduction Islet NW, by N. J N. about two miles lies the south-
ern end of Point Seduction oi \ !i;iv»uver.|| The southern part of this point is composed of rather low
rounded hills covered with stunted brown-looking trees. The point extends about twelve miles in u
northerly and westerly direction, <lividiug the head of Lynn Canal irfto two nearly equal inlets. The
northern portion of the jwint is low, narrow and nearly Hat, affonling an easy portage from the head of
one inlet to that of the other. Point Setluction is quite narrow, probably not exceeding two miles in
width anywhere.

The inlet westward from Point Seduction has been named by Meade Chilkat^ Inlet, from the
river of that name, which it receives. This inlet is about ttn miles long in a northwesterly and south-
esisterly direction and averages al>out three miles in width.

According to Lindenlierg's reconnaissance,** northward from the extremity of Glacier Point and
on the shore of Point Setluction a point, called by him Point Bhketlina, makes out with. rocks about
its base, but with ten fathoms close to them.

* Si) named by Menile, iiftt-r (lie inoftter of tlie Americaa Bchuoner LouUa Dovmt, wreckwl here in 1^67. Th« roadatead where
she anchored mid wiih hist wa» uauied by Meade Bcioue Harbor, in remeinbrauce ofUie six peraon* rewued by the Saginaw.

t Directory for Heiing Sea, p. 43.

{They liiive also been culled tiie Chilkoot Moiintaina by Krause.

$ Of Meade ; Lohtianol or Icy Point of Lindenberg.

II Sobluna of Tebieiikulf ; Beductlon Toncne of Dtivid«on.

H This name h«» i-ei'cived viirioiis spellings, such as Obilluait, ObUcat, ToUUkat, T'fllkat, Ac, river, inlet, mountain!, ishtndR,
or Indians. A careful inquiry made in 1880, by Mr. Marcus Biilcer, of the Coaat Survey, resulte<l in the belief that OUlkat was
tlie phonetic, must correct and simplest spelling.

•• It must be borne in mind that the charts of Lynn Caoul, especially the northern part of it, are still very imperfect. The
best is that which resulted from the recoiinaissauce of the U. S. Navy in 1880, published as U. 8. Hydrographic Chart No. 883,
which has since been copied on to that part of II. S. Hydrographic Office Chart No. 285, of 1882, and British Admiralty Chart
No. 2431, edition of 1882. Even this, however, is Icnown to be considerably in error about the mouth of the Chilkat River.
Some nseful data have been publislied by Dr. Arthur Krause, who explored in tliis vicinity reoently, and has given small maps
of the rivers which fall into both these inlets, which add much to our knowledge of them, and have enabled us to correct to a
certain extent the inlets about the river mouths.

PYRAMID ISTiAKn HARHOIt. j^y

The water Dear theeatttem Hide is deeix-r than on the wwti'rn '«lion', wl«w, in fact, it in fwiuontly
Hliual Home difltan<« oft", and, aoinrdin^ to Lintlcnbt-rg, even hIkiwh ilrv upotn at low water.

2fW. ) W. from thin point alwut a mile in the Houthcrn ciiil nl' Koohu Island.* It in a iniKler-
atcly ftlevatod wooded inland with randy shoreH, a small IhIcI iiortliwanl tVoni it cJoHf-ii., and wiiiic
i(X!K»i and 8mall ialeta near it« sonthern extreme. It cxteniln alxait hall' u mile NW. and SB., with a
width of a nuartcr of a mile. On Kuwian Hydroumphic Chart .No. 13l)t;, U. S. C'lwist Survey No.
701, and Tchienkoif, No. VIII, thia iBland w <!orreetly reprcHentinl an U-inj; near the eastern slmre of
the Inlot, which is about half a mile distant, while the m^irmt |M)int «t' the weHl4-rn slidre is nearly two
miles away. The English Admiralty Charts, Meade and others previous to IHMl, represent the islami
incorrectly pUwed in the middle of the inlet, or even nearer the western than the eastern shore.

Nl. by B. ubout seven cahlett from the northern emi of K(Mhu Island Vim the entramr to Seal
(Nerp) Cove of Lindenbcr^s "f very small extent, with an islet and some hare rotiUs about its entrance
and no BOundinKs given.

A mile and a quarter NW. from this cove lies Letnikoff Cove, with an islet at its southern iMiint
of entrance, and from which the shore of Point Seduction trends alhiut W. by N. nearly four miles to
the :. .ginning of the flats and some two miles farther to Portage Point. From the hea<l of lietnikott"
Cove a flatexteuds to Flat Bay on the other side of Point S«'«luetion. Tht- Kransc map represents two
streams, heading close together, ime of which falls into ench bay, so that they are nearly connwted bv
water. A cannery is said to have been mtablished here rect^ntly. In this vicinity was formerly an
Indian settlement.

NW. by W. } W. aliout two railee from the northern end of Koehu Island lies Pyramid Island
of Meade, Peatohani or Sandy lalaod of the Uussians. The latter name is so tmpient in this re^rjon
as to have lost all distinctiveness, and therefore the name pro)K)sed by MmuIc has liec'n prcf'erriMl for
this island, which is of some importance from a hydrograpliio' stund-|)oint.t It is of |M'euiiarly
pyramidal profile when seen from 8 SW., and is of very small extent ; it is a sand dune, with .some
grass upon it, about two hundred feet high, somewhat elongated NE. and SW., w ith a bank about it,
so that over three fathoms is not to be had within u couple of mbles from it. This bank is somewhat
extended to the northward toward a similar shoal making ofl' from the shore in an o|)|)osite <liixH'tion.

Between the island and the shore in this direction the du(;|K«t wat^-r was thirty-one an<l a half
feet at half t*de in 1838, according to Lindenbcrg, ami at pre.>tent it is mostly much slioaler. In this
vicinity the rise and fall of the tides is about sixteen feet. Pyramid Island is situated nearly in the
center of the rounded termination of the inlet, being just about a mile from cither shore and from the
bar. The beach is strewn with large stones.

The geographical position of Pyramid Island v/m determined bv the U. !S. Coast Survey in
1869 to be

Latitude 68° 11' 43".0 W.

Longitude (in are) 136° 27' 04".6W.

Longitude (in time) 9" 01" 48".3 W.

Sketch charts of this part of tlie inlet and the mouth of 4^he river are to be found on U. S. Hydro-
graphic Chart No. 883 and Russian Hydrographic Chi:rt No. 1396; Meade gives a view of Pyramid
Island from the S SW. on chart No. 225.

About a mile southward from Pyramid Island, on the western shore, is situated Pyramid Island
Harbor,J named by M^e, and forming the usual anchorage. It is hardly a cove, but consists of a
concavity in the general shore-line about a mile long NW. and SE. and indented to the extent of a
third of a mile, mostly occupied by a bank on which may be had, according to Meade, seventeen to
twenty-five fathoms of water over 'a bottom of stiff blue mud. The di.serepancics between Meade's
."ketch, which is evidently crude, and Lindenberg's delineation of the same vit 'ity are very great.

The north extreme is Green§ Point; the south extreme is the bed of an old glacier, low and com-
posed of broken stones which from a distance api^ear like sand. It is called Anchorage Point|| by the

lieiids seven fathoms can be carried. The bottom is blue mud and siuid. The land about the harbor
is very ru^ed and alpine in character, with considerable timber, but much less wiKKled than the lanil
to the souSiward. No glaciers are in sight from the anchorage, though there is a small one immtnliately

• Named in 1838 by Lindenberg. .Thia in the TeatOMi Mand of Meade in 1«69, and in %,M to be onlle.l OU-Mta l..v the
IiidUni.

t It ku alio boen oalled FarawaU, Stony aiid ObMrratory WaA. Tlif Indian name h ShU-hatoli.

t It i« . .ne of tlie numeroua anohoragee oaUed tabouohire Bay by tiie Hud«..n Bay Company's triidri-H, b,T«u«. lb,- nfanif r
i'( that name used t<> anchor there.

$ laloal of Lindenberg or bidUii roint of Meade.

II Takoral of Lindenbcrg and Bandy Folnt of Meade.

198

CHIMCAT BIVRat.

I)ack in the mountains whoee waters are disoharge<l over c moraine Tiearly a mile in extent short
distance E. from the liarbor. Mount Labouchen;, directly back from the harbor, rises so abruiitiy a«
to Hui)tend an anfrlo of more than 30° as seen from the shore of the harbor. It is doubtless much
hightr than the fifteen hundreil feet assij^ned to it by Meade.

Anchoraj-e may be had off the bar in fifteen fathoms one mile M"W. by W. from Pyramid Island,
wliere tiie holding-ground is excellent, but the vessel tails into three fathoms with flood tide or southerly
winds. In summer the water here is perfectly fresh. In this vicinity the tfde rises about sixteen feet;
it is H. W. P. and O. at O'' 30°", and the variation of the (ompass, as reported by Meade, is thirty-one
degrees eiwt(!rly in 18()S, against thir'y-five d(^roes in 183S according to Lindenberg.

Pyramid Island Harbor may l)e recognized by Pyramid Island, which is bare of trees, and is tiie
only island away from the shores of the inlet north of Kochu Island, (except a small one immediately
adjacent to the latter,) and which bears nlviut due north from the harbor, and also by Anchorage Point,
which looks like a sand-spit. The shore may l)e approached and the liarbor entered without appre-
hension; after passing the seven-fathom bar at the entrance anchorage may be had in fifteen fathoms.
The grcac height and steepness of Mount Labouchere will make the shore at the head appear nearer
than it is in reality. A caiinery has lieen established here.

Less than a mile al)ove Pyramid Island the McCiellan flats commence, and no vessel should pro-
ceed nortlnvestward from tlie island witliout a load pilot. Over the flats ic is difficult to find a channel
with water enough to float an ordinary ship's launch.

No quicksands were discovered in the flats, where Indians were fearlessly wading, spearing salmon,
when tlie U. 6. naval exploring party visited the place in 1880.

From Pyramitl If land Harbor about W. by N. is Portage Point, which is about a mile south-
ward and westwatxl of the beginning of the jwrtage across the head of Seduction Peninsula.

About two mi' , WNW. from Portage Point U Banohe Point, where the first Iniliau village*
is situated on a f^i'asK,y, wide, alluvial flat, having in the back-ground a 'wld granite j)eak, which is
streak wl above by landslides and wooded l)elow. The village contained sixteen houses and one hun-
dred and seventy-one people.

Westward I'rom the village about seven miles and a half the river turns more to the northward
around Zimoviaf Point, where the river is a mile and a half wide with not over two feet in the
channel, and two-thirds of the distance from the 8W. shore composed of nearly dry flats.

Two .nijes from the village precipitous mountains rise two thousand feet on either side of the
valley. The timber gradually changoe f s the river is ascended, evergreens giving place to deciduous
trees and these to shrubs at len or fifti^fn miles from the mouth. On the southern side of the river
8))ow- .apijcd rugged mountain crests arc noticeable. About five miles from the mouth, on the southern
side of the river valley a river,J flowing from a glacier in the mountains south from Pyramid Island
Harbor, comes into the Chiikat througli a valley six miles long. A little farther up the Takhin
Biver comes in from the WSW. through a broad valley. It receives the flow from several glaciers
in the mountain range south of the vail y, of which the easternmost has been named the Bertha Gla^ior
by the V. S. Navy. This river extends westward about fifteen miles.

Beyond Vanderbilt l*oint the flats and sand-bars which hitherto have ol)structe<l the river bed
give place to numerous low, flat, wooded "islands with shallow channels between them. The current
becomes more rajiid as the channel narrows and runs at times five or six miles an hour. The width
of the river becomes less and its direction up stream more northerly.

The nexi Chiikat village, about five miles from Vanderbilt Point, is called Katkwaltu, (or Kut-
kwut-lu, meaning place of gulls,) contains eleven houses, and had in 1880 a population of one hundred
and twenty-five. Here the valley of the river is about two miles wide, and the mountains on each side
are very steep and about twenty-five hundred feet high. A missionary station adled Willard is now
situate<i at this village.

About three miles above this village the Tairku Bivor comes in from the south. It is a small
stream, draining a good-sifcd lake named Chiikat Lake, which I'es in the mountains between the Takhin
River and the ("iiilkat. About a mile farther up on the left bai.k is the main Chiikat village, called
by its inhabitants Klu-kwan. It has sixty-five houses and some Ive hundred and sixty inhabi ints.
N'early west from the village is a fine peak, 8uppose<l to 1k> about Isur thousand feet high, and callal
Chiikat i\'nk i>y iiie U. S. Navy.

Near tiiis vilhige was situated the observing station Eohklux, at which ih*^ U. k. Coast Survey
observed the total eclipse of the sun August 7, 1869.

The geographical position of Kohklux is

Latitude 59° 23' 4l".l N.

Longitude (in arc) 136° 68' 30" W.

Longit'ide (in time) I O*" 03"'34' W.

* Known ne. Tondutak or TendeBte^a j pro{M!ily Okii-te-ga»-tak-l»eli^th»t is, tlie " village on the eait bank of the rivur. "
t Named by Lindi'iibeijf in 1«38. Spm;?' Ptlnt of ihu U. 8. Nary ui 11*80, ui-t Bpulu Point of the game authoritieH near
th^" Boiitli end ol'Lynn Ciiuiil.
t Khnlzekahin of the Indians.

CHILKOOT •'INLET.

199

g, spearing salmon,

The magretic dip was determined to be 75° 44' on the thirty-first of July, 1869.

Large dei oeits of magnetic iron ore were discoveretl in this vieinitv.

A short d, (tance north and west the T'lehini (or Kluhini) River joins the Chilkat from tlio wwt-
ward. Ihe vil age may be considered at the head of navigation on tlie river, oxo«'pt for cun.KW. The
river is supposed by Lieutenant Symonas not to rise during freslicl.^ more tlian two fiet over it.s Sor,-
tfiinber level, which gives rareJv over three feet in the deepest part of the main clu'nnel. Unfortiuiatel'
tlie only map in existence which gives even an approximately accurate idea of these rivcre imd tlic head
of Lynn Canal is the small sketch which is due to Doctor Arthur Krause. This itself makes no pre-
tence to be more thau a preliminary sketch. It therefore would be premature to attempt to dcscrib;
tliese streams in detail, even were they navigable, for want of sufficient data. A few general remarks,
liowever, may be useful to prospectors and travelers.

The Chilkat Biver* is a shallow stream about fifty miles in length W NW. and E SB., which at
its mouth is indicated to be about two miles in width. It enten the inlet in about latitude 59° 13'
according to oiiservations by the U. S. Coast Survey. This niouth is so choked with sand-iiai-s as to
Ik! practically innavigable for anything except canoes, and the bar at low water appears as if dry dear
across. The rise of tide in the inlet is sixteen feet at springs ; about U'ree miles up the river, at Zimovia
Point, the rise is reported by Lindenberg to be five feet, and two miles farther up only one foot, at the
same time when it is eight feet at the mouth; so it may be supposed that the straiiu fiilis seven feet
in five miles and, consequently, when not filled by the backwater of the tide must (Uirry !>ut a very small
amount of water. This idea is fully confirmed by thn latest advices, and, in fact, from a glance at the
Krause map it is evident that after the spring freshets the river must depend for its flow on the surn-
iner melting of some twenty glaciers, the sinplus of four or five small lakes, and the lociil rain-fall of
its ntrrow valleys, from which it is quit<) eviden*^ n large amount of water cannot be expcctal in this
latitude.

Above tb" T'lcliini River the Chilhat receives the Tahini, and seme ten miles farther up diviilcs
into two parts, both heading to the wc-slward. Here they neail a;)pro.ich branches of a river («lied
Altsekh, which from its |K)sititm majr wdl drain the northeastern ,>art of the Grand Plateau glacier, the
western extreme of which comes to tie f«a-coast near Moun 'Airweather. If this 1m> the case it would
tend to explain a singular error into which Tebienkoff' has fallen in representing the abovc-montioiied
glacier as a rivsr delta under the name of the Alsekh River. The real Altstkh of the interior must
form part of the southernmost Yukon water-shed, and perhaps ( onnccts with the White River.

From tha hesid-waters of the Chilkat a jwrtage a(Toss a w'de valley is made to the narrower
valley of the Frotahini branch of the Altsekh which is ascended to Us head, where the Krotahini Pass
is situated, at a height of fifty-three hundi-ed feet above the sea. Descending on the northorii side the
head-waters of another small branch of the Altsekh are crossefl. and hardly a mile beyond them is
SilvoP Lako, (Dana-aka of the Indians,) about four thousand feet^tbove the sea. From this the
declivity is very steep in a short distance, and the stream is fed by many glaciers from a I'ango east-
wai-d from the lake. All this drains into the West Kussua Lake, a large shcH't of water twenty-seven
hundred feet above the sea. From this the West Pork of the Kussua River flows until it joins with
the East Pork to *'orm the Lewis River, by which, in TOnjunction with the Pelly, MacMillan and
other rivers, t^ j great Biver Yukon of the interior is formetl.

J. ^ Coast Survey

CHILKOOT INLET.

Northeastward of the jieninsula of Point Seduction is Chilkoot Inlet, somcwhii* narrower and
longer than Chilkat Inlet, with which it is in general parallel. It derives its nan'-t from an Indian
village at its head, and is eleven or twelve nii'?s long and from one to two a'.d a half miles wide.
About three miles from Point Seduction is Plat Bay of Krause's chart, callc<'. bv the n.ntives Nakh.
It is a shallow cove of small extent from which low land extends across the peninsula in a westerly
direction. About three miles farther is anothc r smaller cove, marked at the north liy two ].iiuiai'le<l
points. The opposite shore is comiwsed of lofty stee]) mountains, forming the Chilkat Rang'', with
several glaciers in their gorges and one at the head of a nimlerately long narrow valley. The moun-
tains (fulminate at the northwest in Mount ViUard, three thousand seven hundred feet high \>y baro-
metric measurement.

About two and a half miles wts^vard from the l!ist-raention„d cove is Portage Cove.t a .small
liurdly indent^^d cove, on which is the Indian village of Desiiu and a wlii'e settlement containing a
trading post and miss- mi station, named Haines by i!ie Presbyteriair Board of Home Missions.

•Niiired by the Iiullani ii.lmbitiiig it« ImiikR; v«iiou»l.v Bpclle.1 Icliillknt, TiWUU Cliillfulii, (,'liil<al, We., l..v .lim.r..„l
iMllioriticg.

t It is t)i(! Faltt OUlkaht or TiichlUkat Inlet «t' Mcail.'.

{Tl.iH wni. iiamp.l Portave Bay hy \],v tn.de.'H, a u»a>!^ f»ll.)W«l ly ll.« f. S. Nary in tli.ii- dmil, Imm tl.at i.Mni ■ lian l«.,.n
»n otUm UHfid ill til., territory, nntul.ly tor li.e niucli Hii^r un.l ivally iinpoilnni l.av in Kupivaiiolt Maral, iLat H ->-inH '"-ll"-'^"-'
'l.iM.iniimte tl.i« place >b a cove, wlii.li a hmiIIv i., iiiul iiotliiiig more. A »k..teli of it i» tooM.l on I . 8. HvilroKhipliU' OIH.o
Cliiirt No. 882.

200

TAIYA INLET AND THE YUKON POBTAO?5.

The cove derives its name from the fact that there is an excellent trail hence to the lower Chilkat
village over which the Indians transftort their small canoes. It is about seven cables in width, clear
of rocks about the shores, in a NW. and BE. direction, and indents the peninsula about a quarter of a
mile. The depth is from six to twenty fathoms above a bottom of soft mud. The anchorage is in
ten or twelve fathoms about the middle of the cove, with the trading post bearing west about four
cables. The northwestern part of the cove is more shoal with a bottom of rock and sand. No
directions api)ear necesr-^ry. The tide rises and falls about eighteen feet.

Northv estward from Portage Cove is a small settlement, called Tanani, with three houses. The
inlet here expands into two shallow bays, one trending in a westerly direction and the other more to
the northwest. The former receives a short stream, navigable only for canoes, which drains the
Chilkoot or Akha Lake. At the mouth of the stream is the Chilkoot village with eight houses and
one hundred and twenty-seven inhabitants. The lake, of glacial origin, is alx)iit three miles long and
one mile wide, and receives through a valley at its head the drainage. of a glacier ivr>, c?r six miles to the
westward. The other small bay receives a stream from the Ferebee © ■ ,'•« "d by the U. ^.
Navy, which lies at the head of a valley six or eight miles long in a norll jotion.

N. by W. two miles from Portage Cove is the entrance to Taiya"' Inle:. In is is about thirteen
miles long N NW. and S S£. find a mile and a half wide, which received the drainage of ,a number of
glaciers through the Taiya Bi.ver. There is reported to be plenty of water and good holding-ground
up to the mouth of the river, which is navigable for canoes a distance of fieveral miles. The valley of
the Taiya rec-eives the drainage of ten or twelve glaciers. It is about fifteen miles long. At this
distance is a high hut short pass called Shasheki, beyond which a stream, spreading into a number of
little lakes and called the Kotaska, discharges into the East Kuasua Iiake, the latter forming the
source of the East Fo^k of the Kussua Biver, which, joining with the western fork, forms the Lewis
River, a principal affluent of the Yukon.

The natives at the head of Lynn Canal belong to the T'linkit race, who are said to call the region
KunfinA. Tliose of the interior belong to the Tinneh race, and in time past have not, except h few
individuals, l)een jiermittad to reach the sea-ooast by the T'linkit, who, possessing their trade, o^upy
the profitable position of middle men between the Tinneh and the whites.

The first exjieilition of which any record is accessible, and which crossed the divide from the head
of Lynn Canal to the headwaters of the Yukon, was that of George Holt in August and September,
1875. His report was ])ublishecl in some of the western daily papers, but has net been aecer^hle to
the compiler. He debirmined the essential correctness of the Indian accounts of the coun' -li cl.
ihey passed through on their annual trading parties to the vicinity of Fort Selkirk. Tho f*' j^ v.t,
dition, under the protection of a naval party from Sitka, started in the spring of 1880, an<' >t > ...KXinf
of it may lie found in the report of Captain L. A, Beardslee, U. S. N., (47th Congrest l5i s/ .'-r ,
Senate Ex. Doc. No. 71, pp. 69-'65,) to the Seeretjiry of the Navy. It was led by Ectmuuu I;- ' .lu
comprised nineteen individmils. No published report of their explorations has come to hand. A I "1
ex|)e<lition, including George G. liangtry, Patrick McGlinchey and two others, went out ' . 188' a
report of the cxperienct's of this party, including some data in regard to the expe^'ition of .^ -ZO, it V '^"
lislied in the New York Herald, issueofDecem&r 21, ^ 881, dated at Sitka, November 10, 1881. liore
lately Lieutenant F. Schwatka has passed over the same portage and descended the Yukon to its month.

It ap|)ear3 that of the party of' 1 880 only three had the nerve to run the Grand Caflon, terrowl
by Sciiwr.tka the Miles Canon, the others making a portage around it to the lake below it. Tb" l--
five miles l)eIow the end of this lake the party entered the Nas-a-thaoe or No-Salmon River, lich
comes in from ttie soutli and east. They identified this with the Hotalingqua of earlier charts, w[ '
heads near the Tiikii River and has been mistakenly calietl the Tahko. This they ►'■^"•nded some
thirty-five miltw. In 1M81 the party descendetl the Lewis River about thirty miles hcVv tfc;^ mouth
of the Nas-a-tliune, and ascended another which extends nearly parallel with the lafr r r; '■ This
river is caiipd by tiieni the lyon. and they traced it some two hundred miles, finding it .\ :; ... i <-
light-draught steamers at)out eighty miles. A little gold was obtained along the jrhole leiim . &f ihis
i-,tream. Tliis party i-cturned to the Chilkoot Pass late in September without serious accident of anv
kind. The published ri'port of the expedition is 8np|K)sec' to '.<i di'e to McGlinrftey.

Tlie otticiai report of the Schwatka expeditic -i has not yov hcci* lereived, but will doubtless add
much to our kiio\vl(Hlge.

The Yukon has Iweii renohed from the interior of 'iritish Coh .abia byscera! paities by ascend-
ing the North Fork of the Tukn Biver and descending the Ilot-ilipgouu lo its junction wJtI. t"" Lewis,
supiwsed to be not far from Fort Selkirk. This fort was situated at the junction of the Lewis and Felly
rivers, near tlif iiead of navigation on the Yukon, which, according to the names in use, properly begins
at this junction. Fort Selkirk was establish'xl by ilu- Hudson Bay Company, but it interfered with the
trade between the Tinneh and T'linkit, and the latt«ir, enragtid at the loss of their profits, boldly crossed
the mountains in 1851,att)ickwi and <«j)tured the ibrt by stratagem, leaving its garrison uninjured, and
plundered and burneil tiie establishment. In 1867 the explorers of the Western Union Tclegniph
Expedition, ascending the river, found the blackened chimneys of the fort ptill marking the spot

"Nninwl by tli- IiiiliuiiK. Vnrii)ii»l_v h|m>II«i1 Tayay, Ttte, XM^ah, etc.

THE COAST OF ALASKA.

THE MAINLAND NORTHWARD FROM THE ALEXANDER

ARCHIPELAGO.

vil'. doubtless add

II. CAPE SPENCER TO YAKUTAT BAY.

Northward from Cape Spencer* the shore trend j in a generally W NW. direction about twenty-
two milrt to Falma f Bay of Malaspina. These sh'^ -es are bold, rocky, and with a few islets close in.
The shore-line appears rather compact, but presents several projecting knobby points with slight open
indentations of the coast between them. The first of thfise is Astrolabe Point, about eleven miles
NW. by W. from Cape S{)encer. About six miles farther in the 8)»me general direction is another
point, while W. by N. J N. from C ;pe Spencer is Icy Point,| the western extreme of Palnm Bay.
Icy Point is rather low, wooded, rising to a rounded dome toward its summit, which is formed by the
termination of a ridge which extends to the southward from Mount 1^ Perouse, east of the La Perouse
glacier. The bay i= 'insurveyed From six to ten miles off shore it appears quite o|)en witli a small
i^nob or islet in its northern |)art. An islei is located here by Tebienkoff, and also one off the point,
but none was observed in the latter position by the U. S. Coast Survey party in 1874. Seven and a
quarter iniles SW. from Icy Point the U. S. Coast Survey sounded in one hundred and ten fathoms,
sofi' muddy bottom. May 14, 1874. The temjierature of the surface of the sea at the same locality
averaged 48° F., but at a few fathoms below the surfaoe was much colder, and about 32° F. at the
')ottom.

Immediately behind the coast line u > to this point is the southern portion of the range of ilie St.
Eliaa Alpa, which extends wes'iward net riy to the Co|>per or Atna Iliver and includes the lighest
uplifts yet known on the North America i continent. The sides of these alps bear numerous glaciers,
some of great extent, and a few reaching to the sca-beacb itself. Among these is the La Perouse Olaoier,
named by the U. S. Coa&t Siirvev in 187 ). This glacier has its n€v6 situated on a saddle of the range
some eight thos'sand feet above tuv, :^a, nearly due north from Icy Point, from which it (It«(«nd8 very
rapidly during the first three miles, forming a veritable ice cascade at one s[)ot, w! crea black island of
rock projects through it. For the remaining five or six miles of its length the slope is much more
gi idual, and a number of branches are received, from which are derived a number of lateral moraines.
Near the sea it becomes confluent with the foot of the Crillon Glacier and ceases just at the beach,
behind which its foot is seen black with mud, covered with stones and large fragments of nn-k and
about two miles in width. The hills on either side near its foot are wooded ; the alps themselves are
snow coveretl or exhibit bare rock faces without vegetation, and present a spectacle of great grandeur.
Mount La Perouse, on the flanks of which this glacier is situated,§ is, approximately, in

Latitude 88" **' N.

Longitude — 187° 00' W.,

and from observations taken in J 871 ix believed to reach a height of alwut eleven thousand feet. Its
a|)ex inclinee somewhat toward the soutJieti^t and is the highest crag of a massive and irregular uplift

* PnnU d* VUtelMBf a of De Mofru' general ohui.

tBata d* la Pataui on Clmrt No. 3, A as to AlckU 0»ll»no'. Toym«, publiibed in 18«; alio called ley B»y by aoin*

aiithoritiea, a name probably not found on any chart.

{ Namad by Tcbi.nkoff in 1849, Chart VHI; In Kutaian Lohttuol Fotat. Thia haa b«»n calle.l loi Cape ..n ^vral ctn
phHita ; a name alao uaed • ahort diatanee weatwanl nfar Mrunt St. Eliaa. It hax also \mi, ™11.mI Cape Porreit.

« Named by the U. S. (^aat Survey in 1874, after .Tea'- Kranv^l. d« Oall»up de la P<Sr«».e, the celebrated ni.il iinfurtunate
Krcnch navigator who explored these eoaata In 1786.

P. 0. P.— 26 ^^^^'

'* :5

202

LITU¥A BAY.

■a

rather than an isolated peak. It a distiuctly visible from Granite Cove, Cross Sound, and from many
miles away at sea to the SE. The ridge, of which it is one of the more conspicuous elevations, here
. trends NW. for more than six miles. On the WW. side of the saddle irom which the La Perouse
Glacier takes its start is Mount D'Agelet,'* a small, sharp, conical ragged crag about nine thousand feet
in height, four miles NW. from which is Mount Orillon,t rising nearly sixteen thousand feet, (the
mean of many observations being fifteen thousand nine hundred feet,) and presenting from some points
of view a shar{) and pretty regular cone, while from others it appears merely as the most elevated part
of a long sharp ridge or sierra. The foot of this ridge is buried beneath an immense glacier, whose
foot extends in a direction directly transverse to the main axis of the glacier. One part exteivis ji BE.
and raerires with the foot of the La Perouse Glacier ; the other in a westerly direction to the NE.
extreme ' > littiya Bay. South from it, between Lituya Bay and -he foot of La Perouse Glacier, is a
range of i > y wooded hills with some level lana seaward from them. This low land increasef

in width, K. 1 S SW., westward from I^ Perouse Glacier, tlie shore-line trending in a generally

W. } S. directiv^^ i:teen miles to Harbor Point at the entrance of Lituya Bay. Harbor Point, named
by the U. S. Coast Survey in 1 874, is the most southward port of the low land above mi^ntioned, which
from the east and southeast appears like a long low point with some small elevations upon it. In this
way it is very liable to be mistaken for Cape Fairweather, which, on Tebienkoff's chart, is shown
erroneously as \'isible from E. by B. | S. from Harbor Point, whereas it is really not visible until it
bears BE. by E. | E. Ija Perouse correctly represents the shore in the vicinity of Harbor Point as pro-
jecting southward, while Tebienkofl* indicates an indentation here. The latter has unfortunately b^n
followed on most charts. From the southward Harbor Point is very inconspicuous, but may be recog-
nized by two small miimmillated hills, densely wooded, which lie behind it, IT. by E. and IT TSTB., and
have been called The Papa. Mount Crillon bearing HE., Cape Fairweather W KW., and the entrance
of the harbor N. by E. ^ E., the U. S. Coast Survey sounded in 1874 in twenty-five fathoms. Codfish
were abundant on this bank.

Harbor Point forms the eastern point of entrance to a remarkable bay named by the Russians

Lituya I Bay from the name in use by the natives. The bay had been visited by Russian hunting

parties before La Perouse, who*found the frame of one of their baidars there, (though

Lttaya Bay. lie did not reoi^nize the fact,) but to him is due moet of our knowledge in regard to it.

Since then the bay has been entered by a whale ship commanded by Capt. E. P.

Herendeen and by the U ">. Coast Survey schooner Yulmti in 1874.

Lituya Bay extends from its entrance about six miles in a NB. by V. i H. and BW. by 8. \ 8. direc-
tion, with a width varying from two-thirds of a mile to two miles and an average of a mile and a quarter.
At the point above mentioned two arms averaging less than a mile wide are given off, of which the north-
ern one trends about N W. by W. ^ W. about tour miles and the southern one about E. ^ 8. about four and
a half miles. The bay therefore is roughly T-shaped. The entrance to the bay would naturally be about
a mile wide, but is nearly cloued by :;pitB extending from the original shores. From the western angle of
Harbor Point, forming the eastern point of entrance, and called Bouth or luihnoi Point by Tebienkofi*,
the spit is short, composed of shingle, large boulders and rocks, probably originally brought down by
floating ice from the u{)per part of the bay. The spit extends south from the extreme end of the point
one cable, and is nearly all bare at low water and bold-to except in one spot. There are several large
high rocks, which must be bare at all tides. The largest one of these, nearly on the extreme southern
edge of the spit, was named Cormorant Rook by La Perouse, whose representation cf the entrance, how-
ever, very imperfectly represents the present condition of things. From Cormorant Rock W. by V. } V.
thTee hundred yards, and in one with the west shore of Harbor Point at the top of the beach bearing
N. , } N., is Pasmge Rock, a siU/inerged rook, the only one noticed by the Coast Survey party of 1874 on
th>s side of the passage at low water. It is a single boulder with six fathoms alongside of it. Between
this and the danger line SW. from it is die narrowest part of the entrance, which here does not
exceed three hundred yards and carries four to six fathoms water, shoaling gradually from thi6 sub-
merged rock south westward. The southwest margin of the channel, unlike that of the one abo^'o
described, has no distinct boundary, but rapidly shoals to six feet at low water over a bottom strewn
with large boulders, mostly visible from aloft at low water though not dry. It is evident that the
eastern margin of the channel should be kept aboard. The bank of boulders and shingle extends
clear around this point with an average width of a cable, but is narrower just within the entrance north
and northwest from the point.

From the northwestern headland of the bay extends a long spit, called by La Perouse La Ohauaaee,
first about a qjuarter of a mile in a SB. by B. } 8. direction, then curving half a mile to the B BE. high-
water mark is reached, from which to low-water ma;-k a stretch of boulders and shingle extends two
cables BE. by S.

*Mani«d hj the IT. S. Cout Snrvty, alUr th« Mtrouom«r of Lft PirauM't axpadltion.

tNMn«d by La PtrouM in 17fl8, aftwr * French lOaistar o.'tho Marin*.

t The original form ig b*l!«v«d to ba mt-t«-y«h, aooantcd on the list lylUble, whioL. j been Kpvliwi Unya, Altajra, AUtuya
and Attoiw. It waa called Fort dM Fnwoata by La Peronse, Attaa Baala by Orewiogk, Uaa lay by Ghilianu, and ia lcllll^^M
to (oniv of the wbalerR a* rrfilffeaHUl's lay. The name tkcetor haa alao been a(>pliad to it uiidar a niaapprehenaion.

and from inanv
elevations, here
the La Peroiisc
ne thousand feet
>U8and feet, (the
■om some points
>Bfc elevated part
e glacier, whose
textev.'iH jSSK
kion to the NE.
use Glacier, is a
land increases
g in a generally
>r Point, named
i^ntioned, which
pon it. In this
chart, is shown
; visible until it
or Point as pro-
brtunately been
it may be recog-
ind N NS., and
ud the entrance
lonw. Codfish

>y the Russians
Russian hunting
9 there, (though
in regard to it.
>y Capt. E. P.

>y S. J S. direc-
e and a quarter,
rhichtheuorth-
. about four and
;urally be about
vestern angle of
by Tebienkoff,
Jught down bv
nd of the point
r« several large
breme southern
entrance, how-
W. bv N. } N.
beach bearing
rtyof 1874on
r it. Between
here does not
from this sub-
the one at .">'•?
l)ottom strewn
ident that the
ingle extends
ntoanoe north

Ia Obauasee,

'■ X 8B. high-
B extends two

s., .

--:<?^vt-it

^■!,-i

^*r

ft 3

■.i'/.,«M'

!«S.bjrH.jj(

Altnya, AUtuya
0, Mill ta kiiiiw ji
imion.

tIE.bvN )N

Mount Fairweather N K. 4 N.

/tyam II ilinrli hr AaLjIaU i,i IDTi I

NRWE.

Kniram-c, Liliiva BiV.

f Frion a ikrU-h hjt Alut ItitU in /37i

- tA'a

.: ?

' ■'/»

V'v.4

^ ■-■■

*
.'*'

.sr*^:''

I.' in \, ^ .

r PoiXH.

.. ■ ■...!,

. t ■ • •:.vr<>*1 >n«(oM.

. -■ E. an.J ^
W TSfW., ami '. .

i
!

Vv^^.f v.>^*^'

/y^f;^-T';77'?^'r1

f:?

H. i 8,. ftb(

Oil tiie *■:

^"'^t^ft,

^m^^i

f^-'.y

.;,:li. nvi'

i^ :

.,*«W.??1B«BW'^w^P^--

LITUYA BAY.

203

Beyond this m an area covered with otie to three fathoms at low water, which extends a little east-
ward from the sonth— north tangent of the eastern spit, and is 8trewe<l here and there with lanre
boulden of which the tops in a few cases dry out at low water.

This spit, rising two to twelve feet above high-water mark, is nearly level. Alwut half of it is
grassy, the remainder composed of bare boulders. On the grassy part are two small eluni|w of low
spruce trees. Near and B NX. from the southeastern clump was situated the astranomical station of
the IJ. 8. Coast Survey in 1874, thirty metres from the north heacli and eighty-six metres from the
south beach of the spit at high-water mark. From it the two ends of Cenotaph Island boir, re»pe<*i vely,
W. a»° ■. and H. 48° ■. The astronomical position of the station was determinetl to be

Ziatitade 68° 36' 67" N.

ZK>ngltude 187" 40' 08" w.

The variation of the coraiutss was 80° 18' easterly in 1874, with a presumed annual deereate of
about 1'.

The variation in 1786 was 38° easterly and the dip 74°.

The range of the tides observed here was about six feet, May 15-19, 1874, La Peroiise obst-rved
seven and a half feet range at full and change, and it was high water at one hour after the moon's
pfissage.

The entrance of Lituya Bay and a reduced sketch of the whole Imy are represented on V. S. Coast
Survey Harbor Chart No. 742.

Northward from the middle of the spit and E. } S. from the little hill at the NW. end of it is
Anohorage Cove, about three cables in extent, and a convenient anchorage in five to seven fatlioms
water over a hard sandy bottom. Between this anchorage and the entrance the depth is from five to
seven fatlioms at low water.

On the opposite shore just within the entrance is another much smaller indentation with a sand
beach, behind which is a small fresh-water pond. This cove is shoal and has only about fourteen feet
of water in it some distance from the beach. Formerly there was a settlement, or at least some houses
hereabouts, beyond which in the woods La Perouse observed a sort of cemetery or T'linkit place for
the ashes of the dead. In 1874 there was nothing visible except a few tomla of wootl near the beach.
There were a few temporary huts on the WW. shore of Anchorage Cove. From outside the entrance
of the bay, looking north into it, there are visible a flat spit in front ; to the N NE. the Paps rising
out of densely wooded lowlands; similar lowlands with small irregular hills gradually rising inland
N NW.; at a distance of four or five miles on the NW. shore rises a pretupitous rocky face to the
height of several thousand feet, the mountain of which it is an exposure declining to the northward
and westward. This is marked by a curious line or break in the rock, also visible in the to|)ography
westward from the precipice, which from the middle of the rocky wall dips to the W SW. at an angle
of about five degrees. Behind this mountain, and dwarfing it, rises, beyond the arras at the head of
the hay, the magnificent sierra-wall of alps which culminates elsewhere in the j)eaks of Crillon and
Litnya. Down its precipitous slope five or six glaciers fall in true i«! cascades to the water's edge.
The syenitio rocks of which it is composed are bare of vegetation and indescribably ragged and broken.
Opposite the rocky precipice previously described is another mountain, but more rounded and less
high. Between these two is the gate to the two arms forming the upjier bay, through which two of
the ice cascades are visible from the sea outside the bay. (See view.)

Northward from the coves at the entrance the bay is diminished in width to three-<iuart*rs of a
mile, northward of which it expands again to a width pf about two miles, the water dee|>ening at the
same time to about one hundred fathoms, hard sandy bottom. Northward it slowly contracts until
at its inner termination from which the two arms branch off it is again ulwut a mile wide and verv
deep. Close to the shore La Perouse obtainetl seventv-nine fathoms. The shores of the arms are Iwld,
the topography precipitous, a large glacier occupies the head of each arm— that to the westward is the
foot of the Crillon Glacier. The water is extremely deep and frequently coveretl with small In-rgs
detached from the glacial cascades. This ice floats down the bay with the tide, and with a favonilile
wind fragments reacii the Pacific. There is some reason to belie\T that in winter the bay freezes over,
and when this iw breaks up ice gorges occasionally form in the contracted portion near the entrance,
backing up the waters of the bay behind them, as drift and evidences of flootling and wii«hing were
observed along the shores by the U. S. Coast Sur\'ey party in 1874 to a height of at least ten feet above
liigh-water mark. The ravines show evidences of freshets when the snow melts, but in May wc^re
mostly dnr, and little running water was observe<l, though there are a good many little ponds or
lagoons of fresh water a short distance in from the beach in low places. Brushwood extends up to the
snow line, and all the lower hills and levels are densely wooded with spruce, hemlock, willow, alder
and birch. The water of the bay is discolored by melting i(« mixed with mud derived from the
Klaciers. , «. . 1. 1

On the northwest shore of the lay above the coves La Perouse and Tebienkoff indicate aiichorage
in several places with six to eighteen fathoms water. A mile and three-<iuarters almut NNB. trom

! *::1

204

LITUYA BAY.

Ancliorage Cove Russian authoritio8 indicate a small buat harbor with two and a half fathoms water.
Ah a rule the Hhores appear to lie free from hidden dan^re except very close in toward the beaoh.

Two and three-quarters miles TH NE. from the entrance and nearly in the middle of the bey is
Cenotaph * Island, nametl by La I'eruuse, who erected thereon a monument or cenotaph in memory
of his officers and men who were lost in the Irare or tidal wave at the entrance of this bey. Thin
monument was situated on the southeastern point of the islaml, which has been termed Cenotaph Point
on that account. This island is about three-quarters of a mile long W NW. and ■ SI. and half a
mile wide. It is composed of a soft sandstone rock, depressed in the middle and risine somewhat less
than one hundred feet to two knobs, one at each end. Its northern shore is marked by large rocks
and rocky platforms extending two or three cables from the beach. The other shores are l)older without
off-lying rocks. There are no boulders, erratic blocks or glacial markings on the rocks of this island,
which is densely wooded. No trace of the wooden cenotaph remained in 1874.

At the narrow entrance in rough weather the breakers, except at slack water, extend clear across,
and in moderate weather there are breakers on Itoth spits. Slack water varies in length from twenty
minutes to two hours, occording to the character of the tide (which is complex) and the direction of the
wind. In perfectly calm weather the iiooming tide show- « 'joref of considerable magnitude, ami the
same is true with the first part of the ebb, especially when the wind is from the southward. It is only
practicable to pass through the entrance at slack water. Once in the tide-way, the vessel is carried
through instantly and as if sailing down hill. The narrow part of the entrance is only about a cable
in length, beyond which there is no danger.

Q he entrance to this bay, inconspicuous in itself, ia easily recognised by the vicinity of Mount
Crillon, Lituya Peak]; at tlie head of the northwest arm of the bay, and Mount F^iirweather, Cane
Pairweather from the southeastward has the appearance of a low-cut slipper seen in profile; on tiie
cast side of the entrance the tsvo Paps form an excellent mark.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR UTUYA BAY.

T» Bnter. — When off the entrance bring the top of the easternmost rounded low woody hill, on
the west side of the entrance of the bay, to bear N VW. and keep on that course until within the
entrance about two cables, when the oourse will be about W ITW. for Anchorage Cove, where anchorage
will be had in the middle of the cove in five and a half or six fathoms, the eastern clump of spruce
trees on the spit bearing about SW. by W. No attempt should be niade to enter with a steamer except
at slack water, and sailing vessels are advised to wait for slack water of ebb tide.

The least depth on the above course in the narrow part of the entrance is six fathoms at low water,
and it lies at about the eastern third of the width of the passage.

IV £en«e (he Bav. — Take the end of an ebb, or the slack water immediately after high water, and
steer S8E. to pass one-third of the way from Cormorant Rock toward the breakers off the long spit.

A course S. | E. in the western third of the passage, as recommended formerly, carries nearer to
the most dangerous breakers and clears only four and a half fathoms water.§

This bay, as described by La Perouse, is one of the n-c^t extraordinary places in the world. It is
in facta sort of Yosemite Valley, retaining its glaciers and with its floor fubmerged six or eight hun-
dred feei. The upper part ha<< been only approximately surveyed, but from the cursory olwervations
made in 1874 it is evident his chart is in the main correct.

There are few fish, except halibut, in Lituya Bay, but wild animals, birds and seal appeared quite
abundant in 1874. There is no permanent village here, and perhaps never has been, but parties of
natives going north or south put in here to camp quite frequently. Strawl)erries and numerous other
kinds of berries are plenty in their season, and in June wild flowers are abundant.

NW. J W. about two and a half miles from the outermost projection of the western Lituya spit
is the mouth of the Huagin River, a small stream called Riviere aux Saumons by Ijbl Perouse. During
the fishing season there is an Indian camp here.

About sixteen miles NW. by W. ^'W. from Harbor Point is Cape Fairweather;|| between the
two the coast curves inward slightly, forming a shallow bight with a shore composed of boulders,
the Oaatilla Bay of Malaspina and De Mofrar atlas ; the narrow strip of low land netween it and tlie

* Yalolinol or Bs( Iilaal of Tebienkoff.

t On the 13tb of July, 1786, two boats of La Perouse containing six oiBcera and Ktteen men were overtaken by the bore in
tb« punge-way with the ebb tide and lo«t. Another boat passed safeljr through the breakers.

t Wrongly marked Mount Crillon on Ai early edition uf U. 8. Coaat Survey Chart No. 701.

$8ee U. 8. Coast Surrey Harbor Chart Mo. 742, Litnya Bay and Entrance.

g Named by Cook in 1778, (vol. ii, p. 346;) L'taya Oav* of Tebienkoff; Oap« d« BMWWmps of Oe Moftaa; OatWttlwOap
of Orewingk, and Xhorotlil-pagodl of tiie Russians.

'^^^9

nd clear acrosH,
th from twenty
direction of the
initude, ami the
ard. It is only
vessel is carried
[y abont a cable

woody hill, on
intil within the
rhere anchorage
Jump of spruce
I steamer except

ns at low water,

srries nearer to

le world. It is
X or eight hun-
>ry observations

I appeared quite
I, but parties of
numerous other

r;|| between thfi
\ed of boulders,
ween it and tlie

aken by the bore in

nw; OatwtttwOftP

COAST

lrUYAT3AY TO YAK (IT AT liAY

! (l<ti«iii(«ti authiiritifH wilji i-nrrft-Uuusi
by Uii) U. S.CoajiL Survpy)

.^.W

ibh;;

•OUNOINftt IN rATHOMt

/
A^

,f'\<f

,.\"' •>'

____J82!1

r ,«.^»«*

'^5"^

.l^.^^!^

..n

T"!,* rt* M-^ I'*''I4

<"nAsr
PMVOMlJTrYA BAY TO YAK H TAT liAY

MuNNiiui mil hofitii'fi with fiirt-citiitiiH
hv thn U. S r*n*«l Survi«y)

NfnitiujU MileB

T
I

,■■\■,•..yti•.'^r>.^■■{y^ft^•, i•»W^.«»rtM*5!^*'--.^^••-!■■**•i■^■«" •"'•'■;■

vT-wji^ifPpiipS?'

,-.v c-v!^-j,....->?>);*;' ■^'/.T^rjtt^te*'^^?'*!:^'^?^"*

r» I'!

■A

■■s^M-ti»W-HW^->-.:it<yv4rt»<^«»-»^«>/^«»T*W^ffyVW "

■tj"!?!!?;-

MOUNT FAIBWEATHEK.

205

.■4

foot of the mountains being densely wooded. Cape Fairweather is an evenly rounded point, with tin
elevation behind it sloping gently to the sea and abruptly to the mountains, which, v.ith the low land
behind it in profile, resembles the front part of a low slipper. The summit of tiie cajx' is bare of
vegetation, and indicates the presenct ^here at some previous time of a glacier, which has left its tracks
in large heaps of glacial drift piled irregularly, some '>f it of a bright iron-rust r«l color. Water
runs through the beach in sevtial places, and it is not improbable that, underneath all the glacial debris
and protected by it from the sun, there may still exist large masses of ice.

From Cape Fairweather NE. i N. al)out thirteen miles is Mwnt Fairweather,* one of the most
.•emerkable of the Saint Elias Alps, This mouiit»in seen from the SW. shows a middle angular summit
with a high shoulder on each side of it. Tl.. se send down three high ridges with glaciers l)etween
them. SE. from the mountain is a deep ain'ious valley, which appears to divide the la.ige and is quite
filled by a large glacier. Westward the range is much broken and considerably lower. Mount Fair-
• weather is wooded to the height of about four thousand feet. The SW. foot of the mountain with its
glaciers comes down into a valley which is lower than the wooded low lands between it and the sea.

Accordins to the observations of the U. S. Coast Survey iu 1874. Mount Fairweather is fifteen
thousand fiv-. '-.undred feet high (with an uncertainty of about one hundred and fifty feet) and situated in

Latitude 58° 54' 24" N.

Longitude il37° 30' 59" W.

It is believed to be slightly lower than Mount Crillon, but being more isolated presents a grander
spectacle. Between it and Cape Spencer the peaks of the Saint Elias Alps are i\» follows : First, a small
double peak; second, Lituya Peak; third, a small single peak; fourth. Mount Crillon; fifth, Mount
Ija Perouse, liigh and '■r>!ii at the top; sixth and last, a small single peak. There are numerous other
summits of courf,e, but the above mentioned are those which rise alwv i the general level of the range.
Northward fror.i Fairweather to Yakutat Bay there are no remarkable peaks, the range averaging five
to eight thousand feet, with nearly uniform summits and rugged surface.

From Cui>e Fairweather the coiist turns to t!ie northward for some four miles to a point where
the Fairweatner group sends a spur to the wator's edge. Just beyond this, NW., is a valley filed by a
good-sized glacier,t separatetl from the sea by a wooded bank about forty feet high tjjrough which sev-
eral streams cut their way. There is a smaller glacier in the same valley a good way farther up.
West from this "alley another spur comes down to the beach. These ridges are all woodetl. Fn)m
the first mentioned the shore trends westward for tw.enty miles, forming a bay with soundings in twenty
to fifty fathoms over a smooth muddy bottom. Beyond the second spur is the seaward face of an
immense glacier, called by La Perouse La Grand Plateau, and referred to in the voyages of Cook and
Vancouver, who, however, did not realize its character. From the mast-head of the IJ. S. Coast Sur-
vey schooner Yukon in 1874, seventy-five feet above the water, no end could be seen inlaud to this
vast plain of ice, nor could any high land be seen north from it. Near the l)each the Grand Plateau
glacier is four or five miles wide and bounded on the west by a spur of the mountains. In front of
the glacier is a narrow woodetl bank about fifty feet high with no low land in front of it. The mid-
die part of this bank opiK)site the axis of the glacier is grassy but bare of t/ees. Several small streams
cut through it. The highest part o he Grand Plateau glacier (which appears to the eye almost level)
visible from the vessel was estimnt°a to rise about two hundred feet above the sea. The spur of the
mountains west from it rises abo i, tliree thousand feet, with rounded outlines, bare of snow, (in May,)
well wooded below and grassy aoove. Near the beach there are some abrupt cliffs intersec^ted by a deej)
gorge with a stream in it and a higher rocky and partly snow-covered mountain behind the head of the
gorge. From this spur, which trends iu a generally nortlierly direction from the sea, a low ridgt makes
out in a westerly direction two or three miles with gradual slope to the level of a low, flat, wooded
plain, a strip of which, about a mile wide, intervenes between this ridge and tlie sea.

Northward a-id westward from the ridge is Dry BBy,J named by the U. S. Coast Survey in 18<)9.

Xnmed by Cook iii 1778, ivul. ii, p. 34r).) Oora Kboroshl-pagodl f tht RiiPHiiiii ll^ilrnirropliic Office Cliart No. 1:178.

tThiF glaci*r is the KokbTiiglni. River of Ti'liienkoff'ii CImrl VII of 1.' '9. TliiTe ix no river except the water from the gliicier,
whiih refihes ivitliin a very nhort <li9liiiice of the sen.

, ,U a coiiip«riitivel3 ithciri dijitpiiva off shore the phihi ir. below the horizon, the spur east from it nppeam like ii projecl'.ng
point, Ii.- Bolimrv knob like -.ii ishmd, nbile the mountain range beliiml fullills the KJniililude of a hay with an inlanil in It.
Cook saw t.'lis in 177M, and (wippoving it to he the bay with an inland in it in which licrinjr anchored on the tiOth of Jnly, l*ll)
named it Baling Bay. Yhis name van adopted bv Malnspina, Di.fim and olherH, ami fonnd a p'.we upon their charts at lleering'a
or Buhring'« Bay. It is now kn.Hvn that Bering ancliored west from Kayak or Kaye Island, near the nninth of the (Nipper or
.^Ina Kiver, but Iheso IiM-igatori were unaware of it. I.n I'eronse was the lirst to apprnanh the coast near enongli to see that there
is really no bay in whicli a vosnet nould enter. He put it on liis chart with tolerable accuracy and called it BabrlliK'i RlTer. The
map of Tebiunkoff for this region a asti liisl.iiigly ina-'curate, and represents a triangular flat traverseil l)y five rivers, the Tl«f an,
Taaltnus, KimaltaKl, Vankar^ia «'"• lakanjUia, wbicli are represented as mouths of a sixih, the Alukli RlT«r. 'J his seeina
to have been drawn from reports, in which the (irand I'lateau glacier and the lagoon of Dry Day with its nmnuriMis nioulhs had
been confmiiided or confused together. It iius already been noticed (page !!«•) llial an .\lsekh or Alisekh Kiver does riie on the
opposit.. aide or <li*Be moiintf'.ns and f\inv tow,irdthe Yukon basin, and it is not improbable uat some Indian report of this may
have added to the coiifosiun of the aiUbor and occasioned the use of thename here. Dry Hay, by some typographical ernir, wai aUo
caUel fitaUowBay iu the jld Alaska Cuast I'ilot of 1869. Thia region Is represented on U. 8. Coast Survey Harbor Chart No 7.5! ,

*•)

20G

DRY BAY.

It is an irref^ularly-shaped lagoon varying in size according to the season, in parts very shallow and
discharging by a number of mouths into the se^. The bay is ten or twelve miles long E. and W. and
half as wide, with numerous isiands and banks in it which have not been surveyed, one of which has in
its middle a black knob or butte with rocky precipitous sides and timbered above. It is entirely
separated from the high land in the vicinity and appears several hundred feet high. The streams which
flow from Dry Bay are navigable for boats and canoes, but have bars at their mouths which require
great care to pass over, as the sea generally breaks on them. The Indians, however, get their large
canoes, forty to sixty feet long, in and out by selecting their time, and it' is rejwrted that once inside
there is continuous or nearly continuous navigation by these streams »nd lagoons behind the sea beach
all the way to Yakutat.

The sea in this vicinity is usually discolored by milky water from the glacial streams, which,
in 1874, covered the surface to ten miles off Cape Fairweather with a thin stratum through which
the blue water boiled up in the vessel's wake. About twenty-eight miles westward from Cape *
Fairweather a rather large stream enters the sea over a well-mark id bar. This entrance is. indi-
cated by a small bluff or dune on the right bank at I'.ie mouth of the stream, which is higher than
any other elevation on the shore of this flat and even plain. The soundings are very even. At
twenty-two miles off the coast on the parallel of Cape Fairweather the depth is only seventy-three .
fathoms.

From the dune or bank above mentioned the shore extends in a westerly direction forty-five miles
to Ocean Cape. This shore recedes slightly northward ut about half that distance, and hereabouts
Meares anchored in 1787, in twenty-seven fathom^', while the natives came off in canoes to trade.
Meares named the locality Tianna* Beads. This stretch of shore is thickly wooded near the sea, with
more open spaces inland. The alps which bound it to the north at a distance of seven to ten miles
from the sea carry humerous glaciers. A very large one N NE. from Dry Bay lias five affluents.
Westward from these there are six others within a distance of thirty miles, several of which have
branches; one is quite large and reaches to the summit of a saddle in the range. These glaciers spread
out fan-like near the foot of Uie parent range, and from them is derived the water which fills the
numerous lakes and streams previously referred to.

It is stated that these waters are very rich in salmon in their season, and there are several T'linkit
villages at favorable localities. One of these was visited about ten years since by the master of a
whaling vessel at anchor in Port Mulgrave, and by him reported to be the largest, finest and most clean
Indian village he had seen in all his experience of the coast. The population was large, the houses
well built, solid, adorned with paintings and carvings of wood, and expressly adapted for defense.
Most of these people remain in their villages, small parties going out on hunting and trading expedi-
tions or to kill seal near the glaciers of Disenchantment Bay. They are treacherous and warlike
and have committed a number of murders merely for plunder. Navigators in small trading vessels
who may be visited by them should therefore be on their guard and never allow them to spend the
night on board. What is known of this r^ion is represented on U. 8. Coast Survey Harbor Chart
No. 767.

Ocean Cape,t which terminates the southwestern extreme of the low land above referred to, is the
southern angle of Cape Phipps, and is composed of a low bank or gravel bluff thirty to fifty feet high,
nearly perpendicular toward the sea and sloping rapidly northward. In front of it is a shingle beach
and several rocks extending off southward and marked by kelp. In rough weather there are heavy
breakers extending half a mile off shore on l)oth sides of Ocean Ca{)e, and at a distance of two diiles
there is only thirteen fathoms of water over a sandy bottom. The land behind the cape is quite thickly
wooded with spruce trees of moderate size.

About twenty miles westward from Ocean Caiie is Point Manby of Vancouver, the exact position
of which is doubtful, since Vancouver's position has been shown to be inaccurate by observations made
by the U. S. Coast Survey in ISSO.J This point ap^Ksars low at the water's edge, with a few willows
near the shore, immediately behind which is a hill or bluff, flat on top, rising abruptly, and apparently
composed of glacial debris.

* After tlie Sandwich iBlaiid chief wlio wu a pii*8enger with him. Tlie name ban b«en misprinle*! DUuui 1
tNaoKHl l).r TebienkdIT' Morakoi (Omui or Bea) C«p« in 1649, Originall^r the uaine of Cape Pliipps, given in 17H6in
lionor of the Honorable INniatuiiline Julni Pliipps, Baron Mulgrave, appeiire to have been intended \>y Dixon for the whole of
that arm of land south from tlie entrance of Port Mu.grave. Tu the northern angle of it he gave the name of Pelat Ouraw.
There can be no doubt that liy moat of the older hydi ographerc the name of Phipps Was applied to whatia here callml Ocean
Cape. B,v Kromchenko, in 1833, the name uf Cape Phippn whs applied to the p()int called Carrew by Dixon. The usage of the
Coaxt Surve/'chartR since IHfltt will be followed here, making I'oint Carrew the northern, Cape Phippn the westeni, and Ocean
Cape tne southern angle of titis point of land.

This is Peiat 6» te Bonaaol* of I <i' Perquse, Bolahol (Orsat) Point of Tebienkoff, Oabo Saa XUas of Oallano's AiIsh
and Russian Hydrographio Office Chart No. 1378. The observittiunn of the I'. S. Coast Surrey, while InHuffloient to correct
the chart, give reason to believe that the western shore of YakutuI Day is farther west and Disenchantment Bajr farther north
lian any of the charts show, but as the observations were chiefly oompuss bearings Ibey need to be uonUrmed with h more ex<Ml
'mstruineot. ^

YAKUTAT BAY.

207

Between Ocean Cape and Point Manby is the entrance to the Bay of Yakutat, a deep indenta-
tion of the shore, named simply Yakutat by the T'linkit tribe whicli inhabits its shores.* Tiiis Iwy is
about twenty miles long in a N. and S. direction and ten ur twelve miles wide, with a greatest depth
probably not much exceeding one hundred fathoms.

The land on both sides of the bay for two-thinls its length is moderately low ; the flanks of the
mountains are only reached near its northern jwrt. The western shore is compact, and as far as known
has not more than one small island near the mouth of a considerable stream which Aows at the base of
iu". foot-hills of the Saint Elias Alps. The eastern shore is lower, with a number of island" (^ordering
it, among which are several anchorages.

Beginning r.t Ocean Cape the shore rounds to the northward a'ud northwestward about two miles
and a half to Cape Phipp, comjjosed of the gravel bluff before refcrn^d t^, off which rocky shoal* and
rocks extend at least a mile, marked by breakers in most weather. Thence to Point Carrsw of Dixon
the direction is more to the eastward, and the/o»t/ yronnd, if anything, extends even farther westward.
Fron\ Point Carrew the SW. point of Khsiitaak Islandf bears about N. | E. about a mile and a quarter.
Between the two is the entrance to De Monti Bay of Galiano,]: a passage ieuding. between the islands
and the mainland, and trending hereabouts two or three miles in an ensV-rly irection with an average
width of a mile. In mid-channel betwe?n Southwest Point and Point Carrew the U. 8. Coast Survey
sounded in eighty fathoms.

From Point Carrew N£. by E. about two miles is the SE. point of Khantaak Island, named Point
Turner by Dixon § in 1787.

This is a low narrow gravel spit half a mile in length, of which the eastern part is grassy and bare
of trees. South from it the water is shoal and only reaches three fathoms at low water at a distance of
two and a half cables 8. from the shore.

* The south shore of Khantaak Island between Point Turner and Southwest Point is nearly straight,
with a low wooded bank behind it, tli< beach of boulders or shingle, and shoaling off very gradually
lo the distance of a cable. The material of the beach is doubtless of glacial origin and includes some
very large erratic boulders of pure white marble, whioli from a little distance look like large blocks of
ice on the strand. As far n \mi there are no off-lying dangers.

The southern shore of ^ ' i Ray extends in an easterly direction from Point Carrew about a

mile to the entrance of Ankau (. k.

' This part of the shore is mostly lompo- 1 of a wooded, perp iw! ular, gravel bluff of no great
height, with a shingle beach at its foot, v.' ,, h ohould not be .ippoa<iied within a cable and a half,
Ankau Creek is about two cables wide at its mon^li, with a dej> '^ n; »r the entrance variously stated at
from one and a half to three fathoms at low water. Its eastern point of entrance was nanuKi Point
Gtorda by Malaspina in 1791 . Within, the creek is very tortuous with mimerfxis islands, passigcs and
ramifications, quite differently represented on different charts. The . a\\ is (rom one to six fathoms.
In many places there are overfalls, whirls and dangerou M\^ at certain stages of the tide. The
creek extends nearly to the ocean beach on the SE. ( ilie nairow neck .separating them, in the
beginning of the century, the Russians established the No* arassi (New Bussia) trading post or settle-
ment, which about 1803 was destroyed by the T'linkit and the iniuibitants murdered. This settlement
contained seven buildings defended' by a stockade, and five .others outside. Even the site has not been
seen by white men for half a century. . .

At its southeastern extreme Ankau Creek connectr ^ e ndand navigation which extends

behind the oceanic shore, as previously described, as fat as i iJay, still unexplored.

The principal island on the east side of Yakutat Bay is Khantaak Island, adopted by Tebienkoff
from the native name,! and is about seven miles long in a N. and S. direction and m general not over
a mile in width, but very irregular on its eastern and rather compact on its western side. The latter is
more or leas curved and indented with a few visible rocks near it, and shoals off gradually with a
boulder bottfjm to the depth of three to five fathoms one-quarter to half a mile westward from the beach .

• ThiB bay was diMov.red and named Bala dt Monti, after one of hia offlcera, by La Peroua., but only partly explored by
bin in 1786; Dlxou in the followiuB year name.i it Admiralty Bay. C.nk did not .e.- it, but Vancourer, finding Coolt . nan., of

Bering Bay Inapplicable to Dry Bay and .uppoaing Yakutat t« have b , the place where Berng anrlmred, rejected Dixon a

name and call«d it Brtirliig Bay. On Malaaplnaa chart Gallano calla It BaUa Almlralty after Dixon. Khromchenko, in 1883,
adopted the native n«ne of Takutat, and ha. been followed by other Ru«.laa autl.oritie.. It appear, alao on rar.ou. chart, a.

Bahrlag, Amlranta, and JaknUt Bay.

t OaboM«no« of Malaapina; B.W. Point of Tebienkoff. , , . ..

{Thi. modified .pf\\J.,n of La PerouaeV nan,., adopted by Oaliano on the chart, of Ma «plna. roya«e and al.0 m the
AtlJ of D. Mofh», hL^he advantageof pre«,rvi„g.n hiatoricnan,e and aUorfnammg apart of thebay wbi^^^^^^

have requinrd a new name, .inc. no other ha. been applied to it. The form u«d by «»''»''" ;"• "'.^X-.^fnl on Ru-ian
. « After hi. mate June. Turner. It Ik curiou.ly mi-trandated into Ru..mn a. Tumin, (PoTWOtnol) PoUit on Ru».an

HydroipraDbic Chart No. 1378, in Khromchenko'. plan. , . , , , , , ui .i

KLi .yMalaapinain i7m.for the TMinkit chief i^kauorAnoaa who ...^^^^

.urve, ; . EaUro ««1 An«» on the chart, and Antan iu the text, of the Viage But.l y Mex.oan. h, Ouiano, in 1808, p. oxfl.
*I "B"^-«fc If Uuid of uiin<> charts.

■ • i,-

208

PORT MULfeRAVE.

This shore should not be approached without oaution, as there may be off4ying rocks. Khantaak Island
is generally low and nearly level, rising forty or fifty feet above the sea, highest to the SW. and grad-
ually falling in the opposite dirjctioi it is composed of mixed boulders, gravel and cliy, doubtless
glacial detritus, and is densf-Iy wooded with a growth of Sitka spruce of moderate size. On the clay
forming its surface are numerous pools of water.

The waters between Fhantaak Island and the main shore eastward from it are much obstructed
by shoals and rocks. Among these are several snug harbors. The most accessible of these lies north
of Point Turner and was named by Dixon Port liulgrave."' It is about three-
Port Mulgrave. quarters of a mile long WW. by W. J W. and SE. by E. J E. and a quarter of a mile
wide. It is easy of entrance, though the passage is extremely narrow, and on all charts
previous to 1875 is represented in a daiv/eroiisly inaccurate manner.

The harbor is formed by the peninsula of Point Turner an the south, and on the north by a series
of shoals or boulder rcej's extending nearly parallel with that peninausa an'' of which three distmct parts
are visible at extreme low water. The Northwestern Skoal at low water is composed of a flat bank of
jjrqy^with a few large boulders rising above the geneps' surface. The head of Port
Shoals. Mulgin 'c is composed of a narrow shallow bight, N NE. from which is a projection

of Khantaak Island, the end of which is about two cables wide and faces SE. From
the whole front of this the aforesiiid shoal extends nearly half a mile in a SE. by E. direction, narww-
ing as it goes. Most of this is out at ordinary ' ^w tides, and the highest portions are only awash, with
a few dry points, at the highest tides. Separated from the eastern extreme of Point Turner by less
than three hundred yards at low water is the Middle Shoal, about a table long NW. and SE. and .lalf
as wide. It is entirely covered at high water and is much nearer Point Turner than most charts indi-
cate. Both the southern edge of this shoal and the northern edge of Point Turn- r opposite are steej)-to,
so that with reasonable care the narrowness of the passagf, does net constitute a serious danger. The
Middle Shoal is 8e[>arated from the Northwestern Shotil at low water by an area covered with about three
feet of water.

The third or Eastern Shoal lies about E. J N. from the extreme end of Point Turner. Except at
the very highest tides, the triangular part which dries out, about a cable long, is marked at its northern
and southern angles by some small stones above water, which in calm weathe: look like duoko sitting
in the water, i rom the dry triangular bank, however, a long narrow submerged ridge extends in an
easterly direction from the southern angle of the bank direr*ly toward the eastern end of .^oint Turner,
from which it is separated by about two hundred and fifty yards at lo\* water. The extreme western
end of this ridge is only a few yards wide and has eleven ieet on it at low water. At high water it
may be disregarded by vessels drawing less than eighteen feet. Between the Eastern and Middle shoals
is a rather crooked, narrow passage with from four to eight fathoms water, through which Puget
passed with the Chatham in 1 704, but between the Eastern Shoal and Punta de Arrecifes of Melaspina,
a projection of the mainland opiiositc, is a broad passage with ten to twenty fathoms water.

North and west of Point I inner. Port Mulgrave lies as a narrow elongated basin with muddy
bottom, six to twelve fathoni:- water, good holding-ground and [)erfectly protected. The only chart
sufficiently accurate to depend upon in entering is U. S. Coast Survey Harbor Chart No. 762.

DIRECTIONS

FOB ENTERING I'OHT MDIXIRAVE.

Round Point Turner not closer than a quarter of a mile until its extreme eastern end bears north,'
when the vessel may be headed up gradually until the eastern end bears northwest a cable distant.
The vessel may then be headed up NW. by N | N. to j)ass a few yards clear of the eastern extreme
of the point (with perfect safety, as the beach i.« of pure sand a id so steep that it is impossible to
ground) until the latter bears SW. by S., wlion a W. by N. J M. course leads to the middle of the
basin, where anchorage may be had in nine or ten fathoms muddy bottom, the eastern edge of Point
Turner bearing about E SE.

At low water is the most convenient lime for entering, as the shoals are all out at that time, but
with ordinary care the port can be entered or left at any t'me.

The astronomical station of the U. S. Coa.st Survey on Point Turner was situatetl on the south
.edge of the graeis near the eastern extreme of the point, at or about high-water mark. It was deter-
mined to be in

Latitude 69° 33' 42" "N.

Longitude 139° 46' 63" W.

* After CunMautine .Tohii Pliipps, Baron Mulgmvi', well kiiowii for IiIh Voyage to Spilzbi-rgen Tliip> harbor was included
with the one next north from it and adjiicent waters under the nnnix of Rtirtk Eixbor by Khromchenk^n 1833.

YAKUTAT HAY.

209

The variation of the compass in 1874 wm 30° 02' easterly and in 1880 was 29° Be' easterly, showing
a probable decrease of easterly variation at the rate of l' annually

o . ^S •*''%' u""f "iiJ^ "^"l^ * • ® tides range about eight feet. According to an unconfirmed report of
Petroff in Tebienkoff 8 notes, in October and November it ranges or did on oile occasion range over

Belcher gives the range Mount Fairweather over Point Turner E. 2° N. as a range for recogniz-
ing the entrance to Port Mulgrave, through De Monti Bay, from Yakutat Bay: but it often hapiiens
that the mountain is not visible and the entrance is perfectly recognizable without it.

On the main shore opposite Point Turner water comes down in several places; "that on the island
near the anchorage is less clear and pure, i^ bout the middle of I'oint Turner jieninsula is a narrow
lagoun of half stagnant water. Between this and the beae-h north of it is a collection of rather inferior
Indian houses, occupied during the time of their halibut fishery or when vessels are there for trade,
but usually vacant. In the woods NW. of the port are the relies of a whale boat, hidden there by the
natives after they had murderwl the crew for their outfit— having enticed them away from their vessel
by stories of gold in the (granite) mountains near by

Immediately northward from the shoals which bound Port Mulgrave is the entrance to a similar
high, situated somewhat more northwesterly, and for which the name of Burik Harbor is reserved.
This was originally explored by Khromcihenko in 1823, whose sketeli indicates an entronce about two
cables wide between the Northwestern Shoal of I'ort Mulgrave and Fiedras Fjint, from which a reef
of rocks borders a similar shoal or bank on the north side of the sa.ne entrance. The water deepens
from three and a half fathoms on the south side to ten fathoms close to the rooks oppixsite, with about
eight fathoms in raid-channel. Thence the harbor indents Khantaak Island about three-quarters of a
mile in a NW. by W. direction, with a width of a quarter of a mile and a depth of ten to twenty-four
fathoms. It has not been carefully surveyed, and is less convenient than Port Mulgrave both as to
situation and supposed depth of water, for which reasons sailing directions are hardly required.

The area includetl between the Port Mulgrave shoals on the south, the mainland on the east,
Khantaak and other islands on the west and north, ranges from six to forty fathoms over a rocky bot-
tom, with several rocks and shoals about its shores. To the northwestward it indents Khantaak Island
with a bight similar to and nearly parallel with Rurik Harbor, with a patch of rocks off Pie<lra8 Point
on the southern side of its entrance. Northward several shoai unnavigable passages "Separate narrow
strips of land from Khantaak Island, while eastward from its northern part a very narrow channel
leads l)etween the two northern of three small islands to the brosider i)assage which separates the
Khantaak group frora the mainland. The shoalest part of this passage has three and a half fathoms
in it. The channels southward and eastward have only from six to eighteen feet of water, and in one
of them Puget, of Vancouver's party, grounded with the Chatham in 1794.

South and southeast from these channels an arm of t\< j main shore projects with two islets off its
NW. extreme. One is quite close in, and shoal water extends from the main shore out' to and a little
outside of this islet. The out ■" islet is surrounded by a shoal whi(-h extends chiefly in a E NE. direc-
tion. Between this and the o just previously mentioned is a narrow channel with fourteen feet of
water in it.

Eastward from the above-mentioned arm of the main shore is Fuget Cove, about half a mile long
in an easterly and westerly direction and about three cables wide. This cove is snugly sheltered and
affords four and a half to eight fathoms water. It is mentioned in Puget's report, sounded by
Khromchenko, and named by the Superintendent of the U. S. Coast Survey in 1879.

From the entrance of this cove Johnstone* Fassage, between the main jliore and the Khantaak
group of islands, trends in a generally NNW. direction with a width of more than half a mile almost
four miles, when it turns more to the westward, contracts and then expands into a basin about a mile
in extent, its eastern boundary being a narrow irregular projection of the mainland, named by Tebien-
koff Taper or Hatchet Point. The end of this point is low and separated by a narrow fourteen-foot
channel from a group of islets and rocks, of which the largest, nearly two miles long, half-moon shaped
and convex to the N NE., was named Dolgoi Islandl by Tebienkoff. It is bold-to on its eastern and
northern ahor >ff which are two low unnamed islets.

On the wr.^iern side of the Dolgoi group and between it and the northern part of the Khantaak
groui) Jo. nstone Passage continues three miles in a gcnci ally NNW. direction, its width varying from
two cables to over a mile. The lea.st water in the channel is about four fathoms. Northward and
eastward from its termination are Kriwoi,' Otmeloi' and Krutoi' islands of Tebienkoff; from Otmeloi
(1 »/ioa/ or rw/ extends nearly a mile in a W. l)y ix. direction.

Eastward from Hatchet Point is a bay almut a mile in extent, unsurveyed, NE. by E.; about
three miles from Do'--oi Island is another less protecte<l ha;- nito which several streams fall, and

• Named by the U. 6. CoMt Surrey for J«in,- Jolmetone, K. ff., Pugefe li.uten.nt, who ...rveyed on thii coMt from 1787
to 1795.

' OTMktd Ulaad. »Blio»H Iitand. ' Steep Uland, n.iaprinted Kru.tol in the Conet Pilot "f l«6».

P. c. P. — 27

210

DISENCHANTMENT BAT.

whose northern and northeastern shores are represented as foul by Tebienkoff, who, however, gives no
soundings.

^ bout VW. by W. } W., according to Tebienkoff, a mile and a half from the northwestern end
of Lo : i Island, lies Northeast Point, the inner extreme of Khantaak Island, with from four to
thirty-iir fathoms about it and no off-lying dangers.

The main shore from the northwestern point of entrance of the small bay above mentioned
extends five and a half miles in a N. ^ W. direction to the SB. point of entrance to Bleanor Cove,
named by Puget in 1794. The opposite point of entrance is Southeast Point, named by Tebienkoff,
and forming the southern extreme of Knight Island.* This island is about two miles in length
N NW. and S SE. and about a mile broad. It lies about half a mile off the main shore, protecting
Eleanor Cove from the westward. According to Vancouver there are some rooks lying about half a
mile westward from its western point and an islet between it and the main shore northward and east-
ward. The passage around the island is navigable, the main shore receding eastward, forming a small
bay in whose SE. corner lies the cove which, according to Puget, is in latitude 09° 44'. On Van-
couver's chart there is an islet in it. No soundings are given on any of the charts. According to
Tebienkoff (Chart VII) about three-quarters of a mile SB. from Southeast Point is the northwestern
end of a long ithoal making ont a mile from the main shore, with which it is connected. This shoal is
shown by all authorities, but they differ as to its direction and extent; Russian Hydrographic Oilice
Chart No. 1378, following Vancouver's chart, makes it project to the westward beyond a line joining
Krutoi Island and Southeast Point, which is probably an error or it would have received notice from
Puget in his report to Vancouver, and is not confirmed by Tebienkoff, who also omits the islet in
Eleanor Cove.

From tho northern and western part of the bay eastward from Knight Island the coast extends
about seven miles NW. to a bluff point named by Puget Point Latouohe.f Up to this point the shore
was low and flat, with forty-five fathoms less than a mile from it.

Opposite and "W, from Point Latouche about a mile and a half is another sharp bluff which, north
from Point Latouche nearly two miles, terminates in a somewhat lower point, named by Malaspina
Funta de las Banoas. The entrance between these two was named Ferrer Faaaage by Tebienkoff,
and leads to Disenchantment Bay.|

This bay, including the entrance, is about six miles in length N. from Point Latouche and two and
a quarter miles wide. Directly eastward of the entrance is a bight of no great extent with a sand
beach, affording grx)d anchorage, but which, according to Puget, had in July, 1794, a most dreary
aspect from its vicinity to the ice, notwithstanding which vegetation was in an advanced state of forward-
ness. The water both in the entrance and the bay is extremely deep ; Malaspina anchort } in twenty
fathoms about two cables from the shore, near the SW. end of the sand beach above menti )ned, where
his observaton^ was set up. A stream of fresh water comes in here and there is a little lowl md, behind
the beach. Elsewhere in the bay steep mountains covered with snow, between which three large
glaciers come down, rise directly from the water or the ice which generally covers it, and prevents
navigation except near the entrant. There is a small island near the middle of the bay close to the
eastern shore, named Haenke§ Island by Malaspina. One hur dred and twenty fathoms without bot-
tom was found by the launches of the Spanish ships among the pieces of ice in the outer part of the bsy.

According to Malaspina's observations {| the observation spot was situated in

Latitude 69° 61' 10" ;N.

Longitude .139° 48' 30" W.

The variation of the compass in 1791 was 32° 34' easterly; it is now believed to be about 80° 16'.

In Disenchantment Bay during the summer hair seal are abundant around the fragments of ice,
and the Yakutat natives go up there and spend several weeks hunting them.

*Nuned hj Puget in 1794; Dalai Ulantf of Tebienkoff in 1849.

t Pnnta de la Bsperania of Malaspina In 1791, according to Galiano'i Atlas, Chart No. 9, 1802.

tTebienkofT, in his "Notes," is said to ascribe tliis name of Ferrar to Malaspina, but the compiler has only had access to a
wretched manuscript translation of the Notes and this may be a misconception. The name does not appear in Galiano's text or
on the chart of Malaspina in the atlas accompanying Oaliano's description of these voyages. Moreover, the statement tliat
Malaspina named the bay "Anurance Bay" resting upon the same autliority, has not been confirmed by any investigslimw
which the compiler liaH been able to make ond does not appear on any chart known to him. Malaspina, in 1791, named lire
anchorage Puerto del DeienBallo, best rendered into English by Dliencluuitmeiit, in reference to the Northeast Passage wliich
the explorers sought here and did not find ; in Russian Baiubirenle. The bay was named by Malaspina Babla de Ul Bancai,
in allusion to the ice ; it is the DlCBes Sound of Puget, bu' the name applied to the port or anchorage has generally, aa here, been
applied to the whole bay.

$ After Thiiddeus Haenke, botanist and naturalist of the expedition.

U Theeo are taken from the chart. In the text the latitude h given (p. cxvl) as B»° B»' 80," the variation of the oompasn at
i%° 49' easterly, and nothing is said about the longitude.

YAKUTAT BAY.

211

wever, givee no

In 1880 observations by the IT. S. Coast Snrvey indicated that Discnchnntinent Bay is situated
larther northward than Tebienkoff places it on Clmrt VII of liis atiiw, and tiiat Uie low land south and
west from it is nearer to the foot of the mountains than has been supixwed. The observations how-
ever were not extensive enoueh to correct the chart bv.

South and west from the western point of entrance to Disencliantmcnt Bay the NW. shore of
Yakutat Bay stretches along in the form of abrupt fluffs which appeared from u dJp.taKce to be com-
])08ed of stratified rock. The flanks of the mountains behind the level top of this serias of bluffs Imar
several glaciers. Aa nearly us could l)e observed from the vessel these bluffs cea'<c at the NE. side of
a valley through which runs a river called by Tebienkoff' the Kwik Eiver.* From the S SB. there
appears to be a bight near this riv»r-mouth, with what appears like an island, quite low and wooded, in
it. From aloft, however, it was reported that this island was connectetl with the shore SW. from it by
a low dry sand bar.

Owing to the uncertainty in position of the shore-line SW. from the mouth of this river the
identification of any points of land here is very unsatisfactory. About half way between the river and
I'oint Manby Tebienkoff has a poin* called Nearer (Blizhni) Point. He also erroneously represents
.\11 this shore behind the beach as sandy a -d wootled. In this vicinity the U. S. Coast Survey in
1880 observed that the immediate shore was hvr and largely composed of granite and boulders. It
shoals off quite gradually, with a bottom of large stones and a little sand between them. On the stones
giant kelp grew profusely. At more than a mile from the shore the depth was only ten fathoms, and an
occasional heavy swell showed that in places it was even less.

At Point Manby and eastward t) the K.vik River the shore was bordered by trees, a|)parcntly
willows and alders, with a somewhat denser belt a little farther back. Behind this rises a bluff" or
bank of high land as described by various navigators. About the vi<inity of Tebienkoff "s Nearer Point
the trees cease, but begin again near the river. The bluff or table-land behind rises higher than the
river valley and completely hides it from the southward, and is in summer bare of vegetation (except
a few rare patches on its face) and aj)parently is composed of glacial d6bris much of which is of a red-
dish color. In May, 1874, when observed by the U. F. Coast Survey party of that year, the extensive
flattened top of this table-land or pi iteau was covered '.vith a smooth and even shii tof pure white snow.
In the latter part of June, 1880, however, this snow hiid melttul and for the first time the real and most
extraordinary charactei- of this plateau was revealed , Within the beach and extending in a NW. direc-
tion to the valley behind it, at the foot of the Sai'u Elias Alps, an undetermined distance, this plateau,
or a large part of it, is one great field of buried ice. Almost everywhere nothing -s visible but bould-
ers, dirt and gravel; but at the time mentioned, back of the bight between Point Manby and Nearer
Point for a space of several square > iles the coverlid of dirt had fallen in, owing to the melting of the
ice beneath, and revealed a surface of broken pinnacles of ice, each crown wl by a jiatch of dirt, stand-
ing close to one another like a forest of prisms, these decreasing in height from the summit of t. e
plateau gradually in a sort of semicircular sweep toward the beach, near which, however, tlu! dirt and
debris again prcuo7iinate, forming a sortof terminal moraine to this immen,se buried immovable glacier,
for it is nothing else. Trains of large bouldei-s were visible here and there and the general trend of
the glacier seemed to be NW. and SB.

Betv/een Disenchantment Bay and the foot of Mount Saint Elias, on the flanks of the Alps, seven-
teen glaciers were countetl, of which about ten were '-Mnd this plateau, but none are of very large si/x',
and the sum total of them all seemed far too little to supply the waste of the plateau if it weTe to possess
motion. The lower ends of these small glaciere come down into the river viiUey before mentioned and
at right angles in general to the trend of the plateau. To the buried ^]m\^v the; U. S. Coast Survey
has applied the name of Malaspina in honor of that distinguished and unfortunate explorer.f No
(!onne<!tion could be seen between the small glaciers and the Malaspina Plateau, as the former dip
below the level of the summit of the latter. The Malaspina glacier had i.o n6v6, nor was there any
high land in the direction of its axis as far as the eye could reach. Everywhere, except wheve the pin-
nacles protruded and a few spots on the face of the bluff, it was covered with a thuik stratum of soil,
gravel and stones, here and there showing small patches of bright green herbage. The b.aff^ westwanl
from Point Manby may probably prove of the same character. Unfavorable weather and the exigencies
of the season's plan of work prevented a more thorough investigation of this unparalleled phenomenon.

From Port Mulgraveand thejce toti^a westward the most conspicuous spectacle in clear weather is
that part of the uplift of the Sair.c Elias Alj-s which extends in a westerly direction from a point inland
some eighteen miles NNW. from Disencha. tment Bay. This forms a broken range ten or twelve
thousand feet m height with its sides and mai.v of its peaks covered with eternal snow. It terminates
westward in the magnificen'. i)eak of Saint Elias. Out of the range, about N W. by N. J N. from 1 ort
Mulgrave, rises a^ak a'xiut thirteen thousand feet in height with three glaciei^ oii its flanks, named
by the U. 8. Coast Survey, in 1874, Mount Vancouver. Farther westward NW. i W. from 1 ort

on of the oompasa at

• Kwik means river in the dialect of Prince William Soun.l, lience tl.ie nmne n,ny l.u .iu. to u ,n,-.,,|.r«l,..n«.on
tFaUing into disgrace with the court soon after his return ,o Spain, Malaspina was Ion, >n,pr..o„..d, and .„ the report of
his expedition given by Oaliano his name does not appear m a smgle instance.

212

MOUNT 8A1NT ELTAS.

Mulgrave is another, named at the same time Mount Cook, believed to be sixteen thousand feet in
height. Careful observations made in 1874 on Mount Saint Eiiaa result in giving it a height of
nineteen thousand five hundred feet, with a probable error in the determination of less than five hun-
dred feet.

Behind and apparently distinct from this range is another peak, ob8erve<l for the first time in 1880,
apparently as high as Mount Cook, and which has been named Mount Malaapina. This may be the
companion peak (Piton) indicated near Mount Saint Elias on the chart of Lu Perouse. Saint Elias
for the upper five thousand feet of its height is so ragH;ed and precipitous as to be bare of snow. Part of
itshowea on a precipitous rook face an appearance of bedded or stratified rock dipping slightly to the
northeastward. The rock, judging from fragi lents brought down to the shores, is of a syenite or
granite destitute of mica and of a whitish gray loior. Nothing in its appearance indicated a volcanic
origin, though it is probable there are some sm.al. low volcanic cones on the sides of the, range, which
as a whole, in this and other respects, is believed to much resemble the Sierra Nevada. It was named
by Bering in July, 1741. The position of Mount Saint Elias is in

Latitude 60° 20'4B" N.

Longitude 141° 00' 12" W.

according to observations by the U. 8. Coast Survey.
than one hundred and fifty miles.

It is often distinctly visible at a distance of more

PAMPLONA BANK.

An off-shore danger, reported in the last century but never since olwerved, is retained on most
oharta under the name Pamplona Rock. This was discovered or reported by Don Ignaoio Arteaga in
1779. Extracts from the log* and journal of the voyage contain the only information at first hand in
regard to this supposed danger.

Galiano, in a synopsis of the voyage of Arteaga, states that "having obtained no observations they
estimated their position." The log-book makes no reference to any observation being taken, but begins
jm follows *

"July 16, 1779, | 69 22 | 35 57t | 26° var. |

"The dark clouds which covered the coast disappeared on the sixteenth and we descried it at the
distance of ten leagues, and also rediscovered the high promontories which bore in part northeast^ at
the 28th degree of the first quadrant, and in part more to the southeast, which was lower and at the
45th degree of the same, whereof an adjacent point l)ore NE. J E.; and also appearances which, at the
distance of a mile, indicated a bank, (bajo,) which was not examined on account of the fresh and
favorable wind for continuing upon our course." — [Extract from the log J] On the chart accompanying
it the Bajo Pamplona is placed in north latitude 50° 10' and west longitude 41° 11' from San Bias,
equivalent to 146° 24' west of Greenwich, which is quite erroneous.

The remarks in the journal (p. .307) referring to this subject are as follows:

"As in this latitude when the sky is clear it is hardly dark at night, we saw on the 16th, at one
o'clock in the morning, the land which some days before we had discovered, and also discovered our-
selves at five in the morning to be in the vicinity of a l)ank (bajo) which we considered to be in nortli
latitude 59° 02' and in west longitude 35° 40' from [cape] St. I iicas, [l46° 32' W. Or.] On the
16th, at two in the afternoon, we observed at the distance of a league Cape Lc. Elias [Cape Suckling of
Vancouver] with the point of the island near it named Carmen, [Kaye Island,] and sounded in forty
fathoms water in the bay between the island and the cape."

It is evident at once that nothing can be done with the positions, which Galiano says were
estimated, and which were apparently estimated differently by the author of the journal, the writer of
the log and the constructor of the map, for no two of 1 hem agree.

The only certain thing is that when the appearance (of what kind is not stated) which was taken
to indicate a shoal was seen at a distance of a mile. Mount Saint Elias and the high land in front of it
bore N. 28° E. by compass, the Alps eastward from it N. 46° E. and a point or spur from these last NB. J
E,, and the nearest land northward was about thirty miles away. Platting these bearings as above
interpreted, with the assumed variation of 26° easterly taken from the log-book, and the intersections
fall in about latitude 60° 36' N. and longitude 143° W. of Greenwich, which places the vessel about

* Arteaga's royngu nu never yiabliahod. K copy of the inaiiuBcript log-linok, journal and a map from the Spaniah archireK,
certified to be correct oopiea by Navarret^, are in the library of the State Department at Wasbiogton, O. C, firom wbioli the
above extraota liave been made.

tThia longitude ii weat from Cape St. Lucai, which ia 109° 62' W. Or.

{The original reads, "el mna norueete i los 88° del ler eiiadrante y el maa aiieale qne era el menor i la« 46° del miemo, en
onya inmediacian habia una puiita(|uele« veniaal MB. 1 B." The "norueste" however, from the context, from the map, and from
the known facta, should have been " nordeote," an error of the original recorder. The high proniontoriee were Mount Saint Eliaa
•nd the peaks near it, and the lower that part of the range about Mounts Cook and Vancouver.

l'\MI'M»i.\

[ousand feet in
it a height of
than five hun-

9t time in 1880,
his may be the
e. Saint £lia.s
snow. Part of
slightly to. the
of a syenite or
ated a volcanic
e range, which
It was named

istanoe of more

tained on most
acio Arteaga in
at first hand in

tservatiou^ they
ken, but begins

escried it at the
rt northeast I at
wer and at the
;s which, at the
the fresh and
accompanying
from San Bias,

he 16th, at one
discovered our-
to be in nortii
Or.] On the
ipe Suckling of
muded in forty

iano says were
, the writer of

hich was taken
d in front of it
hese last NE. i
rings as above
le intersections
le vessel about

Spanish archiren,
!)., from wbioli the

4B° del miamo, en
the map, and from
Mount Saint Eliu

ms fnun

i.i(lt;V

'tioA by

«• JN.nii.t ;«■

'■n HDiii'' 1)1' ■

'■ulU'U >.i,

•*■■• •
Hwapwl iij «;

thUt tm bJHVtiUi !,r

ros'k ^'xisffld in this |if
h*d frtiiad itti> Vm S 41
isilit'd l>v tlifw H'!'-;! ]'•:•

biiitvnf it-

•tt.

word tifi " u!

■k'-.1 "fiti wlti

■ !>'<ta-«nalA' bv l'n<.!t w
i afcoiisidtraWc; <;xu
■ -u, Ixttwften «h'- ••
.l»)d til be d(*'

iuiot- i^wtway

M- sndtbern mv\

**'^i**, .

^-^!L_^^..^

^ \- - - ■»

■■%

'l«,uwiii.w,i I i,iiii|im<aaB<wi«i^«ipp

Mount Sl.Eli»p N.bj- vV. 43 Mile«

(*h.;n « .*««'. ftv Aiur rial/, m M'H

iMHn

Mi;«»»i» Hiirti. VA'tm Ti*ii]i in (iivu»»? k a .1

•'<" irt *'»■ i^i P<»rf>aw. >*(«

■ lijijiiug.O .
ct>i« »n «M5i-l(f (town u> il»»t «httfw*, m "< » ■>
|j„. V .1 . . 1., ii, ajip •••-"■'■.- :.'.tii ,1 1,

.....».,.. ..-,_«:. 90- 90' is" ft.

^^z

'^;j!;«

v/ittjiiiit ()i«4>n{y, iufvrniatiim at iivM

,„...,

\M\n infill ibM \

...ij^llti

'«ijrt) wiikh WB ftwisitlered- . :

: m, lAwemy [14*"* aa' w, (
•, )• .TffiK' (^ip St, Eliw ; ■ ' .
•cu. flvaye Iplaud,] iiu.

: author w tb« joarnAi .

•r .iylitw Tind tft^ litRh land in (
;. and it point ot .«uMr irum thexe K

■ .■!«,> hrarii
■• , Hiui tii

[>ll-t<!ti^ til-

I'fu^ (t (st 4!

i'ampijOna dank.

213

ini IcnRiKw from the glioro northwarJ from it and n«arlv midway betww'n Horiiif; Hay aiic) Mi(l<lle«"on
IhIiukI. Ill the former rosrv t it agrew with the rwordaml in thcscoiid with the chart an-ompmiyiiiK
ilie record. The whole (iiiestion as to whether this apparunre wa»t really due t<> a shoal or hank still
rctiiftins open.

In the " Notea" aeconipanyinfi; Tohienkoff'H Atlaa, aft*\r rcff. inj; to the diHcovcry of the expc<li-
lion under ArteuRa, it in Raid Talin, a mate of the Ruiwian vctwel OrW, saw it in 17!'»l and named it
Orel (Eagle) Book, after the veHsel, hut did not determine its powition. No publication of TalinV
report, except this mention by Tehienkoff, ia known to have Inicn made.

Galiano gives a Hynopsis* of Arteaga's voyage hut sayn nothing of the discovery of the hIiohI.
( )n chart No. 3 of tlie Atlas awompanving his work a " Pamplona Hank " is placwl ("according to the
testimony (presencia) of five cartographers of the Dcj)artnient of San Bliw," Mexico) in latitude 60"
07' N. and about longitude 142° 41' W. of Greenwich. No reference is made to Arttinga on the chart,
but it is said that it is 8upj)ose<l to be the same bank as that reported by Russians to Vimmuver.

On none of the Spanish charts is the danger referre<l to as a rock; it is always called a bank or
shoal (bajo).

Vancouver's paraphrase of Puget's report to him in regard to the vicinity of Port Mulgravo a)n-
tains the following remarks in regard to it:

" Portoff said that a very dangerftus rocky slioal about fifteen miles in length lies, by compass, in
II direction S. by W. sixty-three miles from a place called by them licda-uurtla. This Mr. Pugct i!on-
ccivcd to be near the point that T had called Point Riou. I'ufioff himself ha<l been on this shoal
taking sea otters, and st^itcd that the first discovery of it was owing to a Russian galiot having had
the misfortune some years l)efore to be wret!ke<l upon it. Two of the crew were drowne<l and the rest
is(tii|)cd in their boats. Since that |)eri(Kl an annual visit had l)een made to it for the purpose of killing
sou ottcra, whi<;h are there met with, and, ns it generally proves advantageous, Portoff meant to stop
there on his return. f From the Spanianls also I afterward became acquainted that a very dangerous
rock existed in this neighlxirhood, the situation of which they had taken great pains to ascertain, and
iiad found it to lie S. 41° E. from ('a|)e Suck ling, at the distance of twenty-six leagues, and which was
(villcd by them Roca Pamplona; when this was delincate<l on our charts itappearetl to lie in a direction
S. 77° E., distant eight miles from the rocky shoal described by Portoff; hence it may be inferred that
Portoff and the Spaniards intend the same shoal, though it is not stated by the latter to l)e so extensive
us by the former.

"The Russians, it seems, in navigating this coast make but little use of the compass, even in
steering for the above shoal; on such occasions they depart from some particular point on the coast,
shape a course by the land and never fail to hit upon some part of the shoal, and hence arises the proba-
bility of its l)eing extensive, as has been already mentioned." (Vol. Ill, pp. 226-6.)

In connection with this account of Vancouver, which he had from second hand, it must be borne
in mind that Portoff spoke no English, Puget no Russian; that, as above noted by Vancouver, the
Russians made little use of the compass, and hence a mistake in stating or understanding a bearing
might most easily occur. That Portoff with his little fleet of skin canoes intended to touch at this
shoal on his return to hunt sea otters, which, if the shoal was sixty miles from shore, he could not
possibly have done; nor could a course for so distant a shoal have been shaped, as Vancouver says,
"by the land" without a compass.

The bay near Point Riou is called on Russian charts " Ijcdi-anoi," (meaning icy,) and the identifi-
cation of it with Portoff 's "Leda-unala" by Puget is doubtless correct, though there is no such Rus-
sian word as " unala." A shoal of considerable extent, upon wl;ich otters were formerly taken, lies by
compass WSW. from Point Riou, between sixty and seventy miles distant. There is much prol>a-
bility that this is the shoal intended to be de8cribe<l by Portou.

It is quite improbable that any shoal fifteen miles in extent, upon which a Russian vessel had been
wrecked and which was annually visited for sea otters, slioiild Ik; omitted from all charts and become

Island, on which the natives of Prince William Sou-id assert that the sea otters breed.

At all events it is extremely difficult to believe that any shoal near enough to the surface to bear
kelp, upon which sea otters breed, and fifteen miles in extent, can exist in the position assigned to the
Pamplona Rock on charts which follow Tebienkoff or Vancouver. The reasons for skepticism will
appear in the evidence which follows. , .,■ • .i ■

There is no authentic evidence of the existence of either shoal or rock within this century.

A Russian navigator is reported as having declared he had seer it as a three-pointed rock, but
as no position or details accompany this tradition it cannot, in view of other facts, be considered as
cntitlf d to credit. On the other hand, one of the navigators of the Russian A raencan Company states

•Kelacinii, etc., pp. c-ciii, 1802.

tit should be remembered that Portoff bid only omall skin canoe*.

214

PAMPL>0.^«A BANK.

that ho "sailed over the h)ngitude !aid down by TebierikofF and did not see it, although the day was
clear and a man aloft on the lookout." In August, 1867, the Unital States revenue steamer Li'tieolv
int«nd(;d to search for it, and when about twenty miles S. eo'^ T.. -f its supposed position hove to and
sounded with one hundred and eighty fathoms of line Dn( founc.' no bottom. She drifted to the
asciitod latitude about three o'clock in the morning, l)nt a dozen riiies to the eastward, then steered a
course that passed four miles north of its ascril)ed position at five ( 'clock a. m. with a clear horizon.
At 7'' 45"" a. m., in latitude 59° 12' and longitude 143^ 05' W., no soundings could be had with one hun-
dred and eighty f thorns of line.*

Whf the International Telegraph lilxpedition visited Sitka in 1865, inquiry was made in njgard
to this rock or shoal, and it was state<l by the Russian authorities that the company's ste imer had been
sent out a year or tvvo before on a cruise of several weeks to investigate the question, and found no
r(x;k or shoal or even bottou) within one hundred fathoms of the surface and a radius of thirty miles
of the alleged position .-is laid down by 'I'ebii'nkoff

The opinion was expressed, by those cons(dt«d, that no &ach rook or shoal exist* in the assigned
position or very near tliat position.

In 1874 the U. S. Coast Survey schooner Yukon rciiched this vicinity in clear weather and with
a PKKlerate sea, an<l with a lookout aloft savir no signs of any rock or shoal. About twenty miles SE.
by compass IVom iis assigned position .sounded, May 27th, at five in the afternooD, getting five hun-
dred and sevenly-fivo fathoms of line out without touching bottom.

That part of the I*acifie Ocean included between the meridians of Yakutat Bay and Middleton
Island and extending about one hundred miles ofl" shore was formerly a favorite report of the right-
whale fishers, who named it the Fairweather QroTiud. Every mile of it has been repeatedly sailed
over while standing off and on for whales; so that it is in the highest degree improbable that any
bank or shoal suflieiently noHr the surface to break in ordinary weather should have remained unseen.
A dry rock or islet is out of the r^ estion.

It is not impoi^ible ' .it there may be a bank in this vicinity, as Captain Alonzo Fisher, of the
whale ship WilliaM Gilford, reports that he sunk and recovere<l a right whale on the locality aasigned
to the reef, in seventy-B ve fathoms. There js no evideucfi, however, that the whale toutihed bottom. If
the position of tiie shoal be removed northward to within thirty mile.s of the mainland, as Arteaga
supj)osed himself to be when the "appearance of a bank" was noticwi, the probability of its existence
is much increased, as it would then 1» much nearer water koown to be of motlerate depth and on a line,
parallel with the main shore, on which several oth-^- dangers are supposed to be situated.

*8ee Coast Pilot of Alaska, by Amt. QiMirge UividBoii, U. S. Coast Survey, i3to., IVaBhington,

pp.

i48-!t.

if! ;4fc:

\m:\

I !>

h the day was
;ainer Liiuioln
n hove to and
1 rifted to the
then steered a
clear liorizon.
witli onchun-

jade in ntigard
imer had. been
and found no
if thirty miles

ither and with
snty miles SE.
ting five hun-

Fisher, of the
t'ality assigned
d bottom. If
nd, af Arteaga
Df its existence
and on u line,

LIST or- CHARTS USHFU). POR NAVIGATION

IN THE i^HGlON COVKRl-;!) BY PART I

OF THE ALASKA COAST PILOT.

(216)

if'

1] I' «!,

i'W

A LIST OF USEFUL CHARTS.

PRELIMINARY NOTE.

It was thought that navigators might derive benefit from the preparation of a list of cluirtH which
are actually available and can be purchased or ordered from dealers, and by the posscsHJon of which
the master of a vessel may feel that he has, up to the date of this list, the lattwt information in regard
to the region where he is bound. The names of a few Russian charts of particiular value and for
which there are no satisfactory English equivalents are included, since dealers can obtain them from the
Hydrographic OflBce of the Russian Admiralty if they choose to take the trouble.

Tebienkoff's charts, though mentioned, are Iwlieved to be out of print and only obtainable at
seoond-hjmd. V^rties engaged in the trade to the northwest coast have printed several charts derived
from Tebienkoff and other sources, for the private use of the masters of vessels cmployiul in their
trade. These charts also are unattainable except by favor. Most of them, while containing some new
data in particular localities, are, on the whole, inferior to the origlnalft from which they were derived.
It will naturally be some time before the United States Coast Survey cjin surviy, even in a wi.|)erficial
maimer, the sixteen thousand miles of shore-line presented by the territory of Alaska, and (o repro-
duce under its authority old charts known to be erroneous is not desirable. For some years, therefore,
the navigator must rely on charts of»a merely approximate character for a coasi whose dangers may
well call out all his wat^'hfulness, prudence and seamanship.

The charts in the list are givjn, first, by locality in geographical order, second, by number under
the authorities by whom they are published.

Only useful and obtainable charts are included.

LIST OF CHARTS RELATING TO THE NORTHWEST COAST OF AMERICA HRTWEKN

FUCA STRAIT AND YAKUTAT BAY.

Specially important charts are marked with an asterisk. P. 0. S. means Pivcific Ocean series.
Subsketehes on larger charts are marked ss.

Title.

ALASKA, Oulf of.

Mercator chart of the Pacific Ocean between Baranoff
Island and Kadiak. [In Russian.] (Merkatorskaia
karta vostochnakho okeana mezhdu ostrovami Hara-
novim i Kadiakskom.) Cape Ommaney to Kadiak.

Chart of the northwest coast of America, east and west
from Yakutat Bay. [In Russian.] (Karta sievero
zapadnakho berega Ameriki k'zapadu i vostoku ot
zalifa lakutat.) Lituya Bay to liaida Reef; Tebien-
koff's Atlas.

[See also U. 8. Coast Survey list.]

ALEBT BAY, Vancouver Island.
A lert Bay, Vancouver Island. G. H. Richards, R.N.

ALKXANDEB ABCHIPELAOO.

Mercator chart of the Pacific Ocean on the northwest
coast of America, ete.* [In Russian.] (Merka-
torskaia karta vostochnakho okeana s'sievero-zapad-
nim beregora Ameriki i pridcgaiustohim k'nemu
Koloshenskim arkhipelagom, etc., 1848.) General
Chi.rt of; north end Vancouver Island to Lituya
Lay.

p. c. p.— 28

AlTHOBITY.

Russian Hydrogniphii'
Department.

Tebicnkotf.

l?riti>li Adiiiiraity,

Russian Hydrographic
Department.

NUMKEH.

Date.

P O.S. !t

1847

1:578

VII

184!)

2067

!8fi(MJ7

i;}90

1848

(217)

218

LIST OF CHARTS.

TiTLK.

Authority.

-L

Chart of the northern inlete on the northwest (oaat of
America, etc. [In Russian.] (Karta sievemih
prolifoff NW. berega Ameriki s'opiai Vankuvera
ispravlien kolioni morekhod, Novo Arkhangelsk,
1849.) North part; Cape Ommaney to Cape Fair-
weather. From Tebienkoff's Atlas.

Chart of the inlets on the northwest coast of America,
etc. [In Russian.] (Karta prolifoff NW. berega
Ameruci.ot shiroti 54° do 56° s'opisi Vankuvera, j
etc.) Same source as preceding ; middle part ; Cape \
Knox to Cape Ommaney.

Chart of the inlets on the northwest coast of America,

etc. [In Rureian.] ( shiroti 51 ° do 64°,

etc.) Same; southern part; Cape Scott to Cape
Knox.

Mercator chart of the southern half of the Archipelago,
etc. [In Russian.] (Merkatorskaia karta iuzhnoi
polovmi Koloshenskakhoarchipclaga, etc.) Middle
part; Banks Island to Stikikit. xiiver.

Mercator chart of the northern half of the Archipelago,
ete. ^In Russian.] (Merkatorskaia karta sievernoi
polovmi, ete.) Like preceding, but north part;
Coronation Island to Chilkat River.

(Cordova Bay to Cross Sound, including the Kolo-
shensk Archipelago; chiefly from Vancouver's
survey in 1792. Corrected from a Russian chart
published in 1853.;

(Port Simpson to Cross Sound, etcj Same, with
fly-leaf attaclied showing survey of rortland Canal.
Revised edition of preceding.

(Southeast Coast of Alaska. Alexander Archipelago
• * * Corrected from surveys by Commander
R. W. Meade, jr., ete.) Important corrections, but
poorly executed chart in photolithography. Later
copies of this chart have a fly-leaf attached con-
taining Pender's survey of Portland Canal.

Same, with considerable additions in the northern part
of the Archipelago from surveys by U. S. Naval
officers.

(Dixon entrance to Cape St. Elias.) Sheet 2 of " north-
west coast of America" series, scale riif Jyinr> <"* *'i^
polvconic projectic.!.; editions in 1870, 1875, 1879,
and a new edition in preparation; price fifty cents,
outline copper plate 25.6 X 34.0 inchrs.

Tebienkofl".

Tebienkoff".

Tebienkoff.

Russian Hydrographic
■Department.

Russian Hydrographic
Department.

British Admiralty.

United States Hydro-
graphic Office.

United States Coast
Survey.

NUMBBK.

VIII

No.l0,8h.d
1493

No.lO,sh.c,
1494

2431

226

Date.

1849

▲LIASKA PENINSULA.

(Part of Aliaska Peninsula and adjacent islands from United States Coast
Coal Cape to Issannakh Strait.) Survey.

ALPHA BAT. |

(Alpha Bay, British Columbia.) D. Pender, R. N. i British Admiralty.

ALTHORP, PORT, AWD SNTRANCE TO CROSS
SOUND.

Entrance to Cross Sotind and Icy Strait. [In Rus- Tebienkoff.

sian.J (Whwl v'prolif Ijohtianoi.) In Atlas.

(Entrance to Cross Sound from Vancouver's Survey.) United States Coast

In U. 2. Coast Survey Atlas of Harbor charts. Survey.

225

701

806

1849

1853

1865

1882
1869

1880
1879

1882

1901 SB. 1868-7R

VIII 88. ! 1849
3 1869

LIST OF CHAllTS.

219

IBR.

Date.

1849

Title.

[II 88. 184!)

(Granite Cove, Port Althorp,) with a subsketch of Croa's
Sound with important corrections. Harbor charts
of Alaska, issued by the U. S. Coast Survey.

ALTUTA. See LITUYA BAY.

AMAK ISLAND. See Aliaaka Feninaula.

ANOHOB COVE, British Columbia.
(Anchor Cove, Skidegate Inlet, from observations by
Staff Commander D. Pender, R. N.)

AKM8TBONO, FORT. See Conolusion, Port.

AUOUSTA, PORT, British Columbia.
(Port Augusta, Vancouver Island.) From observa-
tions by G. H. Riciiards, R. N.

BANKS, PORT, Baranoff Island.

Anchoring place in Whale Bay or Port Hanks. [In
Russian.] (lakorniia miesta v'bukiiti Kitovoi
[Por Benakj.) Tebienkoff's Atlas, 1849.

(Whale Bay, from Tebienkoff's Atlas.) U. S. Coast
Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts.

BARCLAY SOUND, V. I. See also Sydnc. Inlet.
(Barclay Sound, Vancouver Island.) F"oni observa-
tions by G. H. Richards, R. N.

BAZAN, POBT, Prince of Wales Archipelago,
Alaska.
Kazan Harbor, from a skekih by Zarenibo. [In

Russian.] (Gavan Bazan * * * ocherk Zareml)o.)

Tebienkoff's Atlas.
(Port Bazan, from Tebienkoff's Atlas.) U. S. Coast

Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts.

BEAVEB CBEBK, British Columbia.
(Beaver Creek, Loughborough Inlet.) G. H. Rich-
ards, R. N.

BEAVEB HABBOR, British Columbia.
Beaver Harbor, Vancouver Island.

BECHEB AND PEDDEB BAYS, B. C.
(Becher and Peilder Bays, Vancouver Kslaud.) From

observations by H. Kellett, it. N.
Plan on Imray's' chart of NW. Amerii^.

BELLA KULA, British Columbia.
(Bela Kula Anchorage, Burke Channel.) D. Pender,
R. N.

BEBING BAY. See Dischantment Bay; Mul-
grave Port, and St. Elias Alps.

BLAKENEY, PORT, British Columbia.
(Port Blakeney, Morris Bay and adjacent (•llatlIU'l^',
Milbank Round.) D. Pender, R. .N.

Authority.

Number.

Date.

United States Coast
Survey.

741

1883

British Admiralty.

48 S8.

1872

British Admiralty.

685

1860-80

Tebienkoff.

VIII ss.

1849

Tebienkoff.

1869

British Admiralty.

592

1861-74

Tebienkiiff.

IX ss.

1849

Tebienkoff

1869

Briti.sh Admiralty.

58068.

1860-80

British Aiiiiralty.

2067

1860-67

British .\<lniiralty.

1906

1846-72

Imray ik Son.

88.

1863

British Ailiuinilty

1462

IK72

Kritish AdMiralty.

1462

1872

220

LIST OF CHAllTS.

Title.

Si i.

'nM

BLUNDEN HABBOB, British Columbia.
(Blundcn Harbor, Queen Charlof , Sound.) From
observations by D. Pender, R. N.

BBOUOHTON AND JOHNSTONE STBAITS,
British Columbia.
(Johnstone an'1 Broughtoii Straits.) G. H, Richards,
R.N.

BBOWN AND EDTE PASSAGES, British
Columbia.
(Brown and Exlye Passages.) D. Pender, R. N.

i
BUCCANEEB BAT, British Columbia. {

(Buccaneer Bay, Malaspina Strait, Thorraanby Islands.)

BUCABELI BAT OR FOBT.

Entrance, etc., to the Port of Bucareli, from tlie

Authority.

NUHBEB.

Date.

chart of La Perouse. [In Russian.] (W'hod ot
iuga v' zalif Bukarelli * ♦ * g'karti
rusa.) In Tebionkoff's Atlas.

Lape-

(Bucareli Bay, from a Russian chart.) U. S. Coast
Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts.

BULL HABBOB, British Columbia.
Bull Harbor, Goletas Channel.

BUBBARD INLET, British Columbia.
Fraser River and Burrard Inlet, (Georgia Gulf.) G.
H. Richards, R. N.

BUTE INLET. See Georgia, Strait of, Sheet 2.

CAMELEON HARBOR, British Columbia.
(Cameleon Harbor, Nodales Channel.) G. H. Rich-
ards, R. N.

CANAVERAL, PORT, British Columbia.
(Port Canaveral, Principe Channel.) D. Pender, R. N.

CABTER BAT, British Columbia.
(Carter Bay, Finlayson Channel.) D. Pender, R. N.

CHBSLOKNU BAT. See Kaohekmak Bay.

CHILKAT RIVER. See Lynn Canal.

CLATOQUOT SOUND. See Sydney Inlet.

COAL BAT. See Kachekmak.

COGHLAN ANCHORAGE, British Columbia.
(Coghlan Anchorage, Greuville Island.) D. Pender.
R. N.

COLUMBIAN ARCHIPELAGO, British
Columbia.
(Capo Caution to Port Simpson, including Hecate
Strait and part of Queen Charlotte Islands.) From
observations by D. Pender and other offii'erg of the
Royal Navy. There are two ef'itions, of which the
later (1881) is much improved and greatly corrected
and changed.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.
Tebienkoff.

United States Coast
Survey.

British Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

571 ' H63

581

2453
579 (
IX M

2067
1922

580 ss.

2189
1901 SB.

2189

1923 A

1860-72

1879

1860-65

1849

1869

1860-67
1860-81

1860-80

1868-81
1868-7

1868-81

1867-81

LIST OF CUAUT8.

221

Title.

Authority.

Number. ' Date.

Southarn half; forming the complementary part of
the preceding.

(Cape Flattery to Dixon Entrance.) No. 1 of " North-
west Coast of America " series. Outline copj)er plate ;
scale tao^Biii) , 26.6 X 34 inches; price, fifty cents.

COlTCLUBIOir, FOBT, Alaska.

(Port Conclusion, from Vancouver's Chart. [In Rus-
sian.] (^Port Konkliuzion ♦ * » s'kart Van-
kuvera.) TebienkoflF's Atlas.

(Port Conclusion, from Vancouver's Survey.) U. S.
Coast Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts.

COITSTANCE COVE, Vanoouver Island.
(Constance Cove.) G. H. Richards, R. N.

COOK'S INLET. See Kachekmak Bay.

CBOSS HABBOB, Krusoff Island near Sitka.
Cross Harbor. [In Russian.] (Gravan Krestoffskaia.)

TebienkoflF's Atlas.
(Cross Harbor, from TebienkoflF's Atlas.) U. S. Coast

Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts.

CBOSS SOUND OB ICY STRAIT. See Althorp,
Port.

CULLEN HABBOB, British Columbia.
(Cullen Harbor, Queen Charlotte Sound.) D. Pen-
der, R. N.

CTTMSHEWAS HABBOB.
(Plans of Ports, etc., in Queen Charlotte Islands.) lu-
skip and others, R. N.

CTFBESB HABBOB,'" British Columbia.
(Cypress Harbor, Queen Charlotte Sound.) D Ten-
der, R. N.

DE FUCA, DB FOHTE, DE FUENTES. See Fuoa.

DISENCHANTMENT BAY. -See Mulgrave, Port.

DEFABTUBE BAY. See Nanaimo Harbor and
Departure Bay.

DOUOLA8 HABBOB.
(Flans of Ports, etc., in Queen Charlotte Islands.)
Itiskip and others, R. N.

DREW HABBOB, British Columbia.
(Drew Harbor, Valdes Island.) D. Pender, R. N.
DBAYTON HABBOB. .See Semiahmoo Bay.
DUNCAN BAY. See Metlakatla Bay.

DUNOENESS, Washington Territory.
(False Dungeness and New Dungenciw.) U. S. Coa-st
Survey Harbor Charts ; sketch, scale inrbo' ' ' ' " '^-
inches ; price fifteen (!ent8.

EDYE PASSAGE. See Brown Passage.

British Admiralty.

United States Coast
Survey.

TebienkoflF.
Vancouver.

British Admiralty.

Tcbienkott'.
Tebienkofl".

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

llnilcd States Const
Survey.

1923 B 1867-79
700 1869

IX ss. I 1849

672

671

2168

671

2168

1869

1858-82

VIII ss. 1819

3 1869

1863

1852-81

1863

1852-81

680 ss. I 1860-80

646

1866

^'i

222

LIST OP CUAKTH.

Title.

ENOLISH BAT. See Kachekmak Bay nnil Ora-
ham, Port.

BITTBAirCE ANCHORAQE.
(Sydney Inlet to Natinat.) G. H. Richards, R. N.

ESFERANZA INLET, British Columbia.
(Eaperanza and Nuchatlitz Inlets.) G. H. Richards,

R.N.
(Esperanza to C'layuquot.) G. H. Richards, R. N.

ESQITIICALT HABBOB, Bntish Columbia.
E^equiraalt Harbor, Vanmuver Island.
Same. G. H. Richards, R. N.
Sanje, and Victoria Harbor. G. H. Richards, R. N.

ETOLIN HABBOB, Wrangell laland, Alaska.
Etolin Harbor, Wrangell Island. [In Russian ]

(Gavan Etolin na ostrovie Vrangelia * * «

s'karti Kapitana Zarembo, 1834 goda.) From

Zarembo's chart of 1834.
(Bay of Etholine.) Derived in part from observations

by the U. S. Navy.
(Etoline Harbor, Wrangell Island * * *) From

observations by G. Davidson and party. U. S.

Coast Survey Harbor Charts of Alaska.

FITZHUQH SOUITI). See alto Bellakula Jlake-

ney, Fort; Klemtoo Passage; Nowish Cove;

and Welcome Harbor.
(Fitzhugh and Smith Sounds.) Approaches to. From

observations by D. Pender, R. N.
(Fitzhugh and Alilbank Sounds) ; anchorages adjacent

to. D. Pender, R. N.

FONTE. .S'ee PUCA.

POBWARD HABBOB, British Columbia.
(Forward Harbor.) D. Pender, R. N.

FBAN9AIS, POBT DE. See Lituya Bay.

FBASER BIVER.
(Eraser River and Burrard Inlet, Georgia Gulf.)
G. H. Richards, R. N.

FRESHWATER BAY, Chatham Strait. .S'ee alao

Wachusett Cove.
(Freshwater Bay.) R. W. Meade, jr., U. S. N., com-
manding U. o. S. Sayinaw.

FRIBNDLY OOVE, Nutka Sound, British Columbia.

PlanofNutka. [In Russian.] (Plan zalif Nutka.)
Same. G. H. Richards, R. N.

FRITZ OOVB, Alaska.

(Fritz Cove, Stephens Passage.) Surveyed by Lieut.

F. M. Symonds, 1880.
(Fritz Cove, Stephens Passage, Alaska.)

Adtiiobitv.

British Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

Imray and Son.
British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

Number.

Date.

684 88. 1861-74

639
569

1862
1862-71

1863
1897 a. 1860-80
576 I 1862-82

Rusisian Hydrcgraphie i P. O. S. 10 j 1848
Dei>artment. 1396 ss.

United States Hydro-
graphic Office.

United States Coast
Survey.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

225 ss. ' 1869
706 1869

2448
1462

British Admiralty.

1922

Old Russian.
British Admiralty.

XXI 88.

1916 .ss.

United Stat^-.s Coast
Survey.

736

1878
1872

630 S8. 1860

1860-81

United States Hydro- ' 225 ss. \ 1869
graphic Office.

(u. d.)
1862-G6

United States Hydro- 88389. 1881

graphic Office.

1883

LIST OF CHAUT8.

223

:r.

Date.

lB8.

1861-74

)

1862

1862-7]

185S

Title.

7 a. i 1860-80
6 ! 1862-82

i. 10 1848

68S.

5ss. I 1869
i6 1869

1878
1872

88. 1860

IBS.

.SB.

1860-81

1869

(u. d.)
1862-U(J

88. ' 1881
1883

Authority'.

NUUBEB.

FUOA, STRAITS OF. (Fonte, Fuentes, de Fuoa, etc.)'

(Strait of Juan de Fuca, surveyed by Cant. Hi-nry British Admiralty.

Kellett, R. N., 1847. Haro and Rosario Straits,

by Capt. G. H. Ridiards, R. N., 1858. Admiralty

Inlet and Puget Sound, by the U. 8. Explorinir i

Expedition, 1841 • • ♦.)
(Juan de Fuca Strait.) From observations by 'j. H.

Richards, R. N.
(Same.) Compiled in the Hydroj^raphic Bureau of

the U. 8. Navy Department from the preceding, on

a scale of two miles to the inch, 30x44 inches; i

price seventy-five cents. j

ilritish Admiralty.

Unitwl States Hydro-
graphic Office.

OBOROIA, Ouir of.

(Georgia Strait, Sheet 1 ; Georgia Strait t«) the NE.
point of Texada Island.) G. H. Richards, R. N.,
and others.

( Sheet 2 ; NE. point Texada Island to John-
stone Strait.) Continuation of the prcwdiiig. G.
H. Richards, R. N.

aOLDSTRBAM HARBOR, B O.

(Goldstreani Harbor.) D. Pender, R. N.

OOLBTAS OHANNBL.
(Goletas Channel, with passages leading into Queen

Charlotte Sound * * *.)
(Goletas Channel to Quatsino Sound * *•)

OOROB HARBOR, British Oolumbla. j

(Gorge Harbor, Cortes Island.) G. H. Richards, R. N. |

GK>WLLAND HARBOR, British Oolumbla.
(Gowlland Harbor and Ciuathiaski Cove.) G. H.
Richards, R. N.

ORAHAM, PORT. See Kaobekmak Bay.

GRANITE OOVE. AV ^Ithorp, Port.

ORAVES, PORT, British Columbia.
( I'ort Graves, Gambler Island, Howe Sound.) G.
H. Richards, R. N.

ORIFFIN BAT, British Oolumbla.
(Griffin Bay, Haro Archipelago.) G. H. Richards,
R. N.

OULF OF ALASKA. See Alaska, Oulf of.

HARO STRAIT. See nltn Fuca Strait.
(Hai > and Rosario Straits.) G. H. Richards, R. N.
(Haio Strait and Middle Channel.) G. H. Richards,
R.N.

HARVEY, PORT, British Columbia.
(Port Harvey, Johnstone Strait.) G. H. Rioliardf,
R. N.

HBOATB COVE. *' Quatslno Sound.

HELENA BAY, Ohiohagoff Island. See iiina Bay.

HERRING BAY. See Kaobekmak Bay.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

British Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
Uritish Admiralty.

British Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

Britisii Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

British Admiralty.

1911

Date.

1847-81

577 , 1862-81

•It) ' 1873

579 1869-81

580

1869-80

1901 88. 1868-79

655
582

580 88.

2067

1863-81
1860--81

1860-80

1860-67

585 : 1860-80

611 1858-81

2689 1859-81
2840 i 1860-82

6.34 1860

224

LIHT OI<' CHARTS.

Title.

HXSQUIAT HARBOR.
(Eeperanza to Clayiuiuot, et<;.) G. H. Kicliards, R. N.

HIOHFIELD, POINT; Anohorsge at; Wransell

Island, Alaska.
(Anchorage off Point Iliplifiuld, by F. (). Simpson,

master H. M. H. Devadntion, 18»)2.)
(Anchorage off I'oint Ilightield, from British Ad-
mirahy Chart No. 24;{1.) U. S. Coast Survey
Atlas of Harbor Charts.

HOLMES BAT, British Columbia.
(Holmes Bay, Princess lioyal Island.) D. Pender,
R. N.

HOOCHINOO. Set Kootz-

hoo.

HOONIAH HARBOR, Icy Strait.
(Hoonyah Harbor, Ooss Sound.) Surveyed by I^ieut.
F. M. Symonds, 1880.

HOUSTON STEWART CHANNEL.
(Plans of Porta, etc., in Queen Charlotte Islands.)
Inskip and others, R. N.

HOWE SOUND. See Oeorgia Strait, Sheet I. ,

ILIMA BAY, Chiohairoff Island, Alaska.
Chart of Ilina Bay. [In Russian.] (Karta zaiiva
Ilina nahodiaat-chagosia na ostrovie lakobie pri
ostrovie Sitkhi * * s'karti shturniana Ilina.)
From the chart of Mate Ilina.

INLAND PABBAOB, British Columbia. See aUo
Columbian Arohipelagro.

Note. — The following charts cover the Inland Pas-
sage from Victoria to Port Simpson in their order
northward: Numbers 1911, 1917, 1923 B, and
1923 A cover the ground, in general, on a mode-
rate scale; numbers 2689, 577, 579, 680, 638, 581,
682, 565, 2448, 2449, 2453, and 2426 refer to por-
tions of the same passage on a larger scale. There are
numerous harl)or charts and charts of adjacent pas-
sages to be found under their names elsewhere in
this list, but not admitte<l under this head. Those
here are separately mentioned elsewhere. These are
the latest editions.

Fuca Strait, etc.

Vancouver Island.

Fuca Strait.

Hare and Rosario Straits.

Gulf of Georgia, SE. sheet.
" " NW. "

Seymour Narrows. (See chart in this volume.)

Johnstone Strait.

Goletas Channel, etc.

" " (local, enlarged).

Vicinity of Cape Caution (local, enlarged).

Inland Passage, Cape Caution to Port Simpson, south
half.

Lama and Seaforth Cliannels.

AtlTIIOBITy.

British Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
Sim|)son.

British Admiralty.

United States Hydro-
graphic Office.

British Admiralty.

Russian Hydrographic
Office.

NuMHEB. i Date.

569 ss.

2431 ss.
3

1901 88..

883 ss.
2168

British Admiralty.

((

1862-74

1853-82
J 869

1868-79

XVIII

1911

1881

1917

1879

577

1881

2689

1881

679

1881

580

1880

638

1867

681

1872

682

1881

555

1881

2448

1878

1923 B

1879

2449

1881

1862-81

(n. d.)

1872

LIST OK GHAUTS.

235

TlTUD,

Inland Pauage, Cape Caution to Port Binipfioii, north

half.
Browu and Edyo Paswi^e.
Port Simpson and vicinity.

ISLAND HARBOR, Barclay Bound, British
Columbia.
(Island Harbor, 1861.) O. H. Uichards U. N.

lYOUKBBN OOVB.
(lyoukeen Cove, from a sketch hy G. Davidson

♦ * ♦ .) Harbor Chartn of Aluslsa.

JBRVI8 INLBT. 8eeOeoTgio,BtrB.it,SI(etti.

TOHNSTONB STRAIT, British Oolumbla.
(Johnstone and Broughton Straits); Vancouver Island.

JUAN DB PUOA. See Fuoa.

JXTNBAU HARBOR.
(.Tuneftu Harbor,) Gastineau Channel, Stephens Pas-
sage. U. 8. naval oiRcers.

• KAOHWKMAK BAY, Cook's Inlet. •
(Kachekmak Bay, Cook'« Inlet.) From Russian

sources with corrections.

KAIOAHNBB HARBORS and STRAIT, Cordova

Bay. See alto Tlevak Strait.
Kaigahnee Harbors, Prince of Wales Archipelago. "

[In Russian.] fGavan Kaigan v'arkhiiwiagic

Prints Vallieskakho * ♦ ♦ s'karti Kapitana j

Etolina 1833 goda.) From observations by Etolin i

in 1833.
Kaigahnee, etc., from Etolin's Chart. [In Russian.]

(Kaigani muis * * * s'karti Etoli-ia.) Te-

bienkoff's Atlas.
(Kaigan Harbor, from Tebeukoff's Atlas.) U. 8. Coast

Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts.

KLASKINO INLET, British Columbia.
(Klaskinoand Klaskish Inlets and Anchorages, Van-
(couver Island.) D. Pender, R. N.

KLASKISH INLET. See KlasWno Inlet.

KLBIMTOO PASSAGE, British Columbia.
(Klemtoo Passage and Anchorage.) D. Pender, R. N.

KLOKAOHEFF. See Salisbury Sound.

KLEWNX700IT INLET, British Cglumbia.
(Klewnuggit Inlet, Grenville Channel.) G. H. Rich-
ards, B. N.

EOOTZNAHOO INLET.
(Kootsnoo Rapids, from a sketch by G. Davidson.)
Harbor Charts of Alaska. , tt u \

(Plan of Kootznahoo Roads and Koteosok Harbor.) |
From observations by R. W. Meade, jr., U. b, JN ,
P. 0. P.— 29

AtrrHORiTT,

British Aiimiraily.

British Admiralty.

United States Coast
Survey.

British Admiralty.

United States Coast
Survey.

Unite<l States Coast
Survey.

Russian Tlydrographic
Department.

Number.

Tebienkofl'.
Tebienkoff.

British Atlniiralty.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

United States Coast
Survey.

United States Hydro-
graphic Office.

1923 A

2463
2426

584 88.
707

681

737
766

P.O.S.

139()ss.

IX ss.

590

1462

2189

Datb.

1881

1870
1872

1861-74
1869

1860-72

1883
1883

18^4

1849
1869

1862

706
22586.

1872

1868-81

1869
1869

226

L18T OF OHAKT8.

TlTlA

(KtM)tximh(M) liotuls tind KoteoHok Marbor.) Cor-
recUKl U. 1880 by U. 8. N. officers.

KRBSTOFF, PORT. Ste Orosa Harbor.

KOPRmO HARBOR.

(Quntfliiiu Huuud, etc.) G. H. Richards, R. N.

KXTPBR, PORT.
(Plans of Porta, etc., in Queeu Charlotte Islands.)
Inskip and others, R. N.

KWATHIASKI OOVB. Se, Quatbiaskl Oove.

KYNXTMPT HARBOR, British Columbia.
(Kvnuinpt Harbor, Seaforth Ciiannol.) D. Pender,

'"S

KTUQUOT SOtTND, Britlah Columbia. Ste alio
Quataino to Bsperanaa.
uatiot Sound, W. side Vuiioouver Island.) 0. H.
ichards, R. N.

IkAMA PASSAOB, Britlah Columbia.
(Lama Passage and Seaforth Channel.) D. Pender,
R. N.

lilNDBNBBRO HARBOR, Peril Strait, Alaska.
(Lindenberg Harbor, from a sketch by G. Davidson.)
Harbor Charts of Alaska.

LITUTA BAY or PORT DBS FRAN9AIS, Alaska.

Chart of Lituya Bay, from La Perouse. [In Russian.]
(Karta w'hoda v zalif L'tuya * • * s'karti
Laperuza.) Tebienkoff's Atlas, from Ija Perouse.

(Altuya Bay, from La Perouse's Survey.) U. 8.
Coast Survey Atlas of Harl)or Charts.

(Sketch of liituya Bay, Alaska, 1876.) From obser-
vations by W. H. Dall and party, and from La
Perouse. Harbor Charts of Alaska.

(Sketch of entrance to Lituya Bay, Alaska, 1875.)
From observations by W. H. Dall and party in
1874.) Harbor Charts of Alaska.

LOUOHBOROnOH INLET. Ste Oeorgia Strait,
Sheet 2.

LOWB INIiBT, British Columbia.
(Lowe Inlet, Grenville Channel.) D. Pender, R. N.

LYNN CANAL, Alaska.
(Lynn Canal, Chilkat River and Chilkoot Inlet.) F.
M. Symonds, U. S. N.

Mclaughlin, port, British Columbia.
(McLaughlin Bay, Lama Passage.) D. Pender, R. N.

MAPLB BAY.
(Maple Bay.) G. H. Richards, R. N.

AUTIIOUITY.

Unitetl States Hydro-
grnpio Office.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

Britmh Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

United States Coast
Survey.

Tebienkoff.

La Perouse.

United States Coast
Survey.

NUMHER.

British Admiralty.

2189

1868-81

United States Hydro-
graphic Office.

883

1881

British Admiralty.

1901 ss.

1868-79

British Admiralty.

714

1869-81

88288.

670 1
2168

Datb.

1881

1862

1862-81

1901 88. ! 1868-79

717

2449

707

VII 86.

4
710

710

l86»-80

1872

1869

1849

1869
1876

1875

LIST OF CHARTS.

227

Date.

1881

Title.

38.

1862

1862-81

88. 1868-79

I86a-80

1872
1869

1849

1869
1876

1875

1868-81
1881

1868-79
1859-81

ArTIIOHITY.

MARY, PORT; w«at ooaat of Kruioff Island, Alaska.

Sh'. likoff Bay or Port Mary, etc. [In Rumiaii.] (V'za-
hfie Shehkhova ili Port Mcri nelmlshoi /jilifete
udobnii dtia iakornoi 8toianki, opiiiannii licitenaiit
Rikordom i shturman Khiiebnikovjni v' 1810
* * *.) A Bmnll cove in Port Marv, conven-
ient for anchorage, from observations by Rikord
and Khliebnikoff in 1810.

MASSOT HARBOR.
(Plans of Ports, etc., in Queen Charlotte Islands.)
Inskip and others, R. N.

MBNZnOS BAT, British Columbia.
(Menzies Bay, Discovery PasHuge.) O. H. Richards,
R. N.

MBTLA-KATLA BAT, British Oolumbia.
(Metla-Katla Bay.) Copied from British Admiralty

Chart No. 364.
(Duncan Bay and Metlah-Catlah Bay, surveye*! by
Capt. G. H. Richards, R. N., etc.) Correctetl to
1880.

MIDDLB OHANNBIi.
(Haro Strait and Middle Channel.) G. H. Richards,
R. N.

MITOHmiL HARBOR.
(Plans of Porte, etc., in Queen Charlotte Islands.)
Inskip and others, R. N.

- MOIjUBR, port. Ste Aliaska Peninsula.

MORRIS BAT. See Klemtoo Passage.

MUIiORAVB, PORT, Takutat Bay, Alaska; and
vicinity.

Rurik Harbor in Yakutat Bay, etc. [In Russian.]
(Gavan Riurika v'zalif lakutat s'opisi leitenanta
Khromchenko, 1823. * * *.) From observa-
tions by Khromchenko in 1823.

Chart of anchorage, Yakutat Bay, etc. [In Russian.]
(Kartu iakornih miest zalifa lakutat, et«'.) Tebien-
koff's Atlas.

(I'ort Mulgrave, from Russian charts.) U. S. Coast
Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts.

(Port Mulgrave, Yakutat Bay, Alaska, 1875.) From
observations by W. H. Dall and party in 1874,
with a subsketch of the bay included. Harbor
Charts of Alaska.

NAAB BAT AND RIVER, British Oolumbia.
(Xass Bay, etc.) D. Pender, R. N.
(Sketch of the Nass River, etc.)

NAMU HARBOR, British Oolumbia.
(Namu Harbor, Fitzhugh Sound.) D. Pender, R. N.

NANAIMO HARBOR, British Oolumbia.
(Xanaimo Harbor, etc.) G. H. Richards, R. N.
(Nanaimo Harbor and Departure Bay, etc.) t.. n.
Richards, B. N.

RusHian Hydrogniphic
Department.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

Unite<l States Hydro-
graphic Office.
British Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

NUMHBK.

Date.

P.O. 8.9,

i;i7«sM.

Russian Hydrographic
Department.

Tebieniroff.

Tebienkoff.

United Ptates
Survey.

Coast

British Admiralty.
WAxb'.. ulmiralty.

British Admiralty.

BritLsh Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

2168

580 ss.

269
364

2840
2168

P. O. S. 9,
1378 88.

VII ss.

4
711

1847

2190
2190 8S.

1901 88.

573

2.'512

1862-81

1860-80

1870
1862-80

1860-82
1862-81

1847

1849

1869
1875

1872
1872

1868-79

1862-81
1859-81

228

LIST OF (3HABTS.

Title.

AUTHOBtTY.

NUMUER.

Date.

NANOOSF, HARBOR, British Columbia.

(Nanooso HarUor,) («. 11. Richanls, R. N.

British Admiralty,

685

1860-80

NA3PABTI INLET.', British Columbia.

(Naimrti amlOii-ijii-kinsli Inlet*;.) G. H. RichardB,

Britisli Admiralty.

716

1863

R.N.

NA83 BAY AND RI VWR. See Naas Bay.

NAVAIj KlflSBBVB, Vancouver Island.

(."^aval Reserve.) G. H. Richards-, R. N.

British Admiralty.

572 A.

1863-82

NHBAH bay, Waehingrtoii Territory. Set u!eu Ran

Juan Port,

(CajK) FlatUiry and Xeeaii Jlarbors.) ('hart 14 x 17

United States Coast

045

1853-79

inches, scale .xj^^g-o, jn'ice 20 cents, ,sc vera! editions.

Survey.

•."fBVILLH, PORT, British Columbia.

(Port I,eville,) G. H. Richards, R. N.

British Admiralty

630

1860

NIMPKISH RIVER, British Oolumbia.

(Entrance t« Ninipkisli River ) G. H. Richards, R. 1;'.

British Admiralty.

2067

1860-67

NOOTKA. **■ Nutka and nho Bsporanza Inlet.

NORI-'OLK SOUND. Sec Sitlia.

NORTHWEST COAST OP AMERICA. See Alex-

ander "iirf Columbian Archipelagos,

(Queen Ghurlotte Island to Cape Mendocino.)

Imray & S.. ;.

1853

(Cftte nord-ouest de 1' Am6rique, etc.) Covers Queen

Frenci) Admiudty.

11)79

1862

Charlotte. Islands to California,

(Cape Fairweatlior to I^ake Nicaragua.)

Spanish .ulmiralty.
Unitefl States Coast

470

1863

(Northwest Coa.st of ;Vinerica. Sheet No. 1 , Cape Flat-

700

1870

tery to Di.\on Entrant.)

Survey.

(Same, Sheet No. 2, Dixon Entrance to C.i[)c St. Elias.)

United" States Coast
Survey.

701

1870

(Same, Sheet N- . J. Icy Bi;y to Seven Islands.)

United States Coat;t
Survey.

702

1870

NOWL'JH COVE, British Ooliimb:.!,.

(NoAvish Cove, Finlayson Channel.) D. Pendei, R. N.

British Admiralty,

1462

1872

NUCHATLITZ INL,ET. S,e Esperanza.

NUTKA SOUND, Vancouver Island, British

Oolumbia.

(Nootka Sonnd, <;t<\) Con)j>iled from Cook, Vancou-

British Admiralty.

1916

1849-i)()

ver, and a S[)iinisli MS., svitli ii plan of Friendly

Co\'e by Belcher.

(Nootka Sound * *' *.) On larj^c sheet of

Imray & Son.

ss.

1863

"Northw(s(, Coast of Amerioi," hy Iniray.

(Nootk-. , Sound * * *.) G. H. Richards, R. N.

British Admiralty.

1916

1862-66

OaOEN CHANNEL, Britifih Columbia.

(Ogden Channel, with anchora^tn Ijetween Cape Cau-

British AdminiUy.

1901

1868-71)

tion nn(t Port, Simpson.) From observations by

Daniel Pender, R. N.

^_ Or..a-A BTRAIT. A>i' Salisbury Sound.

. .:

08B0RN BAY.

(Osborn Bay.) G. U. lUchardd, R. N.

British Admiralty.

714

1869-81

LIST OP CHARTS.

iEB.

Date.

1860-80

18«3

TiTLB.

1853-7!)

1860

)67

1860-67

162 1872

Authority.

Number,

OTTBR OOVB. British Columbia.
(Otter Cove, Discovery Pas.sage.)

OU-OU-Kn-'SH. Sff Nasparti.

OYSTER HABBOjI. British Columbia.
(Oyster and Telegraph Harbor), Vancouver Island.
G. H. Ricl..irds, R. N.

FABRY PASSAGE.
(Plans of Ports, etc., ir Queen Charlotte Islands.)
Inskip and othere, R. N.

PBDDBR BAY. See Bfioher and Pedder Bays.

PENDER HARBOR, British Columbia.
(Pender Harbor, Strait of Georgia.) North shore. G.
H. Richards, R. N.

PERIL STRAIT, Alaska. See alio Sitka.
(Pogibshi Channel or Peril Strait.) G. C. Hanus,
U. S. N.

PHIPPS OAPB. S<e Mulgrrave, Port.

PLUMPER OOVB. See Shoal Channel.

PORTAGE OOVB, Lynn Canal.
(Portage Bay, Chilkoot Inlet.) G. C. Hanus, U. S. N.

PORT DBS FRANQAIS. See Lituya Bay.

PRIDHAUX HAVEN, British Columbia.
(Prideaux Haven, Desolation Sound.) G. H. IMoh-
ards, R. N.

PROTECTION, PORT, Alaska.
(Port Protection, from Vancouver's Survey.) U. S.
Coast Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts.

PYRAMID ISLAND HARBOR, Lynn Canal.
(Pyramid Island Harbor.) Mouth of Chilkat River.
From observations by R. W. Meade, jr., U. S. N.

QLAWDZBET ANCHORAGE, British Columbia.
(Qlawdzeet Anchorage, Brown Pas.sage.) D. Pender,
R.N.

QUATHIASKI COVE, British Columbia.
(Quathiaski Cove and Gowliand Harbor), Valdes
Island. G. H. Ricliai-ds, R. N.

QUATSINO SOUND, British Columbia.
(Quatsino to Esix^ranza, including Kynquot Sound.)

G. H. Richanls, R. N.
(Quatwino Sound.) G. H. Richards, R. N.

QUEEN CHARLOT^iS ISLANDS, British Colum-
bia. See iiltu Skidegate Inlet.
Chart of the channels, etc., iK^twcen latitudes 51° ^nd
54° 30', from Vancouver. [1 n Russian.] (KarUi
prolivoff N. W. Iwrega An.eriki ot Hhiroti 5 uo
54°30'opi.siVankuvera * * *.) leb.eni<..)l s
Atlas. Includes the adjiuxsnt i)art« of the nianiliuul.

Piitish Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

Biitish Admiralty.

United States Hydro-
graphic 0"lcc.

Uniled States Hydro-
graphic Office.

British Admiralty.

Vancouver.

United State,s Hydro-
graphic Offi<«.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

Tebienkoff.

Date.

580 ss.' 1862-80

714

2168

1859-81

1852-18

585 1860-80

882 88.

1881

882 ss. 1881

580 88.

1860-80

^ . ■ ' ■

1869

225 .ss.! 1869

2453 88.; 1872-79

2067 1860-67

58:?
.')70

1863-80
1862

1849

lilST OF CHARTS.

V'. -S ■'

TtTI.E.

(America, N W. Coast. Plans of Ports, etc., in Queen
Charlotte Islaiids.) Surveys by tlie Virago, etc.),
1852-.3, with correotioiis ill later editions from new
information.

(Vancouver Island to Cordova Bay, etc.) Includes
coast adjacent. Early editions of this chart exceed-
ingly imperfect and noted as unreliable on later
editions.

(Queen Charlotte Islands, Hecate Strait and Dixon
Entrance.) From British and United States sur-
veys to 1881.

QUBBN'fc; '^OVB, British Columbia.
(Queen's Cove, Esi)eranza Inlet.) G. H, Richards,
R. N.

RBPUGB BAY, British Columbia.
(Refuge Bay, Edye Passage.) D. Pender, R. N., etc.
(Sydney Inlet to Natinat.) G. H. Richards, R. N.

BEVHiLAGIGEDO OHANljIBL.
(Revillagigedo Channel or Tongass Narrows, Alaska),
and Ward Cove. From a sketch by Pilot W. E.
George, etc.

BOOHE HARBOR, British Columbia.
(Roche Harbor, HarovStrait.) G. H. Richards, R. N.

ROSABIO STRAIT. Ste Haro und Fuca Straits.

ROSE HARBOR.
(Plans of Ports, etc., in (iuecn Charlotte Islands.)
Inakip and others, R. N,

RTJRIK HARBOR. See Mulgrave, Port.

SAFETY COVE, British Columbia.
(Safety Cove, Fitzhugh Sound.) D. Pender, R. N.

SAINT ELIAS, MOUNT, and vicinity.
(Sketch of the Saint Elias Alpine region, Alaskii,
1 875.) From obstTvations by W. IT. Dall and party
in 1874. Harbor ("liarts of Alaska.

SALISBURY SOUND, Alexander Archipelago,
Alaska.

Pas-snge to Olga Strait, etc. [In Russian.] (W'liod
v'prolif S. Olgi.i Tcbienkoff's Atla*. Appc-are
under the name of Olga Strait erroneously.

(Olga Gulf, from Tebienltors Atlas.) U. S. Coast
Survey Atlas of Harlwr Charts.

SAN JUAN, PORT, Vancouver Island, British
Columbia.

(Port S(in Juan * * *.) On Imray and Son's large

chart ; derived from Wmxl ?

(Port San Juan * * '.) J. Wood, R. N.

SANNAKH ISLAND. Sr<- Allaska Peninsula.

SCHOONER RETREAT, British Oolumbl»..
(Schooner Retrwvt,Fitzhugh Sound.) D. Pender, R. N.

Authority.

British Adnuralty.
British Admiralty.

United States Hydro-
graphic OfiBce.

Britii^h Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.

United States Coast
Survey.

British Admiralty.

British y\dmiralty.

British Admiralty.

United States Coast
Survey.

Tebienkoff.
Tebienkoff.

Immyand Ton.
Flritish Admiralty.

British Admiralty.

Number.

Date.

2168

2430

904

&89b8.

2453 ss.

584 ss.

712

602

2168

1901 1

700

Villi

1910

1901

1856-81

1860-81

1881

1862

1872-79
1861-74

1883

1857-69
1852-81

1868-79
1875

1849
1869

1853

1847-64

1868-79

LIST OF CHARTS.

2S1

Date.

1866-81

1860-81

9ss.

1881

1862

,3 88. 1872-79
14 88. 1861-74

,2 1883

158

1857-69

1852-xl

)1 88. 1808-7'J
|)!t 1875

111 88.

1849

3 1869

185;$
lo 1 1K47-64

H8.

TlTI,E.

Authority.

NUMUGB.

SOHTTLZB OOVB, Pish Bay.
(Schulze Cove, Rubia Bay.) From observation.^ by United Sfaites liylro-
Lieut. F. M. Syraonds, U. S. N. graphic Office.

SBAFOBTH CHANNEL. See Lama Passage.

SECURITY BAY, Alaska.

(Seeurity Bay), Kuiu Island, Alexander Archiitelago. United States Ilydro-

11. W. Meade, jr., U. S. N. graphic Office.

(Security Bay, Kuiu Island, Chatham Strait, Alaska.) Unitetl States Coast

From obserN'ations by the U. S, Navy. I Survey.

SBimAHMOO BAY.
(Semiahmoo Bay and Drayton Harbor.) G. H. Rich- British Admiralty,
ards, R. N. | . > .

British Admiralty.
Britisii Admiralty.

Rii»<iaM Ilydrographic
Depurtrac-nt.

1868-7!)

SBYMOTTR NARROWS, British Columbia.
(Seymour Narrows, Discovery Passage.) G. H. Rich-
ards, R. N.

SHOAL CHANNEL, British Columbia.
(Shoal Channel and Plumper Cove, Howe Sound.)
G. H. Richards, R. N.

SH0MAGIN ISLANDS. Sw Aliaaka Peninsula.

SHUSHARTIB BAY or PORT, British Columbia.
(Shucartie Bay, Vancouver Island.) G. H. Rich-
ards, R. N.

SIMPSON, PORT, British Columbia.
(Port Simpson, and adjacent anchorages.) D.Pender, i British Admiralty.
R. N. Later editions much improved. i

SITKA, BARANOFP ISLAND. Alaska, and |
vicinity,
(.'hart showing the entrana.'s to New Archangel, Sitka
Sound, Salisbury Sound, and Peril Straits, by
Vasilicff, senior, in 1809, and N'asilieff, junior, ui
1833. [In Rusaian.] (Kirta w'hwiof k'Novo-
Arkhangelskomu portu ch'res zundi Sitkhu, Kloka-
cheva i prolif Pogibshii. Sostaviena s'opisi shtur-
manoff Va.*ilieva T v' Um i Vasilleva 2° v
1833 * * * 1848.) The best char!; of this
i)art of Ali\ska.
(*tka Sound [the Norfolk Sound of Vancouver],
from the Russian chart of 1848.) With additi-.ns
from English tources, nearly all of which a-e
erroneous; otherwise (up to 1 882) the same as Rus-
sian Hydrographic Chart No. 1M97, which i.s de-
cidedly preferable to the earlier editions of this
chart. The last (1882) edition, however, iiu-or-
poratw the U. S. naval data for Sitka and vicinity
witii subskotch of Symonds Bay.
(Sitka or New Arkl.angel, from a Ruseian plan by
(;apta'n Yiissiliett; 1850.) Bad; now sufierseded,
as notefl IhsIow. , , v o i

(Sitka Harbor and Approaches, Alaska.) Survey Dy
Lieut. F. M. Symonds and Master (t. ( . Hanus,
U 8 N. ct*-., 1879. Mest chart of the harlw.r ot
Sitka and interior approaches; 17y23 inciies, scale
nhs> pbotolithog'. I , price twemy-hve cents.
Same; reproduced on coppsr.

226 S8.
723

2627

638

585

Date.

883 ss. 1881

1869

1883

1857

1864-67

1860-80

British Adminilty. j 2067 j 1851-67

2426

P.O.S. lOj
i;{97

1868-72

1848

British Admiralty.

2337

Britisii Admiralty.

Unitetl "Mat*. Coaat
Siirv.,^ .

Britisii Admiralty.

1854-82

2348
708

2348

1850
1881

1882

LIST OF CHARTS.

Title.

pfV^

Authority.

SKIDBOATB INLBT, Britiah Columbia.
(Skidegate Inlet, Queen Charlutte Islands.) D.
Pender, R. N.

SKINOinTUil rNLBT, B. O.
(Skincuttle Inlet.)

SMITH SOUND. See Fitzhugh Sound.

800KB INIiET, British Columbia.
(Sooke Inlet, Vancouver Island.) D. Pender, R. N.

SPASSKIA, PORT, Chlchaffoff Island, Alaska.
(Port Spa.skia, surveyed by Mate Bunoff.) TJ. S.
Coast Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts, 1869.

SQUIBBEL COVE, Britiah Columbia.
(Squirrel Cove, Cortes Island. J G. H. Richards, R. N.

STAKHIN. See StiUne.

STBPHBNS, PORT, British Columbia.
(Stephens, Port, Prindpe Island.) D. Pender, R. N.

STEWART, PORT, Alajka.
(Port Stewart, from Vancouver's survey.) U. S. Coast
Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts.

STUART ANCHORAGE.
(Stuart Anchorage.) I). Pender, R. N.

STUART CHANNEL.
(Stuart Channel, etc.) G. H. Richanls, Iv. N.

SUQUASH ANOHORAv>a, «^ueen Charlotte Sound,

British Oolvimbia.
(Johnstone and BroUjfhtou Straits.)

SW ANSON BAY, Chatham Strait
(Swanson's HarU.r.) G. C. Hanus, U. S. N.

SYDNEY INLET a-itlsh Columbia.
(Sydney Inlet to Natiiiat. jitiluding ClayoquiM and
Barclay Sounds.) G. H Richards, R. N.

SYMOKD8 BAT See ./.. Sitjm,.
(Symonds Bay, Sitka Sound.; F. M. Svmonds iin«i
G. C. Hanus, U. S. N.

TAKU HARBOR, SteTiheaa PasBa^re j^oaaln
(Takou Harbor.) R. W . Meade, jr., H. S. N.

TAKU8H EABBOR, 3mltb Sound Britl-sh
Columbia.
(Takush Hariwur, Smith Sound.) D. i'eudor, R.
N., t'te. j

TAMGA8 HARBOR, Oravlna IslandH, Alaska. '
Tani^w HarlK»r, Gravitia TulamtH, etc. j In Russian.] ;
(Gavan Tanigas na ostnivie Gravii)nn * ♦ *
s'karti Ka)>itana Etoliua 1 HiV3 goda.) From ob- '
eervatioufj by Etoliu.

British Admiralty.

Bunoff.

British Admiralty.

United States Coast
Survey.

British Admiralty.

Unitwl States Hydro-
^h«thic Office.

TWteih Admiralty.

T. S. Coast and Geo-
detic Survey.

United Staties Hydro-
graph io Office.

British Adnurik^tv.

Number.

2168

1907

580 ss.

2189

1901 ss.

714

581 ss.

882 ss.

584

724

Date.

2448 fis.

1868-72
1881

1864
1869

1860-80

1868-81
1869

1868-79
1859-81

1872
1881
1861-74

1880

225 ss. 1869

1878

R'!i»*MM. Hytlrogmpfcir P. Q, 8. 10 j 184K
IVjMutmeui, I 13MaH.{

R. Date.

1868-72

1881

1864
t I 1869

)ss.

9
1

II 8S.
(2 88.

1860-80

1868-81
1869

1868-79
1859-«1

1872
1881
1861-74

1880

25 8s. 1869

18 ».«. 1 1878

1
I

iOj 184H

LIST OF CHAKTS,

283

Title.

AUTIIOUITY.

Tamgaa Harbor, Gnivinn Islands, etc. [In Riissiau.]
(GavanTamgas * * * a't-i Etoliua.) Te-
bienkoff's Atlas.

(Tomgas Harbor, from Ti.N;nkoff'8 Atlas.) U. S.
Coast Sur-. ay Atlas of Harbor Charts.

TBLHQRAPH HABBOR. See Oyster Harbor.

TLBVAK STilAIT. See alto Kalgahnee Strait.
(Tlevak and connecting straits from Cape Muzon to
Tlevak Narrows, with subsketch of Howkan Straits,
including American Bay.) H. E. Nichols, U. S.
N., etc.

TOMOAS. See Ton;,asa <ii>r/ Tamgraa.

TONQASS HARBOR, Alaska.
( Passages t« Fort Tomgas.) Showing harlxir and fort.
From obaervatious by G. Davidson and party.
Harbor Charts of Atlas.

TONO-ASS NARROWS. See ReH ilaglgedo Channel.

TOVrNSHND, PORT, Washington Territory.
(Port Towusend, etc.) Scale ^J^mf* H Xl4 inches,
price 15 cents.

TRAOY HABBOR, British Columbia.
(Tracy Harbor, Queen Clmrlottc Islands.) D. Pen-
der, R. N.

TBIBUNB BAY, British Columbia.
(Tribune Bay, Hornby Island .) G. H. Richards, R. N.

TRINOOMALIB CHANNEL
(Trinoomalie Channel.) G. H. Richards, R. N.

TUCKER BAY, British Columbia.
(Tucker Bay, I^asqueti Island.) G. H. Richards, R. N.

UOHUOKLBBIT, British Columbia.
(Uchucklosit and Refuge Cove, Sy<lney Inlet.) G.
H. Riclmids, R. N.

VANCOUVER ISLAND. See ,iho British Columbia
and NW. Coast of America.

Chart of the Quadra and Vancouver Isiaiuls. 'In
Russian.] (Karta ostrova Kwudra i VunkuvTn,
a'opisi Vankuvera * * * 1«4!».) Tebioi-
koff'B Atlas. Cape Flattery to Scott Islands.

( Es{)eranai to Claycxjuot, etc.) G. H. Richanls. R.N.

(Vancouver Island end :Mr)!i.«nt shores of Hriti.sh
Columbia.) G. II. Richards, R. N.

( Vancouver Island, SeuiichniooBay and Druyton Har-
bour.) G. IT. Richards, II. N.
VICTORIA, VANCOUVER ISLAKD, Brit. CW.

: Victoria Harbour.) Siibskctcii on hirge genera! cliari.
, (Kstiuiraalt and Victoria Harbours, etc.) (r. 11.
RuhanlM, K. N. , , „ x^

(Victorio Harbour, etc.) (x. H, Richards, B. >.

VIBAGO SOUND.
(Plans of Tort/' etc., in Queen Charlotte- Islands.)
luf^kfp ftud otJiers, R. N.
p, c. r.— 30

Tebienkoff.
Tebienkoff.

United States Coast
Survey.

NUMHER.

Date.

Unitwl States Coast
Survey.

United States Coast |
Survey.

British Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
British Admiralty.
British Admimlty.
Ikitish Admiral ly.

Tebienkoff.

British Admiralty.
British Admimlty.

British Admiralty.

Iniray it S>n.
Uritish Admiralty.

British Admiralty.
British Admimlty.

IX I
i

713

707

1849
1869

1883

1869

647

671

680 as.

714

679

584 88.

669
1917

2627

88.

576

1897 6.

1879

1863

1860-80
1869-41
1860-81
1861-74

1849

1862-71

lH.W-79

lM-7

rii5:5
1861-82

1860-82

216S i 1862-&1

•-il

li I

i'l;

234

LIST OF CHAUTS.

Title.

•WAOHUSBTT OOVE, Alaska.
fWaoliiisett Ciivc, Kresliwatcr iJay), Chatlmin Strait.
liy U. S. naval officers.

WADDINGTON HARBOB, Bute Inlet, British
Columbia.
(Waildington ]Iarl)()r at head of Mute Inlet.) G. H.
Richards, R. N.

•WALSH OOVE, British Columbia.
(Walsh Cove, A'^ancoiiver Island.) G. H. Richards,
R.N.

■WA.BD COVE. Alaska.
(Wanl Cove, Tcngass Narrows.) T. Dix BoUes, U.
S.N.

WASHINGTON ISLANDS. See Que«n Charlotte
Islands.

WELCOME HARBOR. British Columbia.
(Welcome Harbor, Fitzhugh Sound.) D. Pender,
R.N.

WHALE BAY. See Banks. Port.

WHITESTONE NARROWS, Neva Strait, Alaska.
(Whitestonc Narrows, Nevski Strait.) G. C. Haiiu.s,

U. S. N.

WHITEWATER BAY, Alaska.

(Whitewater Tiav, ( 'lia^iiam Strait.) Officers U. S. N.

WILLIAM HBl'RY BAY, Lynn Oanal.
(William Henrv Harbo •, Lynn Canal.) G. C. Hanus,

U. S. N. '

WILLOUOHBY OOVE, Crosa Smind.
(Willoughbv Cove, licmesurier Island, Cross So;>nd.)
G. C. Hanus, U. S. N.

WOEWODSKI HARBOR, Admiralty leland,

Alaska.

V/oewodski Harbor, etc. [In Ru,s.sian,] (Gavan •

'Voewodskaklio naostrovie Adniiralteistva * * *

s'karti Kapitana Zarcnibo 18;i8 gwla.) From

observations by ('ii])tiiin Zariniibo.

WRANGELL STRAIT, Alexander ArchipelasfO,
Alaska.

Morcator Chart of Wrangcll Strait, etc. [I:- Hii.s-
sian.] (Merkatoi-skaiii kai ta prolifa Wrangelia
v'siovernih Koloslienskili prolivah. Sniata s'karti
G. Lindenberga igravinovana v'hydrograficheskom
departainontie nioi-skakho niinisterstva, 1X50.)
From observations by Lindcnberg. Chart on large
scale.

(I Man of Wrangcll Strcits.) From observations by
R. W. Mendc, jr.. V S. N., etc.

(Reconnaissmct of Wriingell vStraits, Alaska, by the
party under the command of Lieut. Com'd'r H. E.
Nichols, U. S. X., .A^wistant Coast and Geodetic
Survey, i88L)

YAKUTAT. S,f Mulgrave, Port.

AUTIIOUITY.

United States Coast
Survey.

Uritish Admiralty.

Rritish Admiralty.

United States Coast
Survey.

British Admiralty.

United States Hydro-
graphic Office.

United States Coast
Survey.

Unite<l States Hydro-
graphic Office.

United States Hydro-
graphic Offi<x;.

NuMBEit.

734

680 8s.

580 88.

712 88.

1462

882 ss.

726

882 ss.

882 Bs.

Russian Hydrographic P. O. 8. 10
Department. 1396

Russian Hydrograjjhic
Department.

P.O. S. 106
1441

United States Hydro-
drographic Office.

Uniteil States Coast
Survey.

226 ss.
722

Date.

1883

1860-80

1883

1872

1881

1883
1881

1881
1848

1850

1869-80
1883

^r.

,>.»■* ,-

tEU.

Date.

1883

)0b8.

1860-80

$0S8.

1860-80

L2sB.

1883

1872

B2 8,s.

1881

CHARTS ISSUED BY THE (JNrTEI) STATES COAST
AND GEODETIC SUIIN EY.

NOTE.

All the Alaskan cha'ts of the survey are incliulwl.

The charts embrace<l in the following rafalo^jjuc are classed as "FinJHhod" and "Preliminary."

The "Finished" charts are printed from eiij,'raved plates and embody all information furnished
by the survey, to the minutest details.

The "Preliminary" charts are Miose issuwl as soon as possible alter the surveys, in whole or in
|)art, have been made, and are used to supply the pressing <leman(ls of navigation pending the publica-
tion of the "Finished" charts. They are either engraved or pliotolitliographed. The latter are
marked L.

The charts in this list are various in character, according to the object^ which they are designed
to subserve and the amount of information acc-^sible. The most important distinctions are the
follfywing:

1. Sailing Chahth, on a scale of ,2m,m> which exhil)it the ap])roaclies to a large extent of coast,
and enable the navigator to identify his position as he approaches IVoni I lie open sea.

2. Hakuor Chauts, on large 8<'ales, intend'Hl to meet the needs of local navigation, and
frequently derived from sciuity data.

In the present Catalogue the charts are arranged in regular geographical sequence, the reader
licing supfwsed to follow the shore westward and northward along the I'aridc coast.

A list is also given of the sketclKs eompilcil from foreign sources for immediate u.sc and pub-
lished in 1869 Jis the U. S. Coast Survey Atlas of Harbor Charts of Alaska. Many of these liave
been superseded by better and larger reconnaissiimii charts or sketches in the regidar series of ITarl)P/
('harts. Xavigatoi"s will «)nfer a favor by -•i>iiiHunii('ating to tiie Survey any new inforniation i)y
which the charts can be improved, since it will be many yeiu's liefore even a reconnaissance can he com-
|ileted of the coasts and harbors of Alaska. In tli(! list asepanitc immlier is given to ea<'li chart, even
when there are .several on one sheet, the names heing rejwatcd in each case, but oidy lunnbered once
when in their proper geograjihical sequence.

In the Catiilogue of charts published in IHS.T the numbers of the IFarbdr Charts were changed
;ind arranged in geographii'al sequence in accordance witii :i pcrniani'iit scliemc. These nntnln'rs are
tiiose hei-e published, while the numbers which have appeai'cd in |)nvioii,s catalogues are ho longer in
use. The sequence is intended to l>e as geographical as the iiatun of the <'iisc will admit.

(2;]5)

! Pi

LIST OP COAST SURVEY CHARTS.

TABLE OF SCALE EQUIVALENTS.

The following table gives the length of nautical and statute miles on the several scales named,
these scales being the proportionate size of the chart to nature. That is, in the scale , ^(q, the chart is
lauo f^^^ °^ ^^^ actual linear dimensions in nature, (or 100 feet to the inch,) etfual tu 60.8 inches to a
nautical mile, and 62.8 inches to a statute mile, and so on.

A nautical mile is a minute of an average great circle of the earth, and its length is 6,080 feet,
or 1863.2 meters. A statute mile is 5,280 feet, or 1609.8 meters. One meter is 39.3704 inches and
one centimeter is 0.3937 inches.

SCALE.

Nautical Milb.

Statuth Mils.

Inohea.

Centimeten.

Inches.

CentiineUira.

60.603
.30. 401
16.301

14.593
7.296
4.864
3.648

3.433
1.824
1.459
1.316

0.912
0.730
0.365
0.183

0.073
0.061

154.44
77.22
38.61

37.06

18.53

12.36

9.27

6.18
4.03
3.71
3.09

2.32

1.85
0.93
0.46

0.18
0.15

52.800
26.400
13.200

12. 672
6.336
4.224
3.168

2.112
1.584
1.267
1.0i)6

0.792
0.634
0.317
0. 158

o.oa3

0.053

134.11

67.06
33.53

32.19

16.09

10.73

8.05

5.36
4.03
3.22

2.68

3.01
1.61

0.80
0.40

0.16
O.IS

1,200
1

2,400

4,800

8,000

10,000

1
15,000

i»,00O
1

1111,000
1

40,000
1

60,000

60,000
1

80,000

100,000

am.cijo

400,000

1,000,000

1,200,000

LIST OF COAST SUUVEY CHARTS.

th is 6,080 feet,
1704 inohee and

LIST OF CHARTS ISSUED BY THE UNITED STATES COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY
RELATING TO ALASKA AND ADJACENT REGION. ;

ABBRKViATlONg.— F., Finiihcd ; Pr., Preliminarj ; L., PhotolUhograpbio.

IMS.

OktalogiM
Nnir.btr.

700
701
708
703

64S
646
647

TITLl.

SAILmO CHARTS.

Norlhwft Coait of Amtrica.
No. 1, Cape FUttery to Dixon Enlnno* .

No. 3, Dtzon Entranoe to Cape St. Eliai .

No. 3, ley Bay to Seven lalandi

[No. 4, Chlrikoiriiland to Nunivak.r ..

HARBOR 0BLART8.
Cape Flattery and Neeah Harbore, Waah. Ter.

AlaRka .

iKootsnoo

Rapids . J

> Alaaka .

722
723
724
725
796

Tlerak and cunneoting Straits

,iu... 1

I. Wrangell Strait J

Security Bay, Frederick Sound, Alaska...

Symonde Bay, Sitka Sound, AlsskaJ

Sitka Harbor and Approaches, Alaska

Whilewatfr Bay, Chatham Strait, Alaska

Pr.

Pr.
Pr.

False Dungenera and New Dungeness, Wash. Ter { Pr,

Port Towneend, Wash. Ter

711 I f Fort Tongaaa "

Iiindenberg Harbor . > Alaska

. I-you-koen Cove

718 Eevillagigedo Channel and Ward Core, Alaska

713 ("Tlevak and connecting StraiU

I Wrangell Stnut

721 fEtoliu Harbor...."!

Pr.

Alaska . -

l,2oa,iiCK)

"l,2(10,000"

1,200, Mb

40,000
1

SO, nob
_i

40,000

40,000'

133,000

1
It, 000

Ifi.SUO

e,oob

aoo.ooo
1

67,000

Siis or Boasss.

Inchei,

2*,: X 34
85ix34

85ix:i4

W. X 86
6r> X 86
65 X 86

Dale or Data of

Ual tnt
•dIMuo. tdltlon.

[ »o,e

200,00(1

i 1

18,000

_ 1 _
7,200

20,100

16^ 1)00

14 X 17

10 X 82
U X 14

9 X lU

18 X 82

36 X 43
25 X 56
38 X 3«

23 X 8»

46 X 58

1880
1880
1880

1879

1869
1870
1870

Piiri.

1868

1879

mx 88f 47 X 57

9 X 111

18iX 22i

18iX 15

14 X 14
17 X 22i

15 X 16

23 X 29

47 X 57

32 X 38
36 X 36
43 X 67

38 X 40

1&83
1883

18C9

1883

1883
1880
1881
1883

10.60
.60
.60

1853

^1853j
|l856'
1858

1869

188;)
1883

1869

1883

1883
1880
1869
1883

.20
.16
.IB

.10

.16
.16

.10

.16

.15
.10
.K
.15

.TitI- glT.„ tn [.»«.«.] .nd onderlln«i, indio... oh.rt. Ib pr,p.r.tlo„ b«t no. ,irt publUhl.

LIST OP COAST? SURVEY OHARTS.

ill ;

• .i;

l^'i i

IMS.

i<f.flir «

OLAiS.

BOAU.

■in or BoBDia.

Dal* of

llMt

•dlllon.

Data of

ant

•dlllon.

PaiciK.

OtItJoiiii
NnnlMr.

loehM.

0«aUBt«MS.

Harbor Charts— Continued.

' Fort TniigtMi

139,000

731

LindunbvrK Harbor..

Alaeka

16,000

9 X m

33 X 39

1869

|0.10

I-you-kMn Cove

1«,0(IO

rEtolin Hnrbor 1

r 1

J Ixiuka.
(.Koounoo Rapida ... J

67,000

I SIO,000

9 X m

as X 99

1869

1809

.10

738

734

' Waohuautt Cove, Freahwater Bay . .

10,800

Frita Cove, Duuglaa liland

Alaska

10,600

18iX 23

47 X 69

1883

.16

.1 uiieau Harbor

10, too

1 .

■ Fort Tungaas "

13'i,000

Liiideiiberg Hnrbor . .

^Alaska

18,000

9 X m

83 X 89

1669

1869

.10

736

l-yoii-kecn Cova

16,000

Waehiiaett Cove, Freahwater Bay . .

10, 800

736

Fritz Cove, DoiiKlaa Tfiland

Alaska

10,800
1

18JX 23

47 X 59

1883

188:1

.15

737

10,800
1

741

firaiiitd Covi', I'ort Altliorp, and approacbea, Alaaks.

14 X 18

36 X 46

1883

3,000

74'2

Iiitiiy a Kay and Entraiicn, Mnaka

-i-il

8 X 12

20 X !»

1876

1875

.111

751

10 X 12

25 X 30

1876

1875

.10

751!

Port Miilgrave and Kntrance, Alaska

100,000

80,000

I 8,000 J

r 1

10 X 13

25 X 33

1875

.10

756

Mlddreton Island '

130,000

N. W. Harbor, Sliiimagina . . .

^Alaska

64,000

10 X 13

85 X 33

1876

1875

.111

8annak)i Inland

■ i

400,000

706

Kacliekniak Bay, Cook'g Inlet, AlaHkn

128,000

18 X 30

45 X 51

1883

.1.1

776

St. Paul Harbor, Kadiak Island, Alaska

lliX 14i
9 X 13

89 X 37

1881

1869

.111

786

Seniidi Islands, Alaska

1
400,000

23 X 33

1875

.10

795

[Trinity Islands to Coal

Caiii'1

ir "^^ -.iv- if

LI8T or UOAHT 8U11VKY CIlAltrM.

«t I ant
Uoo.jadlllon.

IMS.

IVlUlo|U<
Nuuit>*r.

TITLI.

[)UM.

8011.1. 1

Nils ot H
IlnhM. 1

i<ni>iH. [
VinUnwUn.

hilmir IKUiif

iMt flml

dlUoil. •dllluli.

raiva.

Hakboh CIIAHT8— Cuiitlnucd.

796
71>7

4 W Aiioli(iriun) L'ljirikiitr lalnnil AlaiikH

10 X U

25 X 28 1

Itl75

1
1876

ID.IO
.10

Chignik Bay, AUaBkii IViiiiiHula, AlaakA

its, (WO

10 X vn

1
ii6 X 34

lab

1875

708
806

L. -

Hx 131

24 X 34

18(6

1875

.10

Part of Aliiwkn I'miinHiiln hikI ndjnGout iaUnd* fVom
Co«l ('h|i« to iHannnkh 8lmit, Alaakt

17, OM

1
6M,(I00

15 X 18

38 X 46 i

1888

j
1882 ,

.15

807

L. -

1
~i47,'0W

lOiX 12

27 X 30

1875 1

1
1872

.10

808

SlnieoBoff Harbor, Bhuiunciiii ...

1 1
90,001)

809

Northeast Harbor, SliuiiiagiiiB.. .

Alaska

m,ooo

10 X 12

25 X 30

1875

.10

Falmoutli Harbor, Shumagiin ...

.Eagle Harbor, Shumagiim

1
du.iioo

Middletoii Iiland

136,1100

810

Northwest Harbor, Shuinagins ..

Samiakli Island

Acherk Harbor

^ Alaska

64,U(X)
1

St,<«)0'

10 X la

25 X :i:t

1875

1876

.10

■ Simeonoff Haibor, Sbumagins . . .

f J 1

90,000

Northeast Harbor, Sbumagins...

' Alaska

liuTiioo
1

10 X 12

25 X 30

1875

1876

.10

811

Falmouth Harbor, Sbumagins..

lisTooo"

818

[ Eagio Harbor, Sliumagins

90,000

813

Sanborn Harbor, Sbumagins, Alaska

40,000

9 X 11

23 X 88

' 1878

1878

.10 i

814

Popoif Strait and Humboldt Harbor, Sbumagin

9 X 11

23 X 88

1874

1878

.10

Coal Harbor, Uuga Islaud, Alaska

• IB

1 1

100,000

I'w.'ooo

i 9 X 11

23 X 28

1872

.10

815

130,000

Northwest Harbor, Sbumagins..

V Alaska

1
M,dbo

1 10 X i;t

25 X 33

1875

.10

816

490,000

["31,000

-■'•'■'

817

i Acherk Harbor, Sannakh Island

821

Captain's Bay, Unalashka, Aleutian Islands

. L.

63,000

- 13 X 17

i 33 X 44

1875

1 1809

.10

.! L.

1 1

9 X 14

23 X 36 1875

1875

; .10

822

niuUuk Harbor, Unalashka, Aleut

an Islands

9,400

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0 !ii^ U£

1.1 i.-^KS

^ IJ&

I'-^^i'-^li^

6" ■

'/;

PliDtographic

Sciences
Corporation

23 WIST MAIN STREIT

WI»STW,N.Y. 14510

(716)172-4503

■^V'^,
V%^

^<-

<$-

LIST OF 0OA8T SUBVET OHABTS.

UN.

Ottklonil
HanMr.

841
851

8G8
871

887
888
801
896

TITLI.

HA.RBOR Charts.— Continued.

r Bajr of blandi, Adskh bland ^

i IxieatUnrda

vConitantine Harbor, Amobitka bland J

Kyika Harbor, Kjrika bland, Aleutian blanda

Port MAllef, Aliaaka Peninsula, Bering Sea, Alaaka..

Priblloir blandi, Bering Sea, Alaska

St. Qeorge bland, Bering Sea, Alaaka

St. Paul bland, Bering Sea, Alaaka

St. Mathew bland, Bering Sea, Alaska

Cape Etolin, Nunivak bland, Bering Sea, Alaska. . ..

Glam.

960 1 Alaska and adjoining territory, (ohromo-|ithographio
n>«P)

L.
L.
L.
h.
L.
L.
L.

BOALS.

33,

27.

000

100,

IM,

000

3,000,000

Bill or BosD».

Inchea. Cantlmeton,

Six 18

8*X 13
10 X 14
9 X 13
8 X 12
10 X IS
10 X 13i
10 X 13*

88 X 36

89 X 30

88 X 33

55 X 36
83 X 33
20 X 30
85 X 30

56 X 34
85 X 38

70 X 90

Date of

bat
•ditluB.

1875

1875
1875
1875
1875
1875
1075
1875

1884

DoUof

fint
adition.

1875

1875
1875
1876
1875
1876
1876
1875

1800

Paica.

to. 10

.10
.10
.10
.10
.10
.10
.10

.&0

■I

U. S. COAST SURVEY [ATLAS OF CHARTS OF] HARBORS IN ALASKA, 1869.

Sheet No. 1. — Kaigani Harbor.

Tamgas Harbor. ',

Bucareli Bay.
Port Bazan.
Port Stewart.
Port Conclusion.

No. 2.— Sitka Hirbor.

No. 3. — Port Protection,

Highfield Anchorage.
Whale Bay.
Cross Harbor.
Salisbury Sound.
Entrance to Cross Sound.
I >rt Spasskia.

No. 4. — Lituya Bay.

• Port Mulgrave.
Port Etches.
Port Chalmers.
« Port Chatham.

Entrance to Kaknu River.
Kukak Bay.

No. 5.— St. Paul Harbor, Kadiak Island.

IjIST of coart survky charts.

341

U. 8. Coast Sdhvey : Atlas— Continued.

No. 6.

P.tr. iP.^-8i

-Port Graham.
Port Wrangell.

Delarcff and Coal Harbors, Unga Island.
Kiluluk and Chemofi&ki Bays, Unalashka Island.

No. 7. — Iliuliuk and Captains Harbors, Unaloshka Island.

No. 8. — Sviechnikoff Bay, Aralia Island.

Nazan and Korovinski Bays, Atka Island.

Bay of Waterfalls, Adakh Island.

Constantino and Kiriloff Harbors, Amcliitka Island.

Chichagoff Harbor, Attn Island.

No. 9. — Plover Bay, Eastern Siberia.

342

USEFUL CHARTS NOT I88UEU BY THE COAST SURVEY.

LIST OF CHARTS ISSUED BY THE U. S. HYDROGRAPHIO OFFICE.
(North to latitude 60° and wcat to longitude 140° W. Or.)

No.

26
226

226

883

904

TiTLB.

Juan de Fuca Strait

SE. Coast of Alaska, Alexander Archipelago

With subsketcheb: Bay of Etholine

Freshwater Bay

Plan of Kootznahoo Roads and Koteosok Harbor .

Pyramid Island Harbor .

Security Bay

Takou Harbor

Plan of Wrangell Straits^

Seme, with additions on the N. part of the archipelago

Metlakatla Bay -

Contains : Kootznalioo lloads and Koteosok Harbor .

Pogibshi Channel or Peril Strait

Portage Bay, Chilkoot Inlet

SwansonBay

Whitestone Narrows

Willoughbv Cove

William Henry Harbor

Lynn Canal, Chilkat River and Chilkoot Inlet

With sulKsketches: Fritz Cove, Stephens Passage

Hooniah Harbor, Cross Sound

Schuize Cove, Fish Bay

Queen Charlotte Islands, Hecate Strait and Dixon Entrance

Date.

1873
1869
1869
1869
1869
1869
1869
1869
1869
1880
1870
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881

LIST OF CHARTS ISSUED BY THE BRITISH ADMIRALTY.

(Nortli to and including the Alexander Archipelago.)

No.

3f4

666
669

670

671

Title.

Skidcgate Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands

With subsketch: Anchor Oove

Duncan Bay and Metlah-Catlah Bay

Seymour Narrows, Discovery Passage

Golctas Channel, etc

Esperanza to Clayuquot, including Nootka Sound..

With subsketch: Hesquiat Harbour

Quateiuu Sound

Withsubsketches: Hecate Cove

Kropino Harlxiur

Contains: Blunder Harbor, Queen Charlotte Soui.d
Cullen " •' " "

Cypress " " " "

Tracy " " " "

Date.

1872
1872
1880
1867
1881
1871
1871
1862
1862
1862
1863
1863
1863
1863

LIST OF FOttElON CIIARTH.

248

Datk.

1873

*•■*«•

1869

._•_■>_

1869

KM__

1869

— — — »

1869

vai«

1869

1880

1870

.■•■•aaa

1881

<■■__■■

1881

— ~— •■

1881

*Kww

1881

Dai<e.

1872

1880

1867

1881

1871

1862

18(i2

1863

■ 1863

1863

672
673
676
677
679

680

681
682

m
m

686

689

690
693
602
611
630

634
714

716

717

1462

1897 a
18976

Constanoe Cove
Nwtaimo Harbour, eta
Esquimau and Victoria Harbouni

Jiwui de Fuca Strait

Cfeorgia, Strait of, Sheet 1

Withsubsketohea: Buccaneer Buy

Tucker Bay, Losqueti Island .

Qeoreia, Strait of, Sheet 2 .

Withsubeketchvfl: Beaver Creek, Loughborough Inlet

Cnmeleon Harbour, Nodales Channel

Drew Harlx»ur, ValJcs luland

/ Gorge Harbour, Cortes Island

Mcnzics Bay, Discovery Passage

Otter Cove, Discovery Passage

Prideaux Harbour, Desolation Sound

Squirrel Cove, Cortes Island

Tribune Bay, Hornby Island

Waddington Harbour, etc

Walsh Cove, Vancouver Island

Johnstone and Broughton Straits

With subekctch: Suquash Anchorage

Qoletas Channel to Quatsino Sound

Quatsiuo to Esperanza, including Kyuquot Sound

Sydney Inlot to Natinat, including Clayoqnot and Barclay Sounds

With8'''fj8ketclie8: Entrance Anchorage

Island Harbour

Refuge Cove

Uohuoklesit

Contains: Augusta, Port, Vancouver Island

Graves, Port, Gainbier Island

Nanoose Harbour

Pender Harbour, Strait of Georgia

Shoal Channel and Plumper Cove

Esperanza and Nuchatlitz Inlets

Withsabsketch: Queen's Cove

Klaskinoand Klaskish Inlets, ete

Barclay Sfiond, Vancouver Island..

Roche Hurbour,Haro Strait.—

Griffin Boy, Horo Archipelago ■

Port Neville

With snbskctch: Forward Harbour -

Harvey, Port, Johnstone Strait

Contains: Maple Bay

Osborn Bay

Oyster and Telegraph Harbours

-Stuart Channel

Trincomalie Channel

Nasparti and Ou-ou-kinsh Inlets

Kyuquot Sound, Van&mver Island

Contains: Belakula Anchorage, Burke Channel

Blakoney, Port, etc

KlemtxK) Passage ami Anchorage

Morris Bay

Nowish Cove, Finlayson Cliannel

Welcome Harbour, Fitzhugh Sound

Esquimau Harbour, Vancouver Island

Victoria Harbour, ete

1882

1881

1882

1881

1866

1880

1872

1869

1881

1880

1874

1880

1862

1874

1869

1881

1860

1881

1863

1880

1872

1880

1882

S44

U8T OF FOUUION CHABT8.

No.

1901

1906
1907
1910
1911
1916
1916

1917
1922
1923 A
1923 B
2067

2163
2168

Title.

2189

3190

2337
2348

2426
3430
2431
3431

8448

Bbitihh Admibalty Chabth — Continued.

Ogden Channel and adjacent paaar,^

With Bubeketehes: Alpha BajjFblayaon Channel.—

Carter Bay—

Qoldstream Harbour

Holmes Bay, Prinoees Royal Island

Kynumpt Harbour, SeafOTth Channel —

McLaut^inBay

Namu Harbour . .

Safety Cove

Schooner B«treat

Stuart Anchorage

Becker and Pedder Bays

Booke Inlet, Vancouver Ishmd

Port San Juan, Duncan Rook and Neeoh Bay.—

Btait of Juan de Fuca, with Admiralty Inlet and Puget Souml.

Nootka Sound, etc '—

Nootka Sound, etc

WithsubAetch: Plan of Friendly Cove — -

Vanoouvcr Island and adjacent shores of British Columbia

Fraser River and Burrara Inlet, (Geotsta Gulf)

Cape Caution to Port Simpson, (North half )

Cape Caution to Port Simpson, (South half.)

Contains: Alert Bay, Vancouver Island

Beaver Harbour, Vancouver Island

Bull Harbour, Goletos Channel

Gowlland Harbour and Quathiaski Cove

Nimpkish River, Entrance to

Shucartie Bay, Vancouver Island

Beaver Harbour, Vamnuver Island

Plans of Ports, etc., in «^ueen Charlotte Islands

Contains: Cumshe^^ durbour _

Douglas Harbour .

Houston Stewart Channel

Kuper Port

Masset Harbour ........

Mitchell Harbour

Parry Passage

Rose Harbour

Skinouttle Inlet .

Virago Sound

Contains: Port Canaveral, Prindpe Channel

Coghlan Anchorage, Qrenville Island ^_.

KlewnugKit Inlet, Orenville Channel

Lowe luMt, Qrenville Channel _.

Stephens, Port, Principe Island

NassBay, etc

With subsketch: Nass River, etc

Sitka Sound, etc

With subsketch: Symonds Bay :

Sitka Harbour and approaches

Port Simpson and acyacent anchorages

Vancouver Island to Cordova Bay ,

Cordova Bay to Cross Sound .

Port Simpson to Cross Sound

With subek'>*'3h': Anchorage oflF Point Highfield— ...

Fitiehugh and bmith Sounds

With subsketch : Takush Harbour

Date.

1879
1879
1879
1879
1879
1879
1879
1879
1879
1879
1879
1872
1864
1864
1881
1879
1866
1366
1879
1881
1881
1$79
W67
1867
1867
1867
1867
1867
1862
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1872
1872
1880
1880
1882
1872
1881
1866
1882
1882
1878
1878

LIST OF FOKKIUN CUAUT8.

246

Date.

1879

> — .-

1879

. — .*

1879

>— •■»

1879

> - «

1879

- — »»

1879

.-.— •

1879

■ — M»

1879

■> — MK

1879

B •»<»•■

1879

-~^-.

1879

— —■■«•

1872

— — M»

18G4

1864

1881

1879

V — >»M

1866

a>»WM

1366

MflsMs

1879

1881

--.^»

U79

»-.-.

1167

1867

• - W-

1867

W«Mw

1867

___,_

1867

-•*^ —

1867

«^-.

1862

vMaas

1881

~~a*w

1881

1872

1880

■

1882

1872

1881

. 1865

. 1882

. 1878

No.

2449
2463

2612
2627
2689
2840

Title.

Bbitibh Admibalty Charts — Cioutiiiiicd.

Lanut Paasatie and Seaforth Channel

Brown and Edye Paewes

With subakotches : Qlawdzeet Anchorage, etc

Riefuge llay

Nanaimo Harbor and Departure Bay •...

Vancouver Islam' Sjniiannioo Bay and Drayttm narlmur.

Haro and Rosarh Straits

Haro Strait and Middle Cliannel

Data

1872

1879

1879
1881

1867

1874

1882

■ i

1 •

LIST OF CHARTS ISSUED BY THR RUSSIAN HYDROGIUl'HIC DEPARTMENT.

(North to and including the Alexander Archipelago.)

No.

Serus.

Title.

Date.

1378

P. 0.8. 9.
P. 0. 8. 10.

P.O. 8. 10 b.
No. 10 sh. d.
No. 10 sh. c.

Pacific Ocean between BaraiiofF Island and Kadiak

1847

With subeketches: Shelikoff Hay, etc -. ...

1847

Rurik Harbor _

1847

1396

Pacific Ocean on the NW. Coast of Ameri(»

1848

With sulisketches : Etolin Harbor

1848

Kaigahnee Harbors. _

1848

Tamgas HarlK)r . :

1848

Woewodski Hurlwr, etc

1848

12197

Chart of entrance to Sitka Sound, New Archangel, etc

1848

1441

Chart of Wrangell Strait .. - . ._

i860

1493

Alexander Arc lipelago. South half - _-

1863

1494

Alexander Artihipelairo. North iialf

1863

LIST OF CHARTS ISSUED BY TEBIENKOFF.

(North to and including the Alexander Archi|)elago.)

VII

VIII

X
XXXVIII

NW. Coast of America near Yakutat Bay

With subsketches: Lituya Bay

Anchorage, Yakutat Bay

Passage toOlga Strait

Inlets on the NW. Coast of America: North part

With subsketches: Entrance to Cross Sound and Icy Strait

Anchorage in Whale Bay

Cross Harbor

Inlets on the NW. Coast of America: Middle jmrt

With subsketches: Bazan Harbor

Entrance, etc., to the Port of Bucareli .

Port Conclusion

Kaigahnee, etc ^

Inlets on the NW. Coast of America: Soutli part

Chart of Sitka Bay..- .--—r--.-"Va'S

With subsketch : Entrance to mner harbor ot Sitka

1849
1849
1849
1849
1849
1849
1849
1849
1849
1849
1849
1849
1849
1849
1860
1860

246

No.

XVIII
XXI

1979

470

LIST OF FOBBIGN CUABT8.

LIST OF CHARTS ISSUED BY OTHER AUTHORITIES,
(North to and inolading the Alexander Arahipelago.)

TiTLB.

Old Russian Sekibb.

Iliua Bay -

Plan of Nutka (subek'etoh)

Fbbnoh Aomibalty.
NW. Coast of America, etc

Spanish Admiralty.
Gape Fairweathcr to Lake Nicaragua

Date.

1862

1863

T'iPSPiBPiPIP"'"™! II, l.iurail»|lt_i,«J,W

Coast <!!. Oeodedc Survey Report for 1882

40P

■ %^ ^^l w -'% "

No '■«'

/ S O G O N I C

C H A

CHART

ii s

LIST OP

ASTRONOMICAL POSITIONS AND VARIATION OF THE COMPASS

POB TBB

CdST PILOT OF ALASKA

DP^RT I

TABLE OF
GEOGRAPHICAL POSITIONS IN ALASKA AND ADJACENT RBGION,

ALPHABBTIOALLT ARRANOED.

The following table contains the geographical pceitions cited in the preceding text and the nug-
netio variation and dip at the same localities; together with similar elements for all other localities in
Alaska which have been determined with precision by tlio U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, tlie U. S.
Revenoe Marine, the U. S. Navy, etc., during the twelve yeum ending with 1 882, and a few othen of
importance.

The latitades are all north, the longitudes all ved from Greenwich ; the doolinations all to the etut-
vard of true north.

An asterisk denotes that the oba* . vations are referred to a particular astronomical station at the
general locality mentioned.

Those positions which are supposed to be merely approximately determined are marked with a

Those posifio-^e determined by officers of the U. 8. Coast Survey are referred to the U, S. C. 8. ;
those by offioers of the U. S. Navy to the U. S. N., etc.

The poge-number refers to the page in the preceding text on which the locality is referred to.

British Admiralty Charts are referred to by number, as "B. A., 2431," etc, Kussian Hydro-
graphic Charts as "R. H.,"etc.

(247)

248

ASTBONOMIOAIi POSITIONS.

Locality.

Adakh Island, Bay of Islands*

Adams, Fort, Tosikakat, Yukon Riverf.

Adolphus Point, 8E. Alaskaf— -

Alexandw Point, Wrangell Strait f

Alexander Point, Wrangell Straitf

Alice Ann, Head off

Alice >jin. Head off

Alpha Bay, North Point f

Althorp, Port. See Oranite Cove.
Amchitka Island, Constantine Harbor *__

Anvik Village, Yukon River

Atka Island, Nazan Bay*

Attn Island, Chichagoff Harbor*

Augusta Point, Chatham Straitf

Bailey Harbor, Aliaska Peninsula *.,

Baker Point f, —

Banks, Port, Anohoraget

Barrow Point, N. extreme of Alaskaf —

Bartolom^ Capef

Bay of Islands. See Adakh Island.

Bazan, Port, Anchoragt^f

.Beaver Cove, Lewis Point, B. C

Beaver Harbor, B. C, Shell Islet*

Belcher Point, Arctic Coast t

Belkoffiiki Village, Aliaska Peninsula*.

Bering Island, village f

Big Bay, British Col., South Island *...

Bingham Point, Yakobi Island t

Blakeney, Port, B. C*

Booade Quadra, entranoef

Bogosloff, Volcano Island f

Boundary Ibe, Bering Strait . _.

Broad Cape, Kadiak Islandf

Brumei Pointf

Bull Harbor, B. C*

Caamano Cape, Clarence Strait f

Oaamano Cape, Clarence Strait f

Paob.

191

107

181

102
133

Latitudb N.

186

70
16
75
76

o t n

61 49 18

63 08 11

68 18 00

66 34 30

66 28 46

66 26 00

66 29 00

63 62 01

61 23

62 37
62 10

62 66
68 04
66 08
52 20
66 39
71 20

66 12

64 60
50 32
60 42

(70 48

65 06
65 14
64 29
68 02
52 18
55 04

63 68

64 45

67 34
64 54
60 64
55 29

LONOTTITDB W.

39
24
30
01
00
48
05
00
00
06

05
47
36

00) I
13 !
00 I
06 ;
00 ;

47 '

30 i

o / //

176 61 58

162 30 11

136 41 00

182 62 00

132 68 36

129 24 00

129 aO 00

130 17 34

180 47 56

160 07 11

174 15 18

186 47 36

136 04 00

162 07 22

136 31 06

136 00 00

166 14 46

132 47

126 62

127 26
169 40
162 00
194 08

130 28
136 34

128 22

131 00
168 00
168 68
162 06

130 49
127 66
181 64

131 68

02
12
07
22
16
00
24
00
42
00
00
05
00
00
03
00
00

DKCLINATIOM AND DIP.

'249

TDDB W.

61 58
30 11
41 00

62 00
68 36
24 00
30 00
17 34

I 47 66

» 07 11

[ 16 18

i 47 36

i 04 00

3 07 22

6 31 06

6 00 00

6 14 46

<K)

Date.

Authority.

1882
1K81
1793
1868
1879

1873
1869
1873
1873

1879

1847
1881
1793

1834
1«67

1880

1H80

1879

1872

1880

1872

1881

1880

1869

1793

1867

1848

1882

Decl. E. Dip. ' Date.

1873 U.8.C.8— } 13 52

1869 U.S. A

B. A., 2431 .

U.S.N....
Vancouver..

Pender

B. A., 1901

1873

U.S.C.8..—

U.S. A-..

U.S.C.S -.

U.S.C.S.— .—

U.S. R.M

Various authorities .

R. H. 1494

U.S.R.M

Vancouver

27 26

7 17

16 57
7 43

21 08

26 30

27 45
37 18

65 11

1868

1873

1873
1873

Zarembo

B. A., 2067

Vancouver Id. Pilot .

U.8.C.8

U.S.C.S—

Nordenskiold

B. A., 2426 -.

U.8.C.8

B. A., 1462

U.8.C.S

U.S.C.S - —

U.S.C.S—

U.S.C.S.-

Vancouver

B. A., 2067 -■

R. H., 1493

U.8.C.S —

26 00

24 10

81 18

1879
1793
1847
1881

21
3

21
66

80
69
66

53
16

1862
1880
1880
1879

24 20

1862

Authority.

U. 8. C. 8.

B. A., 1901.

U. 8. C. 8.

U. 8. C. 8.
U. 8. 0. 8.

U. S. R. M.
Vancouver.
R. H., 1494.
U. 8. R. M.

1834 Zarembo.

Vancouver Id. Pilot.
U. 8. C. 8.
v. 8. C. 8.
Nonlcnsitioid.

B. A., 2067.

P. c. p. — 32

3to

ASTROyOMIOAIi POSITIONS.

Locality.

Calvert Cape, Fi'tehugh Sound*

Carter Bay, B. C*.

Caution Cape, B. C.f

Chamisso Island*

ChamisBO Island ; beacon center of island .

Chasina Point, Clarence Strait t

Chemoflski Village, Unalashka*

Chiachi Island ♦

Chichagoff Harbor. See Attn.

Chignik Hay,* Aliaska Peninsula

Chirikoff Island *

Clarence, Port, Point Spencer f

Clarence Port*

Cloak Bay, Q. C. Islands, cntmncet

Coal Harbor, Unga Island *

Coal Point, Eachekmak Bay*

Coghlan Anchorage, B. C*

Conclusion, Port* f

Constantine Harbor. 8e« Amcliitka.

Cook, Mount t

Coronation Islandf

Couverden Pointf

Craven Point, Peril Strait t

Crillon, Mount f

Danger Point, Kootznahoot

Dangerous Cape. See Graham Port.

December Point, Wrangell Strait f

Decision Capef

Devil Rock, East; Dixon Entrance f

Diomede Island, Big; Bering Strait*

Disenchantment Bay, Yakutat*

Disenchantment Bay, Yakut)<t *

Dolgoi Cape,* Dolgoi Island

Dundas Pointf

Edward Capet — •

Eleanor Cove, south hernl f .^^

Ellis Point, TebienkofiF Bay f — .

Page.

21
82
19

34
120

212
100
193
166
202
176

113

100
66

210
210

188

210
120

Latitudb N.

o / //

61 24 40

62 49 41
61 09 36
66 13 21
66 13 17

65 17 00

63 23 67
55 61 58

66 19 20
66 48 22
66 17 00
66 16 07

64 12 00
66 20 46
69 36 08
53 22 44
66 14 66

60 15 00

66 53 30

68 13 00

67 29 30

68 40 00
57 29 00

66 32 31

66 02 00

64 40 46

66 44 61

69 61 10

69 69 30

66 03 21

68 21 00

67 39 00

69 44 00
66 31 00

LoyorruDB W.

o I n

127 66 63

128 24 S4
127 48 12
161 48 46
161 60 14

131 56 00

167 29 66
169 06 26

168 24 26

165 42 61

166 60 64
166 60 64

132 68 00

160 38 39

161 23 37

129 16 16
134 22 30

140 00 00

134 10 00

136 08 00
134 67 00

137 02 07
134 37 00

132 67 06

131 08 16
169 04 26
139 48 06

161 43 19

136 18 00

13C 16 00

(139 32 00)

134 14 00

DECLINATION AND DI1».

261

TDDB

22.

00)

Date.

Authority.

Dsfiu E.

Dip.

DaT£.

AUTIIOBITY.

1873

B. A., 2448

o /

J 879

B. A., 1901

26 20

1868

B. A., 1901.

1872

B. A., 2448-..

1880
1880

U.S. €.8

U.S.C.S

26 45

77 17

1880

U.S.C.S.

1793

Vancouver

1880

U.8.C.8

16 14

21 56

22 02

23 Ci

67 14

1880
1874

1874
1874

U.S.C.S.

uses

1874

u.ac.s

U.S.C.8

1874

U.S.C.S.
U.S.C.S.

1874

U.S.C.S

1880

U.S.C.S

1880
1880

U.S.C.8

DawBon

22 45

76 04

1880

U.S.C.S.

1872

U.S.C.8.._.

1880
1872

U.S.C.8

B. A., 2189

25 50

74 00

1880

U.S.C.S.

1792

Vancouver

29 00

1792

Vancouver.

1874

U.S.C.8..

1848

R.H., 1493

1881

U.8.N

1881

U.S.N

1874

U.S.C.S

1868

U.S.N -

U S N

2<J 00

1868

U.S. N.

1881

1793

iTfiiuvkii vAr

1879

Ttnini'lims

1880

U.S.C.S —

21 48
m 16

76 16

1880
1791

U.S.C.S.

1791

Malaxpiua.

1802
1880

U.S.C.8

17 59

1880 j

U.S.C.S.

1794
1793

X^tttnA

----------i

ruget

1 . '

262

A8TUONOMI0AL POSITIONS.

IXKiALITY.

EBsington, Port, R. C.f

Etches, Port, Prince William Sound * _...
Etolin Cape, Nunivak Island *

Fairweather Cape t

Fairweatfaer, Mount

Fogg7, tee Brumez Point.

Forrester Island, 8E. end f

Fox Cape, Dixon Entrance f

Freshwater Bay, Pavloff Harbor f

Fri} ite Bay, Center Islet*

Fritz Cove, Douglass Island t

Qardner Harbor, Clarence Strait f

Churdner, Pointt

Qeorgiana, Capef

Goldstream Harbor, B. *

Gowlland Harbor, B. C* -

Graham, Port, Dangerous Cape *

Qranite Cove, Port Althorp *

Grenville Cape, Kadiakf

Hagemeister Island, Bering Sea*

Hamilton Harborf

Harris Point, Kuiu Island t

Haasler Harbor, Bevillagigedo Channel * .

Hastings Arm, Head of, B. C

Highfield, Anchorage at Point

Holmes Bay,* B. C -

Hood Pointt-—

Howkan Village,* Kaigahnee Strait

Humboldt Harbor. See Popoff Strait.

Icy Cape, Arctic Coast f

Icy Cape,* Station near

Ilina Bay, Anchoragef

Invisible Point, Dixon Entrancef

Islands, Bay of. See Adakh.

Page.

204
206

96
62
62
62

180
21

173
84

131

168

LATironB N.

187

118
119
78
60
60
91
33
114
67

182

O I It

64 09 00

60 20 43

60 26 22

88 60 00

68 64 24

64 48

64 46

67 60
61 28

68 19
64 60
67 01

67 18
61 '43
60 06

69 23

68 11
66 36
68 48
66 62
64 17
66 13
66 32
66 39
66 29

63 16
66 44

64 49

00
30
30
25
00
10
00
00
00
00
19
02
63
32
47
31

01
00
00
16
26
00
30

70 20 00

70 13 10

64 47 06

64 10 30

LONOITDDE W.

o / //

129 67 • 00

146 37 38

166 08 28

137 66 00

137 30 69

133 30 00

130 60

130 43
136 04

127 44
134 47

131 46
134 28
136 46

128 00
125 16

151 63
136 23

152 07
160 60

133 36

134 14

131 26

129 44
129 48

132 22
129 05

132 60 12

161 56 00

162 16 12
136 16 00
131 37 30

DECUNATION AND DIP.

253

67-

2(t

Datb.

Authority,

Dbol,E.

Dip.

Datb.

Authority.

1881

Geol, Survey of Canada. _.

o /

U.S. C.8.
U.8.C.S.

B. A., 1901.

U. 8. N.

Vasilieff.
B. A., 1901.
B. A., 2067.
U.S. C.8.
U.8.C.S.

U. 8. C. 8.

H. A., 100).
NiolioJs,

U. S. C. 8.

1874

U.S.C.8_..

U.8.C.8

29 10
21 34

1874
1874

1874

■

1874

U.S.C.8

■

Various authorities

1793

Vancouver

1868

Pender ..

1883

U.S.C.S

1869 '

U. 8. N

1879
1881

B. A., 1901

U.S. N

25 00
30 00

1868
1881

1848

R. H.,1396

1793

Vancouver ... _ _.

1833

Vasilieff

30 00
25 15

23 35

24 33
32 14

1833
18G6
1866
1880
1880

1879

B. A., 1901

1867

B. A., 2067..

1880

U.S.C.S ...

1880

U.S.C.8

75 22

1869

U.8.C.8

1874

U.S. C.8

■ U.S.N

22 63

1874

1868

1848

R. H., 1494

1882

U. S. C. 8

1793

Vancouver _ _

1868

Pender

1869

U 8. C. 8

1879

B. A., 1901...

26 40

1868

1793

1881

U. 8. N-.

27 03

74 21 1

1881

1880

uses

; 1

1880

U.S.C.S

30 03 80 08

1880

1809
1880

Tlin

264

ASTRONOMICAL POSITIONS.

LOOAMTY.

Page.

lyoukeen Covcf 1 181

Juneau Har!x)rt I 171

Kwliak, Chagafka Cove, St. Paul Harbor* |

Kaigahnee Harlwr, Prisoner's Cove * j 66

Kasa-an Bay, Anchorage f i 86

30
51
51

201

Kleintoo Passage, Observation Islet*

Knox Cape, Queen Charlotte Islands

Kodiak. See Kadiak.

Kohklux, Chilkat River* 198

Kresta Bay, Guide Isletf 154

Kriisenstern Cape, Kotzebue Soundf

Kynumpt Harbor, Berry Point* ._ 26

Kyska Harbor, Aleutian Islands*

La Perouse, Mountf

Lauder Pointf ! 133

Lighthouse: Rocks

Lindenberg Harbor, East Point 1

Lisburne Cape, Arctic Coast*

Lisburne end of the cape itselff

Lituya Bay ♦ 202

Marsden, Point, Chatham Strait 182

Mary Island Anchorage t - 76

Mary, Portf- 158

Maskelyne Point, Portland Inlet f 57

Masktiyne Point, Portland Inlet f 57

Mclaughlin Bay, B. C* 25

Metlakatla Bay, B. C* 41

Middleton Island* _ 213

Mitchell Pointf - — 105

Moira Soundf — 85

MtUer, Port, Aliaska Peninsula*

Morris Bay*— 28

Mosman Island, B. C'_ _ 20

Modge Cape, Discovery Passage, B. C. 1

Mulgrave Port, Yakutat* ___ 208

MuMU Cape, Dixon Entrance f 65

Latitude N.

O f ft

57 54 00

58 16 00
57 47 67

56 46 00
55 30 30
62 34 22

54 16 00
64 10 48

69 23 41

57 08 00
(67 08 00)

62 12 20

51 69 04

68 34 00
66 36 00

55 46 23

69 29 00
68 52 62

68 63 00

58 36 67
(58 06 00)

55 06 16

57 07 00

64 42 30

54 38 42

62 08 37

64 20 10

59 27 22
66 29 00
66 02 00

65 64 69
62 21 00
61 24 30
50 00 00

69 S3 42
64 42 16

LONOITUDE. W.

134 68 00 I

134 20 00 !

162 21 21 I

132 46 30 I

132 27 00 i
128 32 09 j

133 03 00 i
132 68 00

136 63

135 28
1G3 60
128 11
182 30

137 00

136 06
167 27

136 02
166 06
166 10

137 40
134 48
131 10
136 40

30
00
18
37
00
00
00
04
00
31
00
06
46
30
00

130 27 00

128 10 18

130 27 30

146 18 46

131 56 00
160 34 66
128 28 30
127 65 63
125 13 30
139 46 63

132 40 30

^ ^iilii

DECLINATION AND DIP.

286

1 27

J 12

) 45

2 40

Datb.

1869
1881
1867
1849
1880
1872

1880

1869
1849
1880
1879
187a
1874

._i

1874
1869
1880
1880
1874
1880
1882
1810
1793
1874
1879
1880
1874
1793

1874
1872
1872
1880
1874
1879

AimiOBlTY.

Dbcu E. Dip. i Date.

AUTIIOUITY.

o /

U.8.C8 29 30 : 1869

U. 8. N { 30 00 I , 1881

U. 8. C. a I 25 07 ' 72 35 ' 1880

Etolin 26 00 \ ' 1833

U. S. C. 8... I 27 60 i , 1880

B. A., 1462 .....

B. A., 2168

Dawson

U.S. C.8

Tebienkoff

U.S. c.s

B. A., 1901

U.S. C.S

U. s. c. &..

Variows autliorities

U.S. C.S

U.S. c.s.

U.S. C.S

U.S. c.s

U.S. C.S

U.S. c.s.

U.S. C.S

Rikord

Vancouver -.

B. A., 1923 A.

B. A., 1901

B. A., 364

U.S. C.S

Vancomar

Vancouver

U.S. C.S... --

B. A., 1462

B. A., 2448

B. A., 580

U.S. C.S

Brundige

75 44

1869

11 06

65 01

1873

29
25

15
46

78 63

1869
1880

30 03

76 02

28
30

16
66

1874
1880
1882
1810

1881
1866

21
25

1874
1872

29 56 I 76 18 ! 1880

U. 8. C. 8.
U. S. N.
U. 8. C. 8.
Ktolin.
U.S. C. 8.

U. S. C. 8.

U. 8. C. S.

U. 8. C. 8.
U. 8. C. 8.

U. 8. C. 8.
U. H. ('. 8.
U. 8. C. 8.
Rikord & KliliebnikoiT.

U. 8. (J. H.
B. A., 364

U. 8. C. 8.
B. A., 1462.

U.S. C.S.

ASTBONOMIGAIi POSITIONS.

Locality.

Paoii

Mnzon Cajjc, Dixon Entranoef

Naas Bay, Kincolith Mission*

Naas River, near village*

Nabannah Bay, B.C.*

Nakat Inlet*t -

Naain Bay. See Atka iBland.

Nelson Point

Nettle Basin, B. C* _

New Eddystone Rook, Behm Canal

Nimpkish River, Green Islet, B. C*

Northeast Harbor, Little Koniiishi Island * _

North Point, Dixon Entrance

Northwest Harbor, Little Koniushi Island *.

Nowish Cove, B.C.*...

Nuchek. See Etches, Port.

Nulato, Yukon River

Nunivak. See Etolin Cape.

Oohek. See Middleton Island.

Ocean Cape, Yakutatf

Omraaney Capet

Ounalashka. See Unalashka.

Pamplona Bank '.

Pamplona Bank

Parker Point __•

Pitlekai, Eastern Siberia*

Pikmiktalik River, Norton Sound*

Plover Bay, Eastern Siberia*

Popoff Strait, Shumagins*

Porpoise Harbor, Nagai Island*

Portage Bay, Frederick Sound J.

Portland Canal, head of

Prolewy. See Straits Point.
Providence, Port. See Plover Bay.
Pyramid Island, Lynn Canal *

ttS
68
69
36
62

72
.S6
72
10

Latitude N.

62
62

206
119

212
213
213

178

125
87
67

197

o I n

64 41 24

64 69 26

66 03 64

63 39 24

64 48 66

66 16 00

63 32 30
66 29 00
60 34 12

64 68 26
64 16 00
64 16 00
66 03 17
62 31 26

IjONGITUDE W.

132 44 42

129 67 36

129 31 64

129 44 61

130 36 00

69 30

66 10

69 36

69 07

69 02

67 37
67 04

63 13

64 22
66 19
66 46
66 66

66 08

67 00

00
30

00
00
00
00
42
41
00
17
00
00
08
10

69 11 43

129 36 48

130 46 00
126 68 37
169 22 18

132 66 30

133 08 30
169 23 32
128 27 16

64 40 23 i (158 13 00)

139 54 00

134 28 30

143 00 00

142 41 00

141 62 00

134 40 00

173 30 16

(162 26 00)

173 21 32

160 30 68

129 64 00

130 06 00
169 5d 11
133 20 03

136 27 04

DECLINATION AND DI1>.

S57

13 00)

00)

27 04

Datb.

1793
1872
1793
1867
1872
1880
1849
1880
1872

1869

1874
1849

1779
1802
17^4

1878
1869
1880
1880
1872
1882
1793
1868

1869

Authority.

Dbcl. E.

o /

1881 U. 8. N 27 03

1872 ; B. A., 2190 ' 27 25

1872 j B. A., 2190

1872 I B. A., 2189

1883 U.S. 0.8

Dip.

Dati.

Authority.

26 00 , 1872

Vancouver

B. A., 1462- ; 26 00

Vancouver

B. A., 2067

U. 8. C. 8—

Dawson

Tebienkoff-

23 65

1872

1862

U. 8.C. 8

B. A., 1462

U. 8. A

21 '^3

69 30

1880

U. 8. C. 8.
Tebieukoff-

26 00

Arteaga

Galiano

Vancouver 1

Various authorities 1

Nordenskiold ' ^^ '»'*

U.S. A , -

U.S.C.8 \ 1« 26

U.8.C.S I 20 18

1779

77 01

1878

74 46
69 29

1880
1880

U.S.C. S ,

U.S.C.8 •'^0 '"'1

Vancouver

Pender

?.•) 08

1882

U.8.C.8.

1881 U. S. C. S.
1868 ! B. A., 2190.

B. A., 2189.

B. .*., 1462.
B. A., 2067.

U. 8. C. S.

Artcnga.

Nordenskiold.

U. 8. C. 8.

^T. 8. C. 8.

U. S. C. S. '

p. o. p.— 33

258

ASTRONOMICAL POH1TIOM8.

lAiCAUVtY.

Pyramid I^lantl llarltor, Lynn ('aiml*t

Itat/. Ilarbort

Retreat Pointf

R<xlgor8 Flarlwr, Wranj^cll Iiiui<l*

Roflc. Sec Mitldluton aiul Invisihlu.

Safety Cove,* H.

Saginaw Hay, villagt't

Saint Allnns, Point

Saint Elias, Mount

IPaob.

11)7
172

Saint George Island, PribilofT Group,* soutliwest 1
landing-place. j

Saint Matliew Island. See Upright Cape.

Saint Michael's, Norton Sound •■

Saint Michael's, Norton Sound*

Saint MichaerH, Norton Sound*

Saint Paul Island, Pribiloff Group * ,

Saint Paul, Kodiak. See Kadiak.

Salisbury Pointf

Salmon Cove, Observatory Inlet

Salmon (!ove, ObsiTvatory Inlet

Sanborn Harbor, Nagai Island *

Sannakh Island, Peak off

Semidi Islands, Anowik Island*

Seuati's Village, Yukon River

Shakan Village *t

Shushartie Bay, Halstead Islet*

Simconoft' Harbor, Shumagins*^

Simpson, Port, British Columbia *

Simpson, Port, British Columbia*

Sitka, Parade Ground Station *

Sitka, Japonski Island Station *

South Point, Security Bay f

Latitude N.

22
124
103
211

170
69
69

101
14

160

150

12.5

Sound Point, Hecate Channel j 27

192
185

Spasskaia Anchorage f

Spencer Cape, Cross Sound f

Spenoer Point. See Clarenoo, P«)rt.
Stewart.. See Stuart.

o . ; //

69 10 m
66 62 00
5M 23 :K)

70 57 00

61 31 49

66 66 30

67 07 00
60 20 46

63 34 23

63 28 17

63 29 60

63 28 00

57^ 07 19

68 10

65 16

55 16

66 .07
64 26

56 05

66 20
59 09
50 51
64 65
54 33
54 33

57 02

67 02
66 62
62 14

68 06
68 10

61.8

62.6

Ix>NUITUOB W.

o / tt

136 28 30

132 30 00

136 01 30

178 10 00

127 66 23

134 10 30

141 00 12

169 39 50

162 04 46

162 06 46

161 62 28

170 19 00

134 12 00
129 43 30

129 61 45
159 56 06

162 44 00
156 39 20

(161 10 00)

133 38 24

127 61 20
159 15 03

130 26 11
130 26 19
136 19 46

135 20 19.8

134 20 00

128 27 45

135 17 00

136 40 00

rruDB

> 28

I 30

) 01

< 10

J 66

t 10

I 00

) 39

2 04

2 05

1 52

) 10

1 12

9 43

) 51

) 66

i 44

( 39

I 10

00)

) 38

r 51

) 16

) 26

> 19

> 20

19.8

[ 20

1 27

► 17

1 40

DROLINATION ANI> DIP.

Data

1880
1840
1703
1881

1879
1860
1703
1874
1874

1879
1879
1860
1880

1793

i793

1868

1872

1874

1874,

1869

1881

1867

1872

1881

1867

1880

1869

1879

1849

1880

SA9

, AuTuoRiry.

DErr,, K. Dn-. Datk.

Al'TIIOlllTY.

70 3f) IHHO i U. 8. C. 8.

U.S. C.S...

Tebienkoff'..

Vancouver

U.8.N 20 00 i 1881 U.S. N.

B. A., 1901

U.S. N_...
Vancouver-.
U.S.C.8-..
U.8.C.8._.

U. S. N— - ; 21 40

U.8.R.M. J 22 n?

U. 8. A

U.S.C.8.. ; 17 ;{5

1870 U.S.N.

76 Oli \HVJ II.H. U. M.

68 ;{6 1880 I U.S.C.H.

1793

Vancouver.

Vancouver i

Vancouver i 25 18 '

Pender ...!

U.S.C.8 ; —

U. S.C. 8 '

U.S.C.8 i 22 57 1874 \ U.S.C.H.

U.S. A !

U. S; N .'10 03 74 4!) 1881 Nichols.

B. A., 2067 < -.

U.S.C.S -.--

B. A., 24-26 27 50 1HC5 ! iJ.A., 2426.

1881

U.S.N ! 27 54

U.S.C.S

U.S.C.8 1 29 04 75 12 1880

U.S.N

B. A., 1901

Buhnoff

U. S. C. S. -. ,

Nichols.

u. s. c;. 8.

ASTUOMUMlCAIi PUMTIOMH.

LUOAI^ITY.

Strait! Point, Wrnngell Straitt

Stripe Mountain, B. C.f

Stout Anohoroge, Pitt iHlund, B. C*

Stuart Port, Behm Canal t

SulUvui Point, Kuiu Island

Suquash Anchorage, B. C*

Taku Harborf

Tamgaa Harbor, Grsvina Islands f at entranoe-
Tolatoi. &e Broad Cape.

Tongaaa, Fort, 8E. Alaskaf -

Trinoomalee Harbor, Cape Edeusaw

TrinAomalee Harbor, Cape Edensaw

Ugolnoi. AtCoal Point.
Ukamok. iSteChirikoff Island.

Unalashka Island, Ulakhta Spit *.

Unalashka Island, lUuliuk Harbor *

Unalashka Island, Priest Rook

Unalashka. See also Chemoffski.

Upright Cape, St. Mathew Island f

Urey Point f

Vanoonver Mount t

Village Island, Cunningham Passage*

Waohiisett Cove, Bluff Point f —

Ward Cove, Peninsula Point *

Whirlwind Bay, B.C.* _.

Whitewater Bay, Flag Point f

Witdham Point t - —

Woewodski Harbor t

Woewodski Harborf

Wrangell, Port, Astronomioal Station

Yukon, Fort, Yukon River ,

Page.

116
29
36
74

120
11

169
83

61
54
64

184
211

44
180

23
174
129
130
130

Latitdub N.

O I H

6(1 60 00

52 26 40

63 62 06
66 38 16

66 38 00
60 38 30

67 69 30

66 03 36 I

64 46 00 i

64 04 00

64 04 SO

63 63 67

63 62 63.7

64 00 36.6

60 17 30

67 62 30

60 13 42
64 33 61
67 60 00

66 22 43

61 61 44

67 IS 00
67 30 00
67 12 30
67 10 00
66 28 18
66 33 47

I»MOITUI>S W.

132

128

130

131

(10

134

30 1

127
inn

4S 1

i
on '

131 29 46

130 41 00

132 14 00
132 23 UO

166 SO 21

166 31 44.2

166 22 04

172 14 06

136 28 00

139 43 00 j

130 26 36
136 02 00

131 43 33
127 62 23
134 30 UO

133 32 00

134 06 00
133 66 00

132 23 30
145 17 47

UEt'LINATION AND l>lt>.

ITUDB W.

n 1

(10

30 •

30 21

31 44.2
22 04

14 00

28 00

43 00

> 26 36
I 02 00

43 33

62 23

[ 30 00

I 32 00

I 06 00

I 66 00

i 23 30

► 17 47

Datb.

1881

1879
1849

1872
1868
1883

1869
1881
1880

186V
1874
1873

1880
1880
1874
1872
1881
1882
1879
1869

1838
1799
1881
1869

Au'raoaiTY.

U.8.N ...:.

B. A. Chart..

B. A., 1901..

TebienkoflT

Various initiioritica..

B. A.,681

U.8.N

U.8.C.H.

U.8.C.8.-.
B. A.. 2108.
Dav. ji« —

u.8.as

U.S.C.8 .

U.8.C.8

U.S.C.8-

B. A., 2426

U.8.N

U.8.C.8

B.A.,190l'

U.8.N -.

Various authorities .

Zai^mbo — _

Ship Eliza

Nichols

U.8.A -.

Dkcl. E.

1)1!'. Datb.

o /

28 30 j I I860 I U.S. N.

AUTUOJUTY.

27 26

1868 B. A., 1901.

28 ;K) i 1703 Vancouver.

..30 00 :.„_ 1868 U.S.N.

II •

28 ;W I 74 40 188;j U.8.C.S

1« 38 i 67 .SO . IHHO II.H.C.H.

28 17
28 30
27 00

74 :S6 I 1882 Niuhols.

29 17

75 19

36 33 , 79 50

1869
1838

1881
1809

U. 8. N.

Zarembo.

U. S. C. S.
U. 8. A.

282

TABLE OF DISTANCES.

TABLE OF APPROXIMATE SAILING DISTANCES FOR THE ALASKAN REGION.

Note. — Tliese distances are taken off" to represent not the least distance between two [wints, but
the distance over wliicii a vessel would sail to |)ass from cue to the otlier. They arc subject to the
errors of the charts. '

From-

San Francisco direct, by see

Do. do.

Do. via Akutan Pass

Portland, Oregon, inside passjigc

Do. do.

Port Townsend, inside passage

Wrangell, Alaska, via interior channels

Do, do.

Do. do.

Wrangell, via Sumner Strait and the Pacific

Sitka, via Peril Strait

Do. do.

Sitka direct, by sea

Do. do.

Dc. do.

llinliuk, Unalashka

Do. do.

Do. do. _ —

Do. do.

Do. do,

Do. do.

St. Michael's, Norton Sound

Do. do.

Diomede Islands, Bering Strait

Do. do.

Do. do. :

Do. do

Point Barrow, Alaska

Do. do.

Do. do. __

Shore Mk. of coast and islands, S. Boundary

Shore line thence to the NE. boundary at ._

To—

Portland , Oregon . _ .

Sitka, Alaska

Kadiak Island

Shumagin Islands

Iliuliuk, Unalashkn

Port Townsend, Wash. Ter_

Fort Tongass, Alaska

Wrangell, Alaska

Fort Tongass, Alaska

Sitka, Alaska

JunCiiu, Alaska

Chilkat, Alaska

Chilkoot, Alaska

Sitka, Alaska

Chilkat, Alaska

Chilkoot, Alaska

Port Mulgrave

St. Paul, Kadiak Island ._.

Shumagin Islands

Iliuliuk, Unalashka

Chichagoff Harbor, Atfu Id.
8t. George, Pribiloff Is In i ids
St. Paul, Pribiloff Islands..
St. George, Pribiloff Is'auds
St. Paul, Pribiloff Islaids-
Ft. Alexander, Nushagik R.
Kuskokwini River, at Kus-
kokwak village, Lat. 60°.
St. Michael's, Norton Sound-
Port Clarence, Alaska

Plover Bay, E. Siberia

Diome^le Ids., Bering Strait-
Yukon River, north mouth.

I'lover Bay, E. Siberia

Point Hoj)e, Arctic coast

Cape Lisburne, Arctic coast.

Icy Cape, Arctic coast

Point Barrow, Arctic coast—

>'outh Colville River

British American boundary.

Mackenzie River, mouth

Cape Spencer, Alaska

Demarkation Point

MlL£ti —

Nautical.

Statute.

647

745

1, 296

1,492

1,685

1,940

1,825

2,102

2,100

2,418

314

362

880

1,01.?

1,016

1,170

566

662

200

230

145

167

220

263

222

266

166

170

96
99

17-:

230

S65

550

633

855

985

1,110

1,278

1,816

2, 090

1,260

1,451

1,296

1,491

19;i

222

236

271

420
4()r>

484

400

461

736

846

690

795

675

777

715

823

335

;W6

152

175

186

213

315

363

440

607

128

147

326

374

440

507

7,115

8,193*

8,700

10,018

*Tb« total shore line of the Ter^u.jr thiu apptara to b» approximately 15,815 naatioal or 18,311 atatute miles.

8TEAMEK ROUTES.

263

[LEU —

1. Statute.

r 745

5 1, 492

j 1, 940

5 2, 102

[) 2,418

4 362

D 1,013

6 1,170

6 652

230

5 167

253

2 256

5 190

196

•> 199

265

! (533

5 i 1)86

Oi 1,278

5 2, 090

1,461

5 1,491

;j 222

6 271

SO 484

K) 461

!6 ! 846

(0 i 795

'5 777

.5 823

;o 69

}5 386

)2 175

\n 213

16 363

10 507

J8 1 147

J5 374

iO 507

15 8,193*

X) 10, 018

TABLE

OF ROUTES BETWEEN THE OUI.F OF GEORGIA AND YAKUTAT BAY.

Note. — Since the intritwiy of <hc clmniielw on the const trcatiHl of, iiiid the jjeoj^raphirtil sequence
which it was found newssary to follow, rcnderwl it iinpriU'liciible Id di I'rilii' the viirioiw steiiiner mutes
consecutively — espeiMally as the liittcrare siihjcct to succossivo cliaiijrcs as thi^ diffoi-cnt channels l)cconie
l)etter known — it was thought best lo jireparc a scheduio of routes hy \viii(^li tiic suciicssive portions
might more readily be referred to. This will render unnece><sary constant rcfen>n(« to the general in-
do:: for that pur|K)se, though special harbors and ]>oints amy still be nio-t readily foinid from the
index. The pages referrcnl to contain the rccpiired description in one order; when the route is in the
reverse order the numeration of the pages is reversed, and the rea<ler will refer to the later page first
and trace the routo in its proper order. To save time for the in(|uirer the routes north and south over
the same bodies of water are recapitulated in full under their respective headings.

NORTHWARD ROUTES.
INLAND PASSAfJES.

Route A, — (iulf of Georgia to Dixon Eiilranee at Port Simpson; pp. 1-47. .
Route B. — Port Simpson to Sitka via Wrangell and Peril Straits.

4.
"5.

9.
iO.
li.
12.

1.
2.
3.
4.
6.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

1.
2.
3.

Dixin Entrance to Point A lava; pp. 61-63, 70-'' 1.

lit lilagigedo Channel and Tonga.s8 Narrows; pp. 75-82.

Kasa-au l"ay ; pp. 85-86.

Clarence Strait from Kasa-an Bay to Point Harrington ; pp. 87-89.

Stikine Strait ; pp. 93-94.

Point Highfield anchorage and Wrangell ; pp. 91-93.

Sumner Strait from Wrangell to Wrangell Strait ; p. 108.

Wrangell Strait to Frederick Sonnd; pp. 112-117.

Frederick Sound to Chatham Strait; pp. 127-122.

Chatham Strait from Point <iardner txj Kootznahoo and Peril Strait; pp. 174-177.

Peril Strait to Salisbury Sound ; pp. 167-160.

Salisbury Sound to Sitka Harbor ; pp. 156-157.

Route 0.— Port Simpson to Sitka, via Sumner Strait and the Pacific.

Dixon Entrance to Point Alava; pp. 61-63, 70-71.
Revillagigedo Channel and Tongass Narrows : p|). 7o-82.
Kasa-an Bay ; pp. 85-86. ,..,,., u-? qo

Clarence Strait from Kiis.i-an Bay to Point Harrington ; j)p. H7-S.t.
Stikine Strait ; pp. 93-94.

Point Highfield Anchorage and W raiigell ; pj). 91-.»-{.
Sumner Strait from Wrangell to Cape Decision ; pp. i(l8-IOi>.
Vicinity of Cape Decision ; pp. 99-100. ,.,.)io-

Outer coast from Cape Oramaney to Sitka Sound ; pp. Lii-l..-. ,
Sitka Sound and Harbors ; pp. 148-151

Route D.— Wrangell to .Iiinean and Chilkat; e.^ster1l route.

Sumner Strait from Wrangell to W.-augell Stri.it ; p. 1 OH.

Wrangell Strait to Frederick Sound; pp. 1 'f:' /■

Fre^lerick Sound to Stephens Passage ; pp. l-'-'-'^'. -^ :;,\ „ ,,.. ,-.,

Stephens Pa.ss;ige to (Jastin.au Chaunel hu< Juueau I a I < P >_ '.7- < -

Stephens Passage fmm Point Salisbury to P.m. Ke<K t p.. --1 , 1.

Lym, Canal fr.mi Point Retreat to I'"'';t ^i;""" ' W' »"'^-' •^^•

Point Se<luction to Cliilkoot, etc.; I'!'- li*"-;^''^- ' '

Point Se<luetion to Chilkat, etc •- pp. 196-1J.».

Route E.-Wrangell to ( 'hilkat and .lunean ; western route
Sumner Strait from Wn.ngell to Wrangell Slrait; p. 108.

264

STBAMEB BOUTES.

NoBTHWAED ROUTES — Continued.

4. Chatham Strait from Point Gardner to Kootznahoo; pp. 174-177.

5. Chatham Strait, Kootznahoo to Point Couverdcn; pp. 177-182.

6. Lynn Canal, Point Couvcrden to Point Seduction ; pp. 193-196. *

7. Point Seduction to Chilkat ; pp. 196-199.

8. Point Seduction to Chilkoot; pp. 199-200.

9. Lynn Canal, Point Seduction to Point Retreat; pp. 196-194.

10. Stephens Passage, Point Retreat to Point Salisbury; pp. 174-172.

11. Gastineou Channel to Juneau; pp. 171-172.

Route F. — Sitka to Glacier Bay ; inside route.

1. Sitka Harbor to Salisbury Sound ; pp. 156-157.

2. Salisbury Sound via Peril Strait to Chatham Strait; pp. 160-167.

3. Chatham Strait from Peril Strait to Point Couverden; pp. 178-181.

4. Point Couverden ria Icy Strait to Hooniah Harbor and Glacier Bay; pp. 193-185

Route Q. — Sitka to Glacier Bay ; outside route.

1. Sitka Sound to Salisbury Sound ; pp. 157-158.

2. Salisbury Sound to Cross Sound ; pp. 182-185.

3. Cross Sound to Glacier Bay ; pp. 185-189.

OUTSIDE PASSAGE.

Route H.— Sitka to Yakutat Bay

1 . Sitka Sound to Cape Spencer ; pp. 1 57-1 68, 1 82-1 85.

2. Cape Spencer to Yaku' ; Bay;, pp. 201-208.

SOUTHWARD ROUTES.
OUTSIDE PASSAGE.

Route A.— Yakutat Bay to Sitka.

1. YakutatBay to Cape Spencer; pp. 208-201.

2. Coast from Cross Sound to Sitka Sound; pp. 185-182, 158-157.

3. Sitka Sound and Harbor; pp. 148-151.

INLAND PASSAGES.

Route B. — Glacier Bay to Sitka ; western route.

1. Glacier Bay via Icy Strait to Cross Sound; pp. 188-185.

2. Port Althoip; pp. 186.

3. CrossSound to Sitka Sound; pp. 185-182, 158-157.

4. Sitka Sound and Harbor; pp. 148-151.

Route 0. — Glacier Bay to Sitka ; eastern route.

1. GlaoierBaywa Icy Strait to Chatham Strait; pp. 189-190.

2. Chatham Strait from Point Couverden to I^eril Strait; pp. 182-177.

3. PcrilStraittoSalisbury Sound; pp. 1.67-160.

4. Salisbury Sound to Sitka Harbor; pp. 166-157.

Route D. — Chilkat or Chilkoot to Juneau, Wrangell, Kasa-an, Tongass and Port Simjison.

1 Chilkat to Point Seduction; pp. 199-196.

2. Chilkoot to Point Seduction ; pp. 200-1 99.

3. Point Seduction to P:)int Retm-.t; pp. 196-194.

4. Stephens Passage, Point Retreat to Point Salisbuiv and Juneau Harbor; pp. 174-171.
6. Stephens Passage, Point Salisbury to Point Windham; pp. 170-168.

6. Frederick Sountl, Point Windham to Wrangell Strait; pp. 129-126.

7. Wrangell Strait to Sumner Strait ; pp. 1 1 7-1 1 2.

8. 8umner*8trait from Wrangell Strait to Port Wrangell ; p. 108.

9. Port Wrangell and Stikine Strait; pp. 94-93.

8TKAMER llOUTES.

265

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

SuuTHWAKD Routes— C'ontinuwI.

Clarence Strait, Point Harrington to Kasi-an Uiy; pp. ,Sfl-87.

Kasa-au Bay; pp. 85-8(5.

Kasa-nn Bay to Point Higgins; p. X2.

Reviliagigctlo Channel and Tongass Narrows ; pp. X'i-Tr).

Port Alava to Dixon Entrance and Tongass; jip. 71-70, 63-61.

Port Simpson ; pp. 45-47.

Route E. — Chilkat to Kootznalioo and Sliakan.

Chjlkat .0 Point Seduction; pp. 199-196.
■ Poiint Seduction, Lynn Canal to Point Retreat; pp. 196-194.
eiihthani Strait, Point Couvcrden to Peril Strait; pp. 182-177.
Chathttni Strait, Peril Strait to Point (iardner; pp. 177-174 .
Cb'athani Strait, Point Gardner to Cape Oniniane; ; pp. 12:i-119.
Cape Decision tia Sumner Strait t( Sliakan; pp. 100-101.
Shflflan Harbor and Inlet; pp. 10i-102.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

1.
2.

'* Route P. — Sitka to Port Wrangcll via Peiii Strait; inside passage.

Sitki Harbor to Salisbury Sound ; pp. '56-157.

SaUfibiiry Sound via Peril Strait to Chatham Strait; pp. 160-167.

Chjitham Strait fiom Peril Strait to Point Gardner; \ip. 177-174.

Frederick Sound from Point Gardner to Wrangcll Strait; pp. 122-127.

WiUflgell Strait to Sumner Strait; pp. 1 17-1 12.

Sumuer Strait, Wnmgell Strait to Port Wrangcll; pp. 107-108.

Port Wr^ngeli Harbor; pp. 92-93.

Route G. — Sitka to Port Wrangcll; outer pa.s8age.

Sitka Sound to Cape Ommaney ; pp. 137-132.
Cape.Oranmney to Sumner Strait; pi>. 99-100.
Sumner Strait to Port Wrangell; pp. 1(M)-108.

Route H.— Wrangcll to Sliakan.

Port Wrangell via Sumner Strait to Wrangcll Strait; p. 108.
Sumner Strait from Wrangell Strait to Shakan; pp. 100-101.

Route I.— Tlevak and Kaigahncc Straits.

Port Bucareli; pp. 99-97.

Tlevak and Kaigiihnte Strait; pp 7(^-65. > ^ < ; •

Route J.— Dixon Entrance! to tlit! Gulf of Georgia.

Port Sinipson to Cape Mudgc; pp. 47-1.
P. c. P. — 34

NOTE ON PRONUNCIATION OP .NAMES.

Tlie present work l>cing tlie first in which any uniform phonetic sp^lHne of native and BoflBiau
geographical names in Alaslta has been attempted, it is proper that a few words be said oii the sabject
to assist in the proper pronunciation of unfamiliar names. No system which could be adopted would
give universal satisfaction, but uniformity and the utmost attainable simplicity, whatever arstem be
adopted, are highly important.

The sounds adopted fur native and Russian words are essentially tliose in use among jphilologisis,
and which were made familiar to those engaged in such studies in America by Gleorge (iib^ raider
the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution many years since, and have been almost universally adopted
in writing and spelling Indian names.

Some exceptions, in the interest of simplicity, have been mode to this rule. Names which have
attaineil a wide currency in the daily press and on charts in a corrupted form have rarely been Reformed,
and no attempt has been made to restoi'e exact equivalents of the original word. ExampUf: Stikine
River (instead of Stakhin River) has been adopted.

Where the name has appeared fre(|uently on charts and in geographical literature in one form,
and hiu been only during the last few years commonly used in a corrupted form, the prepei^ pro-
nunciation has been adopted in the Pilot. Example: Unalashka Island, and not Onalaska or Ofonfttaska,
has been adopted ; Kadiak Island, and not Kodiac or Codiak Island.

In such cases the best judgment of the compiler has been used, in conformity with the nomencla-
ture of the Co:ist Survey charts, but, as a matter of course, infallibility is not attainable, apd errors
doubtless remain to be corrected in future.

Russian names, as a general rule, areaocente<l on the syllable before the last, as Wrang'eH, Ba-fan'-
oif, Ya-ko'bi, Ku-pre-an'oif. To this rule (here are a good many exceptions when the preceding syllable
is accented, as Chich'a-goif, Shu'ma-gin, etc. These must be learned by experience.

Indian or native names are generally accented on tliu last syllable when it does not end with a
vowel, and on the preceding syllable when it docs. Exampka: Kad-iak', Ton-gass', A-dakh', Yak-u-
tat', Chil-kat' ; and Sit'ka, Un-a-Iash'ka, Nu-la'to, etc.

The values of vowels and consonants used in transliterating these names are much as ifi English,
with the following invariable limits:

The sounds of a in paOi, part, etc., and short a as in cat, rat, etc., are represented by a only.

The sound of e in whey (n in hay, etc.) is represented by e only.

The sounds of i in ill and long i as in Columbia (like ee in feel) are represented by i only.

The sound of i in bridle, uy in buy, y in spy, etc. is rcprcsente<i by of only.

The sound of o as usual in English. The sound of ow as in emo by ou only.

The sound of u in ruk {oo, ou) is rcpresentc<l by u only; short u, as in dwik, is almost unknown
in Russian or aboriginal Alaskan names.

The sound of y before a vowel is represented by t, us in Kad-iak' (A'otZ-yoJl'), Tcreat-ieff (y^,
Iliuliuk {Il-yool-yook'), etc.

The sound of y final by t.

Thtt consonants in general as in English.

The Russian B is pronounced by that nation as equivalent sometimes to jf, sometimes to a sound
between v and w, and, generally, like v. It is much llie same as the German w. It is rendered here,
according to the sound intended, either by v, w, or Jf'. The / is doubled at the end of words like Petroff
to distinguish the sound from that of/ in of.. *

The sound of cA in German, not represcnte<l by any English character, has been rendered by Vh in
this work.

The sound of cA as in churcii is rejtresentcd by ch only.

The spelling of ])crsonal projier names, such as Iie.nn<f, Wraiigdl, etc., has been carefully conformed
to the practice of' the individuals who l)orc them, as indicatid by their autographs.

(266)

METEOROLOGICAL TABLES.

NOTE.

Ill 1879, when the first pages of the Coast Pilot were in tlic htuuls of tlic printer, an ^|)pen(lix
waa separately printed in advmice to tho mimljer of two hiiiKlntI and fifty copiiw, under the title:

U. 8. Coast and Oeodetio Survey, Oarlile V. Patterson Sii|M!rintenili'Mt; Pacific Coast Pilot, Coiwfs
and Islandd of Alaska. Second Series. Ap|)endix I. Meteorology. 37() pages, 13 plates, 28 niajw,
4 to. Wa$kinffton: Government priiUiny office, 1879.

CONTKNTS.

Letter of transmission, pp. 5-6.

Meteorological discussions and taMes, ])p. ]5-l(i().

Partial list of charts and niajw on the region, |)p. lG'2-2'23.

Partial list of books a. i other publications on the region, pp. 225-.'576.

Maps and plates.

This appendix is not reprinted. The nietcorologicjil tables which follow arc essentially the syn-
optical tables printed in the Api)endix of 1879, with revisions and addition of a good deal of new
matter which has since been made available.

8YNOPTICAI. TABLES.

A. — Atmospheric pressure.

B.— Temperature of the air.

t)._ I "empcrature of the sea water.

D. — Precipitation.

E. — Direction of winds.

Notes on tiie tables.

(267)

TABLE OF ATMOMPHEKIC PBESHUItE.

r< ('. t^ •

l§fsiS

mm^^

S^g)

§S

S3
99

lis

iSllsl!

►»

ilis

sts

gHS

$isg)

bsSI^

lifsg

l^li^ii

gSssBslSSi

g§§§ggg

9>r*N R t*0)fi^

eilSlBBS

51- wr»

sjilSii:«S

i?S§

Ig^igg

!38St8i8igi^s^

SS^S<e

ci&dBo nusSe!

9 V kA S lA 1^

TABI.K OF TEMPEBATUKK OF AIB.

268

;;9Si

aO •-• ■ O QD r* 91 r4

sis i-^'s'ssls

• M .n?i^e>o ■m'*io« • i»o •(»-"

5 'J iC

^ 5i . •* W M b. »-

to bi CO COM

• V tOtOOiAt* •^(N^^Lnb-O) •OtaOtOOtOaOiOXC*Q00 07034COr*aO

:^ :?Si5"' :S8£?I'"'"§ ;"'53S3S'"S'»''«''2='SS" S

M I

>
o

I X ^ w X i-o r» "^"O ■ 00 -* c ^
OKI* ' CD IS r; 50

^ ^ <J» ■ T T 7» i.*;

o >

. V rS o ITS ^ . ..-, m CO w

^ 1(5 r» H OD c-

'•i

o wo

9 to o 1^

.«■ r; a

ffVO i t» tj 00 1.'

00 J»h.«

00^ ^ O I |> i;^ uu •;. . » • vjj ^» I- •»

lO I »» I S I) O 00 f . irt K WB

£00

o'cj

$:^ :3tS

o* -' . o irt

01 5i ; X c

CD t^ • O O

MM ■ CO ^

•f ^ wco

to d o» (?» 'T* r^ CO ift
71^ f* o*ioif:6i

. o to^ , c»t-a>c lo

^f5 oS

838 i \SS \^4i^9

-"^■♦neo •*

^gjs??;^'

t«ao«>HM 00

Se^SSS

^oS

Iff uS O ^ 4

X t^ ^00 »ft CO

tf3 -J ifl ift ^l*
CO td «-^ o oi (^

1.0 r: I If: o J) *■• I* *^ • r-< o» ^ o '^ "-o i^ « ift

is linuoc-iSiNOXOiStooi^xi-oei

„ .7 I*-, |____| I |^__^

I ; I ; I ; I J .„__l I _ J ! -' J J-V . . ' -

ia 3 •/- '5 j< •»; -ij

1 1. >:* « _ I

: - :.S

OXNOODO)

''asa'

i.<3 S

£ .^

• ja

a a 9

M
c

Jd 9.::

.sc e'er

9000c

•'3*'
o J J ^ .s 2

TABUS OF TBlU*EItA'ri;JUfi OF TUB SEA.

V. m

iSS

i39

in nnto
55 ^ *o US

n n n

c«

SiS9

ooo>
tn 10 10

!^4S^

(oooaxom

C^ P3 rs CT C* P* v3

91 W

'it:
Via

ots«tau30<0i><o>o

• ^ CT CO

lO O O lO «<-

7? n ot n n

CO ncQ

eo«co

CO n CO

cS'

il
^J S<2(S

<o X a> 3) et o It:

64:
31^

0>O

o>n>o

O kO O O X ir. lA
PJ CS W CO W OT CO

OtOkOiAiAOO

nn n n n p5 n

0000^00
CO n CO CO 9? 99 CO

. WP 3. = .='.3 s s

■ a *j ■ ■ a

TABLE OP KAINPAU..

in 91

<0 CJ

SS5

to lA

•sn

S!^S$

StO M «
(^ H O

•-9

ii5o noSS

2 *■* W '0 »-< (?{ O » O C^ (O TO

"T 3J « tlT O Oi O 00* "J ^ t^ *-«'

^OU T ^ W

jj .-< Tli rf -T « O

3!jl2S?g5

^ rj « <-l 1-J

w 'r»cor-t

.if

r* T' o —t m *c
»' 1" (? .' CO iri oi

d w rf rf ri (C

CO ;0
d €0 fH r-i irj c4

#C M H 0* tJ d d ifi d 1-1 lO ■^

o> lO ?» « ^ d d to d -H ifj lO

2^2i5;?S''3!3assa

ot5i-5'?i«d<?idi*d'?*dtrf

0> T w) -^ -^ *

S 3

o.i:

' si's

3 3 M

- o

3 -

T3 c-oU

n S 3

.S'3 C a) » « w

go ^

•« i

I Set

- 3 O O

2 I* ■
S)S.-

o o *

3.;:

"as ■ O
►-1 .00 -

' 1 M c a.
• . - aaj .

! . ,^ OQ d 3

*T * ■
■« S'S'3'3 ■

1^ s J J j3

iOOiO

oo OS CO CO

TAIILE OP IBVINDB.

ir-,

«9

dS^

.00

^^oi

«&| i MWS

^^ i

^«*:J

^^l«

goo.

S ^
-« ^

gB^

«0 CO

gag ^' "M

;>; 2

«gg ts" wEs>"g

»■«

wgw ^' «^e^»

; « : WW w5

t;^'i«ia5^|« WW«

CO |>

>fe-«»|St-^|uiaw

gisi:j-i«|^|"igi

^«i*i,

I t\i'^^

aj »5

. .w

'^f.'if,

aJW»£ '•WgW

£ ?so

« as

w & •

H ^ I
» fc S

»5 25

.• b3 is

!«« r

i« !^

S«& «

g« &= w

S»^ ?? w

WW .1 .

«« S «0

• "' a tJ

* ^ w *

00 ""

^ot!^' (£ Be

iO ^ ao CO

■W&j

^K^J W ES

»ao

W 4 H>J . •►jW

p^» w"" '^K.a

.u . .
W^ W ^

gco

00 85

f^^

^"'«l S»^''^'^ S'i !^ |«

.W 'a-
00 ^

1-9

00 00

00 ^

-H ■ . ■

gKg S5 WW^» I si 6>; 95S5

H W
ODW t<; ^

•rr .5 CO

^■5

•s .2 CO « •« J (2

wsg
«ll

a'3 S
■<■«)-<

li^

3 Td .£ ."
.£•3 =c> •?

•a

J3 _

•sees I -3

■Ml

i\^

« §7313

joo cS 3

iS«i 9 3 8 ISIGj j -3

NOTES ON THE PRECEDINO TABLES.

SOUBOHS OF INFORMATION OOMPRISBD IN THB STNOPTIOAL TABLB OF MBAN

ATMOSPHBRIO PRB88URB.

The reeults at Adnkh Island, Aleutians; Aian, Okliotok Sea; Amohitka Island, Aleutians-
Anadyr River mouth. Eastern Siberia; Duo Light-house, Sakhalin Island; E«iuimalt, British Co-'
iumbia; Fort TonRnsH, Fort Wrnngell, and Fort Yukon, Alaska; HaktKladi, Japan ; lliuliuk, Una-
laahka Island, Aleutians; Kotzebue Sound, Alaska; Kusunui, Sakhalin Island ; Kyska Island, Aleutians;
Moller Islands, Port Molit-r, Aliiiska Peninsula; Xew Westminster, British Columbia; Nikolaieflsk,'
Amur River, Siberia; Nulato, Yukon River, Alaska; Okhotsk, Sil)eria; Petroiwvlovsk, Kanidiatka;
Portland, Orej^on; St. Miclmel's, Norton Sound, Alaska; St. Paul Island, Pribilott" Islands, Bering
Sea; Sitka, Alaska; Udsk Village, SilMjriu; and Unalakiik, Norton S<;ind, Alaska; are i-opieil from
the Synoptical Table ot'.meun Atmospheric Pressure, Apjiendix I, 1879, page 24.

riiose at Attu Island (Cliicliagofi" MarlM)r,) Aleutians; Bering Islund; Fort Alexander, Nush-
agak River, Alaska; Hazelton on the Skoena River, British Columbia; Pitlekui, Eastern Siberia;
Queen Charlotte Islands; and St. Paul, Kadiak; are taken from ol)servations at those loualities, which
have Iteen since made available.

The observations additional to those use<l in 1879 are derived from the reconis of the IT. 8. Sig-
nal Service, from Wild's ^i-eat work on the Climate of Russia, from the publirations of the Pacific
Railway commission and Geological Survey of the Dominion of Canada, from the observations of the
Vera Expedition and from private manusciipt records, especially a nmru than ten years' rc<»r«l kept at
St. Paul, Kadiak, by the agent of the Aiucrioiu Russian Commercial Company from 1868 to 1880, of
which one year (observed by Hebnkeii) waM iucludtd in Appendix I, 1879, |>p. 72-73. To Mr. W.
J. Fisher, Mr. H. P. Cope, Mr. Nikolai Pavloft", Mr. Wagner of Chernolfski Village, Unalashka, and
Capt. E. P. Herendeen, the Survey is indebte<l for valuable meteorological material which will be
published more in full hereafter.

All the figures are for new ityle except those for Udsk Village, which are uncertain. The barom-
eter is taken at 32° .0 F., (0°.0 Cent.,) and all data in the table are retluced to this temperature, corrected
for instrumental error as far as known and reiluoed to sea-level, unless otlK^wise here stated. Figures
in black-faced tyjie indicate a break in the series which was supplied by interpolation to obtain a mean

value.

At Due Light-house, Kusunai, and Udsk Village, the height aljove the sea is unknown and the
correction to sea-level is believed to have been applim by the observer. It will not exceed in either
case -f-0.38 inch.

The observations about the Queen Charlotte Islands are uncorrected for temperature and instru-
mental error.
SOURCES OF INFORMATION OOMPRISBD IN THB SYNOPTICAL TABLB OF MBAN

TBMPHRATURB OF THB AIR.
The means at the following stations are coi)ied from the Synoptical Table, Api)endix I, 1879,

page 26.

Ala River, Siberia.

Anadyr River mouth, Eastern Siberia.

Due Light-house, Sakhalin Island.

Fort Franklin, Hudson Bay Territory.

Fort Ke;i?.?, Cook's Inlet, Alaska.

Fort Tongass, Alaska. '. '

Fort Wrangell, Alaska.

Fort Yukon, Alaska. , '^/ '['.''■'■"

Hakodadi, Japan.

Ikogmut, Yukon River, Alaska.

Kolmakoff Redoubt, Kuskokwim River, Alaska.

Kusunai, Sakhalin Island. , „ . , . • i

Moller Islands, Port Moller, Aliaska Penmsula, Alaska.

Muravieff Post, Sakhalin Island.

New Westminster, British Columbia.

Nulato, Yukon River, Alaska.

Port Clarence, Bering Strait, Alaska. . .

Portland, Oregon. „ ^ , , „ • e^

St. Paul Island, Pribilotf Islands, Bering Sea.

Sitka, Alaska. , ., ,

Unalakiik, Norton Sound, Alaska, ^^^^^

p. c. P.— 35

i'l

974

MOTES ON THR TABLES.

Notes on the Prf/'edino Taiii,eh — €(>ntiiiiie<l.

Those lit thn following ntations are from ulMervations auhHequontly received.

Aian, Okliotek St-a, HilM-riii.

Atkn Inland, (Nazaii Hn)0 AleutiatiR.

Attn Islam), at Chuthneoff Harbor, Aleiitiana.

Bering Island, HerinKSiia.

Fort Alexander, Nushogak River, Alaska.

Hozelton, Forks of the Sk(«ua River, British Columbia.

NikolaiefTsk, Amur River, 8iberio.

North Foreland, Cook's Inlet, Alaska.

Okhotsk, Eastern Sil)eria.

Petropavlovsk, Kamchatka.

Pitlckai, Eastern Hil)eria, Arctic Coast.

Point Barrow, Alaska.

Port Graham, Cook's Inlet, Alaska.

Port Providence, Plover Bay, Eastern Hil)eria.

Port Simjwon, British Columbia.

Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia.

St. Paul, Kadiuk Island, Alaska.
Those at the folloi). ing stations are derived from the combination of the means in Syuv'ptical
Table, Appendix I, 1879, page 25, with those at corresponding stations subsequently received, each
having weight according to the number of months represented.

Iliuliuk, UnaTashka Island, Aleutians.

Kotzebuo Bound, (Clioris Peninsula or its vicinity,) Alaska.

8t. Michael's, Norton Hound, Alaska.

Udsk Village, Udi ]{iver, Siberia.
It is uncertain whether tiic ol^ervations at Ala River, Siberia, are new or old Hyle. Figures in
black-faced ty|)e denote that th.. scries was incomplete.

The degrees are of Fahrenheit scale. When no sign is affixed they are to be taken as above Kero.

BOURCmS OF IMFOBMATION OONTAINXD IK THB SYKOPTIOAIi TABLB OF THB

tumpbratubb of smuAca sba watbr.

All the temperatures in this table are copied from the Hynoptioal Table, Appendix I, 1879, page
26, except those at Queen Charlotte Islands and Sitka, which are taken from observations at taupe
loodities subsequently received.

The oK^rvations are chiefly contained in the records of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey
parties in Aia3k:<, 1871-1880, taken with standani instruments graduate<l to Fahrenheit's scale.

TLe values i brackets are interpolated, or for incomplete months completed by interpolation.

BaUBC'.'j& OF INFORMATION OOMPRIBBD IN THB STNOPTIOAL TABLB OF MBAN

PBBOIPITATION.

The amounts given opposite the following stations were copied from the Synoptical Tn'i't if mean
Precipitation contained in Appendix I, 1879, page 26.

Aian, Okhotsk Sea, Sil)eria.

Buruaby Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia.

Fort Kenai, Cook's Inlet, Alasko.

Fort Tongass, Alaska.

Fort Wrangell, Alaska.

Hakodadi, Japan.

Nikolnieflsk, Amur River, Siberia.

Nulato, Yukon River, Alaska.

Okhotsk, Eastern Siberia.

Petropavlovsk, Kamchatka. *

St. Michael's, Norton Sound, Alaska.

St. Paul Island, Pribiloff Islands, Bering Sea.

St. Paul, Kadiak Island, Alaska.

Sitka, Alaska.
Those at the following stations are taken from observations subsequently received from the U. S.
Signal Service.

Atka Island, (Nazan Bay,) Aleutians.

Attu Island, at Chichagoff Harbor, Aleutians,

Bering Island, Bering Sea.

Fort Alexander, Nusnagak River, Alaska.

KOTKH ON TIlK TAtlLGH.

276

Notch on the Prkckding Tahm-x— C'lmtinuwl.

The amounts opposit^i Iliuliuk, Uiinhislika Isliiiul, Aleiitiaiw, ar« taken from rc.«nt ohMrvatlon^
of the U. 8. Signal Servi<'c fxct'pt tliow for June and July, wliich arc topiwi from .Synoptical Table
Appendix I, 1S79, |iu^v 26.

The amounts are of ruin and mt!lt4»l Hnow, given in EngliHl) in<>li(«.

Figures in black-faocd ty|M> d(>uot4> that th<4 m'.rm was inc-^uuplote.

aOXJBOaS of information OONTAINBD in BTNOPTIOAI. TABLB of PRSVAlLmC^

DIRECTIONS OF WIND.

The directions at the following stationH are copied from the Synoptical Table, Appendix I, 1879|
page 27.

Aian, Okhotsk Sea, Enstern Hilwria.

Anadyr River mouth, Eiwtern Sil)eria.

Du6 Light-house, Sakhalin iHland.

Fort Kenai, Cook's Inlet, Alaska.

Fort Tongass, Alaska.

Fort Wrangell, Alaska.

Ikogmut, Yukon River, Alaska.

Iliuliuk, Unalashka Island, Aleutians.

Kusunai, Sakhalin Island.

Muravieff Post, Sakhalin Island.

Nikolaieffak, Amur River, Hiboria.

Nulato, Yukon River, Alaska.

Okhotsk, Ea&tern Sitieiia.

Petropavlovsk, Kamchatka.

St. Michaers, Norton Sound, Alaska.

St. Paul Island, Pribiloff Isiands, IJering Sea.

St. Paul, Kadiak Island, Alaska.

Sitka, Alaska.
Those at the following stations are taken from later observations.

Atka Island, (Nazau Bay,) Aleutians.

Attu Island, at Chichagoff Harboi, Aleutians.

North Foreland, Cook's Inlet, Alaska.

Port Simpson, British Columbia.

Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia,
lietters in italics indicate that the series was iu(«mplet«. , ,. , , .„,.,.
The directions in most cases are known t.. Iw tnw and ..elieved tx. l)c so m all, though m some
cases the source of information does not spocifi^illy state whether the olwervations are Irue or by «otn.
^. The new observations are taken directly from the tables without being reduced to a mean
direction.

ADDENDA AND ERRATA.

The reader i» requpflted to make these changes with jwn and ink.

Page 3. The first three words of line 22 from top have droj)ped from the beginning of the line above.

Page 4. Seymour Narrows. For amended establishment and depth of water on the reef, received

too late for insertion in the text, see chart of Seymour Narrows.
Page 77. Line 19 from top: for "sixteen cables" read "sixteen fathoms."
Pago 99. Liiie9 from top: omit the word "eastern," and after "Noyes Island" add "and Baker

Islnnd."
Page 143. Line 26 from top: for "Beardsley" read "Beardslee."
Pagp 155. Line 24 from top: for "Pribieli" read "Pribilie."
Page 158. Line 15 from top: for "Khlebuikoff" read '• KhliebnikoflF."

DANGERS IN DIXON ENTRANCE AND VICINITV.

The observations of Lieut. Com. H. E. Nichols, U. S. N., Assistant Coast and Geodetic Survey,
during 1883, havp been received since the text was printed. Several important additions to the know-
ledge of that region »t« comprised in the report, wliicli has not yet received final revision but covers the
region from the entrance of Portland Inlet to Point V'allenar, including the whole of Revillagigedo
Channel and the G.nvin:: Group with their intersecting passages. Soma of these facts are of sufficient
importance (:o be indicated here in advance of tlieir final revision and official announcement.

Gravir^% Mmianua. — The eastern shores of Duke and Annette islands were shown by the work of
1882 to 'je considerably farther west ib.an the chart*, had up to that time indicated, fhcir western
shores ht ve now been shown to i)ai":ake of the same old error, and to require a similar correction.
Point Percy and Point Davisf):i ^re situated, the former a mile anil two-thirds SSW., and the latter
a somewhat greater distance S and W. from their position on the older charts as shown on the chart
of Dixon Entrance in this volume. A similar change will l)e requiretl to correct the position of Cape
North amberland and the adjacent shores and islets.

Tamgam Harbor. — The depth oi water in this harlwr appears by this investigation to be only
about half what is called for by the P.ussi<in survey ; that is to say, five or six fathoms at the uiichorage
instead of ten or twelve.

Point i»at*J»on. — Besides the above-iuontioned difference of position, ihe reef or shoal off this jwint
is legs extensive than formerly supposed.

Httomter Bee/f — June 6, 1883, Lieut. Cora. Nichols came upon a bed of growing kelp in Clar-
ence Strait in about

Latitude — - - 64^5a;.6N.

Longitude 131° 31' W..

doubtless containing dangerous rocks. A sounding near it (^ave ten fathoms, rockv liottom. In this
position Mount 'faragas bore N. | E.. Mount «t. Lazaro NE. J E .and the southern part of Point
Pct3V about N f W., four railc^ distant. The high h-ixd on the south part of Dundas Island showed
well to tie westwara of the westernmost bare rock. Tbis daiiger may be llie Jirmdwelioch, though
considerably north of Brundige's position for the--.. In consequence of the doubt both are indicated
nil the accomuanyi-iK chart of Dixon Entrance. , ,. „ t , . .

»«»« sLk.-hc name having been retaincl for the danger north ami wt« of Ws Isla!id in

the text, (page 56), and another danger. detonni.;cd m>->^!^ }!y^f:i^Z)\:^;^t::^T'^^

"•^"IC" r"J„ll"n^ i«i.llv •iiul iienw may not i)e vcrv precise,) when the rock or reef bore 8. 42° W.
with the vessel ••°. ''"8 '«,'^^^ g jj 7" E., Harry Saddle N. 61° E., and the south exti-erae

Tp'"*^ ^wl"^ ?3° 7 At th^nS hJad wis. 48° E. and U.e deviation on thatlH-ar-

ingwS^ 6° W Platting iV.'*^ Uevil Hook by the three-point methwl, it would k- situated approxi-

■"•"^^y ■'" 64° 41'.6 K.

^»***"^V- IlIIIlIIllI]l31° a7''.5 w!

Longitude

(5i77)

278

ADDENDA 4ND EBR4.TA.

choeoM Breaker. — Captain Carroll, with the Idaho, April 13, 1883, sighted a breaker abont SE.
I iS. seven miles off Cape Chacon and about four miles from the vessel.

XuHe» Beefs. — A little !at«r on the same day Captain Carroll rejwrts the Nuflez Reef as two miles
on his |>ort beam, which would place it about S. by E. \ E. six miles from Cupe Chacon, considerably
douthward of its suppose<l position. Unverified reports are current among the navigators of this r^iou
to the effect that there is another breaker alwut three miles S. by W. from Point Nuflez.

Mauut St. Lamaro. — According to Nichols' observations (subject to final revision) the position of
thi" peak is about

Latitude 64° 83'.8 N.

Longitude 181° IS'.O W.

ChUkoot Portage. — A note from Captain James C. Carroll in regard to the earliest transit of the
Lewis River and this j)ortage by white men, states that tl i'rst authentic passage over this route was
performed about 1864 or 1865 by an employ^ of the Ru * >i fJ-iy Company who started from Fort
Selkirk and was delivered by the Chilkoot Indians ..: '^ . ■'•anson, then In command of one of

the company's steamers and for whom the anchorage i i>jt i. , n. Couverden was named, (page 193.)
It was from reports of this exploration doubtless tliat infbrraiition as to the existence and approximate
location of LakeLebarge was derived and communicated in 1866 to the Tel^rapb Expedition explor-
ers by the servants of the Hudson Bay Company.

In a report to the Coramissiouer of Lands and Works of British Columbia, dated February 15,
1880, John McKenzie recounts explorations of the previous reason, made by himself and Alexander
McLellan in the country between Dease Lake and the Lewis River. He quotes a large part of the
Report of George Holt, by which it appears that that explorer first crossed the Chilkoot Portage June
1, 1872, and descended as far as the northern end of Lake M^rsh, returning October 18th. He heard
the story of the burning of Fort Selkirk from the Indians who were friendly. Holt made several
subsequent journeys.

Captain Carroll also states that George Holt (see page 200) crossed the Chilkoot Pass in 1874,
and went down the Yukon to about longitude 160° W., where he crossed the portage to the Euskokwim,
which he descended to tiie sea. Of the members of the expedition of 1880, some descended the Yukon
to Fort Yukon, others went up the Pelly River to Fort Pelly-banka. Here they divided again, some
going to the Pelly Lakes, others to Port Frances and Frmnoes Lake, whe""^ they met other prospectors
who had come up by tlie way of the Stikine River and over the Blue ^; iti ti^ias to the Doase Lake
country. In 1883 a party of ten prospectors wintered on the Copper ^ ivy exploring for mil erals.

A letter from Commander J. B. Coghlan, U. S. N., commandiu; i. r.
dated April 15, 1884, contains the following information: , 5j

nangerti near the Kane iaietg, Xet-a Strait. (See ptige 157.) — .'
ward of the cliaimel Ixjtween tlu' Kane Islets and the Baranoff shore, at
shore and bearing alwut XW. ^ W. from the islets. The ledge 'v> "bout
two always dry lumps alx)ve water. It is lK)ld-to.

Mureka Roek, M'erii Strait. — An unsuccessful attempt was made to locate Eureka Rock at slack
water. It apjjears that the shoal water extends nearer to the Chichagoff shore than previous informa-
tion denoted, and that, to avoid it, the navigatt)r should, when half way fro»r» Liesnoi Island toward
Poroga Island, iiooj) the Chichagoff shore aboard distant less than one hundr; ', 'nstead of three hundred
yards as statrti in the directions on page 162 of thin volume.

sehutxe ftore, »v«ft ««.v. — According to Commander Coghlan, this cove . .aeutical with the cove
indicated by Tebienkoff and described on pag'' 161 of this volun)c, d the position ikjsigned to Schulze
Cove on U. S. Hydrographic Office charts 225 and 883 is erro; • ■ .^ With the exception of the rela-
tive position the description on page 161 is correct. The head oi .■ : • is separated by an isthmus
fifty feet high and only about four hundred yards wide frc m Perii • ail, isfu from Poroga Island.

Haieu Auehoraae. — A small anchorage on the opposite side of FIsn Bay was discovered by a local
pilot named Haley and exaiuinal by the officers of the Adarw. It lies about south from Schulze
Cove and is protectctl by a small r.oini i!, ii-t eoi'tward. it has from six to t'.venty fathoms water over
a bottom of mud and sliell but ii i.iiic .small ' ^ "xtent. ^.Page 161.)

Anchorage at the itead of 'ink Bav — Ii- !\ead o Fish Bay to the eastwaixl, seems to shoal up
gradually to a bank, dry iit low water, »'uu.sed ')y sevc'ral giKxl-s'^ed streams which uome in here.
From the edge of tlu; bank westward theri! is anchorage in five to twenty fathoms clear across the
head of the bay, with a width east mid west of two or three cables. This discovery is also due to the
ofiicei's of the Adams. (Page 161.)

idamfi, at Sitka, Alask?.,

ov rocks exter.ds east-
' ■■ ble off the Baranoff
/ vjables in lerrgtli, with

IITIDEIX:

Page.

Aaltanhuh Inlet, Oraham Reach _„ 33

Aaron laland, Stephens Passage 174

Ahat^nan 'lahi^ry, Kennedy Island 39

Adamson Capo, Baker Island _ 96,98

Adams Bivor, Vancouvei' Island 8

AdiUiu, V. S. 8., Addenda _ 27»

AddenbrooHe Point, Fitzhugh Sound 22

Addenbrook Island, Fitzhugh Sound 23,23

Addenbrook Point, Fitzhugh Sound 22

Addlngton Cape, Noyes Island, Alaska _..99, lOO.liB, 119

described 9g

Admiralty Bay, Alaska .._ 207

Admiralty Group, Alaska, separate^ Int^t two divisions V^9

north Hhoresof 172

appears from Peril Strait 177

out of place on tho charts 178

divided by water 192

Admiralty Island, Alaska no. 122, 128, 171, nr-, 174

unexplored gponlng in 172

NW. shore of 182

Adolph Point, Icy Strait - 191

Adolphus Point, Icy Strait - .'. 191

Affleck Canal, K;llu Island, Alaska 100,103

Agaasii Point, Frederick Sound 116

described 127

Aglak Met, K sstoff Strait 166

Akhal,ake, Alaska 200

,4la<io, (J. 8. S 142

Alaska Territory -- 1

boundary line of 57

Alava Point, Bevlllagigedo Channel, 72,77

described 71

Albans, Point Saint, Snmr.er Strait - ' 103, 104

Alert Bay, Ooriaorant Island 10

Aleutian Islands, Alaska, explored by Samolloff 167

explored by Slnltsin _— 169

Aleutkina Bay, Baranoir Island - 144

Alentskt Istand, Sitka Sound 142

Alexander Arohipe) .go, Alaska -. 61,70,83,100,118

described 49

oceanic shores of 134

Alexander Bay, Bai inoff Island - - 121

Alexander Point, W .■angoll Strait 113,110

de cribed- 107

AleXk-ter Port "..ilano Island - 14

Alexander Bock, Sitka Sound 148

itluaiidsr. Steamer. - l"*

Alexandra Passage, Milbank Sound '^

Alexandra Patch, Chatham Hound 41

Alfbrd Beefs, Metla-katia Hay. 41

Allaska Peninsula, Alaska. '"

Alice Arm, Observatorj' Inlet 60

Alice Island, SltkaSound - '**

Alituya Bay, Alaska.... - '"^

Almlralty, Bahia, Alaska ^O^

Alpha Bay, Pitt Island - '■'"'

AUekh Blver, Alaska -— - l^"

described - 206

Althorp Port, Chichagolf laland, dpscribsd. IS'

islands off the entrance of '*''

Altona r«y, Alaska - - - ^"'^

Alteek'j Blver, Alaska, described l'".'"''*

Al^.» !iia.i., .Maeka - '"^

».;«uy.a Bay, AlaskN *^

Amelia Point, Kmzoft Island ~ '"

d.Kribed - ""

Amellna Point, SnmnerS.ralt -

American) >y, Dall Island —

Amlrante Bale, Alaska —

Ancau, ninklt Chief .

104

86,07

207

S07

A man, Katcro del, Alaska

Anchorage;

Alert Bay

Alpha Hay

.\U)Qrlnin Hay

Anchoratfe Cove, Auiericitii Hay.

AiichoniKe t'ovo, Lihiyii Itay

.\uuotte Hay

Baht llu-uor

Heaver Cove

Hig Bay

HltnkinHop Buy

Hruiii Baj'

Carroll, I'rinee <if Wales Island..

'Virtor Hay

CaHcadp Inlet . .

Cliaiuiei-s Hay, H. V.

Ctiisniiiio Pasi^ago

Cholmondeley .Sound '

Clarence Strait

Cloak Hay

Clothes Bay

Coghlan, Wright Sound

Constautine, lliun Hay

Cooper Inlet

Disenchantment Hay

Dry Strait

Duncan Bay

I)iincla<t llay

Eastern, Sitka

False Hay

Famrite, Peril Strait

Fish Bay, Aiiilenda

Fdiwani Bjiy .

Frafer Heiicli

FrftHliwater Hay

Frigate Hay

Fritz C-ove

Oil Wand

(Jranite Core

Haley, Adde. da

Half M.wn

Hoik ham Hay

HelliK-s Bay

leotterg Bay

llilmHi.y

1-yinik.oen Cove

Jan-' t'reek

Ka«ann, Kasa-au Bay

Klemtiio rasaage

Klennnggit Inlet ..

Knox Hay

Kiiotznahoo Roads

Kreeloir Strait

Kivalhiaaki Cove

LalMmeliere

Lama Passage

Lareh Hay -.

Lowe Inlet

McLaughlin Bay

Mary Cove

Blaty Itiatiil ..

Menzles Hay . ---

Metlakatla Hay.

Morris Bay

Mud Hay

Mtii;dor Cove — ...

Naas Bay

North Inlst

Oona Blvsr —

I'sge
07

r«

,i03

loe

log
as
77

85
88
68

.14

iM
ilO
119

41
188
ISO
181
IM
8T8
8

17»
34
187
278
114
188
33
60
189
181
9«
86

ao
ae

6
176
IM

96,26

tag

66
96
80
76
4
41
98

m
lai

(279)

280

INDKX:.

Pig*.
Anohorftgft— ^Dt'd ;

Open B«y M

Ott«r Core 8

Otter, Pe«rl Harbor 43

Peril Strait - - __-.l(li,198

Plumper B«y . 6

Point Htfhtleli) M

Portage B»jr 128

Portage Coie 200

Port Aleiander .. 14

Port Althorp I8«

Port Danki 133,134

Port Baun.. 98

Port rieming _ 38

Pott Frederick - IM

Port llarToy !

Port Houghton 123

Port Laliouchere 102

PortMoNelll 10

Port lIulgraTo 208

PortNeTllle 7

Port Protection 102

Port Slmpeon 48,47

Port Stewart 74

Puerto de loe Doloree 97

Red Bay - 108

Bough Bay 11

Bynda, Sumner Strait- 109

Safety Core . — 22

81. John Baptlut Bay _ 187

Salmon Ouve„ (Kl

SchulieCoTo — 161,278

Seafortb Channel _ 27

Security Bay 123

Security Hoads - 128

Bhadweil Paesage — 16

BhakuD luliit- - -101, 102

Shakan, Shakan Bay _ 102

Shrimp CoTe 37

Shuihartie Bay.— 18

Sitka - - 148, 149

Sitka Sound 139

South Inlet _ 33

Square CoTe 179

Steamer Bay - 189

Steamer Pawage . 88

Stewart, GrenTille Channel _ 36

Stiklne Flats - 108

Sliilwa* ,., KiKitinahoi) Inlet 177

Stuart, OrenviilM Channel 36

Suloia Bay 161

Suquaeh, Queen Charlotte Bound . 11

Swaneon Bay . 83

Bwaniou Harbor 194

Symondi Boy ^... 137

Taku Inlet i _. 170

Tolitol Bay _ 87

Venn Crook 41

Weetorn, Sitka 141,149

We»t Inlet 86

Whfcle Bay 133

Whltawatei' Bay 176

William Henry Bay _ _ 196

Willoughby Core IPO

Wolf Bock : 96

Wrangell Strait 113,116

Wrangell.Wrangell Strait— 108,109

Anchorage OoTe, American Bay 67

Anchorage Cove, Lituya Bay, delcrilwd 203,204

Anchorage Point, Chllkat Inlot _ 187,198

Anchorage Point, Shakan Bay, deecrilied. 101,102

Anchor Point, Wrangell Strait 112, 118, 117

deocribed 114

Angle Point, ReTlllaglgedo Channel, 79,82

deecribed 78

Angle Point, Beaforth Channel 26

deecribed 27

Ankau, T I'nkit Chief 207

Ankau Creek, Takutat Bay 207

Aakan, Eitero del, Alaska __. go7

Aamer Point, Stephens Passage 168

ABBCtt* Bay, Annette Island 79

denribed "s

Page.

Annette Island, Oravina Group ....... 63,76,78,79,84

north shore of 77

described . 83

AnTll Head, Annette Bay 80

«,ple Island, Sitka Sound 140

Apple Islands, Sitka Bound 140

JraHsaiv ship 1. 96

Archangel Qabriel, Fort, Bannoff Island . — . 140

Archibald Point, HcLaughllD Bay 26

Arden Point, Stephens Passage 129,168,172

describwl 171

Armstrong Bay, Baranoff Island 121

Armstrong Port, Bannoff IsUnd.., .«. 121

Arrecifrs, Punta de, Yakutat Bay 208

Arriaga, Bocas de, Alaska, d'voribail ... 96,99

Arloaga, Don Ignaclo .... 96,212,218

Arthur Passage, B. C 87,88,40

described _.....„ 39

Aspid Islets, Crawfish Inlet, Alaska . 136

Assurance Bay, Yakutat Bay . . 210

Aslley Island, Icy Stmit 194

described 19:i

Aatley Point, Stephens Passage 168

Aston, Ralph 69

Aston Island, Kai-gah-nee Strait ee

Astrolabe Point, Alaska. 201

Aiumclon, Puerto de noetn Senom de U, Alaska 97

ittnAluiljta, ship 88,110

Atakn Island, Necker Oruup, AUuka _ 136

Atkritol Bock, Bllka Bound 140

Atkrol-glau Rock, Sumner Strait 106

Atli Island, Quren Charlotte IsUoda ._

Atll Inlet, Qu^u Charlotte islands 82

Atna Hirer, Alaska, 141, 144, 201, 206

Augusta Point, Chatham SIrait 179, 192, 193, 194

described . 181

Augustine Bay, Quadra Island .. 96

Augustine Cape, Alaska 98

Auke Bay, Admiralty Island 172

106
106
103
73

Baht, Engineer

Baht Harbor, Zarembo IsUnd „.

Bailey, Oapt. Geo. W

Bailey Bay, Behm Canal

Baker, Lieut. Joseph 102

Baker, Marcus.- - 88, 98, 198

Baker Inlet, GrenTille Channel 86

Baker Inlet, Kasa-an Bay...- '__. 86

Baker Island, Alaska 96

Baker Point, Sumner Strait 103,106

deecribed

BalaklaTa Island, Queen Charlotte Sound..

deecribed

Bald Cape, Dixon Entrance

Bald Mountelns, B.f'

Ball Group, Sitka Sound

102

170

143

BamdoroshnI Island, Sitka Sound, described 142, 148

BamSeld Islets, Arthur Passage .. . M

Bancas, Bahia de las, Alsaka 210

Bancas, Punto de las, Yakutat Bay 210

Band Cove, Security Bay. 122

Banks Island, B.C 87

Banks Port, Whale Bay, deecribed 138, 184

Baptists Bay, Baranoff Island 166

Barani Island, Sitka Sound 143

Baranoff, Alexander AudreleTich 187,140,160,164

Baranoff Archipelago, Alaska 122

Baranoff Island, Alaska 80, 119, 122, 181, 136, 141, 162, 167, 182

western coast described

northwestern shores of

bonndlng Salisbury Sound.

bordering Peril Strait

sugarloaf mountain on

BaranoTitch, Philip ,

BannoTlich Fishery, Kasa^^n Bay

Bare Hill, Pitt Island..

132

166

169

161

)76

Bare Island, Salltbury Sound 160

Bare Islands, Sitka Bound 142

Bare Islet, Klewnuggit Inlet 96

described 36

Bare Islet, Wrangell Bttait 114

INDEX.

281

Bar© Point, Klcmloo VtMMgo-,. ___ 311

Bare Bock, MlltMnk Hound .^k

Bare nock, 8itk> Sound ] 14,,

Barlu«r Cove, Adnilnlty liland n^

Barlow Point, Kft'iihenM Passage, descrilted 172

DN-ks off |7;j

'■'"X' 174

Bamelt Cape, Niiyei Island _ tut gg

Bar Point, Tongan Narrows wi

Barren Bock, Dixon Kntranco, descrlbud _,. 63,64

Banie Island, Sumner Strult __ 104

BarrlePulnl, Hnmncr Strait io,->

Barrier Island, Sumner Strait IU1,1U4

described

Harrington, Hun. Dallies .

BartlettBa7, Alaska

Bartolomfi, OabodeSan

Bartolomi I'ape, Baker Island.-

described

high laud near

Basargin, t'omniander

Base Point, Kleiiitoo Passage

Basil Lump, Chlm-sy-an Peninsula

Batarefnoi Island, Sitka Sound

Bate Passage, Qneen Chsrlutte Houiid.

descrilted

Bath Harbor, Xarembo Ishind

Bath Point, Port Simpaiin

Battery Uand, Sitka Sound

described -

Battery Islets, Wrangell Strait

described

Bau]»<Vve, Vancouver Island

Bay Islets, Amirlcan Bay.

102

W
I8«

9*1
117, 98

»6

109

30,31

141

16,18

15
IIS)

4-1
149
141
116
11.1
!l

126

94
94
94
94

!«
,.i)l,66,9."i

141

.._. 6'i

_ 200

.136,145,146,188,189,2911

II.

Di'li'liiT, l'n|il. ^<lr Mwiinl ;...._„.. 209

, 143

i»

_ as

ail

311

, 124

Hi'lkiiap Isli'tn, xiikii Soiinil

llelirt llellii lliillsns..

IVIlii IV'llu Islsiida, Unm I'shmik'', B. C

lli'lla Ik'llii Vllluiti'. ('iiiii|ibi'll Isliuid

llt'll Arm. Il<. lull c'uniil

Itollcniic Itlnnil, KiiiliiyMin Channel

llell Inland, fk\m (^n«l

Ilt'll ri.|ik, 4*oiie Island..

Hfiidol, Itenibnnl

RndelCapi', Kndtiitk .••iiiiuii, described 124,185

IVii mil, lblnniy-«ii IViilimila 4A

llt'iijiinilii Islel. l.ynu Canal 185

IIitkIiiiiii, l>r. Heruiann . IR

Itirg Inlrl,Alsska . IIW

Ikrliig, Cimimanilor Vituii _„ |:18, 2ck\2ll7

lleHiiB lliiy, Alaska, hlHtory nf the nami'. .2CI6, ■.'07,213

Bayou Point, Wrangi'll Mljralt 116

Bay Point, Fri'derick Sound

Baian Bay, Dull Island

Baian,Baylio —

Baian Harbor, Dall Is' .d-

Baiaa Point, IHxon En .jnce

Basan Point, Port Pswn

Bann Port, Dall island

described —

Basan, Puerto del Baylio .

Beacon Bock, Sitka Sound.

Beal Harbor, Oiabam lahtnd

Bsan, Dr. T. H

Bean, Edmund ._

Bean Island, Alaski —

Beardslae, L. A., Commander U. S. N

Beanltle« Group, titka Sound. 143

Beardsle* Islands, Glacier Bay 1»S

described WD

Beardslee Blver, Alaska 196

Bear Kort, KootinaluJ Village, Adminlty Island 176

B<'ar Island, Alaska •"'

Bnaton Island, Bchm Canal '6

Beaiiclero Island, Sumner Strait — 102

dcscribi J 10*

Beauolerc Port, Kulu island '"2. i'"

described I'**

dangi-rs in '•**

Beautemps, Cupi' de, Alaska 201

Beaver Oove, Vancouver Island - — 10,11

described "

Beaver Harbor, Vancouver Island, ileicrlbed... 12

tides-. "

sailing directions for. l*

■ Ited - W.«».«

Boaver Passage, Ugdcn Channel - '"

Bwiver Point, Shi'llkoff Bay -. - - "'^

Ij<<aver Kock, IMscovnry PaMigi! ''

Beck Point, llasslcr Hartior "

Bedounol IsUnds, Sitka Sound - ^*"

Bedford Island, Telegra|ih Passage •■''

Beehln Ishind, Olga Strait, described 1W,I6^I

Beering'sBay, Alaska - - *"''•

Beta Canal, Al^ika 62.71,73,76,79,82

described -.«

Behring Bay, Ahuka

Oehring's Bay, Alaska.

Behring's Blver, Alaska

r. 0. r.— 3«

207
■J)X>
2tkS

IkTlni: »•■», lidi'K ( oniiniid with those of Sitka..

lleriMTM liay, Aliiska

itescrllteii

Ikiry, Mn). M. 1'

Birry Arm, I'nrt Kn'di'rick

Berry Iiliinil, Sitka .Sound

Ht-rry I'SMtige, i 'liicbagntr Island.
Ilerr.v I'oint, Kli'liitiHt PassaKS

161

194

I»5

178

192

144

178

.HI

Bcrrj Pniiit, Seafiirth Channel 26,27

198

7»

1411

178

13'

132

139

llertlia (i)acier, Alaska.

llcie.m, lliiberl

lletlon Inland, IV>lim U«nal

doscrilKd

Bibb Shoal, Security Buy .

Blille R.ick, Sitka Sound •— .

Bii'lol Reck, Chatham Strait

1)1(5 Amiw Kay, llaniniiir Inland

Ilig Bay, Chini'Sy-Hii I'eiiiiiBuIn, lienrrilied

Bailing dln'i'tious fur.

Big llraiicli Hay, Baniniilf Island

Illg llavaiiaki IhIiI, Sitka .Sound

Ilig laialid, llei'P Hay, Southwest Peril Strait, described 162, 163

Bingham Point, I nwi Sound IMS

Blorka Island, Sitka s<.und 135, 1.37, 146

desoriliijil 136

riwkNW.from 146

sunken ro<-k NW.from 148

Biorka Hock, Sitka S.iuml 146

Bird Wet, l.ynn Canal I»6

nirnio Island, Chatluini Sonnd 45,46

ilpsrrilifii 44

llishop I'oiiit, Stephens i'assiigi'. di'scribeil .170,171

Blugam Island, Clf -.rn .sire't "It

lliack Mountain, Hc'vlllagigi* Island 78

llliick Hwf, Piirt Krcdirick 191

lliack Hock, llivlliaglgi'do Channel 71

Itlark ll"ck. Sitka Sound... 140

Hlacklii'y l'a.«Mgo, B.C — 9

Blukc, I'n.f. W. P 01,110,111

HIake Cluiniiel, Alimka — *'

duscrllHd 91

llhikenr.v I'orl, l>on IViM'k - 2*

Blaciulori' I'nint, Sumnor Slmlt.-. — 108,112

di*Tibi«l "T

Blanhki-, Ur. Eduard 1.... — •»

Blanhk.! Island, Clarince Stmit 89

mind lilaiid, Wrangill SIniH "■'•

IliiiiJ Passage, Chlcliugoir Island .- •- — l'"

Blind Piu«age, Mltkufl Island, Alaska 112,115, 118, 1»

descrilied-

Blinkliorn Island, .loliiistonc Strait

lllliiklnsop Hay, B. c...

llll/hni l'"inl, Vukulal Bay

111,1. k Island, Tli'vak Narrows, di«ribi!d

lllMsliko Island, Clarcuci' SIniil

llloxliani I'swuee, Clilsni.ire Paswige
lllii'

107

211

',70
8»
30

Islaml. Sitka Siiilid - '^

lllui' Mipunlains, Aildi ndii

l;hin islaiiil Arm. Sumori Strait -

lllnIT Island, .Sunn. rSlrail

HIiiH l'"inl, Knshwalir Hay

niiilT l''inl, KiHiUnah.K. Rcails

Hlundin IKv. H. c.

Ulunl l'"liil, Wniiigidl Strails....
Il..al llnrlHir. CnoTc.n Island, B.C

«»
101
lOU
IN
176
19
116
9

282

INDEX.

P»go.

Boat HarlRir Point, IMxon Kntrancr 70,T1,82

ileK-ribed "a

IkibnivlB Point, Slicllknff Hay - 188

Bubniyol I'l.Int, Haninnir laliina 132

Bot'ii do Quadra 71,72

Dora Flna, Port llueart'll, Alaaku 8H

noddy Cnek, Wright Urrnip - - 27

B(ide(?a y Quodre, Spaiilali t^inniandnr J>1,137,13H,1.VI

Boldark* Group, Sitka ftnind 144

Holdarkin lalaiid, Hllka Sound--- 144

Bold Cliff, Hood llay - - 17«,17n

Bold Illand, RrTiliugigvdo (.liannel 79, 82

di'ncribcd 78

BidlTnoi Bocka, Sitka Hound - - - 148

Hidlea, T. Dii, UeuL U.8.N. l»,81

Bollea Inlet, Kal-gHli-Doe Strait..- — tIT

Bollea Ledge, Ward CVive 81

Bolahol laland, Deep Bay, Southwi'at Peril Strait 1B2

Bolahoi Point, Yakulat Bay - 206

Bolahol Bukav, Whale Bay l:«

B<dahoi Strtdka Bay, Bntanoff laland 132

Bonlla laland, Hecate Strait-- -- 37

Bonilla laland, Hocato Strait - 18

Donwick Point, Stuart Anchorage 3«,37

Border Bocka, Sitka Sound, deacrlbed 139,14(1

Boreaa Point, BreeiyBay - - 69

Borhiaa Point, Warri'n laland 09

Biimahkl Bay, UaranolT laland- 144

B<«ton lalanda, Portland Canal - »7

Boulder Klat, Wrangell Strait - -»- 1!S

Boulder Point, Portage Bay — 126

Bonlder Point, Tleyak Narrovfa - 69

Borndary BlulT, Gulf of Georgia — 1

Boundary Stialt - - 51

BouninoT Cape, Slika Sound 146

Bouaiole, Point de la, Takutat Bay 206

Boxer Point, Browning Paaaage 17

deacribed - .' J4

Boyle lalet, (|ttcen Charlotte Sound 17

Bradfield Canal, Alaaka 90.02,109

deacribed- — 91

Brady Glacier, Taylor Bay, Alaaka 186

Breakera Capo, Sitka Sound - - 146

Brcaknra Point, Diion Knttanre _ 66

deacribed 62

Breaat Inland, .MItka Sound.. 143

Breezy Hay, Ball laland 69

Bridge, Mr IW

Bridge Point, Kootinalioo Inlet— 177

Bridget Point, Lynn Canal 196

Broad Cape, Sitka Sound 148

Broad laland. Peril Strait „ - - 168

Bnwd Point, Tolatol Bay _ _ 87

Broken laland, Johnatone Strait 8

Brooke laland, Obaervatory Inlet (to

Brothera, The, Frederick Sound- 129

Brothera, The, Lynn Canal. ^ 198

Broughton Strait, B. C, deacribed 9

tidea 9

general diroctiona for 11

cited 10, 12, 13

Brown, George, Capt. U. S. N.- 40

Brown Paaaage, Chatham Sound 40

Browning Knttanre, HecateStralt D7

Browning Paaaage, Queen Charii>tte Sound H

Bmin Bay, Graham laUnd J". ftjj

Brumes Point, Revlllagigedo I'hannel 70

Brundigc, J. C. ('apt., I'JxpI.initlona and n'port of-. .37,38, 39, 41, 46, 47,62,

M, 66, 66, 68, 63, 64, 66 84

Brundige Hock, Diion Kntrance, deacribed.. 64,84,87

Addenda 277

Biibnoir, Mate ._ 192

Hucart'll y Unraa, Don Antonio Maria oc,

Bucareli Bay, Alaaka 96,98

Bucarell Port, Alaaka 62,66,89,80,95,99

deacribed tHj

tidea In... 97

Bncarell, Puerto del Bayllo 96

Buctu«li Sound, Alaaka _ ._ „ 96

Buccleugh Sound 63,04

deacrilied 51

Bnoclagh Sound. 81

Page.

Buck Point, Queen Charlotte lalanda. 62

Bnck'a Bar, Stiklne Kl»er.. - 112

Bull Harbor, Hope laland 18,17

deacribed - 10

dlrectlona for..«. 16

Bunutead, MaU' liW

Hurke Canal, B, C _ 23

Burnt Cliff laland, Chatham Souu(i. 42,4;i

' Burnt lalet, WrmngeH Strait 116

deacribed 114

Burnt lalet Bwf, Wrangell Strait 114

Burning Bay, Behm Canal j.^ . : 7!l

Bnrrongha Bay, Behm ('anal 78

Bnmuoff Cape, Sitka Sound, lalata north from 14:i

deacribed 146

dangera near * 14A

itad 144,140

Bunin Rocki, Stika Sound 142

Buah laland, Tievak Stnit, deacribed 69,70

Buab lalet, Korwani Bay 8

Buah Top lalet, Wrangell Strait 115,116

deacribed 114

Bualiy Ldand, (Clarence Strait, deacribed 89,90

Bualiy laland, Kal-gab-nee Strait 68

Bnahy lalet, Holkham Bay 168

Bntterworth Rocka, Hecate Strait 18

Gaamano, Don Jaelnto, Spanlah explortT 33,62,56,66,64,

66, 67, 71, 76, 84, 94, 90

OMmAno i^pe, Behm Canal 7f,

Caf^aiiee Ope, Olxon Entrance 65

Calderm Port, Malaaplna laland 97

CWIdera, Puerto de la, Alaaka ■ 97

(^Ider, Mount, Prince of Walea Archipehiga loo, 101, 102, 104, 105

peak reaembling « h6

deacribed . 103

(Uder Bocka, Sumner Strslt._ 101

deacribed 102

OaHfania, Steamer .7, 32, 4:1, 77, 79, 8(1, 88, 105, 136

105

- 9(1

711

^ m

California Bay, Sumner Strait,

deacrilMtd

(iallfomla Head, Revlllaglgedo Channel

(WlfomlaBoek,Tongaaa Marrowa

C!ell Creek Inlet, B.C h

IVilTertC^pe, ntzhugh Sound 19,20

deacribed 21

Calvert laland, B.C 21,22

deacribed . 20

limbic, H.J - ^ 38

(^milen Port, Kulu lahud, deacribed _._., 117,118

portage «> i. 120

Cameleon Harbor, Valdt- laland 6

Cani;>Mll laland, B.C., . 24,26,27

doaf-ribed 20

Campbell River, B.C _ 2

Camp laland. Lama Paaaage 25

Camp Point, Johnatone Strait „,—-. . 7

Camp Point, Klewnuggit Inlet 34,38

deacribed 30

Camp Point, Lama Paaaage _ 25

(*mr Point, Wright Sound 34

Ctemp Point Peak, Vancouver laland ^„_ 7

Candle laland, Behm Cianal 72

Onnon laland, Jameatown Bay — — — «, 144

(.!anoe Bight, Denny laland . 26

Canoe laland. Peril Strait ^ 163

Canoe Rucka, Fltihugli Sound 20

Cape:

Atlamaon 96,98

Addlngton ...

Augoatlne

Bald

BartoIom4

BeautemiM

Bendel

Bonrunov

Breakera

Bniad

Buninofl

(^aamanti, Behm Canal

Caamano, Dixon Kntrance.

98
98
M
90
2IM
124
146
145
145
14.-1
76
66

IKDEX.

283

pk«.
«

119

. 18,17

190

£1

. 42, «l

116

114

7»

1411

14A

14fi

144,14V

14st

59,70

118,110

114

80,9(1

168

...33, 52, 66,86, 64,
67,71,78,84,04,90

JO, 101, 102, 104, 108

109

104

loa

r, 79, 80, 88, 108,136
105

7!l

81)

19, ai

— 21

21,«

-, 211

. 30

117,118

. — 1.-. 120

24.26,«7

- 1!

;I4,3S

144

163

- 00,08

124

145

..1 146

14.1

Vng»,

- 04

_ 278

110

— - 186

- - 04

PecUloD 100

I'VUmiHw ^

Kdward . |j(2

Klkiigu 182

Kalrweatlier _ 201,206

Panilmw ]26

( 'Hpfl — Coiit*d :

<lKlvert.

Cautlun

riiRcon

Adflflndii-.

Chirikoir.

Cominerfll

Onwt

l>e Chacon

Karewnll.
Fanner
Fnllx..
ForrMt
Vnx ...

(l«orKl>ni> 168

Grlntlall 86

i«y - - — 201

InUnktNin 04

Irvlnu 04,05

.IiimfH _ 15

Januw, St ...
Kal'gnli-iiee.

Kalgan

Kalgnneo . ^.
Kalgsni ....

KhoroHhl-iiAgotli ,. _ 204

Knc*

Knwnot

KrainolRIM

Kreala

lAujra

Magdalena

MenxicH :.

Monkol „.

Moaniun

Mudg«

Murray _«

Muzon

Nation

North

Northumberland

Addenda.

Ocean —

Ommaney

Phippa

Pllt

lUzrlihenia —

Red _.

Hedllih "2. '■'•■'

Blihenia - 1""

«t. Augintln - "■''

St. Aii([intlno - -- "■■'

St. Bartoloinf - >*

St. KHu. _ - lil2

St.JanieB '*.'*■■'

ao.

137

186
120

a-a

Sllka

Houth. Kai-gnh. nee Strait

!*outh, WhiilK Hay -

S|)encer

Straita, of Ihi'

Suckling . — -212,213

Swair — . - - ''■*

Hwaino _ —

Tohtol - l'';

Tnibitaln:i -

TachlrikoM'

Tllaniklila --

<'«|te Island, Sltkn Sound - -

I'apeOrford Rockw, Oregon —

Oviata Qx*, Snow -

i'«ptaina Inland, Wrangell Strait

Cardena Bay, B.C.

Carllle Bay, Aladu •—

deacribed ""

''amien bland, Alaak*....._. -

137
119
185
130

i:i5

18,00
114
.19
116
127
212

1.12

132

186

204

2IK!

64,05

i:n,i34,l35

_ _. 02

277

200
110

200

100

132

Page.

Camlui Point, Icy Strait, devribail Im, |M

<'ar|iciiler llay. Quwn Charlolte lulandii 62

t'arrew I'olnl, Yakniat Bay _ kki

ilt'WTlb«<l __. 207

t'arr Ulnl, Mnllii-katla Uy, dearrilieil 41,42

<'arn>ll, ra|it..luuii!i('., I'iteil 7,32,70,106

Addenda 277,278

Carroll Anchonwe, Prlnri> of Wulea Inland 106

Cartnll Ami or rhannel, Alaaka 73,82

dp»<rllie<l .._ 70

Carroll lilet, (iraliani Rrai h 32

Carroll Polol, lloTlllaglg)»lo CImonol 70

Carndl SIraila, Alwka 171

Carter Huy, Fiiilayiioii Channel ..... 20

deecrilied ... 32

Canaan llay, Prliire of Wnlen Island 86

Caaaile Inlet, Annette Iiihiiid, deairilied _ 77.80

Cn.»llll« llaj, Al«»ha 204

Cat lelaiid.RrvlllaKlge<lo Channel 70

Cattle Islands, Beaver Harbor, deivrilwd 12,13

I'anllon, Ca|ie, B.C 11,18,20

descrlbeil 10

Caution I'olnt.chathaniatnilt..- 174

Cayman ■■eiiit, TIevak .•'Irait - 00

C«il Patch, Arthur Passage 39

c»l»r IIJKht, SiHOrlly liny, deH<Tlb<il.._ 122, li'l

Citliir Island, Het-urity llay 123

Cpdar Point, Kootxnahoo Inlet 177

Cedar Point, SdUrity Itay, dcnillwl 122,124

Cenotaph Island, l.itnya Hay 203

dew^ribod 204

Cenotaph Point, Utuya liny __ 204

Center Island, Slindwell PiisMiKe. dosortheil 16, 10

Center 'slet. Frigate Hoy „ 21

Chacol. Breaker. Addenda 278

Clia<on, Cape, IHxon Enlrame _ 57, 02, tO, 06, 84

dest-riheil 04

reefs near 04

lUngers near, Addenda 278

Ciial.hel Island, Sitka dound 140

Chttiniers Anchorage, B. C ;10

Ghana), (^pt. Pnmper 52

Chamellor Channel, B.C.- 7

Channel Island, Kai-gah-nee Strait 70

dosiriheil 08

Channel Islami, TouKass Narn>M-s,deHcrlli«l 81,82

Channel Point. Kootzuslioo Iniot 177

Chaunil Reof, Hecate Slniit I'l

Ciiannel Hoik, Hassler Harbor 78

Channel Ihsk. Port NoTilie 7

Channel Hock, Sitka Sound 149

Cliaimian, Ilev. .1. F. _ 00 .

Chai|Ma llav. Admiralty Island 175

Chsqiia Cove, Admiralty Island 175

Cliaiue Bay, Admiralty Island 175

Charcoal Islami, Sitka S<mnd_ 142

(Charles Point, Lama Passage 24

descrilHHt 28

Charlie Islets, Beaver llarlur - 12

Chann Point, I ■larent-e Strait 86

Chascu Pidnl, Clarence Strait - 88

Chaslna Bay, Prince of Wales Island 85

Clissina Point, CInroiice Strait-- 86

Cluislna Sctllemont, Cholmondcley Sound .- 86

C5la«,..,„,,><Wp - 32,208,200

Chatham Clianoel, B. C -

Chnllinm I'oinI, Dlsiovery Passage — 1,0

descrilied 5

Chatham Sound, II. <'- 18,:W.3li,42,4r..40,.'^^1,.'.7,M

descrii«d - 40

Chatham Strait, Alaska 83,107, 117, 122, 128. 1.To, 1.31,

147, 1110, liM. 182. 180, 1112, 10:1, 105

dewiribed.. 118, 11»

western shore of 1^"

. ;' :; tides In - Vl\

mythical iiaasnge to, from Deep Bay _ 145

: " tides fnun in Peril Strait..- - 16.1

isirt I ■■'■Ml from Point Ganlnerdescrilietl 174

winds in - *'*''

west shore of. ""

eastern ahore of ''^

northern shores of 1''8

284

l^/ttv-r-' .../.-Uj C^-j-^ t^

DTDBX.

)

•n Co.>»j^

»vv

■"•(^ !

OhithwiHtnlt, Aluk»— Oont'cl: I

eutorn ihore of > nv

lideamMt in 17B

' northern «iul of . 181

Vancouvwr'n view of.- 181

Icy stmlt couildereil uj* |«rt of 185

ChulibMhaw Inlet, B. »»

Chnrikorr Point, Itaker Msnd 96

Ohcalakna Vlllune, Nliiipkish Bl»«r - 10

Chichigoff, Admlntl - _ IW

I'hMiaRoir ArehllH'Ugo, AlKlV* - - 169,160

dt.i.-rllH.d 192

CliichagolT B«jr,('liir«nii' Stmlt ---. _ M

t'lili'bKCoir (Ironp, too far «ut on the rliarta - 178

Inii' pc»IUon i>f Ita NK. imrt IHl

m'Minlc Mhorec uf ISii

geogniphicAl potUlon of 187

dem-rlbnl — 1H2

cited ._184,188,191,193

OhlchltKoir HurlKir, Claronci- Mralt 84

fhlrhngiitr Inliind, Alaflkii ...... TiO

■hiiK' on I'crll Strait 1(12

NK. oxtrcmiiof 181

tojKigmphy of 184

iloecrllwd 193

I'hichngoir PMwigis AlukR 113,94

denrlbod 92

Chief I«Urul, Hitka Sound 140

f'hilcat Uiver, AlaekK 1!X!,1»»

Chllkaht. Set Chllkat.

Ohilkabt Kiver, Alaaka _ 100

l^hllkahtlnh-t 196

Ohllkat Intel, AlMka „ 199

deicriU'd llifl

Chllkat I»laud», Ljrnn (anal 196

(4illkat Lake, Alaaka 198

(Hiiikat Mountaiiu, Alaa'M „ 196

Chllkat Peak, Alaaka .. .. _ 198

Chllkat Kangu, Alaaka IMI

Chllkat River, Alaaka 101,196

descrilM'd 198,199

Chilkoot Inlet, Alaaka , 199

l!hilkiiot Ijake, Alaaka 200

Chilkoot Moiintalua, Alaaka . 196

Ohilkiwt Paaa or Portage, Ahiaka 200

Addenda 277,278

Chilkoot Village, Chilkoot Inlet 200

Chlm-Min Penlnaula, B. C 40

Chlm-aymn Indian Village, Fort SImpatin 46

Chlm-ay-an Peulnaula, B. C _ 40,68

Chlrlkoir, CapUIn Al.xie, Rnrwiail explorer 137,138,139

Chirikoir Bay, Alaaka - 118

Chirlkotr Cape, Chatham Strait. L„ 119

Chirikoir Point, Baker laland g«

dilnniorePaiaage, B. C 39

Choked Faaaage, Chatham Sound 46

Cholmondeley Sound, Alaska 66

deMrthKi 86

Chiipnian lV>lnt, Chatluiui Sound 42

dearrlbed .. 40

Chrialiaii .Sound, Alaaka ... 181

deacrllied 118

Ohristle I^assaKe, Queeu ('harlotte Hound 18

deai'rihetl 13

Obrlltmaa laland, Security Bay 123

Chriatoval, Canal de San, AUaka . 98

Circle laland, Kevlllaglgedo Cliaunel . 71)

Clam Islet, Namu llarlair 23

Glareni-e Sound, Alaska 83

Clarence Strait, Alaaka 76,70,84.87

extent of 62

danger* at south entrance of 63, 277, 278

t^tpe Chacon appears from 64

directions to enter from Tongnas Narrows 82

describsi* 8J1

northetaand eastern shores of 88

dangers in 89,277

strong currenta In . . oo

mountain visible from ^ ,_ 94

Sumner Strait iiml^ised with 100

Joins Humiter Strait i^yj

(Mark Island, Sitka Sound ujs

t'IsTehind, Captain Bichard J 110

Cliir Island, Fitihugh Sound . 23

Cliff Point, Port rredsriok _ 191

Cloak Bay, Omham Island 62

described „. 63

Close Bay, Raranoir Island I:i3

Closed Bay, Whale Bay 133

<^k>theBBay,KlBmt<io Passage 31

(Vxst Islet, ChathamSonnd 40

Cobb Islet, Sitka Sound 144

OockatUne Bay, Portland InUt 68

Co<tked Hat, KInlayson Channel.. 30

Collin, F. W : •»

Coghlan Anchorage, Wright Sound, described 34

sailing directions for . . 34

Coghlan, Commander J. B., U. 8. N., Addenda 278

Coke Point, Stephens Paaiago 168

C(denuin Point, Peril SInIt __. 1117

Culenian Reef or Shoal, Peril Stntt : 167

Colnen, Captain James _ 118,119

Colpoys Point, Clarenre Strait — 90

described 106

, Columbian Archipelago, R 18. 51, I0«, 138

I Oolunin Point, Lialanskl Stmlt 186

i dsacribed _ 187

ConimervU Cape, (Juean Charlotte Sound 13, 16, 17, 18

described IB

Oompton Island, PortUnd Inlst .„ _.. 68

Courliwion laland, Kekn Strait 117

de«:ribed 104

I t!onclnslon Port, Baranoff Island 121,122,132

described . 120

: Cone Island, Finlayaon Channel, desrrlbol . _„. 30,31

i Cone Inland, RevlllaglgedoCliannel 77

' Onne Honntain, Priuceas Boyal laland, B. C .10

Cone Mountain, Htlklne Rivsr Valley, Alaska. 112

Cone Point, Clarence Strait, Alaska : 8.1

tV>ne Point, FInlayaon ClianosI, B. C 30

Cone Point, Wrangell Strait, Alaaka 116

Oonia Roi^k, Dixon Kntranee 67,68

Gonnel Islet, Brown Paasa(e . 40

Connia Bork, Chatham Sound 57,68

descritwl . 46

Oonstantine Anchorage, Illiu Bay 183

Cook, Capt. James 137, 138, 168, 16!t, 186, '."04, 206, 207

f'ook, Mount, Alaska. 212

Cooper Inlet, Lama Faasags, described 24,26

Copiier Biver, Alaaka . .141,201,206

Adilenda 278

Cordova Bay, Alaaka : 62, M, 68, 84, 86, 97

deseribeil 66

OonloTa, Puerta (k>rdova y, Alaska 66

Cork Island, .Security Bay 123

forties. Dr. W. II. B 69

iv>rlies Islanits, TIevak Strait Ii»

Corinorant Island, Bniughton Strait, deseribeil 10, 11

('ormorant lUtck, Bearer Harbor . 12

Cormorant Bock, Litnya Bay 204

iv>rnwalli8 Point, rrederiek Sound 118,124

described 122

CornwalUs Poln' , Liscoms Bay . . 94

Coronation Istend, Alaska 98, 90, 118, 128

described 100

Couverden Island, Icy Strait 193,194

Coaverden Point, Chatham Strait 118,181,182,186,190,194

described 19:1

Addenda 277

Cove Point, Revlllagigeilo l^haanel 71

Cove Point, Wrangell Strait 116

Ciix'a lliannel, Dixon Enlmnce 62,63

3ox Strait, B. t : 61, 62, 64

deacrilied 53

tides 63

(Joslau Bock, Peril Strait 166

Cracroft laland, D. C 9

(!ral»e Port, Graham Island . 64

Craig, Lisntenant, 0. 8. N „ ._.. 142

Craig Point, Stiklne Stialt 10«,l(/r,108

deaeribed „ „ 94

Crane Islets, (Jueen Chariotta Sonnil ._... „ 17

1-^

IKDBX.

286

C'ninitown Point, iltihiigh Houml ^D

i1eHrib«d ,._ 21

C'ntTan Point, ('h«thun Stnlt, clewribx] im

iil«ta near _ u^

«'««• - I7«

Crawflih Inl«t, Bcnnuir MmiiI, dtKribMl m \3t

rriilge Ulata, Metbk-katl* B»jr ' 41

Crldfd PaawgK, B.0 3^1

f'rtlliin OkM-lor, Aluki 201,2(11

<'rillun, Miinnt, Aluk* ..._ 18fl,a«,S04,ai6

Tliible (Ironi Point Manxlen.. _ ini

d«w'rlb«d. ._ -nn

<'rouk«l Itlanil, Yakulat Bay gou

Crooxe Iiland, AlaHka . 138

CroMrape Horki, Alaaka ijs

rrnwCafs, Vaknbl bland 182

daacribed . igfi

('ron llarlmr, Krunofflalanil IM

latltudaof ir,6

■kelrh of by Tablankoff im

f'roai laland, Mttka Sound, Alaaka l.V)

I'nm Point, Mllbank Hound 28

t'roni Point, HItka Konnd 130

Cnm Port, Krnioff Iiland, Aiaaka , HO

(!roii Hound, AUaka «0, 122, 134, IM, 193. 194

rappoeed Inland paMaKA to .

Ilmitf of.

ocean roaat H. IVoni

d«M-rib«d

HHith and WMt partof ..
Vancouver's plan of

Ice in

in4

1112

I8«

IKO

187

189

high mountainiiTlaibloiyoin 202

164

153

140

100

185

181

179

;i3,3*

5«

(Mw Strait, AlMka

('rowwiH Iilel, Olga Mralt

*'n)w Islanu, HItka Sound

Growoll, Captain

Cmytn, Idea de la, Alaika -

rma, Srtradadela, Alaaka - -

("nhe Point, (lutliam Htrait

dearribed

Oufflmaahawaa'e Bay, Queen Oliarlatte Iilanda

(.'nmmaalwwaa'i Harbor, Queen (Charlotte laUnda

Onmniing Point, McKay Bearh — -

Onmahewa Harbor, Graham Island

Onmshewa Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands

Onnneyah'a Strait, t^nean Charlotte Islands 51, 52

Cnnningham Island. See Maares laland, p. 20, and Chart 3.

Cnnnlngham Fnsaage, (Chatham Sound 411,45

_ 44

deeerlbed .

sailing directionn for .

Current Passage, Juhnatone Strait

Current In Hei-ate Strait..

Currents, Sitka Sound. ''*

Cutter Rocks, BeTillaglgodo Channel ^ 82

deacribeti ''■'

C.Tprasa Island, I«m« Passage - '-'(I

100 I

1).

;*i«A.la»,li.M.8- - - '*'"

llaedalus l>asa«Ke, Beaver Harbor -- -— '^

D'Agelat, LapauU ^

D'AgBlet Island, Filihugh Sound 23

dawribed ''*

D'Agalet Mount, Alaaka - ^

I)«ll,<^t.l^C

Dall,W.H

Dall Head, Clarencp Strait _ — -^ ^^ ^

IWl Island, Alaska

dMcrllHHl —

Uall P»tfh,'8«aforth Clumnnl, diwrllHxi

Dalnl Island, Yakutat Hay -

Duii-ymide, Alexander -—

Dana-aka Lake, Alaska --

Danger Island, Tong»«e Karruwa

tleacrilHsd - —

Ranger Island Reef, Toagaea Narrowa..

Danger Point, Chatham Strait, dM.rllic.1 ■

Banger Point, WrangeHStn.lt ' ^^

Danger Baei; Tongass Narrowa—- ^^^^

DangerRork, Wiangell Strait - ^^

Dangen, Big Bay — ■

l>.

I'uxe,

Kalinera, IMnctivery Psasage ; 2

Dangera, DIxmi Knlraure 03

Addenda 277,278

llannert, E«»!orn Chauu«l. Silka Sound _ 1411

DaiiKera, Oolatas Channel „ 13

Dangen", Ilorale Strait _ ii)

Dahgem, ley gtrail nd

Dangers, Kal-Kah-nan SIralt 711

Dangemni'ar Kami lalela, Addenda gjn

nangeni, Mlddln Clianiipl, Sitka Sound . , 140

Dangera, Mllliank Sound 28

Dnngora, Xi'va SIrolt, Addenihi... a7jt

.,07,08,97
60
21, 27
210
14
199
81
82
82

Danger, near Otstola laland, Pi>rll SIralta..

Dangers, Peril Stnill, Addenda

Dangers, Port Harvey .

Dangiira, llevlllagigedo Cliannel

Danger, Heaforth Channel

Dangers, Seymour Narrowa .

See alau Addenila

Dangera, Sitka Sound

Dangers, Western (Imnnel, Sitka Sound...

David Point, Ijiwi' inlet

Davidwin, George, Aaat. V. S. C. S

Davltlatin Glacier, Alaska

ars

,- 8

.- na

, 28

»77

14S

14»

..,'12,101.1911,214
lOfl

Davidson Inlet, Alaska 9», UHl

descrllieil .,,. loi

l>avl8on Point, Clarence Strait «t

Addenda „ 277

Dnwes Point, Chatham Sound - . 40,41'

Dawaiin, Dr. Oenrge H 18, 40, 61, 62, SI, .54, 55, 60, ««

1(15

... - - 70

-- (18

112

278

- 113

11:1

108, 104, 118, 119

100

Day Point, Mllbank Sound

Deadmau's Bay, Peril Strait

Dead Pine Island, Kal-gah-nec Sliidl.

deacrilietl

Dean Canal, Flaher Channel ..

Dearth lalandx, Scaforth Cliannel

Deaae Uke, B. C

Addenda

Dcccmlicr Point, Wrangcll Strait

Deception Point, Wraiigell Strait

De Chacon Cape, Dixon Kntraocc

Decision Ca|H', Sumner Strait

deacribed

131
12

2(1
27

Deep Itay.chlchagoir laland 1(12

Deep Inlet, llaranoff laland 144

described 146

))ortagc at head of 145

Deep Lake, Baraiioff laland liMl,144

dcairllied - - 147

Deep Water lla.v, Valdoe Wend -. 6

Doppwaler Point, t'n'derlck Sound — l.W

deacrllMHl

Deer laland, (Jucen Charlotte .Son ml

Deer I'aaaage, Seaforth Channel -

deacrib^Hl

Defeat Point, Smforlh Channel — -- 28

Dehjah Inlet, Alaska 20(1

De Horsey laland, Skeena Inlet 38

De Lcing laland, IlerlllagiKedo Channel 71

De Miiftna, .lean I'ienc KiiK«.nc DuUoL - IS."., 201, 204,207

lie MiintI, ilallla, Alaako - 807

De Monll, Hole, Alaaka — 207

De Monti ftiy, VakuWt Bay - MB

deacribed - 207

Denny laland, B. C - 24,25

dcmTllH-il ■ 20

Denny Rock, Hecate Strait lH

Ilerliy Soniul, B. C — ^.-. 40

DeaeninOn, Puerto del 210

DcaiTt, The, Stikino Blver, Alaaka — K'-'

Dosliu Vlllaxf, Portage Cove. 19»

DetiutalioH H. M. S - 1*1

Devaatalion Island, Meila-katla Bay - 41

Devil Bank, Dlxim Entrance -- - 1^'

llevll llo<:k, Dixon Knirancc - <f\,M

de«.:i1lied "«

Addenda - *"

Devil Hock, fliat, Addenda - 2T7

Devil Bock, West, Addenda 277

Devil ll.ick, Hecate SIralt - "'

DcvH'i Ridge, Dixon Kntmncc - '•'

Dcvila Tlonnli. .Moaka 12'

286

INDEX.

DIhii* IIihuIi, AUaks - *«

plrkfliMui) Point, Itrouxhton Strait... . 11

DlKliy luliiiiil, D.(! 40,41

lllviii"' «.,uiiil, Yilkulul lliiy, Aliukn 210

■lllliin. W. W., Mmtiir, II. N _ U

I>llli>;i I'liint, giiwn rharhitte Sound, clmrrilwil 12, M

IHIIuii llpck, Slimlmrtln llay, ij.'«crlb«l M, in

niriM'ttiry "f ItBiinK Si'ii .._■>. 117

Plurnvfry I'mwHtce, H. fl., iImitIIn-iI 1

liili'iln -i

HaiUnK illrei-ttons for 2

g<-ni>nil dirii-tlouii Fur.... . Ti

ll(li'« n

lliaillrlmlllliiiilil Buy. Aliuku 200.211

(Icicrllml 210

DIMlinl Isliiiiil, Peril Slnilt - 104

Dlitiiiit P..|nt,('liBtli«m Strait IW

DixoM, ('Bpt. (iwirge-- i8,r.i,ft'Aaa,»ri,9fl, iM.lw.iae, OT, i;w, i:iii,

100, 205, 200. 2(17, 20N

PlKun Knlmnio -18, 40, 42, 4», 60, f.2, 76, »a, »4, no

current in 40

ilcwrilieil »l

liitituilM In. - Ml

fttrttern iiart 01

itiinfferHln 02-4

liuiKfrH in, Adilenilti 277, 27H

P»g«.

nitrth HitoreR of

wlilthof

* liiml nortli of

orot:n»i.*iir rlnirarter .

DIxun Sound

Dixon Strain ^

Dlx Point, .Vna-rican Ikiy

- lift

.-- 00

122

- 07

llmid PawMiKe, Port Sinipwon, dexcrllied 44,46

l>o<)d Itock, ('nnnliit(l»ini Piismige • .. 4.1

DiiK Piiint, Olitii Stmit 162

Doglliili Bank, llociitp Strait, diwcrlbod 18

iliingers on 66

Doigol iKliind, I'onlovu Itay 07

Dolgol Island, Port Haain 114,116

lh)lK"i"l»l»ud, Sltkii Sound 14.1

Dolltoi Uliiuil, Yitknlal Hay, docrutnl 209,210

Uolon'R, Puerto de loH, AliiHka 97

Dome Peak, Aiaaka _ 104

Dome Pcdnt, Port Krmlerick 101

Domvllle Point, Iltivannal) Channel 8

Donegal Head, HrouKhton Strait 11

Den Island, II. (J 20.27.211

Diui Point, Lowe Inlet :(6

D*>rokliovtt Way, Biiranoft' Island 144

Doroachln, Paul 16;l

Double Islet Point, Niuui Bay _ mi

ItauKliul'Iml I, B. (' ._ , ;t3,:l4

Dougliu t'ovo, (Iraliam Island !t&

l)ouglas Kntnince, B. ('. ,',1

DiiukIiui Island. NtepliciiH Passage 96,172

described 171

wintli shore of 17a

DouglasH, .lames, explor'-s the Taku River 170

Douglas, William 52, 6.1, W, 03, 04, 116, 00, 0.1, (HI, UK

iiiuishnai Buy, Hamnoif Island ISI

Dove Islets, Sitka Sound U4

Dowager Island, B. r. 28,29,:HI

Doyle IslautI, (iordon <Jroui>, B. ('. 13

/Mi^mi, sloop :._. 110

Dranislinikoll' Peak, BaranoO Island 147

Ilnmishnikoir Settlement, Ilaninnir Islond.. 140,147

Dry \\ny. Alaska 200,201

describeil 205

Dly Passage, Mitkofl Island 115,128

Dry Stmlt, Sitka Sound i.ijfl

Dry Strait, Stikiue deltjt 100,108,122

deserilied 112

Duek Island, Kevillaglgeilo Channel 70

Dulferin Islanil. tSet llorifest Island, {wge 27, and al»o Chart :t.

Duke Hill, Duke Island, ..'._ 75

deserP'ed 70,70

Duke Inland, Alaska 76,83,84

dest-rtbed 70,277

Duke of Clarence SIralt, Alaska _ 83

Dnke of Vork Islands, Alaska 88

ile«'ril>e*l* . 90

D.ikj# Point, Revlllaglgedo Channel *.....

deserlbwl

DuDiaji Point, H<?aforth Channel

DunUr, Miss M..( .

Unnliar Inlet, TIevak StnUI

Diinean, Capl. Charles „,.. 20,811, 2)«

Ihincan Bay, Chlin-sy-«n Peninsula 41

sailing dlrei-tlonsfor ...' . 42

Duncan lk»y. Discovery Passage . 3

Diinean Canal, Alaska .. ..100.114

descrllieil .... . (07

iwrtage from . — „ 120

Duncan Islanil, Ihdetas diannel ... „ 13

Duncan IhuMOge, AliMka 114,116

tlewrihed 107

Dundas Bay, Aliuika . . |K8

llniidaa Islands, B.C 40,42,40,61.04

ilescrllieil . 50

Duiulaa Point, l.y Strait _I8» 190

dcBcrlbwl

Duiidlvan Inlet, Duflerln Island

DuntKe Head, Rsqulmolt Harbor

Diishnalu Ikiy. Baranoff Islanil

Duval Point, liolotos Chanuel, describeil.

Dvulnl-braleir Island, Sitka Siuind

Dwlnid Islet. KrestolT Strait

188
27
41
1X1
13.14
14:1

Kagla niacler, Alaska 194,195

Kngle RiK-k, Alaska 213

Earl lieilge, Johnstone Strait 7

tlast Beacon, Middle Gikliolm Ishind, descrllieil 143,149

tlast Devil Roik, AddenHa 277

Fasten) Channel, Hltka llarlsir 142

to enter dear of /enobia Bwk ... 143

pilot advisable in 148

dlrei'tlons for 149

dangers In 14«

Kastern Passage, .Alaska 90, 112, Kill

diwribeil 91

visible from Wrangell 113

Kasteni IViint, Olga Strait, desiribeil 162, 15.1

ilastern Shoal, Port Mulgravs 208

Kust Inlet, (Iri'nvllle Channel 30

Knat Island, Cross Sound ISO

East Island, Tongass Narrows HI

East KussuH Lake, Alaska 21NI

f^ist Point, Chatham Strait, describeil 170, I8I1

Ki-khnlms Islands, The, Sitka Hound 140

describeil , 143

fs-stal Inlet, Skeelib Inlet . 38

l-^leii Point, .lohnstone Strait 7

Eileiisjiw Cspe, Virago Sound 54

Edgcumlie, Kdgecombe. 8m f^gecunibe.

KilgiNUmlie Cape, Sitka Sound 130, 137, 139, 157, l.W

describeil 1.18

shoals and currents near 148

Eilgi-cumbe Island, Alaska 138

Kdgecumbe Mount, KruxofT Island, Alaska 137, 139

desiTllsHl 138

luisliflea wind In .Sitka Sound 148

Edmund Point, Fltuhugh Sound 23

Gilwnnl, Cape, Chiiiiagoir Island 183,184,185

desiribeil 182

Kilye Posjage, diatham Sound 40

Kel Beef, Port McNeil, Broughton Strait ...■ 10

Egg Island, Hecate Strait, describeil 19,20

Egg Island, I.ltuya Bay 204

Egg Islaiiils, Neiker Bay, Alaska li'i

Egg Hocks, Hecate Strait _ lil

Eighteen Mile Ann, Kasa-an Bay .' 80

Kk-gKllt-tcli Islands, Sitka Sound 14;t

Eldon Mount, Thurlow Islands

Eldreil Boi'k, Lynn l^anal . 190

Eleanor Cove, Yakutat Bay , 210

Elgolm Islet, Sitka Sound 144

Ellas Alps, St., Alaska . 180

Ellaa, Mount St, Aiaaka 109

Elirjtbeth Island, B.C . 39,40

«/feii. Ship 68, 68, 04, 60, 110, 130

vo.vage of .„ 175

EIlM Point, Chatham Strait, ile(iprll*<l.__ 120,121

INDEX.

•287

r,.

I'«KI-.

6,0

niM'n Harbor, Aclmlrallj lalanil

KIk Bay, VanruOTer [ilnnil

Klkiigu ('a,ip, rlilihacoir IkUiiiI

Klla Point. John*tutiii .'•trail

KIHott Islaiiil, Arthur I'auaga

Kill! I'nint, Trhlankoir llay

Rllnurth Cut, HllkaHiiunil „ _ 144

Klimil lalantl, I'erll NIralt _„, 104

K^miayliin liland, NItka Hoiinil „.. 14;)

RmKaylon Iilantl,81tkn H4)mni __^ 14^1

IbiiRataD hianil. HItka Hoiiiul, daacrlM 143. 144

Kmht-linl UUnd, Bllka Huuiid- 14:1

Kmpty Ulaml, Nllka Hnuiid ni\

KndlcotI Klver, Alaaka . , ^ ij^;

Knganno, Cabo del, 8ltka Mounil 1^7

BtiKano, Cabo dal, Sitka H<imid ,.„ ,,. 137

Kngaylen Jaland, Hitka ^iintl __..._ lil

Entrance Dank, (Iciwlland llnrbor :i

Kntraiiro lelaiid, ley Htrall lwt,lM

Rutranre lalel, HymunilH Itay _ i:t7

Knttmnce Point, Port Frederick , liu

lialik off - lllj

Entrance Point, Naw-mlll Cove ..„ ok

Kntranre Polnl, Htrpheiii Paanga I7;i

Knlranre Ro4>k, liaeeler Hartior. .., 7h

f]oliiH Point, Breery B«y.._ fi!l

Krnnt Sound, Alaakn 62.87,88,01

deecrlhed . -.__ „ W)

Error liland, Hlika Hound )44

Karape Point, ilehni Canal „ 74

(leacrlbed 7.'^

Earapa Reef, Johnstone Htralt, deerritie<l 8,»

Eirapa Reefl, Big Bay 42

Eeprranu, Punta de la, Yakulat llay 210

Eequlbel,(iuiror, Alaika 118

Eeqnimalt Harbor, U.C 41

Kialngton Port, B.C., deaorlbod S8,:iU,.'>8

btrada, Port, Oraham laland M

Kitrella Port, Port llucarell 117

Gatrella, Puerto da la, Alaaka ii"

Ktolln, Adolf KarloTlch, Kuiainn explorer 0«, 83,84. ml

Ktollu Harbor, Wrangt>ll Island, doacrlbcd. 92

tides Kl

Custom housa at lit)

Etolln bland, Alaska 5«,82,8:i,8)<.ai,!fc!,iH

deaorljed 1"*

EtW'uya BiTer, B. C - — - 170

RtMkaga RlTor, B.C - K"

Eureka Bock, Southwest Peril Slmll, duscribod.. 162,278

directions for avoiding 102.278

Addi'nda

Rvenlng Point, Orenrllle Chaniii'l-
BTonlng Kock, Fluhugh Sound....

Excnrilan Inlet, Alaska

Kipedltlon Point, Security Bay

Exposed Anu, Klewnnggit Inlet.

Falrvay Island, Peril Strait - -

Fairway Island, Suninor Strait - -•

Fairway Beefs, Sumner Strait, directions for clearing

fWrway Rocka, Wrangell Strait-

Palrweather Cape, Alaska

descrlbeil 2U4'

muddy water near - --

Fairweather Ground, Alaska -

Fairweather Honnt, Alaaka, visible from Point Harsilen

described -

citod I8(.,::'!>2i4,

Falsa Bay, Oblchagoff Island. - --

Falsa Channel Bay, Kootinahoo Inlet.

FalM Chllkaht Inlet, Alaska -

False Oreen Point, Suuiiier Strait -

False Lead, Kal-gah-nec Strait, dearrlbed

cile*l

Falae Monnt Calder, Prince of Walee Iiland -

described - -

False Passage, Seymour Narmwa... —

False Point, Port Frederick.... -

Falsa Point Pybus, Frwierirk Sound -

False Rock, Sitka S..und.- —

K»l»i' /.•'l.iiiiil I'liini, siiinnir HIrall ..

Faniiy ll.if..li.bli»tolie Hlrall ,

Fansliaw, Capo, Kreilerlrk Miiuhrt

d»i« rllnil .,,

Farewell Cape, Wright Sound

Fari'iiHI lalanil. Chllkul Inlet

Kiirmer c 'a|M-. |lli.,n Kiilniniv

Karrsnt l.laiid, II. c

ilearrlbttd .-—

Fiii«ctl Miind, .silka Sound

t^imrilH, 81ilp.

278
:is
22
IMI
122
96

Eya^pener Rock, The, Sunnier Strait I"6

KKI
KII
11,^
2(12
■HV,
200
214
181
2ft"i
200

181

177
IflU
III

Ill

iiir,i«

- I«T

~ a4

_ M

Kavorili' Am horagv. Peril Sirell, daarribxl 104, lw

KnToriti' I'liatinel. S(cphi*lifl Pnaaago _ . IM

ilo«'rltM»l ^ 174

K»»u Point. Kliilaynm Clianiii'l ..... ...... :I8

I'ellri' Piiaaaiie, Alaska ..... — 1..-«..«.......... 70, US

r<IMI.i.l, .Ship \ N

FeliiCap.', I'lirt Itu.arell u7,nM

flescrih«-d ... _J oti

Fill I'l.lut, Nowlih Oov« :|o

Feruliei' lliak, Sitka s«utid 14:1

KiirotH'C lilai^jor, Alaaka ., ....... WO

Ferrer Paaaage, Yakiitat llay ..... 810

Kliiar, Itoi-aaile, .Maskii.- OS

Flngiir liilelM, SiminiT HInlt.- inl

Hiiger I'.iliit, Wrangpll Stnit llft,IIH

Finlnvniii CImiiiiiiI, II. c ._.. ...l(,S8,:in,;il,:i2

iU<ticrilHiil «...-... 211

Kliilayaiin Inlanil, I'liadiani Sound «..«,.«.. 4;i, 4.'i, 40

ileacritwil

Fired Piiliil, Sumner Strait

Firat KekiKir Rock, ItiintlliilT Inland..

First North Fork. Stikliie lllvii

Flr.1 I'lilnl, .sllka Siiunil —

_ Ill

ia.1

lOD

las

Klml Rapid, Smthwiat Peril Strait 163, »7«

1119

104

«l

278

811

214

-■. 24,20

_ ;i3

Kir»t,s..iilhKorh,Stihlno Klver

KIrtri'e lalillnl, Peril Strait

Flab Hay. Ilaraii.in laland

iilirliuragea In

Flih ('rt'ek, llcvilli. 'land ,

Kialior, ('iiplaln Aloi. ..

riahcr <'liiinnel, U. I ■...

Fishi-rniiui Ciivt', Krai i-h, B. C — _.... —

FlaliiTy Point, Chalhaji S'rail 178,170

101

a(),ai

161

7.t

.18,19.20,22,211

- 24

4«

120

lUO

174

17.1

Fi»li liuir llaranoll laluiid

Klaliitig Itay, llunitii'ff lalaii'l..

FiHil iHliiriil, KicniliMi PimNigi!.

Kiah Point. Soulhweat I'liril Strait..

Kit/gihlain Point, Huhm Canal

FillibughSonnd,n. C _

ileacrllHil .

liiloa

Five Fingi'ra lainiiils, Clmthani Sound

Klvo Klngiim laiaiida. Freili-rick Sound

Fivi' Mill' lalanil. Si lur SIniil

Flag Point, Chiitliuiii Strait, dcacribeil

nickrt nt'Hr — — .— .

Flat llay. .'Si'ducllon Peninsula - - lOT

■iiicrilnd. 100

Flat laland, Aliiaka - -

Flat laland, .Sei'iirily llay — ,..- 12a

Flat Top labia. I'eurl Ilarlair, U. C, deecribed.. 43,44

FleminK Pint, II. C - — :I7,»1I

,i,wriiK.Ki - :w

Klenrieii, Clmrlea Pierre Claret .— 13T

Kloi'iila Hlani-a, Camil ile

Florida lllaiiin, laia do, II. C

Florida lllama, Puerto, (irahain Island -

Foggy liny, Hivilloillgedo Clianiiel -

Fi'tW I'oiiH, l(evill«gi|tedo<'bannel 7l,7ri

duacrilHil 7"

Fog lliaka, KitzbOKh Sound '•!<

Format Cape, Alaakn - - ^'

Fornalpr laland, A iiiaka - m.M.M

ilosi-rilieil — "•''

Fort Fmnioa, .\il Ifinla.. - f*

Pelljlainka. Addioiila - *"•

Point, Naiw Bay.-- - - *•

Point, I'ort Sinipaon *•

.., 18

son

«7«

n.t
7(1

Rupert. Ili'avi'r llarlajr, B. C.

Selkirk, Viikoii Ulver..
Aildenda .

INDEX.

flirt Mnirwii, II. !■

Hliuiwn Tovf, (Uilniiiy-*M Ponliioulft..,

Ht. Dtonyntiiii, WrmiiKsll liUml ....

flt>«<r, Nwa Klrar, II. O.. .....

TtiiiiKM*. .Miulia — ... ......-«,

Tiiiigaiw, .SlMka .....

Yukun, .Nililenilu ...... .m..

Wnngi'll.

Page.

411

, „ «l

:»

««

llii lilmid M,»;i, III

' Kiirtiin»t'h»Miiel, .MmkB- -. IW

Ifnrtun* lilaiul, Alukii — - ItJ

fiirtiiiiii ruwKii, .MankH - .._... IW

ronuDci Slimll. I'hliiingon (Iniup, AlHlw IHO

rortuM rnliil, ruiiiiiiiKliHiii I'lUMtgi' ..„ 44, 4A

ili*Krn>«<l - - . . . ............. — _....—. 43

Curwird IWi.v,<:r>crnn laUiid, ilewribod ....... n

Mllliig (llrtictioiii fur ..._.. H.O

ro« (hiM.UItuii Knlmnct — A«, «1, 63, M, 70

dcwrltwd A'J

rnnra'li, I'ortdef., Aluka ad

Kranroa, Vort, .\ddand« — ............ ....—. '/78

Kmnraa, L«ka, AddeniU ..v;» .— . tlTH

rranraa RIvar, .\luk« lOB

Addandu ;. !I78

Kiwr BmMh, B. I' Sa

rmdariok liUnd, ll.c - M,M

li'n'darick I'oliil, Qu«en ('Imrliitta lalanda !t\,!H

Kreilerick I'urt, t'lilcliufCulT laUiid, Ahutka, pHMago tuwanh 17H

daarrilml HH, IW

Kradorick Bound, AlMka 112, lia, 117, 118, 136, 187, 12H

tldp fr<ini , . ......

ili'NOlibed . . ..;

Iwr at entrnnca of ...

NW. lieaiMHiidiif

Krfdarkk MIrnll, Aliaka —

Krinihman '« Bajr, Alaaka..

Knahwatar Ray, Dhlcliapiir laUnd, t'litrani'a lo

ilew-rlbwl

dIrvi-tiiiiM for eutariiig

Kriclidly Covf, Nutka Sound -_

Kritcnto Bay, Si-liuoner Retr«tit. aallinK diracllona fur..

Frltx t'ova, Doiiglaa Island, doicribed

millitg diroctlona fur

rltud..

rrltn lalaiid, Mlka Suund

Fn>g Unuka. ItavlllHgigedo Chainiel

rriiil Island, HlikaH<innd

►"ui-a, atrall of

Funlor Bay, Adnilmlty Island

dfw-riliail

Finilar, < 'a|il. Bobfrt

uti'ount of ., .

lie
in

124
131
122
Mi
I7»
180
180
ft2
21

173
174
142
77
142

IM
181
14

IH2

(i.

(inbrlola ll<»fl,(julf of CiiwrKlu - 1

(iagarl laland.Sltka Hound... 140

llagarl'i Inland, Sitka Sound 140

(ialsnuln (Jronp, Bllkii tionnd. H3, 140

diarribed 142

(iHlHnkln IrtUnd, Sitka Sound, dewrribed 142

liuieCrci^k, Wright llroup _. 27

(iaiiano, Don Diiininiu AloiiU, clltHl. _ .63,66,117,100, 168, l&U,

IK4,2U1, 202, 200, 207, 210, 212, 213
llaliano island, Quvoii fbarlotta Sound 16, 17

dew ribed..„ _ 14

tiallows Point, UoletHS Clmunul 10

liaoibier Point, Kredurick Sound .-- 122,1:10

di>M-ribed 120

Oamat'oTo, Adndmlty Island, portiigp towiinl 172

dwcriliad 182

(ten-tii-gas-tak-lieh Village, Ihiikat Klver - 108

• Jardcn Islet, Sitka Sound 142

ttanlntir llarlior, Clari'ltco Strait 84

Oardnor Point, Chatliani Strait 122,174, 17A

discribcd 131

fove near . no

tiarduor I'u,*. Clarence Strait 84

Cams Point, C'lik^tiani Strait , uj

Oastinaaa Channel, Stephens Passage, dew-ribed 171

■ lUagi' at wostom entrano- 173

cited _ .._ 173,194

Uaatlneau Point, Frederick Sound. 128

Gaalinaau Bl«r, tjaabec, l^nnd* j7i

Paga.

tl4tiniwi Hlvar, guebac, lianada 171

tiavaniki lalets, Sllka Mound __ .....UW,140

lla>anakl "tdnt, Sllka Hound 140

llavaiiskol laUi,.l, Mllka Sound „ I4tl

llenn Ulala, Malacca Paaaage .....„......—. :<»

llaorga, W. K., pilot, cllad _ 1 8, 14, :!»,!», 4a, 76,711,

77, 71, HO, HM, m, IHI, 188, 1M», MO

.\ddalHl»... - «7

llaorx* Arm or Inlet, RaTillaglgadu Island, ilaaerlliad .«. 71)

tide IVoni - 82

(lanrga Island.OnaB Sound .«.. 187

llaorge Islet, Christie Paanga 13

George Point, Cuopsr Inlet 26

IhKirge Point, Saaforlh Channel .... 27

llaorga Point, Trlnconialae Harlwr.... ..................... 64

lleorge Reef, Kasantn Bay .» ............... ...... 81

Oaorga Haick, Stophans Passage ................._.. 174

OHorgi' Third Anhlpalago, linltiuf .« 1*1

Georgia, Gulf of t

ll«jrglajia t^pa, Kruaoff taland, deai-rlbad .. 168

Islet near 160

Olliaon Islanils, Granfllle Channel M.38

dsaorlbwi ~. W

till Island, B.C., dMcrlbeil .* _ M,»4

fill Mount, (III Island.. - 33,34

Dill Mount, Gil Island 1 iB

Ollmii 'niup, Sitka Sound H'l

lllael' . Stapnans Paaaage 170

Gla \Uuka, deaoribed l«8

Ming diracllona fi r 1»U

Ola,. ...lallia, Alaska.... Ill

(llacler Point, I.ynn Canal 106

Gla-hnta Island, Chllkal Inlet ~ I«7

Glasa, Henry, I'ommandar, U.S.N 122,172,173

GlaiB Peninsula, Admlrslty IsUud, Cluirt II.

Gleiiora, Great Cadon, Stiklna Bl»ar ««•

Glonbokala Inlet, Baranolf Ishuid 144

Ulubokoi Bay, Peril Stialt 1<H

aiulmkol Uke, Baranolf Uland 147

Olubokol Point, Frederick Hound 130

Uiutrled laland, Dixon Gotrance 67

Gnarled Islebi, Dlxun Kiilrance 60

Goat r^oye, Roderick Island 31

Gold Creek, Juneau Harbor 172

Gold IsUnd, HItkaS.und 142

aoldslrsam Harbor, Hecate Ishnd, dewiribed 22,23

Goletaa Channel, B.C., described 13

Udea - 13

; cited 14,16,16,17.18,111

Golol Island, Nacker Group _ 13«

Golol Island, Hallsbury Sound 160

Golol Islands, Sitka Suaud _ 142

; Golol Islet, Wrangell Strait 114

: Gulo-kanennoi Rock, Sitka Hound 140

Golunil Island, Necker Group . 136

' Golomlannoi Island, Necker Group 136

' Gooch Island. Sfe Campbell IsUnd.

Gooae (.'ove. Peril Strait - IW

Goose Cove, Portago Bay 126

Gooee Crook, Peril SIralt. 164

Goose Island, Muil Hay ., l»l

described 1*>

(tonta Point, Yakutat Bay 207

Gonlon Gniup, tjueen Clutrlotta Sound 17

deacribed - 13

Gordon Point, Rrvnghtun Strait 1»

Gordon Point, Chatham Sound 46,40

deKribail 44

Oornol Island, Necker Group .. I3H

GnuMing Harbor, Chlchagotf Harbor 183,184

Gould, Rev. J. li... »■>

i Gowlland Harbor, Discovery Passage -

deacribed.... •'

tides at— ■'

' GfmllaniMsl-^nd, DIscoTery Padaage ''

: Grace Islet, Hahuca Passage. _ <"

, Graham Ishnd, gneen Charlotte Islanda 61,6S,63,6.'>

: Gralutm Reach, B. C •''

: Grand CaBun, Lewis River .„ _ 200

! Grand Island, Kai-gah-ne* Sliall •*'

Grand Island, Stephens FMsage — '•'

I ann4 Plaiefiu Ojaiier, Ml** "*

INORX.

Wfl

Wt,l*)

I4U

>«i

„ :»

H,as,3»,«a,7a,ln,
i,iiil,iMi. iiw, imi

._. 13

, »

174

M,:»

:i7

33,34

Ill

_ I«7

lM,l7!i,173

144

lea

147

13(1

r.7

17a

142

w,ia

14, IS, 10. 17, IS, lu

138

\ti

. 14«

136

,. laii

lei

„ 14'.

164

1»1

IWt

207

1(1

48,4(i

13ci

183,1*1

B:l

:i
;i

~" 40

6l,6S,e3,6.''

200

(I»

1«»

199

<).

OnuilU Cmm, (;mir|(i. liUiiil, ('ran lloumi jns

<l»it.'rllN>tl . --.„-.-. IKT

Oruiil* Point, l>l(M-iivery INuNfi.. ._ g

Oranltn Ntnill „ "] u

Oraul Polm, Ljrnii ('mial .._..„ tig

arm Knoll UIhI, Wninmill Htrnll.. 1)7

ilcwrlbtil , , ... ,..-....„ 114

Onwx Iilanil, S«»forlh Ch>im<l, doKriM 86, .-f

(Invt Iibinil, Silk* Huund 142

(limral Iil«t, Silk* H<iunil 144

Ont* IMnt, Mi'Luughlln llnjt „ |g

OniTii Piilnl, Ktvlllimlgeilu I'IikiiikI n

Oimve INiInt, Htepheiia I'himkv loy

Ormvlna (Iroup, AlMka . ^_ 63,H2

Onvliw InUnd, Aluka .... 7S,70,RA

ilMcrltwd M

OnTln* IiUodi, AUak* 6i,7.'i,H4

dMcritwd Hji

lii*w mirvtjr of, Addundft ., _. 277

OnHlna Point, KnilUclgnlu Ohsnnnl, diwrllml. 70, «i

Or»jr, 0«pt. Kohart H,li(,M

Onat Arm, WhHl< B*y _ |:ti

arMtOifton, Htlklna Hlvor, Alwka. 109,110,112

Ill

110

II.

OrHtlildUd, B.

OrMt Point, Ttkntat h>\

OrMtBlMTt, Whalo It

Orwt Bound, QnMn 1 imrloltelilanda

Greanhow, Bubart

Or«an Inlat, Oralmm Raacli

Onan Iilnnd, Port Frailarick 1»l,l!rj

Oraan lalat, Bmuiihton Strait 10

Oraan Iilot, Forward Dsjr _ «

Onan lalat, Nsmu Harbor... , 83

Oraan Hound lalat, Paul Harbor 4:1,44

Oraan Point, C^illkat Inlal W

Oraan Point, Xiimnar Btrall 109

Oraan Point, Wranfall Strait I!!, 117

daarrlbed lift

llrMn Rocka, Wrangall Strait _ — m

Oraan Rocka, Southarn, WniiKell Slmit 117

Oraatinf Point, Quean Charlotte Suiind IS

Orauvllla Ohannal, B. C .H, 33, 3.\ 36, 37, ;IH

daacrlbad — 34

Or«wln(k, Dr. ConaUntlna: — 138,140,20^,204

Oraj/alata, Schoonar Ratrut 21

Oray Bock, New Channel 17

Orajr'a latand, Humnar Strait 108

Ortada Rocka, 8Uk» Sound - .- ™

Orlbball laknd, B. C 33

Orlaf Bajr, Sorrow lalanda... - *>

Orifln Mount, Chlm-ey-an Ppninaula 43,44

Orlndall Capa, Oaranca Strait -- i"i

Oriudall laland, Clarence Strait ".'7

Orindall Point, CUr«n<»Mrait -76,86,87

deacrlbed.- «6

Orouaa-Ialand, Kwathlajkl Core - 2

Ouadalnpe, Puerto de, of Oallano, Rniioir hiand I'M

Onard laland, Bahm Canal "

Guartln laleta, Sitka Bound l**

Onlbert laleta. Meeker Bay "*

Onlbart, Port, Baraiioir laland, deacribed 1:13,134

Oulde lalat, Kraatoff Strait
Guide iMat, Sitka Sound..

164
139

OuU laland, Sitka Sound -- l**

Gull lalet, Lynn Canal ""

Gunboat I'aaMge, Seaforth Channnl - "

Oualnala Creek, llaranolT laland — "*

OualaTUB Point, Icy Strait ""

Outwattar Cap, Alaaka '''*

II.

Haddington laland, Broughton Strait, deac rlln il — 10. H

Baenke,Thaddeua '■""

Haanke laland, Diaenchantmeiit Itay ""

Haida Indian Vlllaise - - "'

Hainaa OoTa, Clarence Strait ^

110

Balnea MMon, Portage CoTe - '■"

Hakal Sttmit, Fltihugh Sound ^

deacribed - - ^

Half Moon Anchorage, Wrangell Strait ''*

Halibut Point, SUrrl-OaTan Bay — [*'

deaiTibed - *

p. c. I". 37

l>agr.

It4
IN

llalllMii II.. k. I'.iri Krcdarick „. ....

llniliik. Malm (I ml, U H. A. ..„„ ...„„.....„,.

llallK'k iliirl«,r, SiiuliMW llay

Hnlink laliiiiil. ,s|iiia H.111111I. >l«a'rlliad

^iiiikati r(M'ka rmar ................ in

raai'aile nn —.——..-«..-......,.-....,.. in

flalll B,« k, ((Ilk. Snilul 140

Hall lliK-k,siik«s..uiid „.... , uo

liaUlvail Mol. .xiMi'liarllK Itay _..„ H

iiaUtpail l"..lnt, KliiiiiliartlK luy -......_...„................... U

iIbmC t'ilHtl ............................... 14

Hanillt.in Itay. Kuiinmnoir l«liind ._. (!■

Ilnniillnri lliirlHir, Kuiirmlwir Inland IW

llaiiilltiiii laluiid. Shakati Itay ..._... 101

Hani UIhimI. lti<vlllHglgi><l., cliannal . .-«.....,. . Tf

llaiiliilry I'lilnl. t'lKliliKll Sound .._,......,..... H

llaiiciMk Hivor.draliani laland M

Hand, Miilliil, Oaiii|ilu'll laliiiid It

llaiiilyrdde lii|aiid. s««riinli chmnal .•.„. M

llaiikln llaiif. I.'liatliaiii Sound _ 44

d.>iH'rltNNl . .... 44

llanmar lUn ka. Ilniwn I'aaaaga 40

llaiiiin, ('apt. .lainta ..11,14,18, 10,90,21

llnniiii RiKka, lleiatr MInilt • . . _. It

llannuh ll<ii!ka, UiM-ata Strait U

IUna<ii, laland, llnxighlon Stmlt, B. C _. 10

deacrllxMl . t

Hantiik lalaiul. Yakutat Itay m

llnnua, (I. ('.. I'. S. N l:tfl. 16(1, 161, 162, I6A, 189, 190, 1«1, 142, ln,IIA

llanUH Iiilnt. Baraliufr laland . .. lifl

llaniia lalal. Symonda llay 1S7

Hiiiiiia ll<>«f. Icy SImll IM

llnniia lti«ka, cliatliani Strait Ul

lliirl».r UUnrl. Ilolkham Bay , IM

HitrlHir lalaiiil, Ijilua i'aawige n,n

llarN.r laliinil, Port KradiTlik 111

Harlmr laland, Security Hay „ 1(1

llarbiir laland. Sllka Siiund— 142

Harlmr lahta. Sitka Smind m

HArlK>miaat4-r Point, Jjimn hiaaage . M

IlarLor Point, Wtiifa lUy Wt

deacrllwd 201

Harbor Point, RcvllliiglKodo Channel . 74, TC

llarla>r Reifa, Port Slui|>aon .._ .._. M,tt

HiirlHir Hock. Coghiaii .V nchorage... . ...... M

Harl".r Hoik, Slik»S..iind M»

Hanlwli ko lalaiul. B. (' «,»

dfw-rllK-^l 7

Hardy Bay, Vaufoufcr laland- U

IlarlriiulM llaain, Namu Harbor - . 41

Harrington Point, Clarem-e .Strait, daa< rilied 88. 89

RarrlngUiii Ri" k, I'urtago Itay 116

Harria, pioneer nduer 171

Harrialiurg, town of, Alaaka - — ITl

Harria lBlel,Sltka Sound _ 144

Harria Point. Chatliam Stmlt. — 119

Harry Saildle. Alaaka 62

Hartay I'ort, n. C _ - - - 7,9

liaacribed 8

aiiilngdlrertloiiafor -- 8

HoMlar. r.S.C.S.S - 26. 32. .lO, 62. 117, 69, 7.1. 78. 78. 81. 89. 90,

101. KM. KMI. 107. 108, 113, lid, I2A, 126, 127, 128, »1

Haaaler Harbor, Aiinelle laland- - T8

Haaalar laland, Aliiaka - - TH

daacrlbfd - T«

Haaaler Heef. Addenda ,- 2T7

Haaalar Point, Tlarak Strait — - •>

llaalinga Arm, Obaerxatory liiiot - ~ 90

Hatchit Point, Vnkulat itay 20»

Ilnraiinah Clianiiel, 11. C - - — •

lUwk Inlet, Admiralty Island 1*2

Hawner Point, Hakiil .ttralt **

llayca Point, ihallmm Strait, .leacribed IM

reef near - ""• ITi

llaywanl, the explorer - 1 St, 154

eiplorea Sallabory Sound, etc IM

Hayward Point, llayward Strait IW

daacribod - 1**

Bayard Strait. Abuka —"0. "»• •«. '»»• '«•'

deacribed "■•*

I Uazy lalanda. Alaaka

.60. 101,103.118

deacribed — - '"0

2«0

INDEX.

Pi>g»-

Hultton, «koeii« Blver 39

HmJj Bock, Vhll«w»t«r B»y 176

Hutb Poiiir, Ooi.-'M Channd _■. 16,17

dMcrii v) 16

H« !<, H.H.H 18

HrT»t« Ohiinnel, B. C .. «I,27

Hauio W«iid, B. C - 22

H«c.i:; Buck, Duncan B^v - M

IIoc»t« Simlt, B.('.,d«Kri> A 18

■illingdl:MU nifor 10

tIdM... »

cited.. 22, 23, 24, 2U, 3T, 40, 61, 68

Hwete, Don Bruno . . 96

Hwel* Illand, AlHiks •»

H«U'« Acre, Kinil/rishoo Inltt— 17T

Helmtknn Iilaiiil, Johnalona Stmlt. «,»

daacribed - - 7

Hemlock Point, Kootiuahoo Inlet 177

Heniilung (/ove, OnliMU Island 63

Hepburn, Jamea . 179

Hepburn I^>lu^ Chatham Strait 179

Hepburn Point, OrauTllle Channel 36

Ilerandeen, Capt. I. P *»

Berandeen, Capt. L. M •«, »»

Hergeet, Lieut 27

Hargeat Island, Wright Qronp (proparl; DnBkrI:! Island. 8m

Charts; ««,27

Hermanoe, Lot (Islands), Alaska 100

Herring Bay, Admii^ltj Island 131

Hewitt Bock, Oimham Baaoh 81

described 32

Hicks Point, Wnngell Strait J •- 114, 118

describwl 118

Hiehlsh Narrows, Oraham Beach 32

Hleklsh Narrows, Onham Beach . 32

Hlessaan Point, ChichagolT Island 1 182

HIgglns Point, Behm Oanal 76,82

Highlleld Point, Sumner Stmit, anchorage off 91, 92, 93, 100, 109, 110

deacrilicd _ - 91

High Island, Kaaa^n Bay 8«

Higlihuid Point, Frederick Hound 126,127

deecribed -™ I'A'i

High Peak, Wnngell Strait UV

High I'oint, Kai-gah-nee Stimit 68,70

High Bock Islet, Sitka Sound .- 148

Hill IsUnd, Ooulding Harbor - 1»3,'«4

, 62

201

1.29

,_ 128

1 183

Hill Point, Ogden Channel

Ilippa Island, Queen Charlotte Islands

iriit-tu-yuh Bay, Alaska _.

Hobart Puinl, Fratlerick Sound

described ,

Hodgson Beeh, ChaU>ani Hound ..

Uogau I: tnd, Portlcck Hartmr 1

Kug Bocks, HsTillagik^o Cliannel..

de,Kribed

HuldHWorth Hrunt, VancouTer Island ..

Holkham Bay Alaska 168

Bolmee Ba,', P.incaas Boyal Islands 33

Holt, «eorgs „ ., 200

Addenda 278

Hnr-j Bay, Princess Boyal Islands 33

Homfray, cattogiapher J28, 166, 167, 171

Hoochinoo Village, Aiiuiiralty Island 176, 178

Hood Bay, Admiralty IsLpd 176

desoribed :.... 176

NW. eitrems of. 178

Hood Point, Duncan Canal - 107,114

Hooa Point, Hood Bay ,

deeciiiMd .

Hood Point, Wntngell Strait

deecribed. ........

Hoou<1i Harbor, Port Pr«l».<tek.-.

Iloonah Island, Alaska

Hoonab Sound, Peril Strait..

Ilooulah Harbor, I'ori Frederick, described .

portage from

Hoonlah Sound, Peril Strait, deenribed

portage fiwni

Hoonyah Harbor, Port ITre^teriok

Hoop Beef, Hecate Strait

Houenoff Village, (Latham Strait..

Huotaanbou Village, Admiralty Islai.'l

176
176

lot

114
191
193
164
191
192
164
178
191
19
1T«
176

Page.

Hopt, Brig 16, M

Hope Island, Queen Charlotte Sound 16,17

_ 16

- _ 1S5

- 127

- 33

described

Hopelaleta, Krasloff Strait. _

Hope Point, Graham Island

Hornby Island, Wull of Georgia

Horn Cliflk, Frederick Sound...

Home Bay, Princess Boyal Islands

Horn Island, Sitka Sound..

Hotalinga r.i»er, B. C 170,200

Hotalingqua Hirer, Alaska 170,200

Hot Springs Bay, Ihranoff I.„aua 138,147

described

Hotspur Island, Clarence Strait .

Honcbnon, Chatham Strait

Houghton Port, Alaska

tieLjrlbed

Honrigan Point, Security Buy ...

136

176

129

128

122

Houston Stewari Channel, Queen Charlotte Inlands 61 62

Howe Point, Sumner Strait 107

.'.lowkan Narrows, Sumner Strait 68,70

deaoribeil . 67

Howkan Point, Huwkan Narrc^- 70

Howkan Strait, Kai-gah-neo Strait 67

Howkan Village, Kai-gah-nee Strati . 6^,fie, b9

described 67

Hoyt Point, Chatham Strait J22

Huagin Birer, Alaska 204

Hudson Bay Company poet at Bella Bella.. 26

Hudsnnoo Village, Chatham Strait 176

Hugh Point, Frederick Sound 168

deecrilwd ViJ

Humbug Point, Wnngi'll Strait... 114

Hump Ialet,Lynn Canal 104

Hunter, B _ 108,110,111

Hunter Island, B. C. . 23, 24. !o

_.. 40

173

, 13S

2'f

Hunt Point, Chatham Sound

Hnnt laland, Gordon Group .

Hnssan Bay, Virago Sound

Hut Point, Frita Cove ._.

Hyacinth, Mount St, KruBoff Inland .
Hyndman Beefs, Statorth Clianntl...

labliKbni Island, Sitka Bound 140

lahloshnl iBlam", Sitka Siiund " H(i

Iceberg Bay, Naaa Hey 89

described Hi

Icelvrg Pjint, Wlllougliby Cote 190

loewater Kiter, Alaiikn 111

Icy Arm, Stephens 1*ueeage ... 170

Icy Bay, Alaska _ 201

Icy Cape, Palma Bay 201

Icy Cliannol, Staphons Passage 171

Icy Point, Lynn Canal __ IW

Icy Point, Palnia Hay 801

ley Strait, .\J|fkn : 118

Talieyof lis

tides from 170,181

relations with Ornes Sound 136

vestsrn ouirsncc of lfr6

error in rnape of 18^

Ice in ie«

Chlchagoff shore of 160

floating ice in 101

Islsndsin 19:1

Idaho Inlst, Chichagoff IgUnd ino

Idol Point, Ssetuith Clit.nnel _ 27

IKna Bay, Chlcbagoir Island _ 183,1*1

describud 182

Ilin, pilot ..IB2, 13.1

Ilpit Islet, SUltkSound 147

Ilput Islet, Silka SoMud... 147

ImpasaabU' I«b-t, NecKer Group . I'W

Imray, cartogrupher . 6;i

Index Islet, Krestoff Strait 1M

Indian Cove, Bluiidon Hey W

Indian Island, Bull Harbor W

Indian Island, Finlays(.>n Channel ....... 3^'

Indian Point, Cbilkat Inlet 197

Indian lIlTcr, Baranntr laland '49

Indian BiH^k.afcurily Bay 124

INDEX.

291

p«g«.

. 18, M

. 16,17

16
1S6
51
1
187
83
US

. 170,200

IM, 147

136

.... 176

129

128
122

81 62

107

. 61,70

70
67

O'*, li»,D»

122

204

176

168

1211
114

194

108,110,111

2a, 24. in

173

138

140

• 140

190

111

170

201

171

196

301

118

122

170,181

186

lk6

181

1811

160

181

19;!

100

183,1*1

182

182, 18.1

147

i;m

6,1

111

197

149

124

IndlHii Villligo, AliTt Buy

Boftvcr llarlHir

Chih^ Coilliner&ll

Kali-Sliaki'fl Cove-
Konii'M)' luliiiid _:.

i rk iHlaiiil

Mnsavt llarijur

KiMteiuBkoIotand..

Page.
.' 10

31)

- — - 101

llaniiucgah trllm. Prince of Wales Islanil '(|2

f^af^lnaw llay 124

SliuHliartli) Hay ,

Ijkowl Bay

8((utli 11art)i)r

Triliciiiiialet! IIartH)r

TuiigHSfl Uni-lHir

VlllBrff IiUi.J ""][^I

Zlniovla «tniit __

tngnihaiu 11a;', rlansiicf .Strait

Illgmliaill, Caiit. Joh|iIu 18 37, 40, 51,62,6 3, 64,66,66, 84,94, 97,

Ingrahani Port, Graham jHlaiicI tf\ ^.^

Iniaii lalniulfi, OrtiM Hitiiiui igo

deMribeil iHg

Inlet Point, Wrangell Strait ..114,116

Innei Polutof Hhoals, Hitka Sound — lajj

Inner Point, Sitka Sonnd _ 139

Inikip, 0. H - 64

liisklp Paasago, 1 'hathani Sutnul 46,46

Inoki) IVjlnt, Trlncoinalee Iliirlior 54

IntAiA '»i Oipe, Plxon Kntrancp 64

InrerneM Fisliory, Kennedy Inland, B. C. .• __ 39

Invisible Point, Dixon Kiitrancc 18,66

deserilNMl _. 55

T|>Ai0«Nirf, sliip 66

Ipliigenla Bay, Alaska _ 119,100

Iron Roi^ks, Hecate Strait 19

Ironside Island, Schooner Ki-treat _. 21

Irving Cape, Dixon Kntnince 04,65

Ishe, Mr _ 86

llkoot Kiver, Alaska „_ ..110,111

Island Point, Clarence Strait, described 85,86

Islands, Bay of, of f'ook__ 158,169

Islands, Hoy of, of Tolilenkoff. 182

Islaa, Dahla de lew, of Oallano 184

Islet Point, KIcDitoo Passage 30

luahnol Point, Lituya Bay_ 202

Ivory Island, Sei-fo-lh Channel 28,29

lyon Blvcr, Alaska 200

l-7onk-een Cove, Chlchagoff Island — 181

.lacinto. Mount San, Knisolf Island

Jackson, Rev. Sheldon- 67,

Jaoksot^ Island, Kai-giih.r ' Strait

Jackson Blission, llov .s .1 Narrows

JacobieO Island, Ale*-' .i

Jacolil Island, .Alask.' •-

Jac4)li Island, Alaska .

Jahcbla Island, Ahiska

Jskntat Bay, Alaska

Jalun River, Ornhain Island

.lames (ls|>e, Shadwell Pnssegc

.liiuMs, ('«ite St., Ilecati! Strait

Jimos Point, Gronvllle Channel .-

Jmnies Rflef, Horate Strait

.laniestcwn Bay, Baranolf Island

JntMi^omi, I'.S S 136,142,

Jane f!n'*k, Ctitustr Inlet

Jane Island, Flnta>son Channel

Jsfsin'W Tslan'l, Sitka Llonnd

.laiHiuskl ilnmp, Sitka Sound

Japoiuki Island, Sitka Sound, ilescrtlied

ol'servat.on spot on -

tlt«l - 1«,1W

.lai.-)nskol Islanil, Sitka Sound --•

Jesse l.^land, .toliitstntre Strait

.let Islaiol, SItliu .Sound-.

.foannn P.viltochi llsy, Baranoff iHlantI —

John llapilsl Bay, St., Haranoff NIand

John Hfir'Ntr, St., /MienilNi [sltmd

u'otin, Pfiiit It., Supu lerStfiiit - — —

•■•hn iieer,'llei'ateSlmlt...

.John's Hay, 8t.,Il*riiuAfflilan'l. __.--..-- — --.....--...r--

!■*«•■

John's otilf, St , B»...no(r Island _ im

Johnstone, Jamei, l.ienl., B.N 128,800

Johnsiolio Passage, YakuUt Bay goo

Johnstone Strait, B.C.,dcsrrilie.l d

Udes e

general dirertions for 9

cited. 7^(j

Jorey Point, Dixon Kntrance tA

Jorkins Point, Finlayson Channel 29,30

Juan Pores Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands ftg

Jumble Islands, ."eaforth Channel _ 87

Juneau City, Alaska- . 171

Juneau llarlwr, Alaska, described |7|

cbart of J78

Juneau Mining District, Alaska 171

Juneau, pioneer miner 171

Juneau, town of, Alaska 172

Kach-khanna Island, Alaska ^9

Kaillak Cove, HaranolT Island 144

Kadln, M.M "" \m

Kadln IsUnd, Sumner Strait \vn

described 106

Kah^Shakea Harbor or Cove, Revillaglgedo Channel 71

Kalchali Island, Necker Group _ |36

Kal'gah-nee <'ape, Dixon Entrance 66

Kai-gali-nee Harbors, Dall Island 66

Kal.gah-ne« Indian Village, Alaska 67, 69

Kal-gah-iiee Point, Kal-gah-nee Strait 87

Kal-gah-nee Strait, .Maaka 66

described 67

sailing directions for 70

Kaigan Cape, Kal-gah-nee Stmll 67

Kalganee Cape, Dixon Entrance 6S

KaiganlCai^ Dixon Kntrance - OS

Kaigan Portage, Prince of Wales Archipelago — '. 66, 86

Kaiuchali Island, Necker (Iroup- \3»

Kakagin Inlet, Chlchagolf Island 173

Kakangina River, Alaska 206

Kake Indians— 118

Hake Strait, Alaska - 117

Kakhvegina River, Alaska Wt

Kakovo Islet, Whale Hay - 138

Kakul Point. Salisbury Sound, descrilied 167

Vicinity of, descrilied 160, 1«l

Kalabrl Islet, llayvrBt\l Strait 166

KaHbri lilet, llayward Strait 166

Kalinlna Bay, 'lru»)IT Island, descrilied 169

Liounlain east from 160

Kalotblan Indians HI

Kal-whlsn River, HaranolT liland — 149

Kanienaia Hey, Itoranolf Island 186

KanienisUls Hay, HaninolflsUnd - 136

Kamenistl Point, Peril Strait 164

Knnien-I«un, Sitka Sound 148

Kamennie Point, Sltka.Sound 138

Kamennoi Island, Sitka Sonnd 140

Kanienoi Point, Sitka Souni! 182

described 188

Kane, Ci.pUin '»'

Kane Islets, Neva Strait 167

locks near 278

Kaiiga Hay, Itoranolf Island 147

K«nK« l«lel. Sitka Sound — — - 147

Kan l.lels. Neva Strait _ 187

Kanskeeni'ii Point, Queen Cliarlotis Islands 811

Kanskeenl's Sound, Queen I harlotte Islands 62

Ksntu-kan Village, Chlchagolf Island 191

Ka|iillsh Hay, Penrose Island •21

Ksnblln Islet, lauigas Harbor 83

K»nmits.n Uke. Vamonver Island- '"

Ksrslake Point, Kitihugh Sound 21, «»

Karta Hny, I'rinrs of Wales Island M

Kasa-an Anchorage, KaM-en Hay «•

Kaaa-ao Hay, Prince of Wales Island "'.,87

descrilied -- "•

Kaitlievartiff ■ — "

Kiislievaroil l»land», Clarence Strait -- "»

Kiish. nro(n'n«««ge,<larence Strait 8(1

Kn«be»ar»itr Strait, Clarel'ice Strait - •"'

Kashevarow strait, Clarence Strait.... — -— — . r * •

292

JNDKX.

u ■■

KmIiiuii iHli'ta, Silka ScmiiJ — 140,141

Ki.tkwiiltu Villago, ' liilkat HWcr - 108

KiUiana Ilaj-, Itamimir fulaiiil - 140, IM

dMiTilMJil 139

Katlian, ludlRii Chief. _ - 139

Kallianiifa (iulf, Ilannioff Island - 139

KuU Island, iSltkii Sound - 149

diacriliid - 143

Kayaik Island, Sitka Sound - - - 143

Kajak Island, Alaska - '206

Kayak Islets, Sitka Sound - 142, M9

des<MUifd _ - 143

Kayaktch Islanil, Sitka Sound, 143

Kayatchl Island, Sitka Sound 148

Kay-e-ghlen l^ay, lli»ninolT Island 133

Kuje Island, Alaska... - — 205,212,213

Kazarn IJay, I'rince of Wales Island ^ 86

Keene Channel, Alaslia 114

Keeue Island, Wiangill Strait 114,116

Keeno, i. W., yllot. 142

Keene Bock, Sitka Sound, desurllje<l 142

directions for avoiding 142,149

'Keetovala Hay, llaranolf Island 133

Ketik Indians.... 123

Kokon Strait, Alaska — 117

Keku Indians .118,123

Keku Islets, Keku Strait 118

Kekul Point, Salisbury Sound 157

Kekuri Itocks, BaranolT Island 1.T3

Keku Strait, Alaska - - 100, 104, 122, 124, 128

described 117

dangers 118

Kellogg, Miss Fanny 89

Kellogg I'olnl, TIevak Strait 68

Kelp llay, BaranolT iBlatui 166,167

described 176

Kelp Point. Ilnkai Strait 22

Ken-as-n'hu (slaiul. Hood Hay 176

Kunaiuuw Island, Chatham Strait, deacrllv'.d 176

trailing-statiou on 176

8W. oxtrenn' of 178

Keuasnoiv Iteef, Chatham Strait 176

described 176

Kendrick Hay, Clarence Strait 84

Kendrirk, Capt. John 1, 84

Kennedy Island, B.C 37,38

described 39

KennlcottLake, H.C - 170

Ketchum Lake, B, C... 170

KhalMkahln Blver, Alaska 198

Khantaak Island, Yakulat Hay 208, '«)9, 210

descril>od 2»7

KhazBaj, ChlchagolT Island 182

Khar. Island, Alaska _ 184

Klillchuikolf, the explorer 168

Klioroshl-pagixll Cnpi', Alaska 204

Khoroshi-pagodi, Gora ^ . 206

Khrouictieuko, cartographer 206,207,208,209

Khrushchoff, explorer 66

Khunna Island, Alaska 103

KhutS'Ua-ri Islands, Alaska 177

Khuts-n'hu Village, Admiralty Island 176

Khutxe Inlet, fjrahnm Reach 33

Khut/eymateeu Inlet, Portland Inlet 68

Kid Bay, HiMlerlck Island.. 31

Kikn Strait, Alaska 117

Klllisnoo, 8s« Kcnuntiow.

Killik Creek, Hunter Inland 24

KIncollth Mission, Naas Hay 69

Khlgctilne Point, FrarK r Uejicb 29,33

KIngenill I'ldnt, Clmthun Strait 122

King Oeurge Thinl's Arclilpclago, Alaska 118,193

King Island, B. C _ 24

Kingsmlll Pidnt, Chatbain Strait 119,123,124,131

descrllied 122

Kinnabau Islau'ls, Chatham Sound ._ 40

Kirk Island, Bevillaglgi^lo Channel. 71

JCIrushkin Island, Sitk- sound 142

Klspaloks Village, II. C 30

Kit* Islet, Sitka Sound ...146,147

Kit-lak-a-laks Village, Naan Itivcr ,_ 60

KItovei Iilanil, Sitka Sound „— .. *„ 142

Page.

Klteumgalluin Hiver, ll.C... 39

Kltsumgallum Village, Skeena Klver... 39

Kiwitah Island, Fitzbugh Sound 23

I Klahwak Settlement, Alaska 69,98

Klaakwun Point, Dixon Entrance 64

I Klawak Harbor, Port Hucan-li, portage to 86

I described 98

Klawak .Settlement, Port Bucareli ._ 69,98

Klelw's Point, Ijueen Charlotte Sound 62

Klckane Bay, Graham Reach 33

Klemtoo Pitssage, ITinlayson Channel, des(Tibe<l 30

tidek 31

Klewnuggft Inlet, Qrenville Channel 34,36

described 36

Kliarkoir Island, Sitka Sound '. 162

Kl k-tso-at-ll Harbor, Denny Island 96

K luchelTBay, Bamnoff Island 147

Kliucheff Mountain, BaranofT Island 147

Klokachelt Gulf, Alaska — 189

Klokacheff Islauil, Alaska ..168, 169

described 160

Klokacheff Point, Salisbury Sound 182

described 169

Klokacheir Sound, Alaska 169

Klokacheff Strait, Alaska 169

Klomdiman Cation, Stikine River 112

Klucliev Bay, Baranoff Island 1,16,136

Klucheroi Bay, Baranoff Island 135

Kluhlnl River, Alaska 100

Klu-kwan Village, ChlUat River 198

Klutcbeff Ilay,Baranofr Island 136

Knight Inlet, B. C 8

Knight Island, Yakutaf Bay 210

Knight Islet, Metla-kalla Bay 41

Knox Bay, Thurlow Islands, described 6

sailing directions for 6, 7

Knox Cape, Dixon Kntrance 52,63

described i 61

Kochil Island, Chilkat Inlet 198

described L 197

Kobklux Station, <;hllkat River -. 198

Koka Islet, Sltka.Sound 147

Kokaydal Point, Stikine Rivir 111

Kohishenkin Island, Sitka Sound 162

Kootsnoo, Chatham Strait 176

Kootsnu Village, Admiralty Island 176

Kootznahoo, .Xlnska 124

Kootznahuo .\rchlpelago, Alaska 177

Kootznahoo Head, Kootznahoo Inlet, doflcrll>ed 177, 178

Kootznahoo Inlet, Admiralty Island, described 177,178

Kootznahoo Roads, Chatham Strait 176, 178

described ^ 175

Kootznahoo Itocks, Kootznahm* Itoails 17il

Kootznahoo Village, Admiralty Island ' 175

dcscrlbiHl , 176

Kosciusko Island, Alaska , lol

Kotaska River, Alaska 200

KoteoHok Creek, A'^niiralty Island 176

Koteosok IlarlKir, Admiralty Island 176

Kotleana Bay, Baranoff Islnnd . 130

Kotlean, Indian Chief 130

Konlitcbkow Bay, Baranoff Island- 133

KouHlzkoff Riak, Sitka Sound 146

Koutsnon, Chatham Strait 170

Kontsuow, Chatham Strait 176

Koyah's Strait, Queen Charlotte Sound. 62

Koilan, George, pilot ...167,100

Kozian Rock. A'eCozian Rock.

Krasnala Ray, P.rince of Walea Island 105

Krasnol Bay, Baranoff Island 132'

Kraanol Cape, Hedflsh Bay 132

Krasnoi Itlbl llay, Baranoff Island 132

Krasnul RIbl Cape, ReilAsh Bay 132

Krause, Dr. Arthur 190,199

Kresta (%|)e, TakobI Island , l^'.'t

Kresta Point, Sitka ScMiud 16*, l-W

dcBcrilwd l;W

Kresta Strait, Aluaka, synonym of CmsB Sound 186

Kn'StnIT IlarlMir, Kruaoff Island . 154

Kr.«toff Island, Alaska 152,164

dsicribml 1.^3

NW.extroDie. 159

INDEX.

2»3

Pago.
3«
30

6», 'J8
M
80
1)8

69,98
K

34,36

102

14?

147

169

168, 160

160

182

169

112

136,138

136

109

198

136

210

0,7

62,63

198

197

198

147

111

162

176

124

177

177,178

,177, 178

,176,178

176

nil

: 176

176
101
200
176
17(1
139
139
133
146
170
176
62
.167, 100

106
132'
132
132
132
196, 10!l

isr>

18*, 163
1311
186
164

162, W

16:1

169

Pai^u.

Krwloir Strait, Alnaka _ 152, if'i, I66, 166

(learrlhint 154

aunkeu rock 111 J54

trail from to Port Marjr 168

KmtoMul Met, 8Uka 8ouud 539

Kriwol lalRnd, Takiitat Bay 209

KnitiUilnl Paaa, Aluka ' iqq

Krotahini RiTer, Alukit igo

Kniglol bland, Parll 8tn>lt (66

Kniglol lalaud, Halltbiiry Sound, deacrltied leo 101

Knigloi Point, Olim Strait, doKTlbed 162,16:1

Krufle, Admiral '_ 13^

KrUHe Island, Ali'ska 138

KniHeiiritem, Admim Adam Johann Ton 166

Anistol Illand, Yattutat Bay __ 20O

Krntol Island, Yakntat Hay 209,110

Kniaitr Island, Alaaka 139, 140, 162, If-, 164, 166, 167, 182

descritK>d 138

bonnds Halisbury Sound 16t

Kiirlikali Islft, Sitka Sound 142

Killn Island, Alaaka 60, lOO, 10:i, 104, 117, 118, 110, 120, 122

doHrrlbed 128

Knkhkan Islet, Sitka Sound _ 142

Knilcbek Rock, Sitka Sound 146

Kill ichkotr Bay, BaranofT lalniid _ ___ 133

Kullcbkoir Rock, Sitka Sound __ 146,148

146

206

200

described

Kullih Rock, Sitka Sound

Kum-ea-luli Inlet, GrenTilte ('lianiiol

KnnakagI RiTer, Alaaka

KOiiAnt -

Kuper Port, Queen Pharlotte Nlauds

Kupi«anoff, Captain iTan Ah Inevirh ,„ 67,84

Kupreanutr Island, Alaska . _90, 100, 106, 107,117. II)'. 122, 126, 126, 190

ilmiTlb.-.! 128

Uushtl Island. • Siiiu.l 162

Kuskokniin I' -tiid KiTer, Addenda - 278

KOssfia KiTer, 1 , i Alanha 200

■ : ri6«.d ._ 190

KfisBua RiTer, West Fork, Alaaltii —

Kutcbliima Group, Sitka Sound

Kutchuma Group, Sitka Sound

Kutkan Island, Sitka Sound

desciibml --

Kut-kwut-lu Village, Chilkat RiTer -

KutEiiou, Chatham Strait

Kwakahua Oliening, CalTert Island

Kwathlaaki CoTe, DiscoTery I*assage, doacribeil

Kwik RiTer, Yakutet Bay - -

Kxn-geal Inlet, GreDTllie Cliaiinei

Ky-gah-ni Stralt,B.C

Kygane Capo, Dixon Entrance

Kyuunipt Harbor, Caniplwll Island -

described .

10!)
144
144

149

142
IHH
176

n
2,3
mi

:|6
61
66
27

li.

Labouchere Anchorage, Etoliii Island «1

Laboucbere Ba.T, Cbilkat Inlet. - Iii7

Labouchere Bay, Ktolin Island --- 01

Labouchere Mount, Alaska - 108

Laboucbere, Port, Prime of Wales Island 103

described - - 102

Z,aboiicAere, steamer I*'^

La Chaiias«e Spit, Litnya Bay 202

Lacy Islet, Cloak Bay - <*•'

Lady Island, B.(^ - *»

La Grand Plateau Glacier, Alaska - 2ci5

Lake Bay, Bannoff Island..- - -- 146,147

Lake Island, Mathleson Channel - 28

Iiake Redoubt, Baranoff Island - U7

Lak-hou Bay, Chlm-sy-an Peninsula - - *2

La labandera Reef, Puerto d« '« Santa ('run - "7

Lama Paaage, B. C— - - I»,26,2«

descritwl- — - ^*

Lai.» Met, RaTillaglgedo Channel - "'

Lane's Bay, B.C "

Langaro Island, Dixon Entrance „ - <*-. ■''•''

Langsdorir, Georg Holnrich von — ...16:), 178

Laiigtry, George — '•"'

La Peroiise, .lean rranvois de Oaliaup de...62, iv\ 06, II6, !«), 117, i«), Iml, 11",
119, r.a. i:i4, v.v<. nr,. i.-io, i.w, i.vi. w.

186, 201 , 202, 203, 204, art, 21 »1, 207, 21 -'

t'aoi'.

lA Penuise Glacier, Alaska ^y^

described 201

La Prrouse Mount, Alaska . a)6

described 201

Larch Bay, Baranoll Island 12I

describeil 132

Lamim Island, ObserTalory Inlet „ 6fl

Laredo Channel, B. C 31

Larger Arm, Whale Bay 133

LasqueU Island, Gulf 01' Georgia 1

Latouche Point, Yakutat Bay.. Jlo

Under Point, Whale Bay, described 13.3,134

LaTinia Point, Cross Sound 181, 186, 187, 190

described igy

Lawyer Islets, Malacca Passage 39,40

l.azaria Island, St., Sllki Sound ..14i, 146, 148

described .•. 130

Laiaria, Mount St., Kruioff Island 138

Uiarla Point, Sitka Sound 137

Laiaro, Mi nt St., Duke bland 64,83

de ;ri))ed 63

Addenda 277,278

Lszanis, Mount St., Kruioir Island 137, 1:18

LararuB, Point .St., Sitka Sotind 1S7

Leading Island, GrenTllie C*hannel :16,36

Leading Peak, <,'hlm-«y-an Peninsnla . , 44

Leading Point, Naas Bay 69

League Point, Stephens Passage 168

Lebarge Lake, Addenda 278

Leda-unala ,. 213

Ledge Point, Brougblon Strait, described 10,11

Ledi-anol Bay, Alaaka 213

Lecsia Bay, BaranofT Island 144

LeesofTskala Bay, BaranofT Island 144

Lees Point, Behni Canal 7:t

Ijeggo Point, Kleuitoo I^tssage . 31

Legnia Island, Necker Group 136

Lerot-.-tirlur, the explorer ., 188

i ,,.M..r Island, Icy Strait . 180

described 100

l.<mi>aur|pr Point, ('lareiice Strait 00,91

descrilfed 87

Lemoti Mount, Galiano Island 17

described 14

I on Point, (taliano Island — . 17

Lena i'ninr, Stephens Passage-. 174

,ti>iiHr'l I'ldiit, I)r"iighton Strait 10

i,.'liiw iSBj. firslmni Island 61

LiwiiT Arm, Wliaie Bay _ 133

LstnlkolT Cove, Chilkat Inlet 197

Letushkwln Village, Admiralty Island 176

Livol Island, .Sumner Strait., descrilied 100,107

Lewis Island, Discovery Passage 6

Uni« Island, Hevillaglgedo Channel 77

Lewis Passage, II. ''. .'13

Lewis Point, Beaver Cove _ 0,10

Lewis Point, Toiigass Narrows - - 80

Lewis River, B. C 170

described 109

explored 200

explorations of. Addenda 278

Lewis Rucks, Tongass Narrows 80

Llards Itiver, Hudson Bay Territory 110

Liar Rock, Sitka Sound.. iO

described .^.. i43

directions for avoiding , 140

l.lesriui Island, Frederick Sound 1:)0,1SI

Llisnol Island, Necker Group... 136

Llesmil Island, Sitka Sound - 141

Llesnoi Island, Southwest Peril Strait 162

l.lesnol Island, Sumner Strait - - 108

Lima Point, Chatham Sound.. 40

Limi'slone BiulT, Slophena Passage 189

Limestone Inlet, Alaska 169

LImi'Stone Iiland, Discovery Faaaage _ 6

l,ln» lloy, Alaska 202

Lincoln Channel, Alaska . 61

l.luccOn Island, Lynn Canal, described — 104, 106

l.mnAi, r. S. U.S... -. 214

l.iniiinlierg Harlmr. ChlcliaitolT Island- I6«

l.indeulierg Peninsula, Kupraanotf Island ._... 107 ■

descrlhifd . . — IM

294

INDEX.

Pugt.

ItitiilunlKTR .Shiire, Kupi-eaiiofT lilaiid 128

UnilcMlKTu, tlie mir»ojor _ln7, 113, 114, 1I», 110, lUfl, 107, 198, IW

l.lii.' iHlanili, Hilka Siiund 142

Llwi inn liny, Dull IbUii'I M

l,i«riiii« I'lirt, Uall Inland 04

l.lsiaiiHki, Captain (Jrv; " lieuddroTlch 06, 9T, 08, 119, 13«, 138, MS, 146,

IM, 163, IM, IM, 166, 160, 160, 178, 184, 192

[.iRiaimki PeniiiHiiIa DarannlT lalaud 162

Lislaillki I'uiul, 8ltkB duuild - 140,162

daicrlbod . i ISO

MsiaiiakI Strait, (Jhichagnff Oruup .182, 188, 186, 187

dew-Tibed .__ 184

LIstvlnlclinHia llay, BaraiiiilT lalaud 132

LItllB Uraiirh Itiiy, IlaranofflBland 132

Mill.' Cafiuii, Slikliie Bivcr 110,111,112

l.illli' tnxa Strait, Alaaka — 184

Littlu tJavaMBkl Islet, Sitka Sound 1 130

Llttlo Island, Dwp llay, Snuthweat Terll Strait „ ._ 182

Llttlo Inland, Lynn Canal - 194,196

Lltlln Noqnaahlniikl Bay, Sitka Sound 162

Llttlo Rep', ite\ lllaglgedo Channel — 76

Lltuya Bay, Alaska, descrllwd _ ..202,203

flailing directions for 204

Litnya Mount, Alaska ..204,206

located 2011

Lively Island*, Tlevak Strait 69

LiMie Hill, Chlm-sy-an PeubisnU 46

Ixjckwood Point, Wrangell Strait.- 114,116

descrilied

Log Point, Revillaiflgedo Channel .
IxihtlatK'i Arm, Stephens Passage..

Luhtluii»l Point, Lynn Canal

Lohtlauol Point, Palina Bay

Lohtlanol Strait, Alaska.

Ijone Mountain, Admiralty Island.-

a landmark ft>r Stephens Pasaage.
Lone Rock, H.hhI Bay

113
76
170
196
201
186
182
194
178

Long Island, Cordova Hay 67.68

LouK Island, Johnstone Passage 209

IxmK Island, Kasji-an Bay 86

Long Island, Kontznahoo Inlet . 177

Long Island, Port Frederick 191

I,ong Island, Sitka Sound 143

Long Island, Vakutat llay 209

Lookout Point, Security Bay. .-_ 122,123

Lookout Point, SteplioiiH Passage 168

Loon Island, Sitka Sound 140

Loo Bock, Ro'k Ciwk 23

Ixird Islands, l>ixon Entranri> 62

Louisa Point, Sti'pliens Paiwime 174

Lovi- Island, Sllka Sound- 142

Low Inlet, GrenvlUe Channel, described 36,36

Lowt-r Khudsiiu Bay, Ailmiralty Island 174

Lower Kontsnow Bay, Admiralty Island 174

Low Island, Seaforth Channel 26

Low Islets, Sitka Sound 138,139

Lowlylng I'oint, Peril Strait .., 164

Low Point, Mlllienk Sound SO

f«w Point, Naa« Bay. 89

Uw Point, Sitka Souml 138

Lowrie, CapUIn, R. N _ 18,96

Lowrle Island, Alaska. 06

Ltnyi Hay, Alaska 202

L*tuya Caiie, Alaska 21M

Lucan Point, Cross Sound ... 187

des<rlbcd IBd

Luce Island, .Sitka Sound 144

Lucy Island, Cox Strait 63

Lury Islands, Chatham Sound 40,41

Lull, K,l'.,CBpt., U.S. N-. 127

Lull Point, Kelp Bay. Chart 11.

Lynn Canal, Alaska .1 18,1 HI, 182, ton, 108, 'uo, 2(10

general rhart of 173

descrilwd 1114

Iniperfactionaof the chart of 106

Lynn Siatere, Lynn I%nal 104

Page.

McClelhui Croup, Sitka 8oun(< 14.1

McClellnu Rock, LIndenberg Harbor 166

MoCuUough, Captain . 64

HcCullough Rock, DIxun Enln.n< ■ 64

McDonald Bay, Behm Canal 78

McFariand Islands, Tlevak Strait 60

Mcrarland, Mrs. A. R 60

HcOllnchey, Patriik _ aoo

McOiBth Mount, Smith Island 38

Maihin Island, Krestolf Strait 164

M'lntipj'i Bay, Graham Island 54

McKay Reach, Wright Sound 33

McLaughlin Bay, Campbell Island 26

Mcl<au<l. John , no

.MacMlllan River, Alaska 199

Marn' jiara Point, Clarence Stlait 90

Mn^elll ''^rt, Vancouver Island, deflcrlbed . V}

sailing dlrectloiu for 10

McNeil Jlonni, B.C U

Hadap Point, Eastern Paasag^ 91

Madden, Captain 38

Hagdalena t^pe, Port Ramn 96

Magee, Captain 18,68

Magee Sound, Queen Charlotte Iala«i<la 62

Maginn Saddle, Qallano Island 16

described. '. 14

Haguun, Captain 164

Magoun tiruup, Krestoff Strait 166

dncribed 164

UagouQ Island, Kr^..rn'' alralt 184

Magoun Islete, Krestoff Strait. 164

Magoun Shoals, KreatolT Stimlt 164

MalacbTiol Island, Sitka Sound ■. 141

Maid Island, Neoker Group 136

Main Passage, Chatham Sound 46

Makhnak Roik, Sitka Sonud, 140

Makhnati Island, Sitka Sound, deacribeil 141

1. Hco^i on . . 1*1

sunken rucks near 149

lited 142, 143, 146

Makhnatol Island, Wliale Bay 133

Malacca Passage, B. C 37,41

directions Sir 39

dasrribed 40

Malasplna, Don Aleasandro 118,119,201,204,206,207,208,210,212

report of, suppressed 211

Malasplna (Jhuiler, Alaska 211

Malaspliia Island, Alaska 97

Malasplna Mount, Alaska 212

Halnipina Plateau, Ahiaka 211

Malcolm Island, B. C 9,10

deacrilied 11

Halle Island, Deep Bay, Southwest Peril Strait 162

Malmeebury Port, Kuin Island 119

Malol Bukav, Whale Bay 133

Maloi SIrelka Bay, Baranoff Island 132

Manby Point, YakuUt Bay, .......107,211

dencribed ... 206

Marble Blnns, Admiralty Island 179

Marble Islands, Glacier Bay _. 180

Marchand, Capt. Etieniie 61, 62, 63, 137

Margaret Rock, Dogfish Bank, Hecate Strait L 18,66

jrargarel. Ship 18,66

Marina, Puerto de la Real 97

Srmlon Islet, Stephens Passage 171

Marrack Island, Telegraph Passage 38

Marsden Point, Chatham Strait 118, 179, 193

deep bay near

relative position of..

contracted 'Kt

rocks near

described..

172
178
181

18t
182

Macartney Point, Precleriok Sound .

Macartney Point, Keku Strait

McCarty, Dr.R.H...

HcClellan Flats, (^hllkat Inlet

124
118

198

Mamhai: Islet, Sltkn Sound 141,142

described 144

Martin Island, Sitka Sound 144

Mary llay, KrurofT Island . 188

Mary Oi)ve, Hoderiik Island 31

descriliod 3(1

Mary Island Anclionige, Revillaglgi'do Channel 70,77

Mary Island, Matlili>Non r?hanneL 28

Mary Island, RevHlaglgo<lo Channel... 83,77

descrllMd „.— ™ T6

^4»i!

IXDEX.

296

Page.
M
IS8
M

Mary Point, TrlDconialm Ilubor

M»ry Port, ShelikoirBs;. '"""

Mnurado Port, Onliaiu Idiiid

ICakaljrna Point, Portland ftinal, ileacribad 57,6«

Maakejrler.e Point, Portland Canal _ 57,(18

Maaaet Uarbo/, (Jniliain Island M,f»fi

Maaaet Inlst, Onham Island m

Maaaet Hound, Qrmhani Island m

Maaatt Spit, DIzon flntranca 55

Maatannan blands, (Jnaen Cbarlotta Sound 13

Maatick Bock, BaTllla(l(Mlo Channel 7g

MaaUcJifS. L., Schooner 78

Mathleson Channal, B.C 29

dascribed M

Maude laland, DlaooTary Paaaage 4

Mauda laland, Nanooae Harbor 4

Mand Island, DiscaTr.7 Paaaage. „ fi

daacrlbed 4

Manrelle, Don frwiclaco, cited 95,9B,II7, 137, IM, IM

Maurelle ialands, Iphlganla Bay 0i»

Mayastechnol Island, Sllka Mound 141

Maxarreilo, Don Josef da, cited $4

Maiarrwio Port, (Iraham laland 54

Meade, R, W., Jr., Capt., U. 8. N., oita<l 46, (2, 111, 107, IM, 112, 113, 114,

116, 116, 117, 122, 123, 124, IW, 1211, 120, IM, 169, 166, 161,
163, IM, 166, Ibl, 168, 160, 170, 171, r ' 173, 174, 176, 176,
m, 178, 179, 1 «, 181, 184, 1»3, 1114, 106, 196, 107, 118, 190

Meadow laland. Lama Paaaage 21

Maaraa, Capt. John, citad 14, 18, 26, 61, 64, 55, KJ. 96, m, 08, 9», 206

Mearea Bay, Alaska __ 66

Meaiea laland, B.C. (properly Cuunlngliam laland. S« Chnrt 3).. 26,27

Mearea Passage, Alacka _ 07, 98

Mearea Port, Contota Bay «4,il6

Metlvlezhl laland, Altwka

Hell Point, Wrangell Strait

Henzlea Bay, Piacovery Passage, tlescrlbetl ,

sailing directions for

Menilea Cape, Chatham Strait

Manaiea Strait, Alaska

Merta Island, Sitka Sound

Mesnrler Point, Clarence Strait

Metlah-Catlah Bay, Chlm-ay-an Peninsula .

107

_. 116

no
us. Km

143

HetU-kalla Day, B.C 30,40,42

dMcribed - 41

sailing diret'tlona for 41

Metla-katU Village, Metla-ketla Bay 41

Marfcowi, Mpanlah gallot 1

Mexicana P.>int, Goletas Channel 16,17

Middle C ian'.ial, :41tka Sound 141, 142, 148

-'-iigers In 140

^tions for 140

an-horage abreaat of — 160

Middle Dnndas laland, Dixon Kntrance 00

Middle Harbor, K«i-gah-nee HarUiii 60

Middle Island, Sitka Sound 140, 141

Mldille Islawb, Sitka Sound 146

Middle Pasaaga, Skeena Inlet 38

Middle Point, Southwest Peril Strait '*>

Middle Bock, Wrangell 8tn..t - 11"

Middle Shoal, Port HnlgntTe 2'"

Mlddleton Island, Alaaka—. - ~ 213,214

Middy Point, BaTlllnglgedo Clinnnel - "'

Midway lalanila, Slephena Passage "»

Midway Beef, Peril Strait '"'

Midway Hock, Southweat Peril Strait 182

Midway Book, Wrangell Stjait - -- - "*

deacrtbed - "'

Mielkoi Bay, Krealoff Island ^■'*

Mllbank Sound, B. C "• *"• ^

described -— *'

aalllng directions for *'

Mllea Canon, Lewla Biver '^

MlleeCone, boyle Island-. —

Milkle Point, Wrangell Strait....

Milly Island, I'ortNPTilie

Miner's Cove, Oastlneau C'liannal - '"

MInett !•'.,«, Sitka Sound ^**

M'wuii, Alert Bay — -

Obilkat Blver -

Hoonlah Hartmr —

llowkan Narrows— - -

Maaaet Harbor

116

i'ag(<.

Mission, Molla-kalla lliiy ,.__. . . 41

Niuw llny_._ _^ g^

Ptirtnge tV)ve „._- ___, -.,..„„. 11*9

Wrangell- ,m

Misaioii (Jovo, Ixing Inland.. 118

Mission Point, Melia-kalla Bay 41

Mint lidands, Port ilurv»y 8

Mitchell Bay, Koottcnahoo Inlet . 177

Mitolii'll I'ulut.SuniMor Strait..- KK, 107

Mitchell Rock, Sitka Sound, duacribaci ' 142

directions for 143

iHeii _ 149

Mitgoir. Ste MitkolT.

MilkolT Island, Alaska .511, KKl.Kn, I(i6, 112

described 128

Mogilnui Islaiiii, Sitka Sound |4g

.Moira Sound, Alaska.- fyj, 84

duscrlbeil 86

Moknatoi Islanil, Sitka Sound HI

Montgomery Port, Queen Cbariotle Islanils 52

Monti, Bale da 2(t7

Monument i'oint, Sitka Sound 139

Monument Rocks, SltkaSouud ^. 130

Moraine Island, Frederick %iiuil 127

Morning l*o' ,1, Orenville Cbannel 35,;M1

Morning V- Hjfs, Granville Cbniinel 35,36

Morri'-, Wi'.. QouTertu'ur 107

Morris Hay, Ijidy Island 28

Morrill Reef, Cliutbani Slniit 178

described ib7

MorHkoi (!ape, .Muska 2(16

Monkoi KiicK 158

Mosmim Cuiw, Fitzliugb Sounil 20

Mosnian Inlet, .Xlaska 88

Mosninii Isliind, Fitsbugb Sound 20,21

3IoBa i'iissiige, Milbank Sound ^•...- 28

Honntain Point, llevllliigiKe<lo Channel 80,82

describe«l 70

Mouse Itock, Sciiforth Clmnnol 28

Mud Hay, .Vdmlmlty Island - 177

Mud Iky, CblchagolT Island, dascribc<l 100

rock off 101

MiiilKt' Ca|)e, Discovery I'usnaKt' '.i,3,5

described 1

iMuil Irilaiuis, Noas Ikiy 50

Muir Glacier, (JIacier Hay 180

.Mnir Inlet, Alaska 180

.Muir, Jobn 180

Muiaollski laliiud, Sitka Sound 130

Mulgrave, Constantine Jobn Plilpps, Imroii 206,208

Mulgrava Port, Yskntat Bay 2l«l,2<Jtl,21l,2l;l

described 808

sailing dircrllons for 20H

Mu6ox, Cabo de, Dixon Entrance 06

Munoi, CalH), Vakutut Hiiy . 207

Mubo/. (Joosens, Cabo de, Dixnu Rntmnce • n't

MurderCove, .\dmiriilty Island 131

Murray Cap*', Dixim Eiitntnce fl4,66

Mussel Inlet, I'urtliK'k Channel 32

Mu/on, ('abode, Dixon Entrance (16

Muion (Jape, lUxou Kntrance 62, (14, 66, (17, 7o, 04, 06

lii'scribetl 66

Myliir Peninsula, I'orttand Inlet 68

Niias Hay, Observiitory Inlet 58

sailing ttlreelions for 60

titles - 60

Niius Chiiunel, H. (; 46

Niias River, II. C 30, 58, 1(10, 110, 111

described 60

Naas Villages, Naas River 60

Nubiiiinab Hay, Urenvllle cbunncl 3ft

Nachlosbnia Cove, Haranoff Island 144

Nacblelbnol Island, SItku .•<onMil 140

Niiden llurtior, Cniliani Island . M

Nadel^ Point, Dixon Kntrance 64

Nadellulii IslsK, Kr.clofr Strait „ 166

Nadiiii Ciiiie, Triucirtnalee Harbor 64

Niigd.m Hill, (iniliam Island U'

NhIiu Hiiy. Heliln Catml 76

NabwblttI liar, (lolelae Clianttel - - 17

296

INDEX.

Nahwltll Bur, OolatM Ohwnel 17, 18

■ailing directions for 17

Nil-kuou Point, IHion Entrance 86

Nakat Inlet, Alaika M

Naked bland, Sallibury Sound IM

Nakh Bajr, Sedactlon PenlnroU m

Nakwailna PaaHi(e, Alaska, deaeribed Ift2,isa

Nakwaainakaia Paaiaga, Sitka Sound 1S2

Nnkwaalnikol Island, Sitka Sound 168

Naliiu Strait, Kitzhugk Honnd, described 23, 24

Nanni Harbor, B. C, described 21

sailing directions for . 23

Nanoose Harbor, B. (! 4

Napaan Point, Frederick Sound 124,131

dMcribed ISO

Napier Point, Lama Passage 2t

Narrow Point, Clarence Strait 87,88

Narrows Island, McLaughlin Bax . 16

Narrows, First, Peril Strait K?

Narrows, Second, Peril Strait t&t,278

Naa-a-than» BlTer, B. C. 200

Nasogn Quif, Portland Inlet 68

Naaoka Gulf, Portland Inlit 68

Naas Itay, B. C .' 6«

Naaee Bay, B. C 68

Navarret«, cited 66,2K

211

138

136

ISO

136

168

130

142

Nearer Point, YakuUt Bay

Nivk Point, lane Bay, B. C. ._■

Necker Archipelago, Alaaka

Necker Bay, Baranoff Island

Nejker Isles, Alaaka

tlcscribed

Nn^ker Port, Baranolf Island

Nedoatatka Iilels, KreatolT Strait

Needlii Koqji, Klemtoo I'aasage

Nelly Point, McKay Beach

Nelson Point, Behm Canal

Nepeai Point, Frederick Hound

Nepen Point, Frc<lerirk Hound

Nepkan Point, Frederick Hound

Nepoverotnoi Bock, Sitka Honnd ,

Neprop Isl&nd, Necker Group 136

Nepropuskuol Island, Necker Group 136

Nerpttove, liilkat Inlet 1»T

Nerplrhl Islands, Hitka Sound 140

Ncsbitt Point, Clarence Strait — 90,94

described 8»-

Nettle Basin, Lowe Inlet 36

Neva Bay, KrusolT Island : 167

NsTa Chaunel, Alaaka ! 16:)

deacribad 166

NeTa Passage, Alaska 163

Neva Point, Neta Strait 166

deacribad 163

Neva Strait, Alaaka 162, 188, 167, lft»

deacribed 166

tidsa in 166

north entrance 160

Dangers, Addenda 278

Nevay Island, Seaforth Channel 26

Nevl Island, Sitka Sound 140

Niivlllo Port, 1). C, described 7, 8

NemkI Island, Hitka Sound 142

New Archangel, Sitka Hound.. 138, 140, 141

derivation of nanie _— » 160

Mew Channel, Queen Charlotte Sound 13, 14, 18

described 17

sailing directions for » 17

New Gddyatone Islands, Behm Canal 72

New Wdystone Point, Behm Canal 72,73

Now Eildystoue Bock, Behm Canal 72

Now Hurbnr, ChirhagulT lalund 180

New Knssin Trading Post, Yakutat Bay 207

Nichols Bay, Alaska, dow'ribed 64, ATi

Nichols, H. B., Lieut. Com. U.S.N,, cited 31, 39, 46, 4«, 56, 62,

6.3, 64, 66, 67, 60, 7r>, T9, 87, 88, 89, 0«, 96, 102, 106,
106, 107, 113, 114, 118, 116, 117, 126,127, 118, 119

. Addenda 277

Nichols Islands, Tlevak Strait 69

Nichols Pass, GravlDa Islaoda 79, 81, 84

Nicholson Rocks, Sitka Sound 142

Nicolaa Islands, 3. C. «ss also Nikolas 16

Page.

rntoM, ship.. 89

Nikolas Bock, Peril Htialt 106

Nimpklsh Bank, Hronghton Btralt II

Nimpkish River, Vancouver Island 9

deacribad —-._-; . „ 10

Nin-kun^aw Blver, Alaaka 111

Nipple Peaks, Prince of Wales Archipelago 100

Niprohodnl Bay, Baranoff laland 144

Nismeni Point, Peril Strait, described 164,166

Nismenna Point, Peril Strait 164

Nlsmeula Point, Sitka Sound 138

Noble lalata, Qoletaa Channel , 18

Nodales Channel, B. C e

Noon Point, ley Strait 190

Noquaahlnski Passage, Sitka Sound 182

Norfolk Sound, Alaaka 138, 137

North Battery Islet, WrangeB Strait 114

North Bay, Ball IsUnd 69

North Cape, Whale Bay 134,136

deacribed l."M

North Dundaa Island, Dixon Kntranca 86,8^

Northeaal Peril Strait, Alraka, described 169

eastern entrance of ... 16T

Northeast Point, Takntat Bay llo

Northern Rapid, Sonthweat Peril Htralt 163

North Harbor, Kai-gah-nae Harbora 66

North Inlet, Graham Beach 33

North Iron Rock, Hecate Strait 19

North Island, Dixon Intrance, deacribad 62,68,66,66

North Island, Whltewter Bay 176

North Islet, Lynn Canal It»

North Islet, Milbank Sound 29

North I.edge Point, Wrangell Htralt 117

North Ledge, Wrangell Stialt 114

North Paasage, Finlayson Channel 31

North Paasage Point, Chatham Htralt, deacribed 179,180,181

North Passage, SkMua Inlet . 38

North Point, Alpha Bay 38

North Point Baker, Sumner Strait 106

North Point, Dixon Entrance 81,66,66

described 62

North Point, Kootinahoo Inlet 177

North Point, Naaa Bay 68, 89

North Point, Tenakee Inlet 170

North Point, Wrangell Strait 114

North Skeena Passage, B. C 30,40,41

described.. 38

Northuiuberbtnd Cape, Dixon Intnuice . 63, 64, 83

deacribed 62

Addenda 177

NorthweaMrn Shoal, Port Hulgrave 208,209

Northweat Island, Cross Sound 186

No-Salmon River, B. C 200

No Thoroughfare Bay, Baranoff IsUind 144

No-thoronghfara Point, Wrangell Strait 114

Nova Ilibernia, B. C 18

Novala Harbor, Chichagoff IsUnd 180

Novaraasl Trading Post, Takutat Bay 207

Nowiah Cove, Susan IsUnd SO

Noyes, W. M 99

Noyes Island, Alaska 99

Numaa Island, B. C 11

Nunet Point, Dixon Intrance, described 64,66

Dangers off. Addenda .... 278

Nuflex, Punta de, Dixon Entrance 68

NuBea Realk, Addenda t 278

Obaeehkl Island, Sitka Sound, breaken near..

deacribed

Observation Islet, Klemtoo Passage

Observation Islet, Sumner Strait

Observation Point, Coghlan Anchorage

146

, 146

,.. 91

Oliaervation Point, Hetla-kalla Bay 40,41

, 88

141

. .in.. ',9

.')7

197

, 74

OI]asrvation Point, Namn Harbor

Observation Rock, McLaughlin Bay .

Observatory at Sitka

Obaervatory Inlet, B. C 1

deacribed. J

Obeervatory laland, Chilkat Inlet

Observatory Islet, Port Stewart..

Obaervatory Islet, Sumner Strait 109

i-.U

.WDEX.

297

P«ge.

105

Ill

100

144

164, nn

138

190

136,187

114

134,136

133

st,y,

163

ICT

— aio

163

.82, A3, BS, 66

ITS

11!6

— ao

117

114

.179, 180, 181

105

. (11,66,66

177

68,69

170

114

39,40,41

. 63,64,83

277

208,209

186

20O

144

114

180

207

64,68

278

.... 146
146
31
91
34

40,41

JS
26

. 141

.■>«, 59

57
197
74
109

Ocoan Cap*, AlMkk, dMcribed 2011 Wl

Off-lying Iiland Peril 8tr»ll _: '-,84

Ogden niiannal, B. C.,deMrlb«d 37 3g

OliMiskee Vill«g«, Nimplilili RItw ' 10

Oht-w-alil Goto, Calvert Island _ 22

OldHeld Buin, B. C, deiorlbed 40 41

Oldlleld Itlaud, B. C ]""'." 40

OldAeld Mount, B. 40

Old Harlwr Baj, BaranolT laland _ 140

Old Ku.;-"u Village, Admiralty Iiland _._. 175

Old Kootsnahi') Village, Admiralty Iiland 175

01g*aulforTeV.'enkolT 159

Olga Point, Kloka>lielT Inland 159

Olga Point, Kr«atoir;Mand 166,166

deicrlbed _ 153

Olga Point, KruKoff lel ind _ I68

Olga Sound, Alaska 159

Olga Strait, Alaska ..162, 164

'leecribed .
tides meet .u..
not Olga Stnu;
of Vasllief.....
ofTebienkoir.^

-ff.t.i.nkoff.

163
163
163
156
169

119

Ommauey Cape, BaranofT Island 100, 12;v 132, 136

deacriljed

Onelow Point, Clarence Ltrait

One Tree Islet, Chatham round

One Tree Islet, Shadwell I sssage, deo/*' il>«d 15,16

Onslow Point, Clarence St. >it 88

described ,

Oona River, Porcher Island

Opasn^ Islets, Southwest Peril Strait. _

described

Open Bay, Lane Bay, B. _

Open Bay, Dowager Island

Open Bock, Sitka Sound ___

Orange Point, Discovery Passage

Orel Rock, Alaska __ ._ __

Ore', ship _

0;;iflamme Passage, Chatham Sound

Onuidale Harbor, Campbell Island, described 2C,27

Oscar Passage, FInlayson Channel 29,30

Oserski Bay, Bantnoll Island. 144

OsarakI Redoubt, BaranolT Island 147

Oshibki Islet, Sitka 6 ■ id IM

Osblpkl Islet, Sitka Sound _ — 144

Oatovia Island, Peril Strait 164

Otmeloi Island, Yakutat hay - 209

Otmelol Point, Sitka Sound 138,131)

Otatola Island, Peril Strait IM

described 164

Otatola Shoal, Peril Strait 166

Otstnplenla Point, Stephens PassaKC- 172

Otter Anchorage, Pearl Harbor

OtterOove, Vancouver Island, described

directions for

Ottsr, H, B. Company's Steamer

Otter Point, Discovery Passage...

Otter Sound, Meares Passafce

in Noyes Island

in Davidson Inlet !"'iWl

Ouiardie Point, Neva Strait 1™

Outer Point, Freshwater Bay — ""

Outer Point, Frita Cove "'

Pagoobnoy Strait, Alaska - -

Palma, Bale de la, Alaska -

Palniallay, Alaska -

Palonot Poinf, Suran-, s:;«i,' -

Paltoose Point, St» . rl Qavan b y

Pamarakotr, piloi-

Pamplona Bfljr. ---

Pamplona B".ok, discussed - - --. — ''^

Pamplona doca

Pamplo-.a Rock ~ — - " '

Paps, Vhe, tituya Bay - - m,2M

Parsihotnia Bay, Etolln Island

Parilysls Point, Security Bay, dcsirlbed '■^-

Parker Group, Sitka Sound

Packer Point, Chatham Strait

Parker Point, Finlayson Channel

I, 0. p.— 38

160

201
201 ,
111
140

KKl
212
21:1
21:1
213
204

123
140
178
SO

1^«. .

Parkin Island, I'orl Slmjuon, B.C 46,67

desiTilml 4A

I'anjihki Bay, llarsnoir Island 144

I'arry Passage, Dixon Kntrance 61,61

Partounol I'ohit, Ilina ilay... ]83

i'anoffs-chikoir lilumi, Alaska lu

descrilted 105

Partoffsblkolr Islami, Alaska... 166

Psbsage Islands, NicKii Suunil, doaGribml 149

TiKky patch near 143

cited. 149

Possiige Ro<k, Lituya Hay jm

Paiterson, Carlllo P., Supt. U. 8. Ooaat Survey 187

Patterson Qlacler, Alaska 116

descrlbu<l 197

Pavloflf Harbor. Freshwater Hay 179

descrlbi'il 180

Pearl Harbor, Clilmsy-an Peninsula, descrllied 48

sailing illroctlons for 43

Pearl Hocks, Hecate Htnit 19

I'earse Island, Alnska t 00,61

Pcanie Isluuda, llroughlon Strait 10

Peel Island, Heaver Harbor 12

Pelsar Island, .lltka Sound 137,147

descrllied .._ 148

Pellybankn, Fort, B.C. Addenda 278

Pillj- Hiver, H. C 109,20(1

described 199

Addenda 278

Pender, D., Staff Com., H. N 21, 22, 24, 26, 27, 37, 57, 60, 61, 62

Peinler Islands, Johnstiilie .Strait - 9

ilcscribeii , 6

IViiiiisiilii Point, OKden Channel 38

Peninsula Piiint, Tuligass Narrows - 80,81

Penniick Island, Tun^ass Narrows 81,82

doBCrllwl 80

Peunock p ;e^ runttasH Narmws 80

Penrose Island, B.C 21,22

> ercy Islets, Clarence Strait 83

Peri:y Point, Clarence Strait 88

Addenda 277

Perenusnala Hiiy, Kuprcanolf Inland 1S6

PcrenuHnaie ...cck, Kiiprcanoff Island .. 126

PercMio^naiu IslutK, Frederick Sound 186

Perenoanayu Creek, Kiiproiinoff Island 186

Veronofiiiayii Islands, Frederick Hound 126

Perez. Encign Don .fuan. cited 18,61,62

Perea Inlet 61

Peril Islets, Southwest Peril Strait - 169

descrllied 103

Peril Point, Peril SIrail, descrlbeil 183

cove behind 164

Peril SIrsils. Alaska. - ..125,169,101,192,198

SW. extn'iiie of- - 167

dcsi'ribed 160

anchorage on north shore of 166

eantern entrance of 187

view from .- 177

r:;':'MB, Port, (Jueen Charlotte Islands 69 ■

Punijcious Striiit, Alaska 160

IVnchaimiH Hay, Itaninoff Island 133

I'eschanI Inland, Sitka Sound 148

Pe.:ak Islet, Sllka .Sound 144

Pciitchanay Hay, Haranoff Island 133

Pestctiaula Cove. Haranoff Inland 144

Pestrhanl Island, Cliilkat Inlet. 197

Pcsldmni I'ninl, Peril .■•. alt -. 186

PcBtchani iVdnt, StarriOavan Bay 140,141

Petrel Channel, H C 36

Petrles Wand, DIxiin Kntrance 64

PotrolV, the explnrer 2t)9

I'hlpiis, Connlahline .lohn, Hanm Mulgrave 206,208

I'lilpps Cape, Yakutat Day -- 206

breakers off — 207

l'istl->lllui Island, .Sunnier Strait - 108

I'leilran Point, VakulatBay 209

I'iko Island, .Mella-Katla Bay 41

Pillar, The.Hixon Entrance - — 64

Pillar Ha), (Juecu "liarlotte Islands 64

Pillars, Bay of, Kuiu Island — - - 120

lilli'iury, Mr - - 11»

Pillsbury Point, Kootsnahoo Inlet 177

298

INDEX.

Pllliliiiry Settltnunt 8m Juhmu.

Pine IiUnd, Que«n Churlott* Bound 17

Ptnnaolt Bock, Dixon Entrance. M

PInntcIa Hook, Parloff llarbor — IM

PInUrd, J. M - »

PInUrd'i Sound, B. H

Pl|wr IlUnd, Bchulje Cove 161

PIton, of I* P«rou«e, Alaaka - 813

Pitt t'ajie, Dixon Kntrance Of'

Pin Iilond, B. C — - .34,3»,.18,37

Pitt Iiland, KninoirOroiip las

Pitt Itland, Port Frederick 191

PIcaiant Iiland, Icy Strait IM

described - IW

Florer Island, Fitihngh Sound - J3

Plumper Bay, Valdee Island fi

Plumper Channel, B. 84

Phmper, H. B. M. 8 —

PoglbshI Point, Soulliwoat I'orll Strait IM

Poglbihl Strait, Alaska IM

Point: • •

Addenbrook. - -— M

Addenlirooke - W

Adolph - - IBl

Adolphns IM

Agassis _ IW

Alata 71

Albans, St 108,104

Alexander - 107

Amelia - 168

Amellus - - 10*

Anchorage, Ohilkat Inlet - 197,198

Anchorage, Shakan Bay 161

Anchor 114

Angle, Beyillaglgedo Channel 78

Angle, Seaforth Channel 26,27

Anmer 168

Archibald - - 2»

Ardcn - — 171

Astley - 168

Augusta 181

Baker - 102

Baker, North - 108

Bar 80

Bare - - SO

Barrie — - 105

Base - 30,31

Bay - — -^ — 126

Bayou .- - 116

Baian, Dixon Entrance 94

Bazan, Port Bazan 96

Beaver 168

Beck - 78

Berry, Klemtoo Passage 31

Berry, Seaforth Channel __ 26,27

Bingham - 186

Bishop- - 170

Blaquiere - 107

BllzhnI .

Bluff, Freshwater Bay -

Bluff, Kootxnahoo Koads..

Blunt.

Boat Uarbur .

BobroTle.

Bobrovoi.

Bolihoi .

Bonwick -

Boreas -

fiorlsse .

Boulder, Portage Bay.

Boulder, TIevak Narrows .

BoUBSole, de la .

Boxer .

Br«ak6rs-

Brldge.

Bridget.

Broad.

Brumex..

Buck.

Camp, Johnstone Strait .

Camp. Klewnnggit Inlet.

Camp, Lama Passage

Hf.

Point:

Camp, Wright Sound M

CaiolMs. 188,189

Camw 207

Otrroll 79

Oration 174

Cayman... . . 69

t-edar, Kootxnahoo Inlet 177

Cedar, Security Bay 122

Cenotaph ..,._ 204

Channel „ 177

Charle* 26

Charm „ 80

Ohasen 86

Chaslna 86

Chatham - ^

Cheerlkoir 96

Chlrikoff 96

Chopman . 40

Cliff _ 191

Coke 168

Coleman 167

Colpoys - - • 108

Column ! 187

Cone, Clarence Strait 86

Cone, Finlayson Channel 30

Cone, Wrangell Strait 116

Cornwallls, Frederick Sound _ 122

Cornwallls, LiscomeBay 04

Gonverden 193

Addenda 278

CoTe, Reflllagtgedo Channel 71

Core, Wrangell Strait 116

Craig 94

Cranstown ai

Craren 166

Cross, Mllbank Sound... _ 28

Cross, Sitka Sound 139

Cube 179

Cumming 33,34

Danger, Chatham Strait 170

Danger, Wrangell Strait , 116,117

David 36

DATtson ; 83

Addenda J77

Dawea — _ 40,41

Day _ 28

December 113

Deception 113

Deepwater I3l

Defeat 26

Dickenson XI

Dillon 12

Distant 178

Dix .... 67

Dog - 182

Dome 191

Domville 8

Don 36

Duke _ 70

Dumas 27

Dundae : ..188,189,190

Duval *13

Eastern 162,163

East- _ 179'

Eden 7

Edmunds 23

Bllxa 121

Ella _. , 6,9

Ellis 120

Entrance, Port Frederick iff*

Entrance, Saw-Mill Cove 68

Entrance, Stephens Passage 173

Eolus 69

Escape 76

Evening 35

Expedition _ 122

False 191

False Green Ill

False Pybus 130

False Zelonol . Ill

Fawn . 32

IN1>EX.

209

Point

P*g«.

*•■>» - 30

"''"f" - 115,116

Fired j,j

FInt _. j,y|

"■••"■•y -'.""'"'"""l78,l'7»

"•" 101

Fitzglbbon _,_; ,j

"•« --- ""!-"i!""i];i; 174

'"gg) — - - 70

Fort, Nua Bay _ ,g

Furt, Purt Sinipdon ^_ ^^

Fortiino ^y

Frederick gj 52

Gitlluwfl jg

Gambler ^22

Gardner i3j

darns Hy

Gaatiueau ]28

flavauski _ I4U

George, Cooper Inlet ,_„_ _,_ , 2A

George, Heaforth Channel „ 27

George, Trlncomalee |]arlH)r : 64

Glacier igg

Glubokul 130

Oorda , 207

GonJon, Bruuglitun Strait 10

Gordon, Cliatliani Huund 44

Granite 5

Grant 195

Grave, McLaughlin Ray _.L 25

Grave, ReTillaglgedo Channel 76

Grave, Stophona Paungu Kjg

Gravina 77

Great 206

Green, Chllkat Inlet 107

Green, Sumner Strait 109

Green, Wrangell Strait 116

Greeting 18

Grindall ; 86

Guatavua 188

Halibut - .- 140

Halatead 14

llanbury 22

Harbormaster 24

Harl-or, LItuya Bay 202

Harbor, Kevlllaglgedo Channel 78,79

Harrington 80

Harris- - 119

Hassler — - (19

llHtchet - 209

Hawser — M

Hayes - 166

Hayward 165

Heath - - -- 16

Hemlock. — 177

Hepburn, Chatham Strait 1"B

Hepburn, Grenvillo Oiannel 35

Hicks,... - "3

Hlesnian ^^'^

Uiggins - 76,82

High - 68.70

lUghleld - - -- 'Jl

Highland -- •'■28

Hill 37

llobart 128

Hood, Duncan Canal - - — 107,114

Houd, Hood Bay 175

Hood, Wrongell Strait "•'

Hope '1

Hourigah - - - 1^ :

Howe - l*" '

Howkan.. '"

Hoyt. - : - — '2^

Hugh.. '- - - '29

114

Humbug... - "*

Hunt - — - -- ■"'

Hut...... - - — - I''

- . 190

Iceberg --

Icy, Lyun Canal - -

Icy, PalmaBay - - ^,

Idol - "

Point:

Indian m^

•"'•' - 114,118

Inner — .„-- _.••.. _..__ . __, 13D

iDBkip M

Invlilblu ftfl

'•lanJ - aa

lilet _ _ ._ _ 30

luztmoi ijitil

J"r«y M

Jorhina _ 20,30

KHl-gali-nett ^_ _„_„ „ 67

KftlKRii - fi7

Ktikul 157

KamonUtl 154

Kamuiiuie _. _ „._ „ (39

Kiitiionol fc— _, ...,-, . — ™. IM

Kiin/ikoHiii'd _ -.-„. 62

Kiirslakt' — .-_,_ ,^ '21,38

Kekul -.- ; 167

Kollogg _. CH

KHj. - _ 'i'i

KlgauH 87

Kliigcome i;9,;j3

KiiiguDiii.. ^__ laa

Kingdmill , 122

KlHskwun - __.. ™-_- &i

KItiw'a fly

KlukacliefT Ifto

Kokayiiai .,. Ul

Kresta ._. ,\ 189

Kruglui lfl2

Kygauf «7

lAtouclie \m

LnKaria— 137

Laxarus, 8t _ , ., 137

Lt>iul{ng _ _ fiO

Li-aguu 168

Lt'ilgo 10

Lei'8 73

U'ggo. , 31

LeniuBuriur - „. .,_ 87

Leinim 17

I.(Jii» — 174

Louiinni 10

Lewis, Heaver Covo - - 9,10

Lewis, ToiigaM Narn»WH . 80

Lima 40

LiflJHiiftki - 139

I*ockw'0(Ml _-.. 113

Log - -- 7«

Lohtlaiiui, Lynn Canal-— IM

Lohtianoi, I'alum Kay _ 201

Lmikout, Security Way— - - 1:^2,123

I^Mfkoiit, Stephens PaaitafEo - — 168

Louina - 174

Lowlying - 104

Luw, MilUnk Sound - 29

Low, Naa« Bay fi9

Luw, SItkttSonnd -- HiB

Lucun IM

Lull, chart 11.

Macartney, Fn-dorick Sound 124

Macartney, Keku Strait 118

Miu-naniara 90

Mudan-,- - 01

Manby 206

Manden IM

Mary - - 04

aicskclyne — ft7

Uaffkeylone — 67

ViM Hft

Mesnrler - - .3'

Mexiuana - lfi|17

Middle ^ - l»a

Middy 77

Mllkie 116

Mlsitinn - - **

Mitchell - 106,107

Monument — — — — 130

Morning 36,36

Mountain "**

800

INDEX.

ragi'.

Point I

Nnden M

N»l-kofiii.. .„-_..„.....•. , M

NapMn 1.10

Ntplor !»

N«»r»r - an

NMk 10

Nelly _ 33

N«lion 72

Nipwn VM

Naptn .' 180

N«pku ,- 130

NetblU »»

N«»» - 1M,1M

Nbw Kdilyitona 78,73

Nlimanl 164

Nlun»nn« IM

Nltmcnl* 1!W

Noun - 100

llortheut 210

North Ledge ^ 117

North Punge 170

North, Alph* Bay 3«

North, Dixon Entrance 62

North, Kootlnahoo Inlet.. — 177

North, N«M Bey S8,M

North, Ten«k«, Inlet 170

North, Wrangell Strait 114

No'thutvughAire 114

Nunei M

Addenda 278

Otieenratlun, Coghlan Anchorage ,..- 34

Oheenratlon, Metla-kalla Bay 40,41

Ohaervatlon, Naniu Harbor . .„ 23

Olga, Kloka<:ln-(r Inland. 159

Olga, Knisoirieland _ IM

Onelow as

Oulow SO

Orange — - 3

Otmelol 138,130

OUtnplenIa 172

Otter - — (I

OiiMrdie .- 168

Outer, Freahwater Bay _ 180

Outer, FrltiCove 173

Paiouoi _ :' in

Paltooeo - 40

Panlysla 122

Parker, Chatham Strait __ 178

Parker, FInlayaon Channel 30

Partennut _ 183

Penlniula, Ogden Channel 38

Peniuiula, Tongaea Narruwa 80,81

Percy 83

Addenda — 277

Peril 163

Peatchani, Peril Strait 168

PeatchanI, Starrl-Oavan Bay — 140,141

Piedraa 209

Pilbbury - — 177

Poglbahi - 163

PorUge 1 197

Porerotnl. 113

Porerotnol, Sitka Sound 146,147

Porerotnoi, YaknUt Bay - - 207

Prolewy .- - 116

Prollra 116

Pi'lBn - - 132

Py,>na 130

Quarti - — .— 190

Quilmaaa _ _ — 40

Race, BeTlllaglitedo Channel 70

Bace, Vanconver laland 3

Baiuden — - — 67

Ilanche - 108

Bankin - 28

Baplda_ J3

Ked Cllir, Chatham Sound 44

Bad CTIir, Graham Reach 33

BaechDol - 111

Reef, Kai-Kah-n~< Strait 68

Kaef, R.<illa(igedo Channel ,. 79

Point:

Hciallatlon „ 122, 1J3

Retreat 172

Rlhnl 161

»lou., 219

Ripple 6, 7

Hl»er _ Ill

Kobcrta 1

BiK-k, Peril Strait IM

HiM'k, KovlllaglgiMlu Chniinel ._ 81,82

Hock, Wrringidl Slmtt _ 116

II % ky, Cliatliuui Strait „ „ 176

B<Kky, Hilka Sound iL.—... 130

Knee 66

Boaa 66

Bothiaj Ill

Round - 161

Bulna : 101

Ryan 4li

SahachI ._ 161

Saginaw m

St. Albana IDS

St.John ,„' lOe

St. Uzariia 187

St. Mary'n 106

SalUbnry.. ..t... 170

Samuel . 178

Saninola . 178

Sandy, Chllkat Inlet _ 1»7

Sandy, Peril Strait 166

Sandy, Queou Charlnlte lalanda _ 62,66

.Sandy, Slarrl-Gavan Ilay 140

Sarah ._ 44,45

Schkaliukh 167

Schroedor 1 114

Scott 12a

Scudder.. _ 62

SeaUon 188

Sea Oiler 133

Second 130

Seduction 106

Shallow 118

ShekeatI - «2

Sheir 2«

Shelter ...176,176

Sherman 196

Shingle 16, 17

Ship _ 28

Ship Island 87

Shkallakh 187

Sbketllna 106

Shoola 138

Sliver.. 144

Single Tree n

SIrol 162

Sitka 137,138,139

Sluchl 168

Skowl 86

Soapatoiie 187

Soblaina... , 106

Sophia 192

Sophia 198

Sound 27,20

South, Chriallan Sound... 119

Sjutheaat 210

South Green .__ m

South, Kal-gah-nee Strait . 66, 67

South, Kootznalioo Inlet. 177

South, LltuyaBay 202

South, Security Bay 122,123

South, Tonakee Inlet 178

iSouthweet ,. 207

South 7.elunoi m

Spruce _ 114,117

Spuhn, Chllkat River.. 108

Spuhn, Stephens Paaeage 173

.Stednl _ ._ 163

Stanhope 88

Start 26

Stepheiu _ 1 173

Stockade 169

Stony 166

INOKX.

301

.— im, 113

— m
m

SIS

- — 111
1

-— IM

81, 8a

116

— nn
i»o

— m

181

101

411

— m

— m
io»

106

1»T

— iw

.»-- 170

178

1»7

.— lOA

6S,M

-— «,«

167

.— m

— - 168

133
18»
198

116

— .176,176

196

-— 16,17

167

196

138

162

137,138,139

16f

8(1

187

— . 196

192

27,29

119

210

Ill

6«,67

177

202

122,123

178

207

111

114,117

198

178

163

173

169

166

Wralih 41

KtimlU „ ".;" lis

Htylemmi —.,_ , _,_ iqk

SiilUvftn ..„. , i;jo

Htiliila . _ iQi

Hynioixli . i7;j

TanUllon . ,.„ ...,.,._ 171

T«l>or „ M

TchMent .„ urt

TprnilnAtlon . 177

Thatcher 107

Theoflor . ^__ ]g4

Thonuui ,_,,..„ —_.....,.. 12

Thorn „, .„ :i4

TUklnlknt lu

T'ltakhlnlkut _ m

T'llaklnlkut im

Tolilot 87

ToDkny 87

Tonkl 87

Topi-rkoff 132

TowDihend . 131

Transit „_. h

Trm, North Bkeenn Panage __„ 40

Tree, Portland Canal 60,111

Trenhaoi - 4'2,4.1

Trollop 72

Tuna 7

Tnpol.. 116

Tamabont 146

Tnmar - 207, Son, 209

Turning, WraoKoll Strait 113

Turning, Yakutat Bajr 207

Turn, Kootznalioo liilet 117

Turn, Hhadwtfll Paunge .. ... )'>. 16

Turn, Tlavak Narrow* 611,70

Turn, Wrangell Strait 116,117

Turtle.. M

Urey .1 184

UKrdle 168

Uihnol ^ 67

Vallenar, Clarence Strait ~ 76,84

Vallenar, Rerlllaglgndo Channel 82

Vandeput IStl

'.•:"^-rbllt 198

Vertical - ''2

VexaUon IH.Ub

Vigilant - - :>

\ii:.r»— - "'

Walee «'

Walker j - **

Walpole - VU.no

Wardi - - "

Wedge - •"

Weetnilnetor -- - ^*

West, Freehwater ll«y - ""'

Weet, KeTiliagigedo Ciiannoi. '" ■"

Wet "'«

Whaley "

Whidbey .- -— — - - '»*

Whitee - - "*

WhItoAone - - - '"*

Whltty - - "

Wllford— - ■'

Wilfred - - — *

Wiliianis "*

Willow j^|,

Wimbledon - " '

WInbledun

Windham " .^ ^j

Wlnilow ^ ' '„,

IJb
Wodehouie

Woodhouse — ' ' *

Woody— - ' ,jj

Woronkolfcki — ^^.

YakornI . " ,;,.;

'"•«<" - " 34,3.'.

*«* - .. 172

Toung ]5j

'■«• - 113

Zelenol ""

Point :

Zeliiul _ 197

^•loiiy ia»

/IicjIII _ Ill

/lliiuvia ..... m

Polhl llukir Ulanil. MmnnprSlmlt 101

Polhlor lali'l. ritihiiuli S..iiliii ,...„ M

Polnli.m, Thi', Challmin NoiiikI _ .„ 46,67,129

'liMcribetl . .................... 46

Point lllgliflnlii Aiichiinige, Snmuer Hlra'..._ 91

Point llliiliflKM llnrlKir, Huriiner Strait , g|

Poimm ('»)»(», ('liU'lin(D>)T IiIaikI.. ,_. 103

PoiMin lUH-liR, IVrll Htriilti ............. 104

Piikiliiiala lliiy, Klollo lilurid ... „ 14

Poktilniiy llHrlHir. KluDn Ulnncl . .,_ ^

Polr> t'Hjw, Siiiiiiii<r Hlrnll ^ 100 to2

tlewrili4><l .__. . ....... , 99

Pulivnol Inlet, Kreiltrlrk Sound |g|

Puliviiol H<hk, Wtmwodiki IlHrbur |ao

Pollvmil Hc« k, WniiigBll Strait HJ

■"olivnol ll(» kn. Silkii Siiund )41

Pohml Inlet, Krt»t'.'~ -Inttt .......... . 166

Pond, ('. K _ _^ ID

I'oh'l lUy, liong Inland .._ _ 17

Pi'iiii Itoef, ItuvlllngJKedo C'liannel 81

I'otiil lltM'k, Kii1-|!hIi-ii(>u Stmit.- . 70

drm-rlbwi -. . . |g

PopiTpi-htil liltiiiil, i'urli Hlrait . . (Qft

Pn)>t>rei-liiM>i Itlol, OlKaSlrnlt ifla

Pu|)olT Ivlft, .silkaSounil 14a

Porcher Island, B.C 37 ;io 40

Poniga lalaiid, Soutliwelt Peril Ntlalt..

dcii'-rilKMl . ...

Adili.ii.ia _ ,

PurpoiM' Iniaiitif*, Icy Stnilt ....

Portage Ilay, KiiprehiiittT Inland, deicribefl.

162

161

288

190

126

RuiliiiK dlrcctlunn for 126, 120

199

200

199

126

12ii

._ 126

198

197

Portage Itay, HtMiiiction Peiiiiiniila.!

PorlaKH ''ttVH, Seitll(;li<in I'iMlillrtilla .... ._ .._,

ili'wriljpd... . .._.__,..,

Portage llarlKir, Kuiircnnofl inland .

Portage Inletn, Kr«dcrirk Houmi ..... .

dencrllwd ..«. ...

I'u.tagi' Pnllit, Chllkat Hirer

dencrilreil

i'ot:

Alexander ;. 14

Aitiiorp - 186

Arnintnnig lal

Bankn 133

Itazan 94

lleaiiclerc _%. 104

iltakciify 28

Hunircli 96

I'aldiTa 97

Camden 117

Clielter 7

(k)ncluiir»n - 120

Crane - 64

Cronn _ 140

Enntrigton . .. 38

Kntri'ila 97

riiining - 38

FmuvaU, dee 202

Frederick - - 191

Hardncr 84

(iilli.ert. - 133

Harvey 8

lloilglitiwi - 128

Ingralmni 81,69

Kupcr 82

LalHiucbcre - 102

Halnieebtiry . 119

Mary

MoMrvdo ..
Mazarrc 10 .

5!eare'

Montgomery .

168
64
64

64,66
82

Mtiigrave 206

302

INDEX.

Port:

Nofkw IM

Xivllla 7

I'arkllia . . „„. . ... M

rililei'lluu lOS

RofuKlu .„ .„.. n

Rjrilitll _ 10»

(tafuty- _. M

Hhiii!«rll« - U

HIllklMHill ' 4fi

HiioltUham 1(I8-IN

XlHUklii IW

HiBWurt 74

Murult M

Uo«h »«

York M

Port lta»lhKt.iii VIIUu'', Xki'i'lm Inlet M

I'ort Kri'dorlok ll«rl«ir-, ChlrliaKoir laUnd l»l

I'.irtlllii, Cttlial *•, Aliiaka M

fnrtlaml ('•iial. II, C 6I,M,M,M

(learrllH'd . ... ft7

I'nrllaiicl Cluimial, II. V, »7

PiirlUiid llihit, II. C A7,M,«1

Piirtlanil laluiul, Htu|>lii>iia Paaaaffe 174

Purllmk, Cuplulli Niithailli'l, uiUd 311, 138, 1311, Iftl,

IM,1M,1M,160, 00,183,184

hiitlink Cliaimel, H. i!. sa

ilmnrlliad - au

I'orlluck Harbor, OhlcliaKofr liland, — 184

cl(.«<Tll«-(l 18S

I'orliifr «t»

I'overo Iilanil, Torll Mtralt 183

Fuven'ttil lalund, Kredurtck Soniid .... ISA

Ponroliil NIand, IVrll .Strait 161, 104, 166 '

dBiHrlliwl 163

I'livarotill r.iliit, WraiiK'11 Strait - 113 ;

lN)V«rolnui laU't, Hitku H»jiiild 141

Fororotiud Point, Sltka Sound ..146,147

I'ovo.otnol Point, Yakniut lliiy _- 807

I'ow laland, lt('vinaglKO<lo (liannal — - 78 i

I'rlbicli iKlota, Kn^aloll Strait ,- - 166 '

|irlbllio laland, Krnatuir Strait , 166 !

I'ricf Uland, II. C 88,M

Prince Kdward Iilanila, II. C 18

Princo Froilyrlck Sound, AliMka 122 .

I'rlnci! uf Waira Anhiiiidago, Alaaka... 04, 82, 83, 84, M, 100 !

Prime of Walea Hand, Ahuka__ 60,64,66,86,86,90, I

100, 101, 102, 103, 104, im

deai.'ribcd 84

iH-uan coaat of. 94

f*riiicc«(, ahip W

PrlmeiM Royallalanda, H. (; 29,38 |

Prime William Sound, Alaaka - 213 |

PrinciiMs Enaonadudal, Alaaka 118

Princlpi', Puntn Oi'ata do In Kutrada dal, IJhathani Strait.. 119

Prflomjr'a Cove, Middle Harbor 66 '

Priaonor'a Harbor, Middia Harbor 66 '

Protltalde Uland, K riwtoir Strait 166 !

Vrokhoda Islandi, Sltka Sound 142 •

I'rokodl lalands, Sltka Sound - 142 ;

Ihwlewy Point, Frederick aound_._ 116,126 i

deacrlbad . 116 i

ProliTB Point, Wrangcll Strait — 116 ■

Promise laland, Wright Sound — 34 !

I>romlala Day, KreatolT laladd 162 i

I'rotection Port, Pri nee of Wales Island 101

■ described 102 '

Pmvidance Bay, Krestoff Island — 162 ■

PuWn Bay, Baranoff Island — 132

Puffin I>olnt, Baranoir laland — 132

Puget, Peter, B. N., the explorer 208,209,810,213

Paget Cove, Yakutat Bay- 209

Puget Sound, W.T - 60,84 ■

Pulley Oulf, Chlm-sy-an Peninaula 42

I'ulteney Point, Bronghhm Strait _. 11

Pushki Island, Jamestown B«y . - 144 !

Piistiia Island, Sitka Sound - 140 '

PybuB Point, Frederick Sound ^ 130 ,

Pyramid Island, Cliilkat Inlet - - — 1 .198

described 197 i

Pyniold IlUnd Harbor, Alaska 198 '

described 197 ,

Quadra, Dun Juan de la H«Hleg» y ....................... 94

QuadmBay, Alaaka ._.. ........ 71

Quwira, Hoca da, Alaska „.....„. .......... 71

dwrrlbwl ..... .. ........ . 71

Uuadn Uliaunel, Alaska 71

Quart! Mountain, Dowager Island ...... ..................... 29

Qauta Pulnl, Mud Bay— ...... . 190

Quathlaakl Coire, l)iaco«sry PasMft 2

Qnalhlasky (love, DIacoTery PaMaga . 2

Quaao Charlotte Ulanda, U. ('. U,&'<,o4,66,66,9«

described 18

lugraliam's aiiploratloiia I'l 61

Queen Charlotte Sound, B.C.. 9,13,16,17,111,20.22

d» . rliwl _ U

•a l.ii , dlnwUana Ibr 18

Queau Hound, B.C 27

Tjulel Bay, Klollu Island 94

Quiet Ilarlior, Ktollii Island 94

Quilniaaa Point, Malaeca Paasafe 40

Quiloway Island, HItka Sound 142

Quoin Hill, PenroM laland n

BacaCaiw, Dlacofary Paaaaga 4

Race Passage, Bniughtim Stiait ".. 7,9

deacrilwd 10

Bace Point, lUvillaglgedo Channel 79

BacePoint, Vancouver Isluml, descrllwd- 3,4

Baca Rear, Nichols Pass 79

Rachael Islands, Chaiha' Sound „ 40

Raft Cove, Vancouver fat. ' 14

Rakoir Bay, BuramW Island 136

Rakovul Bay, Baranolf Island 136

BakoTui Bay, Whale Bay _ _ 133

Halston ItlamI, Lynn Canal 194,196

Raniiden Point, Portland Inlet 68,C0

desorlbeil 67

Ranche Point, Chilkat Inlet _ 198

Rankin Point, Soaforth Channel 28

Baplda Island, Southwest Peril Strait 162

descrilied . 161

' Addenda 278

Rapids Point, Southwest Peril Strait 163

Raaa, Isla, Alaaka 96

Rat Bock, Seaforth Channel 28

Rati Harbor, Clarvnce .Itralt 88

Bairlshtnia Cape, Sumner Strait _ 100

Ruubirenie Bay, YakuUt Bay 210

Baal Uarlna, Puerto da la, Alaaka. . 97

Bed Bay, Prince of Wales Island 90,106

described _ 106

Bad Cape, Redflsb Bay J 132

RadCllir Point, Cliatham Sound 44

Bed Cliff Point, Graham Roach 33

Redfern laland. Queen Charlotte Sound . 17

Redfllh Bay, llaranoff Island 132

HedOali Caiw, BadSah Bay ; 132, 133

BadBsh Islets, Kedflsh Bay 132

Bad Mountain, Etulln Island m

Redoubt, Tlie, Kedunbt Bay, Baranoff laland 147

described * 146

Rolonbt Bay, llaranoff Island 14(1

described 147

Redoubt Lake, Baranoff Island 147

Redoubt Rapids, Hedoubt Bay 147

Beechnol Point, Stiklne River 111

Beef Harbor, Duke Island 70

Beef Islands, Kal-goh-ue* Strait 70

described 6H

Beef Point, Kni-gah-nee Strait 70, 69

described 68

Beef Point, Revlllaglgeilo Channel 82

described 79

Reels, Clarence Strait 89

Addeuda 277

Raftiglo Port, I-urt Bu sr«ll _ 98

described 07

Befuglo, Puerto del, Alaaka 97

Regatta Rocka, Seaforth Channel 26,27

Remedlus, Puerto de loa, Kruioff Islands 169

Bennell Sound, Queen l^harlolte lalauihi 62

Baacne Hartwr, Lynn l^nol 190

INDEX.

nos

PaC.

n«ahlm<«<ll tulanil, HItkrt fdiiinil ,.„...„._.. 149

K«li>lli>tl<'ii I'oliit, Hociirlljr B«y .IW, U:l

Relruit r "1 It, IjjriiiH'tnal, ilurribMl...... 17a

diingeni nMr .« -..-.......-... nil

ciiwi ~ ma, 101, iM

Rptr»l Rt'«f, Lynn r«n»l...... .—...,., ...^..... ......... 173

tlflflt-rllieil -....„._....,.....,.. „. .„.. 172

R»turn Cliiinnjl, II. r _„ an, in

Rvtiirn laUliil, I'orll Htr»U .„_ 1113

Kn»lll»Kl««l", <'on(l<iil« Ti

RKVIIIaKlKwIii ClMnnol, Aluka .....aii,«l,T»,7l,7!l,T3,78,T),MI,ll

iloTCrUwl . 7ft

direction! fur 79

wiling illrecUijhi for H'i

RdtIIIiicIKmIu laUnil, Alanka TS, 73, 70, «)

flMurllieil . . 7ft

RKvlllm(i||«lo lilamla, Aliukii,. »0,70

Hllwchl Cri'nk, FruMr llefcli 38"

Rlhniilit Ikiy, Itaraniill Inland 161

Rllinl Pulnl, Soillliwent I'erll Stlmlt 161

Rlkurd, RumIhh axplurAr .«... Ifta

RlUK l»lali, Sitka Honml 144

Hlon Point, Alaaka ilS

Hl|i|ile Kink, BIk Bay . 4a,4»

Hlpiilo Point, Julinatona Strait 0,7

Rlpitl** Roek, HayuiiMir Narrowa 4

Brrata 871

Rlp|il« Ulioal, Juhnalono Htmll 7,»

RIahanIa Oapp, Mnmniir Strait lO"

River lalat, Taku Inlet _ I'D

River Point, Htlkino River '"

Rivera t'anal, B.O M

Rivera lnl«t, 11. C 21.22

Roailitoail liland, Seiiirlly liny 123

Robert liland, Kre<lerlik Sonnd 12»

Rol>erti Point, (lulf uf tiiHirula 1

Robin lalaiid, Sitka Honnd _„ l'l»

Robaon Bight, Vauoouver Uland — •

Rock Creek, Naniu llarbiir _ 23

Boclut, H M.B 2S

Rjok Point, Poril Strait - !*•

Rock Point, Uevlllaglgedo Olianoel - •'."2

Rock Point, Wrangell Strait — '16

Rockwull, town of, Alaaka - 1'"

Rockwell liland, Sltkii Sound W

Rocky Bay, llaralioff liland - '•'*

Rocky liland, Iiy Strait IM.IM

Rocky Point, Chatham Strait "^

R-wky Point, Sitka Sound '*'

Ro<lerick liland, II. - 29,31,32

deacrlbed - ^

Rogovalaland.Sllka Sound 1*'

Rukliova laland, Sitka Sound — ■«

Rokovoy Bay, Huranoir lalaud "*

Roller Bay, Hoiw laland "

Ruee Inlet, Dall laland - ™

Row Point, IHxon F.ntrance - - "''"

deacriled - -- '^

Roae Rock Sitka f.und - -.- '»•""

Roae Spit, Dixon iintnime, d(>..crlbed - '"'"»

Roae Spit Point, Dixon Entrance *^

Rou, ateanier -

"«•. w. I> ^

Roaa Point, Dixon Entrance -

Rolhiay Point, Stiklne River. J™

dex. rilx'd _....-

Bough Bay, Maliolul liland, B. C. - ''

Bough liland. Sitka Sound

Round laland, Beaver Harb-ir ■-

Round laland, Kaaa.i; !lay

Round laland, Peril Strait -

Ronnd laland, Revillaglgedo Ohanuel -

Round ieland, SallaUiry S.iund - - ^^

Bound lalet, Hoik ham Bay ^^^^

Bound lalet. Security Bay - ' ' ^.^

H„u..d Point, Olg. Strait 'i^i^t^:' .la.m

Rowan, Captain. - - ^^^

Rnbia Bay, Baranoff laland ^^

Rudyerd Bay, Behm Canal - ^^

Budyerd laland.Behui Canal ^^^

Rugged liland, Sitka Sound - - — ^^^

Rugged Peril, Wrangell Strait -

■ulna Point. Illulf laland Ar«....

Hupi.rt, Fort, Heavar llailKir

Hurlk llarlmr, Vukutal llay

di*acrllied ....

ffaaA, V. S. Hovrnu.. •Iianinr

Ituaainn Reef, clialliaiii Strait ....

Ryan I'cilnl, lluncnu llay

Hynda AnihimKr. Sun rStrmll..

daarrllied

Hlftif/n, Corvette .

Rynda IbIhiiiI, Siiniiu*r Strait

HyniU Port, Sunnier Strait

Phk<>>

inl
It

iU
41

11(1

lot)

llu,llt

KM
l(»

Sabachl Point, 01|n Strait IU

Sarhlni' strait, Alaaka- M

Safe Kntrauri', KriKuli' llay ..._„ II

SafetytWe, Culv..rt laland Ill

di.arrllml „ „.„ n

Hafply Purl, Calvert laland M

Saginaw Ila.v, Kuhi laland, dearrlbad IM

aalllnic diri'.'tlnna for -.„ ....... IM

tiangrra in ., ,._ IM

Iteglnaw CKanni'l, Slephflui ruaauge, deaiTlbed .... ......... 174

anllhlK dlrerllona fur _ 174

Saginaw Ledge, Mltihell llay 177

Saginaw Point, KiHilinahiHi lloaili , 176

«ti„(a.M<', I'.S.S 11.1, HI), l£l. lit. IMl

Ml. Allniia Pi.lnl. Sn r Strait III4

d.airlU.d , 1(0

St. AllKUHtln CajH>, Ailguatlne llay .. . IM

St. Auguatlna CaiM', AuguathM- llay ........ .... 05

,8t. Barlolunu. Ch|><-. llnkt'r laland .. ... 06

St. IJIiuoalui Kiirl, Hrangidl laland 03

St. Kllaa All*. Alaaka ISfl, Km, SOI, 2117, 211

pralkaiif soft

St. Kllaa Ca|«'. Alaaka 212

81. Kllaa Munnl. Alaaka ...lOO.MIt

ai'airllHd Ill

l«i«lllonof til

SI. Hynclrilli .Moiinl, Knp/.irrliland 131

St. .laniia Cape. Il...ali' Strait lg,A!l

St. Jidin Ilarluir, /jirenilx* liland lOA

St. Juliii I'.ilhl, Sunini'r Strait -._ 10(1

81. John lluptlat llay, llaraiwIT laland IM

St. John'rt llay, llaranotr laland ', IA6

81. Jnlinaliuir, llaraiiulT laland IM

St. U/arIa liland, Alaaka I M, 1 tit, 14(1, 1411

dcicrlbml 139

St. I.a'/ irla Mount. Kruzoff liland... 188

81. Lnutni M'liiiit, Iluki' lalninl . .. A4,n

dMt-rlbi>il . ....... . 68

Addenda .-977,878

.St. taiarui Mount, Kruiolf lalnnd 137,138

St. Lazarua I'.ihil. Sllkii Sound

St. Margarita, CalaMle, DIxnn Kotnince

ol. fllh<->- lalitlKl, K'-villagigedol-hannel

St. Mniv'a I'olnt, llirncra llay

dea.Tilied

Saliibury, lllabiip..-- -

Saliibury Point, Sti.|doi. Piuwage-

doacrilHKl -'-.

Ralialiury Sound, Aluaka, itaaangpe to

Ileal chart of

explored by llaywani

Irtiundarli'i of

deacrlbed

dangurain

tidi'8 friin:, In Peril .Strait,
oi'fnii c<iaat N. from

137

171

170

lAil
IM
l»7
180
180
108

lis

cileil... ISfl.IM

Salmon Bay, Vanmnver lalund

Salmon I* ry. Alert Bay

llarllelt llay

BocHjIe (Juadra

Keiiaatiow Nlund

, I.etnlkolT Cove

Nalia Bay

Pyraniid laland, Harbor .
,s|tka

Salmon (> «p, Olnervatory Inbt, wnnigly placed.

10
188

71
176
197

78
188
140

deiCribed .-. - - OH.flO

304

INDEX.

I ,,.i

Hnlmoii Fishery, Ku»«-an Bfcy 86

Nalia B»}' 76

Htdoubt, fitka 147

Salm.in Island, II. C .-. ^ - ,_ C: 27

Sallitiiti Hiver, FrMhuaterBay IW

SiiluiiiJi Kivur. l.lMija Itaj ._ B.(

Siimcii UlctK. Ncvn Strait 1»V

HftliiollolT Inli'tH, Sallslfurv Suiinil 16'

SnDiuel Pclnl, rhtttlniiii Strait, watera SE. front 17J

iiiontifleti and dewribed 178

Siinniols I'.ilnt, Cliatliuni dtmlt— 178

Sail Alvurlo, S.M10 de, Alaalta 98

S.in At'toulD, I'norlo de, Ahifiltk - --. 97

Sun Anj,-n«tin, tJalKi de, Aii)£Uttint« Hay 96

Si.u ilarlnldinf', Calw di", llaVpr I&land 90

SanCariiis Inland, Alaaica 95,96

.Siilv i'hrl«loval,Canal de 98

Siind Islandd, Oincler llay ^— 189

Sinil l»U-t, Il.dUlmm Bay-- - IW

Sjmdy llay, HaraniifT Island .- 13!*

Sandy <'i;vc, llararidlT Island H4

.■ianiiy Wand, ( lillkat Inlet 197

Handy Island, Sitka Suuud 142

Snndy Viint, CliilWat Inlot _ 197

Sal.dy IV.Iul, Peril Mrait - -'-- 166

Sandy INdiil, Ijufen Chiirltitte Island* 62,65

Saridy I'olnl, 8larrl-GH»an Bay 140

S^jii Kilns, ('al»i, VakutBt llay. — - 200

Siin Kfli/., Cnbudo, Bueuwz Island 98

."^aiv Fernanda Wlmiil, Alaska Za

Siui Ja';lntu Island, Alaska -. 138

S«n Js( into Mi/uiit, Kruawff -Island 138

Sun Juan Ilui'tlstii Ii._. d. Purl lincarall ^ 97,98

Sarj Nicola' itniil df, Alaska

Santa Vim, Pnnrtu do la. Pert Bucareli

Santa Mni-ia MaKtlalena Capi), Dixon Entrance

Siiiiiidifi, alii)) ,.— — —

flnruh Inland, yinUywii Chauuel

dusiTibod

dc-icribtxi

suiliiiK directiona fur ..

Smil Cdvc, (liilk .! Inl.'t.,-

Seal Inlands, Sitka Snnnd_

Sea l.lon t'ovp, KiMUitl' Island

Sea Lion Culf, Krnr.un* Island

S«a Idon Islids, Kni/.n4T Island

dBH*Tibed

oea liion Point, Knizuil' Island

Sea /ilon Kisk, Pi.llin Hay

SeaOtlHt Hank, Alaska

Sen ()t*sr lijy. Siiemo/ Island,,.

_. 97

„ 96

, 9«

' IH

Sitrali Point, Cinininghaiu Passage 44,46

4,9:1

IIU

142

149

204

»S

1B7

2»

3,'

Snraniu' Il<Kk, ISmuner Strait

fl'urimar, t.'.S. S ,

Saryclu'iT, Admiral , —

Hasoiini Island, Sitka Sound . —.

shoal W. from

Satnrna Iclaixi, (Jnlf of Gootffia

Simmons, ItiviiTo anx, Litiiya fla.v, Alaaka

Saw-Mill fovf, Dall Island

:^liakiiin .Strait .llafVa

(Kliliiliskii Point, IVril btrait

tJi'-'JufOnor I'asBapt*. .^liiliank Sonud

Schooner Paasagi^, Ogdaii l.'hamiel

Etehooner Hetr'"tt, Penrose Island *22

d?§ci1bivl 21

Srliiiitder. >>r.. - lIH

Stlin.ediir ( liaiin.i, Wrungoll Stmit 114

Wcbreedor Point, AVfangell Strait 114

Schulte, Paul 161

Si'hnlro (!ove, )t.ti-anon" Island . Ifil

Schwslhtt, F., I.ieul., U.S. A 200

S.;olt IslaildM, Horate Strait., 18

Scott P.jii.i I'halh'iio SlraU.. ._ 12?

Hcra^tty I-lHud, Mipiin r strait ..- . 1(18

Hcrottn .Island, t'lari ii;e .straH 18

Hc'lddtil Point, tlufen Charlotte Ulanda ,'»2

S«iill li'mid, Vouili? Hay- 172,173

■"en lIlMll, Scbooinr Itelreat - -— 21

Si'ii (ujH-, VakiiMI Hay.. _. 80R

Seal'ortb ( hannnl. H.i' ,...18,24,27,28,20

,,. i»

197

140

168

laa

159

., 168

168

132

_ 213

8e«0U.'r Hai Wr, A iaska . 97,98

Page.

Sea Otter Point, Wliale Bay 133

S«a Otter Sound, Alaaka 98,99

Sea Hock 168,169

Seat Isliind, Toiigass Narrowa 80

Set-ohd KekoorlWck, Huranotf Island 133

Second Point, Sitka Sfiund '■»

Second llapid, .s.iulhwest Peril Sirait 191

directions for IBS

.Addenda 278

Security Bay, Kuiii Island, dcflcribed,.- , 122

tides in - - 123

sailinK diniftlons for 12,1,124

Isocnrity Roads, Socnrity Bay 123

Seduction Islet, Lynn Canal 196

Seduction Peninsula, Lyuu Oaual 198

Seduction Point. Lynn Canal *M,199

deacrilK'd ., _. 198

west ebore of .__, ^* . 197

Seduction Tongue, Lynn Canal . 196

SeldoTalr flay, Admiralty Island ISl

Selkirk ort, H. B. Territory ,„.. , 200

Addenda iWS

Sentli'ol Islet., Lynn Canal 195

Sentinel lock, Silka Sound 141

discriljod 140

sunken r,icks near 149

Sent' ^ele/rlie, Tie t»k Strait 09

S'jiarBtion Keod, Discovery Passage 4,5

SevebrnnlAoir, Uufua 141

Sorebrchuikolf Arm, Uaranoff Island 1!<1

descrllioil... 144

pot tage f{t)m l)ee.p Bay to 146

winds from , \6i)

Sol cbrennikolT Kufus, Kussiau explolt'r ,.,141,144

fr'eiidirennikov, Kufus 144

Herela-inlkov Cove, Baranotf Tsland 141

8^'rebrinikov, Kufus 141

SorgiefT lelsiid, Dry Strait Ill

desciiliod _ vl08

SergieU lUpid, .Stikiiie Hiver 112

Seward Island, Alaska 90

dest'ribod , 91

Seymour i^iial, Adiniialty Island, deiicrilied ., 129

not a cnl.de-:.ac . . 172

liassHge toward, from Ktwtzualico 177

Seymour Kariows, Discovery Pasaaga, 1,3

■iescribcd „ 4,m7

tiles... _. 4

general dlrcf:tf0u,4 ibr . ,,. 5.277

Krrata 277

Slisdwcll Jassi.gi'. yueen fliailotte Sonnd 13.14,17,18

dcci-ibed 16

tides 15

un.-liora^e in 16

jnilicg directions for 16

'•liag UiH'k.lhx.m Kntmnce . 64

Slmkaii Atic>i;jiagti, Sloikan Uiiy. ltl2

Sliakuli Hay. i'rincn ,tf Wales Island 101

Shdkan liiVl, IVi of Walk's Island 101

Shakan Island, Alaska 101

SioikfiTi .\lpi.li-s, Shaktm Island 101,102

ShBk.in Mllaite, .-"hakan Isl .nd 100,101

.^haktiine I'awuK''. Alaska 98

Shakbi.K Strait, .\lask;i „1<7,98,99

Slialhm lin.., Maska _ 206

Shallow I'oini, Vrangcll Strait.. 116

.SbnaheUl Pass, Alaska .. 2("0

Sheep Island. .Hilka Sound 143

Sheep PdHifftg.., F'inluy«-.,ii Channel 32

Shoelksh Island. Iloc.l lUy Hn

fhckali Simn.l, Aloaka IM

ShHkeslI P.il.,1, Ktolin Harbor.... , 92

SholtPoiiK, Soahirlh Channel ill

ShellkolTBay, Krumff Island 168

Bhellkoff. Ollsorl lvanovitcb._ 168

SholiV'TB Gulf. Ki.ir.oir Island 1.^8

Shell Island. Heaver >I»rb€ir 13,22,27

descrihed _ 12

Shell Ishiid, Sitka Sound.. „ 142

Shelter Island, Stephens Passage, dangera near . . 173

describwi.. 173

cited _ ,- 174

INDEX.

306

Puge.
183

,. U8,99
..158,161)

133

•IB

101

102

27B

122

..183,124

123

106

198

... ')4,1»9

19«

197

196

131

... »»

... 278

.-. 195

141

140

149

... 4,6

141

. . 144

14S
... 160,
...141,144
144

141
.... 141

.... in

.... vlOS
IW
90
91
129
.... 172
.... 177

!,»

.... 4,277

.... 5.277

277

13.14,17,18

HI2

101

101,102

100,101

!17,98,9!l

206

116

21K)

143

176

16*

168

l.'^8

13,8»,27

142

173

11*

Vtft.

gbolKr Point, Hood Bay 176,176

9h«rmaa Point, LynnCnnkl 1B5

Shingl* Point, (loletu Chnnnel 16, 17

ShipOoTe, Port 0*niclUBion . 120

Ship Iil»nd, CUrenco 8lr»it.. 82,88

13(1

dtiicribKd ..__

Ship Illani* Frederlclt Sound .

Hhip laUnd Point, rirnvnce Strait...

Ship THlet, TanigAB Harbor

Ship Point, Tjama Piusagf

Ship Kock, Olarenra Strait

Shkallakh Point, t'erii Strait

ahketlina Point, Cliilliat Inlet

Shla-hatch Ir'and, Cliilkat lulet

Shoai Bav, KreHtoff Island

Shtiala, rhriptie Paaaagp

Shoaln. lunar Point of, 8ltlia9oun'< .
Shoali leland, Yakiitat Bay .

26
87
167

107
164
18
139
209

ShoaU, Outer Point of. Sitka S<:und 138

ahoala, Point of, SitKa ['•und

deacritwd ..

Shoali Point, 8ltka 8onu(l

.Shoalu, Sitka ."ound

Slionlnater (Channel, Dehm Canal..
Hhoalwater Passage, Kslim Canal...
SlHte Inland, Kai-gaii-nee Strijit ....

81u'i>-fly Bock, Cumner Strait

Short Inlet, Ml Arni

139
138
138
138
72
72
68
106
13

8hrimp C«jve, Orpntille Ciinnnul — 37

fhrnblty Island, Claretx-w l:*lrait,.

Shrub Islet, Mstlakalia Hay

Hhucartle Bay, ''anrourer Isinml.

Shncartla Port, VancoHTer Island

Sbukan. &-«3hakait.

Shiikan Village, SItakan Island ..

ahnlaoCove, Baranoff Islsiid .- 101

Shuslmrtle Day, Van' ouYfr Island 13,16

descrlliwl

tides

sailing directions for.
Shnsbarlia Saddle. Vancouver Island.
Side Island, KeTilln((igodo Clisnncl...

Slfinaka IslM.ds, Sitka Sound '*2

Siginak Islands, Sllka Sound - '3'. ^'''^

Signal Island, Sitka Sound - '"

Signal-light Island, Sllka Sound. - -•-■ •*'

StlkBa.T,Krnkolf Island ]*^

Silver bay, Bar»Doff Island

90
41
14
14

101

described ]**

SllTerLake, Alaska -

gllver Point, Silka Sound - —

SImonoS Island, Snniner Strait-

described . . — .

«lmp«>n Fort, B. C, portage to --

Stmpson I'ort, I>. C - --•«. ^- "• "• "■ '"'• '*' ''^^

deecrilMMl .„

sailing directions

Hlmpian Kock, Sitka Sound

described. -

Slmpaon, Sit George

Single Tree Point, yueen Charlolte Sound

filnlUlE Island, Salisbury Sound

describfd .-

Slltits Island, Salisliury Sound -

Blrol Point, Southwest Perl! Strait '

describetl

Stltat, The, FlnlnyiKn Channel -

glsteia. The, Icy Strait - j^^

Sisters, The, l.enn Cr.nnl

Sisters, The. Revillaglgedo Channel j

Sisters Rocks. The, iJulf of (iforgin '"''::„",','.', ,k i«s

Sllka, Alaska -««. M, "9, 13«. '»«. 'W. '«• '". '«. JJJ

observstory at ,.

new astronomical station of 1862 st - - ^^

eitatlel at ^^y

western anchorage not good... ^^^^

goTernor's house St, describeJ '

•astern anchorage prefeiable ^^

hlsl-iry of •- '"'^ ,^,|

mooring at

name lerived from -" '',"II,i

astronomical and nmgr.etic statluns of 18117. 1»74 and IIWO-

199
144

. 92,1119
91
111

4;.

149
143

ion, 170
11

lOO
169
169
163
162
30
192

160
160

Page.
Silka, Alaska— Contd:

tides at 160

tide tables for Jll

Indian retreat from „ 178

Sitka Iluy, Alaska.... 187

lUtka Cnpe, Sllka Sound 1S7

Sllka Island. Alaska IM

Sit. a Point, Sllka Sound... 1.17, 138,139

Sitka Sound, Alaska 132, 136, 146, 147, 166, 161

dsscrlbed 137-149

currents in ___ 138

danger* In 148-8

hydrographic characteristics 148

sailing direct!.... „ :_ _ 148

passages northward h-om . 168

tides of, in (llga Strait IBS

most reliable chart of .- 188

eitkoh Bay, CbichagolT Island ".78

described 168,178

Sitkoh Vlllsge, Chichagoff Island _ 178

Siurhia Cuba, KruzolT Island 198

Siurhi Islets, Kruioir Islands 188

Sluchi Islets, jialisbury Sound 189

Siurhi Kanien, Puffin Bay . 181

Sluchi Point, KruiolT Island IBB

Siwssh Canal, Chlchagoirlsland 178

Skerter 802

Skeens Forks, B. C 89

Skeena Inlet, B. 3»,40

described 38

Skeena River, B.C. 38,38

Skldegata Inlet, guecn Charlotte Islands 18,81,61

Skincultie Inlet, Qusen I'harlotte Islands .' Bl

Skin Island, Clarence Htralt Bj

Skip lllver, B. C 88

Skltklts Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islanda 81

i<kooi Ritsr, B. C_ _ Ill

Skoal Bay. Kaaaan Bay 88

Skowl Inland, Kasa-an Bay 88

Skowl Point, Kasa-an Bay 86

Skull. Sn Scull.

Slate Islet, BeTlllagigedo Channel 71

Slate Islets, Alaska 186,138

Slave Islet, Sh»dwell Passage 1»

j Slimpson llscf, Johnstono Strait - 9

i ilsscribed - — . — -.— — 8

I Small Ann, Whale Hay .- -'- >S8

i Small Sleev,-, Whale Itey 188

I Snieatun Hay, Hphni Cai.al .'8

Smealon Island, Bchm Canal — '*

Smith Inlet, n. C !».*>

Smith Island, B. C »•

; Sroltli IsL.nd, Silka Sound - M*

Smoke Bay, (Jueeu Charlotte Islands 81

! Snag ll.rt, inter Cove- •

! Suali lleef, Itevlllaglgcdo Channel - 7I|T8

; Snail Ilork, Keviniigigedii Channel 71,78

; Snutllsliain I'url, SIcpbeiw Passage, dewirllied 168,188

Snitie Bay, BarsiiofT Island - ^"

j Snipe Hock, Sllka S.iuud - '••

i Snug Harbor, Simrlty Bay l"

i goapstone Point, l.isianski Strait >88

de«'ribed *•'

Soblazna Point, I.yin Canal !••

Sokolc.lT, Aleiander - "•

SokoiolT Island, Sumner Strait *<•

HoMr, ship • - •*

Someiville Island. Portland Inlet ••

j Sophia Island, Johnstone Strait - •

Sophia Point, Icy Strait. '•*

j descrllK-d - *•*

, Bophle Point, IcySlrait '^

Borrow Islsnds, ile'-ate Strait '"

Soukb.d Inlet, Sllka Sound •••

goukhol Islets, Frederick Sound '*•

R.mkiioi Slrail, Sitka Sound... |~

Soukbol Strsll,SliVliie region ^ .«

Soundon Islsnd, ilolkham Bay ™

S.mu.l l'..liit. Mllbai.k S..und "•''

South 'laMery l.lel, Wrangell Strait "*

South Bay, Hail Island

i S.uth Calie, Kalgah-neo »U»U "

p. C. F -

30ti

IKDEX.

SoBthCap*, Wb»l«T1«y- IS»

8ouU>Crelg IslsnJ, Alukft 9*

(touth nandu IsUad, Dixon Butrance ..-1 68

Hoathnu Voiut, TtkuUt B«y HO

8otttli»ra lUpid, SuiilliwMt Vttii Strslt - 161

Ad<lei]d5 878

South OrMn Potut, Sumiwr Sliuit 111

South Hubor, K»l-g>li-nw> Hirbon -. 08

South Inltt^ Orabam K«Mh - M

South Iron Kooki, htr.e Bny - 19

South laUnd, OhKham Sound <2.«

South ItUnd, Hltk« Hound _ 130

South Ledjpi, Wrangoll Stmit .- 118

doncrihod lU

South rwHg«,Finli>y«>a Ch*nn«l .— - 31

South PM»«g» Point, Ctathttiu Stmit 179

dcMcrlbed - ITS

South Point, rhrintlm. Sound _. - 119

South Point, Kat-gah-nee 8tr»K 60, «7

South Point, Koot«n«hoo Inlet 177

South Point, Lituj* ht , 202

South Point, S«urlty«y 129,123

South Point, Ten«ko« Inlet 178

Southwett leUud, Or m Sonnd 188

SoBthwMt Peril Stre .-, AlMks 163

docrlbed 161

SouthweM Point, Yakut*! Day - 207

South /elonoi Point, Sumner Strait 111

Soynal Hirer, Alagka — — . Ill

Spacious Bay, Bohm Canal 7,1

Spaniih lelaude, Aia>k> -- 99

Sparrow-hawk Bock, Chatham Sound ._ 43,44

Spaaka Bay, OhichagotT Inland 192

Bpaakala Bay, OhichagolT laiand 192

SpaakaiBay, Chichagoiri«land 192

Spaakai bland. Icy Strait 193

Spaakia Port, Chlchagoff Inland 192

Spaaakala, Origori lb2

Spaaakala Harbor, CblchagolT laiand — IBS

deacrlbed 192

Spaaakala laiand, Icy Strait 193

Speaker Bock, Johnatone Strait 7

Spancar Capo, Croea Sound BO, 188, 187, 201, W>

deacrlbed _ 185

Sphynx Island, 6e«Spubn laiand.

Spicer laiand, Ogden Channel 37

Spike Roi'k, Wrangell Strait, doacribed lU

range t ; clear 114

cited 116

Splller C; annel, B.C.... 27

deaoribed 26

Spire laiand, Reriilagigedo Channel 82

deacrlbed _ ._ 79

Spire Inland Keof, Reriilagigedo Channel - 88

deacrlbed 79

Sprioga Bay, Baranoff Island 147

Bprl.-ga Mountain, Baraui IT Island 147

Spruce lelanc', Frederick . onn ' .„-. 130

Spruce Island, Necker Group 136

Spruce laiand. Peril Strait _ 168

deacrlbed 1114

Spruce Point, WranKcli Strait 117

dearrilied 114'

Spnhn Inland, Stephens Panaago 174

deaorlbett 173

Spuhn Point, Chll at niier _ 198

Spuhn Point, Stepheua Paaaage 174,198

deacrlbed... 173

Spftk-aat Village, Skeena Inlet 38

Souaily Channel, II. C 33

Square Cove, Admiralty Island.. 179

Square Island, Kai-gaii-nee Strait .... 69,70

deacrlbed . 68

Sredni Ular.d, Sitka Sonnd _. 140

Rradni Point, HoHthwest Peril SIrail.. 16.1

Sredni Bock, Southwest Peril Strait 16

Stachtn HW<ir. Aiuika 109

Staohloski 8 rait, Alaska ._ 93

Stager Fort, B. C ID

Stag Rock, Rtewa.t Anchorage „ 38,37

Btihkkin. SeaStiklna.

Mahkin Rlrar, Alaaka 100

Page.
109
88

8t«k««n RiTer, Alaska

Htsnhope Island, Clarence Strait

gUnhopa Fenlnaula, A task , 88

SUuhope Point, Clarence Strait ._8«,87,80

deairribed 88

SuiioTol Islet, Sitka So nd „ 142

Starfish Islets, Hakal Strait .^ 23

Star Island, Klomtoo Fasnago 31

Starri-Gavan Bay, Baranoff Inland, dencribed 140

sektlemant at 180

cited ;. 184

SUrt Point, Ijuiia Paaaaga ^ ._ ... H

Station laiand, Sumner Strait 106

(li-criljad. 107

Steamer Bay, Etolin laiand , 89

Steamer Paaaage, Portland Inlet 88

Steep laiand, (lowlland Harbor 5

Steep laiand, Takutat Bay 209

Sttnhouse Shoal, Brown Paaaage 40

Stephana laiand, B. C 40

Stepbena Paaaage, Alaaka _ 129,171,172,194

doacribed 187

aouthweatern ahoraof 168

* northern limit of 178

trail to, ft-om Hawk Inlet 182

Stephana Point, Stephena Passage 199,174

described..,. 173

Stewart Anchorage, Gronriile Channel 36

Stewart laiand, Hltka Sound 142

Stewart Narrowa, C4>gblan Anchorage 34

Stewart Port, Bohm Canal, deecribad 74

directlona for '4

Stlckeen Bi»er, Alaaka 109

Sllkine Channel, Alaska .-_ 108

Slikine Flala, Dry Strait 112

Btlklne Indiana _. HI

Stiklne Mountains, Alaaka 94

f .ine River 60,S9,8l,03,10R,in8,tll

deacrlbed... I09

Itinerary for - 110

maps of the 110

Addenda 278

Stiklne Blvar, rirat North rork - 170

Stiklne Sound, Alaaka I'T

Stiklne Strait, Alaaka 89,90,92,94,100,108,107

deacrlbed 93

Still Harbor, Whale Bay 134

Stillwater Anchorage, Kootxnahoo Inlet 177

Stockade Islet, Klemtoo Passage — 31

Stockade Point, Stephens Passage - 189

Stone Bay, Baranoff Island 186

Stony Island, Cbiikat Inlet Ia7

Stony Inland, Sitka Sound 140

Stony Point. Peril SIrail- „ 168

Stop Island, Portage Bay 125

Straith Point, Mella-katia Bay... — 41

SIraita, (ape of the, Frederick Sound 126

Straits Point, Wrangell Strait _ 118

Striae Islet, DiX'on F.ntranre . 64

Stripe Mountain, Dowager Island 29

Stuart Anchorage, GreuTllie (Thannel . 36

directions for 87

Sturgis Port, Queen Charlotte Islands 62

Styleman Point, Stephens Passage— 169

described 168

Suckling Cape, Alaska — -.212,213

Buemri Island, Alaska 96,97,98

described ... 96

Sukhoi Strait, Alaska-- _ 108,112

Sullivan Island, I.ynn Canal 196

Sullivan Point, Mialhain Strait _ 122

deecrlbed-- 120

Snllivan Rock, Lynn Canal 196

SulolaBay, ChlohaKoff Island 162

deacrlbed ...... 161

Bolola Point, Southwest Peril Btr it 162

dearrihed- 161

Aumdum Bay, Alaska ... 168

Sumdum Island, llolkham P.y 168

Bnmnar Strait, Alaaka 60, 62, 83, 88, 90, HI, 94, 99, 101, 104, 106,

lOH, 109, 112,117, 119, m, 126, 193

deaoribed 100

INDEX.

307

pig«.

— 10*

H
m

M,87,8»

142

140

180

IM
«»

10«

107

so*

129,171,172,194

187

168

181

_i95,n4

17;«

142

..... 74

109

101

11«

Ill

»4

l,<H,10A,in«,tlI

IU9

110

L 278

170

li'7

94,100,106.107

134

177

169

ISH

1j7

140

les

125

126

116

»7

169

168

^212, 21»

96,97,98

_-108,ll2

196

120

196

162

161

168

188

99, 101, 104, 106,
119, in, 128, 193
100

8 I

pmi«.

Bnmnar Strait, AImIu— Cont'd:

tWe-rip ..^ 103

danger* In _ io7

tide from.ln Wnrigell Stniit.. 116

Sunday laland, B. (! 26,27

9undaj lalet, Xamn Hartxir _ _.._ 23

Sunderland Channel, B. 7

Snnkan Ledge, Bniughton Strait 10

Sunken Rock, North I'auage, 11.11 31

Siiuken BiK'k, South PaMage, B. C 31

Sutiaet Island, Frederick Sutind ,._ _ _ 129

8n-quaah Attohurage, t^ueen Charlotte Sound 11

SnrrBocki, Sitka Sound _U3,I49

dMcrllMd 142

Snrgo Jtay, Takobl Island _ _ 186

Surprise Harbor, Admiralty liiand 131

Susan Island, Roderick Uruup 30

Snsto, Ensenada del, Alaska 137

Snwanee Rock, Shadwell Passage 15

Siuoann, V. 8. S -- 16

Swain (^pe, Mllbank Sound 28

Bwaine Cape, Hilbauk Sound - 28

Swallow Islet, Bli Bay 4i

Swallow Islet, Metia-katia Bay 43

Swaneon Bay, Graham Beach, B. O 32,33

Swanson, Captain, Addenda 278

Swanson Harbor, Alaska, described - 193

Tillage at IM

named for, addenda 278

8wlni!e Island, B. C - 2«,29,:)0

8yax Haruor, Hecate Strait - 37

Symonds Bay, Blorka Island, Sitka Sound 148

deacrllwd »6

sailing dii-^cllouB for 13*^

Symonds, T. M., !.ie«f., V. S. N 136,137,101,173,194,109

Symonds Point, Stephens Passage - l'*

described - 1"

Sykes Point, RsTillagigedo Channel ". '2

7aalUug Kirer, Alaska - *<*

Table Island, Ileoate Strait - - ^

deaorihed '^

Table r^land. Hood Bay, Alaska.... '■"■

Taco. 8i4 Takn.

TacoQulf, Alaska - ""

Taco Tribes, Alaska - '"'

Tacou Harbor, Alaska ""'

Taddlakey Harbor, Kal-g»h-nee Strait - - »«

Taddy'sOore. Kal-gah-nee Strait "'

Tahlnl Rlrer, Alaska - - '"''

Tahko Blrer, B. C ""•f ;'

Tahku Tribes, Alaska '""

Talya Inlet, Alaska '^"j

Talya r.iiar, Alaska ' ™

Takh;i:il« Bay, Yakohl Island ''^

Takhauis Cape, Yakobllsland "*

Takhin BlTsr, Alaska - — '™

Takou Inlat, Stephens I'assagi. .--- - '''

Takou Tribes, Alaska - - ™

Takn Harbor, Stephens Passage '"

Taku Inlet, Alaska '

■••"rihed - ™

Taku Mountain, Alaska -

Taku KtT.r, Alaska — •"»'*''J

described

North rork - - -""■■f."

Sooth Fork ^'^^

Taku Trlbaa, Alaska - - .^^.^

Talln, mata - ^.^

Tamgaa Harbor, Annette lelani) '

Addenda.. ^^

Tananl Village, Ohilkoot Inlet ^.^

TaoUllon Point, Stephens Passage J^

Tapot Point, Yskuut Bay ^,^

laaoo Harbor, Qneen Charlotte Islands _ - '^^

Tatnall Beefk, Goletas Channel j,

deecribed

Ta»a IsUnd, Necker Group j^

Tayakhonaltl Harb-ir. Alaska ^^^

Tayay Inlet, Alaska „,

Taylor, C. H

Pag..

Taylor Bay, Cross Sound 188

described 18«

TrhaaenI Point, Clarence Strait 95

Tchillkat. SnChilkat.

T hlllkat River, Alaska 196,199

Tchitchagoff Harbor, Clarence Strait 84

Trhitoliakoff Strait, Alaska 94

Tdiliikllanay Bay, Alaska 1S7

Tebeiikoir. 8tt TebienkolT.

TeWenlioff Bay, Kuiu Island 12(1

Toblenkors Atlas ongrared at Sitka 108

TflaitMas Bay, Caitert Island 20

Telegraph Passage, B. «'., ducribed 38,40

Tenakse Canal, (Silchagoff Island 178

Tenakee Inlet, Ohlchagoff Island 178

'entrance to 179

portage from 1 1911

Terenlleff, K. Gregorleff 108

Termination Point, Koolxnahoo Inlet 17T

Terrors, Bay of, Alaska. 137

Thatcher Channel, Peril Strait—" 167

Thatcher Passage, Peril Strait 187

Tlistcher Point, Peril Strait, described 197

shore near . 177

The.dor Point, Lisianski Strait ItS

described 184

Third Kekoor Rock, Baranoff Island ISS

Thomas Point, (jueen Charlotte Sound 11,13

descrtUa 12

TliomPoInt, Wright Sound 34

Thorbnri'.e Island, Seaforth Channel 26

Thorne Arm, Berillagigedo Channel 77,79

Thorne, Cajit. Charles B _ 77

Throe Hill Island, Cross Sound 187

Thrumb Cap Island, Queen Charlotte Islands 52

Tliurlow Islands, B. C 7,9

described . 6

TIanna Roads, Alaska 206

Tichal Harbor, Whale Bay 134

Tide tables for Sitka Harbor 161

Tiedeman Islan'*, Scysioor Canp! . 129

Tlkhala Hdrbor, Whale Bay 134

Tlnneh /ndlin Village, Stiklne BlTer Ill

T!«klnikut Point, Peril Strait 1(16

TIechoiiil) Harbor, AIaska._ 61

Tlsekh liUnd, Alaska 138

Tlegaii lifer, Alaska 106

Tlehlnl liver, Alaska -• 199

Tlekhonsiti Hartior 61

Tlevsck Slrall 69

Tlavsk Nairows, Tlevak Strait, sailing directions for 69,70

Tli.»sk Stral*, Cordova Day 62, 68, 66, 67, 69, 88, 97

deecrlbwi ' 68

saitlug directions for... 70

TlB»«klian Gi If, Alaska. 69

Tllaka-ek Bay, described 66

portage to ..... .. . — .. 85

T'liakhinikut I'olut, Peril Strait 166

TllsklnlkutPilnl, Chatham Strait 166

T'llnkit Indians, on the Stiklne Bifar Ill

Tolmie Channel, I). C - — 30,32

described 11

tides 31

ToMoi Bay, Prince of Wales Island g7

Tolstoi Cape, Sitka Sound 148

Tolstoi Point, Tidstoi Baj — 87

Tom Islet, firenville Channel 84

Tonigass Fort, Alaska — 61

Tomfiass Harbor, Annette Island... 88

Tumi Ranrhe, Kuiu Island 128

Tmiduitek Village, Chilkat River - 1*8

Tongss Harbor, Annette Island 88

Toiigass, Alaska - - 6»

Tongase, U.S. Fort, Alaska 62,88

described ~ 61

Tongass Harbor, Alaska — 61

Tongass Indians 7*

Timgasi, Mount, Annette IsUnd 6;),77

Tongass Narrows, Beiillaglgedo Channel 62,76,77,79

described - 60

directions for . — 82

Tonkey Point, Clarence Strait ,„,...,,.., — ,..,. ,- 87

308

INDEX.

P»ge.

IodW Point, OUrano* 8tnlt «

ToBowak B»)r, Shkktaina 8lr»ll »8,M

Toporkoff Bay, Buanoff Island . 132

Toporkoir Point, Bannoff laUnd 13«

Tomr laland, Nacker Group - — 130

Tow Hill, Onhani IiUnd M

Townihaud Point, Fradarick Sound 131

Tuyon'a Bay, Baranoff laland H6

Tradara Iiland, Peril Strait - 187

Traltor'a Coia, RaTlllaglgedo laland - 73,74

Tnltor'a liland. Peril Strait 167

Tnnilt Point, Port Harfey, B. C — - 8

Trap, The, Hunter Island, B. C — i*

Trap lalel, RaTlllaglgedo cniannel rt,79

tree Bluff, ChathRm Sound — 42

Tree Island, Browning Entrance - 37

Tree Point, North Skeena Paaaage 40

T*ee Point, Portland Canal - - 60,111

Trenhant Point, Chatham Sound 42, 43

Trlneomalee Harbor, Graham Island •''4

Trollop Point, Behm Canal - 72

Trout Bay, Princeaa Royal Islands — SI

Trubitslna Cape, Sitka Sound - — 137

Trubluin, Boatswain 137

„ .... 14»

143

10»

118

11»

186

Truro Island, Portland Inlet

Taaritu Rock, Sitka Sound — .

described

Tschlllkat Inlet, Alaska

Tschlrikow Bay, Alaska

Tschirlkow Cape, Chatham Strait

Tiianikhta Cape, Cross St.. : .

T'silkat Kirer, Alaska 108,1W

Talmpsean Penlnfluia, B. C. 40

Tslrka RI»or, Chilkat Valley, Alaska 198

Tugwell Bar, Dletla-katla Bay - - 41

Tugwell Island, Chatham Sound, 41,42

deecrlbed 40

Tumannol Islands, Alaska 100

Tuna Point, Johnstone Strait 7

Tupol Point, Wrangell Strait US

Turnabout Island, Frederick Sound 12fi

Turnabout Island, Peril Strait - 161,163

Turnabout Point, Sitka Sound 146

Turner, James , 207

Turner Point, YakuUt Bay ii08,21i9

described 207

Turning Island, Sitka Sound — 143

Turning Islet, Sitka Sound — 141

Turning Point, Wrangell Strait 113

Turning Point, Yakulat Bay 207

Turn Point, Kootrnahmi Inlet „ 177

Turn Point, Shadwell Passage lft,16

Turn Ppint, Tlevak Narrows 60,70

Turn Point, Wrangell Strait i 118,117

Turtle Point, Wright S<iuud - 34

Twin Islands, RevilUgigedn Channel 82

described 77

Twins, The, Frederick Souad 120

Twins, The, Sitka Sound.. 142,140

rocky patch enst from 143

Two-fsthou PMch, Sitka Sound. - 148

Two-tree Islet, Sumner Strait 108

Tyya Inlet, Alaska 200

Ubilol Islet, Krestoir Strait

Ucah, Port, Queen Charli>tte Islands .

Ugoluoi Island, Sitka Sound

Ukautel Islet, Sitka Sound

Ullkon Ash

mioB Canal, Alaska

Ulloa, Isla, Alaska

Ulloa, Canal Ylas Je

Union Bay, Clarence Strait

Union Passage, GreQTiiie Channel-..

18»

- 52

142

139

_ 97

- 87

Uray Point, Ltsianski Strait, described 184,185

(Inula (/hannel. Kraser Reach S3

Userdlo P.ilnt, Nera Strait JBB

Usher Bock, Sitka Sound 140,141

Ut-tl-waa, Village, Masset lUflwr 68

Uihnol Point, Kai-gah-nee Strait 67

Page.

Taldea, Don Ca^eUno — - 1,58,68

Valdes Island, B.C.. 1 2,3,4,6,6

described 1

Taldel Island, B.C.. 1

Vallenar, Sellor Higglns de 82

Vallensr I'6lul, Clarence Strait 76.84

described . 89

Vallenar Point, Be»illBglgedo Channel 82

Valley (\mo, Vancourer Island . 7

VancouTsr, Captain George, R. N. Sn Supplementary Index.

VancuUTer Island, B. C I

shores bordering on the Inland Passage 6,11,15,20,84

Varicourer Island Pilot . 1,10,16

Vanc<mTor Mount, Alaska 211

VancouTcr Bock, Mllhank Sound — 28

Vancoutor Strait, B. () 18

Vandeput Point, Frederick Sound 127

described — 126

Vanderbilt, Captain 104

Vanderbilt Point, Chilkat Rirer 108

Vanderbilt Reef, I,ynn Canal, described 194

directions lul avoiding 196

Vankagina Blier, Alaska.. , 206

Vank Island, Sumner Strait . 112,115

described 108

Vanslttart Island, Shadwell Passage 16,18

describeil 15

Varonle IsLind, Sitka Sound 140

Vasiiova Rock, Sitka Sound 136

Vaailerka Hank, Sllka Sound 146

Vaallleff, Aitmlral Mikhail NIkolaterich . 130, 140, 141, 142, 14:1, 144, 152,

* 153, 154, 156, 157, 158, 169, 180,

161, 162, 166, 109, 180, 184, IM

Vaallleff Bank, Sitka Sound, near Cape Burunoff ...',148

deBcrll>ed 146

Vasilieff Shoal .<nr Blorka Island 137,146

deecrilied 136

Vatchee Lake, B. C 170

Venn Creek, Metla-katla Bay _. 39,40

described 41

Ventosa Island, Chilkat Inlet 197

Verney PaHsHge, B. 33

VerstoTaia Mount, Baranoff Island 145,146

Vertical Point, Queen CliRrl(ptte Islands 62

Vexation Point, Wrangell Strait... .114,116

Visge Sutil y Moilcana 207

VIchneffskI Rock, Sumner Strait 107

described 106

Vledrin Island, Sllka Sound l'62

Viesokol Islet, Sitka Sound 148

Vigilant Point, Gowlland Island 3

Village Islanil, (Latham Sound L _ 44

Village Islnnii, Kal-gah-nee Strait . 68,70

Village Island, Itcvillagigeilo CImitnei .... „„. .. 76

VillaRo Point, Uliatlmm Strait 176

Village Rock, Kootznahou Inlet 177

Villaluenga, Punta de, Croa» Sound 186, 201

Villard Mount, Alaska _ 109

Vincent iHiaud, Salisbury Sound , 160

Viuirent Istunii, Porllock Harbor 180

Virago Stinnd, Graham Island 62,64

virgin Rocks, Hecate Strait 19

Vlruolonnoi Island, Sitka Sound 142

Vltskari Beacon, Sitka S<mnd 1,19,149

Vltskari Rock, Sitka Sound 143,148,149

described 145

bearings fn>m 146

sunken rock NK. by N. from 146

VoeTodskngn Island, .\la#ka . , 107

Volga Island Shoal, Sitka 8<mnd 149

Volga Island, Sitka Sound 143,149

described 142

Voronkowsky Island, Alaska _. 93

Wach'isett C-ove, Freshwater Bay ISO

Wachiimtl, V. S. » 106,122,123

Walea Island, Portland Inlet, Alaska - 58, 61

described 67

Walea Point, Portland Canal 5(,61,65

described -— „. 57

Walker Coie, Behm Oaiial , .... 73

rWDEX.

900

p»g«.

l.BS.M

2,3,4,S,«

— 1

76. M

»t

lax.

— 1

..«,», 18, 80, »*

1,10,16

211

121

126

— - 108

196

206

112,116

108

16,18

140

— 136

146

142,14^1,144,162,
167, 168, 160, 160,
109,180,184,102

--.•,148

- - 148

137,146

136

170

— 39,40

— 197

-146,146

-114,116

207

107

106

162

148

— 68, 70

.— 76

176

177

186, 201

109

180

82,84

1»

142

13B, 149

-..143,148,149
146

146

107

149

143,149

142

ISO

. 108, 122, 123

68,61

86,61,66

W. I
P»g..

Walker Group, Queen Chnrlutte Sound 17

Walker lalHid, B<«lllaKlReila Cliannel 78,70,82

<lefl:rit>ed 77

Walker Point, Fltihngh Sound. 24

Walpole Point, Frederick Suuml 128,120

Walter leland, Port Houghton 128

Ward Cove, BevillaglKedu Island _ 76

delcribed ai

directions for 81

Warde Point, Krneet Sound ,, fll

Wark Uianuel, B. C .40,48,58

Warke liland, Qralmm Kearh... iw

Warren Island, Alaska 00,100

Waehlngton Islands, I). C... 18

WaMitgttiH^ sloop 1

Watch Islands, Sitka Sinind 140

Wataon Bay, Roderick Island 31

Watson Bock, Grontllle Channel 37

Wau-ku-haa Village, ('ani]iliell Island 26

Wajanda Kock, Southwest rerll Strait 162

described - _ 161

Wayanda Bock, Tongaaa Narrows

Wadgborough, S 11

Wedge Island, Clarence Strait 64

deBcrll>ed 85

Wedge Point, Klenitoo Passage __ 31

Welcome Harbor, Ilakal Strait, B. C 23

Weser Islet, Golelua Cliannel 15

West Beacon, Makhnati Island, Sitka Sound ..143,149

described 141

Kuliclikoir Bocks bear frimi 145

WeetDerll Rock, addenda— 277

Western Anchorage, Sitka, not good 149

Weitern Channel, Sitka Sound. 141,142

daqgcre in — — 149

directions for -. 149

Weat Inlet, OrenTille Channel 36

West KfusOaUke, Alaska 199

West Mill Rock, Kal-gnh-nee Strait . 68,70

Westminster Point, Lama "onsnge 24

West Point, Freshwater Bay -'- 1*0

West Point, Revillaglgedo ( hannel 76,77

West Sentinel Island, Tlevak Strait ... 69

Wet Point, Southwest Peril Strait 162

Weynton Passage, Broughlou Strait - 9,10

Whale Bay, Baranoff Island.. - U*

described ^^

Whalebone Island, Sitka Sound H2

Whalo Channel, B. C "

Whale Island, Sitka Sound. '<3

described »2

Whale Islet, SllkaSuund ..-' - - 'J^

Whale Beef, Revlllaijigedii Channel "^

Whaley Point, Bcbm Canal '>•

Wheelock Pass, Lama Passage — 86

Whldbey, Joseph, the hydrographer, cited —.39, 73, 104, 126, 127, 130, 17»,

172,175,179,188,100.196

Whldbey Point, Lynn Canal "'

described.. ""

Whirlwind Bay, Namn Harlwr— *'

White CUB IslsMd, Arthur Passage 'I'

White Islands, Dixon i'ntrance - - "

White Mountains, Alaska '"'

White Reef, He»illaglgedi Channel "

White RlTor, Alaska - |°"

White Rock, Chut' uStnilt - ''*

While Bock, Mllbaiik Sound.. - - ^*

White Rock, Sitka Sound

White Rocks, Browning Knt^ice - »'

White Rocks, Hecate Strait . -. - - -

White Bocks, Mllbank Sound - ^"'*"

Willie's Point, Sitka ».,und - "

Whileatone Islet, Nova Strait -

Whiteatone Narrows, Neva Strait, sailing directions for 1™

Whitestone Point, Neva.Stialt '

Whltestone Bock, Seaforlli CliBrniH - '

Whitewater Bay, Admiralty Island, described .-

sailing dlriKtlorm for "_'

opjiosile Ktlpllay — '''

Whiting Bank, Gronvllle Channel.

Whiting Harbor, Sitka Sound ^^

Wtaittr Point, DlWJn Kntrance

Wild, Captain 68,110

Wllford Point, Discovery Passage 4

Wilfred I'olnl, Vaucouv,r Island 4

WillHclaKh mining camp, North Hkeena Passage 39

Wiilanl Missionary Station, Chllkat Bivir... 198

Wllles Island, Shadwell I'assage, described 16,16

H'iHium (iifml, whale ship ^ 214

William Henry Bay, Alaska, sailing directions for 196

WillianiB I'olnt. Peril Strait *. 166

WlUoughby, the explorer 189

Wiiinughliy Cove, Lenieeurier Islantl lOO

Willougliby Inland, liiacier Bay 180

Willow Point, Discovery Passage, described 1,2

Wimbledon Point, Cross Sound 181,188

described 186

Winbledon Point, CrossSound 186

Windham Bay, Alaska 120

Wljdhnm Mount, Alaska —120,168

Windham Point, Frederick S<iund 122

described 120,1(18

Winslow Point, Revillaglgpdo Channel 76,77

Winstaulcy Island, Hehm Canal... 72

Winter Strait, Alaska - 02

Wodehonse Point, Iliorka Island, Sitka Sound. 136

Woewodski Harbor, Adudrally Island, described 130

sailing directions for 131

Woewodski Island, Alaska - 113,128

described - 107

Wolf Rock, Alaska... - 96

describeil 96

Wood Hay, I'arnplirll Island — 27

Woodclui|i|ier Island, Mitchell Bay _ 177

WoodctK;k, Joseph 183

WiHidrock Landing, North Skeenn Passage 40

Wooded Island, Sitka Sound - - 141

Wooden Ishind. Clintham Strait 110,120

Woodhoiise, I'olnt, Blorka Island 136,137

Woody Island, Sitka Sound 141

Woody Island, Wrangcll Strait 114

WiH>dy Islet, Southwest Peril Strait 192

WiKidy I'olnl, Whitewater Bay 174

Work Cliannel, B. C 40,68

Work Inlul, B.C 68

Woroukoff.kl Island, Alaska 90, 02, 94,108

described 93

WoroDkoffskl, Lieutenant - - - 93

WoronkolTski I'(dnt, Sumner St.-ail 93

Wrong.ll, Alaska 49,94,108,1111,111,112

described 92,93

Wraugell Anchorage, Wrangell Island 108,109

Wrangcll, Baron Ferdinand von. 93

WtJngoll Blind Passage, Ahiska 106

Wrangcll Fort, WniUKell Island - — 92,93.111

Wrangell Island, Alaska.... — 00,01,108,110

ilescrilioil 92

Wrangell Islet, Neiker (Jroup - — 136

Wrangcll Narrows, '.Vrangell Strait 114

Wrangell Strait, Alaska ..100, 107, 108, 117, 126, 126, 127, 128

deB.;ribed ^ 112

dangera in 114

tides in 118

sailing directions for 116

Wrangle Islet, Necker Group - — - 136

Wrluhl Group, B.O 20,27,28.29

Wright Sound, B.C "*

dcHcrilped 33

Wyanda Rock, .touthwest Peril Strait -- 161

Wyarida Hock, Tongass Narrows _ M

Taculla Village, Discovery Panaaga «

Vagorlnoi Island, Silka Sound... 14*

Yalchoia Wandj, Necker Bay - 138

Yalchnoi Island, l.lluya Bay - 204

Yakolii, Gen. Ivan - "4

Vakolii Island, Alaska ia\192

described 1*4

northern eitremeof 11*7

Yakorni Poin;, Chllkat Inlet - 1"

YakuPii Village, Discovery Pasaage «

Takntat nay, Alaska - 201,206,209,214

inland navigation to...... ...—... . • 206

310

INDEX.

Pugt.
TiknUt Bhj, Alukt— Cont'd:

deicrlbed 207

NW. thore 211

Tamanl Mali, Ncckar Bay _ 1S»

Y»pon»kol Iiliind, Sltkn Sour ' _ 141

Yuha Iilknd, Frederick 8o' d 131

detcrlbol 124

Y»t»a Indian Vlllag. M

Tallow Bluff, Alert B»y, doeoribAI 10,11

Yellow lalet, DlKovery Pustige 4

Yellow Point, 8outliwMtrorll Strait 1«3

Yelowoi XsUnd, Necker Group , 136

Telowol bUnd, Peril Strait - tM

Yelowy laland, Frederick Sound _ 130,131

YendeaUka Village, Chllkat RWer . IM

Ylaa de Ulloa Canal, Port Bacarall «7

Ymbialble, Punta. M

Yolk Point, Wright Soujd.- 34,3*

Yongaa, Alaaka 68

York laland, Johnatone Strait - 7

York lalanda, Aluka 100

deacrllMd W

York Port, Queen Charlotte lalanda Ai

Young, Ker. 8. Hall M,»9,199,18»

Young Bay, Admirally laland 172

Young laland, Kal-gah-nee Strait 68

Young Point, Stephana Paaaaga 172

Young Bock, ZlmoTla Strait ^l»2

Yukon Fort. Addenda ._ 278

P»(*-

Yukon RiTer, Alaaka, haadwatera of 170, IM

eiplored 200

eiploration* of. Addenda 278

Jukon, U. 8. C. 8. 8 _ 214

Ynkon Valley, telegraph route towardN 170

Zakritoi Bay, Whale Bay 133

Zareniho, Ca«t.-Lleat. DIonyalua.J'eodoroTitoh 93, M, M, 130, 131

^uambo laUnd, Alaaka SO, 82, 83, ao, »4, 106

deacribed 83

Zayaa, lala de, Dixon Entfm&ce , 36

Zayaa laland, Dtxon Entrance 18,67,63,64

deacribed 66

Zeal Point - 167

deacribed 166

Zelenul Point, Wmngell Strait 113

Zelonl Point, Chllkat Inlet 1»7

Zelonol Point, Sumner Strait 111

Zalony Point, Sumner Strait 10*

Zenohia Bock, Sllka Sound . 148,148

deeeribed 1 143

direcliona to arold 143

Zboltl Point, Peril Strait 163

ZlmoTla Joint, Chllkat RiTer IM

deacribed IM

ZImoTia Strait, Ahuka 60, 61, *4, 100

detcrilwd M

tidee S3

no,iw

200
278
214
170

las

131
106

M
,64

56
1»7
1S6

lis

1«7
111
108

— 148,149

143

— 163

1«8

— 90, 21, 04,100

INDEX TO AUTHORITIES.

To avoid an excessive number of foot-notes the references to the chief geograpliical nuthoritles on the
Alaskan region are made merely by name in many cases. The names referred to are here, with the
other geographical names contained in those works, indexed by themselves. As most of these books
are without indices, those here given will be usei'ul to any one desiring to follow the course of explora-
tion and discovery on the roast of Northwest America during the last quarter of the last and the rarly
years of the present century. They also afford a ready means of checking the accuracy of the cita-
tions in the text of the present work.

BEECUEY'S VOYAGE.'

Page.

Admlraltjr Qtiir, Track Chul.

Illand, Track Chart.
Aleontlan Arch(p«lago, Track Chart.

Alautlaii Illandl 32J, 339, S40, 6M, 681

Amnnk lilaud , 583

Amtatka liland, Track Chart.

Andanon Illand __ _.. _ ., fios

Atcha liland, Track Cliart.
Allan Illand, Track Chart.

AwatakaPuit _ 238

Ajrak .Illand 291

Barrow Point !t49, 302, 307, 308, 309, 312, 637, 5M, 667, 878, 678, 679, 680

Baanfort Bajr, Track Chart.

Cape, _. .__Sei>, 570,276, 279, 281, »»7

BMchrj Caiw, Track Cliarl.

Baarlbg'i Illand 240,242

Baaring'l Strait „ 28.1,327, 3.16, 632, 634, M8, 643, 646, 661,

662, 6M, 667, .671, 676, 677, 680, 681
Belcher Point, Track Chart.

Bloaam Cape 646

Blonom Shoal 331

Bnckland Rinr 3S3

C.
Camden Bay, Track Chart.

OhamiHO Illand 248, 260, 264, 266, 260, 269, 283, 284. 286, 313, 321, 3.14, 336,

317, 339, .'>32, 6.13, 636, 638, 639,
643, 648, 649, 661 , 665, 6(11, 674,

Gbefoonikui Non -. 2:18, 239

Choonowuck Tillage - - 642

Chorll Peniniola - 264, 294, 324, 642, 648, 661, 680

Clarence Port 643,644, 646,640, ,681, 662,690

Collie C»pe, chart p 328

Coogalga bland - ~ 341,664

Oook'i Inlet, Track Chart.

1).

Darby Point 291

Deceit Cape - - - '^6

Deflation Peak, chart p ''*

Dertl'i Mount, chart p - - '28

Dlomede Illandl 246, 246, 291,337, 640, 646, 646

Donglai Cape, chart p - ''■"

Djer Cape, Chart p - - ^"

246,34G,292
540

EaetCape..- - - -—

BIdannoo Village.

■lephanl Point 267,268,322,323

KIwn'iBajr - - - '"'

Bacholtt Bay 264, 267, 2e«, 292, 294, .122, 32(1, 329, 330, .133, 666, 666, 6C0

■•chKholll Bay, Track Chart.

Eipenburg Cape - 2-10, m, 326, 327, m. 3.12, 633, 640, 680

Fairway Hock - - - '"•"'

r»nkl.nCape - 301,306,317.318

rrauklln Point - - - "

Oarnet Point

OararM Cape

Good Hope, Bay of..
Oore'i liland

6,^2

238,239

.292. 326, .127
.139

Page.

Orantley Harliour 643,644

Gull Head 316

Owydyr Bay, Track Chart.

Harborongh Inlet, Track Chart.
HerKhel liland. Track Chart.

Hope Point 266, 269, 320, 639, 838, 649, 661, 667,677,678

Hothara Inlet _ 26(1,2(10,321,331,642,646

I-art-io-rook Bay 291

Icy Cape 270, 271, 876, 277, 278, 879, 302, 304, 338,

636, 636, 637, 649, 660, 561, 666, 666, 667, 673, 678, 679

Idennoo Village 291

iKnarltMik Illand 291

Iniau-rook Baiin 291

Imou-rook, chart p. 328

Jackiou Point..

KIng-a-ghe Village _ 640,642,843

King'l Illand 244, 246, 337, 339, 631, 632, 6.33

King Oenrge Illand, Track Chart.

Kodisk Illand, Track Chart.

Kollebiif Sound 239, 247, I'm, 2.14, 256, 262,

26.1, 269, 276, 313, 321 , :122, .1.18, 3.39, .',;|2, 634, 636,
630, 538, 641, 644, 546, 649, 660, 666, .674, 676, 680

Kow-e-rok, chart p 328

Kruienilern (*p« 261,283,291,.121,:i31,;);i6,

337, 6:i6, 638, 649, 661, .677, 578, 680

lay Point, Track Chart.

I.BwIi Cape, chart p 328

I.llburne Cape 269, 270, 306, 319, 320, 637, 649, 678, 679, 680

Lowenatern Cape, chart p 328

649
328

Marryat <.'ove

Inlet, chart p

Matwi Illand, Track Chart.

Medjuil Illand, Track Chart.

Mulgraye Cape 262,321

Hilll, chart p. 328

Karige 262

Needle Rock — 664

Nooke HarlHiur . 843

N.xiiiar-biiok Iilaud 291

Norton Sound 244,291,563,671,676

Nuuecvak liland. Track Chart.

Nuni»Tak - - 339

0.
Ooagalga Iilanil, Track (;batt.

Oo-ghe-alMM)k Inland, chart p 328

Go-Khe-oyak Illeiid „ 291

Ouimluhka Illand. - 341,676

Oonemak Illand 340,341,664,877

Htrall .- _ 339

. Bnoin (Ctap<. Fr»lerick Willlan,, K. S.). Nirratitf ,.f . v,,,.,. to
the yean 1M8-28. Two parti in 1 »ol,, 4». toadon, O*.™ an,l «»«»», 1831.

the I'ailBc and Hearing'! Strait (ntc), performed in H. M. S. llhiMom In

(311)

312

INDEX TO AUTUORITIBS.

pm*.

Pe«rd Bitj, chkrtp. SliD

Petroptulikl Harbour ._. _.. 83), 2.1k

Princaor WiluOtp* li4A, 247, 291, 337,838, MO, 5M, Ml, Mi, M«

Ti«w oh>rt, p 323

Iiluid, Trmck Chut.
PrincMi Rojcl lalandi, TrMk Chart.

Prince Wlllluii'i Sound Sai),«71

Pumn Iiltnd SU,33«

Kuck 2U

Q.
Quadra and Vanoouver laland. Track Chart.
QuMu Charlolta Itlanda, Track Chart.

* B.

Ratmanoff Uland . 247

Hafuft Inlet 837

BeturuBeer. MS,S7S

Blourd Capa 281

Rodnaj Point _ Ml,t32, MO

Romanioff Cape, Trmck Chart.

Sabine Capa, chart p 8tB

St. Qeorta Inland - 3S«,S40,A8t

St. Jamea Cape, Track Chart.

St. Lawrence Bay j. 246

Island 141, 243, 246, 24«, 24», 3:lS, (31, 683, 577, B7B, 680

StPaulIiland 3»», 340,663

Pace.

flarltoheff leland __. 247

Schlimanir Inlet 247, 248, 260, 262, 284,886, 2U, .127, HSU, 634, 640, 648

^hiimaritr Inlat „. 677

Sea lionn lalanda - 306,311

Seal B<ick ..„ 240

Sea Otter laland . , „,..83»,S4<i

Srplnge Oapa, Track Chart.

Sledge Itland ;. i... ..-.i:.'-t»t,8Sl

Smyth Cap* .,30(1,307,1108

Bpafarleir Bay . , 1 ' ' 300

Spencer Point _ ., 643, 644, 646, 680

ThompaonCapa 262, 284, 286, 638, 648

Tokihook Strait 641

Turnacain Point 686

U.
Unlmak letend. Track Chart.

Walnright Inlal 278,306,67!

Waatern High Mount 331

TorkCape 641

Tlaw chart, p 328

Toup-nut Birar 201, MO

BILLINGS' VOYAQB.*

Page.
232
227
162
.186,187
.218,218

Acutan laland

Adaoh leland

Adak Island

Afognak Island

Agattoo laland

AknonalaUnd 232

Akutan Island '. 1U3

Alaksa, Strallaof. 161

Alcha Island 287

Aleulan Islands 181, 811, 231, 236, 882, 263, 271, 878

Amatignaa Island, chart

Amil Island 162,163

AnoknakBay _. 128,231

laland 277

Amtshltka Island - 161,207,220

Amuchta Island, chart.

Anadirsk Bay 267

Anayacbulak Island 188

Anchor Point, chart.

Anderson Island 241

Anlniak Island 166

Ataksa Capa 168, 168

Atchka Island, chart, p _ 227

Attoo Island IIS

Bald Head, chart.

Banks Point 186

BarnabaaCapo - 170

Barren Isles, chart.
Botshavinskol Island, chart.

Boring Island ■. 200,814,818,818

Baring's Island.. - 263

Straits 288

Beaborough Island, chart.
Btythe's Sound, chart.

BobroToi Island 126

Bristol Bay, chart.

BiTer, chart.
Buldyr Island 819

Calm point, chart.
Oampbell Point, chart.

Chackloola Bay, chart
Chalmers, Port, ohai-
Cbamll Island, chart
Chatham, Port, chart.
Chlswell Islands, chart.

Clarke's Island

Comptroller's Bay, chart
Cook's Inlet, chart

Blrer

Copper laland .....

Culroas Point, chart.

Darby Oapa, chart
Denbigh Capa, chart.

Page.

.237,841,242,867,868

.173,184,188,197,801,888
209, 217, 818, 263

Egichteltk Island

Sgilka Island, chart.
Kvdokeeff Island

189
188

Toggy Cape, chart

Island, chart
Framantla Point, chart.

818

Oaveria Caps..

Qeminam Island, cliart.

Oorellol Illand 287

Volcano .220,221,226

Gore's Island._ 234, 838, 269

OreTilleCapa J ...183,188

Halibut Island

Hamond Cape, chart.
Hawkins Island, chart.
Bery Point, chart.

Icy Cape, chart.

Bi»er

Illuk Island

Iluluk Basin

Iroagru Bay

186
226
228
868

• Biuiiiai(Cbin.Joaeph). An account of a geographical and astronomical expadition (ate.) performed In tha year* 17)6 to 1784. By Kartln Saurr,
aauatary to the axpadiUon. 4°. loiidoa: T. Oi(<«II,/m., and IT. Daf<N,18oa.

Vtgt.
847

877

300,311

240

.27g,3W,S72
331

Silt

.3«1,S40

PtC*.

i«g

»16

234,83S,2&g
.....183, 186

186 ■

18C
226
228
2»8

INDEX TO AUTHORITIKS.

»IS

Pftgo*

Kiuilak blind 16», 100. 170, 174, 181, W, 2«2, 2«», S6fl, 278

Kugal IiUnd ^^.^

KuiRs IiUud — _ ™Il'jJ3,22"l

Kwulslu Uinil „ , ""™ 222

Kuv«nn Blver, chart

Kk-ooTenn BWar . jjg

Kaj'iblMid .-.'.Vl"w,"200,202

KIng'a laUnd j4g 288

Krifwy laland _i22oi 221

Kronotikol Cnpo —.—...„„ 210

KoImu IiUnd .„ 170

Kunakan liland no

Kjraka laland 210

Uaburna Uape, chart.

IkokeDilo Pulut, chart
MIddlaton'a Iiland, chart.
Moatactna bUud „

.187,108,200

Magal laUnd

Naalkan IiUnd

Noweuham Oape, chart
Nonell Point, chart.

108
170

Okamok lalandi _.._ , 188

Olanol laland 1 168

Ooolga Island, chart

Oomnak Uland L_ „ 164,227,22(1,277

Oonalaahka laland 18.1, 170. 180. 107, 201, 211. 212. 214. 222.

223. 227, 228, 233, 234. 234, 280. 207

Oonalgl laUnd 232

Oonlmak laland 163.164

Ottan, Bay of 184

P.
PIgot Folut, chart.

Pinnacle IiUnd 234.136

Point, chart
Poaaaadon Point, chart

Prince of MTalee Cape .267, 288

Prince William's Sound 186. 187. 107

PrtjTtdence Cape, chart
Paget Gape, chart.

Bocka Point, chart.

Boduay Cape

B3und laland, chari.

.243,244,288

Ht AuKUitlne Mount, chart.

Dahlt Ellas rape i8g_ ^ ibb, jpj

Mouiit, ._..„... —..-....... ......... 200, 208

m. Klltabeth Ca|ie ..\»li, 109

8t George's Island . ^|| 23s

Bt. Ilermogeni's Island, chart

8t Laiironcti Day 220,232,248,240

8t Paul Island ^ . . ...... 211 B3

8«gula Island, chart.

Honiitah Island ^19

Heven Peaks lalnliil i.. ajo

Shallow-water Point chart

Shepouakul Cape ..... . . ^ 2I6

Ship Island, chart.
Shoal Nsss, chart.

Shumagln IsUnds 188, 187, 170, 181, 276

Hbuyiich Ishind .,_ . .,_„ 188

.SIchlunaoli Island ..__._.._......._ lOB

Slgoola Island ..... 220

HImedan laland . . .__ mg

HInda bland, chart.

tfllhanah Island 184,271

Sledge Island 242, 243, 288

Stephen Cape, chart.

Stuart's Island, chart

Suckling Capo, chart

T.
TagHdak Island, chart

Tanaga IsUnd , 220,211,228

Tanogunl Island, chart.

Tuogedach Island ...... . 108, tSti

Treik Svatllcloy Bay . .... .„ 17o, 182

Trinity Caiw l«o

Island 114,189

Tscherlkuw Islanil, chart.

Tshugagan Island, chart

Tshugldl Island, chart.

Tshugulla Island, chart

Turnagain Arm, chart

Two-headed Point _. ....... ., 170

Unaska Island, cliart.

■
V.

vniultaht'Bkoi I'wik 31«

Volcuuo MuuuUiiit chart.

W.
Wi'Bt Fureland, chart
Whitoet Cn{H>, chart.
WhitfluutUy l'a|>o, clurt.
WingbaDrit iHlaod, chart.

COOK -AND KING; VOYAGE TO THE PACIFIC OCEAN.*

Aohachlnska Bay, Track Chart.

Aoootou Island, Vol. II

Alaachka bUnd, Vol. II

Alaaka, Track Chart
Ainlac blanda, Trac': Chart.

Amluk Island, Vol. II..

Amoghta bland. Vol. II

AmnckU bland. Vol II

Pago.

425,420

..474,476,498

603

..625,626
020

Anadir Oolf, Vol. II *"

Vol. in , 260

Anadir Bl«r, Vol- II ""

Anadlrek Ouba, Track Chart.

Anchor Point, Vol. II ™

Anderwn Idwid, Vol. U «0.<«'. '*'

Vol. lU 242, 280

Atako laland. Track Chart

Atakoti laland. Vol. II.. _ ^;

Alghka bland. Vol. 11

Pago.

Awolska Bay, Vol. II 600,602,608

view platu 84.

Vol. Ill 182, 183, 230, 260, WO, 310, 311, 812, 313,

16, 316, 326, 329, 346, 860, 370

view of entrance, plate 88.
Awaleku llivor. Vol. Ill 184, 197, 108, 222, 228, 302, 826, 326

Uald Head, Vol. II 486,470,479,482

Banks Point Vol. II 388,404

Bai iioliaii Ca|)i', Vol. II *"*

llarreu Wee, Vol. II 383, 8**. *»

Ucdo Point, Vol. II 383,3«7

Uooriiig's H»y. Vol. II 347

Beoriug's Island, Vol. II 802

Vol. HI W9.M9

Do.rllig's8traltVul.III 243,262,270

'' ~ , , . .„,,„ ,h„ Pudfli- (Veen (etc.), performed under the directions of Captains Cook, CUrke, and

•COOk (Cap,. James) ANO K>K„ (0.pl. J.m.«). A v„).gc to 'h^P' '«;;';^ ' , j^ ^ and «tl«, folio. IWo., /or O. Mcol ««l T. Cb*ll, 1TS4-B-
(lore. In His Mnjesty's ships the ««o).^w.i and D«m:^. Io tho year. 1770-1780.
flMxnd AdmlraUi edUim.
I. 0. P.— 40

314

UrUKX TO AUTUQ1UTU2H.

Iliiliiii ll>rlHiiir, Vol. Ill 208

Ikuborough IiUikI, Vol. II .. «««, 477, 4117, 4M

llhortng'i Uiiy, Tnuik ('hnrl.
Uhiirlnii liluuil, Tmck Cliul.
Ilherlnc Htnita, Track Chart.

Ilreakiir'l Fulnl, Vul. II , 164, 2X8

UriBtuI Uay, Vol. II , 433,(103

Vol. Ill «1

Uriilol Blver, Vol. II 429, 43S

Uuriiuy'i lalud, Vul. II , , 4«7

Ottim VuUit, Vol. II 481

OliKktuole ll»y, Vol. II 485

C'httcktpolo llay, Vol.11 48«

Uhooiioomkol Mount, Vol. Ill «7»

ChiwiwuiMkol Now view plalii H4, Vol. Ill 23«,283,gSU,310,311

t'lvrko'a InUiiil, Vol. II 40«,4»0,41I7

Vol. Ill 278,880

Oomptrullor'a Buy, Vol. II 383

Cook'i llWcsr, cli»rt. Vol. II J83,306,621

Oopiwr Iikml, Vol. II 802

Croiiulakol Now, Track Chart.

Crow Oop«, Vol. II : 346

CrowHouud, Vol. II 348,346

Piiriiy Cup*, Vol. II 476

I)«rliy II««<I, Vol. II 466

Dunbigh C»pu, Vol. II 406,477,479,482,488

Donglu Ciipo, Vol. II . 386, 386, 587

Eaat Cope, Vol. II 406,470

viow plHta 84.

Vol. Ill 243,244,201,262,283,264,268,200,207,268,209,277

Bilgacnmlw Cuiw, Vol. II 344,348

KilgncululM Uoulit, Vol. II 344,346

Elliubeth Capii, Vol. II 382,383,888,386,887

Fuirwottlior Qiiw, Vol. II 340

Fulrwoothor Mount, Vol. II 848,34(1,847,348,383

Foggy Ciipo, Vol. II 400,411

Foggy Inland, Vol. II ..407,410

view plate 87.
Fox Islanda, Vol. II 380

QuTureH Point, Track Chart.

Oayaroea Cape, Vol. Ill 311,384,388,386

Oirowfira Bay, Track Chart.

Ooivj'b Island, Vol. II . 491

viuw pUte 87.

Oroen lalands. Vol. II , 353,304,368

UtvTlllo Ctopo, Vol. II 406

If.
Uallbut Uead, Vol. II 416

vlow plate 87.

Halibut Iihind, Vol. II , 410,803

Ilinchiubrook Cap«, Vol. II 353,354

Hope Hay, Vol. II 364,288

Icy Capo, Vol. II „ 453

Vol. Ill 262, 271

Ilpinakoi Now, Tnu'k Chert.

lalandi. Bay of. Vol. II . 346

Kauitacbatko, Vol. II 206,829,361,380,441,408,

400, 4B9, 600, 607, 518, 624, 828

Vol. UI 182, 187, 101, 192, 2(^,206,209,224, 225,

227, 228, 2:11, 232, 2;i0, 238, 272, 270, 289, 294, 304,
.124, 336, .-MS, 362, •.tS3, 368, 300, 301 , 362, 306, 370

KanitachHtkii Noaa, Vol. Ill 238,326,320

KamtKliatkii Bivor, Vol. Ill —324,325,320,304,370,396

Kaiiatou lalunil, Tmck Chart. *

KurogHlnakol Island, Track ('hurt.
Katirka Kirer, Track Chart.

Kaye'a laland. Vol. II

King's laland. Vol. II ,

Vol. Ill

King Oeorge'i Hound, Vol. U 288, 356,387, 388, 4(J(>

Vol. Ill

Kuillac laUnd, Vol. II ...._.... .....................

Kodlak Island, Vol. |I.,....,.,..„. . . ....._.».....

KorlakI, Vol. Ill

Korlaka, Track Clwrt. *

Kovynia Blver, Vol. II 4lie, 49*

. Vol. Ill 263, 267, 268, MO, 880

Kronolakul Now, Vol. Ill 286,288

I-af..

188, ua

411

504

288

LUburn (k|>e, Vol. II ..
Ln|iatka Oape, Vol. III.

.^ 324,888,380

Maldeuol Island, Track Chart.

Haldcnol Oatroff, Vol. II

Mwlnol Island, Vol. Ill

Montagu laland. Vol. II ..» .... — i...

Mnlgraro Capo, Vol. II

801

.364,866
. 488

Newenhani Oa|>e, Vol. II 432,483,437,486,493

NIsrIini Oatrog, Truck Cliart.

Noolka Sound, Vol. II, skelch.: 270, 388, 288, 307, 312, 314,321, 331, 383, 387,
382, 886, 308, 860, 373, 374, 876, 376, 877, 378, 4U0, 833

Vol. Ill 810, 821, 84«

North Capo, Vol. II 468,469

Vol. Ill 1...IOI, 86», 271

Norton Hound, Vol. il, chart 460,488,816,810,681

0.
Oljutorakol Now, Track Chart
OUutorakul (MIrog, Track Chart.

Olutora Bl»er, Vol. II 800

Olutorakoi Noaa, Vol. Ill e8,339

Oomanak laland, Vol.11 604,606

Oonalaskka laUnd, Vol.11 431,434,426,492,400,498,603,607,808,

600, 810, 611, 613, 618, 618, 520, 628, 620, 627

Vol. HI 188, 187, 104, 868, 296,335, 844,870

OonoDiak Oiipc, Vol. II ; 433

Ooneniak lahind. Vol. 11 ....._.».. . 426,603,604,819

Ounidia IsUnd, Vol.11 436,827

Opuko Bl»or, Vol. Ill .... 240

P.
Paratounka, Vol.111 184

Paurimtchin laland. Track Chart.

Petroiiauluwskl Harbour, Vol. II 486,802,606,828

Vol.111 184

Pinnacle Island, Vul. II .._. 491

view plate 87.

Plniuiclo Point, Vol II 410

view plate 87.

Poaaewlon Point, Vol. H .' . 307

Prince of Wales Cape, Vol. II 443,481,471,631

Vol. HI 344, 261, 289

Prince Wales Capo, Vol. II 406

Prince William's Sound, Vol. II 360, 380, 382, 390, 302, 398, 400, 417, 830

Providence Cape, Vol. II 827

350,;i63

.442, 40fl

280

Bokoweona Horlwur, Vol. HI 184,2*6,818

Rakowlna Harbour, Vol. HI «»

Buck Point, Vol. II 418,416

Rodney Point, Vol.11 441,466

Bound Island, Vol. II 431

St. Abraham Island, Vol. II..

601

Vol. HI 370

St. AugusUne Mount, Vol. II 383, 386, 887, 400

St. Daroabaa Cape, Vol. II 407

St.Dlomede Island, Vol. HI 248,244

St. Ellas Cape, Vol. 11 384

St. F,lias Mount, VoUlI - 347,348,384

St. Ilerniogonea Ca|ie, Vol. II 383, 384, 409, 406, 406, 411

St. llemioBoncB Island, Vol.11 383,384,404

St. John's Mount, Vol.11 602

St. liiiuronco Bay, Vol.11 471,472,427

Vol.111 247,201

St. Laurence bland. Vol H «S

Vol. in.

,..242,277,278,289

1>HI*.

iiM,4(iii t<ia,ui

asi

4ia

.... MM

409

460

a24,38S,3M

501

.904, aw
. iS8

410

397
621
289
466
820
S2T

313
220

416, 41«

441,466

431

601

3T0

63,886,387,400

4OT

243,244

384

347,348,384

<n, 406, 406, 411

363,384,404

603

—471, 472, 497

247,261

473

42,277,278,280

INDEX TO AUTHOBITIKH.

S16

Piitii.

M. Uwnnro, Biijr nf, Vol. II ^^

St. Uiwrenrn Iilnnil, Vol. II „ 445

m. MwariiM lalanil, Vol.11 joi

St. Piilur kiMl (M. Pmil lUrboar, Vol. II tm

Vol. Ill _ nil, IIM, 204,228,229, ail,

232, 272, 282, 2K3, 284, 2U5, 2»T. ;iin
310, ;il.1, 3M,;lI6,320,Sa2,3M,S7(i

Pl»n 184

Ht.fltofilMn'ii hlniHl, Vol.11 coi

HI. Thrulsni Nom, Vol.111 '"!... 241

8t.Tlioo.lore Inland, Vol. II '.'....'...... IWl

MuiWllluaakK llMbour, Vol.11 42(1, 482, 488, 401, 402,408,

n<12,ri21,62a,W4.627

Rk«t(!h . . 424

Vol. Ill 320

flohiin»Kln IiUndi, Vol. II 367, aso, 412, 6(14

8MlncUon hlnnd, Vol.11 noI

Vol. Ill ;i70

Hoellon lalsiid, Tnuk (lurt.

Hcrdu Kunon <!iipe, Vol. II _.4M,400,47fl

view plate 84.

Vol. Ill 261,263

ShalBM liland. Track (^liart.

Bhallow-wator Point, Vol.11 460.180

Btaelalikol Nona, Vol. Ill 268, 2(10, 270

Bbml NoM, Vol. 11 43fl,48!i

Shooni laland, Tmck Chart.

.Shnmagln lalandi. Vol. Ill 370

Sledgo lalands. Vol. II 441,442,444,474,475

amokjr Bay, Vol. it ;IA3,,W>

Smoofthun laland. Track Oliart.

Snug Oorner Bay, Vol. II 361

Pif*.

8ii»f Uinicr Cotk, Vol. II ..^....^ ...._, M

Starlilaii Nliiiila,Vc,l. II 4N

NtiipliKn ('«i»i or Poliil, Vol. II 466, 4U

Hlimit Waiid, Vol. It 466,488,4*0

Sockling Uaiw, Vol. II 84*

Tarelnaka llarlxiur. Vol, II , 184,313

Tliw Nm«11o Rocka, Vol. Ill , , „ 2:1.1, 2:14, 2.16. 1114

TIkU lllviir, Vol. Ill „ ;i24,32ll,:tll<l

Trinity Coiw, Vol. II j„ 4(18

Trinity laland. Vol. II 407,408,411

Taihilkolakol <'«|w. Vol. II 473

TachukoUkol Noaa, Vol. II 466,47(1,497

Vol. Ill ......242,243,262,266,266,267,272,36(1

TachnUkI, Vol. II __ 471,473

TurnaKBin Itlvor, Vol. II 31in,:i«6

Two-heailwl Point, Vol. II 406,4(11,40*

U.
Dprlghl Cap* or Point, Vol. II.-.V.-....-..::... 4.18,491

view plato 87,

"v.

Verchnol Oatrog, Track Chart.

Vidcano Mount, Vol.tl ,,., 400

view plato 87.

Whltannday Capo, Vol. II 863,404

Whltaunlldo Itay, Vol. II. . :I83, 4(H, 406

Woody Point, Vol II 264

DIXON'S VOYAGE ABOUND THE WORLD."

Page.
Admiralty Bay, Track Chart.
Anchor Point 68,66

Banka Port, akotch

dflKribe<l .
Appendix .

Barren blanda.

io;i

196

68,07,60,168

B«]e Point _ I>0,67

BaerlDg'a Day, Track Clinrt.
Berkley'! Sound, Track Chart.

Benerfottl lale >»»

Brsakera Point. »«"."

Oarrew Point, Port Mulgrave •"

Chatham Capo, Track Chart.

Cloak Bay »)2. ^>*' '■'•"'■ 2". 22«

Coal Harbour -.«.-t

1)0,67

Appendix.

Codlao '*■'

Oompmller Bay, Tmck Chart.

Oookl BlTer xlii, xvl, xyll, xxl, xxll, .'.S, ,'.0, m, 61 , OS, 07, 82, 8^ HO,

166, 150, 172, 180, 187, 105, 232, 2:17, 210, 240, 241

Appendix "

Oox, Capo. ""

C«,i Sound ".".•«

Page.
Foggy laland, Track Clinrt.
Foot Iilnud : 71,144

Forroflter Isle, viown 214

Oreon I»lond ~ 146,140

Orovlllo aijie. Track Chart.

II.
Uoiy lalanda, Track Chart,

Appondix 26

Hinchlnbrooke ('«|W _ 72, 152, Wl, 104, 240

Api>endlx . 23

Ulnchlnhnioke Cove 162, 103

Hlppiih laland - 207,200 '

view a«

I.
Ibbortaon Bound, Track Chart.
lalandH, Day of. '*. '«. '9. "«, 186

Kuyoe lalaniL.

I).

Dalrymple Cape, Track Chart.

D« Fonte Strait

Donglai Oapo

.-xiv, xvl
xxl.xxii

K.
xvl, 78, 104

Apiieudix 21

King Oeorgc'i. SouikI xli, xv, xvli, xvlll, 76, 77,78, 82, 84, 160, 220, 23(1,

231, 232, 23.1, 234, 236, 2:<fl, 240, 241

Appendix ~ 16,28

Kodinc Island of Cook, Track Chart.

Kwlloc laland "»'

Ij> M»«o Island — — *''

108

Kdgecomb. Cape "1, 75, 170, 18,5 192 2.15

Appendix "'^^j^*

Bdgecombe Mount .

Kliznbeth Oape, Appendix. -

Fkir Weather Oape, Track Clinrt.
ftoggy Cnpe, Track Chart.

•DIXOK (dipt. Oeorgo). A voyage im-
a. OimUmil, 1789. Hrrf e.Wmi.

llv
21(1

Lander Point .- - — —

Log Island

Los M^loa Island »'^

Lim Rny's Ilivor '

Montague laland TO, 71, 72, 73, 144, 146, 149.

. 162,163,168,163,164,171,368
14

Appendix.

,„nd the world, ho. more ,«.lrnl»rly •" H... northw... .0... of America; perform»l In 1786-1788 (etc.), i".

aiu

IS1I>WIX XU AVTHOBITIBS.

p*««.

Hnlinta l>i>rt IM, 170, ITT, III, IM, U7, IM, lul, KM, !l«n

■kalch .....».......,..•..«•.•.•.....•......».. ITl

ApiMnitlx . . ... „ t3,M

Niiotkri ......................... ...ivlll, III, iz, III, uti, 140

Nootkn Point 7B

NwrtkB Hoiinil »v, 81, •!!, 311,92*

Noritilk Minind IM, lOil, arw, «7, 240, 241, MS

•kolrll IM

Appandlz M

North Iilund, Truck Chsrt.

Ilmluka

ttoniUJulikii..

00
IM

Phl|i|>> (VqM, Truk Chul.
Plnnncla Point, Trark Chart.
Pllt 0>|ie, Track Ohart.

Portlockt iUrbonr »ll

PniMMlon Point, Truk Rhi>rt.

I'rinco WlllUmli f*»iin<l xvl, xtII, iIi, »I, 00,70, 72, 79,112,

144, I4«, HS, ISA, IA7, IM, ISO, IAS,

1117, IIM, 172, 1*7, 233, 238,240, 241

Apptndlx 22

I).

qoMn Charlotte btowb xIt, 100, MO, 210, 224, t2t, 234, 23S, 237, 240, M«

Appendix 28

Bonntll Hounil, Tnck (Ihurt.
Bom Port, Track Chut.

•.
it. Anpistlno Mount ...„....«...«..„...«..„....„........„ A0,ff7

St. Wlu Mount _ „ IM,I7H

8t. Ilcrmogi'iimi IiImmI ............ . .._.,„. 80

8t. JkniM Oip*, f Im 214, 222, 223, 224

ApptndIx ... 27,98

St. Uuonu ArchipcUffo . __..„xlll, xIt

8chuma(lni IiUnd*, Track Chart.
Hcntt Capo, Track Chart.

Hm t)tt»r Point, Port Ranki 103

8nii( Corner Baj, Track Chart.

SniiK Ciimar Cotk '. „_... . in2, 183,100

Split llock : ...„ 77, 78

Snekling Cape, Track Chart.

Sugar Loaf leland . ....... ............ 00

T.
Trinltjr Iila, Track Chan.
Turnagaln Point, Track Chart.
Turner Point, Port MnlgraTo „_ 171

Volcano MonnI, Tie* . .,_....,.. 09,07

Whita'a Point, Norfolk gonnd, iketoh IM

Whilninday Hay xxl

Whitauntlila ila; 14A

Woody Point xxll, 77,129

Appendix 10,28

LANOSDORFF'S TRAVELS.*

Page.

Achalk bland M

Admlntlty laland 180

Agattu laland . . 13,247

Akun laland ^ 28

Akutanleland 28, M, 238

Alakaaliland 68, 68

Penlnnila 231

Aleutian lalanda 13, 17, 21, 30, 80, 67, 73, 77, 81, 108, 248, 222

Alexamltr, ship _ 83, 88, 91

Amagnl Creek 28

Anuiwack Promontory . .... 238

Andreanolf laland _ 14, 82

Aphoknak laUnd 231, 232

Appoknak laland..*... ». 80

Attn Uland 18, 14, 248

AwaUnok liland — 28,M

AwalMha Bay 11

Bander, 60,88, 80, 09, 78, 70, 01

Behring, Captain M,8fl

Bay 06,221

Bering'! Strait, map.

Billing!, 66

Botlnikl Iiland - 64

Bnlrtlr Wand — 247

Charlolto laland 88

Oliatham Strait 118, 117, 118, 124, 128, 222

Cook, CupUIn 28, 80

Oook'« Blvor 68, 60, 74, 81, 222, 227

Oroe! Sound 8,1, 222

DaTldoff, Lieut. Qarrlla IvanoWoh 11, 28, 04, M, 01, 02, 04, 06,118, 137

Dolarotr, 80

Dwolf, J 88, 00, 96, 101, 118, 117, 118, 122, 128, 128, 127, 198, 131

Kdgecumbe Gape . 80

Rdgecnmbo Mount 118,110,220,226

Kgg laland - o3

CiiKfrtea, ihip

ObalnOt, ahip

Kwdok(Jnfllilrlan bland! .

Page.

83,88

88,08

Fox lalandi...

.14, .12, 38

OInlak bUnd „ 86

GrcTllleCapo 8«,23l

IlermcgeneaOape..

H.
I.

Ikalak bland

Ikatok bland

Ilak bland

Iluluk Harbour

laannoch, Htraltaof

laannuk bland .....

Streita of

68,237

234

28, 29, 60, 62, «3S

237

blanda, Bay of 118, 110

Jalt!chnol bland .. . „..._...

Jakatat Bay

Jellowa bland .

63
221
231,232

/iw», ship : 88,80,00,01,118,128

Kadjak bland.
Kamachatka

.11, 12, 13, 14, 18, 17, 21, 34, 76, 77

Karluk Harbour

King George Archipelago, map.
King Ooorgo the Tlilnl Archipelago .

King Ocorgo the Third blanda

Kiska bland

130,220

117,118

947

Kodiak bland .%), S6, 43, 68, A6, S8, SO, 60, 61, 63, 68, 66, 73,

76, 77, 70,80, 82, 83, M, 88, 01, 98, 104, 118, ISO, 210,
221, 922, 223, 224, 227, 998, 220,230,181,232,937

Konikln, 02

• LAXoaDonrr (Oeorg Ilelnrlch rUltr Ton). Voyngee and traTeU in rarlouB pnrta of the world, 1803-1808. 2 Tola. 4°. lomlm : B. CbAwn, U1S-41>

INDBX TO AUTHORITIEM.

817

M,«T

IM, ITU

iu,m,n3,nt
... «,««

xlll.xlir

W)
7§

1T1

(U,nT

ixl

1«

....xxll, 77, ua
111,88

Page.

88,88

88,08

....14, AS, 98

88,131

ft6

M,«)7

2fl,80,A2,MS

237

118,119

221

«ni,232

0O,0i,llK,128

I'M*.

KnuiMtorn, 0^>taln....„ _..™.....i. 68,73

KukkliBkr 983

llwhniir 293

UnkUk hUnil M

L,
I«ri««l«ir, 2»,M,M

l,M*Mk]r, (^ptaln M.mi.TH

MMohln, Andnw Wa«llllKh .
lloiirM(k,»i|italii

II. M

MKtMcMii, ahip Nt.Td

VtKni inUnd.. M

Mn, ihlp ......._ lin,<l«,7".7'',»''.M."i'

Now ArolMngol 84, M, 811, 117, «0, 08, DO, U». 117, l:U, '.ffil, tit,

NiKilU Hiraiul M

Kortilk ftinnil M. 7H, so, W, Kl, 8n, 01, 'Hi, 101,

1(14, Km, 107, llfl, 117, 118, 12K, I^Vi. 23»
Niin*k MmkI M

0,
OmmMc; Ckpc — 220

OonalMhklt blMliI 14,W,28,,«),32,3fl,30,42,r.«,B7,(!2,

ra, 77, nn, 2:1", 241,242, 24:1, 244, w>

Rohaohlllok lilimil ._............„....„......„......._.. 88

Hch«llkull, ..._„....__...........3I, M, M, 80

lUrlHinr 88,01

Htraiu t3l,i39,cn,m

Hohtllkotli Hlnlti, miip,

Hchliclut 82

H<linJ«k W«llcl....„. ............ . . 60

Nchiilnuhin, ......_..„.. ............... M

liiUnitit ........ ......................... M

HchnnmclilnikBU UIaoiI 84

HrhwoMoff, Ui-llt. NInilM Ali>llkn<l«r....ll,28,O4,n«,0n,01,Ol,ft4, 1111,137

Men fllttni Itajr 2'.,«<l,ft2,W

SomlliKh Iilund __„. 18

Slohlniikk IkUiiiI . 80

Hlkliiiiuk liUnil M

HItcIo „ 4.1,6ll.n7,«n,H2,M,»4,W,WI,OI,l(»,

117, 128. 138, 1:10,211, 224, 228,828,230
Hluhtn«k IilanA „.... 88

mtki ^ 118

Hllkliink hUnil M

Hl.lUr, (1. M 10

Hiitchum IiUnd ..... ......... M,2S7

PIMinll Ortrow*

Popoff, —

Prihilloff,

Prince Fntdnrlck Honiul

112

, 117

Prince WmUm'i Hoiinil 08,74,81,222

Queen duulotto Inland 210

BmnWimd, ihlp .

Kachlldok IiUnd

Hedlldiik laland

St. Oeorge Uland „

tit. Jamca Cape

8t. Paul Iiland

St. Peter and St. Paul liarinnr, map.

Sannak Iiland

Sarjftcheir...

Sarytachoff — ~ —

Sauer —

(10

14, 11, 17, SO, 27. 2«, 3.1, 74

210

..14, 10, 20, 21, 23, 27, :«, 3.1, 87, 74, 77

,.2»,;i2,W
,.6B, .'16,71

■riKalda laland M

TuiiJalak Vlllaito 238

Tai;lilrlkoir, Oaplnin M

nape 84,920

Tiichldok laland „ M,m

TiiKodak laland ._.... . .... M

TiiKUak laland .... ....... '-I

Ugadachan ('reek .

Ugak laland

UKalcImn laland ..

UKamok laland

rknmnk laland ...
Umnak lalnnd —
Untia laland..

.242,143

Unlmak laland »», 237, 2S8, 843

V.
Vancouvpr, ('a|italn 117

Vi.M naniiii.fl 80, 00, Oft, 07, 78, HO, 82, 8.1,84, »»,!«, 100, lnl,tO»

Von IliiKent'-laliT, Liflnt -. W)

Viin UoaanolT ll,l4,2»,27,9',ftfl,0<',"7,K(l,«7,»«,liO,lfln,ll7

Y.
1 r«rm.l<-», ahip «.1,88,8»

LA PKllOUSE -VOYAGE KOJND THE WORLD.

, U13-41>

AbrenilHiJn Reef, Atlai. chart 20.
Acaponeta; P" d', chart 20.
Aguada ; It. do la, chart 20.
Agulrre; P" do, chart 20.
Alamoej P" de loe, chart 20.
AlargatoHilla, chart 20.

Aleutian Iilandt —

Almeiaa; P<*, chart 20.
Almlnnle; Boca»do,chort 20.
Alonaa; P^de, chart 20.
Amargnrai V de la, chart 20.
Animae ; Y- y P» do la«, chart 26. ,
Arboleda; P* de, chart 20.
Arbolee , Y' de loa, chart 20.
Arreclfo; P» del, chart 20.
Arreeiro; El, chart 20.
Arrlaita; Bocaa do, chart 26.
Arroyo bianco, chart 20.
Amcenaa; P» de, chart 20.
A«imclon ; V do, N" 8' de la, chart 20.
. Angullla; Iila, chart 26.

eLA PBBorai (Jean Fmntoia d" ni'llaiil
jtoWiiam, 1790. The drat ipiorlo f^g"''' "'"'»"•

Pafte.

. in,*m

Itaglnl ; P", chart 26.
Ballnna, la, rhart 26.

Bank*, I'nrt

Barca, P<'cli)la, chart 26.
IliirlgiMi ; El, chart '26.
llBtnn, I"* do, chart 20.
nrautcnia, Oiih', charta 10, 17.
Bcaulcnia, Mt., charta 10, 17.

Bohring Day -

chart 10.

Behring River

charta 10, 17.
Bentera, la, chart 20.

Bcn^aford lalanda

Bllxira, la, chart 20.
Blnnqulrjil 1 P* del, chart 20.
Bocaj* ; P*" do laa, chart 26.
Bola#o; P", chart iO.
Bolasi'c ; V^, charta IS, 10.

Breal:cn Point .

Drlaanta 1 P", chart 17.

418

..a«'i,88i

383

,1,.). V,.>aRC nmTi.1 the «"r1.l In tho yean- 17(«i-n8«. 2 vol.., 4°, and allaa folio; loado,.-
Tho charts roforrml to at« all In tho AOaa.

O. a. md J.

8}8

INDEX TO AUTHORITIES.

Page.

kluuheCaiw 42tl

churta 111,20.

Buoarelll Port 4I»

rh»rls IT), 10, iT.

).
C'-Ahr&i; y« do. chart 20.
(Mdtra; P< iIk la, chart 26.
<J«mlHin ; f'., chart 2*^.
CVina) : P*" iln la, chart.
Cnnas ; Y- (In, chart td.
Oa|»onca ; 1*^ ilo, rhart -<•.
('MTtr/A ; I" ilel, chart 2(1.
CarrlzalM : l^' (Ui, chart 20.
CasUgo; |x* ihi, chart 28.
Catalina ; ¥*, chart 26.

Conotayh Idand 887,417

chart 19.
Clprw ; P" ds, uhort 20.
rjlouanl ; It' du, charta IS, 16, 17, 2».
OiKOd ; P" de, chart 26.
Oougrojo ; P*», chart 20.

Owk'd ZUrer SM

Copga,-* ; Vslfl, cliart 26.
r<tronitdiia ; loa, chart 20.
Cf«hia8 ; P*' do., chftrf 'iO.

Cvj. t'aio 424

Olllon, Mounl 41ft, 416, 417, 4111

charts ie, 17.
Crlatlnn; Y'; chart 26.

OtimVAft 416

charts tO,'T.

Cro« 8onnd.. -36«, 4I», 416, 419, 424

chart* 16,16,17.

Croyftro lalaudfl ; la 410

charts 16,17.
(-ni7 ; Arniyo do U, chart 20.
CrnB i Canofi y Y» do \n. chart 26.
CiicrH); I'l' del, chart 26.
Oul<ibr» ; la, chai t 26,
(hiloHloa; chart 20.

II.
Uelgada \ P», chart 2G.
UMConocida , ?■• do la, chart 26.
l>«Rgrnclatla; la. chBrt26,
Dlau>Bnt« ; P^ do, chtu . 26.
Dolonw i P" d» lo«, o'.i«rt 26.

EdKonimboOapv - 414,417

Bdi' mlwMonn' 417

ICn j»dn ; P** di, la, chart 26.
K.-i|>ii>ailo ,' 0., chart 26.

KiiiinnnoCaiw _. ..414,416,417,411'

charts 16, 17.
'.'spaila; 1"" do, chart 28.
Eepoguolos ; !■ df -s chortA 16, 17.
EAp<<rance b«iv, chort 16.
Kaquilicl ; Oolfd do, chart 26.
Ettrolla; pu do la, chort 26.

IWIr Weathor Oapfi 864

Fair Weather Moiint 364,374,41(1

Kelsan ; l>" do, chart 20.
ff'lna^: IV<aa dc, chart 2C.

Flouriiwi.'npo 124,428,426

churtii 16, 20.
ngnrtoii, 1., charts 15, 16, 2s>.
Flourlcu Moiiut, charts 16, 2f>.
I'loTW ; 0. do, chart 26.
Fiirlalcua, .■•• do lo, chart 26.

fmi InlomlB... 402

Fr-iinMlB; Pert diK 3fl7,»02,4<«,4n6,4()7,411,412,413,41S,416,422,42«

chartal5,16,17,10.
ir«ln; I"" d,i, chart 20.

O.
<J«l«n. ; la, chart 2(i.
tluiTli ; T' r V" do, chart 20.
fkii-ilai P", chart Mi.

Qliadaliiiie Hay .; 416

GiiiulaliitM Port, charta 16, 17.

OiiilHirt Pi>rt „. 418

chart* lit, 17.

Haay laloa .

Hoctor f^pe

charta ift, l«,t«.
llomianofl ; loa, rtiart 26.
Ilormigita; chart 26.

Ulpiiali Is)^Dd

Huiw halo, chart 16.

Indlada; I.dc la, chart 26.

Islands; nay of

laleta ; P<- do la, chart 26.

JoouR Maria ; P** do, chart 26.

Kerouard, I», chart 29

Kemiiart Islands

chart 16.

Page.
418

..410,423,424

«H

Iiabandara; la, 'jtt, chart 20.
Ladronl ; Y* do, chart 20.
haS» ; la, chart 26.
liar/atltjt, chart 26.
Lira; Pt'do.ohu.'. 26.
Loinaa ; 0. la loa, chart 26.

Madro dt) Dioa ; T* da lo, chart 20.
Harabllla; Y' t !"• do la, chart 26.
Maria Jomb , I" do, chart 26.
Mayoral P"", chart 26.
Mays)' :." ■, ihart 26.
Milllloi «< ; >^> do lo«, chart 26.
Mineral • »-<■ i, ., chart 26
Ml-aho',--: !>» do, chart 86.

Monti, Bay da _.

charts la, 17.
Monty ; Bay do, chart 16.
Huorta; T* del, chart 80.
Hulgraro Port „,-,-

.J60,361

!l«l,30(!,4O2

Necker Port

chart 10,
Nsgrci ; CalKi, chart 26.
Naker; Port, char. 17.
Nocadoro <'ah.'M I'.ol, chart 26.

Nootka Sound

chartf 15,16,27.

Norfolk Sound

Norloja; P", chsrt 28.
Norton Sound ...

.366,400,411,418,414,427

402,417

408,411

Oonolashka .....

Pi\lmoto; P<*dol, chart 26.
P .lo ClDo ; l**' de, chart 26.
Palfimaa; '."' do, chart 26,
Pt.rlda; la, chart ?6.
Piirccboa, 1^' do. chart 26.
Porlos ; r* do, chart 26.
l'l<i<lrft« hlancns; chart »S.
Piednui; Y'dc, cliart26.
I'iRiliinta ; I"" do In, chart 2(i.
Plnpl; l'»dol, chart 26.
Pino; P" y Y" del, cViart 26.
Ponila ; C. dp la, chart. 26,
Portlllo; Oiinal do, chart 26.

Princo Willianrs B4>und

ProTldencIa ; \ • y V>- ,ie la, chart 26.
Piipn'.tui; las, chart 26.
Puortczuolo ; pl, ch.vrt 26.

.367

Ul«U,8«7,4at

Qncon Charlotte Islands .
Qucmadi), chart 20
(iiilto .Snonn, chart 26.

«tt

INDEX TO AUTUOKITIES.

Pugc.
418

.410, 423, M4

402

418

360, .161

— !*61,3«;,40i

418

111,41.1,414,427

402,417

403,411

.3««,MT,4(M

Bana; l«a,ob*rt2e.

Ifauicherla ; la, chart 28.

Beal Marina; Puurto do la,ilinrt 20,

Behigio 1 Puerto do, tliart 20.

Komedlua; Pert loi

chartH 1,5, 10, 17.
BcDiodliM ; If Ub liM, chart 20.
Illoho ; P", chart 26.
Bomar , • l><« do, chart 26.
Bo«r'., 1 .'» dol. chart 26.
Bonuio, »'• do, chart 20.

8» Adrian ] y« do, chart 20.

S" Aguedi ; p« do, chart 26.
. 8» ADtoaio ; I'l' do, chart 86.

8*Antor,to; P* do, chart 26.

8t. Angjitlne ; Oapo, charts 15, 10, 17, i 0.

B» Oartolou^ ; Cabo do, chart 26.

S« Bituriano ; pi« do, chart 26.

8" UoDifacIo ; P<" do, chart 26.

8i« Buonahonturai 1"' do, chart 20.

8" Oanoa; P" dola, chart 20.

■8t. Carina Itlaiida

charts IS, 16.

8» ChriituTal ; Caoal do, chart 2(i.

8» Clomoiit«; ¥• do, chart 26.

8" Ciimo ; .*•■ do, chart 26.
8'' C'ru« ; I"" do la, chart 26,
81" BDgenla; P" do, chart 20.

Si. Rllaa Mount

8t. nio Ht.; charts 19, 10, 17.

St. Sugonia; F<* do, chart 26.

8" Faulting j V- do, chart 26.

8>relip«; y do, chart 28.

8" FoUi ; Oabo do, chart 20.

S'FranciMo; P" do, chart 28.

a" Oertnideo ; P« do, chart 26.

8t. Hyacinth Mount ; charts 16, 16, 17.

S.Inea; P» do, chart 26.

San Jacinto Mount ,

St. Jaiuoa Capo

8" Jmoj po do, chart 26.

S» Juaep; T* do, chart 28.

8* Juan BsptlaU ; Y' do, chart 26.

8> Juanlto ; chart 20.

St. Laaaraa Archipelago

8' Loonatdo ; F<*, chart 26.
8* Lorouzo ; Y* do, chart 20.
St. LouU; B*, charto 16, 18, 2U.

Pago.

-41;, 110

.'.10,420,421

• 319

8" bucia; ri.y Y.Iiisd.., chartai. . "■*"

St. Nlnihw ; I'lirjiil .1,., rimrt 2tl.

S" NIroluii ; |-» do, rharl 20.

STi.hl..; I'<.d,., chart 20. " ■'■

8"l'ii*iuul; l-" do, rliurt 20.

8" I'.'dro; V do, cimrtao ■ ■■ • ^

8" ItufucI ; P>. d.., , Mart »,.

S. Rita ; Y" do, chart HO.

S«ll<),|oo; P<' dc, chiirt 2<i. '

8"Ilu«i; I'Uiic, chlirl2U.

8« Ilosallu ; P" do, chart 20,

8- Sobaallan ; I'u do, chart 'iO. , '

8" Sllhcslro; |H. ,|o, chart 'JO,

S»8<im; I"", chart 20. '

S^Thorosii; l""dc,ihn-li,;,

8-Thimias; l">d.-,chiirtl!«. ;,, .

8" Vldof(inH(t; P"" do, chart 26,

8" Yildcro; I'l- lie, chart iO.

Hartlnti Islands .„.

. , — ...„. — .___ — , fm

charts 10, 211.
ShuniUKln Islands ^^

Sola ; la, chart 20.

H«nd)ruro: chart 20, " , \-

Sosli'go; l"" dol, chart 20,

Susplni, C, chart 20, '; .,

,-3fi8,a02,300,aUI,4a7

417
42:1

Tosllgos; h«, chart 20.
Toto, chart 20.

Toncho; Ualodola

charts 16, 16, 20.
Touchi'; Mount ilc la, charts 10,2'J.
Trlste ; Y', ihart 20.
TltM(idei\i, He NoTjuiuro.
Tschirlkiiff Caiio, rimrt 10,

Tschlrlkuw Day

Tschlrlkow t'a|io

charts 10, 17.

4'i>

416
.4IH,4III

Ubl; Y', chart 20.

Vordu; ix- y Y', chart 2l
VIeJo; Y> dol, chart 20.

Woody I'Miiit 4.^7

Yslola, chart 20.

Yslotlllos, P" do loB, chart 'i/i.

LISIANSKI'S VOYAGK

Pago.

Ac«i Paasago , 14'.J

Acoo Settlanont, cliartp 221

Adnilrolty Maud. : 167

Afugnack Island .. 180

Alaoca _ 163

Alaska ■. 11)0,197

Aleutian Islands, Track Chart.

.liej-narfer, roasol H8, 147

Allhack Sottlement, chart p 109

Alllack »< tinnicnt l'J3

Alyaska, Track Chart.

Arehangol Bay, chart p - 236

Archangel Fort, chart p .. 236

ATaisclika Bay, Tra>'k Chart.

B.
Baranoir Island '"!•■">

Borren Island, chart "*

Beorlng HIraits, Track Chart

BohrlngBay H0,IM,242

Broad Point - >™

Pm..

Caillark Wand 141, 146, im, IBd,

172,174, 166, 189, 101), 191, 1112, IN, 197.
198, 202, 21 1, 217, 219,2211, 226, 234, 247

<:>""' - lAV

Capo Hiy igi

CajH- Inland .. 2S6

Captiilns Harbour .... 17B

Carhmk f<ottlcmont iho, 193

(^Imllmiji Strait 149, .!», 235, 2;i0, 2:17

(■hoorlcofr Ciiiic, chart p 221

Chcurlcoir IhlaiicI 140

Chlclmgoir's Islariil ,_. 238,237

cb«rt p „ JSI

(lilnlatskoy Hay „ 144

Chlnlatskoy Cuik. 141, ;i.' 170,173,186

Chllkat Mvltlumcnt 223

ChoohacV w -. lu

t'h>H4> Irthuid, rhui'tp . .. ... 144

(Vdoshonskoy I'idnt tlR

IXiiupnny's .Moltlcniciit, chart p 100

(•«jk'«Blvor — 168,187

•I,HUIt«I(Oi|>lUreyTh«odoroTlch). A Toyago round the world In tho yo«» lIKB-iaoB (otc), in the rtilp M«f«. 4°. loMtn; J.HkiM, lUi

320

1MD£X TO AUTUORITIfiS.

Psgo.

(kipiwr River.. _.'. 160,188

Cttqiiontjui S()ttloniftut, cliurt p 221

Oroulii's InUlul— V — 221, 23A

OnuMllay MB, H«, 148, IM, 22(1

CruM Sound 149,228,242

PullgoruuM I'utut, chart ]i . IGO

Unillkard'a Bay 178

Kilgociiiitli<< Capo 1(10,217

Wgocunibo Mount 146, 217, ?.2(l, 221, 225, 228

KvrMboclioy Island 169, 180

ITttlr Weathor Mount — 217

r\nl Point, chart p 236

Kugltlvo Settlemout 178,184

O.
OuU't Point, ijlirt p 169

11.

lIougnolT. 166, WJ, 1'':., 220

Hoonnoff Strait - - 149

llorboon Ilock 142, 172

ItoUck Holtlomout, chart p 169

Ihack ray - 173, 170

Ihack acttlcmont - 172,177,178,186,193

iHlandH, Bay uf, chart p — - 221

Jacobl Island 236,237

Jiicootat Bay - - 242

Kamchatka 173

Kanitcliatl.o, Track Chart.

Karloock Settlomont, chart p — 109

Kecow Settlement, chart p 221

Kfnoy Bay 187, 188, 180, 197,242

Ktnay BiTcr - - - 163

Klludon - 178

Klluden Bay -176, 177, 18S

King Oeorge III Archipelago, chart p— 221

Kucnow Settlomont, chart p 221

Koloock Settlement, chort p 189

Korlakea, Track Chart.

Kutleau'B Bay, chart p 238

LtiKM Bay, chart p 221

LyuB Canal 223

Middle bluud 145, 24«

Mocooehln'e Settlement 175

Naliihniood, c'lart p - 189

NoqHMlii'n Bay, chart p 23i

Narniw Point, chart p . . 160

Naumliack Bay 180

Naumllack Heltlemonl - 213

NovaClianncI 236

Now AlxhaiiRKl - 166, 103, 167, 217, 218, 233

New Archangel Hartiuur 238,246,246

Nooecha Settlement

Nootka, Track Chart.
Norfolk Soiinil, Track Chart.

North Inland, chart p

North Pantage, chartp

Pago.
IH

1«9
144

Onihlmk Settlement, chart p loo

Oohack Island 142,170,172,186

Oohalack, chart p .

Oohanick Inland, chn'tp

Oohanick Settlement, chart p-

OuhaHkock, chart p

Oobtack Boy, ctiart p

Oolat«k Settlement, chart p-..
Oonalashca Island-.
Ounalashka Island .

109

169

160

189

169

.175,232,234
211

Pubgoobnoy Channel

Perntclons Channel

Pine Island, chart p

Prince Frederick Sound, chart p.,
Prince William's Sound

236
...236,236
169
221
163

Bock Island, chart p..

St. Bartolome, Co. do, chart p 221

St. Qoorge Island 192

St. Paul Harbour 142, 144, 170, 172, 173, 183, 180, 101 , 211, 216, 210

chart p 144

St. Paul Island 192

St Stephen's Passage, chart p . 221

Solthldack Island 141, 181, 183

Salthldack Strait 186

Sea Otter Bay, chart p in

ShasbgatBay - 186

Shollkofl'i Bay, chart p 238

Sboolack Island, chart p 169

Silca - 160, 108, 180, 216, 220, 234

Sltca Islands 236,230

Sltca Sound 143, 146, 100, 211, 217, 228, 231, UO

Slthoonack Island . 141

South Islands 132

South Passage, chart p 144

South Point, charts pp - la*.*"

Southwest Point, chartp .''-

Stahln - 167

Stephens Passage 149

Three Saints Ilarlwur 141, 142, 178, 170, 181, 183, 186, 193

Toobldack Island 141

Toyon'H Day, chart p . 236

Tschouktscbls, Track Chart.

Ucomude Settlement, chartp .

West Point, chart p _... 109

Wint<r IlarlHmr, chart p . 144

Wooii laluuil Settlement 193

Woody Island, chart p 144

V.
YiicooUt Bay 140, 168

litTK^; VOY. SfiNIAVINE, PABTIK NAUTIQUE.*

Page.

Aamok lie 282

Alxdocbdr bale 207,208,214

Aliraham lie 328

Adakh lie 320,321

Adamagan 272

Adougskh lie 303

AoBUik lie — - - 890

.'fogoak lie

Agattou He

Agripplno tiale

Akoun lie

Akounskoi dotrolt..

Akuntan detrolt

Akoutnn lie

Flfo.
, ITB

jHi.aaD

877

..28»,2U0,a(XI

3e()

..304. **

*».i»n

* htink (IMiil. Veudor Petiwvicb). Voyage aiitourdumonde (etc.) siir Ucari'olle legdnlavlne; PartleNauUi|Ueavec cii (ttlsa. 4°. *, Pw.r«6<Hi»» ;

/. i«iiiss,i8sa.

INDEX TO AUTHORITIES.

321

109
1«4

1U9

109
lOD
16»
Ifill
16U

236

-.236,236

169

221
163

144

221

192

191,211,216,216

144

190

192

221

141,181,183

186

236

- 169

180, 216, 220, 2S4

236, 230

217,228,232,230

232

144

169.2?'

167

149

109
144
193
144

146, 163

Pago.

. 877

1, 29(), 3<«l

290

Allaksa.
Allaktkha
Aliukb

Pa({o.
Akoutanakol dotroit _ _ jjj

Aleontionnefi lleM 19.^ 300

2."i7

2.17

- — IM, 243, 267, 268, 200, 2(a, 204, aOB, 200,

207, 208, 269, 270, 272, 273, 274, 276, 297

AUaaka cap - 272

Amagadak ilot 272

Amak llo 202, 203, 264

Amakhnak ile 281,282,286,287

Ainutignak lie 32.1

Aniatygnak ilo .". 323

Amlla ilo 307, DOS, 300, 310, 311, 312, 313, 316, 317, 334

Amlinakoi peninsula , 311

Amoukhta detroit .„ 307

Amonklita lio , ^ 304 307

Amoukhtou ile 304

Amtcllitka ilo 279,324,326,320

Anadjrr golfo 210, 218, 219, 220

Anadyr golfo 210,218,219,220

Anadyr riviere 226

Anangoulir.k ilot 299

Andreianoviky Isloe _.._„ 279, 307, 325

Anglalae bale 284

Animatchoutcbkok cap 272

Amkamtohetelieu ile _ „ 200, 2i)«, 205 211

Arcliange Gabriel uaie 220,221

Arli roche 3:j3

Asiaklle.. 248

Aalatcbak cap 263

Attaoa montagne 209, 212, 214

Atkha llo .107, 308, 309, 310, 312, 313, 314, 310, 317, 318, 320

Atnilbik ilo 267

Atouchagvik cap _ 275

Attcbeuncap 217,218

AUouilo SM, 329, 330

AuxOeilfsllo 288,289,291

Aux Sept Montagne ilo 326, 326

Avatanok detroit 300

Aratauokile 290,291

Avatcbabaie 190,228,2:11,233,242

Avatobinakol golfo 2.10

Avatcbinskoi volcan 230

AvinofTcap 264

Ayougadakh lio 329, 327

Aaiakile 210,247

A4lak ile 247

Aiktiie.... 321

Babonohkine rocbo 231

Pud Hoaii Cop .. S62

Uannorekniatviie 314,317

Boliring cap... 217,218

Behring dotroit 190,211,215,262

Bah ring ile ill, TO, 334, 330

B<!brlng m )r 196, 100, 200, 220, 243, 251 , 279, 304

BelkoVBkak lale 27i,272

Boeljorough ilo ^ 249,250

BetchovinBki.la bnic 233

Botciioviniikol cap _;II6,310,317

Betchevinskui poit 296

Blorka v. Borka.

BIUbI Group 327

Bl|jni(« iiee. 279, 327, 3.10

BobroTBialMie 209, 270, 284, 28.5, 28'!, ;in

Bobrotio ilo 3.1S, 340

BobroToio mor - ^^

Bobrovoi port . -'^'^

Bobrovgkoi montagne 280

Bobtovyilo 322, ;«3

Bonnes Nouvclloe bale - 264, J,M

Boika ilo 284

Bouidyrilo - !»«.^

Biialnl lialo "*

RrlMfol riviern . 1"''- '^"■- '■'■

Driimounx cap ^

OanwJa, ll«t dos - 276

Oapltalno. j,nr» dd ..281, 284,285, 2««

a .)ii.i(p>irt *"

C ■ ,.i dn b»«l-f..nd m,-isii,m

V.f.v 41

PaCK.

(''hftktoliniont ijaio... .—._.,. 249

«i61Ak..lT .Iclr.ilt --"""""-"[!!]^"™rjj7r.,l!7l'.

OhiciiRMiuRkoi vuiciin ., 292 2lI7

ciiiclikofrciip __^__ 29:1294

Chlihmirpff hale _^___ ^^__^ .^^^ ^7

Chifhmnrofr ilo ^ j^g

ChilRa ilo 3JJI

Ch,,«.uii»koi.ap _ 228, 2.12, 23.1, «;14

Cbopkhiid r'vicre 234

C'hciuyak llo 275

Cliouinaghln llos 206, W?, 200

Civoutiliy ro(ln' 27I

Ciaronco jHirt _ _ 244

ConilnaiiilourilcB 328 331

Conntantln 4'ftp 26O

(Vwk liaio.

287

Pavldolt llo 277

Docoptloii lies 328

Delnroff lies . ,123

Dmibigh lap 248,249,264

Doriiln dutrolt 30^

PorMiiskoi clotniit goo 291

Derby cap... 213,248,248,262

ll<t|gol ilo 271

Doagliwcnp _ _ 214,274,277

Drovliihaia rap 298

Egvekinot tiale 22:1,226

Eldannoo Capo _ 262

Ellailkilo 271

Elpynghyii mniilagno 208,209,216

Kiignougliln halo . 221,220,227

Eumo lian cap 217

Escarp6 cap 240

Eetliaio _ 313

Etolknulum ImIo "23,224,225,220

EvdokfiovokioH lies . 277

FlSches lie-.
Foggy Qi|io .

34t

277

Qelser d'lslaudo . 301

Olnofolmlo..". 208

Qlae^iimpp rado St0,2l4

Ulatonapcap MS

OInzonapcap 802

Oloubokala 298,314

OolonltchtolicIT cap. 288, 230

Bolovnlim heio - 246, tW, 247

Qoly ilo 200

Gore cap 341,841

Oorollo 341

Oorelylio 1 322,323,328

aoitsovaia bale .129

Oovcnskoicap — — 248

Orantli.ybalo 244,247

OrolKli cap 2W

II.

Halgancap 217

Halllmt Ilcail 873

Halibut Id - 273

Ilnut-fond cap 262

Ifeidca nioutagno 221

lloilagbyn iMlo 2(V..20fi

Initehnaia l«il'> — 31*

Miehnol cap 'M, 314, 316

Igogiiakcap 8W

Ikatanile- _ «>•

Ikalokilo.. — 27«,896,2I»

illlakilo — - -- -lai

iliamna lac '-'•''

[ildlgl, . 281,28'i, 208,.102,.KI4

lilulukporl 287

nplnlkcap .. 227,228

Upinakul cap - - 237, i'W, ■."

322

INDEJC TO ACTUOBITIES.

P't

Iniaglln il» 188

Imttgn* Imlo .... 282

Imaoii-rotik iRc 24ft, 247

Ilnllk lie 198

Ingakuudak hale 209

Ingllkhakli lie 267

lamnnnkh detrolt 202, 263, 272, 273, 296

Isrannnkh lie 292

Iseaiinftkh iiiontagnu .. . 293

Iltygmnile 20ti,2O8,21l

Ivanovsky cap 269

iKonbock golfo ... .... .— . 262

limonol bttlo .« ............ 231

iBmenoi cap . .„.»...m..^.». 232

Izmonoi ilo . ..... ...^. ..M... .^..... 231

Jonpaiioff volcan „ 230,233,234

•lonpanoTa rWlere . .— ^34

KnhnkoTBkAla bale .... ..... . 316

Kachlfslmkala bale — 288,286

Kadiak Mo 268, 876, 276

Kafla golfo 278

KagftI llo 267

KagalAkn llo 321

Kalajrak riylore WS

Knkhldogonk cap 272

Kakhvalgn lie . 323

Kalakhlyrka riviere 231, 232, 233

Kaleklita bale 284

Kalekhtacap , 281,283,306

Kamonnol cap 246, 247

Kanitchaika . 227, 228, 237,318, 331, 336

Kamtchatka mer.... . .... . 196

Knmtchatka rtvlore 234, 236

Kamtchawkol cap 234,236

Kamycliatiikol bale 2S7

Kaimgalle 321,322

KangalUlouk lie 267

Kunghyiiiu bale . 223

Knmga riylore .237, 238, 239, 241

Karaghlunkala Iwlo 237

Karaglilraky llo« 238, 289, 24<1, 241

Karloutekol cup .«. 276

Ka««at/>tchy lie 310,316,320

Kamlkili-- -^ 2«7

Katnuil gulfo 27'

Kntmal rivlore „. ^

Kivtmfli«kol gnl* — W(

Kavlayak l»il» 244.»46,247

Kavuakiitn ll« 267

KenaiikaU li^e 267

Konalnki.l gi>lfc _ 276

Klinbiuilotw >1H) 206, DM

Khalnillakh lie WO

Khalnctkiu i-ap. ilTs |M

Klmtvrka kivHire . . ._..- Wir

Kliitkhoukh <->(i „ll|,«ii

Khitroffcnp IMfc,«l

Khogamll ll» »H

Khomllakoil ■•»»

Khoudobitw .... . -,„,., .

KlirmmtcheDko tie.

Khviielii.l llo

KiKatKH ilo

KiKniiill Me

. . W3

291,30!)

30*

KlKanilllKkh lie :(03

Klf9UH|liyl»> ile ..____ Wi

King lfc> - 248

Klng-o-klii_ 258

KlrilovBkftiH liaio 3M,326

KlintitchovNkni volcan -.,. .„,. . U8.31»

Klntchoff mche „., . ;KM

Klutohoviikiii volcao IM, ll», 236, 310

Kwhiglilnitknl imiiitagne . ^— , WO

Konloiijli ile... _„ tKl.tm

KonlouJI ilo 316,!ll«,.Mr)

Koniilaga tlo , , Ml

K»>oHroT(»kalR Itftto 316

KnriiitMkot Tolcnii . 81u

Korrvlntkala bale iP9,3M, Ml, all 319, 314,331

KorovlDakoi cap.....

KoroTlnakol golfe

KoroTliukol Ile

Pago.
.310,311,313

318

267,268

KoiBvlMkoJ port 312, 315, 317

Koroviiukoi volcan 310, 311, 318, 819

iCotxebue golfe ..... , . . 246

Konbougakhll cap . ... ._.„......._„__.„. 274,276

Kougonan cap .....„..„„.._„. ......206, 207, 200

Kanlvaem riviere „ . 217

Koukak golfe __. 276

Konkhat cap ,.«.-. ..... . . .«... , 274

Konlagayakh lie ... ....... . .. ....... ...... 267

KonlUliak bale 286

Kualngmnt cap ........................ . 276

t'. ulutcblnakol bale......._.._.„...,..„..„„_„... 218

it >amlona cap . .„..„_..._ .„ 274, 277

ixanskokTlm rivien ...... ...... „.. 264, 266

Kontoniofr cap . „_..._..„ .. 260, 266

Kouamlchcheff cap -«...... .................. 237, 23D

Xoutuilitcheff cap .. .„... . „ 287

KoMlakol volcan ... ........ „, ..230,233

KrachenlDDlkoff cap.._ ...... .... _... 234, 238, 289

KrenlUyn cap .._.__._ ...„.„„„ . 263

Krenjtain cap .__.........„ „.. _. 296

Krenytain, Ilea de 290,306

.J261,264

Krilakoi lie

Krieougonn cap 199, 203, 204, 212

KrDuotskol cap . 234

Kronotakol golfe ... .... ..._.... . 230, 234

Kronolakol Tolcan.„„. ........__...._....... 234

Kronglol lie .....„.„..__ _.__.„_„.„..._ 320

Krycl ilea g»4, 328

Kannyon-Tanany lie ._ „ ......_.„._ 267

Kvikbpak riviere ... .. . ... . 286, 287

Kvltohak riviere ...... 106

Xjrgbynlncap . 209,211

Kynkai ile . . 211

Kyaka ile ate

Kyeka Ile grande...„._..._._._..„....„.„.. 387

Kyeka lie, petite ™._ 326,327

Kytanamagan Hot .__.__ 296

Kytiek ilo 877

LnaarelTcap «.. 296

LebedevBki lies ..

Ledlanaya rlvloro

L6oDtovltch cap ...

Levachefr baio

Levacheff port

Lingllngal cap

Lopatka cap

Loutroa, Her fuix ...,
Loutree, Tort mix .„

336
217
261

190

277

Makouchtnskala bale......

Makouchlnekol golfo ...

Makotichlnakoi volcan ..

..283,286,286

280

.280,284

ymati cap . ... 831

Marltth riviere . „ . ... . JOG, 207, 214

Ma«more bale . .„. . 329

Ka'atobingai n itagne .. . 22.')

fdayatcbnol Cip . „. 229

Medny llo _ 334, 330

ModvednikoVRkala ba»e . ?7l

Moetcheli I'aji 219,220.222,223,226,227

Melnghyii,.iu awnuigne , . 210,211

MenchlkotI iitii _.. 269

M«rtf.M cap 207, 209, 21 1 , 2IB

Mi'lohlgmentk bata .100, 10i,iBr>

MolchigmeiialM «ita. _.. ._.. J13, 218

Moifetcap ... . ...„_.««........_ 162

MnkrovakM* »«il» __.__ IM

Mullet bai* ,- «.^ .. .... ..._._..«« MO

Mi.ller gnM* 8M

■ ■ • i t ^e ct . le»,tTO

llMt*C«<i« Ita* am ^mr* . . «W

MordvtiK'ff Mj»-.
Xorj»v>*a.yabale.

Moc^virihti bale

Nwj^nkol volcan..
■•^ovt Ue

29a

27;i

272

ire

8W, MO. 141

INDEX TO AUTHORITIES.

323

PagB.

31(l,Sn,»13

818

267,268

312,318,317

.310,311,318,319

246

274,270

206,207,200

217

276

274

267

286

276

218

274, 277

264,266

260, 266

237,230

237

230,233

234,288,230

263

296

280,306

261,264

.190,203,204,212

234

230,234

234

329

M4,325

267

266,267

196

. 209,211

211

327

326,327

206

277

196

330

217

261

286

282

223

228

190

277

,..283, 2W), 286

280

280,284

331

-.206,207,214

320

22.")

229

334,338

?71

222,229,226,227

210,211

269

207,200,211,216
190,10i.iOf,

213, 21«

202

280

2«4

269,270

sot

293

272

. 2-72

..838. 940. Ml

MoiJOTjr lie 342

UoroKovitkala bftli) ... 272

MoroEoTBkaya . 373

Nadoutcba ilo 273

Nacai lie 267, 868, 269

Kagalrocha.. „ ._ pj

Nagounalaf .A 11?-. 28O

Maknok riiri 1 257, 268, 266, 266, 276

MataktobTak ™ _„ 277

Nalatcheffcap .... ... 233

MalchlMiukoi 236

Manrin cap

Mavire rocba..

Neogtchan cap .

Nerpltcby Itot

Newonhaoi cap

MlnlrUoun

Minonau-Tougat lac „

Noir cap .__

Noisak cap ......

Murton bate .

Norton jolfe

"oucliagak riTtero .

220,221

302

, 206,207,209

-. 320

.262, 264, 261., 2S«

217

276

266

293

243, «W

249

266

212

. IfO, 212

212

Nounaaugan Hot ,~~

Nounlagmocap — ....

Nosntagmo moatagne

Nonniogmo rivlare — — 212

VoTO-Archaiigelsk 278

KoTjr ilea 336

HoTy nwhe 333

MoaoTikol Tolc&n 293

Nantak Ha M7

Njgtcbygan cap 206,212

Njkhto cap IM

Obetaraonata bale.

314

OMqi cap ***

Oouh, Ilea anx ^^

Ogloga He '23

Ogloitak He 820, 321

Okbolak mer ««, 228

OkiTaU He "'

Oleany lie '"

Olenyil..- 272,873,291

Oltoutor ritiere *"

OKoutonk cap ~ •**

Olotonkol golfe **'

Oriental c^p IW. l". ■^- *».*"■ ?^

OatroTkl Ilea -

Ooblonnala balu ■

Oudagakb canal —

OudakbUbaie

OnegakbHe

Ougadakhbale

Ou^nk ri»l.re..- ^- «»• J^

Ongalgan Hot -

Ougamok He

Ottlmnowikaia ritiere "•

Ouka riTlare

Oukamok He

Onklnikol cap - —

OnklTok He —

OnltnadokHc

OuUad^Ul He

Oul!igt Ue

Oullakbpen cap. -

OuUlags He -

OuUlaghiu He

Ouninak dctrolt

..291. 90C
242
237

_. 27H

., 336,237,238

248

._ 283

" 321

_] 303

"" 216

'_'_ 303

303

28«,?)e, 299, 3(12, 306

... "?9e,30O,3()l,3O2,:!U3,3O4

ou^bkanj""r_":::::.':::^".w«".«*.^v^,«M«.2»T,

OunalttCbkalle ^^^ »,. aoj. 304, 306, .M, 310, .!.%, 340

■i83,««7,2«8,3(«;

.jUi, 287, !SS. 280, :t06, Sia

' 267, 26«, 269, 290, 297

304,305

OunitJga delroll — —

Ounatga tie

Onnga ll>'

Onnlmak nwutnunc

Ounimak volcan-.-- — .....«.——

Onlinui Hot — "

Onrnol can .~. — -" — —

Paghollancap — 210.211,114

Pain (laHUcrp cap 341

Pavlovikala bale 201, 269, 270, 271, 207

PavIoTflkK>ii i\m . a7i>. 271

Pavlorakol volcau „ 209,271

PaTloTiky port . . 278

Pechtchanala auK .313.314

Pci\jlnik bale , „ „ 227

Pcnkegnel halo jUT.JOii

Perpendlculalre cap , 34l.;<42,343

Pntriikullcap itl

Peetaovaia bale . .... 314

Potrof lie ._ 201

PetroparloTBky port 220, 230, 232. 2.13, 310, 331

Pbarecap 220,2:11, 232, 2il;i

Pinnacle He 342

Pnaongonn cap 199,200,2111,2112

Podsupotchnol cap . 31.',

Pogromnol »olcan 293, 294. 2'.«i, 297

PolovlDCbaty rocbe , 33;t

Poperotcbuy Ho .... . 271

Popovskoi lip . ,. 267,268

Puetel cap 211

Potalnlkoff cap 311

Povorotnol cap . 228

Premier cap , 2(»H

Pribyloll Ilea ;iOi),3:)(i

Prince de Oalloa cap 190, 197, 243, «W, 240, 282, 26n

Providence cap -,—.... . . ,—...,.._- 277

PtltcbnyUo . 267

Piltovallo 277

Bakovabalo. 231,232

HakoTolbale 229

Ratmauoir port 209. 210, 214

Bata, Ilea aux 27'.l

Benarda, Uei anx 279,290,304

Bocheuxcap .. . «... — ~- 240

Bodney cap 246, 247

Bojiloff cap 261, 204

Boumlantioff cap 262, 263, 284

8te Croll golfe -218, 216, 219, SM, 224, 228.

81. DlomMe Ilea

St. Etienne lie

St. George lie 337,338,339.

St. Jean DogoelolTHe — :««l,

St. Laurent bale 197, 198, 109, 201, 202, 20:t, 206, M2. 213, 214, 218,

St. Laurent lie 196,

8t. Mattbleu lie HI.

Rl. Paul lie 3S7, 338, ;U9,

Pt. Thaddto cap 210,220,

-amalga Ilo ... — ..__._—_— — — —

Sa.m^«Qouda bale.. ....

joz.xganoudba bale . —

Saultakb lie ». ...

flarannala nnae

SaranniilA ^ale ..

Sarytchenf cap .„..—...-
Satanna < ap... .......

.282. 284,

.272, 173, 274, 291 , :92, 296. 29«. WT

SIS,

J!93. 194,

ganluktouclkh lie _...

Seccad cap

Se|;onani He — —

S^meuolT c-»v

84m#iiovaky lie.. — — —

,8emldlu lie «- ■

flemltchl ile..«.». — «"■ ■ ■ '■

. 272
. 278

8,iuilBopotcbny He — '*'

Seniarlne cap — .— __.. -

SSnlavlne detrolt 206, tOf. lOT, 209, 211, 213, 214, 216, 218,

geutln'''Ie rocbe — . —„_...

Scrdtae Kanien cn|i

Senlzo Kamen cap « .....-..- —

^ri;eeTiky

SergbelelT ..«,-—«-

f,»Terny lie .

ShalloW'WaUr cape ..._...———

Hhiial Noie cape —

glgah cup — —

8lgnalnul cap „___.._———

Slgnaax cap—... ■.■■■■■ .~-...

..311,

.262,

198
328
340

lot

826
200
342
340
221
302
887
274
306
314
SIK
297
.384
267

307
239

le'j

277

■if

260
226
230
196
It.
U3
313
336
S62
266
SttH
220
3211

324

1NI>]3X TO AVTUOBITIE8.

h-i

Pago.

SlguuDln Jetrolt 308

HlKiiimm 111) ,07,308,317

Sltkhlll llo 321, 323, 320

Hllkhino, La I'oUU), llo

Hltkliiiic, Occlileutale, ilo .

Uitymkan ilu .».-

SIvtiuchi rocbo .._..

Hlvuutclil rocho ».»...

Mlvuutchy roclio

Sknkhiml llo

Soloiil ilo

Soliiijr lie

Bolinurlklia llo

Huiilinitt rivlaro

SuutkhTlk llo

Sfiuvoruff cap. .

HiHinborg cap . —

SpeQcor cap

Splrkino llo

StarltfllikolT llo

StcpaituvHkala auso

Stoptiena cap

Stolliovol car

HtolbuvKkali rlvlore

Stul^tiu cap -.

Btrogouoff cai

326

. 267

338

. 308

..890,320,327,333

310
..314,317

873
..269,266
.- 877
.. 2W

217

244

284,286,287,288

229,230,2.11

301

..248.249,260,262,266

236, 236

2S6

21B

260

Stiiart llo 240,260,261,262,283

Svotchiilkoll i«rt . 308

Svikbcbak golfe _. . . ....... 876

Tagalak llo 320

Tagaiimk llo — - 273

Tagliliiuk llo .«.. 269

Tagtookon montagno 208

Takli-Kliilakh llo 267

Tana llo 308

■- 322

Taniif^

Tauakh- \ngouiiakli llo . . 303

Tanghliiakli Hot - 209

TaugUlnakh rocho 302

Tniiiaga llo 322,323

Taiiiuulakh ile_. . 327

Tatchik halo J46,247

Tcbagoan b.ilo --- 266

Tchaltchl ilos 306,306

T( iMipUli cap 209, 212, 213, 216

Tcliastio His Sft),321

Tchogoulak ilo . 303

TclioruiilK'Urjr llo 267,273

Tckorovskala balo 2H6

Tcblarliouii dotrult 209

Tcblgliiiiok llo 303

Tcblng-an cap 216,217

Tchlrlkoir cap 218

IVhlrlknir llo _ 2T»

TcbltcbagofT cap 268, SM

Page.

Tchltcba«i>ff port 32(1,389

Tohougatakoi golfo 876

TcboiigblgbyUk llo _ 304

Tcbougblniulokb llo 3(13

Tobougoul lie X)i,S80,a86

Tcbougoubtk lie _... . . . 820

Tcboagoulok lie ...._._ ._ .. 90J

Tcboukotskot cap ....

TcbonuDok cap ..■■■

TIgalda tie

VIkhlnlak lie

Tolatol cap «.~.. »

Toukot cap . . ......

Toporkoff ilo

ToporkofT rocho .

Tougoumak golfe ....._......»

Tougamak golfe .~........_.

Toullkakoi Tolcan —..,■■.

Toulouliaga cap. . _....

Touiiak ile ..

Toniighimllc ilo ._

Toutigoulik .

TontK, llo Uoa ...,,,—. ..,,.

Tralnoauz, llo doe ..,.„.

..197, 809, 216, 816, 817, 218

263, 898, 296, 296

200, 801, 306, 306

..840,310,316,310
267,869

333
.. 296
.. 896
..898,301

Trauflguratlon bale _. .._..

Trolfl Frdrea rocher..
Trolaidiue cap

807

8«T

342

847

816,217

231,232

208

Ulaklle

Up-Nut rlTlore .

Vakhllikala tirloro..

Vcevldovikiee ilea

VcevidoTskol volcaD..
VdcdloTskoi cap

323
844

233

208

Vteilonkot montagne..

Vorkbotounky lie

TUutchlnakot volcan ...
Vouten rlxiera

Wazell oap.._.... .

Wrangell cap .„

298,80;

..881,28,1,302,306

Wtangcll golfe..

..888,139
130
216

898
.. 388

..876, jrn

Yaitcblnll llo 889,891

Yallcblliy Hot £87

Taltchiil cap „ 810

Yakboua cap • H6

Yorghlncap . 210,811

Youcbin .~ap 3.12, 334

Youkolny llo 871

V ii««ka Ile soa.aoi

ZakhaTOTsks [a llo

ZoubofT Ilea

887

MEABES' VOYAGE TO THE XvlBTHWEST COAST OF AMERICA.*

Pnro.
Adauiaoii, *^apo •*j,327

Api)«n(lix 17

Admiralty Bay, Track (^hart.

chart p 1

AtlclKii Point 307, 308, 312

Aulan, StraltH of Ixili

Aratha|icsc-ow I.ako— x\ix, Ixlil, Ixlv, liv

ArgotumI, bIiIji 106,217

Baukii Island, Ttncl. Chart.

thai' |i

I hat p

Uankii. IN.rt

xli

llv

Baixia.v !)<iund . Iv, 172

Appendix (1^46

Harnett tiapc .WC,327

Appendix 17

Pago.

Barren Islauda . 307, 313

Appondix 10^11

Barwoll Point, chart p . 1

Dealo Cape .. 171

Bi- .lo'fl Harbour, Appendix .. . 27

Bodo Point — ...J0fr,SlI,312

_ 12

XlYl

Bocring'B Bay, Appendiz.

Btihrlng Bay ..

Bi'bring Strait

Berkley's Sounii, Track Chart.

chart p

cliart p

Bchring Bay, Track Chart.

chart p

chart p ...

Biflhup Irtland, chart p ...

Dreaken Point

A|>pendlx

xli

- 1

xll

184, 186, 181

B, 7

• Mkabis (UtuI, John B. N.). Voyages made in the yeai^ 1788-1789 from (3hln» to the ourthwoel <a*t of America, 4°. Lmtdon : Jf. Watte, noo.

Page.

32(1, 3W

876

3(13

. — W4, 320, 320

820

30J

21S, 816, 217,118
M3, 292, SOS, 200
200,201,306,300
269
310
269
232
333
~ SOS
.. 296
..2«e,301
895
267

- 267
J«7

- 342
. »»T
-816,217
.231,838

808

844

233

208

298, 30;

381, 283, 302, 30S

280

238,189

130

210

.. 388

-276, an

-889,291
.- 287
.. 310
.- 216
-210,811
.338,334
871
-3019,304

207
.. 336

P«go.

307,313

10,11

171

—307,311,312

llv

»lvl

xll

-134,135,181
8,7

il.V. '700.

INDEX TO AUTHOttlTlUH.

8Sfi

Brooks Point, Trauk Chart.

Port, cbart p

Bucclugh'l Bound, Track Chart.

chart p

Paifo.

OaUort'a bland, chart p -
chart p .

Oiplaiii Cbok, nhlp

Ohalffet rlllago

Charlotte Iiland

xll

.1111, 1.11

230

338

Appendix 87,28

Charlotte Iilea llll

Chliwoll laland, chart p 1

Churchill Fort xllv, Irl

Clerk's laland, chart p 1

Cleoquott 203

Co(a>iiii<a,ahlp Iv,81»

Uomptrollor Baj :>18

Cook'a Hirer x, xl, xxrl, xlv, ilvll, ilvlll, xllx, llv, Ivli, Irlll, lli, lil,

Ixxll, IxxXT, 133, 208, 200, 211, 240, 3U», 31)0, 307, 300, 31.1, 311),

Apprdd X 10, 46,52, 53, 06

Cool Bay, chart j - 1

Copper lalaud. Appendix 00

Copper Mine BI»or xllv, Ivll

Cox Chaanel, Appendix - '^^

Cox,Iort 162,16B,169,171,n.'>, !«'.

187,101,196,202,2:10,234,2:17

■ketch (W

Appendix

OrunCape _ 322,323

Appendix 17

Croaadound — 323

\ppendlx 17,40,63,66

I).
Olck'a Harbor, Track Chart.

chart p -- • — - '

DiKoiwry, ihlp ^ — 101,116

Dubaunt Lake — - --- ''"

DouglaaCapo »l,307,308,:«2

Douglas Island, sketch 30f., 327, :128, 332

Appendix 1'

DougloaaSntrmnce, Track (aiort.

chart p I

Uuillue Point, chart p.. — - '

Barl of Chothom Islands, chart p — - I

Edgeonmbe, Cajw "' "»

Appendix ♦"."

Edgecnmbo Mount

Efflnghoni, l*ort

•keteh

Appendix

Blefiiilt Viltago

Bllsabeth Cape

Appendix.

lHoltb-lt village

Bquolett village

Etfhoa, Port—

gxptrimaO, ship

xli

1 I

326

Appendix ^7

180, 184, IDS, 230, 234, 237

, 6,50

230,231

.' 113

Kll,73l

"_ 210

..xxvil, III, IXXi, XXXV, xixvl, xxxvlll
llll, 131

322

xmi,I,ll,lv,lvi.lx, lilt
lli

Fair Weather Capo

Appendix

Farmer Cape, Appendix

iVHcs, ship

FItshugh Sound ^^

Foggy iBlend ijji^

Fonte, Lake do " j

Fonoftor Island, chart p "^ ^^^^^

sketch

Appendix..

107
..8, 0,7, 18, 10, 30, 14, 53, 07

Gllw"" Island, chart p

chart p —

Oors Puitt, Track Chart.

chart p

Qranipus Isles „. „ .. ... U

Great IslamI, Appendix 64,08,66

Oruen Islands . . sift

Appendix .. _...— 11

(lrovllloCa|w , 304,300

Apptindlx._ — - : 10

II.

UainuH Cuvu, Appendix

Iltilfwuy Piiint

ilawksbury I'url, chart p

llaywurd .^trulls. Truck iliart.

cbart p

chart p

llazoy Islands, Track Chart.

L'hart p

134

xll
1

IlluihlnbrokeCape xx*l,xxx, 31 6, 317,318

Appendix

lllpjH) Island, cbart p.-

ling Island

Apiiendix—

llullings Capo

Appendix

Hostility Day, Track Chart. *

chart p —

IIow*fchuc-fo-lett Tillage . .

11
1

248
87

304
III

23U

Ibbertwin t<*iund, chart p . . i

/lajxrtol KiyKslilp Iv, 124, 132, 100. 172

Iphi^emi, ship xllll, xlv, II, llll. Iv, Ivl, Ix

Irving Cape, Appendix 27

.lohn de Fuca Slralta xlix, I, iv, Ivl, Ivll, 1x1, l.'i.\ 150, 170,

171, 173, 171, 178, 170, 188,2:10, 2:11, 232
Appendix 0,56

Kuye Island — 318,310

chart p . . xll

chart p -., 1

Appendix . 12

Knviw Isli'iil, Track Chart.

KunoumaLafat village — 23U

King Georgv'a Hound -.xl, xilil, xxlv, xxvl, xxvll, xxx, xxil, ixxll, xiiv,
xxxvi, xllll, xlv, 11. lil, llll, llv, Iv, 88, 103, 104, 107,
100, 115, 124, 12U, 132, 133, 134, 136, 130, 144, 145, 147,
148, 140, l.'>6, 15U, 17U, 171, 179, 181, 184, lUl, 100, 2U0,
208, 211, 218, 210, 22<.l, 230, 231, 234, 230, 240, 248, 804

Apttendix 6,6,07

Klscuchttwau Hlver — xllv

Kodlak Island -Ix,x,xl,304

sketch 3(ji>

ApiHindIx - 10

Ladrone Islands

Liinio Islands

.\|i|icndlx —
Lauder Point, Track Clinrt.

chart p

t<ir<r, ship

L«.o-cha-etl village)

102
lli
20

111

2:i(i

M'lntlre Uoy, Appendix 27

Milntyro llay,(liarl p 1

Moaros, Port.skilih— 329, :i;iO, 332

AppiMldll 18,27

Modnul Island, Ap|iendlx - 60

Milihell Island, chart p . 1

MontA{.;uu Irtlt! xxlil, xxvl

MonlaijUi! Island - 315, 310, 317, 318

Appendix 11

Hnlgrave, Port. llv

Murray Capo, Appendix — 27

No|«aii Sound, Tiork Chart, chart p - I

New Caroliui' Islnntis I02

Nitta-nolt vilisge - 230,231

New Trinity bland, Trocl-. Chart, chart p . .. I

326

ilTDEX TO AUTHOBITIB8.

P>ca.

NouUit.. Ixll, liT, Ux, Uxl, IxxUl, 104, 107, 111, 114, lie, IIT, 128, 18S,

133, 137, 143, 144, Hfl, 148, 170, 17.1, 180, 181, 188, 189, 191, 199, 10«,
1U8, 206, 208, 910, 21«, 217, 118, 219, 229, 232, 234, 240, 244, 249, 2S1

Appoudix 6, 26, 4«, 47, 48, S3, 68, 66

Nuotk* Sound lUI, Iv, Ivl, Ixx, Ixxxlll, 126, 132, 133, 169, 184,

226, 228, 229, 268, 271, 306, 332, 333, 334

Appendix J, 6, 26, 83, 46, 63

Nurtli bland, Track Chut.

Norfolk Sound, Track Cliarl.

chart p . — . .«...-... 1

Northern Archipelago xlv, xllx. 111, It, M, If II, llx, Ixl, 106, 212, 232

Oualaithka .....

Oonalaahka

Otter Sound, akotch

Appendix .

101

304

Ouualatchka «.. . It.vI.Ix

PetrlM bland, Appendix ... .

Pe'Hea Strait

Pitt, Fort, Appendix

ritt bland, Track Chart

oliart p.....

chart p . .

Pitt, Port, Track Chart.

chart p

Porilock Harbour . .

PoiewMlon Point ... ..

PriKct of Wala, ihlp

Prince Williaui'i bhiud. Appendix .

27
xl

xll
1

310

. It, 106

Prince Wllllam'a Sound xl, xll xxiT, xxtI, xxx, xxxil, xxxt, xxxvII,

xxxTlli, xl, xlili, xlTt, xlTll, 111, llT, ItII, IIx, 208, 232, 240

Appendix 46, 62, 63, 66, 66

Princcn Bojal bhwds, Track Chart.

chart p xll

chart p ....._ 1

PritKWM Boial, ahip It, Ixll, 103, 100, 196, 190, 200, 201, 202

Appendix . ..... . ... ...... 6

Pyo'd bland, Track Chart.

chart p ...» --- 1

QuetH OurloUe, ahlp xl, xxlll, xxIt, lUI, IIt, It, 201

Queen Charlotte blee ^ « „. . ... 282

Appendix 27, 46, 63

Qu-qnaet Tillage . _.._„.......... 230

Baft CoTe, akutch

Bennell bland, chart p_„

Retolution, ship

Boie bUnd, Track Chart,

chart p

Boso Point

lloae Port .

Bow Point, Appendix

Boyal Port, A^jpoudlx

372

101,146

St. Eliua Mount

Apjwndlx .

231

XXTl

321
17

Page.

St. Augustine Mount 307,308,(11

St. Oeurge'ii Bound . .___. 191, 261

St. Ilermogeneii Gape, chart p ._..__.... „... 1

St. IlerniL, mm Island .. . .................. 300,818

Appendix 10,11

St. Jamet Cape 233, 234

Appendix „ . 26, 64, 66

St buarui Archipelago ........ „.„.. ixl

St. Laiaio, Mount, Appendix ............... ..._..._... 27

at. Patrick'! Bay, tketsh 316

Salbbury Sound, Track Chart.

chart p. ...... ....... .. 1

Soott Cape, chart p 1

chart p xll

Sea Otter'i Harbour 111,320

•ketch SM

Appendix 17

Sea Otter Sound __. . 332

Shumagln blanda...-...»........ ._«._..«....„..... Ix, xl

Smokjr Bay S12

Snug Comer Ootc xl, xxIt, till, 316

Appendix

Stephana Sound, Track Chart,
chart p ._.._
chart p ...„_

Stephent Port, chart p ...._

Suckling Cape

Appendix.......

Sntberland CoTe 1....

xll

318,319

.XXTl, XXXTll

Tlannal Bay

Tlanna Boade, Appendix...
Trinity Cape

App«ndix._.,

312

801,303

.... . 10

Trinity Inlet, chart p 1

Trinity bland 802, 308, 304, 306, 806

Appendix ...

Trinity Point, Appendix

Trollop BiTer, chart p _.

TurnagaiD Point, Track Chart

chart p ..

chart p ......

Two-Headed Point ...

sketch

Appendix....

Unamah.

Ctb-u-wU-ett Tillage .

xll

803

306

Tl
230

Vincent bland. Track Chart,
chart p ...

ITaaMii^im, (loop .
Wlcanaulah

Wicananlah Harbour

Wlcanaulah Port, Appendix..
Whitaunday Cape ...

Appendix ...

Wbimntlde Cape, chart p

Woody Point, Appendix

. Jt, iTl, Ixxil, 219, 220, 226, 236
It, 132, 136, 137, 149, 161

306

POBTIiOCK'S VOYAGE AAOUND THE WORLD.*

Page.
Admiralty Bay, Track Cliart.
Anchor Piiliit 93, no, 111

Andrews, Port, Track Chart.

Bauka Point ... , 123

Barber Point, Port Etcliea . 226

Barron lalos U7^ Og^ jjU

Appendix ,i|, xm

Barwull Point, T.ack Chart.

Page.

Bode Cape, or Point '. 93, 98, 99, 110, 234

Behrlng'a Bay, Track Chart.

Breakers Point, Appendix . . .« xt

Brooks Harbor, sketch ..._.... .... ......_.. 220

Bryant Point, McLA>d'a Harbour.:. .,..........._ 106

Cbiaweirs Islands, Track Cliart.

Chalmers Harbour, plan

Cleare, Cape, T.'-ck Chart.

216

•PoETiocK, (Oapl. Nnthanlcl). A voyage round the world, but more particularly to the northwoat coast of Amertcs, performed in 1786-1788 (etc.)
4°. tmdm : J. 8loci:<lale and U. OotlMing, 1789,

INDEX TO AUTHOBITtE8.

32f

OoolB«y

Oo»l Harbour . ^ "'

Oomptrollor B«y jj^ ggj

Cook'i Bay

Oook'l KI»or aa, 06, M, 101, 1(12, 116, 118, 207, 2lV,

223, 234, 236, 240, 2V>, 260, 262, 200,

Appendix .

OroM, Capo.-,
OroM Sound.,

I'Ugl'.

102
111,122
260, 2M
220
220,222,
202, 2M

— xll

267,2116

127.120, 130, 131, 1112, 260

Dajr'i Harbour, Track Chan.
Diok'a Harbour, Track Chari.
nonglaa, Cap«... .

Wgccombe, Capo 12'), 133, 134, 136, 267, 260, 202, 272, 273, 274, 276

■dgocombe, Mount 266,276

Oliabeth, Capo 0fl,07,123

Appendix xlll

Ktehoa, Port, 244, 26(1, 266

■ketch . ..„■ 226

Fain Island, Blockdale'a Harbonr . .._, 316

Talr Weather, Gape, Track Chart.

Fair Weather, Mount . 130, 230, 267

Appendix.... xxlv

Foot bland 246,247

Garden Idand, Port Etches 220, 232, 233, 243

Oaorglana Cape, Track Chart.

Ollmoar Point, Chalmers Harbour.... . ... 215

Gora Point, Track Chart,

Goi'Uing's Harbonr, sketch . 268

Oraham Harbour, plan I(I2

Oreen Islands 124,211,212

OreTllle, Cape 203

HannlngsBay 211,212,846

Harman Point, Track Chart.
Haywatd Straits, Track Chart.

Hill's Isknd, Portlock's Harbonr 2,W

BInchtnbrooke Capo 120, 12H, 218, 227, 230, 231, 233, 244

Hinchlnbrooke Core 220,224

Hogan's Island, Portlock Harbour 268

I.
bUnda, Bayof 127.134

Kayes Island 128,231

King Gei'rge s Sonnd 127, 120, 134, 136, 130, 137, 130,

14(1,141,142,220,260,260,276

Appendix xv

Kodiao bland 09,100,104,221,223

Moljt^l's Harlmur, plan .. . ^_ jjM

Mitchell Inland, Track Chart.

Mmilanue ImUiiiI 123, 124, 11'., 20:1, 2(14,2(16, 200,200, 211,

212, 2l:i, 132, 2.17, 240, 244, 246, 247, 264

Appendix xlll, xill

MnlgTOTo, Port, Track Chart.

Ounalnitkn ^f^ ^^

Ounanka ^ 223

Passage Island, Oraluim llarUiur Ina.llR

Phlps, Cape, Track Chart.

Pitt Island j|7g

Portlock Harbour, aketch gM

Appe'i'lli xxil

Possexslnn Point, Track Clinrt.

Prince of Wales i'lunmo , 24(1^ 240^ 247

Prince William's Sound lln, 123, 124, 120, 128, 204, iW7,210, 212,

218, 220, 224, 248, 266, 2611, 260, 20), 270, 287, 288

AppMiillx xxll

Pye's bland, Track Chart.

."• •

Hose Inland, Track Chart.

Russian Point, Graham Harbour . loj

St. Augustine, Mount ..... 102, 224

St. Ellas, Mount .,. . i,to, 26fl

St. Hermogenos, Caiio ... . ._......,.... ... ofl, PV

St. Horniogeiies Island , . 07,08,203 223

Salisbury Sound, Track (^lart

Sliumagin Islands . 00,238

Smoky Pay . 233

Snug Corner '.'eve 218,231,240

South Foreland, Track Chart.
Steele Point, Track Chart.

.Stockdale's IlarlNiur, plan ...... 816

Suckling, (Tape, Track Chart.

Sutherland Cove . 233, 238

Trading Boy 1 10, 120, 123

Turnagain Bivor 240

Vincent Island, Track Chart.
Volcano Mount

.102,110,111

W.
Whitsunday f^pe. Track Chart.

Wliltelintlcle Bay 228

Wiiliy'n Island, chart 316

W.HMleock Point, McLeod's llarlKiur - ^ 800

Woody Point l.w, 137, 143

Appendix XT

VANCOUVER'S VOYAGE."

Page.

Addenbrook, Point I.''W

Addlngton, Cape 111,200,.

Admiralty Bay - 111,173,205,214

Inlot I,28ll,?i(S,289; 111,282

bland"'...- I". 270, 277, 293

Adolplms, Point "'. «»■ 2«9

AiBeck's Canal - I'. *"

Atova Point "■'*'

Albenil, Canal de, chart 6.

Alexander Point "•""

AllavlaUon Island — ''^'^

Althon. Pert.. I", 213, 24 J, 243, 2«M2

7_.,.. n„... ni, SB.'!

n,m

Amelia Point

Amellus Point

Anchor Point, chart 10.
Andrews Port .

.III, 147, 182

Pago.

«inmor Point Ut,t79

Anvil Island 1, 30», 308

April Fw,l Ill, 285

Arat'iapoHCow Luke 111,240

Anloii Mnt 111,276

ArffOHOUtf TCHSel 1,387

Arlstiaible, Y" d', cliart 7.

Arms north of Miibank Sound . 11,281-83

Armstrong Port, chart 12.
Arro, (Janal do, cliart 6.

ArUmr, brig 111,230,240

Ashton Point 11,30,'!, 312

Astley Point 111,280

Astronomical olworvations, Ac, about Port Di«covory . 1,246-47

Atkinson Point 1,303

Augusta Point Ill, 269

• VAMcoaVBR (Oavl Qcorge) A voyage of diK-ovcry to the North PaciHc Ocean and round the world (eit.), performed in the yesra ^^OC^■M.
3 TOls. 4°, and atla. folio Lmdm, fm- (t. 0. ««l J. UM^m, 179S. Oficml tMum. The nnmlKira In itnllc Indicate the place in the text where the name
ta llnrt applied to the object deslRnated, as In the preceding indices.

mm .*??\|

328

INDEX 'HO AUTHOItlTIES.

V '.< I

Italnlirlilne Port Ill, 170, 177

llnkiT, Mount ..... ™ I,2SB,2:iS,li01,l»3

Folilt II, 410-12, «1,4W

llttlluainn, AniiiUK Hlcnonarvltoh HI, 1«), lAI, 174,101

Oankii'H iKlamI _ II,iW«

I'olnt _ 111,01,187,132, 178

llAmimfr. Am Borronoff.

I)(irl«r, Mr III,«S»

Itarrlny, Mr 1, 412

ftirlow'H Co?« „ 111,877

llnrnuUw ('apo 111,00,1)1

Ditrren I»lni_._ 111,1)2,127,144,181

Itarrlo Point 11,411,41*

llauin, P" dn, cliRrt 7.

IVull Point Ill, lee

BoKrlngH, liow exprMNod 1,80

Beaton'H lMlHn(l,rhnrt 7.

Rmuclorc Port 11,413

IMe Point 111,14.1,144,161

nw'rinK ~ 111,208

Ikierlng'i l)«y III, 2H, 218, 222,230, 237

Ilohm'M Canal I1,380-R6,S88

Dell'ii Wand II,38B

nalllngham'H Day .'. I,S14

Bentlnck Point .—Ill, 170, 171, 218

nontinck's Arn)« II, 273-78

Dontlnlck'x ArmH, chart 7.

Borner'a Bay_.. .111,283

llorronofr, Mr. Alexandor [DamnnlT] Ill, W, 143, 144, 147, 172, 173, 238

Uollon, Mr. Rolnrt 11,381

Iletton'n Iiland II,!)fl6

nkcarcll 1, 398

Bllllnipi _ 111,127

Dlngham Point 111,261,202

nirtli Bay 1, 318, 316

lllanrho Rio 1, 314

lllaqnloio Point II, WO, 410

BlIgh'M laland .Ill, 162, IM, 186, 187

niylnn Sounil Ill, 147, 148, 182, 173,223

a.cas do Qnadra II,348-.M,868

Donllln laland II, 323

Dorlano Point - _ II, 4*4

Bourillon'i Bay, chart 10.

Boylo'8 Point I, SSI, 862

Bradfleld CannI 11,308

Broakors Point II, 280. 281

nridgamnn, Mr. Ooorge 11,362

Bridget Point 111,283

■Broughton'B Arclili«dugo 1,368

Brown, Mr 1 1, 324, .128, 320, 332, 367; 111,207,208,240,282,204

Brown'H Passogo .. II, 326

Bucaroli, Puerto del Bayllo . 111,299

Buck Point 11,420

Biiona E»pi'ranz)i, Porto 11,282,286

Burko'B Canal II, 261, 264

Burrard'H Canal I, SOO-SOS, 317

Burrongh's Pay II,s;;e,387

Bniihy Island II, m, 407

Bute's Canal 1,326

Butterworth II, 324-26, 320, 367 ; III, 207

Caamano, Cape II, 307, 381, 383, 308-07, 402, 403

Oaamano, Ben'. 1,308,403; 11, 207, 320, 32.^ 340, 367-70, ;)70, 380, 381, 428

Calamity Harbour, chart 7.

Caldor Mount.. II,4»J,424

CallVi Canal I,SM

Calvert Cajw 1,370; 1 1, 267, 268

CaWertri Wanda 1, 360, 381-83

Camden Port . III, JOT

Campbell Point III. IJ8

Canaveral, Port del— 71,322

(^rraeco, chart 8.

Carter's Bay II, 186, 287

Cartwright's Sound II, 4»

Cascade Canal II,l'««,269

Caution (iipe _ II, tm

Chacon, Cape de.j . 11,370

Chalmers' Harbour III, 186, 187, 176

Port III, 127, 187-00, lOr), 294

Chatham 1,365,360

Point , I,.14J

Port II, 120, 1.10, l.M, 133, 161

Page.

Chatham's Sound II,ail,3I7,a7»,«l«,4I»

Strait Ill, 204

Chwiakeea..: . 1, 346, 347, 848,361,383

Chllkal Blver, mouth of 111,841

Chlswell's Islet. III, 162, 18.3, 188

Cholnondeley's Sound ......... ,.._............_...._ II,3«1

Christian's Sound . „ „... 111,907

CluMt. 8tt Flattery capo.

Clayoquot, sm Port C()X II, 240

Coi'hrana Point ..Ill, ISO

Coke Point _ 1I1,«7»

Colnett, Capt 1,887,388,391 ;lll,8e7

fWomonee, Mr. Peter 111,146,172-74,198

Colpoys' Point II, 40», 408

0>l«mji(a, ship, of BoatoD 1, 21;), 816, 387, 406, 40«; 11,427

Oompania Island ... . . , II, 898

Comptroller Bay, chart 11.

Conelnalon Island 11,41*, 413, 419

Port Ill, 268, 2«0,«7«,«77,288, 206, 207,299

Controller Bay 111,216,217,219-21,226

Cook, Capt. Jamea...lII, 87, 88, 91, 92, 06, ON, Ilia, 104, 120, 148, 184, 178, 186,
192, 104, 197, 198, 202, 208, 2O0, 318, 214, 318, 249, 266

Cook's Inlet (or arm or rlror) III, 87, 02, /««, 148, 181, 169,

172, 181, 187, 188, 192, 190, 814, 294
Cordova P", chart 11.
Cordova y Cordova, Puerto, chart 7.

Cornwallis Point III, 181

Coronation Island . 11,416,41.1; 111,899

Countess Point Ill, 17*

Coiivsrden Point III,*4<,t4«

Cox Channel (<ra Mearea, p. 368).

(V>x bland I,S8S

Cox Port or Clayoquot 1,816,401,408,416

Crnlg Point II,4«)

<'ranatoun, Mr 1, 898

CroaaCape 111,861,864

Bound 111,178,207,211-13,237,241,

268, 868-61 , 266, 370, 278, 282, 286, 894

Cnlroaa Point HI,17»,180

Cnmming Point II,«>«,a08

Cyproaa laland 1,804,297

J^erlnlaa, storoshlp „ 1,376,876,884

Dalrymplo 1,818,917

Davison Point II,»89

Day Point 11,291

Dean's Canal II, *67

Deception Bay 1,910

Passage _ 1, 808, 298

Decision, Capt .II, 416, 4a), 423, 424; III, 241, '288, 267,282, 284,1>86, 898,899

Deep Sea Blutr. !,.««, 367,868

Deep Water Bluff. 11,287

De Fonto I,224,.318; 11,367,373,380,406,418-20; 111,288

Do Fuca, John ... 1, 213, 218, sn, 210, 224,318 ; III, 288

Strait! of 1, 2211, 223, 280 ; II, 418, 420

Desolation Sound 1, 321-SJ9, 336, 337 ; II. 41!)

Destruction Island ...._. J, S.U

Dick Port 1 (1, 181

Diggea's Sound III, I X, 226

DIsappolntmentCape «.. ...»«. ^ 2^<'-

Discovery on the rocks in New Channel 1, 3.13 *".*>

Passage 1, 334, .340, 34' . hO

Port I, *eS, 231, 232, 233, 243. iP: OO

Dixon, Mr. George II, 428-27 ; III; 138, 106, ! 0,-,, SM,

216,221,829,231,266,2.^

Dobaon.Mr 1,386,387

Douglaa Capo III, 92-04, 96, 126, 127, 130, 131,

133, 134, 136, 137, 144, 148, 148, 178

DoQglaa's Island «.. .... .J„.III,^77

Duff Point I,SM,S01

Duncan Canal II, V>1 ! Ill, 292

Duncan, Mr. Jamea 1,210,309-71,370; 11,200,891,297,321,418

Duncan Bock. I,«7

Dunlae laland U,S«r,S79,3^

Point 1II,S44

Duke of Clarence's Strait 11,419,381,423; 111,288,299

York'a lahinds II, 403, 407, 410

Kast Foreland

Edgecumlw, Cape..

Mount

.III, too, 101, 112, 118, 120, 121, 140, 148

III, 206, !»6

111,266

INDKX TO AUTIIOltlTIKH.

,»n,ST»,«1«,418
III.SM

,»4T,SM,3fti,aft:t
ni,»47

.lII,lfi2,IB,1,lM

II.Ml

III.MT

II. MB

III.JSO

Ill.tW

3811,301 ;ni,MT
t,14S, 172-74,101

II, to*, 408

,40S,40«;II,4»
II, »»

BiIbiiiiiiI Ptiint .

.11

I,S8S

81A, 401, 401, 418

II, «»

1,8»8

. 111,181,184

211-13,137,241,
278, 288, 28A, 104

III,17!>,180

II,5I)«,a08

1,204,207

..1,378,378,184

I,2U,11T

11, «W

- 11,281

II,»J7

. 1,110

I,80B,2««

284,?88,20f),2«0
I,.«t<,387,388
II, 287

418-20; 111,880

24,:iI8; 111,285
; 11,418,420

336,337; 11.411)

.'.SI;*

UI.l'il

...III, I i, 288
I, 111'

i,&.a '.,

134, .140, 34'. Vl
,243, 24>'..ISO

M,ion,;o.-,,si4,

20, 23),286,2.'>0

388,387

26,127,130,131,

44, 14fi, 148, 178

_-...III,U?7

i,sce,aei

J,U>l! 111,202
iOl, 287,321, 418
I,«7
U,S«7, 370, 3^0

»; III,288,2fO
II,i(»,40T,41D

RilwHnI, ('ii|M . III

Pcillll '..S..'.'."."JJ.'........ll,

Kli'iinor'ii Oiv<^ ... .... .—...„.,. |||

Rloaiior Point, rhiirt, II.
Rliu Poliil, cliarl, 12.

niulwth (!it|« Ill, 02,128, 138, 1;II,1:M1, 141,1.'.!, 1(12,10:1,

Klllll Point _

■Irlngton Point „

RiiKleflfilil Day !""~™!~!

Kphiiimiii, Porttl(01<*<' l>ri|t .

RrtcaiKi Point „ . . ... , ^ II

KMlnKtoll Purl __, n

Killiiir laUuil """.'."'.J

KatriMla, !»• ilo, chait 14.

Kiti^'4lio de Allntnuito Kunnloii if^

Ktih<«I'ort IIi,liri,l«2,ir.l(, 171.171,1111

■viinliig Point

RwenNuK U,3fl,:tm,XU;

Rxpelimont .

Ph|>.

»;<,80H

288,287

104,808
111,1117
III, IK
ll,i»l
I, .187
.WJ,:«8
310, ,1/7
.111,184

32r.,M7

1117, 100

II,:il3

111,282

1,:va

rtlrwnithor, (Japo 111,210,215

Mount Ill, 2ll8-ln, 245, 247, 277

FRnihiiw Oupo . HI,?.*)

FftTldtt iHlanil I,:ji;(

Fmbiaut Bt. JoMtph, hr\g _ 1, 403

Fetmn, Y* de, cliart 5.

Ferron Point II,840,2rja

FeT<lda,M<Fiivlda. 1,318

FoToda, Y> do, chart 5.

FIdalgoPort Ill, J«J, 165,187

ridalgo, 8en' Don Salvador n,'ai,ZV\; 111,163,171,1(15,186

Flfa'i INuaage 1,356

FlnlayaoD Cliannel 11,21)0

Flaherman Creek (?) ; 11,200

FMiennan's Cove II, 311, 3»), 321

Flliller'ii Canal II,3fi/,268,27S

north iMrt of 11,270-72

Flaliinongor'8 Cove 11,326

FitiKiblun Point n,.7M,3«7

Flt«t|ngh Sound 1,360,370; II, 250-IW, 418,410

FUttory, 0«|)e or Claaaot 1,216-18,826,416; 11,420

Flom, Y* de, chart 5.

Foggy Cape HI, 87

Inland 111,87

Point _ II,W,350

Fogniak Uland 111,176

Fornntor'alaland.-: 111,290

Foulweather Bluff.. I, W7, 243, 268

Fox Capo II, 346, 370, 379

IMjnlnsulaof 11,348

Francla Point, chart 5.

Fnuorllwich 11,292,298

Frederick Point II, ««

Port„ lll.lC'J

Froniantle Point HI, ISO

Friendly Cove H, 255

Frocadoro, Cunos dp, chart 7.

Oaliano Island I'l

Oaliano, Son' Don D 1, 312, 320, xa, 3'il, 387,393, 391,

Qanibler Point HI. 27». 274,

Oardnor Point Ill, *W, 259,

Port !•

Oardner'n Canal I'. 301, .«M,

Georgia, Oulf of. '. -■*'. ™.

Olbaon lalands - "•

Oil Wand, Me do.. 11,290,297,310,

Ooooh, Mr. William '.^'O.

(lordon Point ''

Gore Point "''

Qowor Point . ''

Oowlland Harbor .. — . *'

Gratiam lieach.... — — *'»

Graham'b Harbor ^"'

Ora Vina, Wand do 11,360,367-60,

Port or Pucno -111,166,

Gray, Mr. Bobcrt 1,213-10,218.2-^2.223,318,389,391,400; H,

Green Ulanda 111.1.57,

Grevlllo Capo '". »!• '«•

r.cp,— 42

Vtgr.
(Ir»n\llli' t'l.liii .„„. I III

Or..nvlll..» Canal Il,91l[,il«,.1«()',41»

""'>''*"'■" l,,inn,3li,sn

Grlnclall Point _ .„ || ggj

""""wi"'!'"-" lZ''^V""^'.".'Z.lu.^m

II.

Ilaiiiniiil, l'a|H' _ lll,W?,880

llniina, Mr. ,lnnM<ii . . , ....1,380 370 383

HnnlwIrkii'N lulnuil ■«...„„„...„„... I ,t«I

Cllaunal north of ,...,... I, Mil

Ilarrl.l IV.hit, iliurt 10.

llarrlriKlnii I'l.lnt , I|^ ya

llarria l',,liit lU,tm

llarwiKKln Ulnnd „ i^tmi

llawkiitii'H Uland . ...... .. . III, 171

lluwknl.ury'n Mand II, SOS, SOB

IIhipI Puim .. „, 1^ ftfp

lla«y UlMor iHlanih „ 11,417; 111.208

Hiinry Caixi 1I,42«

lIorKi'M, l.lent 1,378,381,388

IlKy I'olnl, clii>rt 11.

IIIxkIii" Point Il,.'»l«,3fl7

lllghfleld Point _ . 1 1,. TOO

lllmhliilir.wk CaiHi Ill, 148, 167, 17((, 101. 192, 103,

202, 800, 215, 818, 81 H, 2211, 888

Wand 111,170,171

Hippa Inland 11,426.486

Hol«rt Point Ill,»'«

ilolkhani Itay Ill,»7»'

Hood Point „. „....„ ._ U,U>I

HoiHraBay 111,867

Canal _ I, JM

I/.-jB, hrlit, of lloaloh _ 1,400

Hopklnn Point II, SOS, 308

Houghton Port III,**)

Howe Point II,4nO

llowe'j Hound .. 1,301,8(18,3(10

Hugh Point nl,J7S-76

llunnlngn'H Day III, '76

Hunt Point 1I,.1W,310,B86

Hunter Point lI,«iW

IbboOuui Capo II, 318

Icy nay, near Mt. Ht. Klta 111.81)4,200,810,825

ley Itay, Prince William's Sound Ill, 178, 170

Icy rape Ill, 204

lllamna Volcano 111,06,100,101,104,137

WandH, nay of (Cook) 111,26(1

J<Kkalt or ./(iriol, K'hooner. 11,384; 111,207,236,230,140,281,804

.Iervl»'» Canal _ I,.1H

.Mm Port n.a;*

Johnntono'B Htralt I, MI, ;132, 3.W, 342-44

.lonoa Point II, W>

Kalgin Inland 111,07

Kayu'n Wand 1 1 1, 115, 192, 19:1, 202, 215, !il7, 218, 210, 221

Ki'iineily I»lanil - II, 315

Khigdoorgi' Iho Thinl'ii ArchliR'lago II I, W^

KliiK'»I"ln"<l— - II. 2B/,

Klng»"i 11 Point 111,887

Knight's Canal 1,364

Wund Ill, JW;, 227

Klilk Illvcr, mouth of HI, 131, 132, 144, 176, 100

Ijimlicrt Point .

II, »M

Lungani, Isla do II, 426

Laro4lo, ( 'anal de, chart 7.
Latouche Inlaiil, chart 11.

Point III,SJ4,226

Lavlnla Point 111,24.1,26(1,261

Lee's P.ilut II,.1.W

Ln Me«urior Point ", W7, 406

l«,koutCaiK> - 1,209,211

Loughtjorough'w Conal • I. '"Wf'

Low Point - I,'-"'

Lu.an Po'.nt lll,»;/,2«2

Lyun Canal " ", 2", 2<", «», 2«2

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

:/.

K* 12 |22

^ lU -36 Mil

1.1 r-^"^

1.25 11.4 ||.6

^ 6"

►

Sciences
Corporation

23 WIST MAIN STRKT

WEBSTER, N.Y. USSO

(716) 873-4503

INTEX TO AVTHOBITIBS.

Pige.

Ikcvtney Point 1II,««

MoKayBeoch II,»4,aOT

Macksntle Pulnt III, 118, 123

M'liWd'i Hwbor III, 1T6

Maonunsni Point II, MW

Hadan Point II,S99

HalMpina, Ben' I,M»

MalmMbarr Pott. III, MB

Manby Poiat ,_.III, «W, JM, W8, MS, 186

Marrow Stone Point I,«M,2M,m

Mandra Point Ill.ftW

Manhall Point 1 I,»M

Martin Point III,fI7,«l8

Marttnei, Don B. Joeeph .

Mary Point

Port _„..

Maaando, F<* de, chart 7.

Maakelyne Point .. ....

Mean*, Oapt. Jol>g.„

1, 8OT-W

I,»«

, III, m

.II, 397-29, 3S2

.1, 208, 90», 111, 213, 214,217, SU, t8»-81.

Meinlea, Mr, ArotailiaM.
Point

399, 402, 404, 400, 408 ; III, lU, 17B, 107, 198, 220

1,308

1,330; II, 288, 264-66, 273

Mlddletoa'a Iiland, chart 14.

Mllbank 8oand

Mitchell Point

Molia'a 8oand.-....„._..
Monlagn Iiland ...........

Madge Point

MnlgraTe Point .

n, 283, 288-01

, 11, m, 400, 411

n,«S9,«81

.III, 184-«6, 188, 176, 190, 101, 108, 104, 107

1,328

. 111,227

Port III, m, 192, 205, 206, 200, 215, 228-32, 236, 237, 240

Mnacle Canal II,«88,2«7

Mnion, 0* de, chart 7.

Mapeaa Point .
HamkaOnir..

in,l7»,2»2

,. 11,876

,. 11,361

Nelaon Point...........— ...~..

Meiiean Point, chart 7.

Kepwn't Bonnd n, 306, 207, 317.410

Nert>ttt Point U, U)3, 407

KerlUe Port . I.S»

Rew Albion II. 420

Mew Cornwall . II,W9,420; 111,286

Mew DnngeneM I, *»», 224, 226, 236, 201

Mow Kddyitone Rook lI,Se»

Mew Oeorgla.. ._....
New nanoTer

..l,t89; 11,419,420; 111,286
II, 410, 420

Mow Norfolk III, 286

Mlmpklih Biter, month of. 1,361,862

Mltlnat, chart 6.

Noocheckitn Port Gtohea 111,160

^Nootka . 1,218,226,313,336,887,412; 11,266; 11,208

Norfolk Sound III, 266

North PoreUnd III, 100, 104, 112, 116, 121, 123, 140

Nrtrth Paawge Bnck 1 III, 167, 100

NorthPoint 11.426,496

Northnmbertand Cape II, M», 370, 380

Mowell Point 111,170

Mnllea, P» de, chart 7.

1,838,238,268,201

II,»«,379

Oak Cove ._................_.......—...

Ohaerratory Inlet ..„.__»._...„....„..

Iihuid III, 246

Ogden Channel. 11,314,316

Ulympu Monnt 1,314

Ommaney Oupe III, 267, 268, 294, 207-90

Oniiiaw Point II, W7,40R

Oonalaahka III, 190, 216

Orchard Port I,««

Pakenham Point . .._ III, ma

Pamplona Itock 111,026

Paikar Mat..—..—.. _.._

Parry Point ...

Partridite Point .

tftmte Oenal ..

UUad..

Peane Point—..

Peart Bocki

Pellew Point

Penn'e Oore.—

-lU,iei

11.316

1,281,2»4

.......III, 181, 182, 184, 180, 102

i.aos

11,318

1.870

in, m

1,287

PenyPolut , - .^ ...,.- II,M9

Philip Point . — l,$»

Phippa Capo III. 206, 210^230

Point in, 236

Pice blanda ni.UI

Ptgot Point III.1«

Pinnacle Bock _.I,2n,tI«

Pitta Atchipe'diio __._ n,«J»

rolion CoT«_.._ _„._„.._„.„_. ,.n,2M,2W

Pole 0»p« . „.._ n,in

PortUnd'e Canal II, 322. 380, 8«. 831-40; «71

Portlock Channel . »>.n, 21^224

Portlock, Mr. Nathanlel.III, 138, 147. 161,162,166, Ut, 168, 17«, 1*6^ 126,214

Pttrtlock-e Harbor »".««*

Portoir, Mr. Oeorge HI, 127, 132, 144,141, 908,

224, 22^ 9n, 230. 221, 234^ 910
Poeieeiion Point HI, Itt, 11»

Sonnd , 1, 220; 280, 220

Prince Emeat'a Sonnd .. ..... „ „__ .__..__. U, JW

Prince Frederick'! Bonnd ___..__ni,f*6

tHmx iM Boo.aoap 11,824,326-22; 111,207

Prince of Waiea Arohlpelago.„.— ..„ _. _... n,4ie

Pr*K»ti/ iralM, Tenel -JII.19T

Princcn Boyal IiUada ..._ __..„ '.. n,*J»

Prince WiUiam'i Bonnd '. HI, 116, 127, 146, 147, 184, 18ft,

181, 102-208, 216, 292, 226, 2^^ 904

Principe, Canal del ™__.._II, 890-92

ProtecHon Iiland !^ ._„.I,Mg,231,244,2tl

Port 11,410,421-23; HI, 222

Pnget Qqie , ni, m

Pngefi Sonnd .; ._,^ I, m-n

Pybni Point . _. ..._J .__ 111,271

PyeabUnd, chart 11.

Pyy« Point . „__^_.._..;.,_ni,17«,m

Quadra, Sen'— . . 1,313,338,361,878,384-88

382-409; 11,367; in,22«,922

Qnadra and Vanconrer'a lataind . __.!, 897; 11,242, 287

Qneen Ohariotte Idandi n, 323, 418, 490, 426 ; III, 929

Sound.. 1,368,367,360; 11,28*

Baawden Point . . . —._ ,, ^ 11, 828

Banler Mount 1, ««, 261, 268, 262, 223

Haphoe Point ■„__. . It,i(7

Baapberry laland-.., , n,»»

Bennell'* Hound .-. ,,. ,,.. , 11,428,491

Beeloration Bay, chart 6.

Core II, 280; 278,329

Point 1,279,280

Betreat Point 01,284,276,277

Bereda, I. de, chart 14.

Bevllla Oigado Canal 11,360,367,810

Bevilla Oigedo, Count de . II,268,S<8

BeTina aigedo laland ,„ . . __, 11,388

BeTlUaGlgado, Puerto . . ._ 111,126

Beyea, Blode loe 11,378

Blon Point 111,201,208,202,925

BiTer'aOinal „ . I,377,S7«

Boberta Point 1, fw, 817

Boaario, Canal del Nueatra Signoia.. „ .—.1,313,318

Boae'a Harbour, chart 7.

Bothiay Point .— . . .,.,...11, 3W, i\9

SwTcdra, Sen' Don Bamon . — ___.._„_—.. 11,282

Bocade, chart 6.

Safety Core I,3n,&78,87»

Port : I,210,8n,SI2

St. AlbMia Point . II,ttt-ll,49B

St. AuguaUn Mount in,ir«, 28, 184-26

St. aartolon, Cabo de _._, . , tn^a^

8* BonlAusio, Bocaa de, chart 6.

8L Oarht, uow ...1. . II, 229, 268

St BUaa Mount... — ._ .—„.,—„in, 204,20240; 220

8* Brtaran, Y* de, chart 7.
8« Oonaalaa, P<* de, chart 5.

81. Helen'a Mount'. mu

8t. Hamogenea, Cape ............... — ..— ...—in, n, I9T

laland ' III,22,lU,m

StJameiOape „w— __JI,499,4*I

81. John Polat, Toife Ida., ctan No. 7.

nrDBX TO AUTHORITIES.

asi

II, aw

... 1.1

nobuo

|_.in,u«
..Jii,j«
i,m,n9

II,U»

In, I
n,«H

|HkU«,ll«

.in,i

l.J«,M»,
HMtllt

ua.Mo

... n,«97

.ni,a»5

111,107

— n,4i<
.jn,i«

— n,u»
tr,iM,i«,
m,m,iH

.II,S1IHB
BI,1M,»1

;ni,iM
-ni,m
„.i,WT-n
m,t»

. n,!

8>JuaFk,elMriS.
n.llH7-tMnt..

8t HMhIh BtaooM

». BirfM Polat

hlWianr PoiBt

■ Ons _.____,

I Point

Bank MM

Umn't Idud .__.

■eot [«]<>«•

goott'i Idud*

Ill, Ml

..III.lJCMi
, 11,890

I Fir Foliit._.,

Stdaettim FolBt

■•TBoar (kwl

I bhnd

■Mphwd, Ifr _.

Bhtehta, Mr

SUpliOinra^oliMtU.

BbMdHM

SbcKlmltr Iktjr .

1II,2T8

II, SM, 37t. 3TO

in,f«7

I,5I«

i.iw

l,a°3; II,2M,S6T

i,3n,a83: ii,4!8

l,31/,318

III,M8,M9

inn*

111,133,134

.1,379,371)

III, 147, ITS, m, ns, m

oh^.

UI,176

I, ill

I, Ml

ghMOilnOook'ilBM.
ShtablM

III, OT-IM, 101^

1I,«90

IBlT«r,cbutU.

Sattk'ilDlet

lw)lqrB*r

tarlof, Mr-

Port..

I,3e9,370,3T«;U,>97

iII,B7,91,in

..Ill,173,191,19(l,al9,««

Banc OoTMr Btjr, obtrt 11.

Saof Conur Goto III, 198, Ida, 164, IDS, WtM

Bophte Point m. ««»

Sonth PHnca Bock HI, M?

Bponor C^ HI, «», «14. «", Ma, 843, MI, 886

SIninfiirUi Point, ohutT.

Btuhopo Point H. WJ

Btullbrth Point.,
Blatau liud

BtatmerBv._~
BMphaH Mount.

Foit.

MtpbanlUud.

..lI,«W,aol,3(«,41«

iH,ai»T

U,406

I, M9, 360,373

11,821

11,319

Btowatt Port .......

■tDokdnloli Harbor.

Ill,»77,fl8,280

.U,383,a84,3M,39A
UI,1\8,19S

. 8tn»lwn7 Bajr ._ —

Stnait'iUand

8lar(*0BBaak._

Wf laaaa Point

BaoUIng Oa|M

Baiwn, T* do, obart 7.

SBlUna Point

AdUraa bland

■ Port

I,»«,»6,297

I,W»

I,29««4.,3I4

HI, 279

.111, 198, 173, am, 203, 819, 218-22, 224, 229

SwilneOapo.
Syke* Point..

Hl.fW

HI, 247

I,«8»

II, »;

II, MO

latooeh* bland.
Tolagiapli Phh«*..

TlrwIMtan^brlg..
Thnrlew^ bland —
Towubend Point —

P n

Traitor'! Ooto — ..

Trinity Capo

bip..

Trocadtro. SMrrocadero.

1,217

11,314

1,384

1,««

I1I,««

I,M4

II,W«,3M

111,87,88.179

I1I,87.«0,»1

Trollop Polut .._... „.„ II.MI

Twiierikow'a laluid 111, 86, «, 88

Tornagalu .\r,„, clit. . Id.

Illnild Ill, IIH, lUB, 117, 118, IM

RlTor II I, ItM, tl2, 119, 117-10, IM, 169, 174, 180

TunurFotnl. lII,228-ai,2»2-M,24<i

Turt la Point 11,290,311

Two-hewlad IiUiiil 111,89

Point 111,88

U.
Upward Point l.SU.iXt

ValdMliUnd _ 11,297

Valdm, PoBrto do Ill, 180

VaklM, 8cu' Dun 1, 312, 318, 320, 323, 3:19, 387, 393

VallonirPoInt IL.tS?

Tandiipol Point . „ III,HI,28.t

VMhou'ibland . I,»M

Vnm, brig I, ;f(ft

Virgin Boeka 1,370

Volcano Honnt, chart 10.

Walw IiUnd .. II, 343, 344

Walker'iOuTo 11,3811

Walkw Point I1,MI,102

Walpole Point .—...».....................» ........ ..Ill, S90

Wardo Point . II,3a»

Warko bland 11,292

Wamn'n bland II, W, 429, 424 ; III, 299

(fiutiK^loa, tlcop 1, 214, Sn, 400

W»t«n Point III, 177

Wedgborougli, Mr.8... _.. 1,309

Wedge bbnd II,«»,3(ll

WelU Port III, 123

Welli'i Pueage I,*»

Wert Panland U, 100, 101, 112, 121, 137, 138, 140

Whaley Point... ..... .................. ..... II,3S6

Whidbejr Point 111,240

Whldbey'i bland —... _ — 1,299

Wliitshed Ck|ie, chart II. 8m ntu Wllahed.
Whltonnday Cape, chut lu.

WlUtmnUda Bay — HI, IW

Wtlllun Point, ell irt 9.

Wileou Point 1. 281

Wlmblndon Point

Windham Point ....................

Wingham Island .

HI, m, 100, 261

111, ISO

HI, f /7-12

WlUllod Point .III,JS»,170

Wolf Bock in, «*

Wooded lihuidi III, 194, 199"

Woodeu's Inland, chart 7.

Bock lU, KM

Woodhousa Point .~ —— HI. »W

Woody Point I.»»«: 11.291,260

Work Channel ~ ..— _ 11,373

Woroniow Point ..«......«..-.-.."..«..«.......-«..«...— IH,li«

Ymbiaible P», ch».-« 7.

Tonng Point .-

TilM de Ulloa, Canal, chart 7.

Zaya«, Wo d«

Zikoir, Mr. ataphcu...

.III, n6

11,379,380

.IH, 141, 141, 140, 172

VOYAGE OF THE SUTIL AND MEXICANA.*

Aoatan, I*, 3.
AllMml, Oan> de. 2.
AU-PonaniL In*^ de, 2.
AlBliallyBay.S.
AlTa, I. d^ 3.
Ancan, Mora del, 8.

Auclagu, V" del, 2.
Antra, P" del, 3.
Area, Oanal del, 2.
Ariitiubal, I* de, 3.
Arwcifei, P" do, 8.
Area, I* da, 9.

" ^ „ , . , , „. ,, „.i„, ,„r lu, Kolclal SuUl y Mellcaua ej cl aflo do 1792 (etc.), ranonymoui) 8°, and (

.Oaua.o,I.o^Ui™i..oA.«,.,^I.U.o^^

■iiliililPMH

332

IMDBX TO AUTROmTIES.

Bia<i»,2.

Baddiut, l]~ de, 2.
BumtU, Pluer de b, 8.
Bwiw, P^ de, 2
Bering, B>, S.
Dertolbnl, bU de, 2.
Boiiill*,I«de,2.
l]onUI*,I>de,2.
Bouaole, P. de la, a.
Bruka, F^ de, 2.
Bncuell, P* de, 3.
BoenrUempo, 0, 3.
Bnen-Uempo, M**, 3.
Buetamisnte, B» de, 2.

OaaoM,2.

Oeunftno, 0, 8.

CUunldKl, I* de Benka 6 de I*, 3.

Oenonlgo t ^ lone, B* del, 2.

Oumelo, BoCM del, 2.

Oardenaa, B» de, 2.

CWlota, Ide. Is Beyna, 3.

Ourrew, P", 8.

OaaUlU, Kot* da, 3.

OataU, I*, 2.

Geii«U,Pk, a

GhMon, P^ S.

Olenega, Booaa do, 3.

Olonard, fr de, 3.

Oonoba, I* de, 2.

Oontrollear, B. 3.

Ooidova, P*, 2.

Oraaa8oand,3.

DeacMuo, Gala de, 2,
DeaengaDo, P*del,3.

Piano del, 0.
Doaglaa, O, 3.

Kli>al)«tb,0.,S.
BngaSo, 0., 8.
XngaBo,Ina'*dol,2.
bperanaa, ?• do la, 9.
laplnoaa, B» de, 2.
Saterilaa, I>, 3.

Ferrer, Sna" de, 2.
ridalgo, Voloan de, 3.
riorea, Oanal do, 3.
fegol, I«, 3.
rnincalB,P<dea3.
Freiaa, I»e de laa, 8.
rnndoa, Oabo,S,8.

Oanun, Sna^ de, 2.
Oaaton, Seno de, 2.
ainber»,P««,8.
C Ktda, P., 8.
Ooroatlia, P*, 2.
OrBTiua, I* de, 8.
GreTille, 0>,S.
anillaa,»de,2.
Ooadalnpe, F^ dc, 3,
anaqnlnaiili, Braac de, 2.
Onemea, 2,
Oneaua, P** de, 2.
OnUlenno Int^ del Vtiuff, 3,

menke, I*,i>.
Ban>, Oanal de, 2.
Bennanoa, Iiaa,S.
BinehlBbrook, 0., 3.
Honda, Oala.,9.

Indloa, Banc* do, 8.
InvUble, P., 3.
lalsa, B> do la, 3.

Joan Is TUca, lotrada de, 2.

Kayea lala, 8.
Kodlao lala, 3.

Langara 1*, 2.
I«n«,lBlade, 2.
I«a ■oa'* de, 2.
I«ndo,Ohiial de,3.
Laaeano, I* de, 8.
Laaqaetl,Yabde,2.
LaTerlnto, 2.
Lua,Pkda,2.
Laonaido, Pi* de, 2.

Maonlna, i'* de, 2.
Macdalena,I.dela,3.
I(acdaleiia,P«dela,2.
Ma«allanaa,Pkde,2.
MaJoa,2.

lUaaptno, B" de, 2.
Maaaredo, Booaa de, 2.
Menendea, Bni^de, 8.
Hezloana, F«>, 8.
Hler,IV>nd*de,l.
IIoniDO,^,8.
.Montags L, 8.
MoBtl, Babia de, 8.
Horano, P<* de, 2.
HclgraTO, P>de,8.

Piano del, T.
Mofioa, C, 8.

Manaai,?, S.
Naker, P>, 8.
Mntka, 1.

Nntka,Intnidade,l.
Nn«ka,lBlade,S.

OUTlde, Oanal de, 2.

Pacbeoo, S.
Palnia,B*de,S.
Aunplona, Bido, 8.
PellgTO I*, 8.
Poroa Sntrada de, 8.
Pbipi», 0., 3.
Fblnia, P*. 8.
Pledna,F«delaa,8.
Flton,3.
PUo*,I>dea,3.
Porller, Booaa de, 2.
Prlnoipe, Sna, del, 3.
Providenola, 0., 3.

<)aliaper,F>de, 3.
Qnintano, Braio de, 2.

Beme<Moa,Fkdekia,S.
Bemolino 0> de, 8.
BaTlUaglcado, Oanal de, 3.
BerlUagigedo, Fkde,2.
Be«amal,B-de,2.
Blaohueh) de Aqja dnlce, 9.
Bodiao,3.

Ba»,I..«-
Boaario,0naldal,'2.

galaauuioa, Biua de,2.
8* Agmttne, M«, 3.
8. BaitohHne, 0*, 3.
8. Oarka, L,8.
8.IUaB,a,S.
B.BIaa,If,8.
8> MavMi, L, 8.
8'MaTan,P^de,2.
8. HanBiiteiiaa,I%S.

O.
P.

pwppppf

"'i!!«P!P»fiiii,i^".ijynji Jijj,

8.jMlntq,M«il*,S.

a*j(M»,B>iiis<i*, a.

8>Jitta,U*d*,2.
0>Jau,Fkde,l.
8.llM«ulte,0,S-
8>Mi«wl.I*<I^T.

ning»n-**i "■*" ***- *■
BlikOnn,OkM»d<i,T.
. teminto, Pnalii, *■
gUMMtiCkiMlde,!.
8(!ban«liu.l'.S-
8«i<it,«>,«,S.
ggott, V, a.

BaailOonar, 1^,9.

BoUBO,F**d*,2-

8o»»,I',*>>»-

BnUI, l», «.

Ikata, Ouul Au, O.
THb,Ficode,S.
Twnn, P" de, *.
TezwU, Tate de, S.
•Tl»ptonnlj,B«'d(i, 2.

UfVEX TO AITTHOBITIES.

TulM, Bnuoide, i.
TiHlBO, B" d^ 2.
Trinidad, I>, 3.
Trirts, I', 3.
Ttehirtkow, 0., 3.
Tunuctlii, Il>, 3.
Tanwr, P«, 8.

inia*,I*,3.
Unsluhlu, I., 3.
UnlBUdi fata, t.

ViMin, I* de (teltano y, S.
VeaeouTer, fate do Qiudn y, 2.
VerwKcl, Bniw de, 2.
VteM.Cde.S.
Vlrgenee, Lw OnceaUl, 3.
Volcw, 3.

WlntulMD, Boade, 2.

338

TnlUmU, Arohlp d» Otawiud, 2.

ZelMU<ia,B"de,S.
ZeliaUoe, F^, 2.